Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8

Are you looking online to get Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions? Then, you have reached the right place. Don’t bother as we have included the best preparation resources for all of the students here in detail. Make the most use of these math books, study materials, and Big Ideas Math Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions to get the best preparation. Stand out from the rest of the crowd using our Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions. Download the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions pdf PDF for free now and prepare from anywhere and anytime.

Big Ideas 4th Grade Math Book Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions Answer Key

Big Ideas Math Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions Questions are provided as per the updated syllabus guidelines. Also, the answers and explanations are given by highly subject expertise people. Furthermore, the Big Ideas Grade 4 Chapter 8 Math Answer key covers assignment tests, questions from exercises, practice tests, etc. Prepare the topics you wish to prepare and you feel the lag. The below quick links will help you to find each and every concept along with questions.

Lesson 1: Use Models to Add Fractions

Lesson 2: Decompose Fractions

Lesson 3: Add Fractions with Like Denominators

Lesson 4: Use Models to subtract Fractions

Lesson 5: Subtract Fractions with Like Denominators

Lesson 6: Model Fractions and Mixed Numbers

Lesson 7: Add Mixed Numbers

Lesson 8: Subtract Mixed Numbers

Lesson 9: Problem Solving: Fractions

Performance Task

Lesson 8.1 Use Models to Add Fractions

Explore and Grow

Draw models to show \(\frac{2}{8}\) and \(\frac{5}{8}\).

Answer:
You can add fractions by joining parts that refer to the same whole.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_1

Use your models to find \(\frac{2}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{8}\). Explain your method.

Answer:
Combine the like terms
\(\frac{2}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{8}\) = (2 + 5)/8 = 7/8

Repeated Reasoning
Write two fractions that have a sum of \(\frac{6}{8}\). Explain your reasoning.

Think and Grow: Use Models to Add Fractions

You can add fractions by joining parts that refer to the same whole.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 1
Answer:
The denominators of the fraction are the same so you have to add numerators.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Example
Use a number line to find \(\frac{5}{4}\) + \(\frac{2}{4}\).
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 2
Answer:
The denominators of the fraction are the same so you have to add numerators.
\(\frac{5}{4}\) + \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{7}{4}\)

Show and Grow

Find the sum. Explain how you used the model to add.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 3

Answer:
The denominators of the fraction are the same so you have to add numerators.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-3
(3+4)/10 = 7/10

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 4

Answer:
The denominators of the fraction are the same so you have to add numerators.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-4

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the sum. Use a model or a number line to help.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 5

Answer:
The denominators of the fraction are the same so you have to add numerators.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_2

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 6

Answer:
The denominators of the fraction are the same so you have to add numerators.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_3
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{4}{12}\) = \(\frac{9}{12}\)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 7

Answer:
The denominators of the fraction are the same so you have to add numerators.
Big Ideas Math Book 4th Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 8

Answer:
The denominators of the fraction are the same so you have to add numerators.
Big Ideas Math Book 4th Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_4

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 9

Answer:
The denominators of the fraction are the same so you have to add numerators.
Big Ideas Math Book 4th Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_6

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 10

Answer:
Add a fraction to the whole number.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_7
5 + \(\frac{6}{8}\) = \(\frac{46}{8}\)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 11

Answer:
The denominators of the fraction are the same so you have to add numerators.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_8

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 12

Answer:
The denominators of the fraction are the same so you have to add numerators.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Fractions-img_10

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 13

Answer:
The denominators of the fraction are the same so you have to add numerators.
Big Ideas Math Book 4th Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_11

Question 12.
Structure
Write the addition equation represented by the models.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 14

Answer:
By seeing the above model we can find the addition equation.
\(\frac{4}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 13.
Open-Ended
Write three fractions with different numerators that have a sum of 1.

Answer:
\(\frac{2}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{8}{8}\) = 1

Question 14.
Writing
Explain why \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\) does not equal \(\frac{5}{16}\).

Answer:
In the above expressions, the denominators are the same but the numerators are different.
So, you have to add the numerators not denominators.
\(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You need \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of hot water and \(\frac{4}{3}\) cups of cold water for a science experiment. How many cups of water do you need in all?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 15
Because each fraction represents a part of the same whole you can join the parts.
Use a model to find \(\frac{2}{3}\) + \(\frac{4}{3}\).
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 16

Answer:
Given that,
You need \(\frac{2}{3}\) cup of hot water and \(\frac{4}{3}\) cups of cold water for a science experiment.

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-16
Thus you need 2 cups of water in all.

Show and Grow

Question 15.
You cut a foam noodle for a craft. You use \(\frac{2}{4}\) of the noodle for one part of the craft and \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the noodle for another part. What fraction of the foam noodle do you use altogether?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 17

Answer:
Given that,
You cut a foam noodle for a craft. You use \(\frac{2}{4}\) of the noodle for one part of the craft and \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the noodle for another part.
\(\frac{2}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Thus \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the foam noodle is used.

Question 16.
You make a fruit drink using \(\frac{4}{8}\) gallon of orange juice, \(\frac{2}{8}\) gallon of mango juice, and \(\frac{4}{8}\) gallon of pineapple juice. How much juice do you use in all?

Answer:
Given that,
You make a fruit drink using \(\frac{4}{8}\) gallon of orange juice, \(\frac{2}{8}\) gallon of mango juice, and \(\frac{4}{8}\) gallon of pineapple juice.
\(\frac{4}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{6}{8}\)
\(\frac{6}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{10}{8}\)
Thus you used \(\frac{10}{8}\) fraction of juice.

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
A community plants cucumbers in \(\frac{5}{12}\) of a garden, broccoli in \(\frac{3}{12}\) of the garden, and carrots in \(\frac{4}{12}\) of the garden. What fraction of the garden is planted with green vegetables?

Answer:
Given that,
A community plants cucumbers in \(\frac{5}{12}\) of a garden, broccoli in \(\frac{3}{12}\) of the garden, and carrots in \(\frac{4}{12}\) of the garden.
\(\frac{5}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{12}\) + \(\frac{4}{12}\) = \(\frac{12}{12}\) = 1
\(\frac{12}{12}\) fraction of the garden is planted with green vegetables.

Use Models to Add Fractions Homework & Practice 8.1

Find the sum. Explain how you used the model to add.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 18

Answer: \(\frac{9}{6}\)
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-18

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 19

Answer: 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-19

Find the sum. Use a model or a number line to help.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 20

Answer: \(\frac{7}{8}\)
You can add fractions by joining parts that refer to the same whole.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_1

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 21

Answer: 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Fractions-img_20

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 22

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Add fraction to the whole number.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + 3
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + 3 × \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{13}{4}\) = \(\frac{13}{4}\)

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 23

Answer: \(\frac{9}{12}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_21

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 24

Answer: 2
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_22
\(\frac{12}{10}\) = \(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{2}{10}\)
\(\frac{10}{10}\) + \(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{8}{10}\) = \(\frac{20}{10}\) = 2

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 25

Answer:
4/8 = 1/2
6 + 1/2 = (12 + 1)/2 = 13/2

Find the sum. Use a model or a number line to help.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 26

Answer:
Add all the three unit fractions.
BIM Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_23

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 27

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 img_24

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 28

Answer:
The denominators of all the fractions are the same. So you have to add the numerators of the fraction.
\(\frac{50}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) + \(\frac{5}{100}\) = \(\frac{80}{100}\)

Question 12.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says \(\frac{3}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\). Descartes says the sum is \(\frac{4}{5}\). Who is correct? Explain.

Answer:
Newton says \(\frac{3}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\). Descartes says the sum is \(\frac{4}{5}\).
Descartes is correct.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)
You have to add numerators, not denominators.
So, Newton’s equation is not correct.

Question 13.
Make each statement true by writing two fractions whose denominators are the same and whose numerators are 3 and 2.
The sum of ___ and __ is greater than 1.
___________________________
The sum of ___ and ___ is less than 1.
___________________________
The sum of ___ and ___ is equal to 1.

Answer:
The sum of 3/2 and 2/2 is greater than 1.
3/2 + 2/2 = 5/2
5/2 > 1
The sum of 3/6 and 2/6 is less than 1.
3/6 + 2/6 = 5/6
5/6 < 1
The sum of 3/5 and 2/5 is equal to 1.
3/5 + 2/5 = 5/5 = 1

Question 14.
Modeling Real Life
Your teacher assigns 5 pages to read. You read \(\frac{3}{5}\) of the pages in class and \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the pages at home. What fraction of the reading assignment is complete?

Answer:
Given that,
Your teacher assigns 5 pages to read. You read \(\frac{3}{5}\) of the pages in class and \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the pages at home.
The denominators of all the fractions are the same. So you have to add the numerators of the fraction.
\(\frac{3}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 15.
Modeling Real Life
In the Sahara Desert, it rains \(\frac{2}{10}\) inch in September, \(\frac{3}{10}\) inch in October, and \(\frac{5}{10}\) inch in November. How much does it rain in the 3 months?

Answer:
Given that,
In the Sahara Desert, it rains \(\frac{2}{10}\) inch in September, \(\frac{3}{10}\) inch in October, and \(\frac{5}{10}\) inch in November.
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\)
The denominators of all the fractions are the same. So you have to add the numerators of the fraction.
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = (2 + 3 + 5)/10 = 10/10 = 1
It rains 10/10 in the 3 months.

Review & Refresh

Tell whether the number is prime or composite. Explain.

Question 16.
37

Answer: 37 is a prime number.
A prime number is a natural number greater than 1 that is not a product of two smaller natural numbers. A natural number greater than 1 that is not prime is called a composite number.

Question 17.
21

Answer: 21 is a composite number.
A composite number is a positive integer that can be formed by multiplying two smaller positive integers. Equivalently, it is a positive integer that has at least one divisor other than 1 and itself.

Question 18.
99

Answer: 99 is a composite number.
A composite number is a positive integer that can be formed by multiplying two smaller positive integers. Equivalently, it is a positive integer that has at least one divisor other than 1 and itself.

Lesson 8.2 Decompose Fractions

Explore and Grow

Use a model to find Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 29.

How can you write \(\frac{7}{10}\) as a sum of unit fractions? Explain your reasoning.

Answer: The sum of unit fraction of \(\frac{7}{10}\) is \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Structure
Explain how you can write \(\frac{7}{10}\) as a sum of two fractions. Draw a model to support your answer.

Answer: You can write sum of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as \(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_23

Think and Grow: Decompose Fractions

A unit fraction represents one equal part of a whole. You can write a fraction as a sum of unit fractions.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 31
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-31
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 31.1

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-31.1

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Write \(\frac{4}{5}\) as a sum of unit fractions.

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{4}{5}\) is \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer.

Question 2.
Write \(\frac{5}{6}\) as a sum of fractions in two different ways.

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{5}{6}\) is \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer.
You can also write \(\frac{5}{6}\) as \(\frac{2}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{6}\)
That means \(\frac{5}{6}\) can be written as 2 parts of \(\frac{1}{6}\) and 3 parts of \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{7}\)

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{4}{7}\) is \(\frac{1}{7}\) + \(\frac{1}{7}\) + \(\frac{1}{7}\) + \(\frac{1}{7}\)
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer.

Question 4.
\(\frac{7}{8}\)

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{7}{8}\) is \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer.

Question 5.
\(\frac{3}{10}\)

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{3}{10}\) is  \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\)
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer.

Question 6.
\(\frac{10}{100}\)

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{10}{100}\) is \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\)
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer.

Question 7.
\(\frac{6}{2}\)

Answer: 3
The unit fraction of \(\frac{6}{2}\) is \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer.

Question 8.
\(\frac{9}{4}\)

Answer:
Break apart 9 parts of \(\frac{1}{4}\) into 5 parts of \(\frac{1}{4}\) and 4 parts of \(\frac{1}{4}\).

Question 9.
\(\frac{8}{12}\)

Answer: Break apart 8 parts of \(\frac{1}{12}\) into 5 parts of \(\frac{1}{12}\) and 3 parts of \(\frac{1}{12}\).

Question 10.
\(\frac{5}{3}\)

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{5}{3}\) is \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer.

Question 11.
Writing
You write \(\frac{4}{6}\) as a sum of unit fractions. Explain how the numerator of \(\frac{4}{6}\) is related to the number of addends.

Answer: The unit fraction of \(\frac{4}{6}\) is \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)
A unit fraction is a rational number written as a fraction where the numerator is one and the denominator is a positive integer.
Also, you can write \(\frac{4}{6}\) as 4 parts of \(\frac{1}{6}\), 2 equal parts of \(\frac{1}{6}\) and 2 equal parts of \(\frac{1}{6}\).

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
Why is it important to be able to write a fraction as a sum of fractions in different ways?

Answer:
Asking students to write a fraction as a sum of unit fractions, or as a sum of other fractions, encourages students to make sense of quantities and their relationships. Students further develop their understandings about fractions and decomposing numbers through this process.

Question 13.
Precision
Match each fraction with an equivalent expression.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 32

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-32

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A chef has \(\frac{8}{10}\) liter of soup. How can the chef pour all of the soup into 2 bowls?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 33
Break apart \(\frac{8}{10}\) into any two fractions that have a sum of \(\frac{8}{10}\).
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 34

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-34

Show and Grow

Question 14.
You have \(\frac{7}{3}\) pounds of almonds. What are two different ways you can put all of the almonds into 2 bags?

Answer:
Given that,
You have \(\frac{7}{3}\) pounds of almonds.
Break apart 7 parts of \(\frac{1}{3}\) into 5 parts of \(\frac{1}{3}\) and 2 parts of \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Thus you can put 5 parts of \(\frac{1}{3}\) and 2 parts of \(\frac{1}{3}\) of the almonds into 2 bags.

Question 15.
A 3-person painting crew has \(\frac{10}{12}\) of a fence left to paint. What is one way the crew can finish painting the fence when each person paints a fraction of the fence?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 35

Answer:
Given that,
A 3-person painting crew has \(\frac{10}{12}\) of a fence left to paint.
\(\frac{10}{12}\) can be written as \(\frac{3}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{12}\) + \(\frac{4}{12}\)
Thus each person paints \(\frac{3}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{12}\) + \(\frac{4}{12}\) fraction of the fence.

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
Three teammates have to run a total of miles for a relay race. Can each team member run the same fraction of a mile, in fourths, to complete the race? Explain.

Answer:
Three teammates have to run a total of miles for a relay race.
No three members cannot run the same fraction of a mile, in fourths, to complete the race
\(\frac{10}{12}\) can be written as \(\frac{3}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{12}\) + \(\frac{4}{12}\)

Decompose Fractions Homework & Practice 8.2

write the fraction as a sum of unit fractions.

Question 1.
\(\frac{2}{2}\)

Answer: 1
The sum of unit fractions of \(\frac{2}{2}\) is \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{5}\)

Answer: The sum of unit fractions of \(\frac{3}{5}\) is \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 3.
\(\frac{4}{3}\)

Answer: The sum of unit fractions of \(\frac{4}{3}\) is \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 4.
\(\frac{6}{4}\)

Answer: The sum of unit fractions of \(\frac{6}{4}\) is \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\)

write the fraction as a sum of fractions in two different ways.

Question 5.
\(\frac{8}{12}\)

Answer: The sum of unit fractions of \(\frac{8}{12}\) is \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Another Way:
Break apart \(\frac{8}{12}\) as 4 parts of \(\frac{1}{12}\) and 4 parts of \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 6.
\(\frac{10}{6}\)

Answer: The sum of unit fractions of \(\frac{10}{6}\) is \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Another way:
Break apart \(\frac{10}{6}\) as 5 parts of \(\frac{1}{6}\) and 5 parts of \(\frac{11}{6}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{11}{100}\)

Answer: The sum of unit fractions of \(\frac{11}{100}\) is \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\)

Another way:
Break apart \(\frac{11}{100}\) as 5 parts of \(\frac{1}{100}\), 4 parts of \(\frac{1}{100}\) and 2 parts of \(\frac{1}{100}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{14}{8}\)

Answer: The sum of unit fractions of \(\frac{14}{8}\) is \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Another way:
Break apart \(\frac{14}{8}\) as 5 parts of \(\frac{1}{8}\), 9 parts of \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 9.
Which One Doesn’t Belong? Which expression does belong with the other three?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 36

Answer: The expression \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) does not belong to the other three.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 37

Answer: Yes your friend is correct.
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\)  + \(\frac{5}{10}\)
Here the denominators are the same so you have to add the numerators.
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\)  + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{9}{10}\)
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\)
Here the denominators are the same so you have to add the numerators.
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Question 11.
Number Sense
Is it possible to write \(\frac{7}{12}\) as the sum of three fractions with three different numerators and the same denominator? Explain.

Answer: Yes it is possible to write \(\frac{7}{12}\) as the sum of three fractions with three different numerators and the same denominator.
\(\frac{7}{12}\) = \(\frac{3}{12}\) + \(\frac{3}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 12.
You have \(\frac{8}{4}\) pounds of dried pineapple. What are two different ways you can put all of the pineapples into 2 bags?

Answer:
Given that,
You have \(\frac{8}{4}\) pounds of dried pineapple.
Break apart \(\frac{8}{4}\) as 4 parts of \(\frac{1}{4}\) and 4 parts of \(\frac{1}{4}\).
The two different ways you can put all of the pineapples into 2 bags are 4 parts of \(\frac{1}{4}\).

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
A carpenter has 3 planks of wood. Each plank has a different thickness. When stacked, the thickness of the 3 planks is \(\frac{6}{8}\) inch. What are the possible thickness of each plank?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 38

Answer:
Given that,
A carpenter has 3 planks of wood. Each plank has a different thickness.
When stacked, the thickness of the 3 planks is \(\frac{6}{8}\) inch.
\(\frac{6}{8}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)
The possible thickness of each plank are \(\frac{2}{8}\), \(\frac{3}{8}\), \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Review & Refresh

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.

Question 14.
Estimate: ___
608 × 5 = ___

Answer:
600 × 5 = 3000
The number close to 608 is 600.
Step 2:
608 × 5 = 3040
3040 is close to 3000. So, the answer is reasonable.

Question 15.
Estimate: ___
7 × 5,394 = ___

Answer:
7 × 5400 = 37,800
The number close to 5394 is 5400.
Step 2:
7 × 5394 = 37,758
37,758 is close to 37,800. So, the answer is reasonable.

Question 16.
Estimate: ___
927 × 3 = ___

Answer:
900 × 3 = 2700
The number close to 927 is 900.
Step 2:
927 × 3 = 2781
2781 is close to 2700. So, the answer is reasonable.

Lesson 8.3 Add Fractions with Like Denominators

Explore and Grow

Write each fraction as a sum of unit fractions. Use models to help.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 39

How many unit fractions did you use in all to rewrite the fractions above? How does this relate to the sum \(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{5}{6}\) ?

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-39
\(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{8}{6}\)

Construct Arguments
How can you use the numerators and the denominators to add fractions with like denominators? Explain why your method makes sense.

Answer:
To add fractions with like denominators, add the numerators and keep the same denominator. Then simplify the sum. You know how to do this with numeric fractions.
\(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{8}{6}\)

Think and Grow: Add Fractions

To add fractions with like denominators, add the numerators.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 40
The denominator stays the same.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 41

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-41
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 42

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-42

Show and Grow

Add.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 43

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-43

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 44

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
6 + 2 = 8
\(\frac{6}{5}+\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{8}{5}\)

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 45

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
4 + 4 = 8
\(\frac{4}{8}+\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{8}{8\) = 1

Apply and Grow: Practice

Add.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 46

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
3 + 2 = 5
\(\frac{3}{6}+\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 47

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
8 + 4 = 12
\(\frac{8}{2}+\frac{4}{2}\) = \(\frac{12}{2}\) = 6

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 48

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
4 + 1 = 5
\(\frac{4}{5}+\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{5}{5}\) = 1

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 49

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
60 + 35 = 95
\(\frac{60}{100}+\frac{35}{100}\) = \(\frac{95}{100}\)

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 50

Answer:
The denominators are not the same. So first you have to make the common denominators and add the fraction with the number.
2 × 3/3 = 6/3
\(\frac{6}{3}+\frac{5}{3}\) = \(\frac{11}{3}\)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 51

Answer:
The denominators are not the same. So first you have to make the common denominators and add the fraction with the number.
6 × 12/12 = 72/12
\(\frac{72}{12}+\frac{1}{12}\) = \(\frac{73}{12}\)

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 52

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
3 + 1 + 1 = 5
3/4 + 1/4 + 1/4 = 5/4

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 53

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
\(\frac{6}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\)
6 + 5 + 4 = 15
\(\frac{6}{8}\) + \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{15}{8}\)

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 54

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
43 + 16 + 10 = 69
\(\frac{43}{100}\) + \(\frac{16}{100}\) + \(\frac{10}{100}\) = \(\frac{69}{100}\)

Question 13.
You eat \(\frac{2}{10}\) of a vegetable pizza. Your friend eats \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the pizza. What fraction of the pizza do you and your friend eat together?

Answer:
Given that,
You eat \(\frac{2}{10}\) of a vegetable pizza. Your friend eats \(\frac{3}{10}\) of the pizza.
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) fraction of the pizza do you and your friend eat together

Question 14.
Number Sense
A sum has 5 addends. Each addend is a unit fraction. The sum is 1. What are the addends?

Answer:
\(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{5}{5}\) = 1

Question 15.
Writing
Explain how to add \(\frac{3}{4}\) and \(\frac{1}{4}\). Use a model to support your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 55

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-55
\(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{4}{4}\) = 1

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
The table shows the natural hazards studied by 100 students for a science project. What fraction of the students studied a weather-based natural hazard?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 56
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 57

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-57

Show and Grow

Question 16.
Use the graph above to find what fraction of the students studied an Earth-based natural hazard.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 57.1

Answer:
We can find the fraction of the students who studied an Earth-based natural hazard
1 × 8 = 8
Half drop = 4
8 + 4 = 12
=  Number of students/Total number of students surveyed
= 12/100
Thus \(\frac{12}{100}\) fraction of the students who studied an Earth-based natural hazard.

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
A caterer needs at least 2 pounds of lunch meat to make a sandwich platter. She has \(\frac{6}{4}\) pounds of turkey and \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound of ham. Does the caterer have enough lunch meat to make a sandwich platter? Explain.

Answer:
Given that,
A caterer needs at least 2 pounds of lunch meat to make a sandwich platter. She has \(\frac{6}{4}\) pounds of turkey and \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound of ham.
\(\frac{6}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{9}{4}\)
Convert it into mixed fraction
\(\frac{9}{4}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Thus the caterer does not have enough lunch meat to make a sandwich platter.

Add Fractions with Like Denominators Homework & Practice 8.3

Add

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 58

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
Take the denominator as common and add the numerators.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-58

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 59

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
Take the denominator as common and add the numerators.
\(\frac{2}{2}\) + \(\frac{7}{2}\) = (2 + 7)/2 = \(\frac{9}{2}\)

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 60

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
Take the denominator as common and add the numerators.
\(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) = (2 + 2)/5 = \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 61

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
Take the denominator as common and add the numerators.
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{6}{10}\) = (4 + 6)/10 = \(\frac{10}{10}\) = 1

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 62

Answer:
The denominators are not the same. So first you have to make the common denominators and add the fraction with the number.
Take the denominator as common and add the numerators.
4 × 3/3 = 12/3
\(\frac{12}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) = (12 + 1)/3 = \(\frac{13}{2}\)

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 63

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
Take the denominator as common and add the numerators.
\(\frac{27}{100}\) + \(\frac{460}{100}\) = (27 + 460)/100 = \(\frac{487}{100}\)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 64

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
Take the denominator as common and add the numerators.
\(\frac{8}{4}\) + \(\frac{5}{4}\) = (8 + 5)/4 = \(\frac{13}{4}\)

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 65

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
Take the denominator as common and add the numerators.
\(\frac{4}{6}\) + \(\frac{1}{6}\) = (4 + 1)/6 = \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 66

Answer:
The denominators are not the same. So first you have to make the common denominators and add the fraction with the number.
Take the denominator as common and add the numerators.
10 × 12/12 = 120/12
\(\frac{120}{12}\) + \(\frac{7}{12}\) = (120 + 7)/3 = \(\frac{127}{12}\)

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 67

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
Take the denominator as common and add the numerators.
\(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) = (1 + 1 + 2)/5 = \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 68

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
Take the denominator as common and add the numerators.
\(\frac{38}{100}\) + \(\frac{13}{100}\) + \(\frac{21}{100}\) = (38+ 13 + 21)/100 = \(\frac{72}{100}\)

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 69

Answer:
Add the numerators of the like denominators.
Take the denominator as common and add the numerators.
\(\frac{8}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{8}\) = (8 + 4 + 2)/8 = \(\frac{14 }{8}\)

Question 13.
You plant a sunflower seed. After 11 week, the plant is \(\frac{1}{2}\) inch tall. The next week your plant grows \(\frac{3}{2}\) inches. How tall is your plant after the second week?

Answer:
Given that,
You plant a sunflower seed. After 11 week, the plant is \(\frac{1}{2}\) inch tall. The next week your plant grows \(\frac{3}{2}\) inches.
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{3}{2}\) = \(\frac{4}{2}\) = 2
The plant is 2 inches tall after the second week.

Question 14.
Writing
Explain how to find the unknown addend.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 70

Answer:
1 can be written as \(\frac{10}{10}\)
\(\frac{7}{10}\) + ? = \(\frac{10}{10}\)
? = \(\frac{10}{10}\) – \(\frac{7}{10}\)
? = \(\frac{3}{10}\)
Thus the unknown addend is \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
When you double me and add \(\frac{1}{6}\), you get \(\frac{5}{6}\). What fraction am I?

Answer: \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Explanation:
If you add \(\frac{2}{6}\) twice and add \(\frac{1}{6}\) to it you get \(\frac{5}{6}\).

Question 16.
Reasoning
You eat \(\frac{2}{8}\) of a large apple at lunch and another \(\frac{4}{8}\) of it as a snack. Your friend eats \(\frac{4}{8}\) of a small apple at lunch and another \(\frac{2}{8}\) of it as a snack. Do you each eat the same amount? Explain.

Answer:
Given that,
You eat \(\frac{2}{8}\) of a large apple at lunch and another \(\frac{4}{8}\) of it as a snack. Your friend eats \(\frac{4}{8}\) of a small apple at lunch and another \(\frac{2}{8}\) of it as a snack.
\(\frac{2}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{6}{8}\)
\(\frac{2}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{6}{8}\)
Yes you and your friend eat same amount of food.

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life
The graph shows the classification of 100 species of birds in North America according to their extinction rate. What fraction of the species are classified as near threatened or vulnerable?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 71

Answer:
• = 4 species
Near threatened = 4 × 4 = 16 species
half • = 2 species
16 + 2 = 18 species
Fraction of near threatened = number of species/total number of species of birds in North America
= 18/100
Vulnerable = 5 × 4 = 20 species
half • = 2 species
20 + 2 = 22 species
Fraction of near threatened = number of species/total number of species of birds in North America
= 22/100

Question 18.
Modeling Real Life
Use the graph above to find what fraction of not the species are critically endangered.

Answer:
• = 4 species
critically endangered = 4 × 4 = 16 species
half • = 2 species
16 + 2 = 18 species
Fraction of near threatened = number of species/total number of species of birds in North America
= 18/100

Review & Refresh

Question 19.
A pet store has 25 tanks with 32 fish in each tank. A customer buys 7 fish. How many fish does the pet store have now?

Answer:
Given,
A pet store has 25 tanks with 32 fish in each tank. A customer buys 7 fish.
\(\frac{25}{32}\) – \(\frac{7}{32}\) = \(\frac{18}{32}\)
Thus there are 18 fishes in the pet store.

Lesson 8.4 Use Models to subtract Fractions

Explore and Grow

Draw a model to show \(\frac{9}{12}\).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_25

Use your model to find \(\frac{9}{12}\) – \(\frac{5}{12}\). Explain your method.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_26

Repeated Reasoning
Write two fractions that have a difference of \(\frac{7}{12}\). Explain your reasoning.

Answer:  \(\frac{9}{12}\) – \(\frac{2}{12}\) = \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Think and Grow: Use Models to Subtract Fractions

You can subtract fractions by taking away parts that refer to the same whole.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 72

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-72
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 73

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-73

Show and Grow

Find the difference. Explain how you used the model to subtract.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 74

Answer: 5/10 = 1/2
Take away a length of 4/10 from the length of 9/10.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-74

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 75

Answer:
Take away a length of 6/4 from the length of 2/4.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-75

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the difference. Use a model or a number line to help.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 76

Answer: 4/8
Take away a length of 8/8 from the length of 4/8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_7

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 77

Answer: 8/12
Take away a length of 10/12 from the length of 2/12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_27

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 78

Answer: 3/5
Take away a length of 4/5 from the length of 1/5.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-28

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 79

Answer: 6/2 = 3
Take away a length of 9/2 from the length of 3/2.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-29

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 80

Answer: 10/6
Take away a length of 15/6 from the length of 5/6.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-30

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 81

Answer: \(\frac{26}{100}\)
The denominators of both the fractions are the same. So subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{76}{100}\) – \(\frac{50}{100}\) = \(\frac{26}{100}\)

Question 9.
You need to walk \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile for your physical education class. So far, you have walked \(\frac{2}{4}\) mile. How much farther do you need to walk?

Answer:
Given that,
You need to walk \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile for your physical education class. So far, you have walked \(\frac{2}{4}\) mile.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) – \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
You need to walk \(\frac{1}{4}\) miles more.

Question 10.
Number Sense
Which expressions have a difference of \(\frac{4}{5}\) ?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 82

Answer:
5/5 – 1/5 = 4/5
10/5 – 6/5 = 4/5
6/5 – 3/5 = 3/5
9/5 – 5/5 = 4/5
i, ii, iv has the difference of \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 11.
Structure
Write the subtraction equation represented by the model.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 83

Answer: \(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 12.
Writing
Explain why the numerator changes when you subtract fractions with like denominators, but the denominator stays the same.

Answer:
The most simple fraction subtraction problems are those that have two proper fractions with a common denominator. That is, each denominator is the same. The process is just as it is for the addition of fractions with like denominators, except you subtract! You subtract the second numerator from the first and keep the denominator the same.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A lizard’s tail is \(\frac{10}{12}\) foot long. It sheds a \(\frac{7}{12}\) foot long part of its tail to escape a predator. How long is the remaining part of the lizard’s tail?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 84
Because each fraction represents a part of the same whole, you can take away a part.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 85

Answer:
Given that,
A lizard’s tail is \(\frac{10}{12}\) foot long. It sheds a \(\frac{7}{12}\) foot long part of its tail to escape a predator.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-85

Show and Grow

Question 13.
You have \(\frac{9}{8}\) cups of raisins. You eat \(\frac{2}{8}\) cup. What fraction of a cup of raisins do you have left?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 86

Answer:
Given that,
You have \(\frac{9}{8}\) cups of raisins. You eat \(\frac{2}{8}\) cup.
\(\frac{9}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)
Thus \(\frac{7}{8}\) fraction of a cup of raisins is left.

Question 14.
A large bottle has \(\frac{7}{4}\) quarts of liquid soap. A small bottle has \(\frac{3}{4}\) quart of liquid soap. How much more soap is in the large bottle than in the small bottle?

Answer:
Given that,
A large bottle has \(\frac{7}{4}\) quarts of liquid soap. A small bottle has \(\frac{3}{4}\) quart of liquid soap.
\(\frac{7}{4}\) – \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{4}{4}\) = 1
Thus 1 more soap is in the large bottle than in the small bottle.

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
You need 2 cups of milk for a recipe. You have cup of \(\frac{1}{3}\) milk. How much more milk do you need? Explain.

Answer:
Given,
You need 2 cups of milk for a recipe. You have cup of \(\frac{1}{3}\) milk.
2 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus \(\frac{2}{3}\) more milk you need.

Use Models to subtract Fractions Homework & Practice 8.4

Find the difference. Explain how you used the model to subtract.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 87

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-87

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 88

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-88

Find the difference. Use a model or a number line to help.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 89

Answer: 15/10
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-3-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-25

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 90

Answer: 10/5

BIM 3rd Grade Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add & Subtract Fractions img_31

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 91

Answer: 8/12

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_32

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 92

Answer:

Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-226

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 93

Answer: 7/4

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-146

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 94

Answer:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same. So subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{70}{100}\) – \(\frac{6}{100}\) = \(\frac{64}{100}\)

Question 9.
You have \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard of ribbon. You cut off \(\frac{1}{3}\) yard of the ribbon. How much ribbon do you have left?

Answer:
Given that,
You have \(\frac{2}{3}\) yard of ribbon. You cut off \(\frac{1}{3}\) yard of the ribbon.
The denominators of both the fractions are the same. So subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{2}{3}\) – \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
\(\frac{1}{3}\) ribbon has left.

Question 10.
Structure
When using circular models to find the difference of \(\frac{4}{2}\) and \(\frac{1}{2}\), why do you shade two circles to represent \(\frac{4}{2}\)?

Answer:
The denominators of both the fractions are the same. So subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{4}{2}\) – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)

Question 11.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
In a box of pens, \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the pens are blue. Your friend takes \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the blue pens and says that now \(\frac{2}{4}\) of the pens in the box are blue. Is your friend correct? Explain.

Answer:
Given,
In a box of pens, \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the pens are blue. Your friend takes \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the blue pens and says that now \(\frac{2}{4}\) of the pens in the box are blue.
The denominators of both the fractions are the same. So subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{2}{4}\)
Yes, your friend is correct.

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
Using numerators that even number, write two different subtraction equations that each have a difference of 1.

Answer: \(\frac{6}{4}\) – \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{4}{4}\) = 1

Question 13.
Modeling Real Life
In our solar system, \(\frac{6}{8}\) of the planets have moons, and \(\frac{4}{8}\) of the planets have moons and rings. What fraction of the planets in our solar system have moons, but do not have rings?

Answer:
Given,
In our solar system, \(\frac{6}{8}\) of the planets have moons, and \(\frac{4}{8}\) of the planets have moons and rings.
The denominators of both the fractions are the same. So subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{6}{8}\) – \(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\)

Question 14.
Modeling Real Life
A professional pumpkin carver carves a pumpkin that weighs \(\frac{7}{10}\) ton. He carves a second pumpkin that weighs \(\frac{6}{10}\) ton. How much heavier is the first pumpkin than the second pumpkin?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 95

Answer:
Given that,
A professional pumpkin carver carves a pumpkin that weighs \(\frac{7}{10}\) ton. He carves a second pumpkin that weighs \(\frac{6}{10}\) ton.
The denominators of both the fractions are the same. So subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{7}{10}\) – \(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{1}{10}\)
The first pumpkin is \(\frac{1}{10}\) heavier than the second pumpkin.

Review & Refresh

Find an equivalent fraction.

Question 15.
\(\frac{7}{4}\)

Answer:
The equivalent fraction of \(\frac{7}{4}\) is given below,
\(\frac{7}{4}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{14}{8}\)

Question 16.
\(\frac{3}{5}\)

Answer:
The equivalent fraction of \(\frac{3}{5}\) is given below,
\(\frac{3}{5}\) × \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{9}{15}\)

Question 17.
\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer:
The equivalent fraction of \(\frac{2}{3}\) is given below,
\(\frac{2}{3}\) × \(\frac{2}{2}\) = \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Lesson 8.5 Subtract Fractions with Like Denominators

Explore and Grow

Write each fraction as a sum of unit fractions. Use models to help.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 96
How many more unit fractions did you use to rewrite \(\frac{4}{5}\) than \(\frac{3}{5}\)?
How does this relate to the difference \(\frac{4}{5}\) – \(\frac{3}{5}\) ?

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-96
\(\frac{4}{5}\) – \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Construct Arguments
How can you use the numerators and the denominators to subtract fractions with like denominators? Explain why your method makes sense.

Answer: Steps on How to Add and Subtract Fractions with the Same Denominator. To add fractions with like or the same denominator, simply add the numerators then copy the common denominator. Always reduce your final answer to its lowest term.

Think and Grow: Subtract Fractions

To subtract fractions with like denominators, subtract the numerators. The denominator stays the same.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 97
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 98

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-98

Show and Grow

Subtract.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 100

Answer:
The denominators of the above fraction are the same so you have to subtract the numerators.

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-100

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 101

Answer:
First, make the denominators common and then subtract the numerators
1 can be written as \(\frac{12}{12}\)
\(\frac{12}{12}\) – \(\frac{8}{12}\) = (12 – 8)/12
= \(\frac{4}{12}\) or \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 102

Answer:
The denominators of the above fraction are the same so you have to subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{50}{100}\) – \(\frac{30}{100}\) = (50 – 30)/100
= \(\frac{20}{100}\) or \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Apply and Grow: Practice

Subtract.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 103

Answer:
The denominators of the above fraction are the same so you have to subtract the numerators.
Big Ideas Math Book 4th Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_37

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 104

Answer:
The denominators of the above fraction are the same so you have to subtract the numerators.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_35

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 105

Answer:
The denominators of the above fraction are the same so you have to subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{12}{6}\) – \(\frac{7}{6}\) = (12- 7)/6
\(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 106

Answer:
The denominators of the above fraction are the same so you have to subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{4}{5}\) – \(\frac{3}{5}\) = (4- 3)/5
\(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 107

Answer:
The denominators of the above fraction are the same so you have to subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{60}{100}\) – \(\frac{43}{100}\) = (60 – 43)/100
\(\frac{17}{100}\)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 108

Answer:
The denominators of the above fraction are the same so you have to subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{10}{2}\) – \(\frac{2}{2}\) = (10 – 2)/2
\(\frac{8}{4}\) = 2

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 109

Answer:
First, make the denominators common and then subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{12}{12}\) – \(\frac{7}{12}\) = (12 – 7)/12
= \(\frac{5}{12}\)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_34

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 110

Answer:
First, make the denominators common and then subtract the numerators
1 can be written as \(\frac{8}{8}\)
\(\frac{8}{8}\) – \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 111

Answer:
First, make the denominators common and then subtract the numerators
2 can be written as \(\frac{8}{4}\)
\(\frac{8}{4}\) – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{7}{4}\)

Question 13.
You have 1 gallon of paint. You use \(\frac{2}{3}\) gallon to paint a wall. How much paint do you have left?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 112

Answer:
Given that,
You have 1 gallon of paint. You use \(\frac{2}{3}\) gallon to paint a wall.
First, make the denominators common and then subtract the numerators
1 – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
1 can be written as \(\frac{3}{3}\)
\(\frac{3}{3}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 14.
Reasoning
Why is it unreasonable to get a difference of \(\frac{7}{8}\) when subtracting \(\frac{1}{8}\) from \(\frac{7}{8}\)? Use a model to support your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 113

Answer:
The difference of \(\frac{7}{8}\) when subtracting \(\frac{1}{8}\) from \(\frac{7}{8}\) is,
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-113

Question 15.
Your friend says each difference is \(\frac{3}{10}\). Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 114

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_36
Your friend is correct.
10/10 – 7/10 = 3/10
100/100 = 70/100 = 30/100 = 3/10

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A flock of geese has completed \(\frac{5}{12}\) of its total migration. What fraction of its migration does the flock of geese have left to complete?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 115
Because the total migration is 1 whole, find 1 − \(\frac{5}{12}\).
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 116

Answer:
Given,
A flock of geese has completed \(\frac{5}{12}\) of its total migration.
Because the total migration is 1 whole, find 1 − \(\frac{5}{12}\).
First, make the denominators common and then subtract the numerators.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-116

Show and Grow

Question 16.
A runner has completed \(\frac{6}{10}\) of a race. What fraction of the race does the runner have left to complete?

Answer:
Given that,
A runner has completed \(\frac{6}{10}\) of a race.
1 – \(\frac{6}{10}\)
1 can be written as \(\frac{10}{10}\)
\(\frac{10}{10}\) – \(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\)
The runner has left \(\frac{4}{10}\) fraction of the race to complete.

Question 17.
A pizza buffet serves pizzas of the same size with different toppings. There is \(\frac{7}{8}\) of a vegetable pizza and \(\frac{2}{8}\) of a pineapple pizza left. How much more vegetable pizza is left than pineapple pizza?

Answer:
Given,
A pizza buffet serves pizzas of the same size with different toppings.
There is \(\frac{7}{8}\) of a vegetable pizza and \(\frac{2}{8}\) of a pineapple pizza left.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
\(\frac{5}{8}\) more vegetable pizza is left than pineapple pizza.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
Baseball practice is 1 hour long. You stretch for 7 minutes and play catch for 8 minutes. What fraction of an hour do you have left to practice?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 117

Answer:
Given,
Baseball practice is 1 hour long. You stretch for 7 minutes and play catch for 8 minutes.
7 minutes + 8 minutes = 15 minutes
15 minutes = \(\frac{1}{4}\) hour
1 – \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Thus \(\frac{3}{4}\) fraction of an hour is left to practice.

Subtract Fractions with Like Denominators Homework & Practice 8.5

Subtract

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 118

Answer:
The denominators of the above fraction are the same so you have to subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{7}{8}\) – \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{4}{8}\)
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-118

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 119

Answer:
The denominators of the above fraction are the same so you have to subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{5}{4}\) – \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 120

Answer:
The denominators of the above fraction are the same so you have to subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{13}{5}\) – \(\frac{6}{5}\) = \(\frac{7}{6}\)

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 121

Answer:
The denominators of the above fraction are the same so you have to subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{5}{12}\) – \(\frac{1}{12}\) = \(\frac{4}{12}\)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 122

Answer:
The denominators of the above fraction are the same so you have to subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{9}{6}\) – \(\frac{4}{6}\) = \(\frac{5}{6}\)

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 123

Answer:
The denominators of the above fraction are the same so you have to subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{11}{3}\) – \(\frac{7}{3}\) = \(\frac{4}{3}\)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 124

Answer:
The denominators of the above fraction are the same so you have to subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{10}{10}\) – \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{6}{10}\)

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 125

Answer:
The denominators of the above fraction are the same so you have to subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{20}{2}\) – \(\frac{8}{2}\) = \(\frac{12}{2}\)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 126

Answer:
The denominators of the above fraction are the same so you have to subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{36}{100}\) – \(\frac{21}{100}\) = \(\frac{15}{100}\)

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 127

Answer:
First, make the denominators common and then subtract the numerators.
1 can be written as 5/5.
\(\frac{5}{5}\) – \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 128

Answer:
First, make the denominators common and then subtract the numerators.
2 can be written as 8/4
\(\frac{8}{4}\) – \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{6}{4}\)

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 129

Answer:
First, make the denominators common and then subtract the numerators
3 can be written as 24/8.
\(\frac{24}{8}\) – \(\frac{15}{8}\) = \(\frac{9}{8}\)

Question 13.
A family eats \(\frac{2}{3}\) of a tray of lasagna. What fraction of the tray of lasagna is left?

Answer:
Given,
A family eats \(\frac{2}{3}\) of a tray of lasagna.
1 – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
1 can be written as \(\frac{3}{3}\)
\(\frac{3}{3}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Therefore \(\frac{1}{3}\) fraction of the tray of lasagna is left.

Question 14.
Writing
Explain how finding is \(\frac{7}{10}-\frac{4}{10}\) similar to finding 7 – 4.

Answer:
Yes \(\frac{7}{10}-\frac{4}{10}\) similar to finding 7 – 4. Because the denominators of the fractions are the same.
\(\frac{7}{10}-\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Question 15.
Open-Ended
The model shows equal parts of a 1 whole. Write a subtraction problem whose answer is shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 130

Answer:
By seeing the above figure we can write the subtraction problem.
1 – \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
you fill \(\frac{2}{4}\) of your plate with vegetables. What fraction of your plate does not contain vegetables?

Answer:
Given,
you fill \(\frac{2}{4}\) of your plate with vegetables.
1 – \(\frac{2}{4}\)
1 can be written as \(\frac{4}{4}\)
\(\frac{4}{4}\) – \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{2}{4}\)
Thus \(\frac{2}{4}\) fraction of your plate does not contain vegetables.

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life
A group of students designs a rectangular playground. They use \(\frac{2}{8}\) of the playground for a basketball court and \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the playground for a soccer field. How much space is left?

Answer:
Given,
A group of students designs a rectangular playground.
They use \(\frac{2}{8}\) of the playground for a basketball court and \(\frac{3}{8}\) of the playground for a soccer field.
\(\frac{2}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
1 – \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Thus \(\frac{3}{8}\) space is left.

Review & Refresh

Find the quotient and the remainder

Question 18.
34 ÷ 7 = ___R___

Answer: 4R6

Explanation:
34 ÷ 7 = \(\frac{34}{7}\)
\(\frac{34}{7}\) = 4R6
Thus the quotient is 4 and the remainder is 6.

Question 19.
28 ÷ 3 = ___R___

Answer: 9 R1

Explanation:
28 ÷ 3 = \(\frac{28}{3}\)
\(\frac{28}{3}\) = 9 R1
Thus the quotient is 9 and the remainder is 1.

Lesson 8.6 Model Fractions and Mixed Numbers

Explore and Grow

Draw a model to show 1 + 1 + \(\frac{2}{3}\).

Use your model to write the sum as a fraction.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_37

Repeated Reasoning
How can you write a fraction greater than 1 as the sum of a whole number and a fraction less than 1? Explain.

Answer:
\(\frac{3}{2}\)  = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
The fraction 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) the whole fraction is greater than 1 and the fraction is less than 1.

Think and Grow: Write Fractions and Mixed Numbers

A mixed number represents the sum of a whole number and a fraction less than 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 132
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 133

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-133

Example
Write \(\frac{5}{2}\) as a mixed number.

Find how many wholes are in \(\frac{5}{2}\) and how many halves are left over.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 134

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-134

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Write 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) as a fraction. Use a model or a number line to help.

Answer:

Big Ideas math 4th grade answers chapter 8 img_38

Question 2.
Write \(\frac{9}{6}\) as a mixed number. Use a model or a number line to help.

Answer:
\(\frac{9}{6}\) can be written as \(\frac{3}{2}\)
Now convert \(\frac{3}{2}\) into the mixed fraction
\(\frac{3}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
BIM 4th Grade Answer key Chapter 8 Add and subtract fractions img_39

Apply and Grow: Practice

Write the mixed number as a fraction.

Question 3.
3\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Answer: \(\frac{19}{5}\)

Explanation:
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
5 × 3 = 15
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
15 + 4 = 19
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
19/5

Question 4.
2\(\frac{1}{3}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{3}\)

Explanation:
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
3 × 2 = 6
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
6 + 1 = 7
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
7/3

Question 5.
6\(\frac{7}{12}\)

Answer: \(\frac{79}{12}\)

Explanation:
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
12 × 6 = 72
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
72 + 7 = 79
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
79/12

Question 6.
1\(\frac{82}{100}\)

Answer: \(\frac{182}{100}\)

Explanation:
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
100 × 1 = 100
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
100 + 82 = 182
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
\(\frac{182}{100}\)

Question 7.
11\(\frac{3}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac{91}{8}\)

Explanation:
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
8 × 11 = 88
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
88 + 3 = 91
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
91/8

Question 8.
9\(\frac{5}{10}\)

Answer: \(\frac{95}{10}\)

Explanation:
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
10 × 9 = 90
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
90 + 5 = 95
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
95/10

Write the fraction as a mixed number or a whole number.

Question 9.
\(\frac{9}{8}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Explanation:
9÷8=1R1
\(\frac{9}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{19}{3}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
19÷3=6R1
\(\frac{19}{3}\) = 6 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{38}{5}\)

Answer: 7 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
38÷5=7R3
\(\frac{38}{5}\) = 7 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{22}{10}\)

Answer: 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Explanation:
11÷5=2R1
\(\frac{22}{10}\) = 2 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 13.
\(\frac{460}{100}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
23÷5=4R3
\(\frac{460}{100}\) = 4 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Question 14.
\(\frac{20}{4}\)

Answer: 5

Explanation:
4 divides 20 five times.
\(\frac{20}{4}\) = 5

Compare

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 135

Answer: =

Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{2}\) can be written as 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
1 × 2 + 1 = 3
So, 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 136

Answer: >

Explanation:
3\(\frac{3}{12}\) can be written as \(\frac{39}{12}\)
\(\frac{39}{12}\) > \(\frac{15}{12}\)
So, 3\(\frac{3}{12}\) > \(\frac{15}{12}\)

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 137

Answer: <

Explanation:
\(\frac{21}{6}\) can be written as 3 \(\frac{3}{6}\) or 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
So, 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) < 4
\(\frac{21}{6}\) < 4

Question 18.
Which One Doesn’t Belong? Which expression does not Belong to the other three?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 138

Answer:
3 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{11}{3}\)
\(\frac{9}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) = \(\frac{12}{3}\)
\(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{3}{3}\) +\(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{11}{3}\)
\(\frac{11}{3}\)
So, the second expression does not belong to the other three expressions.

DIG DEEPER!
Find the unknown Number

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 139

Answer: 2

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{6}\) is 4÷3=1R1
\(\frac{8}{6}\) = 1 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
So, the unknown number is 2.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 140

Answer: 3

Explanation:
\(\frac{35}{4}\) = 8 R 3
8 \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{35}{4}\)
So, the unknown number is 3.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 141

Answer: 10

Explanation:
12 × 10 + 9 = 129
\(\frac{129}{12}\) = 10 \(\frac{9}{12}\)
So, the unknown number is 10.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A construction worker needs nails that are \(\frac{9}{4}\) inches long. Which size of nails should the worker use?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 142
Write \(\frac{9}{4}\) as a mixed number.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 143

Answer:
Given,
A construction worker needs nails that are \(\frac{9}{4}\) inches long.
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-143

Show and Grow

Question 22.
You need screws that are \(\frac{13}{8}\) inches long to build a birdhouse. Which size of screws should you use?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 144

Answer:
Given,
You need screws that are \(\frac{13}{8}\) inches long to build a birdhouse.
Convert from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{13}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{5}{8}\)
8 × 1 + 5 = 13
So, you should use 1 \(\frac{5}{8}\) inches of screws.

Question 23.
You and your friend each measure the distance between two bean bag toss boards. You record the distance as 3\(\frac{3}{5}\) meters. Your friend records the distance as \(\frac{18}{5}\) meters. Did you and your friend record the same distance? Explain.

Answer:
Given that,
You and your friend each measure the distance between two bean bag toss boards.
You record the distance as 3\(\frac{3}{5}\) meters. Your friend records the distance as \(\frac{18}{5}\) meters.
3\(\frac{3}{5}\)
5 × 3 + 3 = 18
3\(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{18}{5}\)
Yes you and your friend record the same distance.

Question 24.
DIG DEEPER!
You use a \(\frac{1}{3}\)-cup scoop to measure 3\(\frac{1}{3}\) cups of rice. How many times do you fill the scoop?

Answer:
Given,
You use a \(\frac{1}{3}\)-cup scoop to measure 3\(\frac{1}{3}\) cups of rice.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{10}{3}\)
You need to measure 10 times to fill the scoop.

Question 25.
DIG DEEPER!
A sunflower plant is \(\frac{127}{10}\) centimeters tall. A snapdragon plant is 8\(\frac{9}{10}\) centimeters tall. Which plant is taller? Explain.

Answer:
Given that,
A sunflower plant is \(\frac{127}{10}\) centimeters tall. A snapdragon plant is 8\(\frac{9}{10}\) centimeters tall.
8\(\frac{9}{10}\) = \(\frac{89}{10}\)
\(\frac{127}{10}\) is greater than \(\frac{89}{10}\)
So, sunflower plant is taller.

Model Fractions and Mixed Numbers Homework & Practice 8.6

Write a mixed number as a fraction.

Question 1.
1\(\frac{7}{10}\)

Answer: \(\frac{17}{10}\)

Explanation:
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
10 × 1 = 10
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
10 + 7 = 17
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
=17/10

Question 2.
1\(\frac{5}{6}\)

Answer: \(\frac{11}{6}\)

Explanation:
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
6 × 1 = 6
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
6 + 5 = 11
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
11/6

Question 3.
2\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Answer: \(\frac{8}{3}\)

Explanation:
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
3 × 2 = 6
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
6 + 2 = 8
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
8/3

Question 4.
4\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: \(\frac{9}{2}\)

Explanation:
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
2 × 4 = 8
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
8 + 1 = 9
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
9/2

Question 5.
3\(\frac{2}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac{13}{4}\)

Explanation:
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
8 × 3 = 24
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
24 + 2 = 26
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
26/8

Question 6.
9\(\frac{8}{12}\).

Answer: \(\frac{29}{3}\)

Explanation:
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
12 × 9 = 108
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
108 + 8 = 116
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
116/12 = \(\frac{29}{3}\)

write the fraction as a mixed number or a whole number.

Question 7.
\(\frac{7}{5}\)

Answer: 1 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
Given the expression \(\frac{7}{5}\)
We have to convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
7 ÷ 5=1R2
\(\frac{7}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 8.
\(\frac{10}{3}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Given the expression \(\frac{10}{3}\)
We have to convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
10÷3=3R1
\(\frac{10}{3}\) = 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{15}{4}\)

Answer: 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
Given the expression \(\frac{15}{4}\)
We have to convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
15÷4=3 R 3
\(\frac{15}{4}\) = 3 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{32}{6}\)

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Given the expression \(\frac{32}{6}\)
We have to convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{32}{6}\) = \(\frac{16}{3}\)
16÷3=5R1
\(\frac{32}{6}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{75}{8}\)

Answer: 9 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
Given the expression \(\frac{75}{8}\)
We have to convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
75÷8=9R3
\(\frac{75}{8}\) = 9 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 12.
\(\frac{40}{10}\)

Answer: 4

Explanation:
Given the expression \(\frac{40}{10}\)
We have to convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{40}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{1}\) = 4
Thus \(\frac{40}{10}\) = 4

Compare

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 145

Answer: <

Explanation:
We have to convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{11}{2}\)
\(\frac{11}{2}\) < \(\frac{15}{2}\)

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 146

Answer: =

Explanation:
We have to convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{27}{12}\) = \(\frac{27}{12}\)

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 147

Answer:

Explanation:
We have to convert the improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
6 \(\frac{7}{8}\) = \(\frac{55}{8}\)
\(\frac{55}{8}\) > \(\frac{50}{8}\)

Question 16.
Number Sense
Complete the number line.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 148

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-148

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life
You need pencil lead that is \(\frac{12}{10}\) millimeters thick to complete an art project. Which size of pencil lead should you use?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 149

Answer:
Given,
You need pencil lead that is \(\frac{12}{10}\) millimeters thick to complete an art project.
1 \(\frac{1}{10}\) = \(\frac{11}{10}\)
1 \(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{12}{10}\)
1 \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{14}{10}\)
You should use 2nd pencil lead.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
You have a \(\frac{1}{4}\)-cup measuring cup and a \(\frac{1}{2}\)-cup measuring cup. What are two ways you can 2\(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of water?

Answer:
Given,
You have a \(\frac{1}{4}\)-cup measuring cup and a \(\frac{1}{2}\)-cup measuring cup.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
2\(\frac{3}{4}\) – \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 2

Review & Refresh

Question 19.
67 × 31 = ___

Answer:
Multiply the two numbers 67 and 31.
67 × 31 = 2077

Question 20.
83 × 47 = ___

Answer:
Multiply the two numbers 83 and 47.
83 × 47 = 3901

Lesson 8.7 Add Mixed Numbers

Use model to find 2\(\frac{3}{8}\) + 1\(\frac{1}{8}\).

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=2+3/8+1+1/8
Solving the whole number parts
2+1=3
Solving the fraction parts
3/8+1/8=4/8
Reducing the fraction part, 4/8,
4/8=1/2
Combining the whole and fraction parts
3+1/2=3 1/2

Construct Arguments
How can you use the whole number parts and the fractional parts to add mixed numbers with like denominators? Explain why your method makes sense.

Answer: To add mixed numbers, we first add the whole numbers together, and then the fractions. If the sum of the fractions is an improper fraction, then we change it to a mixed number.

Think and Grow: Add Mixed Numbers

To add mixed numbers, add the fractional parts and add the whole number parts. Another way to add mixed numbers is to rewrite each number as a fraction, then add.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 150
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 151

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-151

Example
Find 4\(\frac{2}{8}\) + 2\(\frac{7}{8}\).
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 152

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-152

Apply and Grow: Practice

Add.

Question 3.
5\(\frac{1}{3}\) + 3\(\frac{2}{3}\) = ___

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=5+1/3+3+2/3
Solving the whole number parts
5+3=8
Solving the fraction parts
1/3+2/3=33
Reducing the fraction part, 3/3,
3/3=1/1
Simplifying the fraction part, 1/1,
1/1=1
Combining the whole and fraction parts
8+1=9

Question 4.
2\(\frac{8}{12}\) + 7\(\frac{5}{12}\) = ___

Answer: 10 \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=2+8/12+7+5/12
Solving the whole number parts
2+7=9
Solving the fraction parts
8/12+5/12=13/12
Simplifying the fraction part, 13/12,
13/12=1 1/12
Combining the whole and fraction parts
9+1+1/12=10 1/12

Question 5.
4 + 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) = ___

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=4+1+1/2
Solving the whole number parts
4+1=5
Combining the whole and fraction parts
5+1/2=5 1/2

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 153

Answer: 5 \(\frac{2}{100}\)

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=78/100+124/100 + 3
Solving the fraction parts
78/100+124/100=202/100
3 + 202/100 = 5 \(\frac{2}{100}\)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 154

Answer: 16 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
8 + 5 + 2 = 15
\(\frac{4}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\) = (4 + 4 + 3)/8 = \(\frac{11}{8}\)
\(\frac{11}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
15 + 1\(\frac{3}{8}\) = 16 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 155

Answer: 24 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
10 + 9 + 4 = 23
\(\frac{4}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{7}{5}\)
Convert it into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{7}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
23 + 1 \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 24 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 9.
Number Sense
Explain how to use the addition properties to find Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 156 mentally. Then find the sum.

Answer: 16 \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
6 + 8 + 1 = 15
\(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{2}{4}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) = \(\frac{6}{4}\)
Convert it into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{6}{4}\) = 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\)
15 + 1 \(\frac{2}{4}\) = 16 \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
When adding mixed numbers, is it always necessary to write the sum as a mixed number? Explain.

Answer: To add mixed numbers, we first add the whole numbers together, and then the fractions. If the sum of the fractions is an improper fraction, then we change it to a mixed number.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
Find the unknown number.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 156.1

Answer:
Let the unknown number be x.
4 \(\frac{5}{6}\) + x = 8 \(\frac{3}{6}\)
x = 8 \(\frac{3}{6}\) – 4 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
x = 3 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You pick 2\(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds of cherries. Your friend picks 1\(\frac{2}{4}\) pounds of cherries. How many pounds of cherries do you and your friend pick in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 157
Add the amounts of cherries you and your friend each pick.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 158

Answer:
You pick 2\(\frac{3}{4}\) pounds of cherries. Your friend picks 1\(\frac{2}{4}\) pounds of cherries.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-158

Show and Grow

Question 12.
Before noon, 2\(\frac{3}{8}\) inches of snow falls in a city. Afternoon, 4\(\frac{6}{8}\) inches of snow falls. How many inches of snow falls in the city that day?

Answer:
Given that,
Before noon, 2\(\frac{3}{8}\) inches of snow falls in a city. Afternoon, 4\(\frac{6}{8}\) inches of snow falls.
2\(\frac{3}{8}\) + 4\(\frac{6}{8}\)
2 + 4 = 6
\(\frac{3}{8}\) + \(\frac{6}{8}\) = \(\frac{9}{8}\)
Convert it into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{9}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{8}\)
1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) inches of snow falls in the city that day.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
A student driver must practice driving at night for a total of at least 10 hours. Has the student met the nighttime driving requirement yet?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 159

Answer:
2 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) + 2 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
First add the whole numbers
2 + 3 + 2 = 7
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
7 + 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 8 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Add Mixed Numbers Homework & Practice 8.7

Add.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 160

Answer: 12 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
4 + 8 = 12
Add the fractions
\(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{3}{5}\) = \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Now add the fractions and thw whole numbers
12 + \(\frac{4}{5}\) = 12 \(\frac{4}{5}\)

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 161

Answer: 20 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
10 + 9 = 19
Add the fractions
\(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{6}{8}\) = \(\frac{11}{8}\)
Convert it into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{11}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Now add the fractions and the whole numbers
19 + 1 \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 20 \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 162

Answer: 8 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
2 + 6 = 8
Now add the fractions and the whole numbers
\(\frac{1}{3}\) + 8 = 8 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 163

Answer:

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
3 + 4 = 7
\(\frac{10}{12}\) + \(\frac{10}{12}\) = \(\frac{20}{12}\)
Convert it into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{20}{12}\) = 1 \(\frac{8}{12}\)
Now add the fractions and the whole numbers
7 + 1 \(\frac{8}{12}\) = 8 \(\frac{8}{12}\)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 164

Answer: 9 \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
Convert it into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{11}{6}\) = 1 \(\frac{5}{6}\)
7 + 1 = 8
\(\frac{3}{6}\) + \(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{8}{6}\)
Now add the fractions and the whole numbers
8 + \(\frac{8}{6}\)
\(\frac{8}{6}\) = 1 \(\frac{2}{6}\)
8 + 1 \(\frac{2}{6}\) = 9 \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 165

Answer: 15 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=8+70/100+6+55/100
Solving the whole number parts
8+6=14
Solving the fraction parts
70/100+55/100=125/100
Reducing the fraction part, 125/100,
125/100=5/4
Simplifying the fraction part, 5/4,
5/4=1 1/4
Combining the whole and fraction parts
14+1+1/4= 15 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Add

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 166

Answer: 11

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
5 + 3 + 2 = 10
Now add the fractional part,
3/4 + 1/4 = 1
10 + 1 = 11

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 167

Answer: 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
Add the whole numbers
1 + 1 + 9 = 11
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Combining the whole and fraction parts
11 + 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 12 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 168

Answer: 9 \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
3 + 5 = 8
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{12}{10}\)
Convert it into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{12}{10}\) = 1 \(\frac{2}{10}\)
Combining the whole and fraction parts
8 + 1 \(\frac{2}{10}\) = 9 \(\frac{2}{10}\)

Question 10.
Structure
Find 7\(\frac{4}{5}\) + 8\(\frac{2}{5}\) two different ways. Which way do you prefer? Why?

Answer:

Explanation:
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
7\(\frac{4}{5}\) + 8\(\frac{2}{5}\)
Add the fractional parts and then the whole numbers.
7 + 8 = 15
\(\frac{4}{5}\) + \(\frac{2}{5}\) = \(\frac{6}{5}\)
Convert it into the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{6}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\)
15 + 1 \(\frac{1}{5}\) = 16 \(\frac{1}{5}\)

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
A homeowner has two strings of lights. One is 8\(\frac{1}{3}\) yards long. The other is 16\(\frac{2}{3}\) yards long. He connects the strings of lights. How long will the string of lights be in all?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 169

Answer:
Given,
A homeowner has two strings of lights. One is 8 \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards long. The other is 16 \(\frac{2}{3}\) yards long. He connects the strings of lights.
8 \(\frac{1}{3}\) + 16 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 24 \(\frac{3}{3}\)
\(\frac{3}{3}\) = 1
24 + 1 = 25

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
You can play the song “Mary Had a Little Lamb” by striking three glasses filled with water to make the tone. The first glass needs 1\(\frac{3}{4}\) cups, the second glass needs 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) cups, and the third glass needs 1\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of water. How much water do you need in all?

Answer:
Given that,
You can play the song “Mary Had a Little Lamb” by striking three glasses filled with water to make the tone. The first glass needs 1\(\frac{3}{4}\)cups, the second glass needs 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) cups, and the third glass needs 1\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of water.
1\(\frac{1}{2}\) + 1\(\frac{1}{4}\) + 1\(\frac{3}{4}\)
1 + 1 + 1 = 3
\(\frac{1}{2}\) + \(\frac{1}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
3 + 1 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Therefore you need 4 \(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of water.

Review & Refresh

Write the first six numbers in the pattern. Then describe another feature of the pattern.

Question 13.
Rule: Add 11.
First number: 22

Answer:
The first number is 22 you need to add 11 to it.
22 + 11 = 33
33 + 11 = 44
44 + 11 = 55
55 + 11 = 66
66 + 11 = 77
77 + 11 = 88

Question 14.
Rule: Multiply by 4.
First number: 7

Answer:
The first number is 7. You need to multiply by 4.
7 × 4 = 28
28 × 4 = 112
112 × 4 = 448
448 × 4 = 1792
1792 × 4 = 7168
7168 × 4 = 28672

Lesson 8.8 Subtract Mixed Numbers

Explore and Grow

Use a model to find 2\(\frac{3}{8}\) – 1\(\frac{1}{8}\).

Answer:
2\(\frac{3}{8}\) – 1\(\frac{1}{8}\).
First subtract the whole numbers
2 – 1 = 1
\(\frac{3}{8}\) – \(\frac{1}{8}\) = \(\frac{2}{8}\)
Combine the whole numbers and fractions.
1 \(\frac{2}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Construct Arguments
How can you use the whole number parts and the fractional parts to subtract mixed numbers with like denominators? Explain why your method makes sense.

Answer:
First, you have to subtract the whole number parts and then subtract the fraction parts with like denominators.
You can subtract the mixed fractions by using the number line or model.

Think and Grow: subtract Mixed Numbers

To subtract mixed numbers, subtract the fractional parts and subtract the whole number parts. Another way to subtract mixed numbers is to rewrite each number as a fraction, then subtract.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 170

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-170

Example
Find 5\(\frac{3}{6}\) – 4\(\frac{5}{6}\).
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 171

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-171

Show and Grow

Subtract

Question 1.
5\(\frac{4}{5}\) – 1\(\frac{2}{5}\) = ____

Answer:
There are enough fifths.
Subtract the whole numbers
5 – 1 = 4
\(\frac{4}{5}\) – \(\frac{2}{5}\) =\(\frac{2}{5}\)
4 + \(\frac{2}{5}\) = 4 \(\frac{2}{5}\)
Thus, 5\(\frac{4}{5}\) – 1\(\frac{2}{5}\) = 4 \(\frac{2}{5}\)

Question 2.
7\(\frac{1}{3}\) – 2\(\frac{2}{3}\) = _____

Answer:
There are not enough thirds.
7\(\frac{1}{3}\) = 6 \(\frac{3}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 6\(\frac{4}{3}\)
Subtract the whole numbers
6 – 2 = 4
\(\frac{4}{3}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
4 + \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 172

Answer:
There are enough twelfths.
Subtract the whole numbers
15 – 4 = 11
\(\frac{10}{12}\) – \(\frac{8}{12}\) = \(\frac{2}{12}\)
11 + \(\frac{2}{12}\) = 11 \(\frac{2}{12}\)

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 173

Answer:
There are enough eighths.
\(\frac{6}{8}\) – \(\frac{6}{8}\) = 0
Subtract the whole numbers
6 – 3 = 3
3 + 0 = 3

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 174

Answer:
There are not enough tenths.
5 \(\frac{7}{10}\) can be written as 4 \(\frac{17}{10}\)
4 \(\frac{17}{10}\) – 1 \(\frac{9}{10}\)
Subtract the whole numbers
4 – 1 = 3
Subtract the fractional parts
\(\frac{17}{10}\) – \(\frac{9}{10}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\)
3 + \(\frac{8}{10}\) = 3 \(\frac{8}{10}\)

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 175

Answer:
There are not enough hundreds.
11 \(\frac{50}{100}\) can be written as 10 \(\frac{150}{100}\)
Subtract the whole numbers
10 – 7 = 3
Subtract the fractional parts
\(\frac{150}{100}\) – \(\frac{85}{100}\) = \(\frac{65}{100}\)
3 + \(\frac{65}{100}\) = 3 \(\frac{65}{100}\)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 176

Answer:
There are not enough sixths.
8 can be written as 7 \(\frac{6}{6}\)
Subtract the whole numbers
7 – 1 = 6
Subtract the fractional parts
\(\frac{6}{6}\) – \(\frac{3}{6}\) = \(\frac{3}{6}\)
6 + \(\frac{3}{6}\) = 6 \(\frac{3}{6}\)

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 177

Answer:
There are not enough fourths.
10 can be written as 9 \(\frac{4}{4}\)
Subtract the whole numbers
9 – 9 = 0
Subtract the fractional parts
\(\frac{4}{4}\) – \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)
0 + \(\frac{1}{4}\)  = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 9.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says the difference of 9 and 2\(\frac{3}{5}\) is 7\(\frac{3}{5}\). Is your friend correct? Explain.

Answer:
9 – 2\(\frac{3}{5}\) = 7 \(\frac{3}{5}\)
Thus by this we can say that your friend is correct.

Question 10.
Writing
Explain how adding and subtracting mixed numbers are similar and different.

Answer:
Any mixed number can also be written as an improper fraction, in which the numerator is larger than the denominator.
Subtracting mixed numbers is very similar to adding them.
Write both fractions as equivalent fractions with a denominator. Then subtract the fractions.

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
Write two mixed numbers with like denominators that have a sum of 5\(\frac{2}{3}\) and a difference of 1.

Answer:
5\(\frac{2}{3}\) = 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) + 2\(\frac{1}{3}\)
Now if you subtract the same fraction you need to get the difference as 1.
3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) – 2\(\frac{1}{3}\)
3 – 2 = 1
\(\frac{1}{3}\) – \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 0
So, 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) – 2\(\frac{1}{3}\) = 1

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A replica of the Eiffel Tower is 6 inches tall. It is 2\(\frac{2}{5}\) inches taller than a replica of the Space Needle. How tall is the replica of the Space Needle?
Find the difference between the height of the Eiffel Tower replica, 6 inches, and 2\(\frac{2}{5}\) inches.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 178
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 179

Answer:
Given,
A replica of the Eiffel Tower is 6 inches tall. It is 2\(\frac{2}{5}\) inches taller than a replica of the Space Needle.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-4th-Grade-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-179

Show and Grow

Question 12.
A cook has a 5-pound bag of potatoes. He uses 2\(\frac{1}{3}\) pounds of potatoes to make a casserole. How many pounds of potatoes are left?

Answer:
Given,
A cook has a 5-pound bag of potatoes. He uses 2\(\frac{1}{3}\) pounds of potatoes to make a casserole.
5 – 2\(\frac{1}{3}\)
4 \(\frac{3}{3}\) – 2\(\frac{1}{3}\)
Subtract the whole numbers
4 – 2 = 2
Subtract the fractional parts
\(\frac{3}{3}\) – \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
2 \(\frac{2}{3}\)
Thus 2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) pounds of potatoes are left.

Question 13.
A half-marathon is 13\(\frac{1}{10}\) miles long. A competitor runs 9\(\frac{6}{10}\) miles. How many miles does the competitor have left to run?

Answer:
Given,
A half-marathon is 13\(\frac{1}{10}\) miles long. A competitor runs 9\(\frac{6}{10}\) miles.
13\(\frac{1}{10}\) – 9\(\frac{6}{10}\)
12 \(\frac{11}{10}\) – 9\(\frac{6}{10}\)
Subtract the whole numbers
12 – 9 = 3
\(\frac{11}{10}\) – \(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\)
3 + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\)
The competitor has left 3 \(\frac{1}{2}\) miles to run.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
You want to mail a package that weighs 18\(\frac{2}{4}\) ounces. The weight limit is 13 ounces, so you remove 4\(\frac{3}{4}\) ounces of items from the package. Does the lighter package meet the weight requirement? If not, how much more weight do you need to remove?

Answer:
Given that,
You want to mail a package that weighs 18\(\frac{2}{4}\) ounces.
The weight limit is 13 ounces, so you remove 4\(\frac{3}{4}\) ounces of items from the package.
18\(\frac{2}{4}\) – 4\(\frac{3}{4}\) = 13 \(\frac{3}{4}\)
13 \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 13 = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Thus you need to remove \(\frac{3}{4}\) ounces more.

Subtract Mixed Numbers Homework & Practice 8.8

Subtract

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 180

Answer: 5 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=10+3/4−5−1/4
Solving the whole number parts
10−5=5
Solving the fraction parts
3/4−1/4=2/4
Reducing the fraction part, 2/4,
2/4=1/2
Combining the whole and fraction parts
5+1/2=5 1/2

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 181

Answer: 6

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
9 + 1/3 – 3 – 1/3
9 – 3 = 6
So, 9 \(\frac{1}{3}\) – 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 6

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 182

Answer: 4 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=6+7/12−1−11/12
Solving the whole number parts
6−1=5
Solving the fraction parts
7/12−11/12=−4/12
Reducing the fraction part, 4/12,
−4/12=−1/3
Combining the whole and fraction parts
5−1/3=4 2/3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 183

Answer: 6 \(\frac{43}{50}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=15+6/100−8−20/100
Solving the whole number parts
15−8=7
Solving the fraction parts
6/100−20/100=−14/100
Reducing the fraction part, 14/100,
−14/100=−7/50
Combining the whole and fraction parts
7−7/50=6 43/50

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 184

Answer: 1 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=4+3/6−2−5/6
Solving the whole number parts
4−2=2
Solving the fraction parts
3/6−5/6=−2/6
Reducing the fraction part, 2/6,
−2/6=−1/3
Combining the whole and fraction parts
2−1/3=1 2/3

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 185

Answer: 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
20 – 19 = 1
\(\frac{4}{5}\) – \(\frac{1}{5}\) = \(\frac{3}{5}\)
1 + \(\frac{3}{5}\) = 1 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Subtract.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 186

Answer: 2 \(\frac{3}{5}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=5+6/10−3
Solving the whole number parts
5−3=2
Combining the whole and fraction parts
2+6/10=2 6/10

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 187

Answer: 10 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=13−2−1/2
Solving the whole number parts
13−2=11
Combining the whole and fraction parts
11−1/2=10 1/2

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 188

Answer: 3 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=18−14−6/8
Solving the whole number parts
18−14=4
Combining the whole and fraction parts
4−6/8=3 2/8

Question 10.
Reasoning
Explain why you rename 4\(\frac{1}{3}\) when finding 4\(\frac{1}{3}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\) .

Answer:
4\(\frac{1}{3}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
4 can be written as 3 \(\frac{3}{3}\)
3 \(\frac{3}{3}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
3 + \(\frac{3}{3}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\)
3 + \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
So, 4\(\frac{1}{3}\) – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = 3 \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
Find the unknown number.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 189

Answer:
Let the unknown number be x.
10 \(\frac{3}{12}\) – x = \(\frac{4}{12}\)
10 \(\frac{3}{12}\) –  \(\frac{4}{12}\) = x
9 \(\frac{15}{12}\) –  \(\frac{4}{12}\) = x
x = 9 \(\frac{11}{12}\)
Thus the unknown number is 9 \(\frac{11}{12}\).

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
A rare flower found in Indonesian rain forests can grow wider than a car tire. How much wider is the flower than a car tire that is 1\(\frac{11}{12}\) feet wide?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 189.1

Answer:
Given,
A rare flower found in Indonesian rain forests can grow wider than a car tire.
3 – 1\(\frac{11}{12}\)
2 \(\frac{12}{12}\) – 1\(\frac{11}{12}\)
= 1 \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 13.
Modeling Real Life
Your tablet battery is fully charged. You use \(\frac{32}{100}\) of the charge listening to music, and \(\frac{13}{100}\) of the charge playing games. What fraction of the charge remains on your tablet battery?

Answer:
Given,
Your tablet battery is fully charged. You use \(\frac{32}{100}\) of the charge listening to music, and \(\frac{13}{100}\) of the charge playing games.
\(\frac{32}{100}\) – \(\frac{13}{100}\) = \(\frac{19}{100}\)
Thus \(\frac{19}{100}\) fraction of the charge remains on your tablet battery.

Review & Refresh

Divide. Then check your answer.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 190

Answer:
Divide 84 by 5
84/5 = 16.8

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 191

Answer:
Divide 51 by 4.
51/4 = 12.75

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 192

Answer:
Divide 89 by 8.
89/8 = 11.125

Lesson 8.9 Problem Solving: Fractions

Explore and Grow

Make a plan to solve the problem.

The table shows the tusk lengths of two elephants. Which elephant’s tusks have a greater total length? How much greater?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 193
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 194

Answer:
Male Elephant = 4 1/12 + 4 3/12 = 8 4/12
Female Elephant = 4 + 3 7/12 = 7 7/12
The Right Tusk of a Male Elephant is greater than Female Elephant.
The left tusk of a Male Elephant is greater than Female Elephant.
Thus the total length of the Male Elephant is greater than Female Elephant.

Make Sense of Problems
A \(\frac{7}{12}\)-foot long piece of one of the male elephant’s tusks breaks off. Does this change your plan to solve the problem? Will this change the answer? Explain.

Answer:
A \(\frac{7}{12}\)-foot long piece of one of the male elephant’s tusks breaks off.
8 4/12 – 7 7/12 = 3/4
No, if \(\frac{7}{12}\)-foot long piece of one of the male elephant’s tusks breaks off it will not change the answer. Still, the Male Elephant is greater than Female Elephant.

Think and Grow: Problem Solving: Fractions

Example
A family spends 2\(\frac{2}{4}\) hours traveling to a theme park, 7\(\frac{1}{4}\) hours at the theme park, and 2\(\frac{3}{4}\) hours traveling home. How much more time does the family spend at the theme park than traveling?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 195

Understand the Problem

What do you know?

  • The family spends 2\(\frac{2}{4}\) hours traveling to the theme park, 7\(\frac{1}{4}\) hours at the theme park, 2\(\frac{3}{4}\) hours traveling home.
    What do you need to find?
  • You need to find how much more time the family spends at the theme park than the traveling.

Make a plan

How will you solve it?

  • Add 2\(\frac{2}{4}\) and 2\(\frac{3}{4}\) to find how much time the family spends traveling.
  • Then subtract the sum from 7\(\frac{1}{4}\) to find how much more time they spend at the theme park.

Solve
So, the family spends ___ more hours at the theme park than traveling.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Explain how you can check your answer in each step of the example above.

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-196
So, the family spends 2 more hours at the theme park than traveling.

Apply any and Grow: Practice

Understand the problem. What do you know? What do you need to find? Explain.

Answer:

  • The family spends 2\(\frac{2}{4}\) hours traveling to the theme park, 7\(\frac{1}{4}\) hours at the theme park, 2\(\frac{3}{4}\) hours traveling home.
    What do you need to find?
  • You need to find how much more time the family spends at the theme park than the traveling.

Question 2.
You are making a sand art bottle. You fill \(\frac{1}{6}\) of the bottle with pink sand, \(\frac{3}{6}\) with red sand, and \(\frac{2}{6}\) with white sand. How much of the bottle is filled?

Answer:
Given that,
You are making a sand art bottle. You fill \(\frac{1}{6}\) of the bottle with pink sand, \(\frac{3}{6}\) with red sand, and \(\frac{2}{6}\) with white sand.
\(\frac{1}{6}\) + \(\frac{3}{6}\) + \(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)
Thus \(\frac{1}{6}\) of the bottle is filled.

Question 3.
Your friend has \(\frac{1}{8}\) of a photo album filled with beach photographs and \(\frac{4}{8}\) of the album filled with photos of friends. What fraction of the photo album is left?

Answer:
Given that,
Your friend has \(\frac{1}{8}\) of a photo album filled with beach photographs and \(\frac{4}{8}\) of the album filled with photos of friends.
\(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\) = \(\frac{5}{8}\)
\(\frac{8}{8}\) – \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Thus \(\frac{3}{8}\) fraction of the photo album is left.

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.

Question 4.
In Race A, an Olympic swimmer swims 100 meters in 62\(\frac{25}{100}\) seconds. In Race B, she cuts 2\(\frac{38}{100}\) seconds off her Race A time. How many seconds does she need to cut off her Race B time to swim 100 meters in 58\(\frac{45}{100}\) seconds?

Answer:
Given,
In Race A, an Olympic swimmer swims 100 meters in 62\(\frac{25}{100}\) seconds. In Race B, she cuts 2\(\frac{38}{100}\) seconds off her Race A time.
62\(\frac{25}{100}\) – 2\(\frac{38}{100}\) = 59 \(\frac{87}{100}\)
59 \(\frac{87}{100}\) – 58\(\frac{45}{100}\) = 1 \(\frac{42}{100}\)
She need 1 \(\frac{42}{100}\) to cut off her Race B time to swim 100 meters in 58\(\frac{45}{100}\) seconds.

Question 5.
A semi-truck has 2 fuel tanks that each hold the same amount of fuel. A truck driver fills up both tanks and uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) tank of gasoline driving to his first stop. He uses \(\frac{2}{4}\) tank of gasoline driving to his second stop. How much gasoline does he have left?

Answer:
Given that,
A semi-truck has 2 fuel tanks that each hold the same amount of fuel. A truck driver fills up both tanks and uses \(\frac{3}{4}\) tank of gasoline driving to his first stop. He uses \(\frac{2}{4}\) tank of gasoline driving to his second stop.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) + \(\frac{2}{4}\) = \(\frac{5}{4}\)
2 – \(\frac{5}{4}\) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Thus \(\frac{3}{4}\) gasoline has left.

Question 6.
A bootlace worm holds the record as the longest animal at 180 feet long. How much longer is it than 2 blue whales combined?
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 197

Answer:
Given,
A bootlace worm holds the record as the longest animal at 180 feet long.
1 blue whale = 85 \(\frac{8}{12}\)
2 blue whales = 85 \(\frac{8}{12}\) + 85 \(\frac{8}{12}\) = 171 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
180 – 171 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
179 \(\frac{3}{3}\) – 171 \(\frac{1}{3}\) = 8 \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You walk \(\frac{1}{10}\) kilometer on Monday, \(\frac{3}{10}\) kilometer on Tuesday, and \(\frac{5}{10}\) kilometer on Wednesday. You continue the pattern on Thursday and Friday. How many kilometers do you walk in all?
Think: What do you know? What do you need to find? How will you solve?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 198
Step 1: Identify the pattern.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 199
Step 2: Use the pattern to find the distances you walk on Thursday and Friday.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 200
Step 3: Add all of the distances.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 201
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 202.

Answer:
Step 1: Identify the pattern.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-199
Step 2: Use the pattern to find the distances you walk on Thursday and Friday.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-200
Step 3: Add all of the distances.
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-201
So, you walk 2 \(\frac{5}{10}\) kilometers in all.

Show and Grow

Question 7.
You save \(\frac{1}{4}\) dollar the first week, \(\frac{2}{4}\) dollar the next week, and dollar \(\frac{3}{4}\) dollar the following week. You continue the pattern for 3 more weeks. How much money do you save after 6 weeks?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 203

Answer:
You save \(\frac{1}{4}\) dollar the first week, \(\frac{2}{4}\) dollar the next week, and dollar \(\frac{3}{4}\) dollar the following week. You continue the pattern for 3 more weeks.
\(\frac{1}{4}\), \(\frac{2}{4}\), \(\frac{3}{4}\), \(\frac{4}{4}\), \(\frac{5}{4}\), \(\frac{6}{4}\)
You save \(\frac{6}{4}\) dollar after 6 weeks.

Problem Solving: Fractions Homework & Practice 8.9

Question 1.
An older washing machine uses 170\(\frac{3}{10}\) liters of water per load. A new, high-efficiency, washing machine uses 75\(\frac{7}{10}\) fewer liters than the older washing machine. How many liters of water will the high-efficiency washing machine use for 2 loads of laundry?

Answer:
Given,
An older washing machine uses 170\(\frac{3}{10}\) liters of water per load. A new, high-efficiency, washing machine uses 75\(\frac{7}{10}\) fewer liters than the older washing machine.
75\(\frac{7}{10}\) + 75\(\frac{7}{10}\) = 151\(\frac{2}{5}\)
170\(\frac{3}{10}\) – 151\(\frac{2}{5}\) = 18 \(\frac{9}{10}\)

Question 2.
A student jumps 40 \(\frac{5}{12}\) inches for the high jump. On his second try, he jumps 1\(\frac{8}{12}\) inches higher. He can tie the school record if he raises the bar another 3\(\frac{10}{12}\) inches and successfully jumps over it. What is the school record for the high jump?

Answer:
Given,
A student jumps 40 \(\frac{5}{12}\) inches for the high jump.
On his second try, he jumps 1\(\frac{8}{12}\) inches higher.
He can tie the school record if he raises the bar another 3\(\frac{10}{12}\) inches and successfully jumps over it.
40 \(\frac{5}{12}\) + 1 \(\frac{8}{12}\) = 42 \(\frac{1}{12}\)
40 \(\frac{5}{12}\) + 3\(\frac{10}{12}\) = 44 \(\frac{3}{12}\)
44 \(\frac{3}{12}\) is the school record for the high jump.

Question 3.
You are shipping three care packages. The first package weighs 10\(\frac{1}{10}\) pounds. The second weighs 5\(\frac{7}{10}\) pounds, and the third weighs 25\(\frac{8}{10}\) pounds. What is the total weight of the packages?

Answer:
Given,
You are shipping three care packages. The first package weighs 10\(\frac{1}{10}\) pounds.
The second weighs 5\(\frac{7}{10}\) pounds, and the third weighs 25\(\frac{8}{10}\) pounds.
10\(\frac{1}{10}\) + 5\(\frac{7}{10}\) + 25\(\frac{8}{10}\) = 41 \(\frac{6}{10}\)
The total weight of the packages is 41 \(\frac{6}{10}\) pounds.

Question 4.
A person’s arm span is approximately equal to the person’s height. How tall is this fourth grader according to his arm span?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 204

Answer:
Given,
A person’s arm span is approximately equal to the person’s height.
By using the pattern we can find the arm span of the fourth-grader i.e., 1 \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Question 5.
Writing
Write and solve a two-step word problem with mixed numbers that can be solved using addition or subtraction.

Answer:
I have 5 \(\frac{8}{12}\) episodes of my favorite series download onto my computer. I Downloaded some yesterday and \(\frac{7}{12}\) of the episodes this morning. The download speed was really slow. What fraction of the episodes did I download yesterday?
5 \(\frac{8}{12}\) – \(\frac{7}{12}\) = 5 \(\frac{1}{12}\) = \(\frac{61}{12}\)

Question 6.
Modeling Real Life
Your friend walks \(\frac{2}{10}\) mile to school each day. She walks the same distance home. How many miles does she walk to and from school in one 5-day school week?

Answer:
Given,
Your friend walks \(\frac{2}{10}\) mile to school each day. She walks the same distance home.
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\)
5 × \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{20}{10}\) = 2
Thus she walk to and from school in one 5-day school week is 2 miles.

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
A store sells cashews in \(\frac{2}{3}\)-pound bags. You buy some bags and repackage the cashews into 1-pound bags. What is the least number of bags you should buy so that you do not have any cashews left over?

Answer:
Given,
A store sells cashews in \(\frac{2}{3}\)-pound bags. You buy some bags and repackage the cashews into 1-pound bags.
1 – \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Thus \(\frac{1}{3}\) pound of cashews left over.

Review & Refresh

Compare.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 205

Answer: >

Explanation:
\(\frac{8}{12}\) = \(\frac{4}{6}\)
\(\frac{4}{6}\) > \(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 206

Answer: <

Explanation:
First, make the denominators common.
\(\frac{9}{10}\) = \(\frac{18}{20}\)
\(\frac{14}{8}\) = \(\frac{35}{20}\)
\(\frac{18}{20}\) < \(\frac{35}{20}\)

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 207

Answer: >

Explanation:
First, make the denominators common.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)
\(\frac{1}{2}\) × 2/2 = \(\frac{2}{4}\)
\(\frac{3}{4}\) > \(\frac{2}{4}\)

Add and Subtract Fractions Performance Task 8

The notes on sheet music tell you what note to play and how long to hold each note. The table shows how long you hold some notes compared to the length of one whole note.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 208
1. a. Complete the table by writing equivalent fractions.

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-208
A whole note is nothing but 1 so the fraction is 8/8.
1/2 note is nothing but 4/8.
1/4 note is nothing but 2/8.

b. Each group of notes represents one measure. What is the sum of the values of the notes in each measure?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 209

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-209

c. Draw the missing note to complete each measure.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 210

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-210

d. Draw one measure of notes where the sum of the values is 1. Show your work.
___________

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-209 (1)

e. Write the fraction represented by the sum of the notes. Then write the fraction as a sum of fractions in two different ways.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 211

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 211 = \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\) + \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Add and Subtract Fractions Activity

Three In a Row: Fraction Add or Subtract

Directions:

  1. Players take turns.
  2. On your turn, spin both spinners. Choose whether to add or subtract.
  3. Add or subtract the mixed number and fraction. Cover the sum or difference.
  4. If the sum or difference is already covered, you lose your turn.
  5. The first player to get three in a row wins!

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 212

Answer:
1 \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 1 + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 1 \(\frac{4}{8}\)
3 \(\frac{7}{8}\) + \(\frac{8}{8}\) = 3 + \(\frac{7}{8}\) + 1 = 4 \(\frac{7}{8}\)
2 \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\) = 2 + \(\frac{5}{8}\) + \(\frac{4}{8}\) = 3 \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Add and Subtract Fractions Chapter Practice 8

8.1 Use Models to Add Fractions

Find the sum. Explain how you used the model to add.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 214

Answer: 5/6
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-214

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 215

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-215

Find the sum. Use a model or a number line to help.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 216

Answer:
BIM Grade 4 Chapter 8 add & subtract fractions img_25

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 217

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions img_216

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 218

Answer:
Denominators are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{45}{100}\) + \(\frac{10}{100}\) + \(\frac{9}{100}\) = \(\frac{64}{100}\)

8.2 Decompose Fractions

Write the fraction as a sum of unit fractions.

Question 6.
\(\frac{2}{12}\)

Answer:
The unit fraction for \(\frac{2}{12}\) is \(\frac{1}{12}\) + \(\frac{1}{12}\)

Question 7.
\(\frac{3}{3}\)

Answer: The unit fraction for \(\frac{3}{3}\) is \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Write the fraction as a sum of fractions in two different ways.

Question 8.
\(\frac{5}{8}\)

Answer:
The unit fraction for \(\frac{5}{8}\) is \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{1}{8}\)

Question 9.
\(\frac{6}{100}\)

Answer:
The unit fraction for \(\frac{6}{100}\) is \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\) + \(\frac{1}{100}\)

Question 10.
\(\frac{90}{100}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{90}{100}\) = 9/10
The unit fraction for \(\frac{9}{10}\) is \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 11.
\(\frac{4}{5}\)

Answer:
The unit fraction for \(\frac{4}{5}\) is \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\) + \(\frac{1}{5}\)

8.3 Add Fractions with Like Denominators

Add

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 219

Answer:
Denominators are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{10}{10}\) = \(\frac{15}{10}\)

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 220

Answer:
BIM Grade 4 Chapter 8 add & subtract fractions img_24
Denominators are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{1}{3}\) + \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 221

Answer:
Denominators are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{1}{8}\) + \(\frac{6}{8}\) = \(\frac{7}{8}\)

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 222

Answer:
Denominators are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{7}{4}\) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) = \(\frac{11}{4}\)

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 223

Answer:
Denominators are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{2}{6}\) + \(\frac{2}{6}\) = \(\frac{4}{6}\)

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 224

Answer:
Denominators are the same so add the numerators.
\(\frac{8}{12}\) + \(\frac{4}{12}\) = \(\frac{12}{12}\) = 1

Question 18.
Logic
When you add two of me you get \(\frac{100}{100}\). What fraction am I?

Answer: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
If you add \(\frac{50}{100}\) two times you get \(\frac{100}{100}\)
\(\frac{50}{100}\) + \(\frac{50}{100}\) = \(\frac{100}{100}\)

8.4 Use Models to Subtract Fractions

Find the difference. Explain how you used the model to subtract.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 225

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-225

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 226

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answer-Key-Grade-4-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-226

Find the difference. Use a model or a number line to help.

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 227

Answer: 3/2
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-139

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 228

Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-8-Add-and-Subtract-Multi-Digit-Numbers-139

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 229

Answer:
Denominators are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{30}{100}\) – \(\frac{21}{100}\) = (30 – 21)/100 = \(\frac{9}{100}\)

Question 24.
Modeling Real Life
A football team wins \(\frac{7}{10}\) of their games this season. They lose \(\frac{3}{10}\) of their games. How many more games does the team win than lose?

Answer:
Given that,
A football team wins \(\frac{7}{10}\) of their games this season. They lose \(\frac{3}{10}\) of their games.
\(\frac{7}{10}\) – \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{4}{10}\)
Thus \(\frac{4}{10}\) more games the team win than lose.

8.5 Subtract Fractions with Like Denominators

Subtract.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 230

Answer: \(\frac{5}{10}\)

Explanation:
Denominators are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{9}{10}\) – \(\frac{4}{10}\) = \(\frac{5}{10}\)

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 231

Answer: \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Explanation:
Denominators are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{14}{12}\) – \(\frac{7}{12}\) = \(\frac{7}{12}\)

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 232

Answer: \(\frac{24}{100}\)

Explanation:
Denominators are the same so subtract the numerators.
\(\frac{80}{100}\) – \(\frac{56}{100}\) = \(\frac{24}{100}\)

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 233

Answer: 3/8\(\frac{3}{8}\)

Explanation:
Denominators are the same so subtract the numerators.
1 can be written as \(\frac{8}{8}\)
\(\frac{8}{8}\) – \(\frac{5}{8}\) = \(\frac{3}{8}\)

Question 29
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 234

Answer: \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
Denominators are the same so subtract the numerators.
1 can be written as \(\frac{3}{3}\)
\(\frac{3}{3}\) – \(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 235

Answer: \(\frac{2}{6}\)

Explanation:
Denominators are the same so subtract the numerators.
2 can be written as \(\frac{12}{6}\)
\(\frac{12}{6}\) – \(\frac{10}{6}\) = \(\frac{2}{6}\)

8.6 Model Fractions and Mixed Numbers

Write the mixed number as a fraction.

Question 31.
1 \(\frac{6}{8}\)

Answer: \(\frac{7}{4}\)

Explanation:
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
8 × 1 = 8
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
8 + 6 = 14
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
14/8 = \(\frac{7}{4}\)

Question 32.
4 \(\frac{1}{2}\)

Answer: \(\frac{9}{2}\)

Explanation:
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
2 × 4 = 8
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
8 + 1 = 9
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
\(\frac{9}{2}\)

Question 33.
5 \(\frac{10}{12}\)

Answer: \(\frac{35}{6}\)

Explanation:
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
12 × 5 = 60
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
60 + 10 = 70
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
70/12 = \(\frac{35}{6}\)

Write the fraction as a mixed number or a whole number.

Question 34.
\(\frac{17}{4}\)

Answer: 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Explanation:
Converting from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{17}{4}\) = 4 \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 35.
\(\frac{30}{6}\)

Answer: 5

Explanation:
Converting from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
6 divides 30 five times.
So, \(\frac{30}{6}\) = 5

Question 36.
\(\frac{63}{10}\)

Answer: 6 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
Converting from improper fraction to the mixed fraction.
\(\frac{63}{10}\) = 63 ÷ 10
= 6 \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Compare.

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 236

Answer: <

Explanation:
2 4/100
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
100 × 2 = 200
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
200 + 4 = 204
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
204/100
240/100
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
100 × 2 = 200
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
200 + 40 = 240
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
240/100
204/100 < 240/100

Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 237

Answer: >

Explanation:
Step 1
Multiply the denominator by the whole number
3 × 8 = 24
Step 2
Add the answer from Step 1 to the numerator
24 + 2 = 26
Step 3
Write an answer from Step 2 over the denominator
26/3
26/3 > 25/3

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 238

Answer: =

Explanation:
25/5 = 5
5 = 5

Question 40.
Which One Doesn’t Belong? Which expression does not belong with the other three?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 239

Answer: 20/8 does not belong with the other three.

8.7 Add Mixed Numbers

Add.

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 240

Answer: 9

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=5+1/2+3+1/2
Solving the whole number parts
5+3=8
Solving the fraction parts
1/2+1/2=2/2
Reducing the fraction part, 2/2,
2/2=1/1
Simplifying the fraction part, 1/1,
1/1=1
Combining the whole and fraction parts
8+1=9

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 241

Answer: 4 1/3

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=2+5/6+1+3/6
Solving the whole number parts
2+1=3
Solving the fraction parts
5/6+3/6 = 8/6
8/6 = 4/3
4/3 = 4 1/3

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 242

Answer: 5 5/6

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=4+1+10/12
Solving the whole number parts
4+1=5
Combining the whole and fraction parts
5+10/12= 5 10/12 = 5 5/6

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 243

Answer: 19

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=8+3/5+10+2/5
Solving the whole number parts
8+10=18
Solving the fraction parts
3/5+2/5=5/5
Simplifying the fraction part, 1/1,
1/1 = 1
Combining the whole and fraction parts
18+1=19

Question 45.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 244

Answer: 14 1/4

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=7+2/4+1+2/4
Solving the whole number parts
7+1=8
Solving the fraction parts
2/4+2/4=4/4
Reducing the fraction part, 4/4,
4/4=1/1
Simplifying the fraction part, 1/1,
1/1=1
Combining the whole and fraction parts
8+1=9
9 + 5 1/4
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=9+5+1/4
Solving the whole number parts
9+5=14
Combining the whole and fraction parts
14+1/4=14 1/4

Question 46.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 245

Answer: 19 5/100

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=4+25/100+11+75/100
Solving the whole number parts
4+11=15
Solving the fraction parts
25/100+75/100=100/100
Reducing the fraction part, 100/100,
100/100=11
Simplifying the fraction part, 1/1,
1/1=1
Combining the whole and fraction parts
15+1=16
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=16+3+5/100
Solving the whole number parts
16+3=19
Combining the whole and fraction parts
19+5/100=19 5/100

8.8 Subtract Mixed Numbers

Subtract

Question 47.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 246

Answer: 3

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=9+2/3-6-2/3
Solving the whole number parts
9−6=3
Solving the fraction parts
2/3−2/3=0/3
Simplifying the fraction part, 0/3,
0/3=0
Combining the whole and fraction parts
3+0=3

Question 48.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 247

Answer: 5 2/5

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=13+9/10−8−5/10
Solving the whole number parts
13−8=5
Solving the fraction parts
9/10−5/10=4/10
Reducing the fraction part, 4/10,
4/10=2/5
Combining the whole and fraction parts
5+2/5=5 2/5

Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 248

Answer: 1/2

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=3+2/8−2−6/8
Solving the whole number parts
3−2=1
Solving the fraction parts
2/8−6/8=−4/8
Reducing the fraction part, 4/8,
−4/8=−1/2
Combining the whole and fraction parts
1−1/2=1/2

Question 50.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 249

Answer: 5 1/2

Explanation:
6 + 1/2 – 1 = 5 1/2

Question 51.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 250

Answer: 2 3/4

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=7−4−1/4
Solving the whole number parts
7−4=3
Combining the whole and fraction parts
3−1/4=2 3/4

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions 251

Answer: 1/6

Explanation:
Rewriting our equation with parts separated
=20−19−5/6
Solving the whole number parts
20−19=1
Combining the whole and fraction parts
1−5/6=1/6

8.9 Problem Solving: Fractions

Question 53.
You give \(\frac{3}{12}\) of your bag of grapes to one friend and \(\frac{5}{12}\) of your bag to another friend. What fraction of the bag of grapes do you have left?

Answer:
Given that,
You give \(\frac{3}{12}\) of your bag of grapes to one friend and \(\frac{5}{12}\) of your bag to another friend
\(\frac{3}{12}\) + \(\frac{5}{12}\) = \(\frac{8}{12}\)
\(\frac{12}{12}\) – \(\frac{8}{12}\) = \(\frac{4}{12}\)
Thus \(\frac{4}{12}\) fraction of the bag of grapes are left.

Final Words:

Hope you are all satisfied with the solutions provided in the BIM Grade 4 Chapter 8 Add and Subtract Fractions pdf. If you have any doubts regarding the problems you can ask your doubts in the below comment box. We are ready to clarify your doubts at any time. Stay with us to get the solutions of all 4th-grade chapters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure is given here in a comprehensive manner to help the students for better understanding. Must solve every problem given on the Big Ideas Math Answers Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure Grade 5. You will become perfect as you practice as many questions as you practice. Practice the problems and cross-check the answer to know your preparation level. If you feel any topic difficult, then concentrate more on those topics. Every topic is important to get a good score in the exam. Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure PDF without any cost.

Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure Answer Key

The list of concepts covered mainly in Convert and Display Measure are Mass and Capacity in Metric Units, Length in Metric Units, Weight in Customary Units, Length in Customary Units, Capacity in Customary Units, etc. Don’t skip any of the topics from the given chapter. Completely get free access to Big Ideas Math Book 5th Grade Answer Key Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure PDF. Below attached links help you to find every individual topic.

Lesson: 1 Length in Metric Units

Lesson: 2 Mass and Capacity in Metric Units

Lesson: 3 Length in Customary Units

Lesson: 4 Weight in Customary Units

Lesson: 5 Capacity in Customary Units

Lesson: 6 Make and Interpret Line Plots

Lesson: 7 Problem Solving: Measurement

Chapter – 11: Convert and Display Units of Measure

Lesson 11.1 Length in Metric Units

Explore and Grow

Work with a partner. Find 3 objects in your classroom and use a meter stick to measure them. Record your measurements in the table.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 1
Answer:
1 centimeter is 0.1 times as long as 1 millimeter.
1 meter is 0.01 times as long as 1 centimeter.
1 meter is 0.001 times as long as 1 millimeter.

Structure
How can you convert a metric length from a larger unit to a smaller unit? How can you convert a metric length from a smaller unit to a larger unit?
Answer:
We can convert a metric length from a larger unit to a smaller unit by Multiplying.
Example: There are 1000 meters in one kilometer. Then the answer is  5km = 5000 meters. (5 × 1000)
We can convert a metric length from a smaller unit to a larger unit by Dividing.
Example: one meter is equal to 0.001 km.  1 meter = 0.001 km ( 1m/1000=0.001km)

Think and Grow: Convert Metric Lengths

You can use powers of 10 to find equivalent measures in the metric system.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 2
Key Idea
When finding equivalent metric lengths, multiply to convert from a larger unit to a smaller unit. Divide to convert from a smaller unit to a larger unit.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 3
Example
Convert 6 centimeters to millimeters.
Answer:
There are 10 millimeters in 1 centimeter.

Explanation:
Because you are converting from a larger unit to a smaller unit, multiply.
6 × 10 = 60
So, 6 centimeters is 60 millimeters.

Example
Convert 14,000 meters to kilometers.
Answer: There are 1,000 meters in 1 kilometer.

Explanation:
Because you are converting from a smaller unit to a larger unit, divide.
14,000 ÷ 1000 = 14.
So, 14,000 meters is 14 kilometers.

Show and Grow

Convert the length.

Question 1.
8.5 km = 8500 m.

Answer:
8.5 × 1000 = 8500.

Explanation:
Convert from kilometers to meters.
We know that,
1 km= 1000m
8.5 km = 8.5 × 1000 = 8500 m

Question 2.
180 cm = 1.8 m
Answer: 180/100 = 1.8 m

Explanation:
Convert from centimeters to meters.
1 m = 100 cm
1 cm = 1/100 m
180 cm = 180/100 = 1.8 m

Apply and Grow: Practice

Convert the length.

Question 3.
150 m = 0.15 km
Answer:
150 m = 0.15 km

Explanation:
Convert from meters to kilometers.
(Divide the meter value by 1000)
150m/1000 = 0.15 km

Question 4.
90 cm = 900 mm
Answer: 90 cm = 900 mm

Explanation:
Convert from centimeters to millimeters.
multiply the length value (i.e., cm value) by 10
90cm × 10 = 900 mm

Question 5.
0.03 m = 3 cm.
Answer: 0.03 m = 3 cm

Explanation:
Convert from meter to centimeter
Multiply the length value by (i.e., m value ) by 100
0.03 m × 100 = 3cm

Question 6.
0.6 km = 60,000 cm
Answer: 0.6 km = 60,000 cm

Explanation:
Convert from kilometers to centimeters
multiply the length value (i.e., km value by 100000)
0.6km × 100000 = 60,000 cm

Question 7.
800 mm = 0.8 m
Answer: 800 mm = 0.8 m

Explanation:
Convert from millimeters to meters
Divide the length value(i.e., mm value by 1000)
800/1000 = 0.8 m

Question 8.
700 cm = 0.007 km
Answer: 700 cm = 0.007 km

Explanation:
Convert from centimeters to meters
Divide the length value (i.e., cm value by 100000)
700/100000 = 0.007 km

Compare.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 4

 

 

Answer:
0.02 m = 20 mm
multiply the length value (i.e., m value by 1000)
0.02 × 1000 = 20mm
3mm = 0.003 m
divide the length value(i.e., mm value by 1000)
3/1000 = 0.003 m
0.02 m < 3 mm
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 6
Answer:
0.025 km = 25000 mm
multiply the km value by 1e+6
3,500 mm = 0.0035 km
divide the length mm value by 1e+6

Question 12.

The giant anteater has the longest tongue in relation to its body size of any mammal. Its tongue is about 0.6 meter long. How many centimeters long is its tongue?

Answer:
The giant anteater has the longest tongue in relation to its body size of any mammal. Its tongue is about 0.6 meter long. Its tongue is about 60 centimeters long.

Explanation:
(0.6 meter = 60 centimeters) multiply the length value with 100.  i.e., (0.6 × 100 = 60)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 7

Question 13.
Number Sense
The length of an object can be written as b millimeters or c kilometers. Compare the values of b and c. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
The length of an object can be written as b millimeters or c kilometers
Let us assume that b = 2mm,  c = 2km
By comparing the b and c values
c value is greater than b
kilometers is greater than millimeters  ( 1km = 1000000 mm , 1mm = 1 × 10 ^ -6 km).

Question 14.
Writing
Why does the decimal point move to the left when converting from a smaller measure to a larger measure?

Answer:
As we move from a smaller unit to a larger unit, the number of larger units required will be less. Therefore the decimal point will always move to the left when you want to make a number smaller. Therefore the decimal point will always move to the right when you want to make the number Bigger.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
The base of Mauna Kea extends about 5.76 kilometers below sea level. What is the total height of the volcano in meters?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 8
Convert the distance below sea level to meters.
Answer: There are 1000 meters in 1 kilometer.

Explanation:
Given,
The base of Mauna Kea extends about 5.76 kilometers below sea level.
5.76 × 1000 = 5,760
So, the volcano extends 5,760 meters below sea level.
Adding below sea level and above sea level
Given in question distance of above sea level = 4,200
The distance of below sea level = 5,760
Adding both values 4,200 + 5,760 = 9,960
So, the total height of the volcano is about 9,960 meters.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 9

Show and Grow

Question 15.
A pool is 3.65 meters deep. A diving board is 100 centimeters above the surface of the water. What is the distance from the diving board to the bottom of the pool in centimeters?
Answer: Given pool depth = 3.65 meters
Explanation: The diving board is above the surface of water = 100 centimeters
Converting 3.65 meters into centimeters ( Since, 1m = 100 cm )
3.65 meters = 365 centimeters ( Multiply the meters value by 100 )
3.65 × 100 = 365 cm
The distance from the diving board to the bottom of the pool = 365 + 100 = 465 cm

Question 16.
You hike 1.6 kilometers from a cabin to a lookout. You plan to hike the same way back. On your way back, you stop after 1,050 meters to look at a map. How many meters have you hiked so far? How many kilometers are you from the cabin?
Answer: Given, that hike from a cabin toa lookout = 1.6 km

Explanation:
on the way you stopped after = 1,050 meters
so, 1.6 km = 1600 meters
1600 m + 1,050 m = 2,650 meters
Therefore, 2,650 meters have you hiked so far
Therefore , 550 meters from the cabin  ( 1600m – 1050m = 550m )
Converting 550 meters to kilometers = 0.55 km ( divide the meter value by 1000).
Therefore,0.55 km from the cabin.
Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
You can take one of two routes to school. Which route is longer? How much longer? Write your answer two different ways.

Answer: Here, we are taking one route to school i.e., (Route A)

Explanation: From Route A and Route B the longer route is “Route A”.
So, we are taking “Route A” values.
Here 1.3km = 1300 meters (1.3km × 1000 = 1300 meters)
[Since we know that  1kilometer(km)  = 1000metres] 0.6 km = 600 meters (0.6km × 1000 = 600 meters)
So, we are adding1.3km + 0.6km
= 1300m + 600m
= 1900 meters
(OR)
Method (2): Here, we are having two routes:- Route A and Route B.
From the question, We observed that
We have to find out the longer route from Route A and Route B.
The value of Route A is 1.3km and 0.6km
The value of Route B is  625m and 800m
Now add both the routes A and B
We are converting the Route A value from “Kilometers to Meters”
Here (1.3km = 1300metres and 0.6km = 600metres)
By Adding we get 1300m+600m = 1900m
Now take Route B = 800m + 625m = 1425m
By comparing both Route A and Route B, “Route A is longer than Route B”.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 10                          

Length in Metric Units Homework & Practice 11.1

Convert the length

Question 1.
0.8 cm = __ mm
Answer: 0.8 cm = 8 millimeters (mm)

Explanation:
We have to convert from centimeters to millimeters
1 mm = 0.1 cm
Multiply the 0.8 with 10  (0.8 × 10 =8)

Question 2.
7 m = _ km
Answer: 7 m =  0.007 km

Explanation:
Convert from meters to kilometers
1 km = 1000 m
Divide the length value by 1000 ( 7/1000 =  0.007)

Question 3.
6.4 km = ___ m
Answer: 6.4 km = 6400 m

Explanation:
Convert from kilometers to meters
1 km = 1000 m
Multiply the length value by 1000 (6.4 × 1000 = 6400)

Question 4.
1,300 mm = __ cm
Answer: 1,300 mm = 130 cm

Explanation:
Convert from millimeters to centimeters.
1 mm = 0.1 cm
Divide the length value by 10 ( 1300/10 = 130)

Question 5.
91,000 cm = ___ km
Answer: 91,000 cm = 0.91 km

Explanation:
Convert from centimeters to kilometers.
1 cm = 1e – 5
Divide the length value by 100000 ( 91000/100000 = 0.91)

Question 6.
20,000 mm = ___ km
Answer: 20,000 mm = 0.02 km

Explanation:
Convert from millimeters to kilometers
Multiply the value in mm by the conversion factor 1.0E-6.
So, 20000 mm times 1.0E-6 is equal to 0.02 km.

Compare

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 11
Answer: 1.6 m is greater than 16 cm

Explanation:
16cm = 0.16 m
16cm/100 = 0.16m
1.6 m = 1.6m × 100 = 160 cm

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 12
Answer:
300 mm = 0.3 m
1mm = 0.001 m ( divide the 300mm by 1000 )
0.3 m = 300 mm
1m = 1000mm ( multiply the 0.3m by 1000 )

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 13
Answer: 0.045 km = 45,000 mm

Explanation:
Convert from kiometers to millimeters
1km = 1000000 mm
45 mm = 4.5 × 10 ^ -5 km ( it is spelled as 10 to the power of -5)  (or)   4.5 e^-5

Question 10.
Dolphins can hear sounds underwater that are 24 kilometers away. How many meters away can dolphins hear sounds underwater?
Answer:
Given,
Dolphins can hear sounds underwater that are 24 kilometers away.
24000 meters away dolphins can hear sounds underwater.

Question 11.
Reasoning
How can you convert 7.8 meters to kilometers by moving the decimal point? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Converting 7.8 meters to kilometers
7.8 meters = 0.0078 kilometers.

Explanation:
7.8 m / 1000 = 0.0078 km ( Divide the meter value by 1000 ) ( 1km = 1000 m )
To convert from meters to kilometers, divide the meter value by 1000
since , 1km = 1000m
divide the whole meter value by 1000, put a decimal point at the end of the number and then move it three places to the left.
(But in question we have the decimal number that is 7.8  so, that is why we have moved the decimal point to the fourth number from left).

Question 12.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend divides by 100 to convert a length from meters to centimeters. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
No, it is not correct.

Explanation:
Converting a length from meters to centimeters, We have to multiply the length value by 100.

Question 13.
Which One Doesn’t Belong? Which measurement does not belong with the other three?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 14

Answer:
5,000 cm measurement does not belong with the other three.

Explanation:
500,000 mm = 500 m
500 m = 0.5km
But, 5000 cm = 50m (Here the value 50 m is didn’t belong with given values in question)

Question 14.
Modeling Real Life
A small chunk of ice called a growler breaks away from an ice burg. The growler sticks out of the water 840 millimeters and is 3.5 meters deep in the water. What is the total height of the growler in meters?
Answer:
Converting 840 millimeters into meters

Explanation:
840 mm = 0.84 meter
( Divide the length value by 1000)
840/1000 = 0.84 meter
Total Height of the growler = 0.84 m × 3.5 m (Multiply 0.84m and 3.5m)
= 2.94 meters.

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
A spaceship’s route from Earth to the moon is 384,400 kilometers long. The spaceship travels 500,000 meters. How many kilometers does it have left to travel?
Answer:
The Spaceship has left to travel from Earth to the Moon = 500 kilometers.

Explanation:
According, to the question
We are converting 500,000 meters to Kilometers ( 500,000 meters = 500 kilometers)
So, the spaceship has left to travel is 500 kilometers.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 15

Review & Refresh

Write the fraction in the simplest form.

Question 16.
\(\frac{2}{8}\)
Answer: \(\frac{2}{8}\) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)

Question 17.
\(\frac{10}{100}\)
Answer: \(\frac{10}{100}\) = \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Question 18.
\(\frac{24}{16}\)
Answer: \(\frac{24}{16}\) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)

Lesson 11.2 Mass and Capacity in Metric Units

Explore and Grow

Use a balance and weights to help you complete the statement.
Answer: 1 kilogram is 0.001 times as much as 1 gram.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 16
Structure
How can you convert kilograms to grams? How can you convert grams to kilograms?

Use a 1-liter beaker to help you complete the statement.
Answer: 1 liter is 0.001 times as much as 1 milliliter.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 17

Structure
How can you convert liters to milliliters? How can you convert milliliters to liters?
Answer: Converting liters to milliliters ( 1 liter = 1000 milliliters )

Explanation:
multiply the volume (i.e., liter value by 1000 )
For example :-  0.01 liter = 10 ml
0.1 liter = 100 ml
1 liter = 1000 ml
Converting milliliters to liters ( 1 milliliters = 0.001 liters)
Divide the volume value ( i.e., liter value by 1000)
1/1000 = 0.001 liter .

Think and Grow: Convert Metric Measures

Key Idea
When finding equivalent metric masses or capacities, multiply to convert from a larger unit to a smaller unit. Divide to convert from a smaller unit to a larger unit.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 18
Example
Convert 12.4 grams to milligrams.
Answer: There are 1000 milligrams in 1 gram.

Explanation:
Because you are converting from a larger unit to a smaller unit, multiply.
12.4 × 1000 = 12400
So, 12.4 grams is 12400 milligrams.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 19

Example
Convert 18,000 milliliters to liters.
Answer:
There are 1000 milliliters in 1 liter.
Because you are converting from a smaller unit to a larger unit, divide.
18,000 ÷ 1000 = 18 liters .
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 20
So, 18,000 milliliters is 18 liters.

Show and Grow

Convert the mass.

Question 1.
8 kg = ___ g
Answer: 8 kg = 8000 g (8 × 1000 = 8000g)

Explanation:
Convert from kilograms to grams
1 kg = 1000 g
8 kg = 8 × 1000 g = 8000 g

Question 2.
3,800 mg = __ g
Answer: 3,800 mg = 3.8 g
Explanation:
Convert from milligrams to grams
Divide the mass value ( mg value) by 1000
( 3800/1000 = 3.8 g )

Convert the capacity.

Question 3.
22,000 mL = __ L
Answer: 22,000 mL = 22 L
Explanation:
Convert from milliliters to liters.
Divide the volume value ( mL value) by 1000
( 22000/1000 = 22 L )

Question 4.
4.6 L = __ mL
Answer: 4.6 L = 4600 mL

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
Multiply the volume value ( L  value) by 1000
4.6 × 1000 = 4600 mL

Apply and Grow: Practice

Convert the mass.

Question 5.
5,000 g = ___ kg
Answer: 5,000 g = 5 kg

Explanation:
Convert from grams to kgs
Divide the mass value ( g value) by 1000
1000 grams = 1 kg
5000/1000 = 5kg

Question 6.
67 g = ___ mg
Answer: 67 g = 67000 mg

Explanation:
Convert from grams to milligrams
1 g = 1000 mg
Multiply the mass value ( g value ) by 1000
67 × 1000 = 67000 mg

Question 7.
0.2 kg = __ mg
Answer: 0.2 kg = 200000 mg

Explanation:
Multiply the mass value ( kg value) by 1e+6

Question 8.
30,000 mg = __ kg
Answer: 30,000 mg = 0.03 kg

Explanation:
Divide the mass value ( mg value ) by 1e+6

Convert the capacity.

Question 9.
8 L = ___ mL
Answer: 8 L = 8000 mL  ( 8 × 1000 = 8000 mL )

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1L = 1000 mL
( Multiply the volume ( L ) value by 1000)
8 liters = 8 × 1000 ml = 8000 ml

Question 10.
70 mL = ___ L
Answer: 70 mL = 0.07 L

Explanation:
Convert from milliliters to liters
Divide the volume ( mL ) value by 1000
70/1000 = 0.07 L

Question 11.
1.200 mL = __ L
Answer: 1.200 mL = 0.0012 L

Explanation:
Convert from milliliters to liters
Divide the volume ( mL ) value by 1000
1.200/1000 = 0.0012 L

Question 12.
0.4 L = ___ mL
Answer: 0.4 L = 400 mL

Explanation:
Convert from milliliters to liters
Multiply the volume ( L ) value by 1000
( 0.4 × 1000 = 400 mL )

Question 13.
What is the mass of the pumpkin in kilograms?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 21

Answer:
Given, the mass of the pumpkin = 6,000 grams
According to the question, we have to find out the mass of pumpkin in kilograms.
Converting the 6,000 grams into kilograms = 6 kilograms

Explanation:
Divide the mass ( grams ) value by 1000
[1 kilogram = 1000 grams] , [ 6 kilogram = 6,000 grams ]
(6000/1000 = 6 kilograms )
So, the mass of pumpkin in kilograms is 6 kilograms.

Question 14.
Which One Doesn’t Belong? Which one does not have the same capacity as the other three?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 22
Answer:
Here , 2000 ml = 2L
2L = 2000 ml
2 × 10³ ml =2000 ml
But 2 ml = 0.002 L

Explanation:
So, the 2ml does not have the same capacity as the other three

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
Order the masses from least to greatest. Explain how you converted the masses.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 23
Answer: Order the masses from least to greatest is
14000 mg , 0.039 kg  ,  56 g , 0.14 kg

Explanation:
0.039 kg = 39 grams
0.14 kg = 140 grams
56 g = 0.056 kg
14,000 mg = 14 grams.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You have a 5-kilogram bag of dog food. You give your dog 50 grams of food each day. How many days does the bag of food last?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 24
Answer: Convert the mass of the bag to grams.

Explanation:
There are 1000 grams in 1 kilogram.
5 × 1000 = 5000
So, the bag contains 5000 grams of dog food.
Divide the amount of dog food in the bag by the amount you give your dog each day.
5000 ÷ 50 =100
So, the bag lasts for 100 days.

Show and Grow

Question 16.
You have 6 liters of juice to make frozen treats. You pour 30 milliliters of juice into each treat mold. How many treats can you make?
Answer: We can make 200 treats.

Explanation:
We have 6 Liters of juice
6 Liters = 6000 milliliters
From the formula ( 1 liter = 1000 milliliter )
30 milliliters of juice is poured into each treat mold
so , 6000 / 30 = 200
so, we can make 200 treats.

Question 17.
Your goal is to eat no more than 2.3 grams of sodium each day. You record the amounts of sodium you eat. How many more milligrams of sodium can you eat and not exceed your limit?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 25
Answer: Given 2.3 grams of sodium you have to eat each day

Explanation:
convert 2.3 grams into milligrams
2.3 grams = 2300 milligrams ( multiply the value of the gram by 1000 )
subtract the sodium you eat values
2300 – 210 – 250 – 690 = 1150
so, you can take 1150 more milligrams of sodium.

Question 18.
Which contains more juice, 3 of the bottles, or 32 of the juice boxes? How much more? Write your answer in milliliters.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 26
Answer: 1 bottle of juice contains = 2 L
1 juice box contains = 200 mL

Explanation:
from the question, we have to find 3 juice bottles quantity and 32 juice boxes quantity in milliliters.
1 L = 1000 mL ( from formula )
2L = 2000 mL
for 3 juice bottles = 3 × 2000 = 6000 ml
for 32 juice boxes = 32 × 200 = 6400 ml
so, 6400 – 6000 = 400 ml
400 mL is more
Therefore, 32 juice boxes contain more juice than 3 juice bottles.

Mass and Capacity in Metric Units Homework & Practice 11.2

Convert the mass

Question 1.
9 g = 9000 mg
Answer: 9 g = 9000 mg

Explanation:
Convert from grams to milligrams
1 g = 1000 mg
9 g = 9000 mg ( multiply the g value by 1000 )

Question 2.
78 g = 0.078 kg
Answer: 78 g = 0.078 kg

Explanation:
Convert from grams to kilograms.
1 g = 0.001 kg
78 g = 0.078 kg ( divide the g value by 1000 )

Question 3.
260,000 mg = _0.26_ kg
Answer: 260,000 mg = 0.26 kg

Explanation:
Convert from milligrams to kilograms.
1 mg = 1e + 6
260,000 mg = 0.26 kg

Question 4.
0.148 kg = 148000 mg
Answer: 0.148 kg = 148000 mg

Explanation:
Convert from kilograms to milligrams
1kg = 1000000 mg
0.148 kg = 148000 mg

Convert the capacity

Question 5.
600 mL = 0.6 L
Answer: 600 mL = 0.6 L

Explanation:
Convert from milliliters to liters.
1mL = 0.001 L
600 mL = 0.6 L
divide the mL by 1000

Question 6.
3 L = 3000 mL
Answer: 3 L = 3000 mL

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters.
1 L = 1000 mL
3 L = 3000 mL ( multiply the L value by 1000 )

Question 7.
0.21L = 210 mL
Answer: 0.21 L = 210 mL

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters.
1 L = 1000 mL
0.21 L = 210 mL ( multiply the L value by 1000 )

Question 8.
35 mL = 0.035 L
Answer: 35 mL = 0.035 L

Explanation:
Convert from milliliters to liters.
1 mL = 0.001 L
35 mL = 0.035 L
divide the mL value by 1000

Question 9.
There are 3.2 liters of iced tea in a pitcher. How many milliliters of iced tea are in the pitcher?
Answer: Given that iced tea in a pitcher = 3.2 Liters
we have to find out iced tea in the pitcher in milliliters

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters.
3.2 Liters = 3200 milliliters
1 Liter = 1000 milliliter
3.2 Liters = 3200 milliliters ( multiply the Liters value by 1000 )
so, therefore 3200 milliliters of iced tea are in the pitcher.

Question 10.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says that 0.04 kilogram is less than 4 × 105 milligrams. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer: 0.04 kilogram = 40,000 mg
4 × 105 mg = 0.4 kg

Explanation:
yes, your friend is correct
0.04 kg is less than 4 × 105 mg
Question 11.
Number Sense
How does the meaning of each prefix relate to the metric units of mass and capacity?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 27
Answer: The metric system is the system of measurement primarily used in science and in countries outside of the united states.

Explanation:
The metric system includes units of length ( meters ), mass ( grams ), and capacity (liters).
from the given question we have to relate each prefix to the metric units of mass and capacity is:-
metric units of mass of prefix kilo are:-  kilo is the prefix of the kilogram(kg),  kilogram (kg)=1000 grams
Milli is the prefix of milligram(mg) , milligram(mg) = 0.001 gram
metric units of the capacity of prefix kilo is:- kilo is the prefix of Kiloliter(KL), Kiloliter (KL) = 1000 liters
Milli is the prefix of Milliliter(mL), Milliliter (mL) = 0.001 liters

Question 12.
Modeling Real Life
You have 9 kilograms of corn kernels. You put 450 grams of corn kernels in each bag. How many bags can you make?
Answer: we can make 20 bags.

Explanation:
Given that you have 9 kilograms of corn kernels
convert 9 kilograms to grams = 9 kilograms = 9000grams
you put 450 grams of corn kernels in each bag.
we have to find out the how many bags we can make
so, divide the 9000 grams by 450 grams = 9000/450 = 20
so, we can make 20 bags.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 28

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
Your teacher has one of each of the beakers shown. You need to measure exactly 2 liters of liquid for an experiment. What are three different ways you can do this?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 29
Answer: We have 3 beakers as shown in figure with 400ml , 600ml , 1L

Explanation:
We have to measure exactly 2 Liters of liquid for each beaker  ( 2L = 2000 ml )
The three different ways we can do this is :-
for first beaker = 400ml × 5 = 2000ml
for second beaker = 600ml × 2 + 400ml × 2
= 1200ml + 800ml = 2000ml
for third beaker = 1 L + 1 L = 2 L

Review & Refresh

Question 14.
Newton rides to the store in a taxi. He owes the driver $12. He calculates the driver’s tip by multiplying $12 by 0.15. How much money does he pay the driver, including the tip?
Answer:
Given that newton rides to the store in a taxi.
He owes the driver $12.
so, he multiplies the drivers tip by $12 by 0.15
$12 × 0.15 + $12 = 13.8
so, newton paid the driver including a tip is 13.8

Lesson 11.3 Length in Customary Units

Explore and Grow

Work with a partner. Use a yardstick to draw 3 lines on a whiteboard that are 1 yard, 2 yards, and 3 yards in length. Then measure the lengths of the lines in feet and in inches. Record your measurements in the table:-
Table values are:-
1  Length(yards) = 3 (feet) ,  36(inches)
2  Length(yards) = 6 (feet) , 72(inches)
3  Length(yards) = 9 (feet) , 108(inches)

Answer:
1 foot is 12 times as long as 1 inch.
1 yard is 3 times as long as 1 foot.
1 yard is 3 × 12 times as long as 1 inch.

Structure
How can you convert a customary length from a larger unit to a smaller unit? How can you convert a customary length from a smaller unit to a larger unit?
Answer:
When converting customary units of measure from a larger unit to a smaller unit, multiply the larger unit by its smaller equivalent unit.
when converting customary units of measure from a smaller unit to a larger unit, divide the smaller unit by its larger equivalent unit.

Think and Grow: Convert Customary Lengths

Key Idea
When finding equivalent customary lengths, multiply to convert from a larger unit to a smaller unit. Divide to convert from a smaller unit to a larger unit.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 31
Example
Convert 3 miles to yards.
Answer: There are 1760 yards in 1 mile.

Explanation:
Because you are converting from a larger unit to a smaller unit, multiply.
3 × 1760 = 5280
So, 3 miles is 5280 yards.

Example
Convert 42 inches to feet and inches.
Answer: There are 12 inches in 1 foot.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 32
Because you are converting from a smaller unit to a larger unit, divide.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 33
Answer:
There are 12 inches in 1 foot
so, 42 inches is 3 feet 6 inches ( 42 / 12 = 3.5 )

Show and Grow

Convert the length.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 34
Answer:
6 1/2 ft = 78 inches

Explanation:
Convert from feet to inches
1 foot = 12 inches
6 feet = 6 × 12 = 72 inches
1/2 ft = 6 inches
72 + 6 = 78 inches
multiply the ft value by 12
6 1/2 ft = 78 inches

Question 2.
94 in. = ft in.
Answer: 94 in = 7 ft 10 in

Explanation: divide the inch value by 12

Apply and Grow: Practice

Convert the length.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 35
Answer:  3 × 3/4 ft = 45 in.

Explanation: multiply the ft value by 12

Question 4.
60 in. = _5_ ft
Answer:- 60 in = 5 f

Explanation:
divide the in value by 12

Question 5.
375 ft = __ yd
Answer: 375 ft = 125 yd

Explanation: divide the ft value by 3

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 36
Answer: 12 × 2/3 yd = 38 feet

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
1 yard = 3 feet
multiply the yd value by 3

Question 7.
51 in. = __ ft___in.
Answer: 51 in = 4 feet 3 inches

Explanation:
Convert from inches to feet.
divide the 51-inch value by 12

Question 8.
5 yd = __ in.
Answer: 5 yd = 180 inches

Explanation:
Convert from yards to inches.
1 yard = 36 inches
multiply the yd value by 36
5 yards = 5 × 36 = 180 inches

Compare.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 37
Answer: 7 × 1/3 yd = 22 ft

Explanation:
Convert from yards to feet.
multiply the yd value by 3
22 ft = 7.333 yd
divide the ft value by 3

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 38
Answer: 54 in = 4 feet 6 inches

Explanation:
Convert from inches to feet.
divide the inch value by 12
4 ft 8 in = 56 inches
multiply the length value by 12

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 39
Answer: 216 in = 6 yards

Explanation:
Convert from inches to yards.
divide the in value by 36
6 yd = 216 inches
multiply the  yd value by 36

Question 12.
A dugong is 8\(\frac{1}{3}\) feet long. How many inches long is the dugong?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 40
Answer: A dugong is 8 × 1/3 feet long
8 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) feet = 32 inches

Explanation:
Therefore 32 inches long is the dugong.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
Order the lengths from shortest to longest. Explain how you converted the lengths.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 41

Answer:
1)  5 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) =\(\frac{5}{2}\) feet
5/2 feet = 30 inches
multiply the feet value by 12
2) 5 feet 3 inches = 63 inches
multiply the 5 feet 3 inches value by 12
3) 5 × \(\frac{2}{3}\) feet = 40 inches
multiply the feet value by 12
4)  5 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) feet = 45 inches
multiply the feet value by 12
So, order from shortest to longest = 5 × 1/2 , 5 × 2/3 , 5 × 3/4 , 5 feet 3 inches .

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A golfer uses a device to determine that his golf ball is 265 feet from a hole. After his next shot, his ball is 15 feet short of the hole. How many yards did the golfer hit his ball?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 42
Because the golfer’s ball is 15 feet short of the hole after his next shot, subtract 265 from 15 to find how many feet the golfer hit his ball.
265 – 15 = _250_ feet
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 43
Answer: 265 – 15 = 250 feet

Explanation:
There are 3 feet in 1 yard.
250/3 = 83.33 yards
= 83 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) yards.

Show and Grow

Question 14.
A tree is 27 feet tall. After the tree is struck by lightning, it is 96 inches shorter. How many feet tall is the tree after it is struck by lightning?
Answer:
Given a tree is 27 feet tall. After the tree is struck by lightning, it is 96 inches shorter
we have to find the feet of the tree after it is struck by lightning.
27 feet = 324 inches
Subtract 324 – 96 = 228 inches
converting 228 inches to feet ( i.e., 228 inches = 19 feet )
So, therefore after the tree is struck by lightning its feet tall = 19 feet

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
The rope ladder is 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) yards tall. Each knot is made using 16 inches of rope. How many feet of rope are used to make the ladder? Explain.
Answer: 22 feet of rope are used to make the ladder.

Explanation:
2 yards = 6 feet
1 knot is 16 inches
Total 12 knots
12 × 16 = 16 feet ,  16 + 16 = 22 feet.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 44

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
The Chesapeake Bay Bridge is 4\(\frac{3}{10}\) miles long. Road work begins 1,200 yards from one end of the bridge and ends 2 miles from the other end of the bridge. How many yards long is the road work?
Answer: 11760 yards

Explanation:
Given,
The Chesapeake Bay Bridge is 4\(\frac{3}{10}\) miles long.
Road work begins 1,200 yards from one end of the bridge and ends 2 miles from the other end of the bridge.
1760 × 4 = 7,040
1760 × 2 = 3,520
given 1200 yards
so, 7040 + 3520 + 1200 = 11760 yards  ( since 1 mile = 1760 yards )

Length in Customary Units Homework & Practice 11.3

Convert the length.

Question 1.
2\(\frac{1}{3}\) yd = __ in.
Answer:- 2 × \(\frac{1}{3}\) yd = 84 in

Explanation:-
Convert from yards to inches
1 yard = 36 inches
Multiply the yd value by 36

Question 2.
5 mi = __ yd.
Answer: 5 mi = 8800 yards

Explanation:
Convert from miles to yards
1 mile = 1760 yards
multiply  the mi value by 1760
5 miles = 5 × 1760 yards
5 mi = 8800 yards

Question 3.
3\(\frac{1}{3}\) yd = __ ft
Answer:
Convert from yards to feet.
multiply the yd value by 3
3 × 1/3 yd = 1 yd
1 yd = 3 feet

Question 4.
27 in. = __ ft __ in.
Answer: 27 in = 2 feet 3 inches

Explanation:
Convert from inches to feet.
divide the 27 inches value by 12

Question 5.
108 in. = __ yd
Answer: 108 in = 3 yards

Explanation:
Convert from inches to yards
1 yard = 36 inches
divide the in value by 36

Question 6.
34 in. = __ ft
Answer: 34 in = 2 feet 10 inches

Explanation:
Convert from inches to feet
1 foot = 12 inches
Divide the in value by 12

Compare.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 45
Answer:
5 × 3/4 ft = 45 inches
65 in = 5 feet 5 inches ( divide the in value by 12 )

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 46
Answer:
19 in = 1 feet 7 inches
1 ft 5 in = 17 inches

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 47
Answer:
2 mi = 10560 feet
10,650 ft = 2.017 miles

Question 10.
A football player runs 93 yards. How many feet does he run?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 48
Answer:
Given a football player runs 93 yards
we have to find how many feet does he run
convert 93 yards to feet
93 yards = 279 feet
So, therefore a football player runs 279 feet

Question 11.
Precision
Write whether you would use multiplication or division for each conversion.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 49
Answer:
yards to feet:- 1 yard = 3 feet ( multiply the yard value by 3 )
miles to inches:- 1 mile = 63360 inches ( multiply the mile value by 63360 )
feet to miles:- 1 feet = 0.000189 mile ( divide the feet value by 5280 )
inches to feet :- 1 inch = 0.0833 feet ( divide the inch value by 12 )
miles to yards:- 1 mile = 1760 yards ( multiply the mile value by 1760 ).

Question 12.
Reasoning
Match each measurement with the best customary unit of measure.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 50
Answer:
the height of jump = feet
length of a crayon = inches
length of river = miles
length of football field = yards.

Question 13.
Modeling Real Life
How long is the velociraptor in yards?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 51
Answer: we have to find the value of velociraptor in yards

Explanation:
Given velociraptor in ft = 28 ft
Converting 28 ft into yards = 28 ft = 9.333 yards
Divide the ft value by 3.

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
You wrap a cube-shaped box with ribbon as shown. The ribbon is wrapped around all of the faces of the cube. You use 9 inches of ribbon for the bow. How many inches of ribbon do you use altogether? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 52
Answer: Cube sides = 6

Explanation:
one side height = 1 feet 9 inches
so, 12 + 9 = 21 inches
6 × 21 inches = 126 inches
9 inches for the bow
so, 126 + 9 = 135 inches
Therefore 135 inches of ribbon is used altogether.

Review & Refresh

Find the quotient.

Question 15.
3,200 ÷ 40 = 80
Answer: 3,200 ÷ 40 = 80

Question 16.
5,400 ÷ 9 = _600__
Answer: 5,400 ÷ 9 = 600

Question 17.
600 ÷ 20 = _30_
Answer: 600 ÷ 20 = 30

Lesson 11.4 Weight in Customary Units

Explore and Grow

Work with a partner. Use the number line to help you complete each statement.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 53
The vehicle weighs _2000_ pounds.
Answer: 2000 pounds

Explanation:
1 US ton = 2000 pounds
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 54
The whale shark weighs _15 US_ tons.
Answer: 15 US tons
Explanation: divide the 30,000 by 2000

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 55
Structure
How can you convert tons to pounds? How can you convert pounds to tons?
Answer:
we can convert tons to pounds by multiply the ton value by 2000 (i.e., 1 US ton = 2000)
we can convert pounds to tons by dividing the pound value by 2000 (i.e., 1 pound = 0.0005 us ton)

Think and Grow: Convert Customary Weights

Key Idea
When finding equivalent customary weights, multiply to convert from a larger unit to a smaller unit. Divide to convert from a smaller unit to a larger unit.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 56
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 57A
Answer: 4 × 1/4 tons = 2000 pounds

Explanation:
There are 2000 pounds in 1 ton.
so, 4 × 1/4 tons = 2000 pounds.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 58A
Answer: 40 ounces = 2.5 pounds

Explanation:
Convert from ounces to pounds
divide the ounces value by 16
40 / 16 = 2.5
so, 40 ounces is 2.5 pounds.

Show and Grow

Convert the weight.

Question 1.
9 T = __ lb
Answer: 9 T = 19841.604 lb

Explanation:
Convert from tonns to pounds.
multiply the T value by 2205.

Question 2.
6\(\frac{1}{2}\) lb = __ oz
Answer: 6 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) lb = \(\frac{6}{2}\) = 3

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces
3 lb = 48 oz
multiply the lb value by 16

Question 3.
6,000 lb = __ T
Answer: 6,000 lb = 3 US tons

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to tonn
divide the lb value by 2000

Question 4.
80 oz = __ lb
Answer: 80 oz = 5 lb

Explanation:
Convert from ounces to pounds.
divide the oz value by 16

Apply and Grow: Practice

Convert the weight.

Question 5.
10,000 lb = __ T
Answer: 10,000 lb = 4.536 T

Explanation:
divide the lb value by 2205.

Question 6.
8 lb = __ oz
Answer: 8 lb = 128 oz

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces.
multiply the lb value by 16

Question 7.
240 oz = __ lb
Answer: 240 oz = 15 lb

Explanation:
Convert from ounces to pounds
divide the oz value by 16

Question 8.
7\(\frac{1}{4}\) T = ___ lb
Answer: 7 × \(\frac{1}{4}\) = 1.75
1.75 T = 3858.09 lb

Explanation:
Convert from tonnes to pounds
multiply the T value by 2205.

Question 9.
150 oz = ___ lb __ oz
Answer: 150 oz = 9.375 lb  150 oz

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces
divide the oz value by 16

Question 10.
32,000 oz = __ T
Answer: 32,000 oz = 1 US ton

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to tonn
divide the oz value by 32000

Compare.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 59
Answer: 30 T = 60000 lb

Explanation:
multiply the T value by 2000
6,000 lb = 3 US tons
divide the lb value by 2000

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 60
Answer: 53 oz = 3.312 lb

Explanation:
divide the oz value by 16
3 × 1/2 lb = 1.5 lb
1.5 lb = 0.00068 t
divide the lb value by 2205

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 61
Answer:
8 T = 256000 oz

Explanation:
multiply the oz value by 32000
224,000 oz = 7 US tons
divide the oz value by 32000

Question 14.
What is the weight of the hippopotamus in tons?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 62
Answer:
Given the weight of hippopotamus = 4000 pounds
convert 4000 pounds to tons
4000 pounds = 2 US tons
divide the pound’s value by 2000
so, the weight of hippopotamus in tons = 2 US tons

Question 15.
Reasoning
Compare 10 pounds and 165 ounces using mental math. Explain.

Answer:
0 pounds = 160 ounces
multiply the value of the pound by 16
165 ounces = 10.3125 pounds
divide the value of the ounce by 16
By comparing both the values 165 ounces is greater than 10 pounds.

Question 16.
Number Sense
Which measurements are equivalent to 60 ounces?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 63
Answer:
3 × 3/4 lb = 36 oz
3 × 1/2 lb = 56 oz
3 lb 12 oz = 60 oz
3 lb 4 oz = 52 oz

Explanation:
3 lb 12 oz measurement is equivalent to 60 ounces (oz)

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A newborn baby boy weighs 122 ounces. A newborn baby girl weighs 6 pounds 4 ounces. Which baby weighs more? How much more?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 64
Convert the weight of the boy to pounds and ounces.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 65
Answer: There are 16 ounces in 1 pound.

Explanation:
Given boy weighs = 122 ounces
122 / 16 = 7.625
= 2 – 6 × 16 + 4 = 100 ounces
so, 122 >100
Boy weigh is more than girl weigh = 22 ounces more

Show and Grow

Question 17.
Which box of cereal weighs more? How much more?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 66
Answer:
1/2 pounds = 8 ounces
17 ounces = 1.062 pounds

Explanation:
17 ounces box of cereal weighs more
0.562 much more

Question 18.
A male rhinoceros weighs 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) tons. Which rhinoceros weighs more? How much more? Write your answer as a fraction in simplest form.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 67
Answer: male rhinoceros = 2 × 1/4 = 2/4 = 1/2 tons

Explanation:
1/2 tons = 1000 pounds ( converting tons to pounds)
Given in figure female rhinoceros = 3,500 lb
3,500 lb = 1.75 US tons ( converting pounds to tons )
Female rhinoceros weigh more than male rhinoceros
1.75 tons – 1/2 tons => 1.75 – 0.5 = 1.25 tons
1.25 tons weigh is more
we can write 1.25 in simplest form as, we have 2 digits after the decimal point so multiply both numerator and denominator by 100, so that there is no decimal point in the numerator.
1.25 × 1001 × 100 = 125100
125 / 25100 / 25 = 54
simplest form of 1.25 = 5/4

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
Can all of the passengers listed in the table ride the boat at once? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 68

Answer: Yes, all passengers who are listed on the table can ride the boat at once.

Explanation:
Add all the passenger weights 91+184+150+248+170+215+132+145+265+126+259+175  = 2260 pounds
we have to convert 2260 pounds to tons
2260 pounds = 1.13 US tons  ( divide the pounds value by 2000 ).
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 69

Weight in Customary Units Homework & Practice 11.4

Convert the weight.

Question 1.
10 T = __ lb
Answer: 10 T = 20000 lb

Explanation:
Convert from tonn to pounds
1 tonn = 2000 pounds
multiply the T value by 2000

Question 2.
32 oz = ___ lb
Answer: 32 oz = 2 pounds

Explanation:
Convert from ounces to pounds
divide the oz value by 16

Question 3.
48,000 lb = __ T
Answer:  48,000 lb = 24 US tons

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to tons
divide the lb value by 2000

Question 4.
50 lb = __ oz
Answer: 50 lb = 800 oz

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces.
multiply the mass value by 16

Question 5.
5\(\frac{3}{4}\)T = __ lb
Answer: 5 × \(\frac{3}{4}\) = 15/4 =3.75 T
3.75 t = 8267.1957671958 lb

Question 6.
8\(\frac{1}{2}\) lb = __ oz
Answer: 8 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = 8/2 = 4 lb
4 lb = 64 ounces

Explanation:
Convert from pounds to ounces.
multiply the lb value by 16

Question 7.
168 oz = __ lb __ oz
Answer: 168 oz = 10.5 lb 168 oz

Explanation:
Convert from ounces to pounds.
divide the oz value by 16

Question 8.
96,000 oz = __ T
Answer: 96,000 0z = 2.7216 T

Explanation:
Convert from ounces to the ton.
96,000 0z = 2.7216 T

Compare

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 70
Answer: 16 lb = 0.01 T
32,000 T = 64000000 lb

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 71
Answer: 128 oz = 8 lb

Explanation:
divide the oz value by 16
8 × 1/4 lb = 8/4 = 2 lb
2 lb = 32 oz
multiply the lb value by 16

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 72
Answer:
11 T = 388013.581 oz
multiply the T value by 35274
384,000 oz = 10.886 T
divide the oz value by 35274

Question 12.
A newborn puppy weighs 3 pounds 5 ounces. What is the weight of the puppy in ounces?
Answer:
Given a new born puppy weighs 3 pounds 5 ounces
we have to find the weight of the puppy in ounces
3 pounds 5 ounces = 1500 grams
convert 1500 grams to ounces
1500 grams = 52.911 ounces
divide the value of the gram by 28.35
The weight of puppy in ounces = 28.35

Question 13.
Number Sense
How many tons are equal to 500 pounds? Write your answer as a fraction in simplest form.

Answer: 500 pounds = 0.25 US tons

Explanation:
divide the value of the pound by 2000
when 0.25 reduced to the simplest form is (25/25)(100/25) = 14

Open-Ended
Complete the statement.

Question 14.
__ pounds > 72 ounces

Answer: 4.6 pounds > 72 ounces

Explanation:
4.6 pounds = 73.6 ounces
multiply the pound’s value by 16

Question 15.
13 tons < __ pounds
Answer: 13 tons < 27000 pounds

Explanation:
Convert from tons to pounds
1 ton = 2000 pounds
divide the value of the pound by 2000.

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
An employee at a juice cafe uses 10 ounces of kale and \(\frac{3}{4}\) pound of apples to make a drink. Does the employee use more kale or apples? How much more?
Answer: Given that an employee at a juice cafe uses of kale = 10 ounces
and he uses pound of apples to make a drink = 3/4 pounds

Explanation:
converting 10 ounces to pounds = 0.625 pound
divide the value of the ounce by 16
converting 3/4 pounds to ounces = 12 ounces
12 ounces  is greater than 0.625 pounds
The employee uses more apples than kale
0.125 is more.

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life
You have a 3-pound bag of clay. You use 8 ounces of clay to make an ornament. How many ornaments can you make using all of the clay?
Answer:
Given that you have a 3 pound bag of clay
you use 8 ounces of clay to make an ornament.
we have to find out the how many ornaments you can make using all of the clay
Converting 3 pounds to ounces is
3 pounds = 48 ounces ( multiply the pounds value by 16 )
you have used the 8 ounces of clay to make an ornament
so, divide the 48 / 8 = 6
Therefore, we can make 6 ornaments by using all of the clay.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 73

Review & Refresh

Find the product. Check whether your answer is reasonable.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 74
Answer: Multiply the value 145 × 12 = 1740

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 75
Answer: multiply the value 561 × 87 = 48,807

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 76
Answer: multiply the value 823 × 65 = 53,495

Lesson 11.5 Capacity in Customary Units

Explore and Grow

Describe the relationship between cups and fluid ounces (fl oz). Then complete the table.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 77
1 cup is _8 US_ times as much as 1 fluid ounce.
Answer:
Relationship between cups and fluid ounces is :-
A cup of water happens to equal both 8 fluid ounces ( in volume ) and 8 ounces( in weight) ,
so you might naturally assume that 1 cup equals to 8 ounces of weight universally in recipes.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 78
Explanation:
About table values
1 capacity (cups ) = 8 US fluid ounces    ( multiply the cups value by 8 )
2 capacity ( cups ) = 16 US fluid ounces
3 capacity ( cups ) = 24 US fluid ounces
4 capacity ( cups ) = 32 US fluid ounces
Structure
How can you convert cups to fluid ounces? How can you convert fluid ounces to cups?

Answer:
We can convert cups to fluid ounces by multiplying the value of the cup by 8
1 cup = 8 fluid ounces
We can convert fluid ounces to cups by dividing the value of the fluid ounce by 8
1 fluid ounce = 0.125 US cup .

Think and Grow: Convert Customary Capacities

Key Idea
When finding equivalent customary capacities, multiply to convert from a larger unit to a smaller unit. Divide to convert from a smaller unit to a larger unit.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 79
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 80Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 81.1

Show and Grow

Convert the capacity

Question 1.
9 gal = __ qt
Answer: 9 gal = 36 Us liquid qt

Explanation:
Convert from gal to quart
1 gal = 4 quart
multiply the gal value by 4

Question 2.
20 pt = __ c.
Answer: 20 pt = 48.038 c

Explanation:
Convert from pints to cups
multiply the pt value by 2.402

Question 3.
42 pt = __ qt
Answer: 42 pt = 25.2199 qt

Explanation:
Convert from pints to quarts
divide the pt value by 1.665

Question 4.
68 qt = __ gal
Answer: 68 qt = 17 gal

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to gal
divide the qt value by 4

Apply and Grow: Practice

Convert the capacity.

Question 5.
7 c = fl oz
Answer: 7 c = 56 US fl oz

Explanation:
Convert from cups to fluid ounces
multiply the c value by 8

Question 6.
6 pt = __ qt
Answer: 6 pt = 3.60285 qt

Explanation:
Convert from pints to quarts
1 pint = 0.5 quart
divide the pt value by 1.665

Question 7.
16 qt = __ gal
Answer: 16 qt = 4 US liquid gal

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to gal
1 quart = 0.25 gal
divide the qt value by 4

Question 8.
15 pt = __ c
Answer: 15 pt = 36.0285 US c

Explanation:
Convert from pints to cups.
multiply the pt value by 2.402

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 82
Answer: 2 1/4 c = 2/4 = 1/2 c
1/2 c = 4 fl oz

Compare.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 83
Answer:
14 c = 7 US liquid  pt
divide the c value by 2
10 pt = 24.019 US c
multiply the pt value by 2.402

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 84
Answer:
38 qt = 9.5 US liquid gal
divide the qt value by 4
8 × 1/2 = 8/2 = 4
4 gal = 16 US liquid qt
Multiply the gal value by 4

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 85
Answer:
4 gal = 26.6456pt
multiply the gal value by 6.661
32 pt = 4.8038 US liquid gal
divide the pt value by 6.661

Question 14.
You fill your turtle’s aquarium with 40 pints of water. How many gallons of water do you use?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 86
Answer:
Given turtles, aquarium fill with water = 40 pints
we have to find the 40 pints of water into gallons
converting 40 pints to gallons
40 pints = 5 US liquid gallons
Divide the pints value by 8
so, therefore 5 gallons of water is used.

Question 15.
Number Sense
Newton’s water cooler contains 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) gallons of water. How many times can he fill his 16-fluid ounce canteen with water from the water cooler? Explain.
Answer:- Given newton’s water cooler contains 1 × 1/2 = 1/2 = 0.5 gallons
Explanation:-  converting 0.5 gallons = 64 US fluid ounces ( multiply the gallons value by 128 )
Given 16 fluid ounce
He can fill 4 times his 16 fluid ounce canteen with water from the water cooler
( i.e., 16 × 4 = 64 fluid ounce ) .

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
Order the capacities from least to greatest. Explain how you converted the capacities.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 87
Answer:
i. 8 × 1/2 c => 8/2 = 4 c
4 c = 32 fl oz ( multiply the c value by 8 )
ii. 72 fl oz = 9 US c
divide the fl oz value by 8
iii. 7 × 3/4 c => 21/4 = 5.25 c
5.25 c = 42 fl oz
iv. 56 fl oz = 7 c
divide the fl oz value by 8
Order of capacities from least to greatest = 8 × 1/2 c , 7 × 3/4c , 56 fl oz , 72 fl oz .

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A car’s engine contains 4\(\frac{1}{2}\) quarts of oil. Can a mechanic use a 24-cup container to drain all of the oil?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 88
First, convert the quarts of oil to pints.
There are __2pints in 1 quart.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 89
Answer:
Given car engine contains = 4 × 1/2 quarts = 4/2 = 2 quarts

Explanation:
2 quarts = 4 pints
multiply the quarts value by 2
1 pint = 2 cups
converting 2 quarts to cups
2 quarts = 8 cups
multiply the quarts value by 4
So, a mechanic can use just 8 cups
8 cups are enough to drain engine oil.
Show and Grow

Question 17.
An adult has 192 fluid ounces of blood in his body. How many pints of blood are in his body?
Answer: Given an adult has 192 fluid ounces of blood in his body
we have to find the pints of blood in his body
Converting 192 fluid ounces to pints
192 fluid ounces = 12 US liquid pints
divide the value of the fluid ounce by 16
Therefore, 12 pints of blood are in his body.

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
You make 4\(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of soup. One serving is 12 fluid ounces. How many servings of soup do you make?
Answer:
Given 4 × 1/2 cups of soup
4 × 1/2 = 4/2 = 2 cups of soup
2 cups of soup converting to fluid ounces
2 US cups = 16 US fluid ounces
Given that serving = 12 fluid ounces
Subtract  16 fluid ounces – 12 fluid ounces = 4 fluid ounces
so, therefore you can make servings of soup in 4 fluid ounces.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
A scientist has two beakers of a solution, one containing 5 cups and the other containing 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) pints. How many gallons of the solution does the scientist have? Write your answer as a fraction in simplest form.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 90
Answer:
Given that scientist has two beakers of solution one contains 5 cups and other contains
1 × 1/2 pints.
we have to find gallons of solution
Converting 5 cups to gallons
5 cups = 0.312 US gallons
Converting 1 × 1/2 pints to gallons
1 × 1/2 => 1/2 = 0.5 pints
0.5 pints = 0.0625 US gallons
By adding both the solutions ( i.e., )
5 cups + 0.5 pints
0.312 gallons + 0.0625 gallons = 0.3745 gallons
So, the scientist has 0.3745 gallons of solution.
0.3745 in simplest form we can write as  749 / 2000.

Capacity in Customary Units Homework & Practice 11.5

Convert the capacity

Question 1.
9 pt = __ c
Answer: 9 pt = 18 c

Explanation: multiply the pt value by 2

Question 2.
72 fl oz = ___ c
Answer: 72 fl oz = 9 c

Explanation:
Convert from fluid ounces to cups.
1 fl oz = 0.125 c
divide the fl oz value by 8

Question 3.
6 c = __ fl oz
Answer: 6 c = 48 fl oz

Explanation:
Convert from cups to fluid ounces
1 cup = 6 fluid ounces
6 cups = 6 × 8 fluid ounces
multiply the c value by 8
Thus 6 c = 48 fl oz

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 91
Answer: 3 3/4 gal = 15 qt

Explanation:
Convert from gal to quart
1 gal = 4 quart
4  × 15/4 gal = 15 qt
multiply the gal value by 4

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 92
Answer: 5 1/2 qt = 11 pt

Explanation:
Convert from quarts to pints
1 quart = 2 pints

multiply the qt value by 2
5 1/2 = 11/2
11/2 × 2 = 11 pints

Question 6.
40 pt = __ gal
Answer: 40 pt = 5 gal

Explanation:
Convert from pints to gal
1 pint = 0.125 gal
40 pint = 40 × 0.125 = 5 gal
Thus 40 pt = 5 gal

Question 7.
64 qt = __ c
Answer: 64 qt = 256 c
Explanation:
Convert from quarts to cup
1 quart = 4 cups
multiply the qt value by 4

Question 8.
112 fl oz = __ pt
Answer: 112 fl oz = 7 US liquid pt
Explanation: divide the fl oz value by 16

Compare.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 93
Answer:
48 qt = 12 gal
divide the qt value by 4
12 gal = 48 qt
multiply the gal value by 4
Therefore 48 qt = 12 gal

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 94
Answer: 24 fl oz = 3 c
divide the fl oz value by 8
3 × 1/4 c = 3/4 c = 6 fl oz
multiply the 3/4 c value by 8
Therefore 24 fl oz is greater than 3 × 1/4 c

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 95
Answer:
10 qt = 40 c
multiply the qt value by 4
24 c = 6 qt
divide the c value by 4
So, therefore 10 qt is greater than 24 c.

Question 12.
You buy 2 gallons of apple cider. How many cups of apple cider do you buy?

Answer:
Given that 2 gallons of apple cider
we have to find the cups of apple cider
Converting 2 gallons to Cups
2 gallons = 32 cups
multiply the gallons value by 16
So, you buy the 32 cups of apple cider.

Question 13.
Logic
Your friend makes a table of equivalent capacities. Write two pairs of customary units represented by the chart.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 96
Answer:
We can relate the numbers as they are resembling quarts to cups relation and gallons to quarts relation.
Two pairs of the customary unit represented by the chart are :-
1 quart = 4 cups     1 gallon = 4 quarts
2 quart = 8 cups      2 gallon = 8 quarts
Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
Which measurements are greater than 16 pints?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 97
Answer:
Converting fluid ounces to pints
300 fluid ounces = 18.75  pints ( divide the value of the fluid ounce by 16 )
Converting cups to pints
28 cups = 14 pints ( divide the value of the cup by 2 )
Converting quarts to pints
10 quarts = 20 pints ( multiply the quarts value by 2 )
Converting gallon to pints
1 gallon = 8 pints ( multiply the gallon value by 8 )
Converting fluid ounces to pints
275 fluid ounces = 17.188 pints ( divide the value of the fluid ounce by 16 )
Converting cups to pints
35 cups = 17.5 pints ( divide the value of the cup by 2 )
Therefore, 300 fluid ounces, 10 quarts, 275 fluid ounces, 35 cups measurements are greater than 16 pints

Question 15.
Modeling Real Life
Your friend buys 8 quarts of frozen yogurt. How many cups of frozen yogurt does she buy?
Answer: Given that quart of frozen yogurt = 8

Explanation:
we have to find cups of frozen yogurt
converting 8 quarts to cups
8 quarts = 32 cups ( multiply the quarts value by 4 )
Therefore, she buys 32 cups of frozen yogurt

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
A recipe calls for 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of milk. You want to make 2 batches of the recipe. Should you buy a pint, quart, or half gallon of milk?
Answer: Given 2 × 1/4 => 2/4 = 1/2 cups of milk

Explanation: we want to make 2 batches of recipe (i.e., 2 × 1/2 = 1 cup )
1 pint = 2 cups
1 cup = 1/2 pint

Review & Refresh

Question 17.
0.5 × 0.7 = _0.35_
Answer:
multiply the 0.5 × 0.7 = 0.35

Question 18.
46.2 × 0.68 = _31.416_
Answer:
multiply the 46.2 × 0.68 = 31.416

Question 19.
1.4 × 0.3 = _0.42_
Answer:
multiply the 1.4 × 0.3 = 0.42

Lesson 11.6 Make and Interpret Line Plots

Explore and Grow
Measure and record your height to the nearest quarter of a foot. Collect the heights of all the students in your class and create a line plot of the results.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 98
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 99
Construct Arguments
Make two conclusions from the line plot.

Think and Grow: Make Line Plots

Example
The table shows the amounts of water that 10 students use for a science experiment. Make a line plot to display the data. How many students use more than \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 100
Step 1: Write the data values as fractions with a common denominator.
The denominators of the data values are 2, 4, and 8. Because 2 and 4 are factors of 8, use a denominator of 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 101
Step 2: Use a scale on a number line that shows all of the data values.
Step 3: Mark an X for each data value.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 101.1

Show and Grow

Question 1.
The table shows the distance your friend swims each day for 10 days. Make a line plot to display the data.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 102
How many days does your friend swim \(\frac{3}{4}\) mile or more?
Answer:- From the table we observed that your friend swim 3/4 miles or more than 3/4 miles in  6 days.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
The table shows the amounts of mulch a landscaping company orders on 10 different days. Make a line plot to display the data.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 103
What do you notice about the data?
Answer:
From the table we observed that except 1/4 and 1/2 the remaining days like 7/8 and 3/4 company use more than 1/2 ton of mulch .

Question 3.
DIG DEEPER!
Your teacher has the three packages of seeds shown. She divides the first package into bags weighing \(\frac{1}{2}\) ounce each. She divides the second package into bags weighing \(\frac{1}{4}\) ounce each. She divides the third package into bags weighing \(\frac{1}{8}\) ounce each. Find the total number of bags of seeds. Use a line plot to display the results.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 104
Answer:
Given that we observed from figures each bag is 2 ounces
Explanation:
given 1st bag = 1/2 ounce each
2 ounces = 1/2 + 1/2 +1/2 + 1/2 = 4(1/2) = 2
4 bags
2nd bag = 1/4 ounce each
2 ounces = 1/4 + 1/4 +1/4 +1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4 + 1/4
= 8 (1/4) = 2
8 bags
3rd bag = 1/8 ounce each
2 ounces = 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8 + 1/8
= 16 (1/8) = 2
16 bags
Total number of bags of seeds = 4 bags + 8 bags + 16 bags = 28 bags
Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You record the amounts of time you skateboard each day for 8 days. Your friend skateboards the same total amount of time, but for an equal number of hours each day. How long does your friend skateboard each day?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 105
Step 1: You and your friend skateboard the same total amount of time. Use the line graph to find the number of hours you each skateboard.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 105.1
Step 2: Divide the number of hours by the number of days.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 106

Show and Grow

Question 4.
You record the amounts of trail mix you pour into 12 bags. Your friend has the same total amount of trail mix, but equally divides it among 12 bags. How much trail mix does your friend pour into each bag?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 107
Answer:- your friend pour trail mix into each bag is equal to the amount of trail mix you pour into the bag.

Make and Interpret Line Plots Homework & Practice 11.6

Question 1.
The table shows the amounts of time that 10 students take to land three balls in a row in a game. Make a line plot to display the data. How many pygmy marmosets weigh more than \(\frac{1}{2}\) ounce?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 108
Answer: Here 1/2 = 0.5 ounce
Except 1/2 ounce
5/8 , 7/8 , 3/4 ounces pygmy weighs more than 1/2 ounce.

Use the table.

Question 2.
The table shows the amounts of berries required to make 10 different smoothie recipes. Make a line plot to display the data.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 109
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 110
Answer: The most common amount of berries required is 3/4
Six times as many recipes use 3/4 cup of berries as 1/4 cup of berries
from table 4 × (3/4) = 12/4 = 3
2 × (1/4) = 2/4 = 1/2
= 3/(1/2) = 6

Question 3.
DIG DEEPER!
How many total cups of berries are needed to make one of each smoothie?
Answer: Total 2 to 3 cups of berries are needed to make one of each smoothie.

Use the line plot.

Question 4.
Modeling Real Life
The line plot shows the number of miles you run each day for 10 days. Your friend runs the same total number of miles, but runs an equal number of miles each day. How far does your friend run each day?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 111
Answer: Your friend runs 4/5 miles each day for 10 days

Explanation: 0 + 0 + 0.5 + 0.5 + 0.5 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1.5+ 2 = 8
He runs same miles each day = 8/10 = 0.8
0.8 = 4/5
Question 5.
DIG DEEPER!
Your cousin runs a total amount that is 6 times as far as your friend runs in one day. How far does your cousin run?
Answer: Let us assume that, If the friend runs 0.8 per day

Explanation: 0.8 = 4/5
so, cousin run 6 times more than a friend
so, 6 × 0.8 = 4.8 ( cousin runs per day is 4.8 )

Review & Refresh

Question 6.
561 ÷ 7 = 80.142
Answer: divide the 561 ÷ 7 = 80.142

Question 7.
3,029 ÷ 4 = 757.25
Answer: divide the 3,029 ÷ 4 = 757.25

Question 8.
2,814 ÷ 9 = 312.6
Answer: divide the 2,814 ÷ 9 = 312.6

Lesson 11.7 Problem Solving: Measurement

Explore and Grow

Make a plan to solve the problem.
A fruit vendor sells fruit by the pound. You have a tote that can hold up to 4 pounds. A bag of oranges weighs 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) pounds. A bag of apples weighs 28 ounces. Can your tote hold both bags of fruit? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 112.1
Answer: Given that vendor sells fruit by the pound.

Explanation:
The tote can hold up to 4 pounds
A bag of oranges weighs = 2 × 1/4 = 2/4 = 1/2 pounds
A bag of apples weighs = 28 ounces
we have to find that can tote to hold both bags
Convert 28 ounces to pounds
28 ounces = 1.75 pounds ( divide the value of the ounce by 16 )
Given in question that tote can hold up to 4 pounds
so, adding 1/2 pounds and 1.75 pounds
= 1/2 pounds = 0.5
0.5 pounds + 1.75 pounds = 2.25 pounds
Therefore tote holds both the bags of fruit.

Precision
Which bag of fruit is heavier? Explain.
Answer: Bag of apple is heavier ( i.e., a bag of apple weighs 28 ounces )

Explanation:
28 ounces = 1.75 pounds
bag of orange is 0.5 pounds
1.74 > 0.5  (So, apple bag weigh is heavier)

Think and Grow: Problem Solving: Measurement

Example
A recipe calls for 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of milk. You have \(\frac{1}{4}\) pint of whole milk and 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of skim milk. Do you have enough milk for the recipe?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 112.2
Answer: Given that , a recipe calls for 2 × 1/4 cups of milk
Explanation: 2 × 1/4 => 1/2 = 0.5 cups of milk
you have 1/4 pint of milk = 0.25 pints
0.25 pints = 0.5 cups
and 1 × 1/2 cups of skim milk => 1/2 = 0.5 cups
Recipe calls for 0.5 cups of milk
Yes, we have enough milk for the recipe.

Understand the Problem

What do you know?

  • The recipe calls for 2 cups of milk.
  • You have \(\frac{1}{4}\) pint of whole milk and 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) cups of skim milk.

What do you need to find?

You need to find whether you have enough milk for the recipe.
Answer: Given that recipe calls for 2 cups of milk
you have 1/4 pint of whole milk => 1/4 pint = 0.25 pint
0.25 pint = 0.5 cups
and 1 × 1/2 cups of skim milk => 1/2 cups = 0.5 cups
adding cups values => 0.5 + 0.5 = 1
So, you don’t have enough milk for the recipe .

Make a Plan
How will you solve?

  • Convert \(\frac{1}{4}\) pint of whole milk to cups.
  • Add the amounts of whole milk and skim milk.
  • Compare the amount of milk you have to the amount needed.

Solve
Step 1: Convert \(\frac{1}{4}\) pint to cups.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 112.3
Step 2: Add the amounts of whole milk and skim milk.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 113
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 114
Answer: So, you _1.5_cups have enough milk for the recipe.
2/4 cups = 1/2
1/2 = 0.5 cups

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Explain how you can check whether the answer above is reasonable.
Answer:  By calculating we get whole milk = 0.5 cups
By calculating we get skim milk =  0.5 cups
By adding whole milk and skim milk => 0.5 + 0.5 = 1 cup

Apply and Grow: Practice

Understand the problem. What do you know? What do you need to find? Explain.

Question 2.
Your friend buys 1 pound of walnuts, 16 ounces of peanuts, and \(\frac{1}{2}\) pound of cashews. How many ounces do the nuts weigh in all?
Answer: Given walnuts = 1 pounds
peanuts = 16 ounces
cashews = 1/2 pounds
we have to find weight of all nuts in ounces
Explanation: walnuts = 1pounds
converting pounds to ounces
1 pounds = 16 ounces
peanuts = 16 ounces
cashews = 1/2 pounds
converting pounds to ounces
1/2 pounds = 8 ounces
Adding peanuts , cashews , walnuts weight = 16 + 8 + 16 = 40 ounces
The nuts weigh in all = 40 ounces

Question 3.
A bottle of orange juice contains 64 fluid ounces. How many cups of orange juice are in 3 bottles?

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.
Answer:
Given that a bottle of orange juice contains = 64 fluid ounces.
Converting 64 fluid ounces to cups
64 fluid ounces = 8 cups
8cups × 3 bottles = 8 × 3 = 24 cups

Question 4.
Your friend wants to buy curtains that hang from the top of the window to the floor. Curtain lengths are typically measured in inches. What length curtains should he buy?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 115
Answer:
Given the length ( ft ) values in figure
we have to measure ft value in inches
5 ft = 60 inches
3 ft = 36 inches  ( He should by 60 inches and 30 inches length curtains ).

Question 5.
Your friend runs a total distance of 1 kilometer at track practice by running 100-meter hurdles. How many times does he run the hurdles?
Answer: Given your friend runs a total distance = 1 km
Convert 1 km to meters
1 km = 1000 meters
your friend practice 100 meter hurdles by running
so 100 × 10 = 1000
so , 10 times he run the hurdles

Question 6.
A trailer can carry 13\(\frac{1}{2}\) tons. It has room to carry 6 cars at once. Can the trailer carry 6 cars that each weigh 3,800 pounds? Explain.

Answer: Convert tons to pounds
13 × 1/2 tons = 13000 pounds
Given total 6 cars
each car weigh 3,800 pounds
so, 6 cars × 3,800 pounds = 6 × 3,800 = 22,800 pounds
so, the trailer cannot carry 6 cars at once

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
You walk your dog 4 laps around the block each day. Each block is 400 meters. How many total kilometers do you walk your dog around the block after 35 weeks?
Answer: Given, you walk your dog around the block each day = 4 laps
Each block = 400 meters

Explanation: There are 7 days in a week
given 35 weeks
4 × 400 × 7 × 35 = 392000 meters
Convert 392000 meters to km
392000 meters = 392 km
Therefore, 392 km you walk your dog around the block after 35 weeks

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
A crew member needs to put a temporary fence around the perimeter of the rectangular football field. How many feet of temporary fencing does the crew member need?
Think: What do you know? What do you need to find? How will you solve?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 116
Step 1: Convert the length of the field to feet.
There are __ feet in 1 yard.
120 × __ = __
The length of the field is __ feet.
Step 2: Use a formula to find the perimeter of the field.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 117

Show and Grow

Question 8.
An artist puts a wood border around the perimeter of the rectangular mural. How many feet of wood does the artist need?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 118
Answer: 1 yard = 3 feet
Given 10/3 yd = 3.33 yd
3.33 yd × 3 = 9.99 feet
perimeter of rectangular mural
p = ( 2 × L ) + ( 2 × W )
=  2 ×  8 + 2 × 9.99
= 16 + 19.98
= 35 feet
Artist need 35 feet of wood .

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
The sports jug contains 5 gallons of water. The paper cup holds 8 fluid ounces of water. How many paper cups can 3 sports jugs fill? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 119
Answer: Convert 5 gallons of water to fluid ounces

Explanation:
5 gallons = 640 fluid ounces
Given paper, cup holds = 8 fluid ounces of water
1 sport jug = 5 gallons
3 sport jugs = 3 × 5 = 15 gallons
15 gallons = 1920 fluid ounces
8 × 240 = 1920
240 paper cups can fill 3 sports jug .

Problem Solving: Measurement Homework & Practice 11.7

Understand the problem. Then make a plan. How will you solve? Explain.

Question 1.
A robotic insect has a mass of 80 milligrams. The mass of a quarter is 5.67 grams. How many more grams is the mass of a quarter than the mass of the robotic insect?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 120
Answer: Given robotic insect mass = 80 milligrams
The mass of quarter = 5.67 grams
Convert 80 milligrams to grams
80 milligrams = 0.008 grams
subtract 5.67 grams – 0.008 grams = 5.662
Therefore the mass of quarter  5.662 grams is more than the mass of robotic insect

Question 2.
Newton pours water out of a filled 2-liter beaker. Now it only has 1,025 milliliters of water in it. How many milliliters of water did Newton pour out?
Answer: Given newton pours water out of a filled beaker = 2 Liters

Explanation:
Now it has water = 1,025 milliliters
Convert 2 Liters to millimeters
2 liters = 2000 milliliters
2000 – 975 = 1,025
Newton pour out  975 millimeters of water

Question 3.
You run 5 laps around a track. Each lap is 400 meters. How many total kilometers do you run?
Answer: Given you run 5 laps around a track
Each lap = 400 meters

Explanation:
5 × 400 = 2000 meters
convert meters to kilometers
2000 meters = 2 kilometers
Therefore you run 2 kilometers

Question 4.
Two hotel workers have a total of 30 bags of luggage each weighing 50 pounds. One worker weighs 150 pounds, and the other weighs 210 pounds. Can they transfer themselves and all of the bags in the elevator at once? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 120.1
Answer:
Given in figure elevator weight limits = 2.5 tons

Explanation:
Convert 2.5 tons to pounds
2.5 tons = 5000 pounds
Given works have total 30 bags
1 bag weight = 50 pounds
30 bags weight = 50 × 30 = 1500 pounds
Given one worker weight = 150 pounds
second worker weight = 210 pounds
By adding all the values 1500 + 150 + 210 = 1860 pounds
Yes, they can transfer themselves and all of the bags in the elevator once.
Question 5.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 84 feet of streamers. You cut 24 pieces that are \(\frac{1}{2}\) each yard long. How many feet of streamers do you have left?
Answer:
Given steamers = 84 feet
24 pieces are 1/2 = 0.5 each yard long
24 × 0.5 = 12 yard long
12 yards = 36 feet
84 – 36 = 48 feet of streamers you have left .

Question 6.
Writing
Write and solve a two-step word problem involving units of measure.

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
You want to hang a wallpaper border around the perimeter of the rectangular bathroom shown. How many yards of wallpaper border do you need?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 121
Answer:
Given length = 6 ft , width = 1 y

Explanation:
Convert 6 ft to yd
6 ft = 2 yd
perimeter of rectangle = 2 (L + W)
= 2(2 + 1 )
= 2(3) = 6 yd
6 yd of wallpaper border you need

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
You need Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 122 gallon of fertilizer to cover a lawn. What is the least amount of money that you can pay and have enough fertilizer?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 122.1
Answer: Given one lawn fertilizer is 128 fluid ounces

Explanation:
Take 2 gallons = $ 40 × 2 = 80
Given another lawn fertilizer 16 fluid ounces
2 gallons = $ 11 × 16 = 176
80 is the least amount of money that you can pay and have enough fertilizer
128 fluid ounces is cheap when compared to 16 fluid ounces.

Review & Refresh

Divide. Then check your answer.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 123
Answer: 5,343 divide by 25
5,343 ÷ 25 = 213.72

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 124
Answer: 2,064 divide by 24
2,064 / 24 = 86

Convert and Display Units of Measure Performance Task 11

Passenger airliners come in many different sizes. Plane A and Plane B are two different types of wide-body jet airliners.

Question 1.
The table shows some facts about Plane A.
a. The length of Plane B is 80 yards. Which is longer, Plane A or Plane B? How much longer?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 125
Answer:- Given, length of plane B = 80 yards
We observed from the table that the length of plane A = 250 ft 2 in
Convert 250 ft 2 into yards
250 ft 2 in = 83.389 yards
So, Length of plane A = 83.389 yards
Length of plane B = 80 yards
Plane A is longer than Plane B
3.389  is longer.
b. The wingspan of Plane B is 37\(\frac{1}{12}\) feet longer than the Wingspan of Plane A. What is the wingspan of Plane B?
Answer: The wingspan of plane B = 37 × 1/2 = 36.852  inches
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 126

Question 2.
Before an airliner can take off, the pilot has to make sure it weighs less than the maximum takeoff weight.
a. Plane A weighs 404,600 pounds and can carry at most 422,000 pounds of fuel. How many pounds can the airliner hold in passengers and cargo?
b. The maximum landing weight of Plane A is 300,000 pounds less than the maximum takeoff weight. Why does an airliner weigh less at the end of a flight than at the beginning?
c. Plane A uses 20 quarts of fuel for each mile it flies. How many gallons of fuel does the plane use during a 3,200-mile flight?

Question 3.
Plane B can hold 544 passengers. Plane A can hold \(\frac{3}{4}\) of passengers that Plane B can hold.
a. How many passengers can Plane A hold?
Answer: Plane A hold 3/4 = 0.75 passengers
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 127
b. An airline estimates that each passenger weighs about 200 pounds, including carry-on baggage. How much passenger and carry-on weight does the airline estimate for Plane B?
Answer: 408 passenger and carry on weight does the airline estimate for plane B

Convert and Display Units of Measure Activity

Directions:

  1. Players take turns.
  2. On your turn, place a counter on a yellow hexagon.
  3. Solve for the missing measurement and cover the answer with another counter. If you surround a monster, then put a counter on the monster. If you do not surround a monster, then your turn is over.
  4. Continue playing until all measurements are covered.
  5. The player who captures the most monsters wins!

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 128

Convert and Display Units of Measure Chapter Practice

11.1 Length in Metric Units

Convert the length.

Question 1.
4 cm = __ mm
Answer: 4 cm = 40 mm

Explanation:
Convert from centimeter to millimeter
1 cm = 10 mm
4 cm = 4 × 10 mm = 40 mm
multiply the cm value by 10

Question 2.
81 m = _8100__ cm
Answer: 81 m = 8100 cm

Explanation:
Convert from meter to centimeter.
1 m = 100 cm
multiply the m value by 100
81 m = 81 × 100 cm = 8100 cm

Question 3.
0.56 km = _56000_ cm
Answer: 0.56 km = 56000 cm

Explanation:
Convert from kilometer to centimeter.
Multiply the km value by 100000

Question 4.
9 mm = 0.009__ m
Answer: 9 mm = 0.009 m
Explanation:-
Convert millimeter to meter.
divide the mm value by 1000

Compare.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 129
Answer:- 73 m = 0.073 kilometer
Explanation:- divide the m value by 1000
Answer:- 7.3 km = 7300 m
Explanation:- multiply the km value by 1000

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 130
Answer:
0.6 cm = 0.006 m
divide the cm value by 100
0.06 m = 6 cm
multiply the m value by 100

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 131
Answer:
2mm = 0.2 cm
divide the mm value by 10
0.2 cm = 2mm
multiply the cm value by 10

11.2 Mass and Capacity in Metric Units

Convert the mass.

Question 8.
3 kg = _3000__ g
Answer:
3 kg = 3000 g
Explanation:
Convert from kg to gram
1 kg = 1000 grams
multiply the kg value by 1000
3 kg = 3 × 1000 gram = 3000 gram

Question 9.
0.006g = _6__ mg
Answer: 0.006 g = 6 mg

Explanation:
Convert from grams to milligrams
multiply the g value by 1000

Question 10.
70 g = _0.07_ kg
Answer: 70 g = 0.07 kg

Explanation:
Convert from grams to kilograms
divide the g value by1000

Question 11.
29,000 mg = _0.029_ kg
Answer: 29,000 mg = 0.029 kg

Explanation:
Convert from milligrams to kilograms
divide the mg value by 1e + 6
29,000 mg = 0.029 kg

Convert the capacity.

Question 12.
400 mL = _0.4_ L
Answer: 400 mL = 0.4 L

Explanation:
Convert from milliliters to liters
divide the mL value by 1000

Question 13.
10 L = 10000 mL
Answer: 10 L = 10000 mL

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 L = 1000 ml
10 L = 10 × 1000 = 10000 mL
multiply the L value by 1000

Question 14.
7 mL =0.007 L
Answer: 7 mL = 0.007 L

Explanation:
Convert from milliliters to liters
divide the mL value by 1000
7 mL = 0.007 L

Question 15.
0.65 L = 650mL
Answer: 0.65 L = 650 mL

Explanation:
Convert from liters to milliliters
1 L = 1000 mL
multiply the L value by 1000
0.65 L = 0.65 × 1000 = 650 mL
So, 0.65 L = 650 mL

11.3 Length in Customary Units

Convert the length.

Question 16.
2 mi = ___ yd
Answer: 2 mi = 3520 yards

Explanation:
Convert from miles to yards
1 mi = 1760 yards
multiply the mi value by 1760
2 mi = 2 × 1760 yards = 3520 yards

Question 17.
14\(\frac{2}{3}\) yd = ___ ft
Answer: 14 × 2/3 yd = 28 ft

Question 18.
103 in. = __ ft __ in.
Answer: 103 in = 8 ft 7 in

Explanation:
Convert from inches from feet.
divide the 103 in value by 12

Question 19.
2,340 in. = yd
Answer: 2,340 in = 65 yd

Explanation:
Convert from inches to yards
divide the 2,340 in value by 36

Compare.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 132
Answer: 5 × 2/3 yd = 10 ft
17 ft = 5.667 yd

Explanation:
Convert yards to feet.
divide the 17 ft value by 3

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 133
Answer: 67 in = 5 feet 7 inches

Explanation:
divide the in value by 12
5 ft 10 in = 70 in
multiply the 5 ft 10 in value by 12

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 134
Answer:
16 mi = 84480 ft
multiply the mi value by 5280
84,000 ft = 15.909 mi
divide the ft value by 5280

Weight in Customary Units

Convert the weight.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 135
Answer: 4/2 T = 2 (By solving 4/2 we get 2)
so we take 4/2 as 2
1 T = 2000 lb
2 T = 4000 lb

Question 24.
100,000 lb = ___ T
Answer: 100,000 lb = 45.359237 T

Explanation:
100,000 lb × 0.00045359237 = 45.359237 T

Convert the weight.

Question 25.
217 oz = __ lb __ oz
Answer: 217 oz = 13 lb 9 oz

Question 26.
956 oz = __ lb
Answer:  956 oz = 59 lb

Compare.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 136
Answer: 5×1/4 T = 2755 lb
15,000 lb = 6.696 T

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 137
Answer: 258 oz = 16.125 lb
divide the oz value by 16
17 lb 12 oz = 284 oz
multiply the lb oz value by 16

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 138
Answer: 192,000 oz = 6 T
7 T = 250,880 oz

Question 30.
Number Sense
Which measurements are equivalent to 52 ounces?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 139
Answer: 3 lb 4 oz measurement is equivalent to 52 ounces.

11.5 Capacity in Customary Units

Convert the capacity.

Question 31.
18 qt = __ pt
Answer: 18 qt = 29.9762706 pt

Explanation:
1qt equals to 1.6653484 pt
1.6653484 × 18pt = 29.9762706 pt

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 140
Answer: 24 fl oz

Explanation:
4 × 3/4c , by solving this we get 12/4c=3c
from formula= 1c = 8 floz
3c = 8 fl oz × 3c = 24 floz

Question 33.
72 pt = __ gal
Answer: 72 pt = 9 gal

Explanation:
1 pt = 0.125 gal
72 pt = 0.125 × 72 = 9 gal

Question 34.
81 qt = __ gal
Answer: 81 qt = 20.25 gal

Explanation:
1 qt = 0.25 gallons
81 qt = 81 × 0.25 = 20.25 gal

Compare.

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 140.1
Answer:
5/4 gal = 5 US qt
multiply the gal value by 4
21 qt = 5.25 US gal
divide the qt value by 4

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 141
Answer:
Convert from pints to cups
7/2 pt = 7 c
9 c > 7 c
3 1/2 pt < 9 c

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 142
Answer:
Convert from quart to cups.
1 quart = 4 cups
4 qt = 16 c
4 qt < 20 c

Question 38.
Modeling Real Life
You have 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) gallons of apple juice. How many pints of apple juice do you have?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 143
Answer: Given 2 × 1/4 (gallons of apple juice)
By solving 2 × 1/4 we get 1/2=>0.5 gallons
so, we have 4 pints of apple juice

Explanation:
we have to find out pints of apple juice
0.5 gallons is equal to 4 pints
from the formula multiply the gallon value (i.e., 0.5 with 8 = 0.5 × 8 = 4 pints)
11.6 Make and Interpret Line Plots

Question 39.
The table shows the amounts of clay made by 10 students. Make a line plot to display the data.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 144
How many students made more than \(\frac{3}{4}\) cup of clay?
Answer:  3/4 = 0.75
only one student ( 7/8 )made more than 3/4 cup of clay ( i.e., 7/8 = 0.875 )

What is the most common amount of clay made?
Answer: The most common amount of clay made is 3/4

11.7 Problem Solving: Measurement

Question 40.
A recipe calls for 2\(\frac{3}{4}\) cups of fava beans. You have 1\(\frac{1}{4}\)– pint can of fava beans and \(\frac{1}{2}\) cup of cooked fava beans. Do you have enough fava beans for the recipe?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 145
Answer: Yes, you have enough fava beans for the recipe

Explanation:
Given that a recipe calls for 2 × 3/4 = 0.5 cups of fava beans
you have 1 × 1/4 pints = 0.5 cups of fava beans ( convert 1/4 pints to cups )
and 1/2 = 0.5 cups of cooked fava beans
So, the recipe calls 0.5 cups of fava beans are equal to you have 0.5 cups of fava beans.

Convert and Display Units of Measure Practice 1-11

Question 1.
Your friend estimates that a bookcase is 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) feet wide. The actual width is \(\frac{2}{3}\) foot longer. What is the width of the bookcase?
Answer: 2 × 1/2 = 1 estimation feet
2/3 = 0.667 actual width feet
1 – 0.667 = 0.34

Question 2.
What is the product of 845 and 237?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 147
Answer: Option C
product (Multiply) the 845 and 237 = 200,265

Explanation:  845 × 237 = 200,265

Question 3.
How many milliliters are equal to 0.6 liter?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 148
Answer:-  Option D  (600 mL)

Explanation: 1 liter = 1000 mL
0.6 liter = 0.6L × 1000mL
= 600mL

Question 4.
Which are equivalent to Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 149?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 149.1
Answer:  6 × 3/10  is equivalent to 18 × 1/10

Explanation:
6 × 3/10 = multiply 6 with 3 we  get 18, denominator remains same
so the answer is 18 × 1/10.

Question 5.
To find 34 + (16 + 23), your friend adds 34 and 16. Then she adds 23 to the sum. Which property did she use?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 150
Answer:-  Option B
She used the Associative property of addition.

Question 6.
An Eastern Hognose Snake is 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) feet long. It grows another foot. What is the new length of the snake in inches?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 151
Answer: 2 × 1/2 = 1 feet

Explanation:
It grows another foot = 1
so, 1 + 1 = 2 feet
convert 2 feet to inches
2 feet = 24 inches
So, the new length of the snake is 24 inches.

Question 7.
What common factor should you divide the numerator and denominator of \(\frac{16}{24}\) by so that it is in the simplest form?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 152
Answer: 8 is the common factor that divides the numerator and denominator of 16/24 in simplest form

Explanation:
The simplest form is nothing but if the top and bottom(i.e., numerator and denominator) have no common factors other than 1.
16/24 = solve it by 8
By solving we get 2/3.

Question 8.
A salesperson at a fabric store has 30 yards of fabric. He puts the same number of yards of fabric on each of 4 rolls for a display. How many yards of fabric does the salesperson put on each roll?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 153
Answer:
Option B
2/15 yard

Explanation:
Given 30 yards of fabric
rolls= 4
rolls/yards = 4/30 = 2/15yard

Question 9.
Descartes estimates 96.3 × 42 by rounding each number to the nearest ten. What is Descartes’s estimate?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 154
Answer: Option D (4,000)

Explanation: Here we have to multiply the given number 96.3 × 42
96.3 ~ 100 (96.3 is the nearest value to 100)
42~40 (42 is the nearest value to 40)
so, multiply both the values 100 × 40 = 4000

Question 10.
The fifth-grade classes are making a mural to hang in the front hallway of the school.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 155
Part A Each class creates a square for the mural that has side lengths of \(\frac{1}{2}\) meter. What is the area of each square?

Answer: area of square =s×s
1/2 × 1/2 = 0.5 × 0.5 = 0.25 meters
Part B
There are 12 classes. What is the area of the entire mural? Explain.
12 × 0.25 = 3 meters

Question 11.
Which expressions have a quotient of 4.6?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 156
Answer: All expressions have a quotient of 4.6 except 15.64÷34 does not have a quotient of 4.6

Explanation: we can find out the quotient value by this method
quotient = Dividend ÷ divisor  (i.e., from the above question we are taking one value                                                                                      124.2 ÷ 27 = 4.6)

Question 12.
What is the quotient of 5 and \(\frac{1}{8}\) ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 157
Answer:- The quotient of 5 and 1/8 = 40
Explanation:- Divide the 5 and 1/8

Question 13.
You need thirty 5-foot pieces of string for a project. A store sells string by the yard. How many yards of string will you need to buy?
Answer:- 11.655

Explanation: Given foot pieces = 35
1 foot = 0.333 yard
1 yard = 3 foot or 3 feet
we have to find yards of string.
foot pieces × yards = 35 × 0.333
= 11.655

Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 158

Question 14.
In which equations does k = \(\frac{3}{4}\) ?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 159
Answer:  Option D
3/6 × 3/2 =k

Explanation:
we have equated k value as 3/4
so, by solving 3/6 × 3/2 we get 3/4

Question 15.
Newton brings 3 bags of popcorn that are all the same size to a club. There are 12 people at the club. Each person eats the same amount of popcorn and all of the popcorn is eaten. What fraction of a bag of popcorn does each person eat?
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 160
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 161
Answer: Bags = 3 ,  People = 12
so, divide 3/12 = 1/4
Option A is the answer

Question 16.
Evaluate
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 162
Answer:
Convert the decimal values to fractions
4.5 = 9/2
13.68 = 342/25
13.70 = 137/10
15.70 = 157/10

Question 17.
What is the sum of \(\frac{5}{6}\) and \(\frac{1}{4}\) ? Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 163
Answer: Option D
5/6 + 1/4 = 13/12

Question 18.
What is 40,071 written in word form?
A. four thousand, seventy-one
B. four hundred, seventy-one
C. forty thousand, seventy-one
D. forty thousand, seven hundred ten
Answer: Option C

Forty thousand, seventy-one

Convert and Display Units of Measure STEAM Performance Task

Sound is created from vibrations in the air called sound waves. In music, when you hear different pitches, it is because the sound waves are traveling at different speeds. The frequency of a pitch measures the number of sound waves per second. Higher pitches have higher frequencies, and lower pitches have lower frequencies. Frequencies are measured in Hertz.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 164

Question 1.
A4 is the musical note commonly used to tune instruments. The frequency of A4 is 440 Hertz, because the sound vibrates 440 times per second.
a. The frequency of A3 is \(\frac{1}{2}\) the frequency of A4. The frequency of A2 is \(\frac{1}{2}\) the frequency of A3. What is the frequency of A2?
Answer: frequency of A2 = 110
b. Is the pitch of A2 higher or lower than the pitch of A4? Explain.
c. How can you use the frequency of A4 to find the frequency of A5? Explain.
d. The frequency of B4 is 493.88 Hertz. What is the frequency of B3?
e. A computer software program can correct the frequency of a sound so it has perfect pitch. A violin plays a note that has a frequency of 255.1 Hertz. Explain how to change the frequency so it has the pitch of B3.

Question 2.
Use the Internet or some other resource to learn about how audio processors can help to correct a singer’s pitch, or to alter the way a song sounds. Write one interesting thing you learn.
Answer:
Auto-Tune is an audio processor introduced in 1997 by and registered trademark of Antares Audio Technologies, which uses a proprietary device to measure and alter pitch in vocal and instrumental music recording and performances. It was originally intended to correct off-key inaccuracies, allowing vocal tracks to be perfectly tuned despite originally being slightly off-pitch.
Pitch correction is an electronic effects unit or audio software that changes the highness and lowness in pitch of an audio signal so that all pitches will be notes from the equally tempered system(i.e., like the pitches on a piano). Pitch correction first detects the pitch of an audio signal (using a live pitch detection algorithm), then calculates the desired change and modifies the audio signal accordingly. The widest use of pitch corrector devices is in western popular music on vocal lines.

Question 3.
You borrow a guitar to learn how to play. Use the Guitar table to decide which guitar you should borrow.
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 165
a. Based on your height, you need a guitar that is close to 1 yard long. Which guitar is closer?
Answer: 1 yard = 36 inches
Guitar A is 37 inches
So, Guitar A is closer
b. You also need a guitar that is close to 8 pounds. Which guitar do you think you should borrow? Explain.
Answer: Guitar B you should borrow
176 ounces = 11 pounds which is closer to 8 pounds .
c. Guitar B is called a full-size guitar and Guitar A is called a \(\frac{7}{8}\)-size guitar. Is the length of Guitar A \(\frac{7}{8}\) the length of Guitar B? Explain
Answer: From the table Length of Guitar B = 40 inches
Given guitar A = 7/8 = 10.5 inches
No, the length of Guitar A is not equal to Guitar B
d. The scale length on a guitar affects the pitch. To find the scale length of a guitar, multiply the distance between the nut and the 12th fret by 2. On your guitar, that distance is 12\(\frac{3}{4}\) inches. What is the scale length of your guitar?
Answer: 9 × 12 × 2 = 216
The scale of the length of the guitar is 216
Big Ideas Math Answers 5th Grade Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure 166
e. The strings on your guitar are \(\frac{3}{8}\) inch longer than the scale length to allow you to tune the strings to correct pitch. What are the string lengths on your guitar?
Answer:- The string length on your guitar = 3/8
3/8 = 4.5 inches
f. When you tune a string, you adjust it tighter to make the pitch higher, or looser to make pitch lower. You use a tuning instrument to help you string has a tune your guitar. It says that your A4 string has a frequency of 436.2 Hertz. How should you adjust the string to get the pitch in tune?
Answer:- we have to adjust the string to get the pitch in tune = 440 Hertz
its  wavelength (cm) = 78.41

Conclusion:

I wish the information provided in the above article regarding the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 5 Chapter 11 Convert and Display Units of Measure is helpful for all the students. For any queries, you can post your doubts in the below comment section. Keep in touch with us to get the latest updates of all Big Ideas Math Grade 5 Chapters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane

Searching for the best material for Integers, Number Lines, and Coordinate Plane? If yes, then there is a one-stop solution for your search. We are providing the Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answers Ch 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane pdf in the next sections. Follow our material and make your preparation as expected. You can easily score marks if you practice all the problems of BIM 6th Grade Answer Key which gives the step by step solution to all the problems. Scroll to the next sections to find various details like tasks, examples, answer keys, free pdf’s and so on.

Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane

Big Ideas Math Book 6th Grade Answer Key Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane free pdf is here. Download BIM 6th Grade Chapter 8 Solution Key pdf from the below given links. If you are really worried about your preparation, then definitely you have to check this article. Because we are providing all the tips and tricks to solve the problems. Before starting your practice, understand all the concepts and learn each and every small topic, so that you can overcome all your weakess and score better marks. Follow all the concepts involving Integers, Comparing and Ordering Integers, Rational Numbers etc.

Performance Task

Lesson: 1 Integers

  • Lesson 8.1 Integers
  • Integers Homework & Practice 8.1

Lesson: 2 Comparing and Ordering Integers

  • Lesson 8.2 Comparing and Ordering Integers
  • Comparing and Ordering Integers Homework & Practice 8.2

Lesson: 3 Rational Numbers

  • Lesson 8.3 Rational Numbers
  • Rational Numbers Homework & Practice 8.3

Lesson: 4 Absolute Value

  • Lesson 8.4 Absolute Value
  • Absolute Value Homework & Practice 8.4

Lesson: 5 The Coordinate Plane

  • Lesson 8.5 The Coordinate Plane
  • The Coordinate Plane Homework & Practice 8.5

Lesson: 6 Polygons in the Coordinate Plane

  • Lesson 8.6 Polygons in the Coordinate Plane
  • Polygons in the Coordinate Plane Homework & Practice 8.6

Lesson: 7 Writing and Graphing Inequalities

  • Lesson 8.7 Writing and Graphing Inequalities
  • Writing and Graphing Inequalities Homework & Practice 8.7

Lesson: 8 Solving Inequalities

  • Lesson 8.8 Solving Inequalities
  • Solving Inequalities Homework & Practice 8.8

Chapter: 8 – Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane

  • Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane Connecting Concepts
  • Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane Chapter Review
  • Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane Practice Test
  • Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane Cumulative Practice

Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane STEAM Video/Performance Task

STEAM Video

Designing a CubeSat
A CubeSat is a type of miniature satellite that is used for space research. Each CubeSat has the dimensions shown and a mass of no more than 1.33 kilograms.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 1
Watch the STEAM Video “Designing a CubeSat.” Then answer the following questions.
1. For what fields of study do you think CubeSats can be used?
2. Tony says g-forces are a measure of how heavy you feel.  e table shows the g-forces on a CubeSat at three points in time. Why can g-forces be as high as 6 during a rocket launch and as low as 0 in space?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 2
3. What would happen to a CubeSatthatcannot withstand a g-force of 6? a g-force of 0?

Performance Task

Launching a CubeSat
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given information about three different types of Cubesats that you can purchase.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 3
You will determine which of the three CubeSats is the best option for a mission. Why might g-force, pressure, and temperature be important considerations for making your decision?

Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane Getting Ready for Chapter

Chapter Exploration
Question 1.
Work with a partner. Plot and connect the points to make a picture.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Chapter-Exploration-Question-1

Question 2.
Create your own “dot-to-dot” picture. Use at least 20 points.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Chapter-Exploration-Question-2

Vocabulary
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
negative numbers
opposites
inequality
quadrants

Lesson 8.1 Integers

Exploration 1

Reading and Describing Temperatures
Work with a partner. The thermometers show the temperatures in four cities.
Honolulu, Hawaii
Anchorage, Alaska
Death Valley, California
Seattle, Washington
a. Match each temperature with its most appropriate location.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.1 1
Answer:
Honolulu, Hawaii  – 110 degrees Fahrenheit
Anchorage, Alaska – 0 degrees Fahrenheit
Death Valley, California – 80 degrees Fahrenheit
Seattle, Washington – 40 degrees Fahrenheit

b. What do all of the temperatures have in common?
Answer :
Measuring in degrees fahrenheit and Readings

c. What does it mean for a temperature to be below zero? Provide an example. Can you think of any other situations in which numbers may be less than zero? Maintain OversightHow does this exploration help you represent numbers less than 0?
Answer:
Temperature to be below zero means cold weather starts .
Example:
When used by weather forecasters in the U.S., it means “below 0°F”. ( It essentially means, “It’s gonna be cold; bring your mittens and a warm hat.”

d. The thermometers show temperatures on a vertical number line. How else can you represent numbers less than zero? Provide an example.
Answer:

In general, we can represent a change in temperature with a positive number if it increases and a negative number if it decreases. Then we can find the final temperature by adding the initial temperature and the change.

Positive numbers are greater than 0. They can be written with or without a positive sign (+).
1 5 20 10,000

Negative numbers are less than 0. They are written with a negative sign (−).
-1 -5 -20 -10,000

Two numbers that are the same distance from 0 on a number line, but on opposite sides of 0, are called opposites. The opposite of 0 is 0.

Try It

Write a positive or negative integer that represents the situation.
Question 1.
A hiker climbs 900 feet up a mountain.
Answer:
+900, 900 feet
Explaination :
Positive numbers are greater than 0. They can be written with or without a positive sign (+).

Question 2.
You have a debt of $24.
Answer:
-24
Explaination :
Debt is an amount of money borrowed by one party from another.
Debt of $24 is represented as -24.

Question 3.
A student loses 5 points for not showing work on a quiz.
Answer:
-5
Explaination :
lose is a another meaning of negative.
Student loses 5 points is indicated as -5.

Question 4.
A savings account earns $10.
Answer:
+10
Explaination :
Earns is another vocabulary to positive.
earns $10 is represented as +10 or 10.

Graph the integer and its opposite.
Question 5.
6
Answer:
(6, -6)
Explanation:
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘a’, is ‘-a’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Question 6.
-4
Answer:
(4, -4)
Explanation :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘a’, is ‘-a’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Question 7.
-12
Answer:
(12, -12)
Explanation :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘a’, is ‘-a’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Question 8.
1
Answer:
(1, -1)
Explanation :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘a’, is ‘-a’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

WRITING INTEGERS Write a positive or negative integer that represents the situation.
Question 9.
A baseball is thrown at a speed of 78 miles per hour.
Answer:
+78
Explanation :
A baseball is thrown at a speed of 78 miles per hour. So, thrown indicated +ve
+78 or 78.

Question 10.
A submarine is 3750 feet below sea level.
Answer:
-3750
Explanation :
submarine is 3750 feet below sea level. so, below indicates -ve
-3750

GRAPHING INTEGERS Graph the integer and its opposite.
Question 11.
8
Answer:
(8, -8)
Explaination :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘a’, is ‘-a’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Question 12.
– 7
Answer:
(7 -7)
Explaination :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘a’, is ‘-a’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Question 13.
11
Answer:
(11, -11)
Explaination :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘a’, is ‘-a’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Question 14.
VOCABULARY
Which of the following numbers are integers?
18, 4.1, -9, \(\frac{1}{6}\) , 1.75, 22
Answer:
An integer is defined as a number that can be written without a fractional component.

18, -9, 22

Question 15.
VOCABULARY
List three words or phrases used in real life that indicate negative integers.
Answer:

minus , below , down , debt, low.

Question 16.
WRITING
Describe the opposite of a positive integer, the opposite of a negative integer, and the opposite of zero.
Answer:
Opposite of positive integer is negative integer.
A negative integer is a whole number that has value less than zero. Negative integer are normally whole numbers, for example, -3, -5, -8, -10 etc
Opposite of negative integer is positive integer.
The positive integer are the numbers 1, 2, 3, … , sometimes called the counting numbers or natural numbers, for example , +1, 2 , +3 ……..
Opposite of zero
We do not consider zero to be a positive or negative number. So, zero (0) opposite is zero(0).

Question 17.
The world record for scuba diving is 332 meters below sea level. Write an integer that represents a new world record. Explain.
Answer:
1090 ft is represented as the new world record in scuba diving.
Explanation:
converting m to ft
1 m – 3.2808 ft
332 m – 1090 ft.

Question 18.
The indoor and outdoor temperatures are shown. The freezing point of water is 32°F. Write integers that represent how each temperature must change to reach the freezing point of water. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.1 4
Answer:
Given:
Freezing point of water = 32°F
From the pic the outdoor temperature = 25°F
To reach the freezing point of water outdoor we need to increase the temperature outdoor temperature.
32°F -25°F = 7°F
Outdoor temperature should be increased by 7°F.
From the pic indoor temperature= 68°F
Similarly, to reach the freezing point of water indoor we need to decrease the indoor temperature.
68°F -32°F = 36°F
Indoor temperature should be reduced by 36°F.

Question 19.
An ion is an atom that has a positive or negative electric charge. When an ion has more protons than electrons, it has a positive charge. When an ion has fewer protons than electrons, it has a negative charge. Explain what it means for an atom to have an electric charge of zero.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.1 5
Answer:
When an atom has an equal number of electrons and protons, it has an equal number of negative electric charges (the electrons) and positive electric charges (the protons). The total electric charge of the atom is therefore zero and the atom is said to be neutral.

Integers Homework & Practice 8.1

Review & Refresh

Find the volume of the prism.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.1 6
Answer:
Given:
Length of cuboid : 4/5 mm
Width of the cuboid: 1/2 mm
Height of the cuboid: 3/8 mm
Volume of the cuboid = l*w*h
\(\frac{4}{5}\)*\(\frac{1}{2}\)*\(\frac{3}{8}\)= (4x1x3)/(5x2x8)=3/20
\(\frac{3}{20}\) cubic mm.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.1 7
Answer:
Given:
Length of cuboid : 4/5 yd
Width of the cuboid: 5/8 yd
Height of the cuboid: 3/4 yd
Volume of the cuboid = l*w*h
\(\frac{4}{5}\)*\(\frac{5}{8}\)*\(\frac{3}{4}\)= (4x5x3)/(5x8x4)=3/8
\(\frac{3}{8}\) cubic yd.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.1 8
Answer:
Given:
Length of cuboid : 15/4 ft
Width of the cuboid: 4/3 ft
Height of the cuboid: 8/5 ft
Volume of the cuboid = l*w*h
\(\frac{15}{4}\)*\(\frac{4}{3}\)*\(\frac{8}{5}\)= (15x4x8)/(4x3x5)=8
\(\frac{8}{1}\) cubic ft.

Factor the expression using the GCF.
Question 4.
4m + 32
Answer:
When we find all the factors of two or more numbers, and some factors are the same (“common”), then the largest of those common factors is the Greatest Common Factor. Abbreviated “GCF”.
4m + 32
divide the equation by 4
\(\frac{4m}{4}\) + \(\frac{32}{4}\)
\(\frac{4(m + 8)}{1}\)
4 is the greatest common factor.

Question 5.
18z – 22
Answer:
18z – 22
Take 2 common we get,
2 ( 9z – 11)
2 is the greatest common factor.
Explanation:
When we find all the factors of two or more numbers, and some factors are the same (“common”), then the largest of those common factors is the Greatest Common Factor. Abbreviated “GCF”.

Question 6.
38x + 80
Answer:
38x + 80
Take 2 common we get,
2 ( 19z + 40)
no more possible to simplify so
2 is the greatest common factor.
Explanation:
When we find all the factors of two or more numbers, and some factors are the same (“common”), then the largest of those common factors is the Greatest Common Factor. Abbreviated “GCF”.

Question 7.
42n – 27s
Answer:
42n – 27s
Take 3 common we get,
3 (14n – 9s)
no more possible to simplify so
3 is the greatest common factor.
Explanation:
When we find all the factors of two or more numbers, and some factors are the same (“common”), then the largest of those common factors is the Greatest Common Factor. Abbreviated “GCF”.

Question 8.
The height of a statue is 276 inches. What is the height of the statue in meters? Round your answer to the nearest hundredth.
A. 1.09 m
B. 7.01 m
C. 108.66 m
D. 701.04 m
Answer:
1 inch = 0.025 m
Height of a statue = 276 inches
convert it into meters =276 inch x 0.025 = 7.01 m
So,
B is the answer.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

OPEN-ENDED Describe a situation that can be represented by the integer. (See Exploration 1, p. 345.)
Question 9.
– 6
Answer:
The Temperature is decreased by 6 °F

Question 10.
12
Answer:
Earned bonus of 12 points

Question 11.
– 45
Answer:
Had lose of 45 coins .

WRITING INTEGERS Write a positive or negative integer that represents the situation.
Question 12.
A football team loses 3 yards.
Answer:
-3
As loses represents negative

Question 13.
The temperature is 6 degrees below zero.
Answer:
below zero indicates negative
-6 degrees

Question 14.
You earn $15 raking leaves.
Answer:
Earn represents positive
+15$

Question 15.
A person climbs 600 feet up a mountain.
Answer:
+600 feet as its up a mountain.

Question 16.
You withdraw$42 from an account.
Answer:
-42$ withdraw from my account.

Question 17.
An airplane climbs to 37,500 feet.
Answer:
An airplane climbs to +37,500 feet

Question 18.
The temperature rises 17 degrees.
Answer:
Temperature rises indicates increase +17 degrees

Question 19.
You lose 56 points in a video game.
Answer:
I lose -56 points from my video game.

Question 20.
A ball falls 350 centimeters.
Answer:
A ball falls -350 centimeters

Question 21.
You receive 5 bonus points in class.
Answer:
I receive +5 points in class.

Question 22.
MODELING REAL LIFE
On December 17, 1903, the Wright brothers accomplished the first powered flight. The plane traveled a distance of 120 feet. Write this distance as an integer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.1 9
Answer:
Distance Traveled by the plane = 120 feet.
It means +120 .

Question 23.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A stock market gains 83 points. The next day, the stock market loses 47 points. Write each amount as an integer.
Answer:
+83 = Stock Market gains 83 points.
– 47 = The next day the stock market loses 47 points.

GRAPHING INTEGERS
Graph the integer and its opposite.
Question 24.
– 5
Answer:
The opposite of -5 = +5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Homework-Practice-8.1-GRAPHING-INTEGERS-Question-24

Question 25.
– 8
Answer:
The opposite of -8 = +8
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Homework-Practice-8.1-Graphing-Integers-Question-25

Question 26.
14
Answer:
The opposite of 14 = -14
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Homework-Practice-8.1-Graphing-Integers-Question-26

Question 27.
9
Answer:
The opposite of 9 = -9
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Homework-Practice-8.1-Graphing-Integers-Question-27

Question 28.
– 14
Answer:
The opposite of -14 = +14
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Homework-Practice-8.1-Graphing-Integers-Question-28

Question 29.
20
Answer:
The opposite of +20 = -20
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Homework-Practice-8.1-Graphing-Integers-Question-29

Question 30.
– 26
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Homework-Practice-8.1-Graphing-Integers-Question-30

Question 31.
18
Answer:
The opposite of 18 is -18
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Homework-Practice-8.1-Graphing-Integers-Question-31

Question 32.
30
Answer:
The opposite of 30 is – 30
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Homework-Practice-8.1-Graphing-Integers-Question-32

Question 33.
– 150
Answer:
The opposite of -150 is 150
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Homework-Practice-8.1-Graphing-Integers-Question-33
Question 34.
– 32
Answer:
The opposite of – 32 is 32
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Homework-Practice-8.1-Graphing-Integers-Question-34

Question 35.
400
Answer:
The opposite of 400 is -400
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Homework-Practice-8.1-Graphing-Integers-Question-35

Question 36.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend describes the positive integers. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.1 10
Answer:
No
Explanation:
The natural numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ……… are called positive integers.
Positive numbers are represented to the right of zero on the number line. Positive numbers are greater than negative numbers as well a zero.
Because zero is neither positive nor negative . Zero is a neutral number.

USING A NUMBER LINE Identify the integer represented by the point on the number line.
Question 37.
A
Answer:
The point A is marked at 5

Question 38.
B
Answer:
The point B is marked at -8

Question 39.
C
Answer:
The point C is marked at -15

Question 40.
D
Answer:
The point D is marked at 18

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.1 11

Question 41.
DIG DEEPER!
Low tide, represented by the integer −1, is 1 foot below the average water level. High tide is 5 feet higher than low tide.
a. What does 0 represent in this situation?
b. Write an integer that represents the average water level relative to high tide.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.1 12
Answer a :
The Low Tide = -1
Average water level = 0
Explanation:
As the low tide is just below average water level . When average water level =0
Then low tide can be – 1
Answer b :
High Tide = 4
Explanation:
High tide is 5 feet higher than low tide so we get
High Tide = -1 + 5 = 4
An integer that represents the average water level relative to high tide = 4

Question 42.
REPEATED REASONING
Consider an integer n.
a. Is the opposite of n always less than 0? Explain your reasoning.
b. What can you conclude about the opposite of the opposite of n? Justify your answer.
c. Describe the meaning of −[−(−n)]. What is it equal to?
Answer a:
Only if n is a positive integer
Explanation:
The integer n is a positive integer then  only the negative integer of n is always less than 0 Positive numbers are represented to the right of zero on the number line and Negative numbers are represented to the left of zero on the number line.

Answer b :
n is a integer . opposite of n is -n and opposite of (opposite of n) = opposite of (-n)= +n

Answer c :
– x – = +
– x + = –
−[−(−n)]= means minus of minus of minus n
−[−(−n)]= – (+ n)= -n

Question 43.
In a game of tug-of-war, a team wins by pulling the flag over its goal line. The flag begins at0. During a game, the flag moves 8 feet to the right,12 feet to the left, and 13 feet back to the right.Did a team win? Explain. If not, what does each team need to do in order to win?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.1 13
Answer:
Flag begins at 0
After First pull:
The flag moves 8 feet to the right means = 0 + 8 =8
After Second pull:
The flag is at 8 now then it moves 12 feet to the left .
Now the flag is at = 8 – 12 = -4
After Third pull:
Now the flag is at -4 now then it moves to 13 feet to the right
Then the flag is at = -4 + 13 = 9
Now the flag is at 9 that means to win the flag should cross goal line that means + 10
No team wins
To win the right side team the flag should move 1 or more to the right
To win the left side team the flag should move 11 or more to the left.

Lesson 8.2 Comparing and Ordering Integers

EXPLORATION 1

Seconds to Liftoff
Work with a partner. You are listening to a command center before the liftoff of a rocket. You hear the following:
“T minus 10 seconds . . . go for main engine start . . . T minus 9 . . . 8 . . . 7 . . . 6 . . . 5 . . . 4 . . . 3 . . . 2 . . . 1 . . . we have liftoff.”
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 1
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 2
a. Represent these events on a number line.
Answer:
Rocket clears launchpad tower = +6 = A Event
Launch Verification = -16 = B Event
Main Engine Start = -3 = C Event
Rocket Topping sequence complete = -110 = D Event
Launch control system enabled = -90 = E Event
Boosters ignite = 0 = F Event
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.2-Comparing-Ordering-Integers-Exploration-1
b. List the events in the order they occurred. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
1 – Rocket Topping sequence complete = -110 = D Event
2 – Launch control system enabled = -90 = E Event
3 – Launch Verification = -16 = B Event
4 – Main Engine Start = -3 = C Event
5 – Boosters ignite = 0 = F Event
6 – Rocket clears launchpad tower = +16 = A Event
As per the above number line the events which take place are ordered from left side to right side

c. Extend the number line in part(a) to show events in an astronaut’s day. Include at least five events before liftoff and at least five events after liftoff. Use the Internet or another reference source to gather information.
Answer:
1 – Rocket Topping sequence complete = -110 = D Event
2 – Launch control system enabled = -90 = E Event
3 – Launch Verification = -16 = B Event
4 – Main Engine Start = -3 = C Event
5 – Boosters ignite = 0 = F Event
6 – Rocket clears launchpad tower = +6 = A Event
7- Stage 1 Burnout = +16 = G Event
8 – Fairing Jettison = +25 = H Event
9 – Stage 1 Separation = + 30 = I Event
10 – Stage 2 Ignition = +35 = J Event
11 – Transfer to the launch pad = – 120 = K Event
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.2-Comparing-Ordering-Integers-Exploration-1-C

Recall that on a horizontal number line, numbers to the left are less than numbers to the right. Numbers to the right are greater than numbers to the left. On a vertical number line, numbers below are less than numbers above. Numbers above are greater than numbers below.

Try It

Copy and Complete the statement using < or >.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 3
Answer:
0 > -4
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater .Numbers to the right are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller. Think what the number represents. Think what the value is.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 4
Answer:
-5 < 5
Explanation:
All Positive Numbers are greater than the Negative numbers .

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 5
Answer:
-8 < -7
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater .Numbers to the right are greater.
With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller. Think what the number represents. Think what the value is.

Order the integers from least to greatest.
Question 4.
-2, -3, 3, 1, -1
Answer:
-3, -2, -1, 1, 3

Question 5.
4, -7, -8, 6, 1
Answer:
-8, -7, 1, 4, 6

Question 6.
In Example 3, what is the least possible integer value of the number?
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
ORDERING INTEGERS Order the integers from least to greatest.
Question 7.
6, – 4, – 1, 3, 5
Answer:
-4, -1,  3, 5, 6

Question 8.
– 7, – 9, 0, 8, – 2
Answer:
-9, -7, -2, 0, 8

Question 9.
WRITING
Explain how to determine which of two integers is greater.
Answer:

We are used to big positive numbers meaning a big value – the bigger the number, the more, or higher, or longer, or expensive, or whatever the number represents.

With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller. Think what the number represents and what the value is.

Question 10.
REASONING
The positions of four fish are shown.
a. Use red, blue, yellow, and green dots to graph the positions of the fish on a horizontal number line and a vertical number line.
b. Explain how to use the number lines from part(a) to order the positions from least to greatest.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 6.1
Answer a :
The position of red fish = -4
The position of Yellow fish = -6
The position of green fish = 0
The position of Blue fish = 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Self-Assessment-for-Concepts-Skills-Question -10-1a
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Self-Assessment-for-Concepts-Skills-Question -10-2a
Answer b:
Least to greatest numbers are
-6, -4, 0, 8
Explanation:
From the above horizontal number line we notice that the numbers from left to right of number line  represent least to greatest numbers.

Question 11.
NUMBER SENSE
a and bare negative integers. Compare a and b. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 6
Answer:

b > a
Explanation:
we notice that the numbers from left to right of number line  represent least to greatest numbers.The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater .Numbers to the right are greater.
With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller. Think what the number represents. Think what the value is..

Question 12.
The freezing temperature of nitrogen is −210°C, and the freezing temperature of oxygen is −219°C. A container of nitrogen and a container of oxygen are both cooled to −215°C. Do the contents of each container freeze? Explain.
Answer:
The temperature of liquid nitrogen can readily be reduced to its freezing point 63 K (−210 °C; −346 °F) by placing it in a vacuum chamber pumped by a vacuum pump
The temperature at which a substance freezes is called the freezing point. The freezing point of oxygen is -219°C . This means that they need to be cooled to lower temperatures to make them freeze.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
The diagram shows the daily high temperatures during a school week. Was a positive Celsius temperature recorded on Tuesday? on Friday? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 7
Answer:
No
Explanation:
The natural numbers 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, ……… are called positive integers.
Positive numbers are represented to the right of zero on the number line. Positive numbers are greater than negative numbers as well a zero.
Because zero is neither positive nor negative . Zero is a neutral number.
Therefore positive Celsius temperature recorded on Monday and Friday .

Comparing and Ordering Integers Homework & Practice 8.2

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Comparing-Ordering-Integers-Homework-Practice-8.2-Question-34-a.2

Review & Refresh

Write a positive or negative integer that represents the situation.
Question 1.
You walk up 83 stairs.
Answer:
up indicates + .so it is + 83

Question 2.
A whale is 17 yards below sea level.
Answer:
Below indicates – . So it is -17

Question 3.
An organization receives a $75 donation.
Answer:
Receives indicates +. So it is +$75

Question 4.
A rock falls 250 feet off a cliff.
Answer:
Falls indicates – . So it is -250

Question 5.
What is the area of the trapezoid?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 8
A. 6.3 ft2
B. 44.1 ft2
C. 50.4 ft2
D. 88.2 ft2
Answer:
Height of Trapezoid = 4.2ft
Base 1 of Trapezoid = 12ft
Base 2 of Trapezoid = 9 ft
Area of Trapezoid = half-height × (base1 + base2) = \(\frac{4.2}{2}\) (12 + 9)
=2.1 × 21 = 44.1 ft2

Divide. Write the answer in simplest form.
Question 6.
\(\frac{1}{5} \div \frac{1}{9}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{5}\)÷latex]\frac{9}{1}[/latex]= 9/5=1.8

Question 7.
\(\frac{2}{5} \div \frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
(2/5) /(1/3) = (2×3) /5 = 6/5=1.2

Question 8.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) ÷ 3
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\)× \(\frac{1}{3}\)=\(\frac{1}{12}\) = 0.083

Question 9.
\(\frac{4}{7}\) ÷ 8
Answer:
\(\frac{4}{7}\) × \(\frac{1}{8}\)=\(\frac{1}{14}\) =0.071

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

OPEN-ENDED Name an event that could occur at the given time (in seconds) in Exploration 1. Describe when the event occurs in the order of events from the exploration. (See Exploration 1, p. 351.)

Question 10.
– 300
Answer:

Question 11.
– 150
Answer:

Question 12.
10
Answer:

COMPARING INTEGERS Copy and complete the statement using < or >.
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 9
Answer:
3 > 0
Explanation:
All Positive Numbers are greater than the Negative numbers .

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 10
Answer:
-2 < 0
Explanation:
All Positive Numbers are greater than the Negative numbers .

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 11
Answer:
6 > -6
Explanation:
All Positive Numbers are greater than the Negative numbers .

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 12
Answer:
3 > -4
Explanation:
All Positive Numbers are greater than the Negative numbers .

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 13
Answer:
-1 < 4
Explanation:
All Positive Numbers are greater than the Negative numbers .

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 14
Answer:
-7 > -8
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater .Numbers to the right are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 15
Answer:
-3 < -2
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater .Numbers to the right are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 16
Answer:
-5 > – 10
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater .Numbers to the right are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend compares two integers. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 17
Answer:
No My friend is wrong.
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater .Numbers to the right are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.
-1 is nearer to 0 than -3 so -1 is greater
-3 < – 1

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 18
Answer:
Yes it is True .
– 7 < -3

ORDERING INTEGERS Order the integers from least to greatest.
Question 23.
0, – 1, 2, 3, – 3
Answer:
-3, -1, 0, 2, 3
Explanation:
With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.All Positive Numbers are greater than the Negative numbers .

Question 24.
– 4, – 2, – 3, 2, 1
Answer:
-4, -3, -2, 1, 2
Explanation:
With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.All Positive Numbers are greater than the Negative numbers .

Question 25.
– 2, 3, – 3, – 4, 4
Answer:
-4, -3, -2, 3, 4
Explanation:
With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.All Positive Numbers are greater than the Negative numbers .

Question 26.
5, – 11, – 9, 3, – 4
Answer:
-11, -9, -4. 3, 5
Explanation:
With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.All Positive Numbers are greater than the Negative numbers .

Question 27.
– 3, 8, 4, 0, – 13
Answer:
-13, -3, 0, 4, 8
Explanation:
With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.All Positive Numbers are greater than the Negative numbers .

Question 28.
– 7, 2, 6, – 4, 3
Answer:
-7, -4, 2, 3, 6
Explanation:
With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.All Positive Numbers are greater than the Negative numbers .

Question 29.
12, – 8, – 16, 7, 1
Answer:
-16, -8, 1, 7, 12
Explanation:
With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.All Positive Numbers are greater than the Negative numbers .

Question 30.
10, – 10, 30, – 30, – 50
Answer:
-50, -30, -10, 10, 30
Explanation:
With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.All Positive Numbers are greater than the Negative numbers .

Question 31.
– 5, 15, – 10, – 20, 25
Answer:
-20, -10, -5, 15, 25
Explanation:
With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.All Positive Numbers are greater than the Negative numbers .

Question 32.
MODELING REAL LIFE
An archaeologist discovers the two artifacts shown.
a. What integer represents ground level?
b. A dinosaur bone is 42 centimeters below ground level. Is it deeper than both of the artifacts? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 19
Answer a :
An integer represents ground level = 0 (as it is neutral)
Answer b :
Dinosaur bone is at = – 42cms
First artifact is at =-38 cms
Second artifact is at = – 44 cms
No it not depper than both the artifacts.
Explanation:
It is in between the artifacts. as -42 lies in between -38 and -44

Question 33.
REASONING
A number is between −2 and −10. What is the least possible integer value of this number? What is the greatest possible integer value of this number?
Answer:
The numbers between -2 and -10 = -3, -4, -5, -6, -7, -8, -9
Greatest value = -3
Least Value = – 9
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater .Numbers to the right are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Question 34.
NUMBER SENSE
Describe the locations of the integers m and n on a number line for each situation.
a. m < n
b. m > n
c. n > m
Answer a :
m < n where m = 1 and n = 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Comparing-Ordering-Integers-Homework-Practice-8.2-Question-34-a
Answer b :
m > n where n = -1 and m = 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Comparing-Ordering-Integers-Homework-Practice-8.2-Question-34-b
Answer c :
n > m where n = 5 and m = -5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Comparing-Ordering-Integers-Homework-Practice-8.2-Question-34-c

CRITICAL THINKING Tell whether the statement is always, sometimes, or never true. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 20
Question 35.
A positive integer is greater than its opposite.
Answer:
YES,
Explanation:
The opposite number of a positive number is negative numbers. Negative are always lesser than positive numbers.

Question 36.
An integer is less than its opposite and greater than 0.
Answer:
No
Explanation:
integer = 5
The opposite of 5 is -5
Here integer is not less than its oppositeand greater than 0 it is -5 < 5 .

Question 37.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The table shows the highest and lowest elevations for five states.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.2 21
a. Order the states by their highest elevations, from least to greatest.
b. Order the states by their lowest elevations, from least to greatest.
c. What does the lowest elevation for Florida represent?
Answer a :
Florida < Louisiana <Arkansas < Tennessee < California
345< 535 < 2753 < 6643 < 14494
Answer b :
California < Louisiana < Florida < Arkansas < Tennessee
-282 < -8 < 0 < 55 < 178

Question 38.
NUMBER SENSE
Point A is on a number line halfway between −17 and 5. Point Bis halfway between Point A and 0. What integer does Point B represent?
Answer:
Point A = half way between -17 and 5 = (- 17 + 5) ÷ 2 = – 12÷2 = -6
Point B = halfway between Point A and 0 = (-6 + 0) ÷ 2= -6 ÷ 2 = – 3
Therefore Point B represent -3 integer

Question 39.
REASONING
Eleven Fahrenheit temperatures are shown on a map during a weather report. When the temperatures are ordered from least to greatest, the middle temperature is below off. Do you know exactly how many of the temperatures are represented by negative numbers? Explain.
Answer:

Question 40.
PUZZLE
Nine students each choose one integer. Here are seven of them:
5, − 8, 10, − 1, − 12, − 20, and 1.
a. When all nine integers are ordered from least to greatest, the middle integer is 1. Describe the integers chosen by the other two students.
b. When all nine integers are ordered from least to greatest, the middle integer is −3. Describe the integers chosen by the other two students.

Answer a :
Order the numbers so that 1 is in the middle:
-20, -12, -8, -1, 1, 5, 10, x, x -> The other 2 numbers must be greater than 1, as the range can be 2 < x, x being the number chosen
Answer b .
Order the numbers so that -3 is in the middle:
x, -20, -12, -8, (-3), -1, 1, 5, 10 -> The other number must be less than -3, as the range is x < – 3, x being the number chosen

Lesson 8.3 Rational Numbers

EXPLORATION 1

Locating Fractions on a Number Line
Work with a partner. Represent the events on a number line using a fraction or a mixed number.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 1
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 2

Integers, fractions, and decimals make up the set of rational numbers. A rational number is a number that can be written as a – b, where a and b are integers and b ≠ 0.

Try It

Graph the number and its opposite.
Question 1.
2\(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
2 × \(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{2}{2}\) = 1
The opposite of 1 is -1

Question 2.
–\(\frac{4}{5}\)
Answer:
–\(\frac{4}{5}\)= – ( 4 ÷ 5) = – 0.8
The opposite of – 0.8 is 0.8

Question 3.
– 3.5
Answer:
The opposite of – 3.5 is 3.5

Question 4.
5.25
Answer:
The opposite of 5.25 is -5.25

Copy and complete the statement using < or >.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 3
Answer:
–\(\frac{4}{7}\) = -0.57
–\(\frac{1}{7}\)= -0.14
– 0.57   <  -0.14

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 4
Answer:
–\(\frac{5}{3}\) = -1.66
–\(\frac{11}{6}\) = -1.83
-1.66 > – 1.83

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 5
Answer:
– 0.5  <  0.3

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 6
Answer:
-6.5  > – 6.75

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
COMPARING RATIONAL NUMBERS Copy and complete the statement using < or >.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 7
Answer:
–\(\frac{2}{3}\) = -0.66
–\(\frac{5}{9}\) = -0.55
-0.66  < -0.55

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 8
Answer:
–\(\frac{9}{4}\)= – 2.25
–\(\frac{19}{8}\)= -2.375
-2.25  >  -2.375

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 9
Answer:
-1.7   >   -2.4

Question 12.
NUMBER SENSE
Which statement is not true?
A. On a number line, −2\(\frac{1}{6}\) is to the left of −2\(\frac{2}{3}\).
B. −2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) is less than −2\(\frac{1}{6}\).
C. On a number line, −2\(\frac{2}{3}\) is to the left of −2\(\frac{1}{6}\).
Answer A :
−2\(\frac{1}{6}\) = −\(\frac{1}{3}\) = – 0.33
−2\(\frac{2}{3}\) = −\(\frac{4}{3}\) = -1.33
Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.3-Rational-Numbers-Question-12-a
Answer B :
−2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = − \(\frac{4}{3}\) = -1.33
−2\(\frac{1}{6}\) = −\(\frac{1}{3}\) = – 0.33
-1.33  <  – 0.33
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater .Numbers to the right are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Answer C :
−2 \(\frac{2}{3}\) = − \(\frac{4}{3}\) = -1.33
−2\(\frac{1}{6}\) = −\(\frac{1}{3}\) = – 0.33
From the above number line we notice that -1.33 is left of -0.33

Question 13.
WRITING
Explain how to determine whether a number is a rational number.
Answer:
The rational number which is represented in the \(\frac{p}{q}\)form and where q is not equal to zero.
Examples :
\(\frac{2}{3}\), \(\frac{7}{3}\)

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Question 14.
You and your friend rappel down a cliff. Your friend descends 0.11 mile and then waits for you to catch up. You descend and your current change in elevation is −0.12 mile. Have you reached your friend? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 10
Answer:
Distance traveled by my friend = 0.11

Question 15.
The table shows the changes in the value of a stock over a period of three days. On which day does the value of the stock change the most? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 11
Answer:
Change in stock is most in day 3 that is – 0.45
Explanation:
On day 1 the stock change is -0.42
On day 2 there is no stock change that is 0
On day 3 the stock change is -0.45
From 0 to -0.45 change is more

Rational Numbers Homework & Practice 8.3

Review & Refresh

Copy and complete the statement using < or >.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 12
Answer:
5 < 8

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 13
Answer:
-4 > -7

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 14
Answer:
2 > -5

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 15
Answer:
0 > -3

Question 5.
You pay $48 for 8 pounds of chicken. Which is an equivalent rate?
A. $44 for 4 pounds
B. $28 for 4 pounds
C. $15 for 3 pounds
D. $30 for 5 pounds
Answer:
$30 for 5 pounds
Explanation:
You pay $48 for 8 pounds of chicken.
$48 = 8 Pounds
$__ = 5 Ponds.
Do Cross Multiplication
(48 × 5)÷8 = 6  × 5 = $30

Find the whole.
Question 6.
40% of what number is 24?
Answer:
40 % = 24
100 % = ?
The answer is 60.
Explanation:
Do cross multiplication we get :
100 % × 24 = 40% × ?
2400 ÷ 40 = 60.
Therefore answer is 60.

Question 7.
12% of what number is 9?
Answer:
12 % = 9
100 % = ?
The answer is 75.
Explanation:
Do cross multiplication we get :
100 % × 9 = 12% × ?
900 ÷ 12 = 75.
Therefore answer is 75.
Question 8.
48% of what number is 84?
Answer:
48 % = 84
100 % = ?
The answer is 175.
Explanation:
Do cross multiplication we get :
100 % × 84 = 48% × ?
8400 ÷ 48 = 175.
Therefore answer is 175.

Question 9.
140% of what number is 98?
Answer:
140 % = 98
100 % = ?
The answer is 70.
Explanation:
Do cross multiplication we get :
100 % × 98 = 140% × ?
9800 ÷ 140 = 70.
Therefore answer is 70.

Multiply.
Question 10
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 16
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.3-Rational-Numbers-Question-10

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 17
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.3-Rational-Numbers-Question-11
Question 12.
3.7 × 4.854
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.3-Rational-Numbers-Question-12

Question 13.
2.9 × 8.8609
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.3-Rational-Numbers-Question-13

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

USING TOOLS Use a fraction or a mixed number to represent the time on a number line. Let 0 represent noon. (See Exploration 1, p. 357.)
Question 14.
8:30 A.M.
Answer:

Question 15.
12:15 P.M.
Answer:

Question 16.
3:12 P.M.
Answer:

GRAPHING RATIONAL NUMBERS
Graph the number and its opposite.
Question 17.
\(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{2}{3}\) = 0.6
The opposite of 0.6 = – 0.6
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.3-Rational-Numbers-Graphing-Rational-Numbers-Question-17
Explanation :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘0.6’, is ‘-0.6’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Question 18.
– 4.3
Answer:
The opposite of -4.3 = 4.3
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.3-Rational-Numbers-Graphing-Rational-Numbers-Question-18
Explanation :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘4.3’, is ‘-4.3’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Question 19.
2.15
Answer:
The opposite of 2.15 = -2.15
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.3-Rational-Numbers-Graphing-Rational-Numbers-Question-19
Explanation :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘a’, is ‘-a’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Question 20.
– \(\frac{3}{7}\)
Answer:
–\(\frac{3}{7}\) = -0.4
The opposite of -0.4 = 0.4
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.3-Rational-Numbers-Graphing-Rational-Numbers-Question-20
Explanation :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘0.4’, is ‘-0.4’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Question 21.
– 0.4
Answer:
The opposite of -0.4 = 0.4
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.3-Rational-Numbers-Graphing-Rational-Numbers-Question-20
Explanation :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘a’, is ‘-a’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Question 22.
5\(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
5\(\frac{1}{3}\) = \(\frac{16}{3}\)=5.3
The opposite of 5.3 = -5.3
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.3-Rational-Numbers-Graphing-Rational-Numbers-Question-22
Explanation :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘5.3’, is ‘-5.3’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Question 23.
– 2\(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
– 2\(\frac{1}{4}\)=- \(\frac{9}{4}\)=-2.25
The opposite of -2.25 = 2.25
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.3-Rational-Numbers-Graphing-Rational-Numbers-Question-23
Explanation :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘a’, is ‘-a’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Question 24.
-5 \(\frac{3}{10}\)
Answer:
-5 \(\frac{3}{10}\) =- \(\frac{3}{2}\) = -1.5
The opposite of -1.5 = 1.5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.3-Rational-Numbers-Graphing-Rational-Numbers-Question-24
Explanation :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘a’, is ‘-a’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

COMPARING RATIONAL NUMBERS Copy and complete the statement using < or >.
Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 18
Answer:
-3\(\frac{1}{3}\)  >  -3\(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 19
Answer:
–\(\frac{1}{2}\) < –\(\frac{1}{6}\)

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 20
Answer:
–\(\frac{3}{4}\)   < \(\frac{5}{8}\)

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 21
Answer:
-2\(\frac{2}{3}\)  <  -2\(\frac{1}{2}\)

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 22
Answer:
-1\(\frac{5}{6}\)  <  -1\(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 23
Answer:
-4.6  > – 4.8

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 24
Answer:
-0.12  <  -0.05

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 25
Answer:
2.41  >  -3.16

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 26
Answer:
-3.524  >  -3.542

ORDERING RATIONAL NUMBERS Order the numbers from least to greatest.
Question 34.
1.3, – 2, – 1.8, 0, – 1.75
Answer:
-2, -1.8, -1.75, 0, 1.3
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.
So write the numbers which are bigger with negative symbol are smaller arrange all the negative numbers in this order and then follows 0 and positive numbers from least to greatest .

Question 35.
– 4, – 4.35, – 4.9, – 5, – 4.3
Answer:
-5, -4.9, -4.35, – 4.3 , -4
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.
So write the numbers which are bigger with negative symbol are smaller arrange all the negative numbers in this order and then follows 0 and positive numbers from least to greatest .

Question 36.
1.6, 1.2, 0, 0.8, – 0.1
Answer:
-0.1, 0, 0.8, 1.2, 1.6
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.
So write the numbers which are bigger with negative symbol are smaller arrange all the negative numbers in this order and then follows 0 and positive numbers from least to greatest .

Question 37.
\(-\frac{1}{2}, \frac{1}{8}, \frac{3}{4},-1,-\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
-0.5, 0.125, 0.75, -1, -0.25 above fractions in decimals points
-1, -0.5, -0.25, 0.125, 0.75
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.
So write the numbers which are bigger with negative symbol are smaller arrange all the negative numbers in this order and then follows 0 and positive numbers from least to greatest .

Question 38.
\(-2 \frac{3}{10},-2 \frac{2}{5},-2,-2 \frac{1}{2},-3\)
Answer:
-2.3, -0.8, -2, -2.5, -3
-3, -2.5, -2.3, -2, -0.8
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.
So write the numbers which are bigger with negative symbol are smaller arrange all the negative numbers in this order and then follows 0 and positive numbers from least to greatest .

Question 39.
\(-\frac{1}{20},-\frac{5}{8}, 0,-1,-\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
-0.05, -0.625, 0, -1, -0.75
-0.75, -0.625, -0.05, -1, 0
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.
So write the numbers which are bigger with negative symbol are smaller arrange all the negative numbers in this order and then follows 0 and positive numbers from least to greatest .

Question 40.
MODELING REAL LIFE
In rough water, a small sand dollar burrows v centimeter into the sand. A larger sand dollar burrows -1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) centimeters into the sand. Which sand dollar burrowed deeper?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 27
Answer:
small sand dollar burrows = – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = -0.5
Larger sand dollar burrows = -1 \(\frac{1}{4}\) =- \(\frac{5}{4}\) = -1.25cms
The Larger sand dollar burrows deeper .
Explanation:
Here don’t consider the negative signs from ground level that is 0 it is Large sand dollar that is burrowed deeper.

Question 41.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Two golfers calculate their average scores relative to par over several rounds of golf. Golfer A has an average score of −1\(\frac{1}{4}\). Golfer B has an average score of −1\(\frac{3}{8}\). Who has the lesser average score?
Answer:
Average score of Golfer A = −1\(\frac{1}{4}\)=−\(\frac{5}{4}\)=−1.25
Average score of Golfer B = −1\(\frac{3}{8}\)= −\(\frac{11}{8}\)=−1.375
The golfer B has lesser average score.
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Question 42.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The apparent magnitude of a star measures how bright the star appears as seen from Earth. The brighter the star, the lesser the number. Which star is the brightest?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 28
Answer:
The Deneb is the brightest star = 1.25 (positive number greatest number than all others )
Sirius < Canopus < Alpha Centauri  < Antares < Deneb
-1.46 < -0.72 < -0.27 < 0.96 < 1.25
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.
So write the numbers which are bigger with negative symbol are smaller arrange all the negative numbers in this order and then follows 0 and positive numbers from least to greatest .

Question 43.
REPEATED REASONING
The daily water level relative to the pier is recorded for seven straight days at a tide station on the Big Marco River in Florida. On which days is the water level higher than on the previous day? On which days is it lower? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 29
Answer:
The water level on Sun =−\(\frac{3}{25}\) =−0.12
The water level on Mon=−\(\frac{7}{20}\)= −0.35
The water level on Tue= −\(\frac{27}{50}\) =−0.54
The water level on Wed=−\(\frac{13}{20}\)=−0.65
The water level on Thrus=−\(\frac{16}{25}\)=−0.64
The water level on Fri=−\(\frac{53}{100}\)=−0.53
The water level on Sat =−\(\frac{1}{3}\)=−0.33
Explanation:
On Monday The water level is compared to previous day= – 0.12 – ( – 0.35 ) = 0.23
On Tuesday The water level is compared to previous day=-0.35 – ( -0.54) = 0.19
On Wednesday The water level is compared to previous day= -0.54 – ( – 0.65) =0.11
On Thrusday The water level is compared to previous day= – 0.65 – ( – 0.64)=0.01
On Friday The water level is compared to previous day= – 0.64 – ( – 0.53)=0.11
On Saturday The water level is compared to previous day = – 0.53 – ( -0.33 )=0.20
On Monday the water level is more compared to the previous day .
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Question 44.
DIG DEEPER!
A guitar tuner allows you to tune a guitar string to its correct pitch. The units on a tuner are measured in cents. The units tell you how far the string tone is above or below the correct pitch.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.3 30
a. What number on the tuner represents a correctly tuned guitar string?
b. Which strings have a pitch below the correct pitch?
c. Which string has a pitch closest to its correct pitch?
d. Which string has a pitch farthest from its correct pitch?
e. The tuner is rated to be accurate to within 0.5 cent of the true pitch. Which string could possibly be correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer a :
The Number on the tuner represents a correctly tuned guitar string = 0
Answer b :
The string below the correct pitch = 6
Explanation:
As The string 6 is only -0.3 distance away from the correctly tuned guitar string other than strings.
Answer c :
A pitch closest to its correct pitch = 6
Explanation:
As The string 6 is only -0.3 distance away from the correctly tuned guitar string other than strings. which is the least distance between them.
Answer d :
String which is pitch farthest from its correct pitch is 1.
Explanation:
As The string 1 is only -3.6 distance away from the correctly tuned guitar string other than strings. which is the Farthest distance between them.
Answer e :
No string tuner is rated to be accurate to within 0.5 cent of the true pitch
Explanation:
Correct tuner is at 0
0.5 cent of the true pitch = 0
Which is not possible

Question 45.
NUMBER SENSE
What integer values of x make the statement − \(\frac{3}{x}\) < − \(\frac{x}{3}\) true?
Answer:
− \(\frac{3}{x}\) < − \(\frac{x}{3}\)
X  should be more than 3 .
if x is in the numerator in the fraction form it resultant will be more when divided by 3
If x is in the denominator in the fraction form it resultant will be less when 3 is divided by x
Explanation:
For example: take x = 4
− \(\frac{3}{4}\) =−0.75
− \(\frac{4}{3}\) = −1.33
−0.75 < −1.33

Lesson 8.4 Absolute Value

EXPLORATION 1
Comparing Positions of Objects
Work with a partner. The diagram shows the positions of several objects.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 1
a. What integer represents sea level? How can you compare the positions of objects relative to sea level?
Answer:
An integer represents sea level = 0
You can compare the positions of objects relative to sea levels by number of meters above and below as given in the above figure.

b. Which pairs of objects are the same distance from sea level? How do you know?
Answer:
Whale and sea plane
Explanation:
Whale and sea plane are at -1000 and 1000 meters below and above respectively from sea level.
Both are at equidistant from the sea level.

c. The vesselsKaiko, Alvin, and Jason Jr.move to be the same distance from sea level as the Boeing 747. About how many meters did each vessel travel?
Answer:
Distance of Boeing 747 from sea level = 5000 metres.
Distance of  Kaiko below sea level = – 7000 metres
Distance of  Alvin below sea level = -4500 metres
Distance of  Janson Jr.below sea level = 4000 metres
Explanation:
To travel same distance as Boeing 747 the Kaiko should travel + 2000 metres towards the sea level so that it comes at 5000 metres below sea level.
To travel same distance as Boeing 747 the Alvin should travel – 500 metres below the sea level so that it comes at 5000 metres below sea level.
To travel same distance as Boeing 747 the Janson Jr should travel -1000 metres below the sea level so that it comes at 5000 metres below sealevel.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 2

Try It

Find the absolute value.
Question 1.
|8|
Answer:
|8| = 8
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x .
The absolute value of a number is its real distance from zero on a number line; therefore, we need to calculate how many spaces the number is tot he left of zero on a number line. This number is a distance from zero and will not be negative. All absolute values are positive.

Question 2.
|-6|
Answer:
|-6| = 6
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x .
The absolute value of a number is its real distance from zero on a number line; therefore, we need to calculate how many spaces the number is tot he left of zero on a number line. This number is a distance from zero and will not be negative. All absolute values are positive.

Question 3.
|0|
Answer:
|0| = 0
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x .
The absolute value of a number is its real distance from zero on a number line; therefore, we need to calculate how many spaces the number is tot he left of zero on a number line. This number is a distance from zero and will not be negative. All absolute values are positive.

Question 4.
\(\left| \frac { 1 }{ 4 } \right| \)
Answer:
\(\left| \frac { 1 }{ 4 } \right| \) = 0.25
|0.25| = 0.25
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x .
The absolute value of a number is its real distance from zero on a number line; therefore, we need to calculate how many spaces the number is tot he left of zero on a number line. This number is a distance from zero and will not be negative. All absolute values are positive.

Question 5.
\(\left|-7 \frac{1}{3}\right|\)
Answer:
\(\left|-7 \frac{1}{3}\right|\) = – 7.33
|-7.33|=7.33
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x .
The absolute value of a number is its real distance from zero on a number line; therefore, we need to calculate how many spaces the number is tot he left of zero on a number line. This number is a distance from zero and will not be negative. All absolute values are positive.

Question 6.
|- 12.9|
Answer:
|- 12.9| = 12.9
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x .
The absolute value of a number is its real distance from zero on a number line; therefore, we need to calculate how many spaces the number is tot he left of zero on a number line. This number is a distance from zero and will not be negative. All absolute values are positive.

Copy and complete the statement using <, >, or =.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 3
Answer:
|-4|=4
4 > -2
Explanation:
All positive integers are greater than negative integers.
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x .

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 4
Answer:
|5| = 5
-5 < 5
Explanation:
All positive integers are greater than negative integers
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x .

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 5
Answer:
|9|=9
9 < 10
Explanation:
All positive integers are greater than negative integers.
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x .

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 6
Answer:
|-3.9| = 3.9
3.9 = 3.9
Explanation:
Both the integers are same so equal.
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x .

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
COMPARING VALUES Copy and complete the statement using <, >, or =.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 7
Answer:
|-6| = 6
6 > 3
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x .

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 8
Answer:
|-3.5| = 3.5
3.5 < 4
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x .

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 9
Answer:
3\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{5}{2}\)=2.5
-4\(\frac{3}{4}\)=-\(\frac{19}{4}\) = – 4.75
|-4.75|= 4.75
2.5 > 4.75
Explanation:
Convert the fraction form into decimals form . later write absolute values and compare the values. The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x .

Question 14.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 10
Answer:
What is the absolute value of – 3.
What integer is 3 units to the left of 0
Explanation:
Rest of the two statements describe the distance between -3 to 0.

Question 15.
Describe the position of an object in your classroom using a negative rational number. Then describe the position of a second object using a positive rational number. Which number has a greater absolute value? What does this mean?
Answer:
The position of my pen is -6 cms from my bench.
The position of my books is +3 cms from my bench.
The absolute value of -6 = 6
The absolute value of 3 = 3
6 > 3
Explanation:
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x . All absolute values are positive.

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
The table shows the elevations of several checkpoints along a hiking trail.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 11
a. Which checkpoint is farthest from sea level?
b. Which checkpoint is closest to sea level?
c. Between which checkpoints do you reach sea level? Explain your reasoning.
Answer a :
The Farthest checkpoint from sea level = 5
Explanation:
It is -142 in elevation feet
Answer b :
The closest checkpoint from sea level = 4
Explanation:
It is 12 in elevation feet
Answer c :
No we cant .
Explanation:
Sea level = 0
We need to get 0 between two check points then the check points reach sea level.
Elevation feet between 1 and 2 check points = 110 – 38 = 72
Elevation feet between 2 and 3 check points = 38 – (-24) = 72
Elevation feet between 3 and 4 check points = – 24 -12 = -36
Elevation feet between 4 and 5 check points =12 – (-142) = 154

Absolute Value Homework & Practice 8.4

Review & Refresh

Order the numbers from least to greatest.
Question 1.
2.4, – 3.2, – 1.8, 0.6, – 1.3
Answer:
-3.2 < -1.8 < -1.3<0.6<2.4
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater .Numbers to the right are greater. With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Question 2.
– 0.3, 0.7, – 1.5, 0, 2.2
Answer:
-1.5< -0.3<0<0.7<2.2
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater .Numbers to the right are greater .With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Question 3.
\(\frac{3}{4}, \frac{1}{2}, \frac{2}{3}, 2, \frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
0.75, 0.5, 0.6, 2,0.25
All the above fractions are represented in decimals now compare
0.25<0.5<0.6<0.75<2
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater .Numbers to the right are greater .With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Question 4.
\(\frac{1}{5}, 1 \frac{2}{5},-2 \frac{3}{4}, \frac{4}{5},-2 \frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
0.2, 1.4, -2.75, 0.8, -2.5
All the above fractions are represented in decimals now compare
-2.75<-2.5<0.2<0.8<1.4
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater .Numbers to the right are greater .With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Represent the ratio relationship using a graph.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 12
Answer:
Slope = 0
Y-intercept : (0 , 9/5)
Plot each graph on the same coordinate system.
9/5, 18/10 , 27/15.

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Absolute-Value-Homework-Practice-8.4-Question-5
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 13
Answer:
Slope = 0
Y-intercept : (0 , 7/3)
Plot each graph on the same coordinate system.
7/3 , 14/6, 21/9 .

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Absolute-Value-Homework-Practice-8.4-Question-6

Evaluate the expression when a = 2, b = 5, and c = 8.
Question 7.
5 + c
Answer:
5 + c =
Take c = 8
5 + 8 = 13

Question 8.
b – 4
Answer:
take b=5
5 – 4 = 1

Question 9.
\(\frac{c}{a}\)
Answer:
take a =2 and c= 8
\(\frac{8}{2}\) = 4

Question 10.
b * c
Answer:
take b = 5 and c = 8
5 × 8 = 40

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

COMPARING POSITIONS OF OBJECTS Tell which object is farther from sea level. Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 363.)

Question 11.
Scuba diver: −15 m
Dolphin: −22 m
Answer:
The Dolphin = – 22m is farther from sea level
Explanation:
Distance cant be negative so just consider the value and compare the distance which is greater.
15 < 22

Question 12.
Seagull: 12 m
School of fish: −4 m
Answer:
Seagull = 12m is farther from sea level
Explanation:
Distance cant be negative so just consider the value and compare the distance which is greater.
12 > 4

Question 13.
Shark:−40 m
Flag on a ship: 32 m
Answer:
Explanation:
Shark = – 40 m
Distance cant be negative so just consider the value and compare the distance which is greater.
40 > 32

FINDING ABSOLUTE VALUE Find the absolute value.
Question 14.
|- 2|
Answer:
|- 2| = 2
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 15.
|23|
Answer:
|23|=23
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 16.
|11|
Answer:
|11|=11
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 17.
|- 68|
Answer:
|-68|=68
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 18.
|- 8.35|
Answer:
|-8.35|=8.35
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 19.
\(\left|\frac{1}{6}\right|\)
Answer:
\(\left|\frac{1}{6}\right|\) = |0.16|=0.16
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 20.
|14.06|
Answer:
|14.06|=14.06
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 21.
\(\left|-\frac{5}{8}\right|\)
Answer:
\(\left|-\frac{5}{8}\right|\)= |-0.625| = 0.625
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 22.
\(\left|-3 \frac{2}{5}\right|\)
Answer:
\(\left|-3 \frac{2}{5}\right|\) = |-3.4|= 3.4
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 23.
|1.026|
Answer:
|1.026|=1.026
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 24.
\(\left|1 \frac{1}{3}\right|\)
Answer:
\(\left|1 \frac{1}{3}\right|\)= \(\left| \frac{4}{3}\right|\) =|1.3| = 1.3
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 25.
|- 6.308|
Answer:
|-6.308|=6.308
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 26.
REASONING
Write two integers that have an absolute value of 10.
Answer:
– 10 and 10
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 27.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the absolute value of 14. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 14
Answer:
Wrong
All absolute values are positive.
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

COMPARING VALUES Copy and complete the statement using <, >, or =.
Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 15
Answer:
|-8| = 8
6 < 8
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 16
Answer:
|-3|= 3
3 = 3
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 17
Answer:
|-4.3| = 4.3
4.3 > 3.4
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 18
Answer:
–\(\frac{2}{9}\)= -0.22
\(\frac{1}{5}\)= 0.2
|-0.22|=0.22
0.22>0.2
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 19
Answer:
|-0.05|= 0.05
0.05 > 0
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 20
Answer:
|-5.5|= 5.5
|-3.1| = 3.1
5.5 > 3.1
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 21
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) = 0.75
–\(\frac{2}{5}\)= – 0.4
|-0.4| = 0.4
0.75 > 0.4
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 22
Answer:
|-6.8|=6.8
|8.25|=8.25
6.8 < 8.25
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 23
Answer:
|12| = 12
– 12 < 12
Explanation:
All positive integers are greater than negative integers
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 37.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The table shows the change in the balance of a bank account after each of three transactions. Which transaction has the greatest effect on the balance of the account? Which transaction has the least effect on the balance of the account?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 24
Answer:
Transaction has the greatest effect on the balance of the account = 3
Transaction which has the least effect on the balance of the account = 1

ORDERING VALUES Order the values from least to greatest.
Question 38.
5, 0, |- 1|, |4| , – 2
Answer:
|- 1| = 1
|4| = 4
-2<0<1<4<5
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater .Numbers to the right are greater .With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Question 39.
|- 3|, |5| , – 3, – 4, |- 4|
Answer:
|- 3| = 3
|5| = 5
|- 4|=4
-4< -3< 3 < 4 < 5
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater .Numbers to the right are greater .With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Question 40.
10, |- 6|, 9, |3|, -11, 0
Answer:
|- 6| = 6
|3| = 3
-11<0<3<6<9<10
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater .Numbers to the right are greater .With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Question 41.
– 18, |30|, – 19, |- 22|, – 20, |- 18|
Answer:
|30| = 30
|- 22| = 22
|- 18|=18
-20 < -19< – 18 <18<22<30
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater .Numbers to the right are greater .With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

SIMPLIFYING EXPRESSIONS Simplify the expression.
Question 42.
– |2|
Answer:
– |2| = – 2
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 43.
– |6|
Answer:
-|6| = -6
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive..

Question 44.
– |- 1|
Answer:
|1| = 1
-1
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 45.
REASONING
The coldest possible temperature is called absolute zero. It is represented by 0 K on the Kelvin temperature scale.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.4 25
a. Which temperature is closer to 0 K: 32°F or − 50°C?
Answer:
As per the given we notice is 32°F

b. What do absolute values and temperatures on the Kelvin scale have in common?
Answer:
All the temperatures and absolute values are positive in kelvin scale.

CRITICAL THINKING
Tell whether the statement is always, sometimes, or never true. Explain.
Question 46.
The absolute value of a number is greater than the number.
Answer:
False
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 47.
The absolute value of a negative number is positive.
Answer:
True
Explanation:
All absolute values are positive.
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x.

Question 48.
The absolute value of a positive number is its opposite.
Answer:
False
Explanation:
Opposite value of a positive number is negative. but all absolute values are positive so the given statement is wrong .

MATCHING Match the account balance with the debt that it represents. Explain your reasoning.
Question 49.
account balance = −$25
Answer: B. debt = $25

Question 50.
account balance < −$25
Answer: C. debt < $25

Question 51.
account balance > −$25
Answer: A. debt > $25

A. debt > $25
B. debt = $25
C. debt < $25

Question 52.
PATTERNS
A palindrome is a word or sentence that reads the same forward as it does backward.
a. Graph and label the following points on a number line: A =− 2, C =− 1, E = 0, R =− 3. Then, using the same letters as the original points, graph and label the absolute value of each point on the same number line.
b. What word do the letters spell? Is this a palindrome?
c. Assign letters to points on a number line to make up your own palindrome using the process in part(a).
Answer a :
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Absolute-Value-Homework-&-Practice-8.4-Question-52-a
Answer b :
Letters spell – RACE and ECAR  Yes, it is a palindrome .

Answer c:
It is shown in the above diagram .

Question 53.
CRITICAL THINKING
Find values of x and y so that |x| < |y| and x > y.
Answer:

Lesson 8.5 The Coordinate Plane

Extending the Coordinate Plane
Work with a partner. Previously, you plotted points with positive coordinates in a coordinate plane like the one shown at the right.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.5 1
a. You can also plot points in which one or both of the coordinates are negative numbers. Create ordered pairs with different combinations of positive and negative coordinates, as described below. Then plot the ordered pairs and explain how you extended the coordinate plane shown.
(positive, positive) (negative, positive)
(negative, negative) (positive, negative)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-EXPLORATION-1-a
b. How many regions of the coordinate plane are created by the x-axis and y-axis? What do the points in each of these regions have in common?
Answer:
The four regions are covered with one point .
The numbers on a coordinate grid are used to locate points. Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).
c. The photo shows the reflection, or mirror image, of a mountain in a lake. When you fold the photo on its axis, the mountain and its reflection align.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.5 2
c. Actual A mountainoAxisAMath PracticeReflectionReof mountain Check ProgressHow can you check your progress to make sure you are reflecting your point correctly?
Plot a point and its reflection in one of the axes. Explain your reasoning. What do you notice about the coordinates of the points?
Answer:
As per the above image we notice that the axis is equal to the axis of the graph . the graph is divided into 4 Quadrants as shown in below graph.
A coordinate plane is a two-dimensional plane formed by the intersection of a vertical line called y-axis and a horizontal line called x-axis. These are perpendicular lines that intersect each other at zero, and this point is called the origin.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-EXPLORATION-1-c
As the reflection is formed in fourth quadrant an example of reflection is marked in the above graph .

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.5 3

Try It

Use the graph in Example 1 to write an ordered pair corresponding to the point.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-EXPLORATION-1-a
As shown in example one the points are mentioned below
Question 1.
Point P
Answer:
(1,2)
The point P is marked in the Quadrant I as shown in the above graph .
Explanation:
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 2.
Point Q
Answer:
(-2,1)
The point Q is marked in the Quadrant II as shown in the above graph .
Explanation:
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question3.
Point R
Answer:
(-2,2)
The point R is marked in the Quadrant III as shown in the above graph .
Explanation:
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 4.
Point S
Answer:
(2,-3)
The point S is marked in the Quadrant IV as shown in the above graph .
Explanation:
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Plot the ordered pair in a coordinate plane. Describe the location of the point.
Question 5.
(3, -1)
Answer:
It is marked in the Quadrant IV as X coordinate is positive and Y coordinate is negative as shown in the graph.
It is marked in the Quadrant IV as X coordinate is positive and Y coordinate is negative as shown in the graph. Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-5
Explanation:
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 6.
(-5, 0)
Answer:
It is marked in the Quadrant II as X coordinate is Negative and Y coordinate is positive as shown in the graph.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-6
Explanation:
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 7.
(- 2.5, -1)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-7
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant III as X coordinate is Negative and Y coordinate is Negative as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 8.
(-1\(\frac{1}{2}\), \(\frac{1}{2}\))
Answer:
-1\(\frac{1}{2}\) = –\(\frac{3}{2}\) = -1.5
\(\frac{1}{2}\) = 0.5
(-1.5, 0.5)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-8
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant II as X coordinate is Negative and Y coordinate is positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Reflect the point in (a) the x-axis and (b) the y-axis.
Question 9.
(3, – 2)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-9

Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant IV as X coordinate is positive and Y coordinate is negative as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 10.
(4, 0)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-10

Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant I as X coordinate is Positive and Y coordinate is Positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 11.
(- 5, 1.5)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-11

Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant II as X coordinate is Negative and Y coordinate is positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Reflect the point in the x-axis followed by the y-axis.
Question 12.
(3, 2)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-12Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant I as X coordinate is Positive and Y coordinate is Positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 13.
(- 1, 2)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-13
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant II as X coordinate is Negative and Y coordinate is positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 14.
(- 4, – 3)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-14
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant III as X coordinate is Negative and Y coordinate is Negative as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 15.
(5, – 2.5)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-15

Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant IV as X coordinate is positive and Y coordinate is negative as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
WRITING ORDERED PAIRS Write an ordered pair corresponding to the point shown in the coordinate plane.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.5 4
Question 16.
Point A
Answer:
X coordinate is 2
Y coordinate is 1
(2,1)
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant I as X coordinate is Positive and Y coordinate is Positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 17.
Point B
Answer:
X coordinate is 0
Y coordinate is -3
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant IV as X coordinate is positive and Y coordinate is negative as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 18.
Point C
Answer:
X coordinate is 4
Y coordinate is -3
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant IV as X coordinate is positive and Y coordinate is negative as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

PLOTTING ORDERED PAIRS Plot the ordered pair in a coordinate plane. Describe the location of the point.
Question 19.
J(2, 5)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-19
Explanation:
Start at the origin move 2 units right and 5 units up. Then plot the point
The Point is in Quadrant I

Question 20.
K (4, – 6)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-20
Explanation:
Start at the origin move 4 units right and 6 units down. Then plot the point
The Point is in Quadrant IV

Question 21.
L (- 3, – 2\(\frac{1}{2}\))
Answer:
– 2\(\frac{1}{2}\)=- \(\frac{5}{2}\))=-2.5
L (-3, -2.5)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-21
Explanation:
Start at the origin move 3 units left and 6 units down. Then plot the point
The Point is in Quadrant III

REFLECTING POINTS
Reflect the point in the given axis or axes.
Question 22.
(9, 8); x-axis
Answer:
Plot (9,8) and (9,-8)
Explanation:
To reflect (9,8) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 9,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 8 is -8
So the reflection of (9,8)in the x-axis is (9,-8)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-22

Question 23.
(−7, 3); y-axis
Answer:
Plot (-7,3) and (7,3)
Explanation:
To reflect (-7,3) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 3,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate -7 is 7
So the reflection of (-7,3)in the x-axis is (7,3)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-23

Question 24.
(6, −4); x-axis then y-axis
Answer:
Plot (6,-4), (6,4) and (-6,4)
Explanation:
To reflect (6,-4) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 6,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate -4 is 4
To reflect (6,4) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 4,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 6 is -6
So the reflection of (6,-4)in the x-axis is (6,4)
So then reflection of (6,4)in the y-axis is (-6,4)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-24

Question 25.
(2.5, −4); y-axis then x-axis
Answer:
Plot (2.5, -4) , (-2.5,-4)  and (-2.5,4)
Explanation:
To reflect (2.5,-4) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, -4,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 2.5 is -2.5
To reflect (-2.5,-4) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -2.5,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate -4 is 4
So the reflection of (2.5,-4)in the y-axis is (-2.5,-4)
So then reflection of (-2.5,-4)in the x-axis is (-2.5,4)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-25

Question 26.
DIG DEEPER
At a park, the welcome center is located at (0, 0), the theater is located at(2, 4), and the restrooms are located at(−4.5, 6). The snack bar is exactly halfway between the welcome center and the theater. Graph each location in a coordinate plane.
Answer:
Welcome Centre is located at (0,0)
Theater is located at (2, 4)
Restrooms are located at (−4.5, 6)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-26
Explanation:
Halfway between the welcome center and the theater is known by joining both W and T points. we notice now that (2,2) is exactly half way between them so the Snack bar is at (2,2)

Question 27.
The table shows the elevations of a submarine each hour from noon to 5:00 P.M. Display the data in a line graph. Then describe the change in elevation over time.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.5 5
Answer:
The ordered pairs are (0,-4.5), (1,-3), (2,-2.5), (3,-2), (4,-3.5) and (5,-4)
Plot the ordered pairs and then connect the points with line segments
The elevations of a submarine increases up to 3:00 P.M then later the elevations decreases up to 5:00 P.M
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson 8.5-The-Coordinate-Plane-Question-27

The Coordinate Plane Homework & Practice 8.5

Review & Refresh

Find the absolute value.
Question 1.
|35|
Answer:
|35| = 35
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Quest ion 2.
|- 18|
Answer:
|- 18| = 18
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 3.
|4.7|
Answer:
|4.7| = 4.7
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 4.
|- 6\(\frac{7}{12}\)|
Answer:
|- 6\(\frac{7}{12}\)|= |- \(\frac{79}{12}\)|= |-6.58| =6.58
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x. All absolute values are positive.

Question 5.
What is the ratio of ducks to swans?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.5 6
A. 4 : 9
B. 4 : 5
C. 5 : 4
D. 5 : 9
Answer:
Total Number of Ducks = 5
Total Number of Swans = 4
Ratio = Total Number of Ducks ÷ Total Number of Swans = 5 ÷ 4 =  \(\frac{5}{4}\)

Graph the equation.
Question 6.
y = 8x
Answer:

Use the slope-intercept form to find the slope and y-intercept.
Slope

y-intercept

 

Explanation:
x =
0
y =  0
and
x =
1
y= 8
Any line can be graphed using two points. Select two  values, and plug them into the equation to find the corresponding  values.

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-One-Axis-Question-6

Question 7.
y = 3x + 7
Answer:

Use the slope-intercept form to find the slope and y-intercept.
Slope: 3
y-intercept: ( 0 , 7)
x = -7/3
y =  0
and
x = 0

y= 7
Any line can be graphed using two points. Select two  values, and plug them into the equation to find the corresponding  values.

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-One-Axis-Question-7

Question 8.
y = \(\frac{2}{5}\)x + 2
Answer:
y = \(\frac{2}{5}\)x + 2
y = 0.4x + 2

Use the slope-intercept form to find the slope and y-intercept.
Slope: 0.4
y-intercept: ( 0 , 2)
x = -5
y =  0
and
x = 0

y= 2
Any line can be graphed using two points. Select two  values, and plug them into the equation to find the corresponding  values.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-One-Axis-Question-8

Tell which property the statement illustrates.
Question 9.
(2 . P) . 3 = 2 . (p . 3)
Answer:
The Associative Property of Multiplication states that numbers in a multiplication expression can be regrouped using parentheses
Associative Property of Multiplication
For any real numbers ab, and c, (a • b) • c = a • (b • c).

Question 10.
m + 0 = m
Answer:
The addition property of 0 states that for any number being added to zero, the sum is the same number.Zero is called the additive identity.

Question 11.
w . 1 = w
Answer:
The multiplication property of 1 states that for any number multiplied by one, that answer is that same number and one is called the multiplicative identity.

Question 12.
15 + k = k + 15
Answer:
Commutative property of addition: Changing the order of addends does not change the sum.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

DESCRIBING REFLECTIONS Describe the reflection shown in the image. (See Exploration 1, p. 369.)
Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.5 7
Answer:
The image shows the reflection image or mirror image when folded on its y-axis . both the real image and reflection image gets aligned.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.5 8
Answer:
The image shows the reflection image or mirror image of a arrow and shoes . when you fold the photo on its y-axis the arrow and shoes its reflection align.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.5 9
Answer:
The image shows the reflection or mirror image of a den in water. when you fold the photo on its x-axis, the den in the water and its reflection align.

WRITING ORDERED PAIRS Write an ordered pair corresponding to the point.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.5 10
Question 16.
Point A
Answer:
X coordinate is 3
Y coordinate is 1
(3,1)
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant I as X coordinate is Positive and Y coordinate is Positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 17.
Point B
Answer:
X coordinate is -3
Y coordinate is -2
(-3,-2)
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant III as X coordinate is Negative and Y coordinate is Negative as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 18.
Point C
Answer:
X coordinate is -2
Y coordinate is 4
(-2,4)
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant II as X coordinate is Negative and Y coordinate is Positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 19.
Point D
Answer:
X coordinate is 1
Y coordinate is 2
(1,2)
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant I as X coordinate is Positive and Y coordinate is Positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 20.
Point E
Answer:
X coordinate is 2
Y coordinate is -2
(2,-2)
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant IV as X coordinate is Positive and Y coordinate is Negative as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 21.
Point F
Answer:
X coordinate is 0
Y coordinate is -4
(0,-4)
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant IV as X coordinate is Positive and Y coordinate is Negative as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 22.
Point G
Answer:
X coordinate is -4
Y coordinate is 2
(-4,2)
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant II as X coordinate is Negative and Y coordinate is Positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 23.
Point H
Answer:
X coordinate is -4
Y coordinate is -4
(-4,-4)
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant III as X coordinate is Negative and Y coordinate is Negative as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 24.
Point I
Answer:
X coordinate is 4
Y coordinate is 0
(4,0)
Explanation:
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 25.
Point J
Answer:
X coordinate is 4
Y coordinate is -4
(4,-4)
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant IV as X coordinate is Positive and Y coordinate is Negative as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

PLOTTING ORDERED PAIRS Plot the ordered pair in a coordinate plane. Describe the location of the point.
Question 26.
K (4, 3)
Answer:Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-&-Practice-8.5-Question-26
Explanation:
Start at the origin move 4 units Right and 3 units up. Then plot the point
The Point is in Quadrant I

Question 27.
L (1, 2)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-&-Practice-8.5-Question-27
Explanation:
Start at the origin move 1 units Right and 2 units up. Then plot the point
The Point is in Quadrant I

Question 28.
M (0, 6)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Question-28
Explanation:
Start at the origin move 6 units up. Then plot the point
The Point is in Quadrant I

Question 29.
N (3, – 7)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Question-29
Explanation:
Start at the origin move 3 units Right and 7 units down. Then plot the point
The Point is in Quadrant IV

Question 30.
P (- 5, – 9)
Answer:Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Question-30
Explanation:
Start at the origin move 5 units left and 9 units down. Then plot the point
The Point is in Quadrant III

Question 31.
R (8, 0)
Answer:Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Question-31
Explanation:
Start at the origin move 8 units Right and y is 0 remains at the same point. Then plot the point
The Point is in Quadrant I

Question 32.
S (- 1.5, 0)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Question-32
Explanation:
Start at the origin move 1.5 units left and y is 0 remains at the same point. Then plot the point
The Point is in Quadrant II

Question 33.
T (3.5, 1.5)
Answer:Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Question-33
Explanation:
Start at the origin move 3.5 units Right and 1.5 units up Then plot the point
The Point is in Quadrant I

Question 34.
U (2, – 4)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Question-34
Explanation:
Start at the origin move 2 units left and 4 units down. Then plot the point
The Point is in Quadrant IV

Question 35.
V (- 4, 1)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Question-35
Explanation:
Start at the origin move 4 units left and 1 units up . Then plot the point
The Point is in Quadrant II

Question 36.
W (2\(\frac{1}{2}\), 0)
Answer:
2\(\frac{1}{2}\)=\(\frac{5}{2}\)=2.5
W(2.5,0)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Question-37
Explanation:
Start at the origin move 2.5 units Right and y is 0 so it remains on the same point . Then plot the point
The Point is in Quadrant I

Question 37.
Z (- 4, – 5)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Question-37
Explanation:
Start at the origin move 4 units left and 5 units down . Then plot the point
The Point is in Quadrant III

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend describes how to plot the point. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Question 38.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.5 11
Answer:
No , he is wrong.
Explanation:
Start at the origin move 4 units Right and 5 units up . Then plot the point
The Point is in Quadrant I

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.5 12
Answer:
Yes he is right
The Point is in Quadrant II

MODELING REAL LIFE InExercises 40 – 44, use the map of the zoo.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.5 13
Question 40.
Which exhibit is located at (2, 1)?
Answer:
Reptiles

Question 41.
Name an attraction on the positive y-axis.
Answer:
Flamingo cafe

Question 42.
Is parking available in Quadrant II? If not, name a quadrant in which you can park.
Answer:
No, You can Park in Quadrant III and Quadrant IV

Question 43.
Write two different ordered pairs that represent the location of the Rain Forest.
Answer:
(5,-2) and (5,-1)

Question 44.
Which exhibit is closest to (−8, −3)?
Answer:
Safari Africa

REFLECTING POINTS IN ONE AXIS
Reflect the point in (a) the x-axis and (b) the y-axis.
Question 45.
(3, 2)
Answer:
Plot (3, 2) , (3,-2)  and (-3.-2)
Explanation:
To reflect (3,2) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 3,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 2 is -2
To reflect (3,2) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 2,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 3 is -3
So then reflection of (3,2)in the x-axis is (3,-2)
So the reflection of (3,2)in the y-axis is (-3,2)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-One-Axis-Question-45

Question 46.
(- 4, 4)
Answer:
Plot (-4, 4) , (-4,-4)  and (4,4)
Explanation:
To reflect (-4,4) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -4,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 4 is -4
To reflect (-4,4) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 4,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate -4 is 4
So then reflection of (-4,4)in the x-axis is (-4,-4)
So the reflection of (-4,-4)in the y-axis is (4,4)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-One-Axis-Question-46

Question 47.
(- 5, – 6)
Answer:
Plot (-5, -6) , (-5,6)  and (5,-6)
Explanation:
To reflect (-5,-6) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -5,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate -6 is 6
To reflect (-5,-6) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, -6,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate -5 is 5
So then reflection of (-5,-6)in the x-axis is (-5,6)
So the reflection of (-5,-6)in the y-axis is (5,-6)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-One-Axis-Question-47

Question 48.
(4, – 7)
Answer:
Plot (4, -7) , (4,7)  and (-4,-7)
Explanation:
To reflect (4,-7) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 4,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate -7 is 7
To reflect (4,-7) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, -7,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 4 is -4
So then reflection of (4,-7)in the x-axis is (4,7)
So the reflection of (4,-7)in the y-axis is (-4,-7)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-One-Axis-Question-48

Question 49.
(- 9, 3)
Answer:
Plot (-9, 3) , (-9,-3)  and (9,3)
Explanation:
To reflect (-9,3) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -9,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 3 is -3
To reflect (-9,3) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 3,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate -9 is 9
So then reflection of (-9,3)in the x-axis is (-9,-3)
So the reflection of (-9,3)in the y-axis is (9,3)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-One-Axis-Question-49

Question 50.
(6, – 2)
Answer:
Plot (6, -2) , (6,2)  and (-6,-2)
Explanation:
To reflect (6, -2) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 6,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate -2 is 2
To reflect (6, -2) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, -2,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 6 is -6
So then reflection of (6, -2) in the x-axis is (6,2)
So the reflection of (6, -2) in the y-axis is (-6,-2)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-One-Axis-Question-50

Question 51.
(0, – 1)
Answer:
Plot (0, – 1) , (0,1)  and (0,-1)
Explanation:
To reflect (0, – 1) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 0,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate -1 is 1
To reflect (0, – 1) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, -1,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate -1 is 1
So then reflection of (0, – 1) in the x-axis is (0,1)
So the reflection of ((0, – 1) in the y-axis is (0,-1)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-One-Axis-Question-51

Question 52.
(- 8, 0)
Answer:
Plot (-8, 0) , (-8,0)  and (8,0)
Explanation:
To reflect (-8, 0)in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -8,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 0 is 0
To reflect (-8, 0) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 0,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate -8 is 8
So then reflection of (-8, 0) in the x-axis is (-8,0)
So the reflection of (-8, 0) in the y-axis is (8,0)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-One-Axis-Question-52

Question 53.
(- 3.5, 2)
Answer:
Plot (-3.5, 2) , (-3.5,-2)  and (3.5,2)
Explanation:
To reflect (-3.5, 2) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -3.5,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 2 is -2
To reflect (-3.5, 2) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 2,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate -3.5 is 3.5
So then reflection of (-3.5, 2) in the x-axis is (-3.5,-2)
So the reflection of (-3.5, 2) in the y-axis is (3.5,2)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-One-Axis-Question-53

Question 54.
(2.5, 4.5)
Answer:
Plot (2.5, 4.5) , (2.5,-4.5)  and (-2.5,4.5)
Explanation:
To reflect (2.5, 4.5) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 2.5 ,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 4.5 is -4.5
To reflect (2.5, 4.5) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 4.5,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 2.5 is -2.5
So then reflection of (2.5, 4.5) in the x-axis is (2.5,-4.5)
So the reflection of (2.5, 4.5) in the y-axis is (-2.5,4.5)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-One-Axis-Question-54

Question 55.
(-5 \(\frac{1}{2}\), 3)
Answer:
-5 \(\frac{1}{2}\) = – \(\frac{11}{2}\) = -5.5
(-5.5, 3 )
Plot (-5.5, 3 ) , (-5.5,-3)  and (5.5,3)
Explanation:
To reflect (-5.5, 3 ) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -5.5,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 3 is -3
To reflect (-5.5, 3 ) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 3,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate -5.5 is 5.5
So then reflection of (-5.5, 3 ) in the x-axis is (-5.5,-3)
So the reflection of (-5.5, 3 ) in the y-axis is (5.5,3)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-One-Axis-Question-55

Question 56.
(\(\frac{1}{4}\), \(-\frac{7}{8}\))
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) = 0.25
\(-\frac{7}{8}\) = -0.8
(0.25,-0.8)
Plot (0.25,-0.8) , (0.25,0.8)  and (-0.25,-0.8)
Explanation:
To reflect (0.25,-0.8) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 0.25,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate -0.8 is 0.8
To reflect (0.25,-0.8)in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, -0.8 ,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 0.25 is -0.25
So then reflection of (0.25,-0.8) in the x-axis is (0.25,0.8)
So the reflection of (0.25,-0.8) in the y-axis is (-0.25,-0.8)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-One-Axis-Question-55

REFLECTING POINTS IN BOTH AXES
Reflect the point in the x-axis followed by the y-axis.
Question 57.
(4, 5)
Answer:
Plot (4, 5) , (4,-5)  and (-4,-5)
Explanation:
To reflect(4, 5)in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 4,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 5 is -5
To reflect (4, -5) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, -5,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 4 is -4
So then reflection of (4, 5) in the x-axis is (4,-5)
So the reflection of (4,-5) in the y-axis is (-4,-5)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-both-Axes-Question-57

Question 58.
(- 1, 7)
Answer:
Plot (-1, 7) , (-1,-7)  and (1,-7)
Explanation:
To reflect (-1, 7) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -1,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 7 is -7
To reflect (-1,-7)  in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, -7,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate -1 is 1
So then reflection of (-1, 7) in the x-axis is (-1,-7)
So the reflection of (-1,-7)  in the y-axis is (1,-7)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-both-Axes-Question-58

Question 59.
(- 2, – 2)
Answer:
Plot (- 2, – 2) , (-2,2)  and (2,2)
Explanation:
To reflect(- 2, – 2) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -2,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate -2 is 2
To reflect (-2,2) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 2,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate -2 is 2
So then reflection of (- 2, – 2) in the x-axis is (-2,2)
So the reflection of (-2,2) in the y-axis is (2,2)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-both-Axes-Question-59

Question 60.
(6, – 7)
Answer:
Plot (6, – 7) , (6,7)  and (-6,7)
Explanation:
To reflect (6, – 7) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 6,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate  -7 is 7
To reflect (6,7)  in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 7,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 6 is -6
So then reflection of (6, – 7) in the x-axis is (6,7)
So the reflection of (6,7)  in the y-axis is (-6,7)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-both-Axes-Question-60

Question 61.
(- 8, – 8)
Answer:
Plot (- 8, – 8) , (-8,8)  and (8,8)
Explanation:
To reflect (- 8, – 8) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -8,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate -8 is 8
To reflect (-8,8) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 8,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 8 is -8
So then reflection of (- 8, – 8) in the x-axis is (-8,8)
So the reflection of (-8,8) in the y-axis is (8,8)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-both-Axes-Question-61

Question 62.
(5, 9)
Answer:
Plot (5, 9) , (5,-9)  and (-5,-9)
Explanation:
To reflect (5, 9) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 5,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 9 is -9
To reflect (5,-9) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, -9,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 5 is -5
So then reflection of (5, 9) in the x-axis is (5,-9)
So the reflection of (5,-9) in the y-axis is (-5,-9)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-both-Axes-Question-62

Question 63.
(0, – 2)
Answer:
Plot (0, – 2) , (0,2)  and (0,2)
Explanation:
To reflect (0, – 2) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 0,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate  -2 is 2
To reflect (0,2) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 0,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 2 is -2
So then reflection of (0, – 2)in the x-axis is (0,2)
So the reflection of (0,2) in the y-axis is (0,2)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-both-Axes-Question-63

Question 64.
(- 9, 0)
Answer:
Plot (-9, 0) , (-9,0)  and (9,0)
Explanation:
To reflect (-9, 0) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -9,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 0 is 0
To reflect (9,0) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 0,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 9 is -9
So then reflection of (-9, 0)in the x-axis is (-9,0)
So the reflection of (-9,0)  in the y-axis is (9,0)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-both-Axes-Question-64

Question 65.
(6.5, – 10.5)
Answer:
Plot (6.5, -10.5) , (6.5,10.5)  and (-6.5,10.5)
Explanation:
To reflect (6.5, -10.5) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 6.5,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate -10.5 is 10.5
To reflect (6.5,10.5) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate,10.5, the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 6.5 is -6.5
So then reflection of (6.5, -10.5) in the x-axis is (6.5,10.5)
So the reflection of (6.5,10.5) in the y-axis is (-6.5,10.5)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-both-Axes-Question-65

Question 66.
(- 0.4, 0.7)
Answer:
Plot (- 0.4, 0.7) , (-0.4,-0.7)  and (0.4,-0.7)
Explanation:
To reflect (- 0.4, 0.7) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -0.4,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 0.7 is -0.7
To reflect (-0.4,-0.7) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, -0.7,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate -0.4 is 0.4
So then reflection of(- 0.4, 0.7) in the x-axis is (-0.4,-0.7)
So the reflection of (-0.4,-0.7) in the y-axis is (0.4,-0.7)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-both-Axes-Question-66

Question 67.
(\(\frac{1}{3}\), \(\frac{2}{3}\))
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{3}\)=0.3
\(\frac{2}{3}\)=0.6
Plot (0.3,0.6), (0.3,-0.6) and (-0.3,-0.6)
Explanation:
To reflect (0.3,0.6) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 0.3,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 0.6 is -0.6
To reflect (0.3,-0.6) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, -0.6,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 0.3 is -0.3
So then reflection of (0.3,0.6) in the x-axis is (0.3,-0.6)
So the reflection of (0.3,-0.6) in the y-axis is (-0.3,-0.6)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-both-Axes-Question-67

Question 68.
(- 1\(\frac{2}{5}\), – 1\(\frac{4}{5}\))
Answer:
– 1\(\frac{2}{5}\) = –\(\frac{7}{5}\) = -1.4
– 1\(\frac{4}{5}\) = –\(\frac{9}{5}\) =-1.8
(-1.4,-1.8)
Plot (-1.4,-1.8) , (-1.4,1.8)  and (1.4,-1.8)
Explanation:
To reflect (-1.4,-1.8) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -1.4,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate -1.8 is 1.8
To reflect (-1.4,1.8)  in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 1.8,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate  -1.4 is 1.4
So then reflection of (-1.4,-1.8) in the x-axis is (-1.4,1.8)
So the reflection of (-1.4,1.8)  in the y-axis is (1.4,-1.8)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Reflecting-Points-in-both-Axes-Question-68

Question 69.
STRUCTURE
Reflect a point in the x-axis followed by the y-axis. Then reflect the original point in the y-axis followed by the x-axis. Do you get the same results? Explain.
Answer:

REASONING Describe the possible location(s) of the point (x, y).
Question 70.
x > 0, y > 0
Answer:
For point (x,y) if x>0 then you would be going in the positive direction on the x axis. This eliminates quadrants II and III because the x axis is negative there. Now you’re down to either quadrant I or quadrant IV. Given that y>0, the y values on the y axis are more than 0 so they are becoming positive. This means that (x, y) must be in quadrant I.

Question 71.
x < 0, y < 0
Answer:
For Point (x,y) if x < 0 then you would be going in negative direction on the x axis , This elimates quadrants I and IV because the axis is positive there.Now you’re down to either Quadrant II or Quadrant III. Given that  y< 0,the values on the y axis are less than 0 so they are becoming negative. This means that (x,y) must be in Quadrant III.

Question 72. x > 0, y < 0
Answer:
For point (x,y) if x>0 then you would be going in the positive direction on the x axis. This eliminates quadrants II and III because the x axis is negative there. Now you’re down to either quadrant I or quadrant IV. Given that y<0, the y values on the y axis are less than 0 so they are becoming negative. This means that (x, y) must be in quadrant IV

Question 73. x > 0
Answer:
For point (x,y) if x>0 then you would be going in the positive direction on the x axis. This eliminates quadrants II and III because the x axis is negative there. Now you’re down to either quadrant I or quadrant IV.

Question 74.
y < 0
Answer:
Given that y<0, the y values on the y axis are less than 0 so they are becoming negative. It can be in Quadrant III and Quadrant IV.

Question 75.
x = 0, y = 0
Answer:
Either x or y or both are on the x or y axis

CRITICAL THINKING
Tell whether the statement is always, sometimes, or never true. Explain your reasoning.
Question 76.
The x-coordinate of a point on the x-axis is zero.
Answer:
True
Explanation:
Since every point on the x – axis has no distance (zero distance) from the x – axis, therefore, the y – coordinate of every point lying on the x – axis is always zero. Thus, the coordinates of any point on the x – axis are of the form (x, 0), where x is the distance of the point from the y – axis

Question 77.
The y-coordinates of points in Quadrant III are positive.
Answer:
No. Never True
Explanation:
In the III Quadrant all X- coordinates are negative.
In the III Quadrant all Y- coordinates are negative.

Question 78.
The x-coordinate of a point in Quadrant II has the same sign as the y-coordinate of a point in Quadrant IV.
Answer:
True.
Explanation:
In Quadrant II x-coordinate of a point is negative
In Quadrant IV y-coordinate of a point  is negative.
Both the signs are negative and same.

Question 79.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The table shows the number of people who participate in a blood drive each year for 9 years. Display the data in a line graph. Then describe the change in the number of participants over time.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.5 14
Answer:
Write the ordered pair
(1,140)
(2,136)
(3,134)
(4,132)
(5,131)
(6,135)
(7,136)
(8,142)
(9,145)
Plot and label the ordered pairs,then connect the ordered pairs with line segments.
The number of participants are decreased from year 1 to year 5. then later there is a increase in the participants from year 6 to year 9.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Question-79

Question 80.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The table shows the amount of carbon dioxide emissions of a country, relative to an environmental standard, each year for 7 years. Display the data in a line graph. Then describe the change in carbon dioxide emissions over time.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.5 15
Answer:

Question 81.
PATTERNS
The table shows the total miles run through each of 18 weeks for a marathon training program.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.5 16
a. Create a table for the distance run during each week of training.
b. Display the data from part(a) in a line graph.
c. Explain the pattern shown in the graph. (a, b)
Answer:

Question 82.
LOGIC
Two points are plotted in the coordinate plane. Plot each of the following ordered pairs in the same coordinate plane.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.5 17
a. P (a, – b)
b. Q (- a, b)
c. R (c, – d)
d. S (- c, – d)
e. T (c, – a)
f. U (- d, – b)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Question-82
Explanation:
From the above Graph we know a , b c and d numbers
a = -3 ; b =2 ; c=-1 and d = -2
then now plot the given points.
a. P (a, – b) = (-3, -2)
b. Q (- a, b) = (3 , 2)
c. R (c, – d) = ( -1, 2)
d. S (- c, – d) = ( 1, 2)
e. T (c, – a) =( -1, 3)
f. U (- d, – b) = (2 , -2)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-The-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.5-Question-82-a

Lesson 8.6 Polygons in the Coordinate Plane

EXPLORATION 1

Drawing Polygons in the Coordinate Plane
Work with a partner.
a. Write three ordered pairs that meet the following requirements. Then plot the ordered pairs in a coordinate plane, like the one shown.
• Two of the ordered pairs have the same x-coordinates.
• Two of the ordered pairs have the same y-coordinates.
• Two of the points are in the same quadrant. The other point is in a different quadrant.
Answer:
The ordered pairs which follow above conditions are these points (1,2)  (1,3)(-1,2)

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.6-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-EXPLORATION-1
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.6 1
b. The points represent the vertices of a polygon. What conclusions can you make about the polygon?
Answer:
The points are joined with line segments. it forms a right angled triangle as shown in above graph.
c. Can you plot another point to form a rectangle? a trapezoid? If so, what measures of the quadrilateral can you calculate?
Answer:
From the below graph by marking point D(-1,3) it forms a Rectangle.
By marking another point you cant make trapezoid it is not possible.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.6-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-EXPLORATION-1

You can use ordered pairs to represent vertices of polygons. To draw a polygon in a coordinate plane, plot and connect the vertices.

Try It

Draw the polygon with the given vertices in a coordinate plane.
Question 1.
A (0, 0), B (5, 7), C (4, 3)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.6-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Question-1

Question 2.
W (4, 4), X (7, 4), Y (2 \(\frac{1}{2}\), – 2), Z (-\(\frac{1}{2}\), – 2)
Answer:
Y (2 \(\frac{1}{2}\), – 2) = Y ( \(\frac{5}{2}\), – 2) = Y(2.5,-2)
Z (-\(\frac{1}{2}\), – 2) = Z (-0.5 , -2)
W (4, 4), X (7, 4), Y(2.5,-2) , Z (-0.5 , -2)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.6-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Question-2

Find the distance between the points.
Question 3.
(6, 6.5), (2, 6.5)
Answer:
d=√((x_2-x_1)²+(y_2-y_1)²)
d=√((6-2)²+(6.5-6.5)²)
d=√((4)²+(0)²)
d=√((4)²) = 4

Question 4.
(- 4, 2), (- 4, – 5)
Answer:
d=√((x_2-x_1)²+(y_2-y_1)²)
d=√((-4-(-4))²+(-5-2)²)
d=√((0)²+(-7)²)
d=√((-7)²) = √(49) = 7
Distance cant be negative

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

DRAWING A POLYGON
Draw the polygon with the given vertices in a coordinate plane.
Question 5.
A (- 5, – 7), B (- 2, 4), C (5, -1)
Answer:Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.6-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Question-5

Question 6.
D (-\(\frac{1}{2}\), 6), E (3, 1), F (0, – 4\(\frac{1}{2}\))
Answer:
D (-\(\frac{1}{2}\), 6) = D(-0.5, 6)
F (0, – 4\(\frac{1}{2}\))= F (0, – \(\frac{9}{2}\)) = F( 0 , 4.5)
D(-0.5, 6),E (3, 1), F( 0 , 4.5)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.6-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Question-6

FINDING DISTANCES Find the distance between the points.
Question 7.
(2, 7), (2, 9)
Answer:
Plot the points.
The points are in same Quadrants and have same x-coordinates. The distance between the points is the difference between the points is the difference of the absolute values of the y coordinate.
|9| – |7| = 2
So the distance between the points (2, 7), (2, 9) is 2

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.6-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Question-7

Question 8.
(- 3, – 8), (6, – 8)
Answer:

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.6-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Question-8
Explanation:
Plot the points.
The points are in different Quadrants and have same y-coordinates. The distance between the points is the sum  of the absolute values of the x coordinate.
|-3| + |6| = 9
So the distance between the points (- 3, – 8), (6, – 8) is 9

Question 9.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which pair of points does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.6 2
Answer:
(6,-3) and (6,3) is different from other 3 points.

Question 10.
A digital map of your hometown is shown in a coordinate plane in which the coordinates are measured in miles. The map shows your house at (−2, −7), your school at(5, −7), and your friend’s house at (−2, 1). How far is your house from your school? How far is your house from your friend’s house?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.6 3
Answer:
Plot the points (−2, −7), (5, −7) and (−2, 1)
House is located at (-2,-7)
Friends house is located at ( – 2,1)
Plot the points.
The points are in different Quadrants and have same x-coordinates. The distance between the points is the sum of the absolute values of the y coordinate.
|-7| + |1| = 7 + 1 = 8
So the distance between the points (-2,-7) (-2,1) is 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.6-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Question-10

Question 11.
You design a tree house using a coordinate plane in which the coordinates are measured in feet. The vertices of the floor are (−2, −3), (−2, 4), (5, 4), and (5, −3). Find the perimeter (in yards) and the area (in square yards) of the floor.
Answer:
Plots the points (−2, −3), (−2, 4), (5, 4), and (5, −3)
The points are in different Quadrants and have same x-coordinates. The distance between the points is the sum of the absolute values of the y coordinate.
|4| + |-3| = 4 + 3 = 7
So the distance between the points (−2, −3), (−2, 4), is 7
The points are in different Quadrants and have same y-coordinates. The distance between the points is the sum of the absolute values of the x coordinate.
|5| + |-2| = 5 + 2 = 7
So the distance between the points (5, 4), and (−2, 4),  is 7
The image formed is a Square as its length and breadth are equal
Area of square = s × s = 7 × 7 = 49
Perimeter of square = 4s = 4 × 7 = 28

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.6-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Question-11

Polygons in the Coordinate Plane Homework & Practice 8.6

Review & Refresh

Write an ordered pair corresponding to the point.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.6 4
Question 1.
Point A
Answer:
(1,4)
Explanation:
x coordinate is 1
y coordinate is 4
It is marked in the Quadrant I as X coordinate is Positive and Y coordinate is Positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 2.
Point B
Answer:
X coordinate is -2
Y coordinate is 2
(-2,2)
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant I as X coordinate is Positive and Y coordinate is Positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 3.
Point C
Answer:
X coordinate is -4
Y coordinate is 1
(-4,1)
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant I as X coordinate is Positive and Y coordinate is Positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 4.
Point D
Answer:
X coordinate is 3
Y coordinate is -3
(3,-3)
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant I as X coordinate is Positive and Y coordinate is Positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Write the percent as a decimal.
Question 5.
62%
Answer:
62 ÷ 100 = 0.62

Question 6.
7%
Answer:
7 ÷ 100 = 0.07

Question 7.
133%
Answer:
133 ÷ 100 = 1.33

Question 8.
0.45%
Answer:
0.45 ÷ 100 = 0.0045

Question 9.
The tape diagram represents the ratio of the time you spend online to the time your friend spends online. You are online for 6 hours. How many hours does your friend spend online?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.6 5
Answer:
Number of hours i was online = 6
Ratio of time spend online by me and my friend = \(\frac{3}{4}\)
Time spend by my friend in online = \(\frac{2}{3}\) = \(\frac{6}{x}\)
6 × 3 = x × 2
x = 18 ÷ 2
x=9
Time spend by my friend in online = 9 Hours.

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

STRUCTURE Plot the ordered pairs in a coordinate plane. Then plot another point to form a rectangle. (See Exploration 1, p. 377.)
Question 10.
(3, 2), (3, 6), (- 5, 2)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-10
Plot the points (3, 2), (3, 6), (- 5, 2)
In order to form a rectangle we need to mark (-5,6) as shown in the above graph .

Question 11.
(- 4, 7), (- 1, 7), (- 4, – 2)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-11
Explanation:
Plot the points (- 4, 7), (- 1, 7), (- 4, – 2)
In order to form a rectangle we need to mark (-1,-2) as shown in the above graph .

DRAWING A POLYGON Draw the polygon with the given vertices in a coordinate plane.
Question 12.
A (4, 7), B (6, 2), C(0, 0)
Answer:
Plot the points A (4, 7), B (6, 2), C(0, 0)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-12

Question 13.
D (\(\frac{1}{2}\), 2), E (- 5, 5), F (- 4, 1)
Answer:
D (\(\frac{1}{2}\), 2) = D (0.5 , 2)
Plot the points D (0.5 , 2), E (- 5, 5), F (- 4, 1)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-13

Question 14.
G (1\(\frac{1}{2}\), 4), H(1\(\frac{1}{2}\), – 8), J (5, – 8), K (5, 4)
Answer:
G (1\(\frac{1}{2}\), 4)= G (\(\frac{3}{2}\), 4) = G ( 1.5 , 4)
H(1\(\frac{1}{2}\), -8)= H(\(\frac{3}{2}\), -8) = H ( 1.5 , -8)
Plot the points G ( 1.5 , 4), H ( 1.5 , -8), J (5, – 8), K (5, 4)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-14

Question 15.
L (- 3, 2), M (- 3, 5), N (2, 2), P (2, – 1)
Answer:
L (- 3, 2), M (- 3, 5), N (2, 2), P (2, – 1)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-15

Question 16.
Q (0, 4), R (- 3, 8), S (- 7, 4), T (- 1, – 2), U (7, – 2)
Answer:
Plot the points Q (0, 4), R (- 3, 8), S (- 7, 4), T (- 1, – 2), U (7, – 2)

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-16

Question 17.
V(- 4, – 2), W(- 3, 3\(\frac{1}{2}\)), X (2, 3\(\frac{1}{2}\)), Y (4, 0), Z (1, – 4)
Answer:
W(- 3, 3\(\frac{1}{2}\))= W(- 3, \(\frac{7}{2}\)) = W(-3, 3.5)
X (2, 3\(\frac{1}{2}\))= X (2, \(\frac{7}{2}\)) = X(2, 3.5)
Plot the points V(- 4, – 2),W(-3, 3.5), X(2, 3.5), Y (4, 0), Z (1, – 4)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-17

Question 18.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend draws a triangle with vertices A(3, −1), B (4, 3), and C (−1, 2). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.6 6
Answer:
No
Explanation:
As per the above graph the point A drawn as (3,1) not (3,-1).The Point A is drawn in Quadrant I, Here the x-coordinate is positive and y-coordinate is also positive.
The point (3,-1) will be represented in Quadrant IV, Here the x-coordinate is positive and y-coordinate is also negative.

FINDING DISTANCES Find the distance between the points.
Question 19.
(4, 6), (9, 6)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-19

Answer:
Plot the points.
The points are in same Quadrants and have same y-coordinates. The distance between the points is the difference between the points is the difference of the absolute values of the x coordinate.
|9| – |4| = 9-4=5
So the distance between the points (4, 6), (9, 6) is 5

Question 20.
(5, 10), (5, 4)
Answer:
Plot the points.
The points are in same Quadrants and have same x-coordinates. The distance between the points is the difference between the points is the difference of the absolute values of the y coordinate.
|10| – |4| = 2
So the distance between the points (5, 10), (5, 4) is 6
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-20

Question 21.
(3, 0), (3, – 2)
Answer:

Plot the points.
The points are in same Quadrants and have same x-coordinates. The distance between the points is the Sum of the absolute values of the y coordinate.
|0| +  |-2| = 2
So the distance between the points (3, 0), (3, – 2) is 2

Question 22.
(5, – 2), (- 6, – 2)
Answer:

Explanation:
Plot the points.
The points are in different Quadrants and have same y-coordinates. The distance between the points is the sum  of the absolute values of the x coordinate.
|5| + |-6| = 5 + 6=11
So the distance between the points (5, – 2), (- 6, – 2) is 11

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-22

Question 23.
(- 1, 12), (- 1, – 3)
Answer:
Plot the points.
The points are in different Quadrants and have same x-coordinates. The distance between the points is the Sum of the absolute values of the y coordinate.
|12| +  |-3| = 12 + 3 =15
So the distance between the points (- 1, 12), (- 1, – 3) is 15

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-23

Question 24.
(- 7, 8), (7, 8)
Answer:
Plot the points.
The points are in different Quadrants and have same y-coordinates. The distance between the points is the sum  of the absolute values of the x coordinate.
|-7| + |7| = 7 + 7 = 14
So the distance between the points (- 7, 8), (7, 8) is 14
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-24

Question 25.
(- 6, 5), (- 6, – 3.5)
Answer:

Plot the points.
The points are in different Quadrants and have same x-coordinates. The distance between the points is the Sum of the absolute values of the y coordinate.
|5| +  |-3.5| = 5 + 3.5 = 8.5
So the distance between the points (- 6, 5), (- 6, – 3.5) is 8.5

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-25

Question 26.
(- 2.5, 3), (5, 3)
Answer:
Plot the points.
The points are in different Quadrants and have same y-coordinates. The distance between the points is sum of the absolute values of the x coordinate.
|-2.5| + |5| = 2.5 + 5 = 7.5
So the distance between the points (- 2.5, 3), (5, 3) is 7.5

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-26

Question 27.
(4.5, – 1.5), (4.5, 7.25)
Answer:
Plot the points.
The points are in different Quadrants and have same x-coordinates. The distance between the points is the sum of the absolute values of the y coordinate.
|-1.5| + |7.25| = 1.5 + 7.25 = 8.75
So the distance between the points (4.5, – 1.5), (4.5, 7.25) is 8.75

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-27

GEOMETRY Find the perimeter and the area of the polygon with the given vertices.
Question 28.
C (1, 1), D (1, 4), E (4, 4), F (4, 1)
Answer:
The polygon formed is square .
The area of the square = s × s = 3 × 3 = 9
The perimeter of the square = 4 s = 4 × 3 = 12
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-28

Question 29.
J (- 1, – 2), K(- 6, – 2), L (- 6, – 8), M (- 1, – 8)
Answer:
After plotting the points the polygon formed is Rectangle
Area of Rectangle = length × breadth = 6 × 5 = 30
Perimeter of Rectangle = 2 (length + breadth) = 2 ( 6 + 5) = 22
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-29

Question 30.
N (- 4, 2), P (5, 2), Q (5, 5), R (- 4, 5)
Answer:
After plotting the points the polygon formed is Rectangle
Area of Rectangle = length × breadth = 9 × 3 = 27
Perimeter of Rectangle = 2 (length + breadth) = 2 ( 9 + 3) = 24
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-30

Question 31.
S (- 11, – 8), T (- 11, 0), U (0, 0), V (0, – 8)
Answer:
After plotting the points the polygon formed is Rectangle
Area of Rectangle = length × breadth = 11 × 8 = 88
Perimeter of Rectangle = 2 (length + breadth) = 2 ( 11 + 8) = 38
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-31

Question 32.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The coordinates of several stars drawn in a coordinate plane are (8, 0), (7, −3), (3, −2.5), (3.5, 0.5), (−1, 3), (−3, 5), and (−7, 6). Plot the locations of the stars. Draw a constellation by connecting the points.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.6 7.1
Answer:
Plot the given points (8, 0), (7, −3), (3, −2.5), (3.5, 0.5), (−1, 3), (−3, 5), and (−7, 6).
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-32

Question 33.
STRUCTURE
The coordinate plane shows three vertices of a parallelogram. Find two possible points that could represent the fourth vertex.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.6 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-33
The fourth vertex is Z(-5,-3) as shown in the above graph.

Question 34.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Polygon JKLMNP represents a bus route. Each grid square represents 9 square miles. What is the shortest distance, in miles, from Station P to Station L using the bus route? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.6 8
Answer:
Shortest distance between L to P is from PNML = 9 × 9 = 81 square miles
(Total grids from PNML = 9)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-34

Question 35.
MODELING REAL LIFE
In a topographical map of a city, the vertices of the city limits are A(−7, 3), B (1, 3), C (1, −4), D (−3, −1.5), and E (−7, −1.5). The coordinates are measured in miles. What is the area of the city?
Answer:
Plot the given points A(−7, 3), B (1, 3), C (1, −4), D (−3, −1.5), and E (−7, −1.5)
Area of city = area of rectangle ABEF + area of triangle CDF
Area of Rectangle ABEF = length × breadth = 8 × 4.5 = 36
Area of triangle CDF = (Height × base) ÷ 2 =(4 × 2.5) ÷ 2 = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-35

Question 36.
DIG DEEPER!
A map shows that the vertices of a backyard are W (−100, −70), X (−100, 0), Y (0, 0), and Z (−60, −70). The coordinates are measured in feet. The line segment XZseparates the backyard into a lawn and a garden. How many times larger is the lawn than the garden?
Answer:
Plot the given points W (−100, −70), X (−100, 0), Y (0, 0), and Z (−60, −70).
From the graph we can say that the 2 times larger the lawn than a garden.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-36

OPEN-ENDED Draw a polygon with the given conditions in a coordinate plane where the vertices are not all in the same quadrant.
Question 37.
a square with a perimeter of 20 units
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-37

Question 38.
a rectangle with a perimeter of 18 units
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-38

Question 39.
a rectangle with an area of 24 units2
Answer:
After plotting the points the polygon formed is Rectangle
Area of Rectangle = length × breadth = 6 × 4 = 24 units2
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-39

Question 40.
a triangle with an area of 15 units2
Answer:
After plotting the points in the graph
Area of triangle = (Height × base) ÷ 2 =(6 × 5) ÷ 2 = 15 units2
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-40

Question 41.
PRECISION
The vertices of a rectangle are (1, 0), (1, a), (5, a), and (5, 0). The vertices of a parallelogram are (1, 0), (2, b), (6, b), and (5, 0). The values of a and b are both positive and a > b. Which polygon has a greater area? Explain.
Answer:
The vertices of a rectangle are A(1, 0), B(1, a), C(5, a), and D(5, 0).
After plotting the above points in the graph we consider a = 3 to form a rectangle.
The vertices of a parallelogram are A(1, 0), E(2, b), F(6, b), and D(5, 0).
After plotting the above points in the graph we consider b = 2 to form a parallelogram
The area of the rectangle is greater than area of the parallelogram which can be easily noticed from the graph .
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Polygons-in-the-Coordinate-Plane-Homework-Practice-8.6-Question-41

Lesson 8.7 Writing and Graphing Inequalities

EXPLORATION 1

Understanding Inequality Statements
Work with a partner. Create a number line on the floor with both positive and negative integers.
a. For each statement, stand at a number on your number line that makes the statement true. On what other numbers can you stand?
•Class starts more than 3 minutes late.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 1
Answer:
c > 3
Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.7-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Exploration-1
above 3 all points are solutions for above inequality statement.
• You need at least 3 peaches for a recipe.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 2
Answer:
n  ≥ 3.
Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.7-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Exploration-1-a-2
Here the mark starts at 3 the point is closed circle which means here 3 is also included .
3 and above will be the solutions for the inequality equations.

• The temperature is at most 3 degrees Celsius.
Answer:
t ≤ 3
Explanation:
Here in the number line we observe that a circle is marked at point 3 it means it is not included and less than 3 are the solutions of the inequality equations
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.7-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Exploration-1-a-3
• After playing a video game for 5 minutes, you have fewer than 3 points.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 3
Answer:
x+5 < 3
b. How can you represent the solutions of each statement in part(a) on a number line?
Answer:
An Inequality is a mathematical sentence that compares expressions. It contains symbols like < , > ,≤, ≥.
based on the phrases the symbol is used and expressions are written .

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 4

An inequality is a mathematical sentence that compares expressions. It contains the symbols <, >, ≤, or ≥. To write a word sentence as an inequality, look for the following phrases to determine where to place the inequality symbol.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 5

Try It

Write the word sentence as an inequality.
Question 1.
A number n is greater than 1.
Answer:
A number n is greater than 1
n          >           1
An inequality is n>1

Question 2.
Twice a number p is fewer than 7.
Answer:
Twice a number p is fewer than 7.
2p                  <        7
An inequality equation is 2p>7

Question 3.
A number w minus 3 is less than or equal to 10.
Answer:
An inequality equation is w-3 ≤ 10

Question 4.
A number z divided by 2 is at least −6.
Answer:
An inequality equation is z ÷ 2  ≥ -6

Tell whether 3 is a solution of the inequality.
Question 5.
b + 4 < 6
Answer:
b + 4 < 6
b < 6 – 4
b < 2
No as b is less than 2

Question 6.
9 – n ≥ 6
Answer:
9 – n ≥ 6
9 + 6 ≥ n
15 ≥ n

Question 7.
10 ≤ 18 ÷ x
Answer:
10 ≤ 18 ÷ x = x ≤ 18 ÷ 10
x ≤ 1.8

Graph the inequality on a number line.
Question 8.
a < 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.7-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Question-8
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 9. f ≤ 7
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.7-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Question-9
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 10. n > 0
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.7-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Question-10
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 11.
– 3 ≤ p
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.7-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Question-11
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 12.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Write “both” inequalities.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 6
Answer:
Statement I – n ≤ 3
Statement II -n ≤ 3
Statement III -n ≤ 3
Statement IV-n ≥ 3 ≤

CHECKING SOLUTIONS Tell whether the given value is a solution of the inequality.
Question 13.
p + 5 ≤ 12; p = 6
Answer:
p + 5 ≤ 12
put p = 6
6 + 5 = 11
11 ≤ 12 is true
so the given value is the solution of the inequality .

Question 14.
w – 12 < 4; w = 16
Answer:
w – 12 < 4
put w = 16
16 – 12 =4
4 < 4 is not true
so the given value is not a solution for the inequality .

GRAPHING AN INEQUALITY Graph the inequality on a number line.
Question 15.
n > 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.7-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Question-15
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 16.
q ≤ – 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.7-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Question-16

Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 17.
5 < s
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.7-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Question-17
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 18.
To obtain a babysitting license, you still need to train for at least 6 hours and 45 minutes. Describe the amounts of time that you can train and still not obtain a license.
Answer:
Time required to train for babysitting license ≤ 6 hours 45 minutes.

Question 19.
DIG DEEPER!
The farthest away a drone can fly is 200 meters. A building is 380 meters tall. You control the drone from a floor that is halfway to the top of the building. Can the drone reach the top of the building? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 7
Answer:
Distance a drone can fly = 200 metres
Height of a building = 380 metres tall
floor height = half of the building = 380 ÷ 2 = 190 metres.
Distance a drone can travel from floor = 190 metres + 200 = 390 metres.
390 > Distance of a building .
390 > 380
It means that drone can reach the top of the building .

Question 20.
Each visit to a water park costs $19.95. An annual pass to the park costs $89.95. Write an inequality that represents the numbers of times you would need to visit the park for the pass to be a better deal.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 8
Answer:
Cost of water park for 1 visit= $19.95
Cost of Annual pass to water park = $89.95.
Number of visits in Annual pass = $89.95 ÷ $19.95 = 4.5
Number of visits = n
n ≥ 4.5

Writing and Graphing Inequalities Homework & Practice 8.7

Review & Refresh

Find the distance between the points.
Question 1.
(2, 8), (6, 8)
Answer:Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-1

Explanation:
Plot the points.
The points are in same Quadrants and have same y-coordinates. The distance between the points is the difference between the points is the difference of the absolute values of the x coordinate.
|6| – |2| = 6 – 2 = 4
So the distance between the points (2, 8), (6, 8) is 4

Question 2.
(5, 9), (7, 9)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-2
Explanation:
Plot the points.
The points are in same Quadrants and have same y-coordinates. The distance between the points is the difference between the points is the difference of the absolute values of the x coordinate.
|7| – |5| = 7- 5 = 2
So the distance between the points (5, 9), (7, 9) is 2

Question 3.
(- 3, 6), (- 3, – 2)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-3

Explanation:
Plot the points.
The points are in different Quadrants and have same X-coordinates. The distance between the points is the sum  of the absolute values of the x coordinate.
|6| + |-3| = 6 + 3 = 9
So the distance between the points (- 3, 6), (- 3, – 2) is 9

Solve the equation. Check your solution
Question 4.
x + 3 = 12
Answer:
x + 3 = 12
x = 12 – 3
x = 9
solution is 9

Question 5.
x – 6 = 8
Answer:
x – 6 = 8
x = 8 + 6
x = 14
solution is 14

Question 6.
\(\frac{t}{12}\) = 4
Answer:
\(\frac{t}{12}\) = 4
t = 4 × 12
t = 48

Question 7.
8x = 72
Answer:
8x = 72
x = 72 ÷ 8
x = 9

Question 8.
A stack of boards is 24 inches high. e thickness of each board is \(\frac{3}{8}\) inch. How many boards are in the stack?
A. \(\frac{1}{9}\)
B. \(\frac{1}{6}\)
C. 9
D. 64
Answer:
Height of boards = 24 inches
Thickness of each board = \(\frac{3}{8}\) = 0.375 inch
Number of boards in stack = 24  ÷ 0.375 = 64 boards
Option D is the answer.

Find the area of the parallelogram.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 9
Answer:
Height of the Parallelogram = 3 inches
Base of the Parallelogram = 4 inches.
Area of the Parallelogram =  base × height = 3 × 4 =12 inches.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 10
Answer:
Height of the Parallelogram = 5 m
Base of the Parallelogram = 7 m
Area of the Parallelogram =  base × height = 7 × 5 = 35 metres

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 11
Answer:
Height of the Parallelogram = 15 m
Base of the Parallelogram = 8.5 m
Area of the Parallelogram =  base × height = 15 × 8.5 = 127.5 sq metres

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

UNDERSTANDING INEQUALITY STATEMENTS Choose a number that makes the statement true. What other numbers make the statement true? (See Exploration 1, p. 383.)

Question 12.
You are less than 3 miles from home.
Answer:
Y < 3.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-12

Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 13.
You need at least $5 for lunch.
Answer:
Y  ≥ 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-13
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 14.
You buy more than 2 movie tickets.
Answer:
Y > 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-14
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 15.
A game lasts no more than 10 minutes.
Answer:
G ≤ 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-15
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

WRITING INEQUALITIES Write the word sentence as an inequality.
Question 16.
A number k is less than 10.
Answer:
k < 10

Question 17.
A number a is more than 6.
Answer:
n > 6

Question 18.
A number z is fewer than \(\frac{3}{4}\).
Answer:
z < \(\frac{3}{4}\)

Question 19.
A number b is at least −3.
Answer:
b ≥ -3

Question 20.
One plus a number y is no more than −13.
Answer:
1 + Y ≤ – 13

Question 21.
A number x divided by 3 is at most 5.
Answer:
x ÷ 3 ≤ 5

CHECKING SOLUTIONS Tell whether the given value is a solution of the inequality.
Question 22.
x – 1 ≤ 7; x = 6
Answer:
x – 1 ≤ 7
put x =6
6 – 1 = 5
5 ≤ 7
above statement is True
Yes, the given value is a solution of the inequality.

Question 23.
y + 5 < 13; y = 17
Answer:
y + 5 < 13
put = 17
17 + 5 = 22
22 < 13
above statement is wrong
So, the given value is not a solution of the inequality.

Question 24. 3z > 6; z = 3
Answer:
3z > 6
put z = 3
3 × 3 = 9
9 > 6
above statement is True
So, the given value is not a solution of the inequality.

Question 25.
6 ≤ \(\frac{b}{2}\); b = 10
Answer:
6 ≤ \(\frac{b}{2}\)
6 ≤ \(\frac{10}{2}\)
6 ≤ 5
The above statement is wrong .
So, the given value is not a solution of the inequality.

Question 26.
c + 2.5 < 4.3; c = 1.8
Answer:
c + 2.5 < 4.3
Put c = 1.8
1.8 + 2.5 = 4.3
4.3 < 4.3
above statement is wrong
So, the given value is not a solution of the inequality.

Question 27.
a ≤ 0; a = -5
Answer:
a ≤ 0
put a = -5
– 5 ≤ 0
above statement is True
So, the given value is not a solution of the inequality.

MATCHING Match the inequality with its graph.
Question 28.
x ≥ – 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-28
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 29.
x < – 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-29
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions

Question 30.
x > – 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-30
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions

Question 31.
x ≤ – 2
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 12
Option C is correct.
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

GRAPHING AN INEQUALITY Graph the inequality on a number line.
Question 32.
a > 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-32
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions

Question 33.
n ≥ 8
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-33
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 34.
3 ≥ x
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-34
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 35.
y < \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
y < \(\frac{1}{2}\) = y < 0.5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-35
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions

Question 36.
x < \(\frac{2}{9}\)
Answer:
x < \(\frac{2}{9}\)
x < 0.2
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-36
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions

Question 37. -3 ≥ c
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-37
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 38. m > – 5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-38
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions

Question 39.
0 ≤ b
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-39
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 40.
1.5 > f
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-40
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions

Question 41.
t ≥ – \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
t ≥ – \(\frac{1}{2}\) = t ≥ – 0.5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-41
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 42.
t ≥ – 1.6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-42
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 43.
\(\frac{7}{3}\) ≥ z
Answer:
\(\frac{7}{3}\) ≥ z
2.3 ≥ z
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-43
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

OPEN-ENDED Write an inequality and a word sentence that represent the graph.
Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 13
Answer:
n < 1
Here in the number line the 1 is not selected and all the numbers are less than 1 so the inequality equation is
n < 1
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions

Question 45.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 14
Answer:
Here in the number line the 1 is selected and all the numbers are less than 1 so the inequality equation is
n ≤ 1
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 46.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 15
Answer:
Here in the number line the 1 is selected and all the numbers are greater than -4 so the inequality equation is
-4 ≤ n
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 47.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 16
Answer:
Here in the number line the 5 is not selected and all the numbers are greater than 0 so the inequality equation is
0 < n
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend graphs the inequality. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Question 48.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 17
Answer:
Yes, my friend is true .
Here in the number line the 1 is not selected and all the numbers are greater than 1 so the inequality equation is
x > 1
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions

Question 49.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 18
Answer:
Here in the number line the -1 is not selected and all the numbers are less than -1 so the inequality equation is
-1 > x
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions

Question 50.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The world record for the farthest flight by hoverboard is 2252.4 meters. Write and graph an inequality that represents the distances that would set a new world record.
Answer:
Distance of the farthest flight by hoverboard = 2252.4
For new record the distance should be more than this distance.
Therefore the inequality of a new world record is w > 2252.4

Question 51.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You are fishing and are allowed to keep at most 3 striped bass. Each striped bass must be no less than 18 inches long.
a. Write and graph an inequality that represents the numbers of striped bass you are allowed to keep.
b. Write and graph an inequality that represents the lengths of striped bass you are allowed to keep.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 19
Answer:
Number of striped bass allowed = n ≤ 3
Length of stripped bass = l ≥ 18
Answer a :
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-51-b
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Answer b:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-51-b

Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 52.
REASONING
You have $33. You want to buy a necklace and one other item from the list.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 20
a. Write an inequality that represents the situation.
b.Can the other item be a T-shirt? Explain.
c. Can the other item be a book? Explain.
Answer a :
Total Amount  = t ≤ $33

Answer b:
Yes
Explanation:
Total Amount = $33
Amount for necklace = $16
Amount for T-Shirt = $15
Total Amount for necklace and T-Shirt = 16 + 15 = 31.
Therefore the required amount is 31 which is less than 33.
So it is possible to buy both .

Answer c :
No
Total Amount = $33
Amount for necklace = $16
Amount for Book = $20
Total Amount for necklace and Book = 16 + 20 = 36.
Therefore the required amount is 36 which is greater than 33.
So it is not possible to buy both .

Question 53.
LOGIC
For a food to be labeled low sodium, there must be no more than 140 milligrams of sodium per serving.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 21
a. Write and graph an inequality that represents the amount of sodium in a low-sodium serving.
Answer:
Amount of sodium in a low-sodium serving = S ≤ 140
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-53-a
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

b.Write and graph an inequality that represents the amount of sodium in a serving that does not qualify as low sodium.
Answer:
Amount of sodium in a low-sodium serving which doesnot qualify = S > 140
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-53-b
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions

c. Does the food represented by the nutrition facts label qualify as a low-sodium food? Explain.
Answer:
As per the above picture
Total sodium = 300 grams.
Sodium used for nutrition facts label qualify = 13 % of 300 grams = (13 × 300) ÷ 100 = 3 × 13 = 39 grams.
Amount of sodium in a low-sodium serving =140 milligrams = 0.149 grams
So the food represented by the nutrition facts label doesnot qualify as a low-sodium food.

CRITICAL THINKING Determine whether the statement is always, sometimes, or never true. Explain your reasoning.
Question 54.
A number that is a solution of the inequality x > 5 is also a solution of the inequality x ≥ 5.
Answer:
Sometimes
Explanation:
Only when 5 is not a solution . above 5 all will be the solutions for the equations.

Question 55.
A number that is a solution of the inequality 5 ≤ x is also a solution of the inequality x > 5.
Answer:
Sometimes.
Explanation:
Only when 5 is not a solution . above 5 all will be the solutions for the equations.

5Question 6.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A subway ride costs $1.50. A 30-day subway pass costs $36. Write an inequality that represents the numbers of subway rides you would need to take for the pass to be a better deal.
Answer:
Cost of one ride of subway = $1.50
cost of 30-day subway = $36.
Number of rides in 30-day subway = $36 ÷ $1.50 = 24 rides.
Yes it is a fair deal because you pay only for 24 rides out of 30 rides.
r ≤ 24 .

Question 57.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Fifty people are seated in a movie theater. The maximum capacity of the theater is 425 people. Write an inequality that represents the numbers of additional people who can be seated.
Answer:
Number of people in theater = 50
Maximum Capacity = 425
The Numbers of additional people who can be seated = 50 + x < 425 .

Question 58.
CRITICAL THINKING
The map shows the elevations above sea level for an area of land.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.7 22
a Graph the possible elevations of A. Write the set of elevations as two inequalities.
Answer:
Point A = 0 – 100 ft
possible elevations of A ≤ 100.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Writing-Graphing-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.7-Question-58-a
b. Graph the possible elevations of C. How can you write this set of elevations as a single inequality? Explain.
Answer:
Point C = 400 – 500
possible elevations of  400 < C ≤  500.

c. What is the elevation of B? Explain.
Answer:
Point C = 200 – 300
possible elevations of  200 < B ≤  300.

Lesson 8.8 Solving Inequalities

EXPLORATION 1

Using Tape Diagrams
Work with a partner. In Section 6.2 Exploration 1, the tape diagram below was used to model the equation x + 4 = 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 1
a. Suppose that x +4 is greater than 12. How can you change the equation to represent the new relationship between x + 4 and 12?
Answer:
x + 4 ≥ 12
To Change the equation to represent the new relationship
x + 4 ≥ 12   subtract 4 from both sides of the equation we get ,
x ≥ 8
b. A student finds the possible values of x using the tape diagrams below. What is the solution? How can you find the solution algebraically?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 2.1
Answer:
None of the above diagrams help us to know the solutions.
c. Describe the relationship between 4x and 20 as shown by the tape diagram below. What can you conclude about x?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 2
Answer:
4x + y  = 20
Explanation:
Total 4x is not equal to 20 something if we add to 4x then only the sum becomes 20 .

Try It

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.
Question 1.
x – 2 < 3
Answer:
x – 2 < 3
add 2 on both sides
x -2 + 2 < 3 + 2
x < 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.8-Solving-Inequalities-Question-1

Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 2.
10 ≥ z – 1
Answer:
10 ≥ z – 1 ( add by 1)
11 ≥ z
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.8-Solving-Inequalities-Question-2

Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 3.
y + 2 ≥ 17
Answer:
y + 2 ≥ 17
y ≥ 17 – 2 ( subtract by 2)
y ≥ 15
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.8-Solving-Inequalities-Question-3

Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.
Question 4.
p ÷ 3 ≥ 2
Answer:
p ÷ 3 ≥ 2
p ≥ 2 × 3 ( multiply by 3 )
p ≥ 6
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.8-Solving-Inequalities-Question-4

Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 5.
1 < \(\frac{s}{7}\)
Answer:
1 < \(\frac{s}{7}\)
7 < s (multiply by 7)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.8-Solving-Inequalities-Question-5

Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 6. 11k ≤ 33
Answer:
11k ≤ 33
k ≤ 3 (divided by 11 )
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.8-Solving-Inequalities-Question-6

Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.
Question 7. \(\frac{3}{2}\)m > 1
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{2}\)m > 1
1.5m > 1 divide by 1.5
m > 0.6
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.8-Solving-Inequalities-Question-7
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 8.
\(\frac{3}{5}\)q ≤ 6
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{5}\)q ≤ 6
0.6q ≤ 6
divide by 0.6
q ≤ (6 ÷ 0.6 )
q ≤ 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.8-Solving-Inequalities-Question-8
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 9.
5 > \(\frac{5t}{6}\)
Answer:
5 > \(\frac{5t}{6}\)
multiply by 6
5 × 6 > 5t
30 > 5t
divide by 5
6 > t
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.8-Solving-Inequalities-Question-9

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills

Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

SOLVING INEQUALITIES Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.
Question 10.
n + 6 < 10
Answer:
n + 6 < 10
subtract 6 on both sides
n < 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.8-Solving-Inequalities-Question-10

Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions.Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 11.
h – 13 ≥ 7
Answer:
h – 13 ≥ 7
add 13 on both sides
h ≥ 20
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.8-Solving-Inequalities-Question-11

Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 12.
5g > 45
Answer:
5g > 45
divide by 9 on both sides
g > 9
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.8-Solving-Inequalities-Question-12

Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 13.
\(\frac{3}{4}\)k ≤ 6
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)k ≤ 6
divide by \(\frac{4}{3}\)
k ≤ 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.8-Solving-Inequalities-Question-13

Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

OPEN-ENDED
Write an inequality that the graph represents. Then use the Addition Property of Inequality to write another inequality that the graph represents.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 3
Answer:
x > 2
Then add 2 on both sides
x + 2 > 4.

Question 15.
REASONING
How is the graph of the solution of 2x ≥ 10 different from the graph of the solution of 2x = 10?
Answer:
2x ≥ 10
divide by 2
x ≥ 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Lesson-8.8-Solving-Inequalities-Question-15-a
Here including 5 and above all are the solutions of the given inequality equation .

Question 16
OPEN-ENDED
Write two inequalities that have the same solution set: one that you can solve using division and one that you can solve using subtraction.
Answer:

Question 17.
A small pizza costs $4.50, and a salad costs $3.75. You plan to buy two small pizzas and four salads. Write and solve an inequality to find the additional amounts you can spend to get free delivery.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 4
Answer:
Cost of pizza = $4.50
Cost of Salads = $3.75.
Free delivery on more than or equal to $40
d ≥ 40
Cost of  2 pizza = $4.50 × 2 = $9
Cost of 4 Salads = $3.75. × 4 = $15
Total Amount = $9 +$ 15 = $ 26.
Therefore , It is less than 40$ so free delivery is not possible .

Question 18.
DIG DEEPER!
Students at a playground are divided into 5 groups with at least 6 students in each group.
a. Find the possible numbers of students at the playground.
b. Suppose the students are divided into 5 equal groups. How does this change your answer in part(a)?
Answer a :
Number of Groups = 5
Number of students in each group = 6
Total students at play ground = 5 × 6 = 30
Answer b :
It doesnot change the answer because earlier there are 5 groups and even now we have 5 groups .

Solving Inequalities Homework & Practice 8.8

Review & Refresh

Tell whether the given value is a solution of the inequality.
Question 1.
n + 4 > 15; n = 9
Answer:
n + 4 > 15;
Put n = 9 in LHS
9 + 4 = 13
13 > 15 The statement is wrong
So it is not a solution for the given inequality .

Question 2.
s – 12 ≤ 8; s = 20
Answer:
s – 12 ≤ 8
Put s = 20 in LHS
20 – 12
8 ≤ 8 The statement is wrong as it is equal to 8 but not greater than 8 .
So it is not a solution for the given inequality .

Question 3.
\(\frac{z}{4}\) ≥ 7; z = 32
Answer:
latex]\frac{z}{4}[/latex] ≥ 7 (mutlipy by 4)
z ≥ 7 × 4
z ≥ 28
Put z = 32
32 ≥ 28 is true
as 32 is greater than 28.
so the given number is the solution for the inequality equation.

Question 4.
6g < 48; g = 8
Answer:
6g < 48
Put g = 8 in LHS
6 × 8 = 48
48 < 48 is wrong as both are equal .
so the given number is not a solution for the inequality equation .

Find the area of the triangle.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 5
Answer:
Height of the triangle = 8mm
Base of the triangle = 14mm
Area of the Triangle = base × height = 14 × 8 =112 sq.mm

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 6
Answer:
Height of the triangle = 6 inches
Base of the triangle = 3.5 inches
Area of the Triangle = base × height = 6 × 3.5 = 21 sq.inches

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 7
Answer:
Height of the triangle = 6 yd
Base of the triangle = 2\(\frac{1}{2}\) = \(\frac{5}{2}\) = 2.5 yd
Area of the Triangle = base × height = 6 × 2.5 = 15 sq.yds

Write the product as a power.
Question 8.
7 × 7
Answer:
72
As we have 2 7 ‘s  so the power is 2
Explanation:
The exponent is the amount of times the number will be multiplied by itself.

Question 9.
12 × 12 × 12 × 12
Answer:
124
As we have 4,12 ‘s  so the power is 4
Explanation:
The exponent is the amount of times the number will be multiplied by itself.

Question 10.
1.4 × 1.4 × 1.4
Answer:
1.43
As we have 3, 1.4 ‘s  so the power is 3
Explanation:
The exponent is the amount of times the number will be multiplied by itself.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING TOOLS Describe the relationship shown by the tape diagram. What can you conclude about x? (See Exploration 1, p. 391.)
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 8
Answer:
1 + 2x < 9
Explanation:
1 + 2x is some part of 9 but not equal to 9 as 9 is greater than 1 + 2x. so the inequality equation is 1 + 2x < 9

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 9
Answer:
6x > 24
Explanation:
24 is some part of 6x . an 6x is greater than 24. So the inequality equation is 6x > 24

SOLVING INEQUALITIES Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.
Question 13.
x – 4 < 5
Answer:
x – 4 < 5 (add 4)
x < 9
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-13

Question 14. 5 + h > 7
Answer:
14. 5 + h > 7
14.5 move towards RHS we get
h > 7 -14.5
h > – 7.5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-14

Question 15.
3 ≥ y – 2
Answer:
3 ≥ y – 2
add 2 on both sides
5 ≥ y
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-15

Question 16.
y – 21 < 85
Answer:
y – 21 < 85
add 21 on both sides
y < 106
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-16

Question 17. 18 > 12 + x
Answer:
18 > 12 + x
subtract 12 on both sides we get ,
6 > x
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-17

Question 18.
\(\frac{m}{8}\) < 4
Answer:
\(\frac{m}{8}\) < 4
Multiply by 8 on both sides we get,
m < 8 × 4
m < 32
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-18

Question 19. n ÷ 6 > 2
Answer:
n ÷ 6 > 2
multiply by 6 on both sides we get,
n > 12
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-19

Question 20.
12x < 96
Answer:
12x < 96
divide by 12 on both sides we get,
x< 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-20

Question 21.
\(\frac{1}{11}\)c ≥ 9
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{11}\)c ≥ 9
multiply by 11 on both sides we get,
c ≥ 9 × 11
c ≥ 99
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-21

Question 22.
8w ≤ 72
Answer:
8w ≤ 72
divide by 8 on both sides we get,
w ≤ 9
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-22

Question 23.
7.2 < x + 4.2
Answer:
7.2 < x + 4.2
subtract 4.2 on both sides we get,
3 < x
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-23

Question 24.
12.7 ≥ s – 5.3
Answer:
12.7 ≥ s – 5.3
add 5.3 on both sides we get,
12.7 + 5.3 ≥ s
18 ≥ s
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-24

Question 25.
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ≤ \(\frac{1}{2}\) + n
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{4}\) ≤ \(\frac{1}{2}\) + n
0.75 ≤ 0.5 + n
subtract 0.5 on both sides we get,
0.25 ≤ n

Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-25

Question 26.
7.5 p ≤ 45
Answer:
7.5 p ≤ 45
divide by 7.5 we get,
p ≤ 6
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-26

Question 27.
\(\frac{5}{9}\)v ≤ 45
Answer:
\(\frac{5}{9}\)v ≤ 45
multiply by \(\frac{9}{5}\) on both sides we get,
v ≤ 81
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-27

Question 28.
\(\frac{5x}{8}\) ≥ 30
Answer:
\(\frac{5x}{8}\) ≥ 30
Multiply by \(\frac{8}{5}\) on both sides we get,
x ≥ 48
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-28

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend solves the inequality. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 10
Answer:
No ,
Explanation:
we subtracted 19 on both sides we get
28 – 9 = 19
t – 9 – 9 = t – 18
so the inequality equation after change is
19 ≥ t – 18.

Question 30
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 11
Answer:
Yes it is right.

WRITING INEQUALITIES Write the word sentence as an inequality. Then solve the inequality.
Question 31.
Five more than a number p is less than 17.
Answer:
5 + p < 17

Question 32.
Three less than a number b is more than 15.
Answer:
3 – b > 15

Question 33.
Eight times a number n is less than 72.
Answer:
8n < 72

Question 34.
A number t divided by 32 is at most 4.25.
Answer:
t ÷ 32 ≤ 4.25

Question 35.
225 is no less than \(\frac{3}{4}\) times a number w.
Answer:
225 ≥ \(\frac{3}{4}\)w

Question 36.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Your carry-on bag can weigh at most 40 pounds. Write and solve an inequality that represents how much more weight you can add to the bag and still meet the requirement.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 12
Answer:
Weight of a bag ≤ 40
weight of the bag as per above image = 22
how much weight can be added = 40 – 22 = 18
22 + 18 ≤ 40

Question 37.
MODELING REAL LIFE
It costs $x for a round-trip bus ticket to the mall. You have $24. Write and solve an inequality that represents how much money you can spend for the bus ticket and still have enough to buy a hat that costs $18.99.
Answer:
Cost of bus ticket = $x
Total Amount with me = $24
Cost of Hat = $18.99
Amount can spend for bus ticket = $24 – $18.99 = $5.01
So Cost of bus ticket can be $5.01 ≥ x

Question 38.
GEOMETRY
The length of a rectangle is 8 feet, and its area is less than 168 square feet. Write and solve an inequality that represents the possible widths of the rectangle.
Answer:
Length of a rectangle = 8 feet.
Area of Rectangle < 168
Width of rectangle < Area ÷ length = 168 ÷ 8 = 21
width of rectangle can be < 21

Question 39.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A ticket to a dinosaur exhibit costs $7.50. A one-year pass to the exhibit costs $30. When is the one-year pass a better deal? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 13
Answer:
Cost of ticket = $7.50
Cost of 1 year pass =$30
Number of times can go in one year = 30 ÷7.50 =4
The deal is fair because you pay only for 4 times to go and rest of the year it will be free.
So the one year pass is more beneficial.

Question 40.
REASONING
A thrill ride at an amusement park holds a maximum of 12 people per ride.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 14
a. Find the possible numbers of rides needed for 15,000 people.
Answer:
Number of people for 1 ride = 12
Number of rides for 15,000 people = 15000 ÷ 12 = 1250 rides.

b. Is it reasonable for 15,000 people to ride the thrill ride in one day? Explain.
Answer:
The park opens from 10:00 a.m to 10:00 p.m
we cannot say the 15,000 people can ride in 1 day or not because we dont know for how much time will one ride takes.

Question 41.
OPEN-ENDED
Give an example of a real-life situation in which you can list all the solutions of an inequality. Give an example of a real-life situation in which you cannot list all the solutions of an inequality.
Answer:
Real-life situation of Inequalities.

Speed limitLegal speed on the highway ≤ 65 miles per hour
Credit cardMonthly payment ≥ 10% of your balance in that billing cycle
Text messagingAllowable number of text messages per month ≤ 250
Travel timeTime needed to walk from home to school ≥ 18 minutes

real-life situation in which you cannot list all the solutions of an inequality are Money . money should be given exactly not greater or lesser.

Question 42.
LOGIC
Describe the solution of 7x < 7x. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
7x < 7x
No solution.
Explanation:
this equation is wrong as both are equal . no solution can be possible if the inequality equation is wrong.

Question 43.
NUMBER SENSE
The possible values of x are given by x− 3 ≥ 2. What is the least possible value of 5x?
Answer:
x− 3 ≥ 2
add 3 on both sides we get,
x ≥ 5
Multiply by 5 on both sides we get,
5x ≥ 5 × 5
5x ≥ 25

SOLVING INEQUALITIES Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.
Question 44.
x + 9 – 3 ≤ 14
Answer:
x + 9 – 3 ≤ 14
x + 6 ≤ 14
subtract 6 on both sides we get ,
x≤ 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-44

Question 45.
44 > 7 + s + 26
Answer:
44 > 7 + s + 26
44 > 33 + s
subtract 33 on both sides we get,
11 > s
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-45

Question 46.
6.1 – 0.3 ≥ c + 1
Answer:
6.1 – 0.3 ≥ c + 1
5.8 ≥ c + 1
Subtract 1 on both sides we get,
4.8 ≥ c
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-46

Question 47.
2n < 4.6 × 12
Answer:
2n < 4.6 × 12
2n < 55.2
Divide by 2 on both sides we get,
n < 27.6
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-47

Question 48.
32 ≥ 2h + 6h
Answer:
32 ≥ 2h + 6h
32 ≥ 8h
Divide by 8 on both sides we get,
4 ≥ h
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-48

Question 49.
2\(\frac{2}{5}\)b – 1\(\frac{3}{10}\)b ≤ 6\(\frac{3}{5}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{12}{5}\)b – \(\frac{13}{10}\)b ≤ \(\frac{33}{5}\)
2.4b – 1.3b ≤  6.6
1.1b ≤ 6.6
Divide by 1.1 on both sides we get,
b ≤ 6
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-49

Question 50.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The high score for a video game is 36,480. Your current score is 34,280. Each dragonfly you catch is worth 1 point. You also get a 1000-point bonus for reaching 35,000 points. Find the possible numbers of dragonflies you can catch to earn a new high score.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 15
Answer:
High score of video game = 36,480
Current score =34,280
Score required to get 35,000 points = 35000 – 34280 = 720
You need to catch 720 dragon flies to get 35000 score after that 1000 bonus will be added so pesent score will be
34280 + 720 +1000 =36000
For new record how many dragon flies we should catch = 36480 – 36000 = 480
More than 480 then new record will be formed.
so possible number of dragon flies should we  catch for new record = 720 + 480 = 1200
more than 1200 .

Question 51.
REASONING
A winning football team more than doubled the offensive yards gained by its opponent. The opponent gained 272 offensive yards. The winning team had 80 offensive plays. Find the possible numbers of yards per play for the winning team. Justify your answer.
Answer:
Opponent offensive yards = 272
Winning team offensive yards = double he offensive yards gained by its opponent =20 × 272 = 5440
Winning Team offensive plays = 80
possible numbers of yards per play for the winning team = 5440 yards.

Question 52.
DIG DEEPER!
You complete two events of a triathlon. Your goal is to finish with an overall time of less than 100 minutes.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 16
a. Find the possible numbers of minutes you can take to finish the running event and still meet your goal.
b. The running event is 3.1 miles long. Estimate how many minutes it would take you to run 3.1 miles. Would this time allow you to reach your goal? Explain your reasoning.
Answer a :
Total Time is less than 100 minutes.
Time for swimming = 18.2
Time for Biking = 45..4
Time for Running = 100 – 18.2 – 45.4 =36.4
Time for running should be lesser or equal to 36.4 to reach the goal time.
Answer b:
Time for running should be lesser or equal to 36.4 to reach the goal time.
Goal length =3.1 miles.
To reach goal he should travel 3.1 miles in less than or equal to 36.4 minutes.

SOLVING INEQUALITIES Graph the numbers that are solutions of both inequalities.
Question 53.
x + 7 > 9 and 8x ≤ 64
Answer:
x + 7 > 9
subtract 7 on both sides we get,
x >2

8x ≤ 64
Divide by 8 on both sides we get,
x ≤ 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-53

Question 54.
z – 3 ≤ 8 and 6z < 72
Answer:
z – 3 ≤ 8
add 3 on both sides we get,
z ≤ 11

6z < 72
Divide by 6 on both sides we get,
z < 12
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-54

Question 55. w + 5 ≥ 8 and 4w > 20
Answer:
w + 5 ≥ 8
subtract 5 on both sides we get,
w ≥ 3

4w > 20
Divide 4 on both sides we get,
w > 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-55

Question 56.
g – 6 ≤ 1 and 3g ≥ 21
Answer:
g – 6 ≤ 1
Add 6 on both sides we get,
g ≤ 7

3g ≥ 21
Divide by 3 on both sides we get,
g ≥ 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-56

Question 57.
2.7 + k ≥ 5.3 and 0.8k ≤ 3.36
Answer:
2.7 + k ≥ 5.3
Subtract 2.7 on both sides we get,
k ≥ 2.6

0.8k ≤ 3.36
Divide by 0.8 on both sides we get,
k ≤ 4.2
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-57

Question 58.
p + \(\frac{3}{4}\) < 3 and \(\frac{1}{4}\)p > \(\frac{3}{8}\)
Answer:
p + \(\frac{3}{4}\) < 3
p + 0.75 < 3
Subtract 0.75 on both sides we get,
p < 2.25

\(\frac{1}{4}\)p > \(\frac{3}{8}\)
0.25p > 0.375
Divide by 0.25 on both sides we get,
p > 1.5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Solving-Inequalities-Homework-Practice-8.8-Question-58

Question 59.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are selling items from a catalog for a school fundraiser. Find the range of sales that will earn you at least $40 and at most $50.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane 8.8 17
Answer:
Earn $5 for every $50 in sales + take one catalog.
$50 > 1 + $5
If you sell at most $50 that is $50 ≤ if it equal to 50 only  you get $5 and 1 catalog.
If you sellat least $40 that is 40 ≥ if it is greater or equal to 40 only you get $5 and 1 catalog .

CRITICAL THINKING Let a > b> 0 and x > y> 0. Tell whether the statement is always true. Explain your reasoning.
Question 60.
a + x > b + y
Answer:
It is true
Explanation:
a > b> 0 and x > y> 0. in this both a and x are greater numbers. and if both numbers are added then the resultant will always be greater.

Question 61.
a – x > b – y
Answer:
Cant say as it depends on the values.
Explanation:
take a example take a=2 b=1 x=3 y= 2
2-3 = -2
1-2 = -1
-2 < -1
It is not true

Question 62.
ax > by
Answer:
It is true
Explanation:
a > b> 0 and x > y> 0. in this both a and x are greater numbers. and if both numbers are multipied then the resultant will always be greater.

Question 63.
\(\frac{a}{x}\) > \(\frac{y}{b}\)
Answer:
Cant say as it depends on the values.

Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
Question 1.
You use a coordinate plane to design a kite for a competition. The vertices of the design are A(0, 0), B(13.5, 9), C(27, 0), and D(13.5, −36). The coordinates are measured in inches. Find the least number of square yards of fabric you need to make the kite.

Understand the problem.
You know the vertices of your kite design in a coordinate plane, where the coordinates are measured in inches. You are asked to find the least number of square yards of fabric needed to make the kite.

Make a plan.
First, draw a diagram of the design in a coordinate plane. Then decompose the figure into two triangles to find the area of the kite in square inches. Finally, convert the area from square inches to square yards.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane cc 1

Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.
Answer:

Question 2.
You have $240 in a savings account. You deposit $60 per month. The tape diagram represents the ratio of money deposited to money withdrawn each month. Find the monthly change in your account balance. How long will it take for the account to have a balance of $0? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane cc 2
Answer:

Question 3.
A cord made of synthetic fiber can support 630 pounds, which is at least 450% of the weight that can be supported by a cord made of steel. Graph the possible weights that can be supported by the steel cord.
Answer:
Synthentic fibre = 630 pounds

Performance Task

Launching a CubeSat
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Designing a CubeSat.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane cc 3

Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane cr 1

Graphic Organizers

You can use a Summary Triangle to explain a concept. Here is an example of a Summary Triangle for integers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane cr 2

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
1. opposites
2. rational number
3. absolute value
4. coordinate plane
5. inequalities
6. solving inequalities using addition or subtraction
7. solving inequalities using multiplication or division
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane cr 3

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane crr 1

8.1 Integers (pp. 345–350)
Learning Target: Understand the concept of negative numbers and that they are used along with positive numbers to describe quantities.

Write a positive or negative integer that represents the situation.
Question 1.
An elevator goes down 8 floors.
Answer:
Down indicates negative number
-8

Question 2.
You earn $12.
Answer:
Earn indicates + number
so , +$12

Graph the integer and its opposite
Question 3.
-16
Answer:
The opposite of -16 is 16

Question 4.
13
Answer:
The opposite of 13 is -13

Question 5.
4
Answer:
The opposite of 4 is -4

Question 6.
– 100
Answer:
The opposite of -100 is 100

Identify the integer represented by the point on the number line.
Question 7.
A
Answer:
The point A represents 1
Explanation:
As it is exactly marked between 0 and 2

Question 8.
B
Answer:
The point B represents 10
Explanation:
It is marked on point 10

Question 9.
C
Answer:
The point C represents 7
Explanation:
As it is marked exactly in between 6 and 8.

Question 10.
D
Answer:
The point D represents -6
Explanation:
It is marked on point -6

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane crr 2

8.2 Comparing and Ordering Integers (pp. 351–356)
Learning Target: Compare and order integers.

Copy and complete the statement using < or >.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane crr 11
Answer:
4 > -7
Explanation:
All positive numbers are greater than negative numbers.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane crr 12
Answer:
-1 < 0
Explanation:
All positive numbers are greater than negative numbers.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane crr 13
Answer:
-5 > -8
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Order the integers from least to greatest.
Question 14.
– 5, 4, 2, – 3, – 1
Answer:
-5, -3, -1, 2, 4

Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.
So write the numbers which are bigger with negative symbol are smaller arrange all the negative numbers in this order and then follows 0 and positive numbers from least to greatest .

Question 15.
5, – 20, – 10, 10, 15
Answer:
-20, -10, 5, 10, 15
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.
So write the numbers which are bigger with negative symbol are smaller arrange all the negative numbers in this order and then follows 0 and positive numbers from least to greatest .

Question 16.
– 7, – 12, 9, 2, – 8
Answer:
-12, -8, -7, 2, 9
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.
So write the numbers which are bigger with negative symbol are smaller arrange all the negative numbers in this order and then follows 0 and positive numbers from least to greatest .

Question 17.
Order the temperatures − 3°C, 8°C, − 12°C, − 7°C, and 0°C from coldest to warmest.

Answer: 
− 12°C, − 7°C, − 3°C, 0°C, 8°C
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.
So write the numbers which are bigger with negative symbol are smaller arrange all the negative numbers in this order and then follows 0 and positive numbers from least to greatest .

Question 18.
Your teacher writes five different integers on a note card that are between −10 and 14. When the integers are ordered from least to greatest, the middle number is 1. How many of the integers are positive? negative? Explain.
Answer:

8.3 Rational Numbers (pp. 357–362)
Learning Target: Compare and order rational numbers.

Graph the number and its opposite.
Question 19.
–\(\frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:
–\(\frac{2}{5}\) = -0.4
The opposite of -0.4 is 0.4
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines,-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Chapter-Review-Question-19
Explanation :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘a’, is ‘-a’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Question 20.
1\(\frac{3}{4}\)
Answer:
1\(\frac{3}{4}\)=\(\frac{7}{4}\) = 1.75
The opposite of 1.75 is -1.75
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines,-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Chapter-Review-Question-20
Explanation :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘a’, is ‘-a’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Question 21.
– 1.2
Answer:
The opposite of -1.2 is 1.2
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines,-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Chapter-Review-Question-21
Explanation :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘a’, is ‘-a’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Question 22.
2.75
Answer:
The opposite of 2.75 is -2.75
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines,-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Chapter-Review-Question-22
Explanation :
For any given integer ‘a’, the opposite integer is found at the same distance from 0 on the number line, but on the other side.
So, the opposite integer of integer ‘a’, is ‘-a’ on the number line, but on the other side of 0.

Copy and complete the statement using < or >.
Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane crr 23
Answer:
-2\(\frac{1}{6}\) = – = -2.1
-2\(\frac{5}{6}\) = –\(\frac{17}{6}[/late[latex]\frac{13}{6}\)x] =-2.8

-2.1 > -2.8
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane crr 24
Answer:
–\(\frac{1}{3}\)= -0.3
–\(\frac{1}{8}\) = – 0.125
-0.3  <  -0.125
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane crr 25
Answer:
-3.27 < -2.68
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Order the numbers from least to greatest.
Question 26.
– 2.04, – 3, – 2.4, – 2.19, – 5.8
Answer:
-5.8 < -3 < 2.4 < -2.19 < -2.04
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.
So write the numbers which are bigger with negative symbol are smaller arrange all the negative numbers in this order and then follows 0 and positive numbers from least to greatest .

Question 27.
– 3\(\frac{7}{8}\), 4, – 3\(\frac{3}{4}\), \(\frac{1}{2}\), \(\frac{1}{6}\)
Answer:
– 3\(\frac{7}{8}\) = – \(\frac{31}{8}\) = -3.8
– 3\(\frac{3}{4}\) = –\(\frac{15}{4}\) = – 3.75
\(\frac{1}{2}\) = 0.5
\(\frac{1}{6}\) = 0.16
-3.8, 4, -3.75, 0.5, 0.16
-3.8<-3.75<0.16<0.5<4
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.
So write the numbers which are bigger with negative symbol are smaller arrange all the negative numbers in this order and then follows 0 and positive numbers from least to greatest .

Question 28.
Write a number that is greater than −7.81 and less than −7.
Answer:
-7>x>-7.81
it can be -7.1, -7.2 , ……

Question 29.
A dog buries a small bone −1\(\frac{5}{6}\) inches into the dirt. The dog buries a larger bone −1\(\frac{3}{4}\) inches into the dirt. Which bone is buried deeper?
Answer:
Small bone buried at −1\(\frac{5}{6}\) = −\(\frac{11}{6}\) = -1.83
Larger bone buried at −1\(\frac{3}{4}\) = −1\(\frac{7}{4}\) = – 1.75
Distance cant be in negative just compare the values and say which bone is buried deepest.
Small bone is buried deeper .

8.4 Absolute Value (pp. 363–368)
Learning Target: Understand the concept of absolute value.

Find the absolute value.
Question 30.
|- 8|
Answer:
The Absolute value of |- 8| = 8
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x .

Question 31.
|13|
Answer:
The Absolute value of |13| = 13
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x .

Question 32.
|3 \(\frac{6}{7}\)|
Answer:
|3 \(\frac{6}{7}\)|=|\(\frac{27}{7}\)|=|3.8|
The Absolute value of |3.8| = 8
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x .

Question 33.
|- 1.34|
Answer:
The Absolute value of|- 1.34|= 1.34
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x .

Copy and complete the statement using <, > , or =.
Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane crr 34
Answer:
The Absolute value of|-2|= 2
2 = 2

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane crr 35
Answer:
The Absolute value of |4.4|= 4.4
The Absolute value of |- 2.8 |= 2.8

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane crr 36
Answer:
The Absolute value of |\(\frac{1}{6}\)|= \(\frac{1}{6}\) = 0.16
The Absolute value of |-\(\frac{2}{9}\)| = \(\frac{2}{9}\) = 0.22
0.16 < 0.22

Order the values from least to greatest.
Question 37.
– 15, |- 21|, |19|, – 20, 25
Answer:
The Absolute value of |-21|= 21
The Absolute value of |19|= 19
– 15, 21, 19, – 20, 25
-20<-15<19<21<25

Question 38.
0, |- 1|, – 2, |2|, – 3
Answer:
The Absolute value of |-1|= 1
The Absolute value of |2|= 2
0, 1, – 2, 2, – 3
-3< -2 < 0 < 1 < 2

Question 39.
Simplify −|− 35 |.
Answer:
The Absolute value of |-35|= 35
−|− 35 |= -35

Question 40.
The latitude of Erie, Pennsylvania, is 42.129. The latitude of Sydney, Australia, is −33.865. Positive values of latitude are north of the equator, negative values of latitude are south of the equator, and the latitude of the equator is 0. Which city is closest to the equator?
Answer:
latitude of Erie, Pennsylvania = 42.129.
latitude of Sydney, Australia = −33.865.
42.129>0>-33.865
latitude of Sydney, Australia is closest to the Equator

8.5 The Coordinate Plane (pp. 369–376)
Learning Target: Plot and reflect ordered pairs in all four quadrants of a coordinate plane.

Write an ordered pair corresponding to the point.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane crr 41
Question 41.
Point J
Answer:
The Point J is located at (-2,0)
Explanation:
The x- coordinate is-2
The y- coordinate is 0

Question 42.
Point K
Answer:
The Point K is located at (-2,-4)
Explanation:
The x- coordinate is -2
The y- coordinate is -4

Question 43.
Point L
Answer:
The Point L is located at (5,2)
Explanation:
The x- coordinate is 5
The y- coordinate is 2

Question 44.
Point M
Answer:
The Point M is located at (-1,3)
Explanation:
The x- coordinate is -1
The y- coordinate is 3

Question 45.
Point N
Answer:
The Point N is located at (3,-4)
Explanation:
The x- coordinate is 3
The y- coordinate is -4

Question 46.
Point P
Answer:
The Point J is located at (1,0)
Explanation:
The x- coordinate is 1
The y- coordinate is 0

Plot the ordered pair in a coordinate plane. Describe the location of the point.
Question 47.
A (1, 3)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-47

X coordinate is 1
Y coordinate is 3
(1,3)
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant I as X coordinate is Positive and Y coordinate is Positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 48.
B (0, 3)
Answer:
X coordinate is 0
Y coordinate is 3
(0,3)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-48
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant I as X coordinate is Positive and Y coordinate is Positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 49.
C (4, 2)
Answer:
X coordinate is 4
Y coordinate is 2
C (4, 2)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-49
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant I as X coordinate is Positive and Y coordinate is Positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Question 50.
D (- 3, 1)
Answer:
X coordinate is -3
Y coordinate is 1
(-3,1)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-50
Explanation:
It is marked in the Quadrant II as X coordinate is Negative and Y coordinate is Positive as shown in the graph.
Each point can be identified by an ordered pair of numbers; that is, a number on the x-axis called an x-coordinate, and a number on the y-axis called a y-coordinate. Ordered pairs are written in parentheses (x-coordinate, y-coordinate).

Reflect the point in (a) the x-axis and (b) the y-axis.
Question 51.
(4, 1)
Answer:
Plot (4,1) , (4,-1) and (-4,1)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-51
Explanation:
To reflect (4,1) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 4,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 1 is -1
To reflect (4,1) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 1,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 4 is -4
So the reflection of (4,1)in the x-axis is (4,-1)
So the reflection of (4,1)in the y-axis is(-4,1)

Question 52.
(- 2, 3)
Answer:
Plot (- 2, 3) , (-2,-3) and (2,3)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-52

Explanation:
To reflect (- 2, 3) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -2,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 3 is -3
To reflect (- 2, 3) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 3,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate -2 is 2
So the reflection of (- 2, 3) in the x-axis is (-2,-3) 
So the reflection of(- 2, 3) in the y-axis is (2,3)

Question 53.
(2, – 5)
Answer:
Plot (2, – 5) , (2, 5) and (-2,-5)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-53
Explanation:
To reflect (2, – 5) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 2,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate -5 is 5
To reflect(2, – 5)in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, -5,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 2 is -2
So the reflection of(2, – 5) in the x-axis is (2, 5)
So the reflection of (2, – 5) in the y-axis is(-2,-5)

Question 54.
(- 3.5, – 2.5)
Answer:
Plot (- 3.5, – 2.5), (- 3.5,  2.5) and (3.5, – 2.5)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-54
Explanation:
To reflect (- 3.5, – 2.5) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -3.5,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate -2.5 is 2.5
To reflect (- 3.5, – 2.5) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, -2.5,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate -3.5 is 3.5
So the reflection of (- 3.5, – 2.5) in the x-axis is (- 3.5,  2.5)
So the reflection of (- 3.5, – 2.5) in the y-axis is (3.5,  -2.5)

Reflect the point in the x-axis followed by the y-axis.
Question 55.
(1, 2)
Answer:
Plot (1,2) , (1,-2) and (-1,-2)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-55
Explanation:
To reflect (1,2) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 1,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 2 is -2
To reflect (1,-2) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, -2,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 1 is -1
So the reflection of (1,2)  in the x-axis is (1,-2)
So the reflection of (1,-2) in the y-axis is(-1,-2)

Question 56.
(- 4, 6)
Answer:
Plot (- 4, 6) , (-4,-6) and (4, -6)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-56
Explanation:
To reflect (- 4, 6) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -4,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 6 is -6
To reflect (- 4, -6) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, -6,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate -4 is 4
So the reflection of (- 4, 6) in the x-axis is (-4,-6)
So the reflection of (-4,-6) in the y-axis is (4, -6)

Question 57.
(3, – 4)
Answer:
Plot (3, – 4) , (3,  4) and (-3,  4)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-57
Explanation: 
To reflect (3, – 4)in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, 3,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate -4 is 4
To reflect (3,  4) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 4,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate 3 is -3
So the reflection of (3, – 4) in the x-axis is (3,  4)
So the reflection of (3,  4) in the y-axis is (-3,  4)

Question 58.
(- 3, – 3)
Answer:
Plot (- 3, – 3) , (-3, 3) and (3, 3)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-58
Explanation:
To reflect (- 3, – 3)in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -3,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate -3 is 3
To reflect (-3, 3) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 3,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate -3 is 3
So the reflection of (- 3, – 3) in the x-axis is (-3, 3)
So the reflection of(-3, 3) in the y-axis is (3, 3)

Question 59.
Use the map of the town.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane crr 59
a. Which building is located at(−1, 1)?
b. Name a building on the positive x-axis.
c. In which quadrant is the bank located?
d. Write two different ordered pairs that represent the location of the train station.
e. You can find the original location of the movie theater by reflecting its location in the y-axis. What building is now in that location?
Answer a :
The Building which is located at (−1, 1) is Drug store

Answer b :
The building on the positive x-axis. is Hospital.

Answer c :
The bank located is located in Quadrant II.

Answer d :
The two different ordered pairs that represent the location of the train station are (-1,-3), (-2,-3)

Question 60.
Name the ordered pair that is 5 units right and 2 units down from (−3, 4).
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-60
Explanation:
The ordered pair is located at (-3,4) it is then moved to 5 units right and the 2 units down then the new point is located at ( 2, 2)

Question 61.
A point is reflected in the x-axis. The reflected point is (3, −9). What is the original point?
Answer:
The reflected point is (3, −9)
The point is (3 , 9)
Explanation: 
The reflected point in the x axis is (3, -9) It means x-axis reflection means it has same x coordinate and the y coordinate will be the opposite of the y-coordinate. when opposite is -9 then the y coordinate will be 9 .

8.6 Polygons in the Coordinate Plane (pp. 377–382)
Learning Target: Draw polygons in the coordinate plane and find distances between points in the coordinate plane.

Draw the polygon with the given vertices in a coordinate plane.
Question 62.
A (3, 2), B (4, 7), C (6, 0)
Answer:
Plot the given points .
The polygon formed after plotting given points is triangle.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-62

Question 63.
A (1, 2), B (1, – 7), C (5, – 7), D (8, 2)
Answer:
Plot the given points A (1, 2), B (1, – 7), C (5, – 7), D (8, 2)
The polygon formed is Trapezoid
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-3-More-Addition-and-Subtraction-Situations-More-Addition-and-Subtraction-Situations-Cumulative-Practice-1-3-question-7

Question 64.
E (−1, 3\(\frac{1}{2}\)), F(1, 0), G(-2, 0), H(-4, -3\(\frac{1}{2}\))
Answer:
E (−1, 3\(\frac{1}{2}\)) = E (−1, \(\frac{7}{2}\)) = E ( -1, 3.5)
H(-4, -3\(\frac{1}{2}\)) = H(-4, –\(\frac{7}{2}\)) = H ( -4, – 3.5)
Plot the points E ( -1, 3.5), F(1, 0), G(-2, 0), H ( -4, – 3.5).
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-64

Find the distance between the points.
Question 65.
(4, – 2), (4, – 5)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-65

Answer:
Plot the points.
The points are in same Quadrants and have same x-coordinates. The distance between the points is the difference between the points is the difference of the absolute values of the y coordinate.
|-5| – |-2| = 3
So the distance between the points (4, – 2), (4, – 5) is 3

Question 66.
(7, 2), (- 4, 2)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-66

Explanation:
Plot the points.
The points are in different Quadrants and have same y-coordinates. The distance between the points is the sum  of the absolute values of the x coordinate.
|-4| + |7| = 4 + 7 = 11
So the distance between the points (7, 2), (- 4, 2) is 11

Question 67.
(- 1, 6), (- 1, – 3)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-67
Explanation:
Plot the points.
The points are in different Quadrants and have same X-coordinates. The distance between the points is the sum  of the absolute values of the x coordinate.
|6| + |-3| = 6 + 3 = 9
So the distance between the points (- 1, 6), (- 1, – 3) is 9

Question 68.
(- 5, – 8) , (- 9, – 8)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-68
Explanation:
Plot the points.
The points are in same Quadrants and have same y-coordinates. The distance between the points is the difference between the points is the difference of the absolute values of the x coordinate.
|-9| – |-5| = 9 – 5 = 4
So the distance between the points (- 5, – 8) , (- 9, – 8) is 4

Find the perimeter and the area of the polygon with the given vertices.
Question 69.
T (2, 7), U (2, 9), V (5, 9), W(5, 7)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-69
Explanation:
Plot the given points
The polygon formed is rectangle.
The length of the rectangle = 3 units
The breadth of the rectangle = 2 units
Area of the Rectangle = length × Breadth = 3 × 2 = 6 sq.units

Question 70.
P (4, – 3), Q (4, 2), R (9, 2), S (9, -3)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-70
Explanation:
Plot the given points
The polygon formed is Square.
Side of the square = 5
Area of the Square = side × side = 5 × 5 = 25 sq.units

Question 71.
W (- 12, – 2), X (- 12, 13), Y (5, 13), Z (5, – 2)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-71
Explanation:
Plot the given points
The polygon formed is rectangle.
The length of the rectangle = 17 units
The breadth of the rectangle = 15 units
Area of the Rectangle = length × Breadth = 17 × 15 = 255 sq.units

Question 72.
You design the quilt shown using a coordinate plane in which the coordinates are measured in inches. The vertices of the quilt are (−3, 5), (−3, −7), (9, 5), and (9, −7).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane crr 72
a. Find the perimeter and the area of the quilt.
b. The quilt is made of identical-sized square pieces. What is the area of one of the square pieces?
Answer a :
The polygon formed is Square
Side of the square = 12
Perimeter of the square = 4 × side = 4 × 12 = 48 units
Area of the square = side × side = 12 × 12 = 144 sq units

Answer b :
Here the polygon is square
As per given figure we can see that 12 small squares are formed inside the square.
Total Side of the square = 12
The side is having 4 squares. to find the side of small square we should divide side of big square by 4
Side of small square  = 12 ÷ 4 = 3
Side of small square = 3
Area of small square = side × side = 3 × 3 = 9 sq units

Question 73.
Draw a rectangle with a perimeter of 14 units in a coordinate plane where the vertices are in two quadrants.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-73
The length of the rectangle = 4 units
The breadth of the rectangle = 3 units

Question 74.
Draw a triangle with an area of 21 square units in a coordinate plane where the vertices are not all in the same quadrant.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers,-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-74

8.7 Writing and Graphing Inequalities (pp. 383 – 390)
Learning Target: Write inequalities and represent solutions of inequalities on a number line.

Write the word sentence as an inequality.
Question 75.
A number m is less than 5.
Answer:
m < 5

Question 76.
Three times a number h is at least − 12.
Answer:
3h ≥ – 12

Tell whether x = 8 is a solution of the inequality.
Question 77.
\(\frac{x}{2}\) ≥ 3
Answer:
\(\frac{x}{2}\) ≥ 3
Multiply by 2 on both sides we get,
x ≥ 6
Put x = 8 then
8 ≥ 6 is true.
So the given number is a solution for the inequality equation.

Question 78.
13 – x > 5
Answer:
13 – x > 5
subtract 13 on both sides we get
– x > -8
Mutlipy by – on both sides we get,
x > 8
Put x= 8 we get,
8 > 8 is wrong.
8 cant be the solution for the inequality equation .

Question 79.
19 > 2x
Answer:
19 > 2x
Divide by 2 on both sides we get,
9.5 > x
put x = 8 we get,
9.5 > 8 is true.
So the 8 is the solution for the inequality equation .

Graph the inequality on a number line.
Question 80.
x < 0
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-80

Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 81.
a ≥ 3
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-81

Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 82.
n ≤ – 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-82
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 83.
The speed limit on a road is 35 miles per hour. Write and graph an inequality that represents the legal speeds on the road.
Answer:
Speed limit = S = 35 miles per hour
S ≤ 35
Speed should be 35 or less but not greater than 35 .
Below graph shows the speed limit
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-83
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 84.
Write an inequality and a word sentence that represent the graph.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane crr 84
Answer:
x < 3
You lose 3$ in a match .

Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

8.8 Solving Inequalities (pp. 391–398)
Learning Target: Write and solve inequalities.

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.
Question 85.
x + 1 > 3
Answer:
x + 1 > 3
subtract 1 on both sides we get,
x > 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-85
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 86.
y + 8 ≥ 9
Answer:
y + 8 ≥ 9
subtract 8 on both sides we get,
y ≥ 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-86
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 87.
k – 7 ≤ 0
Answer:
k – 7 ≤ 0
Add 7 on both side we get,
k ≤ 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-87
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 88.
9n ≥ 63
Answer:
9n ≥ 63
Divide 9 on both sides we get,
n ≥ 7
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-88
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 89.
24 < 11 + x
Answer:
24 < 11 + x
subtract 11 on both sides we get,
13 < x
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-89
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 90.
x ÷ 2 < 4
Answer:
x ÷ 2 < 4
Multiply by 2 on both sides we get,
x < 8
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-90
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 91. 4 ≤ n – 4
Answer:
4 ≤ n – 4
Add 4 on both sides we get,
8 ≤ n
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-91
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 92.
10p > 40
Answer:
10p > 40
Divide 10 on both sides we get,
p > 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-92
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 93
s – 1.5 < 2.5
Answer:
s – 1.5 < 2.5
Add 1.5 on both sides we get,
s < 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-93
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 94.
\(\frac{5}{3}\)x ≤ 10
Answer:
\(\frac{5}{3}\)x ≤ 10
Multiply by \(\frac{3}{5}\) on both sides we get,
x ≤ 6
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-94
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 95.
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + m ≤ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
\(\frac{1}{4}\) + m ≤ \(\frac{1}{2}\)
0.25 + m ≤ 0.5
Subtract 0.25 on both sides we get,
m ≤ 0.25
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-95
Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 96.
\(\frac{3}{11}\)k < 15
Answer:
\(\frac{3}{11}\)k < 15
multiply by \(\frac{11}{3}\) on both sides we get,
k < 55
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Connecting-Concepts-Question-96
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 97.
Write two inequalities that have the same solution set and can be solved using different operations.
Answer:
s – 15 < 25
4s  < 160
These are two equations which have same set of solutions that is s < 40.

Question 98.
You have $15 to spend on a ticket to a movie and snacks. Find the possible amounts you can spend on snacks.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane crr 98
Answer:
Total Amount with me = $15
Cost of movie theater = $ 6
Cost of snacks = $15 – $6 =$ 9
Possible amount can spend on snacks can be lesser than or equal to $9.

Question 99.
You want to use a square section of your yard for a chicken pen. You have at most 52 feet of fencing to form the pen. Find the possible lengths of each side of the chicken pen.
Answer:
fencing area of the pen = 52 feet.
Fencing is around the square borders which means it is the perimeter of the square
Perimeter of the square = 4 × side = 52
side = 52 ÷ 4 =13
Possible lengths of each side of the chicken pen = 13 feet.

Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane Practice Test

Order the values from least to greatest.
Question 1.
0, – 2, 3, 1, – 4
Answer:
0, – 2, 3, 1, – 4
-4<-2<0<1<3
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.
So write the numbers which are bigger with negative symbol are smaller arrange all the negative numbers in this order and then follows 0 and positive numbers from least to greatest .

Question 2.
– 8, |- 3|, |5|, 4, – 5
Answer:
Absolute values of |- 3| = 3 and  |5|= 5
– 8, 3, 5, 4, – 5
-8<-5<3<4<5
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.
So write the numbers which are bigger with negative symbol are smaller arrange all the negative numbers in this order and then follows 0 and positive numbers from least to greatest .

Question 3.
– 2.46, – 2.5, – 2, 1, – 2.293
Answer:
– 2.46, – 2.5, – 2, 1, – 2.293
-2.5<-2.46<-2.293<-2.1
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.
So write the numbers which are bigger with negative symbol are smaller arrange all the negative numbers in this order and then follows 0 and positive numbers from least to greatest .

Graph the number and its opposite.
Question 14.
23
Answer:
The opposite of 23 is – 23.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Practice-Test-Question-14

Question 15.
– 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
– 1 \(\frac{1}{3}\) = – \(\frac{4}{3}\) = – 1.3
The opposite of -1.3 is 1.3.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Practice-Test-Question-15

Find the absolute value.
Question 16.
|7|
Answer:
The absolute value of |7| = 7
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x . All absolute values are positive.

Question 17.
|- 11|
Answer:
The Absolute value of |- 11| = 11
Explanation:
The absolute value or modulus of a real number x, denoted |x|, is the non-negative value of x without regard to its sign. Namely, |x| = x  and |-x| = x . All absolute values are positive.

Copy and complete the statement using <, >, or =.
Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane pt 8
Answer:
–\(\frac{2}{3}\) = -0.66
–\(\frac{3}{5}\) = – 0.6
– 0.66 < – 0.6
Explanation:
The Negative Numbers which are near to the 0 are greater.With negative numbers, we have to remember that as the digit gets bigger, the number gets smaller.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane pt 9
Answer:
Absolute value of |2.5| is 2.5
2.5 = 2.5

Plot the ordered pair in a coordinate plane. Describe the location of the point.
Question 20.
J (4, 0)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Practice-Test-Question-20

Question 21.
L (1.5, – 3.5)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Practice-Test-Question-21

Question 22.
M (- 2, – 3)
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Practice-Test-Question-22

Question 23.
Reflect (- 5, 1) in (a) the x-axis, (b) the y -axis, and (c) the y -axis followed by the -axis.
Plot the points (- 5, 1) , (-5, -1), (5, 1) and (5, -1)
Answer a :
(- 5, 1)
Explanation:
To reflect(- 5, 1) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -5,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 1 is -1
So the reflection of (- 5, 1) in the x-axis is (-5, -1)
Answer b :
Explanation:
To reflect (- 5, 1) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, 1,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate -5 is 5
So the reflection of (- 5, 1) in the x-axis is (5, 1)
Answer c :
To reflect(- 5, 1) in the x axis, use the same x-coordinate, -5,the opposite of the y coordinate.The opposite of y coordinate 1 is -1
To reflect (- 5, -1) in the y axis, use the same y-coordinate, -1,the opposite of the x coordinate.The opposite of x coordinate -5 is 5
So the reflection of (- 5, 1) in the x-axis is (-5, -1)
So the reflection of (- 5, -1) in the y-axis is (5, -1)
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Practice-Test-Question-23

Graph the inequality on a number line.
Question 24.
x ≥ 5
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Practice-Test-Question-24

Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 25.
m ≤ – 2
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Practice-Test-Question-25

Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.
Question 26.
x – 3 < 7
Answer:
x – 3 < 7
Add 3 on both sides we get,
x < 10
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Practice-Test-Question-26
Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 27.
12 ≥ n + 6
Answer:
12 ≥ n + 6
Subtract 6 on both sides we get,
6 ≥ n
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Practice-Test-Question-27

Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 28.
\(\frac{4}{3}\)b ≤ 12
Answer:
\(\frac{4}{3}\)b ≤ 12
Multiply \(\frac{3}{4}\) on both sides we get,
b ≤ 9
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Practice-Test-Question-28

Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 29.
72 < 12p
Answer:
72 < 12p
Divide by 12 on both sides we get,
6 < p
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Practice-Test-Question-29

Explanation:
Use a open circle that is not a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 30.
A hurricane has wind speeds that are greater than or equal to 74 miles per hour. Write an inequality that represents the possible wind speeds during a hurricane.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane pt 20
Answer:
Wind speed is greater than or equal to 74 miles per hour .
w ≥ 74

Question 31.
Two vertices of a triangle are F (1, – 4) and G(6, – 4). Find two possible points that represent the third vertex so that the triangle has an area of 20 square units.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Practice-Test-Question-31
Explanation:
The possible two vertices are H(6,0) and D(6,-8).
Area of triangle = 20 ( Base × Height)
When base is 5 units from graph after plotting the given points it will be known
we have to mark H and D so that the height of triangle should have 4 units ( 20 ÷ 5) .

Question 32.
The table shows the melting points (in degrees Celsius) of several elements. Compare the melting point of mercury to the melting point of each of the other elements.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 6 Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane pt 22
Answer:
Mercury > Randon
-38.83 > -71
Mercury < Bromine
-38.38 < -7.2
Mercury < Cesium
-38.38 < 28.5
Mercury <Francium
-38.38 < 27

Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane Cumulative Practice

Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane cp 1
Question 1.
What is the value of the expression when a = 6, b = 5, and c = 4?
8a – 3c + 5b
A. 11
B. 53
C. 61
D. 107
Answer:
8a – 3c + 5b
Take a = 6, b = 5, and c = 4
8×6 -3×4 + 5×5
= 48 – 12 + 25
=48 +13
=61
Option C is correct

Question 2.
Point p is plotted in the coordinate plane.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane cp 2
What are the coordinates of point?
F. (- 5, – 3)
G. (- 5, 3)
H. (- 3, – 5)
I. (3, – 5)
Answer:
P(-5,3)
The x- coordinate is -5
The y coordinate is 3

Question 3.
What is the value of that makes the equation true?
a + 6 = 18
Answer:
a + 6 = 18
a = 18 – 6
a = 12
When a = 12 then the equation becomes true.

Question 4.
Which list of values is in order from least to greatest?
A. 2, |- 3|, |4|, – 6
B. – 6, |4| , 2, |- 3|
C. – 6, |- 3| , 2, |4|
D. – 6, 2, |- 3|, |4|
Answer:
Option D
-6, 2, |- 3|, |4|
Absolute values of |- 3|is 3 and  |4| is 4
so we get the order as.
-6, 2, 3, 4

Question 5.
What is the height of the parallelogram?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane cp 5
F. 6 meters
G. 12 meters
H. 75 meters
I. 1350 meters
Answer:
Area of the parallelogram = 90sq mtrs.
Base of the parallelogram = 15m
Area of the parallelogram = Base × Height
Height of the parallelogram = 90 ÷ 15 = 6 metres.

Question 6.
Which property is illustrated by the statement?
4 + (6 + n) = (4 + 6) + n
A. Associative Property of Addition
B. Commutative Property of Addition
C. Associative Property of Multiplication
D. Distributive Property
Answer:
Associative property of addition: Changing the grouping of addends does not change the sum.

Question 7.
Which number line shows the graph of x ≥ 5?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane cp 7
Answer:
Number line F shows x ≥ 5.

Explanation:
Use a closed circle that is a solution . shade the number line where you found the solutions. Every number on the shaded arrow is solutions of the inequality. so there are infinitely many solutions.

Question 8.
Which number is the greatest?
A. \(\frac{7}{8}\)
B. 0.86
C. \(\frac{22}{25}\)
D. 85%
Answer:
A. \(\frac{7}{8}\) = 0.875
B. 0.86
C. \(\frac{22}{25}\) =0.88
D. 85% = 0.85
Option is the greatest number 0.88

Question 9.
What is the area of the shaded region?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane cp 9
F. 23 units2
G. 40 units2
H. 48 units2
I. 60 units2
Answer:
Area of the Rectangle = Length × Breadth = 7 × 8 =56 units2
Area of the triangle = base × Height = 4 × 4 =16 units2
Area of the shaded region = Area of the rectangle – Area of the Triangle = 56 – 16 = 40 units2

Question 10.
Write 23.5% as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane cp 10
Answer:
23.5% when % is removed we should divide the number by 100
23.5 ÷ 100 = 0.235 .
The decimal point is moved two points to the left .

Question 11.
Use grid paper to complete the following.
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane cp 11
Part A Draw an x-axis and a y-axis of a coordinate plane. Then plot and label the point (2, 3).
Part B Plot and label four points that are 3 units away from (2, – 3).
Answer:Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane- Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Cumulative-Practice-Question-11

Question 12.
What is the perimeter of the rectangle with the vertices shown below?
A (- 4, – 1), B (- 4, 7), C (1, 7), D (1, – 1)
A. 8 units
B. 13 units
C. 26 units
D. 40 units
Answer:
Option C = 26 units
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-6th-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-8-Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane- Integers-Number-Lines-and-the-Coordinate-Plane-Cumulative-Practice-Question-12
Explanation:
From the graph we know
length of the rectangle = 8
Breadth of the rectangle =5
Perimeter of the rectangle = 2 ( length + breadth) = 2 ( 8 + 5) = 2 ( 13) = 26 units

Question 13.
Which net does not form a cube?
Big Ideas Math Answers 6th Grade Chapter 8 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane cp 13
Answer:
2, 3, 5, 10, 11 and 16 cannot make a cube and they are non-nets.
Option G does not form a cube.

Question 14.
Which value of makes the equation true?
\(\frac{3}{4}\)y = 12
A. 9
B. 11\(\frac{1}{4}\)
C. 12\(\frac{3}{4}\)
D. 16
Answer:
Option A is correct
Explanation:
\(\frac{3}{4}\)y = 12
Divide by \(\frac{4}{3}\) on both sides we get,
y = 9

Hope you are happy with the information given above. Get the Big Ideas Math Answer Grade 6 Integers, Number Lines, and the Coordinate Plane pdf’s for free of cost. You can get the various information of all math concepts at our site. Therefore, save our site to your favourites and also share it with your friends and peers to make your preparation success. Click on the subscribe button to get the instant updates of all the math concepts and preparation materials.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 5

Get Big Ideas Math Book Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency Answer Key pdf for free of cost. This handy BIM 3rd Grade 5th Chapter Patterns and Fluency Solutions are useful while preparing for the test. Students who want to score good marks in the exam have to prepare well by referring to Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency. Hence download Big Ideas Math 3rd Grade 5th Chapter Patterns and Fluency Answers PDF.

Big Ideas Math Book 3rd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency

The different lessons in Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency Book are Identify Patterns in the Multiplication Table, Use the Multiplication Table, and Complete Multiplication Tables. Use the link mentioned below to get the solutions for all the problems of BIM Book Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency.

Check out topicwise Big Ideas Math 3rd Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency available here during your practice sessions. Make the most of them and score better grades in your exams. You can access whichever topic you feel like preparing by tapping on the links listed here.

Lesson 1: Identify Patterns in the Multiplication Table

Lesson 2: Use the Multiplication Table

Lesson 3: Complete Multiplication Tables

Lesson 4: More Problem Solving

Performance Task

Lesson 5.1 Identify Patterns in the Multiplication Table

Explore and Grow

Complete the table
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.1 1
Answer:

Structure
Describe a pattern you notice

Think and Grow: The Multiplication Table

Example
Identify the property shown by the pattern in the multiplication table.
(1 × 3) + (1 × 5) = 1 × (3 + 5)
(2 × 3) + (2 × 5) = 2 × (3 + 5)
(3 × 3) + (3 × 5) = 3 × (3 + 5)
Describe the pattern in your own words.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.1 2
What property does the pattern show?
Answer:
It shows the Distributive property. The distributive property tells us how to solve expressions in the form of a(b + c).  The distributive property is sometimes called the distributive law of multiplication and division.
Distributive property => a(b+c)=ab+ac.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Show how the Distributive Property works for other columns above.
Answer: As per distributive property. b and c are presented on column.It is represented in above figure clearly.

Question 2
Describe the pattern shown by the shaded products in the multiplication table.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.1 3
Look at the factors of the shaded products that are the same. What do you notice?
What property explains this pattern?
Shade a different diagonal in the table that shows a similar pattern as the shaded products
Answer:
It shows the products are same (a x b) = (b x a) equations. whatever may be the order but multiplication of of any two numbers will always be the same in vice versa.
This is a commutative property.
The commutative property states that the numbers on which we operate can be moved or swapped from their position without making any difference to the answer. The property holds for Addition and Multiplication, but not for subtraction and division.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use the multiplication table.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.1 4

Question 3.
Shade the rows for 2, 4, 6, 8, and 10 one color. Describe the pattern in the products.
Answer:
The products end in 0, 2, 4, 6, and 8; the products are even.

Question 4.
Compare the rows for 2 and 4. Describe the pattern in the products.
Answer:
The products of 4 are the products of 2 doubled.

Question 5.
Shade the rows for 1, 3, 5, 7, and 9 another color. Describe the pattern in the products. What do you notice about the products and their factors?
Answer:
The products repeat–even, odd.

Question 6.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Is Descartes correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.1 5
Answer:
No, It cannot be.
Explanation:
An odd times even is always even.It means when an even number is multiplied by odd number product will be even.

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Does the multiplication table above have more even products or more odd products? Explain.
Answer:
Sometimes there are even numbers next to each other in the table. However, there are never odd numbers next to each other.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Newton earns the same amount of money each week. The multiplication table shows the amount (in dollars) he earns after 2 weeks, 4 weeks, and 6 weeks. If the pattern continues, how much money will he earn after 10 weeks?
Describe the pattern.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.1 6
Newton will earn $ _____ after 10 weeks.
Answer:
Money earned in one week = 8
Money earned in 10 weeks = 8 x 10 = 80.

Show and Grow

Question 8.
You plant a 10-inch-tall bamboo cane in the ground. It grows thesame number of inches each day. Find and shade the pattern inthe multiplication table above. How many inches does the bamboo grow each day?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.1 7
How tall is the bamboo after 6 days? If the pattern continues, how tall will the bamboo be after 8 days?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.1 8

Answer:
As per tablular form given for every 2 days it goes 3 inches.
Bamboo tree growth after 8 days = 3 x 8 = 24 inches.

DIG DEEPER!
A different type of bamboo grows two times as fast. Explain how you can use the multiplication table tofind how many inches this bamboo will grow in 8 days
Answer:
Bamboo tree growth is 2 times faster than old bamboo tree so, 2 days growth is 2 x 3 = 6 inches.
Bamboo tree growth after 8 days = 8 x 6 =48 inches.

Identify Patterns in the Multiplication Table Homework & Practice 5.1

Question 1.
Use the multiplication table.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.1 9
Look at the shaded products. Describe the pattern.
Look at the factors of the shaded products that are the same. What do you notice?
What property explains this pattern?
What do you notice about the factors of the shaded product that does not repeat? Explain why you think this happens.
Shade a different diagonal in the table that shows a similar pattern as the shaded products.
Answer:
It shows the products are same (a x b) = (b x a) equations. whatever may be the order but multiplication of of any two numbers will always be the same in vice versa.
This is a cummutative property.
The commutative property states that the numbers on which we operate can be moved or swapped from their position without making any difference to the answer. The property holds for Addition and Multiplication, but not for subtraction and division.

Question 2.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Descartes says the product of a number and 6 is double the product of that same number and 3. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.1 10
Answer:
As per above condition equation formed => a x 6 = 2(a x 3)
=> 6a=6a.
Therefore, It is true.

Question
Modeling Real Life
A 10-pound GrA 10-pound great Dane puppy gains the same number of against the same number of pounds each week. The multiplication table shows how many pounds she gains after 2 weeks, 4 weeks, and 6 weeks. How many pounds does she gain each week?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.1 11
How much does the puppy weigh after 6 weeks?
If she continues togain the same number of pounds each week, how much will she weigh after 7 weeks?
Another puppy gains 6 pounds in 2 weeks and 12 pounds in 4 weeks. How many pounds does he gain each week?
Answer:
As per table for 2 weeks it gains 4 pounds then one week it gains 2 pounds.
It is clear that each week it gains = 2 pounds.
After 7 weeks it gains = 7 x 2 =14 pounds.

Another puppy gains 6 pounds in 2 weeks and 12 pounds in 4 weeks. so it is clear that it gains 3 pounds in one week.
one week weight gain = 6 by 2 = 3 pounds.

Review & Refresh

Question 4.
A total of 20 horses are divided equally into 4 races. How many horses are in each race?
Answer:
Total number horses = 20
No. of races = 4
Number of horses in each race= 20/4 = 5 horses .

Lesson 5.2 Use the Multiplication Table

Explore and Grow

Use the multiplication table to complete the equations.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.2 1
3 × 1 = _____
5 × ____ = 15
15 ÷ ____ = 3
15 ÷ 3 = ____
Answer:
3 × 1 = _3____

5 × __3__ = 15

15 ÷ ____ = 3
__5___x 3=15

.

15 ÷ 3 = ____
3x__5__=15.

Structure
How can you use the multiplication table to divide?
Answer:
convert the equation into multiplication form.
and represent the product and factors in the multiplication table
Explanation: 12÷3=____.
3 x ____ = 12.
3 x 4 = 12.

Think and Grow: Use the Multiplication Table

Example
Use the multiplication table to find 6 × 3.
Think: Find the number where the row for 6 and the column for 3 meet.
6 × 3 = ____
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.2 2
Example
Use the multiplication table to find 72 ÷ 8.
Think: Find 72 in the row for 8. In what column is 72?
A related fact is 8 × __9__ = 72.
So, 72 ÷ 8 = __9___

Show and Grow

Use the multiplication table.

Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.2 1

a X b = c

where a,b are factors and c is the product

a is represented in rows and b is represented in columns.

common point where a and b intersect gives c .

Question 1.
4 × 7 = ____
Answer: 28

Question 2.
10 × 9 = ____
Answer: 90

Question 3.
1 × 6 = ____
Answer:6

 

Question 4.
20 =5 X ____
5 × ____ = 20
Answer: 4

Question 5.
12 ÷ 2 = ____
2 × ____ = 12
Answer:6

Question 6.
27 ÷ 9 = ____
9 × _____ = 27
Answer:3

Question 7.
32 ÷ 4 = _____
4 × ____ = 32
Answer:8

Question 8.
49 ÷ 7 = ____
7 × ____ = 49
Answer:7

Question 9.
56 ÷ 8 = _____
8 × _____ = 56
Answer:7

Write the related multiplication equation. Then use the multiplication table to complete the related facts.
Question 10.
42 ÷ 6 = ____
Answer:

6 x ____ = 42

6 x 7=42

Question 11.
64 ÷ 8 = _____
Answer:

8 x ____ = 64

8 x 8 = 64

Question 12.
35 ÷ 7 = ____
Answer:

7 x ____ = 35

7 x 5 = 35

Apply and Grow: Practice

Write the related multiplication equation. Then use the multiplication table to complete the related facts.
Question 13.
8 ÷ 2 = ____
Answer:

2 x ____ = 8

2 x 4 = 8

Question 14.
21 ÷ 3 = ____
Answer:

3 x ____ = 21

3 x 7 = 21

Question 15.
50 ÷ 10 = _____
Answer:

10 x ____ = 50

10 x 5 = 50.

Question 16.
24 ÷ 8 = _____
Answer:

8 x ____ = 24

8 x 3 = 24.

Question 17.
54 ÷ 9 = _____
Answer:

9 x ____ = 54

9 x 6 = 54

Question 18.
40 ÷ 5 = _____
Answer:

5 x ____ = 40

5 x 8 = 40

Question 19.
63 ÷ 7 = _____
Answer:

7 x ____ = 63

7 x 9 = 63

Question 20.
25 ÷ 5 = ____
Answer:

5 x ____ = 25

5 x 5 = 25

Question 21.
56 ÷ 8 = _____
Answer:

8 x ____ = 56

8 x  7= 56

Question 22.
5 × 2 = ____
Answer: 10

Question 23.
6 × 6 = ____
Answer:  36

Question 24.
9 × 5 = ____
Answer: 45

Question 25.
4 × 10 = ____
Answer: 40

Question 26.
2 × 8 = ____
Answer: 16

Question 27.
10 × 10 = ____
Answer: 100

Question 28.
Precision
Explain how to use the multiplication table to solve
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.2 3
Answer:
a x b = c
Where a is represented in row and b is represented in the column of the tabular form then c is the intersection point.
36 = 4 x ____
36= 4 x 9.

Question 29.
Which One Doesn’t Belong?
Which equation does not belong with the other three?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.2 4
Answer:
6 x 2 = 12 doesnot belong to other three equation here the product is 12 where other 3 equations has product as 6 .

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A frozen treat tray has 12 molds arranged in 3 equal rows. How many columns of molds are in the tray?
Use the multiplication table.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.2 5
There are _______ columns of molds.
Answer:
Number of molds = 12
Number of rows = 3
Number of columns = 12 ÷  3
= 4 molds.

Show and Grow

Use the multiplication table to solve.
Question 30.
There are 28 pictures hanging on a classroom wall. They are arranged in 7 equal columns. How many rows of pictures are there?
Answer:
Total Number of pictures = 28
Number of columns = 7
Number of rows = 28 ÷  7
= 4 rows.

Question 31.
A street vendor has 24 drums to sell. She arranges them into equal rows. What are three different ways she can arrange the drums? Describe each arrangement by the number of rows and columns.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.2 6
Answer:
The number of drums=24.
Number of rows = 2
Number of columns = 24 ÷  2 = 12 .

Question 32.
DIG DEEPER!
A stage crew sets up 2 equal arrays of chairs for a school concert. There are 6 rows and 7 columns of chairs in each array. Are there enough chairs for 80 people?
Answer:
Number of rows = 6
Number of columns = 7
Number of chairs in one array = 6 x 7 = 42.
The number of array = 2 .
Total Number of chairs in 2 arrays = 2 x 42 = 84 chairs .
Therefore, 84 chairs are available for 80 people. so enough chairs are available.

Use the Multiplication Table Homework & Practice 5.2

Use the Multiplication Table
Question 1.
5 × 6 = _____
Answer: 30

Question 2.
9 × 7 = _____
Answer: 63

Question 3.
3 × 8 = _____
Answer: 24

Question 4.
14 ÷ 7 = _____
7 × ____ = 14
Answer: 2

Question 5.
16 ÷ 4 = ____
4 × ____ = 16
Answer: 4

Question 6.
30 ÷ 10 = ____
10 × _____ = 30
Answer: 3

Write the related multiplication or division equation. Then use the multiplication table to complete the related facts.
Question 7.
9 ÷ 9 = ____
Answer:
9 x ____ = 9
9 x 1 = 9

Question 8.
24 ÷ 4 = _____
Answer:
4 x ____ = 24
4 x 6 = 24.

Question 9.
18 ÷ 2 = ____
Answer:
2 x ____ = 18
2 x 9 = 18.

Question 10.
6 × 10 = ____
Answer: 60

Question 11.
1 × 5 = _____
Answer: 5

Question 12.
7 × 8 = ____
Answer: 56

Question 13.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Descartes says that 8 ÷ 2 = 16. Is he correct? Explain.
Answer:
No.
Explanation:
8 ÷ 2 =4.

Question 14.
Precision 
Explain how to use the multiplication table to solve
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.2 7
Answer:
Covert the above equation in multiplication form.
7 x ____ = 28.
7 x 4 = 28.

Question 15.
Modeling Real Life
There are 30 umbrellas arranged in 5 equal rows. How many columns of umbrellas are there?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.2 8
Answer:
Number of Umbrellas = 30
Number of rows = 5
Number of columns = 30÷5
= 6.

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
There are 20 sweet potato slices divided equally between 2 oven trays. There are 2 rows of slices on each tray. How many columns are on each tray?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.2 9
Answer:
Total Number of sweet potatoes = 20.
The number of ovens=2.
Number of potatoes in each tray=20 ÷ 2 = 10.
The number of rows in each tray = 2.
Number of columns in each tray = 10 ÷ 2 = 5.

Review & Refresh

Find the product
Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.2 10
Answer:80

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.2 11
Answer:50

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.2 12
Answer:100

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.2 13
Answer:70

Find the missing factor.
Question 21.
10 × ____ = 90
Answer:10 x 9=90

Question 22.
60 = 10 × _____
Answer:60=10 x 6

Question 23.
____ × 10 = 0
Answer:0 x 10= 0

Lesson 5.3 Complete Multiplication Tables

Explore and Grow

  1. Complete the table
    Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.3 1
    Answer:

Critique Reasoning
Describe how you completed the table. Compare your method to your partner’s method. How are they the same? How are they different?
Answer:

Think and Grow: Complete Multiplication Tables

Example
Complete the table
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.3 2
Answer:

Step 1: Use multiplication or division to find the missing factors
2 × __8__ = 16 or 16 ÷ __8__ = 2
__5__ × 4 = 20 or 20 ÷ 4 = __5__

Step 2: Use multiplication to find the missing products
2 × 4 = __8___
2 × 9 = __18__
5 × 9 = __45___
6 × 4 = ____24_
6 × 8 = ____48_
6 × 9 = ___54__

Show and Grow

Complete the table.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 5 Patterns and Fluency 5.3 3
Answer:

Question 2.

Read more

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 is the best material for your child to score good marks in the exams. Refer to Big Ideas Math Book K Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 and try to solve all the problems. You can understand the concepts deeply with the help of the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10. In order to excel in the exam, we suggest the students of K standard refer to the BIM Text Book Kth Grade Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 Solution Key.

Big Ideas Math Book Grade K Answer Key Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10

We provide the step by step explanations for all the questions by using the images in Bigideas Math Kth Grade Answer Key Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10. Students who feel difficulty in solving the math problems can quickly understand the concepts with the help of our Big Ideas Math Book K Grade Solution Key Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose  Numbers to 10. As per your convenience, we have provided the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 in the pdf format.

Vocabulary

Lesson: 1 Partner Numbers to 5

Lesson: 2 Use Number Bonds to Represent Numbers to 5

Lesson: 3 Compose and Decompose 6

Lesson: 4 Compose and Decompose 7

Lesson: 5 Compose and Decompose 8

Lesson: 6 Compose and Decompose 9

Lesson: 7 Compose and Decompose 10

Lesson: 8 Compose and Decompose Using a Group of 5

Chapter 5: Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10

Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 Vocabulary

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 1
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 2

Directions:
Count the animals in each group. Write each number. Draw a line through the number that is less than the other number.

Answer:
There are 2 groups of animals.
They are squirrels and parrots.
There are 3 squirrels and 5 parrots in the group.

Chapter 5 Vocabulary Cards

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 3
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 4

Lesson 5.1 Partner Numbers to 5

Explore and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 5

Directions:
Drop 3 two-color counters in the box. Move the counters to the correct frame. Name the parts and the whole. Repeat this process using 4 and 5 counters.

Think and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 6

Directions:
Count each type of object. Write each number. Count all of the objects. Write the number for the whole.

Answer:
cat = 2
tiger =1
rabbit(white) = 5
rabbit (brown) = 0

Explanation:
In the above-given figures ,
There are 2 cats.
The number of cats = 2
There are 1 tigers.
The number of tigers = 1
There are 5 white color rabbits.
The number of rabbits which are in white color = 5
There is one brown color rabbit.
The number of rabbits which are in brown color =0
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-5-Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10-5.1-01

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 7

Answer:
dogs (white) = 1
dog( yellow) = 3

Explanation:
In the above-given figures ,
There are  4  dogs.
The number of  dogs which are in white color = 1
The number of dogs which are in yellow color = 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-5-Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10-5.1-02

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 8

Answer:
The number of dogs  = 2
The  number of cats= 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-5-Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10-5.1-03

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 9

Directions:
1 – 3 Count each type of animal. Write each number. Count all of the animals. Write the number for the whole.
Answer:
a. bears = 1 + 1 + 1
bears = 3
b. bears = 4
deers = 0
The number for the whole = 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-5-Compare and Decompose Numbers to 10-5.1-4

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 10

Answer:
1.The number of spots on the left side = 2
The number of spots on the right side = 2

Explanation:
Given that show one way to draw  4 spots on the ladybug.
The number of spots on the left side = 2
The number of spots on the right side = 2
the number of spots on each wing = 4

Answer:
2.The number of spots on the left side = 3
The number of spots on the right side = 2

Explanation:
Given that show one way to draw  4 spots on the ladybug.
The number of spots on the left side = 3
The number of spots on the right side = 2
the number of spots on each wing = 5

Answer:
3.The number of spots on the left side = 2
The number of spots on the right side = 3

Explanation:
Given that show one way to draw  4 spots on the ladybug.
The number of spots on the left side = 2
The number of spots on the right side = 3
the number of spots on each wing = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-5-Compare and Decompose Numbers to 10-5.1-5

Directions:

  • Show one way to draw 4 spots on the ladybug. Write the number of spots on each wing.
  • Show two ways to draw 5 spots on the ladybug. Write the number of spots on each wing.

Partner Numbers to 5 Homework & Practice 5.1

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 11

Answer:
yellow color = 1
red color = 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
There are 2 colors.
They are yellow and red in color.
The number of red color = 1
The number of yellow color = 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-5-Compare and Decompose Numbers to 10-5.1-6

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 12

Answer:
white color dogs = 2
brown color dogs = 2

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
There are dogs.
They are white and brown in color.
The number of white color dogs = 2
The number of brown color dogs = 2
2 + 2 = 4
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-5-Compare and Decompose Numbers to 10-5.1-7

Directions:
1 and 2 Count each type of object. Write each number. Count all of the objects. Write the number for the whole.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 13

Answer:
red color dogs = 4
1 + 1 + 1 + 1
blue color dogs = 1
1
The number for the whole =5
1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1

Explanation:
In 1 there are 4 red color dogs.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1
There is one blue color dog.
1
The number of all dogs which are red and blue = 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-5-Compare and Decompose Numbers to 10-5.1-8

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 14

Answer:
white color dogs = 2
black color = 0
The number of dogs for whole = 2

Explanation:
In 1 there are 2 white color dogs
1 + 1 = 2
The number for the whole = 2
The total number of dogs = 2
1 + 1 = 2
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-5-Compare and Decompose Numbers to 10-5.1-9

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 15

Answer:
The number of spots on the left side = 2
The number of spots on the right side = 1

Explanation:
Given that show one way to draw  3 spots on the ladybug.
The number of spots on the left side = 2
The number of spots on the right side = 1
the number of spots on each wing = 3
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-5-Compare and Decompose Numbers to 10-5.1-10

Directions:
3 and 4 Count each type of dog. Write each number. Count all of the dogs. Write the number for the whole. 5 Show one way to draw 3 spots on the ladybug. Write the number of spots on each wing.

Lesson 5.2 Use Number Bonds to Represent Numbers to 5

Explore and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 16

Answer:
The number of berries on the bushes = 5

Explanation:
Given that use, counters to show  3 berries on one bush and 2 berries on the other bush.
the number of berries on the left = 3
the number of berries on the right = 2
the total number of berries on the bushes = 5

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-5-Compare and Decompose Numbers to 10-5.2-1

Directions:
Use counters to show 3 berries on one bush and 2 berries on the other bush. Slide the counters to the bottom to show the whole. Name the parts and the whole.

Think and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 17

Answer:
There are 2 blue color berries.
There are 3 green color berries.
The whole = 5

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 5 berries.
In them, there are 2 blue color berries.
there are 3 green color berries.
Number bond

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-5-Compare and Decompose Numbers to 10-5.2-2

Answer:
There is 1 yellow color peach.
There is 1 green color peach.
The whole = 2

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 peaches.
In them, there is 1 yellow color peach.
there is 1 green color peach
The whole = 1 + 1 = 2.
Number bond

Directions:
Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 18.1

Answer:
There are 4 blue color strawberries.
There is 1 red color strawberry.
The whole = 5

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 5 strawberries.
In them, there is 1 red color strawberry.
there is 4 blue color strawberries.
The whole = 4+ 1 = 5.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 5
Number bond
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-5-Compare and Decompose Numbers to 10-5.2-3

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 18.2

Answer:
There are 2 yellow color lemons.
There are 2 green color lemons.
The whole = 4

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 4 lemons.
In them, there are 2 green color lemons.
there are 2 yellow color lemons.
The whole = 2 + 2 = 4.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 4
Number bond
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-5-Compare and Decompose Numbers to 10-5.2-4

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 18.3

Answer:
There are 2 bananas which are not opened.
There is 1 banana which is opened.
The whole = 3

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 3 bananas.
In them, there are 2 bananas which are not opened.
there is 1 banana which is opened.
The whole = 3.
1 + 1 + 1  = 3
Number bond
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-5-Compare and Decompose Numbers to 10-5.2-5

Directions:
1 – 3 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 19
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 20

Answer:
The number of cherries = 3

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
draw three cherries on the picture.
draw some of the cherries in the tree and some of the cherries on the ground.
the number of cherries on the tree = 2
the number of cherries on the ground = 1
The number of cherries = 3

Answer:
The number of cherries = 4

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
draw three cherries on the picture.
draw some of the cherries in the tree and some of the cherries on the ground.
the number of cherries on the tree = 2
the number of cherries on the ground = 2
The number of cherries = 4

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-5-Compare and Decompose Numbers to 10-5.2-6

Directions:

  • Draw 3 cherries on the picture. Draw some of the cherries in the tree and some of the cherries on the ground. Complete the number bond to match your picture.
  • Draw 4 cherries on the picture. Draw some of the cherries in the tree and some of the cherries on the ground. Complete the number bond to match your picture.

Use Number Bonds to Represent Numbers to 5 Homework & Practice 5.2

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 21

Answer:
There is 1 red color.
There is 1 yellow color.
The whole = 2

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors.
In them, there is 1 red color.
there is  1 yellow color
The whole = 2.
1 + 1   = 3
Number bond

Directions:
1 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 22

Answer:
There are 3 red color Apples.
There is 1 yellow color Apple.
The whole = 4

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of apples.
In them, there are 3 red color Apples
there is  1 yellow color Apple.
The whole = 4.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1   = 4
Number bond

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 23

Answer:
There are 2 oranges which are not opened.
There are 3 oranges which are opened.
The whole = 5

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 5 oranges.
In them, there are 2 oranges which are not opened.
there are 3 oranges which are opened.
The whole = 5.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1  = 5
Number bond

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 24

Directions:
2 and 3 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond. 4 Draw 5 cherries on the picture. Draw some of the cherries in the tree and some of the cherries on the ground. Complete the number bond to match your picture.

Lesson 5.3 Compose and Decompose 6

Explore and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 25

Directions:
Use counters to show 2 vegetables in one basket and 4 vegetables in the other basket. Slide the counters to the top to show the whole. Name the parts and the whole.

Answer:
The whole = 6

Explanation:
2 vegetables in one basket and 4 vegetables in another basket.
tomatoes, brinjal, cucumber, beans.
Whole = 2 + 4 = 6
2 = 1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1

Think and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 26

Answer:
There are 3 yellow color capsicums.
There are 3 green color capsicums.
The whole = 6

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of capsicums.
In them, there are 3  yellow color capsicums.
there are  3  green color capsicums.
The whole = 6.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1  = 6
Number bond

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 27

Answer:
There are 4 white color broccoli.
There are 2 green color broccoli.
The whole = 6

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of broccoli.
In them, there are 4  white color broccoli.
there are  2  green color broccoli.
The whole = 6.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1  = 6
Number bond

Directions:
Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 28

Answer:
There are 5 red color chilies.
There is 1 yellow color chilies.
The whole = 6

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of chilies.
In them, there are 5  red color chilies
there is 1  yellow color chilies.
The whole = 6.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1  = 6
Number bond

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 29

Answer:
There are 3 red color onions.
There are 3 orange color onions.
The whole = 6

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of onions.
In them, there are 3  red color onions.
there are 3 orange color onions.
The whole = 6.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1  = 6
Number bond

 

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 30

Answer:
There are 4 corns which are not opened.
There are 2 corns which are opened.
The whole = 6

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 6 corns
In them, there are 4 corns which are not opened.
there are 2 corns which are opened.
The whole = 6.
1 + 1 + 1 +1 +1 + 1 = 6
Number bond

Directions:
1 – 3 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 31

Answer:
Newton buys 2 tomatoes.
Descartes buys 4 tomatoes
whole = 6

Explanation:
In the above-given question
they said that newton uses fewer tomatoes than descarrtes.
Newton buys 2 tomatoes.
Descartes buys 4 tomatoes
whole = 2 + 4
6 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Number bond

Directions:
There are 6 tomatoes at a farm stand. Newton and Descartes buy all of them. Newton buys fewer tomatoes than Descartes.

  • Draw tomatoes in the wagons to show how many tomatoes Newton and Descartes could buy. Then complete the number bond to match your picture.
  • Draw another way to show how many tomatoes Newton and Descartes could buy. Then complete the number bond to match your
  • picture.

Compose and Decompose 6 Homework & Practice 5.3

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 32

Answer:
There are 5 red color buttons.
There is 1yellow color button.
The whole = 6

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of buttons.
In them, there are 5  red color buttons.
there is 1yellow color button..
The whole = 6.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1  = 6
Number bond

Directions:
1 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 33

Answer:
There are 4 green color roses.
There are 2 pink color roses.
The whole = 6

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of roses.
In them, there are 4 green color roses.
there are 2 pink color roses.
The whole = 6.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1  = 6
Number bond

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 34

Answer:
There are 3 pumpkins that are not opened.
There are 3 pumpkins which are opened.
The whole = 6

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 6 pumpkins.
In them, there are 3 pumpkins that are not opened.
there are 3 pumpkins which are opened.
The whole = 6.
1 + 1 + 1 +1 +1 + 1 = 6
Number bond

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 35

Answer:
2 + 3 = 5
2 = 1 + 1
3 = 1 + 1 + 1

Newton and Descartes buy all of them.
Newton buys more tomatoes than Descartes.
Newton buys 4 tomatoes and Descartes buys 2 tomatoes.
Number bond

Directions:
2 and 3 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond. 4 There are 6 tomatoes at a farm stand. Newton and Descartes buy all of them. Newton buys more tomatoes than Descartes. Drawtomatoes in the wagons to show how many tomatoes Newton and Descartes could buy. Then complete the number bond to match your picture.

Lesson 5.4 Compose and Decompose 7

Explore and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 36

Directions:
Use counters to show 7 flowers. Slide the counters to the bottom to show 2 groups. Name the parts and the whole.

Answer:
There are 7 flowers shown in the figure.
7 = 4 + 3
whole = 7

Explanation:
There are 7 flowers shown in the figure.
7 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1
4 =1 + 1 + 1 + 1
3 = 1 + 1 + 1
whole = 7

Think and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 37

Answer:
There are 6 white color roses.
There is 1 yellow color roses.
The whole = 7

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of roses.
In them, there are.6 white color roses
there are is 1 yellow color roses
The whole = 7.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1  = 7
Number bond

Answer:
There are 5 sky blue color arrows.
There are 2 purple color arrows.
The whole = 7

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of arrows.
In them, there are. 5 sky blue color arrows
there are 2 purple color arrows
The whole = 7.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1  = 7
Number bond

Directions:
Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 38

Answer:
There are 5 pink color roses.
There are 2 yellow color roses.
The whole = 7

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of roses.
In them, there are. 5 pink color roses.
there are 2 yellow color roses.
The whole = 7.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1  = 7
Number bond

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 39

Answer:
There are 4 sky blue color water sprinklers.
There are. 3 purple color water sprinklers.
The whole = 7

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of water sprinklers.
In them, there are.4 sky blue color water sprinklers
there are 3 purple color water sprinklers.
The whole = 7.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1  = 7
Number bond

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 40

Answer:
There are 6 pots with sand.
There is 1 pot with sand is poured out.
The whole = 7

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 types of pots.
In them, there are 6 pots with sand.
there 1 pot with sand is poured out.
The whole = 7.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1  = 7
Number bond

Directions:
1 – 3 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 41

Answer:
There are 4 purple color flowers.
There are 3 yellow color flowers.
The whole = 7

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 color of flowers.
In them, there are 4 purple color flowers.
there 3 yellow color flowers.
The whole = 7.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1  = 7
Number bond

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 42

Answer:
There are 3 purple color flowers.
There are 4 yellow color flowers.
The whole = 7

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 color of flowers.
In them, there are 3 purple color flowers.
there 4 yellow color flowers.
The whole = 7.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1  = 7
Number bond

Directions:

  • Color some of the flowers purple and some of the flowers yellow. Complete the number bond to match your picture.
  • Color to show another way. Complete the number bond to match your picture.

Compose and Decompose 7 Homework & Practice 5.4

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 43

Directions:
1 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Answer:
There are 6 red color buttons.
There is 1yellow color button.
The whole = 7

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of buttons.
In them, there are 6  red color buttons.
there is 1yellow color button..
The whole = 7.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1  = 7
Number bond

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 44

Answer:
There are 4 blue color houses.
There are 3 purple color houses
The whole = 7

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of houses.
In them, there are 4 blue color houses.
there are 3 purple color houses
The whole = 7.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1  = 7
Number bond

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 45

Answer:
There are  5 birds which are flying.
There are 2 birds that are not flying.
The whole = 7

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of birds.
In them, there are 5 birds which are flying.
there are 2 birds which are not flying.
The whole = 7.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1  = 7
Number bond

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 46

Directions:
2 and 3 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond. 4 Color some of the flowers yellow and some of the flowers purple. Complete the number bond to match your picture.

Lesson 5.5 Compose and Decompose 8

Explore and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 47

Directions:
Use counters to show 5 toys on the top shelf and 3 toys on the bottom shelf. Slide the counters to the side to show the whole. Name the parts and the whole.

Answer:
The number of toys on the top shelf = 5 toys
The number of toys on the bottom shelf = 3 toys
whole = 5 + 3 = 8

Explanation:
Given that,
The number of toys on the top shelf = 5 toys
The number of toys on the bottom shelf = 3 toys
whole = 5 + 3 = 8
5 = 1 +  1 + 1 + 1 + 1
3 = 1+ 1 + 1
8 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1
Number bond =

Think and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 48

Answer:
There are 5 blue color ropes.
There are 3 orange color ropes.
The whole = 8

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of ropes.
In them, there are 4 blue color ropes
there are 3 orange color ropes
The whole = 8.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1  = 8
Number bond

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 49

Directions:
Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Answer:
There are 4 blue color teddybears.
There are 4 brown color teddybears.
The whole = 8

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of teddy bears.
In them, there are 4 blue color teddybears.
there are 4 brown color teddybears.
The whole = 8.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1  = 8
Number bond

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 50

Answer:
There are 2 blue color balls.
There are 6 red color balls.
The whole = 8

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of balls.
In them, there are 2 blue color balls.
there are 6 red color balls.
The whole = 8.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1  = 8
Number bond

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 51

Answer:
There are 3 green color flowers.
There are 5 pink color flowers.
The whole = 8

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of flowers.
In them, there are 3 green color flowers.
there are 5 pink color flowers.
The whole = 8
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1  = 8
Number bond


Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 52

Answer:
There are 6 boxes which are not opened.
There are 2 boxes which are opened.
The whole = 8

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 8 boxes.
In them, there are 6 boxes which are not opened
there are 2 boxes which are opened..
The whole = 8.
1 + 1 + 1 +1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 8
Number bond

Directions:
1 – 3 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 53
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 54

Answer:
There are 6 boxes in  Group A
There are 2 boxes in Group B.
The whole = 8

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 8 boxes.
In them, there are 6 boxes in Group A.
there are 2 boxes in Group B.
The whole = 8.
1 + 1 + 1 +1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 8
Number bond

Answer:
There are 4 boxes in  Group A
There are 4 boxes in Group B.
The whole = 8

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 8 boxes.
In them, there are 4 boxes in Group A.
there are 4 boxes in Group B.
The whole = 8.
1 + 1 + 1 +1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 8
Number bond

Answer:
There are 2 boxes in  Group A
There are 6 boxes in Group B.
The whole = 8

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 8 boxes.
In them, there are 2 boxes in Group A.
there are 6 boxes in Group B.
The whole = 8.
1 + 1 + 1 +1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 8
Number bond

Directions:

  • Put the marbles into 2 groups. Circle the groups. Then complete the number bond to match your picture.
  • Show 2 other ways you can put the marbles into 2 groups. Then complete the number bonds to match your pictures.

Compose and Decompose 8 Homework & Practice 5.5

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 55

Directions:
1 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Answer:
There are 5 red color buttons.
There is 3 yellow color button.
The whole = 8

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of buttons.
In them, there are 5  red color buttons.
there is 3 yellow color button..
The whole = 8.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 8
Number bond

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 56

Answer:
There are 4 red color cups.
There is 4 blue color cups.
The whole = 8

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of buttons.
In them, there are 4 red color cups.
there is 4 blue color cups.
The whole = 8.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 8
Number bond

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 57

Answer:
There are 7 bands that are not opened.
There is 1 band which is opened.
The whole = 8

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 8 boxes.
In them, there are  7 bands that are not opened
there is 1 band which is opened..
The whole = 8.
1 + 1 + 1 +1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 8
Number bond

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 58

Directions:
2 and 3 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond. 4 Put the marbles into 2 equal groups. Circle the groups. Then complete the number bond to match your picture.

Answer:
There are 8 blue color balls.
whole = 8

Explanation:
In the above-question given that,
put the marbles into 2 equal groups.
group A = 4 balls
group B = 4 balls
whole = 8
4 = 1+ 1 + 1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
whole = 8
Number bond

Lesson 5.6 Compose and Decompose 9

Explore and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 59

Directions:
Use counters to show 3 fish in one scene of underwater vegetation and 6 fish in the other scene of underwater vegetation. Slide the counters to the side to show the whole. Name the parts and the whole.

Answer:
There are 3 fish in one scene of underwater vegetation.
There are 6 fish in other scene of underwater vegetation.
whole = 9

Explanation:
In the above-question given that,
put the fishes into 2 equal groups.
group A = 3 fishees.
group B = 6 fishs.
whole = 9
3 = 1+ 1 + 1
6 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
whole = 9
Number bond

Think and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 60

Answer:
There are 4 yellow color helicopters
There are 5 blue color helicopters.
The whole = 9

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of helicopters.
In them, there are 4 yellow color helicopters
there are 5 blue color helicopters.
The whole = 9.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1= 9
Number bond

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 61

Directions:
Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Answer:
There are 7 red color frogs.
There are 2 blue color frogs.
The whole = 9

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of frogs
In them, there are 7 red color frogs.
there are 2 blue color frogs.
The whole = 9.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1= 9
Number bond

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 62

Answer:
There are 8 yellow color seahorses.
There is 1 green color seahorses.
The whole = 9

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of frogs
In them, there are 8 yellow color seahorses.
there is 1 green color seahorse.
The whole = 9.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1= 9
Number bond

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 63

Answer:
There are 6 purple colo snails.
There are 3 orange color snails.
The whole = 9

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of snails.
In them, there are 6 purple colo snails.
there are 3 orange color snails.
The whole = 9.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1= 9
Number bond

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 64

Answer:
There are 4 boxes that are not opened.
There are  5 boxes which are opened.
The whole = 9

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 9 boxes.
In them, there are 4 boxes that are not opened..
there are5 boxes which are opened.
The whole = 9.
1 + 1 + 1 +1 +1 + 1+ 1 + 1+ 1 = 9
Number bond

Directions:
1 – 3 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 65
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 66

Answer:
There are 6 fish in Group A
There are 3 fish in Group A
whole = 9

Explanation:
In the above-question given that,
put the fishes into 2 unequal groups.
group A = 6 fishees.
group B = 3 fishs.
whole = 9
6= 1+ 1 + 1 +1 + 1+ 1
3 = 1 + 1 + 1
whole = 9
Number bond

Answer:
There are 5 fish in Group A
There are 4 fish in Group A
whole = 9

Explanation:
In the above-question given that,
put the fishes into 2 unequal groups.
group A = 5 fishes.
group B = 4 fishes.
whole = 9
5= 1+ 1 + 1 +1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
whole = 9
Number bond

Directions:
You buy 9 fish for your fish tank. You buy more orange fish than yellow fish.

  • Color to show how many orange fish and yellow fish you could buy. Then complete the number bond to match your picture.
  • Color to show another way. Then complete the number bond to match your picture.

Compose and Decompose 9 Homework & Practice 5.6

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 67

Directions:
1 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Answer:
There is 1 red color button.
There are 8 yellow color buttons.
The whole = 9

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of buttons.
In them, there is 1 red color button.
there are 8 yellow color buttons.
The whole = 9.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1= 9
Number bond

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 68

Answer:
There are 3 purple color octopus.
There are 6 orange color octopus.
The whole = 9

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of octopus.
In them, there are 3 purple color octopus
there are 6 orange color octopus
The whole = 9.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1= 9
Number bond

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 69

Answer:
There are 5 fishes that do not eat.
There are 4 fishes that eat.
The whole = 9

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of fishes.
In them, there are 5 fishes that do not eat.
there are 4 fishes that eat.
The whole = 9.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1= 9
Number bond

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 70

Directions:
2 and 3 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond. 4 You buy 9 fish for your fish tank. You buy fewer red fish than purple fish. Color to show how many red fish and purple fish you could buy. Then complete the number bond to match your picture.

Answer:
There are 3 red color fishes.
There are 6 purple color fishes.
The whole = 9

Explanation:
Given that fewer are red and some are purple.
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of fishes.
In them, there are 3 red color fishes.
there are 6 purple color fishes.
The whole = 9.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1= 9
Number bond

Lesson 5.7 Compose and Decompose 10

Explore and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 71

Directions:
Use counters to show 10 paint spots. Slide the counters to the side to show 2 groups. Name the parts and the whole.

Think and Grow

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 73

Answer:
There are 9 green colored pencils.
There is 1 blue color pencil.
The whole = 10

Explanation:
Given that fewer are red and some are purple.
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of pencils.
In them, there are 9 green colored pencils.
there 1 blue color pencil..
The whole = 10.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1= 9
1 = 1
Number bond

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 73.1

Directions:
Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Answer:
There are 4 yellow-colored brushes.
There are 6 orange color brushes.
The whole = 10

Explanation:
Given that fewer are red and some are purple.
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of brushes.
In them, there are 4 yellow-colored brushes.
there are 6 orange color brushes.
The whole = 10.
6 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Number bond

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 74

Answer:
There are 5 red-colored bags.
There are 5 ash color bags.
The whole = 10

Explanation:
Given that fewer are red and some are purple.
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of bags.
In them, there are 5 red-colored bags.
there are 5 ash color bags.
The whole = 10.
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Number bond

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 75

Answer:
There are 6 green-colored bottles.
There are 4 blue color bottles.
The whole = 10

Explanation:
Given that fewer are red and some are purple.
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of bottles.
In them, there are 6 green-colored bottles..
there are 4 blue color bottles.
The whole = 10.
6 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Number bond

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 76

Directions:
1 – 3 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Answer:
There are 2 bottles which are poured out.
There are 8 bottles that are not poured.
The whole = 10

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of bottles.
In them, there 2 bottles which are poured out.
there are 8 bottles that are not poured.
The whole = 10.
8 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1
2 = 1 + 1
Number bond

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 77

Answer:
There are 4 red color buttons.
There are 6 blue color buttons.
The whole = 10

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of buttons.
In them, there 4 red color buttons.
there are 6 blue color buttons.
The whole = 10.
6 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 +1 + 1
Number bond

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 78

Answer:
There are 5 red color buttons.
There are 5 blue color buttons.
The whole = 10

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of buttons.
In them, there 5 red color buttons.
there are 5 blue color buttons.
The whole = 10.
5= 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1
5 = 1 + 1 +1 + 1+ 1
Number bond

Answer:
There are 6 red color buttons.
There are 4 blue color buttons.
The whole = 10

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of buttons.
In them, there 6 red color buttons.
there are 4 blue color buttons.
The whole = 10.
6= 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1+ 1
4 = 1 + 1 +1 + 1
Number bond

Directions:

  • You have 10 buttons. Classify the buttons into 2 categories. Circle the groups. Then complete the number bond to match your picture.
  • Show 2 other ways you can classify the buttons into 2 categories. Then complete the number bonds to match your pictures.

Compose and Decompose 10 Homework & Practice 5.7

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 79

Answer:
There are 4  red color buttons.
There are 6 yellow color buttons.
The whole = 10

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of buttons.
In them, there are 4 red color buttons.
there are 6 yellow color buttons.
The whole = 10.
1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1= 10
Number bond

Directions:
1 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 80

Answer:
There are 2 green color bottles.
There are 8 orange color bottles.
The whole = 10

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of bottles.
In them, there are 2 green color bottles.
there are 8 orange color bottles.
The whole = 10.
1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1= 10
Number bond

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 81

Answer:
There are 7 boxes that are not opened.
There are  3 boxes which are opened.
The whole = 10

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 10 boxes.
In them, there are 7 boxes that are not opened..
there are 3 boxes which are opened.
The whole = 10.
1 +1 + 1 + 1 +1 +1 + 1+ 1 + 1+ 1 = 9
Number bond

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 82

Answer:
There are 5  purple color buttons.
There are 5 yellow color buttons.
The whole = 10

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of buttons.
In them, there are 5 purple color buttons.
there are 5 yellow color buttons.
The whole = 10.
1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1= 10
Number bond

Directions:
2 and 3 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond. 4 You have 10 buttons. Classify the buttons into 2 categories. Circle the groups. Then complete the number bond to match your picture.

Lesson 5.8 Compose and Decompose Using a Group of 5

Explore and Grow

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 83

Directions:
How many frogs are on the log? Place a counter on each frog. Use more counters to show 9 frogs. Slide the counters to the bottom to show the 2 groups. Name the parts and the whole.

Answer:
There are 5 frogs in Group A
There are 4 frogs in Group B
whole = 9

Explanation:
In the above-question given that,
put the fishes into 2 unequal groups.
group A = 5 frogs
group B = 4 frogs.
whole = 9
5= 1+ 1 + 1 +1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
whole = 9
Number bond

Think and Grow

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 84

Answer:
Whole = 6
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
1 = 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
whole = 6
5 + 1 = 6
we have to add 1 and we have to color it.
Number bond

Answer:
Whole = 9
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
whole = 9
5 + 4 = 9
we have to add 4 dots and we have to color it.
Number bond

Directions:
Draw dots in the ten frame to make the whole. Use the ten frame to complete the number bond.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 85

Answer:
Whole = 10
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
whole = 10
5 + 5 = 10
we have to add 5 dots and we have to color it.
Number bond

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 86

Answer:
Whole = 8
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
3 = 1 + 1 + 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
whole = 8
5 + 3 = 8
we have to add 3 dots and we have to color it.
Number bond

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 87

Answer:
Whole = 7
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
2 = 1 + 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
whole = 7
5 + 2 = 7
we have to add 2 dots and we have to color it.
Number bond

Directions:
1 – 3 Draw dots in the ten frame to make the whole. Use the ten frame to complete the number bond.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 88

Answer:
Whole = 7
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
2 = 1 + 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
whole = 7
5 + 2 = 7
we have to add 2 dots and we have to color it.
Number bond

Answer:
Whole = 7
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
3 = 1 + 1 + 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
whole = 7
4 + 3 = 7
we have to add 3 dots and we have to color it.
Number bond

Directions:
Newton has 5 balloons. Descartes has fewer balloons than Newton.

  • Draw Descarte’s balloons. Complete the number bond to match your picture.
  • Draw to show another way. Then complete the number bond to match your picture.

Compose and Decompose Using a Group of 5 Homework & Practice 5.8

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 89

Directions:
1 Draw dots in the ten frame to make the whole. Use the ten frame to complete the number bond.

Answer:
Whole = 10
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
5 = 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
whole = 10
5 + 5 = 10
we have to add 5 dots and we have to color it.
Number bond

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 90

Answer:
Whole = 7
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
2 = 1 + 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
whole = 7
5 + 2 = 7
we have to add 2 dots and we have to color it.
Number bond

 

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 91

Answer:
Whole = 9
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
whole = 9
5 + 4 = 9
we have to add 4 dots and we have to color it.
Number bond

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 92

Directions:
2 and 3 Draw dots in the ten frame to make the whole. Use the ten frame to complete the number bond. 4 Newton has 5 balloons. Descartes has the same number of balloons as Newton. Draw Descartes’s balloons. Complete the number bond to match your picture.

Answer:
Whole = 10
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
whole = 10
5 + 5 = 10
we have to add 5 dots and we have to color it.
Number bond

Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 Performance Task 5

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 93

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 94

Answer:
Whole = 8
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
3 = 1 + 1 + 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
whole = 8
5 + 3 = 8
we have to add 3 dots and we have to color it.
Number bond

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 95

Answer:
Whole = 8
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
whole = 8
4 + 4 = 8
we have to add 4 dots and we have to color it.
Number bond

Directions:
1 Color to show fewer red ladybugs than yellow ladybugs. Then complete the number bond to match your picture. 2 Use the number bond to classify the butterflies. Then complete the number bond. 3 Classify the butteries another way. Then complete the number bond.

Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 Activity

Number Bond Spin and Cover

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 95.1

Directions:
Take turns using the spinner to nd your partner number with 5. Use your partner numbers to find the whole on the game board. Cover the whole with a counter. Repeat this process until you have covered all of the numbers.

Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 Chapter Practice

5.1 Partner Numbers to 5

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 96

Answer:
There are 2 red color buttons.
There is 2 yellow color button.
The whole = 4

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of buttons.
In them, there are 2  red color buttons.
there is  2 yellow color button..
The whole = 4
1 + 1 + 1 + 1   = 4

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 97

Answer:
dogs= 1
puppies =4
whole = 5

Explanation:
In the above-given figures,
There are 4 dogs.
The number of puppies = 4
There is 1 dog.
The number of dogs  = 1
whole = 5
5.2 Use Number Bonds to Represent Numbers to 5

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 98

Directions:
1 and 2 Count each type of object. Write each number. Count all of the objects. Write the number for the whole. 3 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Answer:
There are 4 red color buttons.
There is 1yellow color button.
The whole = 5

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of buttons.
In them, there are 4 red color buttons.
there is 1yellow color button..
The whole = 5.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1   = 5
Number bond

5.3 Compose and Decompose 6

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 99

Answer:
There are 3 blue color plates.
There are 3 green color plates.
The whole = 6

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of plates.
In them, there are 3 blue color plates.
there are 3 green color plates.
The whole = 6.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 = 6
Number bond

5.4 Compose and Decompose 7

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 100

Answer:
There are 3 pink color flowers.
There are 4 blue color flowers.
The whole = 7

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of flowers.
In them, there are 3 pink color flowers.
there are 3 blue color flowers.
The whole = 7.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1+ 1 = 6
Number bond

5.5 Compose and Decompose 8

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 101

Directions:
4 – 6 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond.

Answer:
There are 4 brown color teddybears.
There are 4 blue color teddybears.
The whole = 8

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of teddybears.
In them, there are 4 brown color teddybears.
there are 4 blue color teddybears.
The whole = 8.
1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1+ 1 + 1= 8
Number bond

5.6 Compose and Decompose 9

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 102

Answer:
There are 3 green color teddybears.
There are 6 blue color teddybears.
The whole = 9

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of teddy bears.
In them, there are 3 green color teddybears.
there are 6 blue color teddybears.
The whole = 9.
1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1+ 1 + 1= 8
Number bond

5.7 Compose and Decompose 10

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 103

Answer:
There are 4 flowers which are opened.
There are 6 flowers which are not opened.
The whole = 10

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of flowers.
In them, there are 4 flowers which are opened.
there are 6 6 flowers which are not opened
The whole = 10.
1 +1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1+ 1 + 1= 8
Number bond

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 104

Directions:
7 and 8 Name the parts and the whole for the group. Then complete the number bond. 9 You have 10 buttons. Classify the buttons into 2 categories. Circle the groups. Then complete the number bond to match your picture.

Answer:
There are 4  green color buttons.
There are 6 yellow color buttons.
The whole = 10

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
there are 2 colors of buttons.
In them, there are 4 green color buttons.
there are 6 yellow color buttons.
The whole = 10.
1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1= 10
Number bond

5.8 Compose and Decompose Using a Group of 5

Question 10.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 105

Answer:
Whole = 9
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1+ 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
whole = 9
5 + 4 = 19
we have to add 4 dots and we have to color it.
Number bond

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 106

Answer:
Whole = 7
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
2= 1 + 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
whole = 7
5 + 2 = 7
we have to add 2 dots and we have to color it.
Number bond

 

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 107

Directions:
10 and 11 Draw dots in the ten frame to make the whole. Use the ten frame to complete the number bond. 12 Newton has 5 balloons. Descartes has fewer balloons than Newton. Draw Descartes’s balloons. Complete the number bond to match your picture.

Answer:
Whole = 7
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
2= 1 + 1

Explanation:
In the above-given figure,
whole = 7
5 + 2 = 7
we have to add 2 dots and we have to color it.
Number bond

Conclusion:
Hope Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 5 Compose and Decompose Numbers to 10 is helpful for you to gain knowledge over the subject. Test yourself by solving the problems given at the end of the chapter. For any doubts please post the comments in the below given comment box. We are always ready to clarify your doubts without any delay and in a simple manner.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19

Hello Students!!!! Are you looking for common core, Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K? then what are you waiting for. You can get the clear-cut explanation for all the questions in a simple and easy manner here. So, we suggest the students Download elementary school Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 pdf for free. Quick and fun learning is possible with our BIM Kth Grade Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19.

Big Ideas Math Book Grade K Answer Key Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19

Enhance your performance skills by solving the Big Ideas Math Book Grade K Answers Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19. Students can get a good knowledge on the subject with the help of Big Ideas Math Book Grade K Answer Key Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19. Mathematical students can construct the meaning of core concepts and principles by addressing the  Big Ideas Math Grade K Solution Key. Just click on the below links which are prepared topic wise and kickstart your preparation.

Vocabulary

Lesson: 1 Identify Groups of 10

Lesson: 2 Count and Write 11 and 12

Lesson: 3 Understand 11 and 12

Lesson: 4 Count and Write 13 and 14

Lesson: 5 Understand 13 and 14

Lesson: 6 Count and Write 15

Lesson: 7 Understand 15

Lesson: 8 Count and Write 16 and 17

Lesson: 9 Understand 16 and 17

Lesson: 10 Count and Write 18 and 19

Lesson: 11 Understand 18 and 19

Chapter: 8 – Represent Numbers 11 to 19

Represent Numbers 11 to 19 Vocabulary

Directions:
Count the shooting stars in the sky. Write the number. You see 2 more shooting stars in the sky. Draw the shooting stars. Then write an addition sentence to tell how many shooting stars there are in all.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 v 1

Answer:
There are 48 shooting stars in the sky.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 2 more shooting stars in the sky.
Totally there are 48 stars in the sky.
46 + 2 = 48
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.1-1

Vocabulary Cards
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 v 2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 v 3

Vocabulary Cards
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 v 4

Answer:
The vocabulary cards are 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, and 19.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given the vocabulary cards.
The vocabulary cards are 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, and 19.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 v 5

Answer:
The vocabulary cards are 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, and 19.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given the vocabulary cards.
The vocabulary cards are 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, and 19.

Lesson 8.1 Identify Groups of 10

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Count and circle 10 linking cubes. Color the extra linking cubes.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.1 1

Answer:
The number of cubes = 15

Explanation:
Given that, circle the 10 linking cubs.
color that extra linking cubs.
The total number of cubes = 15
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.1-01

Think and Grow

Directions:
Circle 10 objects. Tell how many more objects there are. Then write the numbers.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.1 2

Answer:
The total number of objects is 18.

Explanation:
Given that, circle the 10 objects.
There are 8 more objects.
The total number of objects is 18.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.1-2

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 and 2 Circle 10 objects. Tell how many more objects there are. Then write the numbers.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.1 3

Answer:
The total number of objects is 17.

Explanation:
Given that, circle the 10 objects.
There are 7 more objects.
The total number of objects is 17.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.1 4

Answer:
The total number of objects is 14.

Explanation:
Given that, circle the 10 objects.
There are 3 more objects.
The total number of objects is 14.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.1-03

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:
Draw beads on the string to show how many beads there are in all. Circle 10 beads

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.1 5

Answer:
The total number of beads is 11 in the first figure.

Explanation:
Given that, circle the 10 objects.
There are 1 more objects.
The total number of objects is 11.
The total number of beads is 11 in the first figure.
Given that, circle the 10 objects.
There are 6 more objects.
The total number of objects is 16.

Identify Groups of 10 Homework & Practice 8.1

Directions:
1 Circle 10 paintbrushes. Tell how many more paintbrushes there are. Then write the numbers.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.1 6

Answer:
The total number of paintbrushes is 13.

Explanation:
Given that, circle the 10 paintbrushes.
There are 3 more objects.
The total number of paintbrushes is 13.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.1-05
Directions:
2 and 3 Circle 10 objects. Tell how many more objects there are. Then write the numbers. 4 Draw beads on the string to show how many beads there are in all. Circle 10 beads.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.1 7

Answer:
The total number of objects is 15.

Explanation:
Given that, circle the 10 objects.
There are 5 more objects.
The total number of objects is 15.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.1 8

Answer:
The total number of objects is 11.

Explanation:
Given that, circle the 10 objects.
There are 1 more objects.
The total number of objects is 11.

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.1-07

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.1 9

Answer:
The total number of beads is 17 figure.

Explanation:
Given that, circle the 10 beads.
There are 7 more beads.
The total number of beads is 17.

Lesson 8.2 Count and Write 11 and 12

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Place a linking cube on each strawberry. Slide cubes to fill the ten frame. Slide the extra cubes to the five frame.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.2 1
Answer:
The number of strawberries.

Explanation:
Given that there are 11 strawberries.
place the cubes in 10 frame and 1 cube in 1 frame.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.2-01

Think and Grow

Directions:

  • Count the fruit. Say the number. Trace and write the number.
  • Count the fruit. Say the number. Write the number

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.2 2

Answer:
a. The number of bananas = 12.
b. The number of watermelons = 11.

Explanation:
Given that, count the fruit.
bananas = 12
water melons = 11
12 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
11 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.2-1

Apply and Grow:

Practice

Directions:
1 – 4 Count the objects. Say the number. Write the number.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.2 3

Answer:
The total number of objects is 11.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
There are 11 objects.
The total number of objects is 11.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.2-2

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.2 4

Answer:
The total number of objects is 11.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
There are 11 objects.
The total number of objects is 11.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.2-3

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.2 5

Answer:
The total number of objects is 12.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
There are 12 objects.
The total number of objects is 12.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.2-4

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.2 6

Answer:
The total number of objects is 12.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
There are 12 objects.
The total number of objects is 12.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.2-5

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:
You have 12 oranges in your cart. There are 11 apples in the bin. Draw the oranges in the cart and the apples in the bin. Then write the numbers.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.2 7

Answer:
The number of oranges = 12.
The number of apples = 11.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 12 oranges in the cart.
there are 11 apples in the bin.
The number of oranges = 12.
The number of apples = 11.
11 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
12 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.2-6
Count and Write 11 and 12 Homework & Practice 8.2

Directions:
1 and 2 Count the objects. Say the number. Write the number.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.2 8

Answer:
The number of objects = 12.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 12 objects.
The number of objects = 12.
12 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.2-7

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.2 9

Answer:
The number of objects = 11.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 11 objects.
The number of objects = 11.
11 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.2-8

Directions:
3 and 4 Count the fruit. Say the number. Write the number. 5 Draw 12 cherries on the tree. Write the number.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.2 10

Answer:
The number of bananas = 10.

Explanation:
Given that, count the fruits.
there are 10 bananas.
The number of fruits = 10.
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.2-9

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.2 11

Answer:
The number of berries = 11.

Explanation:
Given that, count the fruits.
there are 11 berries.
The number of berries = 11.
11 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.2-10

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.2 12

Answer:
The number of cherries = 12.

Explanation:
Given that, draw the cherries on the tree.
there are 12 cherries.
The number of cherries = 12.
12 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.2-11

Lesson 8.3 Understand 11 and 12

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Place the 10 and 1 cards as the parts on the number bond. Slide the cards and hide the zero with the 1 card to make the whole. Write the parts and the whole.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.3 1

Answer:
10 + 1 = 11
The whole = 11

Explanation:
Given that, place the 10 and 1 cards as the parts on the number bond.
slide the cards and hide the zero with the one card to make the whole.
10 + 1 = 11
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
1 = 1
whole = 11
11 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.3-1

Think and Grow

Directions:
Circle 10 objects. Draw dots in the ten frame to show how many objects are circled. Draw dots in the five frame to show how many more objects there are. Use the frames to write an addition sentence.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.3 2

Answer:
The number of cars = 12

Explanation:
Given that, there are 12 cars in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
12 = 10 + 2
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
2 = 1 + 1
12 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.2-02

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 and 2 Circle 10 vehicles. Draw dots in the ten frame to show how many vehicles are circled. Draw dots in the five frame to show how many more vehicles there are. Use the frames to write an addition sentence.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.3 3

Answer:
The number of bikes = 12

Explanation:
Given that, there are 12 bikes in the figure.
circle 10 vehicles.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
12 = 10 + 2
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
2 = 1 + 1
12 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.2-03

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.3 4

Answer:
The number of cars = 12

Explanation:
Given that, there are 11 cars in the figure.
circle 10 vehicles.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
11 = 10 + 1
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
1 = 1
11 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.2-04

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:

  • You have blue trucks. Your friend has red trucks. Circle your trucks. Write an addition sentence to match the picture. How many trucks do you have? Circle the number.
  • You have yellow trains. Your friend has green trains. Circle your trains. Write an addition sentence to match the picture. How many trains does your friend have? Circle the number.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.3 5

Answer:
a. The number of trucks = 11
blue color trucks = 10
red color truck = 1

Explanation:
Given that, there are 11 trucks in the figure.
circle 10 trucks.
blue color trucks = 10
red color trucks = 1
the number of trucks = 11
11 = 10 + 1
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
1 = 1
11 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1+ 1
b. The number of trains = 12
yellow color trains = 10
green color trains= 2
Explanation:
Given that, there are 12 trains in the figure.
circle 10 trains.
yellow color trains = 10
green color trucks = 2
the number of trains = 12
12 = 10 + 2
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
2 = 1 + 1
12 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1+ 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.2-05

Understand 11 and 12 Homework & Practice 8.3

Directions:
1 Circle 10 trucks. Draw dots in the ten frame to show how many trucks are circled. Draw dots in the five frame to show how many more trucks there are. Use the frames to write an addition sentence.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.3 6

Answer:
The number of cars = 11.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 11 cars in the figure.
circle 10 vehicles.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
11 = 10 + 1
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
1 = 1
11 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.3-011

Directions:
2 Circle 10 bicycles. Draw dots in the ten frame to show how many bicycles are circled. Draw dots in the five frame to show how many more bicycles there are. Use the frames to write an addition sentence. 3 You have red cars. Your friend has blue cars. Circle your cars. Write an addition sentence to match your picture. How many cars does your friend have? Circle the number.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.3 7
Answer:
The number of bicycles = 12.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 12 bicycles in the figure.
circle 10 bicycles.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
12 = 10 + 2
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
2 = 1 + 1
12 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.3-012

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.3 8

Answer:
a. The number of cars = 12
blue color cars = 2
red color cars = 10

Explanation:
Given that, there are 12 cars in the figure.
circle 10 cars.
blue color cars = 2
red color cars = 10
the number of carss = 12
12 = 10 + 2
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
2 = 1 + 1
12 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1+ 1 + 1

Lesson 8.4 Count and Write 13 and 14

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Place a linking cube on each carrot. Slide cubes to fill the ten frame. Slide the extra cubes to the five frame.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.4 1

Answer:
The number of carrots = 13.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 13 carrots in the figure.
circle 13 carrots.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
13 = 10 + 3
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
3 = 1 + 1 + 1
13 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.4-01

Think and Grow

Directions:

  • Count the vegetables. Say the number. Trace and write the number.
  • Count the vegetables. Say the number. Write the number.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.4 2

Answer:
a. The number of chilies = 13.
b. The number of capsicums = 14.

Explanation:
Given that, count the fruit.
chillies = 13
capsicums = 14
13 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
14 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.3-2

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 – 4 Count the objects. Say the number. Write the number.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.4 3

Answer:
The number of objects = 13.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 13 objects.
The number of objects = 13.
13 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.3-3

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.4 4

Answer:
The number of objects = 14.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 14 objects.
The number of objects = 14.
14 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.3-4

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.4 5

Answer:
The number of objects = 13.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 13 objects.
The number of objects = 13.
13 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.3-5

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.4 6

Answer:
The number of objects = 14.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 14 objects.
The number of objects = 14.
14 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.3-6

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:
A store has 14 cucumbers and 13 ears of corn in the bins. Draw the cucumbers and the ears of corn. Then write the numbers.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.4 7

Answer:
The number of cucumbers = 14.
The number of corns = 13.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 14 cucumbers in the bins.
there are 13 corns in the bin.
The number of cucumbers = 12.
The number of corns = 13
13 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
14 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.3-7

Count and Write 13 and 14 Homework & Practice 8.4

Directions:
1 and 2 Count the objects. Say the number. Write the number.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.4 8

Answer:
The number of objects = 14.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 14 objects.
The number of objects = 14.
14 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.3-8

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.4 9

Answer:
The number of objects = 13.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 13 objects.
The number of objects = 13.
13 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.3-9

Directions:
3 and 4 Count the vegetables. Say the number. Write the number. 5 Draw 14 heads of lettuce in the dirt. Write the number.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.4 10

Answer:
The number of objects = 12.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 12 objects.
The number of objects = 12.
12 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.3-10

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.4 11

Answer:
The number of objects = 13.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 13 objects.
The number of objects = 13.
13 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.3-11

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.4 12

Answer:
The number of objects = 14.

Explanation:
Given that, draw the 14 heads of lettuce in the dirt.
there are 14 objects.
The number of objects = 14.
14 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.3-12

Lesson 8.5 Understand 13 and 14

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Place the 10 and 3 cards as the parts on the number bond. Slide the cards and hide the zero with the 3 card to make the whole. Write the parts and the whole.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.5 1

Answer:
10 + 3 = 13
The whole = 13

Explanation:
Given that, place the 10 and 3 cards as the parts on the number bond.
slide the cards and hide the zero with the one card to make the whole.
10 + 3 = 13
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
3 = 1 + 1 + 1
whole = 13
13 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.4-1

Think and Grow

Directions:
Circle 10 objects. Draw dots in the ten frame to show how many objects are circled. Draw dots in the five frame to show how many more objects there are. Use the frames to write an addition sentence.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.5 2

Answer:
The number of caps = 14

Explanation:
Given that, there are 14 caps in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
14 = 10 + 4
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
14 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.5-01

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 and 2 Circle 10 hats. Draw dots in the ten frame to show how many hats are circled. Draw dots in the five frame to show how many more hats there are. Use the frames to write an addition sentence.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.5 3

Answer:
The number of caps = 13

Explanation:
Given that, there are 13 caps in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
13 = 10 + 3
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
3 = 1 + 1 + 1
13 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.5-02

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.5 4

Answer:
The number of caps = 14

Explanation:
Given that, there are 14 caps in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
14 = 10 + 4
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
14 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.5-03

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:

  • You have striped party hats. Your friend has polka-dot party hats. Circle your hats. Write an addition sentence to match the picture. How many hats do you and your friend have in all? Circle the number.
  • You have red party hats. Your friend has blue party hats. Circle your hats. Write an addition sentence to match the picture. How many hats do you have? Circle the number.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.5 5

Answer:
a. The number of hats = 14
mixed color hats = 10
yellow color hats = 4
b. The number of red color = 10
blue color = 3

Explanation:
Given that, there are 14 trucks in the figure.
circle 10 trucks.
mixed color hats = 10
yellow color hats = 4
the number of hats = 14
14 = 10 + 4
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
14 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1
b. The number of hats = 13
blue color hats = 3
red color hats = 10
Given that, there are 13 hats in the figure.
circle 10 hats.
blue color hatss = 3
red color hats = 10
the number of hats = 13
13 = 10 + 3
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
3 = 1 + 1 + 1
13 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1+ 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.5-04

Understand 13 and 14 Homework & Practice 8.5

Directions:
1 Circle 10 hats. Draw dots in the ten frame to show how many hats are circled. Draw dots in the five frame to show how many more hats there are. Use the frames to write an addition sentence.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.5 6

Answer:
The number of caps = 13

Explanation:
Given that, there are 13 caps in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
13 = 10 + 3
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
3 = 1 + 1 + 1
13 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.5-02

 

Directions:
2 Circle 10 hats. Draw dots in the ten frame to show how many hats are circled. Draw dots in the five frame to show how many more hats there are. Use the frames to write an addition sentence. 3 You have green party hats. Your friend has purple party hats. Circle your hats. Write an addition sentence to match the picture. How many hats do you have? Circle the number.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.5 7

Answer:
The number of caps = 14

Explanation:
Given that, there are 14 caps in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 4 frames to show how many more objects there are.
14 = 10 + 4
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
14 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.5-03

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.5 8

Answer:
The number of hats = 14
blue color hats = 4
green color hats = 10
Given that, there are 13 hats in the figure.
circle 10 hats.
blue color hats = 4
green color hats = 10
the number of hats = 14
14 = 10 + 4
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
14 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.5-005

Lesson 8.6 Count and Write 15

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Place a linking cube on each dolphin. Slide cubes to fill the top ten frame. Slide the extra cubes to the bottom ten frame.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.6 1

Answer:
The number of objects = 15.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 15 objects in the figure.
circle 15 carrots.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
15 = 10 + 5
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
5 = 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1

Think and Grow

Directions:

  • Count the fish. Say the number. Trace and write the number.
  • Count the fish. Say the number. Write the number.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.6 2

Answer:
a. The number of fishes = 15.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 15 objects.
The number of fishes = 15.
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 +1
b. The number of fishes = 15.
Given that, count the objects.
there are 15 objects.
The number of fishes = 15.
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 +1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.4-2

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 – 4 Count the objects. Say the number. Write the number.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.6 3

Answer:
The number of objects = 15.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 15 objects.
The number of fishes = 15.
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 +1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.4-3

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.6 4

Answer:
The number of objects = 13.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 13 objects.
The number of fishes = 13.
13 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.6 5

Answer:
The number of objects = 15.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 15 objects.
The number of fishes = 15.
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.4-5

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.6 6

Answer:
The number of objects = 15.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 15 objects.
The number of fishes = 15.
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.4-6
Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:
11 blue fish swim near the top of the water. 15 red fish swim near the shipwreck. Draw the fish. Then write the numbers.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.6 7

Answer:
The number of fishes = 26
blue color fishes = 11
red color fishes = 15

Explanation:
Given that, there are 11 trucks in the figure.
blue color fishess = 10
red color fishes = 15
the number of blue color fishes = 11
the number of red color fishes = 15
11 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.4-7
Count and Write 15 Homework & Practice 8.6

Directions:
1 and 2 Count the objects. Say the number. Write the number.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.6 8

Answer:
The number of objects = 15.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 15 objects.
The number of fishes = 15.
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.4-8

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.6 9

Answer:
The number of objects = 13.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 13 objects.
The number of objects = 13.
13 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.4-9

Directions:
3 and 4 Count the sea creatures. Say the number. Write the number. 5 Draw 15 bubbles in the water. Write the number.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.6 10

Answer:
The number of objects = 11.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 11 objects.
The number of objects = 11.
11 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.4-10

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.6 11

Answer:
The number of objects = 15.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 15 objects.
The number of objects = 15.
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.4-11

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.6 12

Answer:
The number of bubbles = 15.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 15 objects.
The number of objects = 15.
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.4-12

Lesson 8.7 Understand 15

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Place the 10and 5 cards as the parts on the number bond. Slide the cards and hide the zero with the 5 card to make the whole. Write the parts and the whole.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.7 1

Answer:
The number of cards = 15

Explanation:
Given that, there are 15 caps in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
15 = 10 + 5
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.7-01

Think and Grow

Directions:
Circle 10 objects. Draw dots in the top ten frame to show how many objects are circled. Draw dots in the bottom ten frame to show how many more objects there are. Use the ten frames to write an addition sentence.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.7 2

Answer:

The number of objects = 15

Explanation:
Given that, there are 15 caps in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
15 = 10 + 5
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+ 1+1 + 1 + 1

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 and 2 Circle 10owers. Draw dots in the top ten frame to show how many flowers are circled. Draw dots in the bottom ten frame to show how many more flowers there are. Use the ten frames to write an addition sentence.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.7 3

Answer:
The number of objects = 15

Explanation:
Given that, there are 15 caps in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
15 = 10 + 5
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+ 1+1 + 1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.5-007

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.7 4

Answer:
The number of objects = 15

Explanation:
Given that, there are 15 caps in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
15 = 10 + 5
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+ 1+1 + 1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.5-008

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:

  • You have pink flowers. Your friend has yellow flowers. Circle your flowers. Write an addition sentence to match the picture. How many flowers does your friend have? Circle the number.
  • You have blue flowers. Your friend has orange flowers. Circle your flowers. Write an addition sentence to match the picture. How many flowers do you and your friend have in all? Circle the number.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.7 5

Answer:
a. The number of flowers = 15
pink color flowers = 10
yellow color flowers = 5
b. The number of red color = 4
blue color = 10

Explanation:
Given that, there are 15 figures in the figure.
circle 10 flowers.
pink color hats = 10
yellow color hats = 5
the number of hats = 15
15 = 10 + 5
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
b. The number of flowers = 13
blue color flowers = 10
red color flowers = 4
Given that, there are 14 flowers in the figure.
circle 10 flowers.
blue color flowers = 4
red color flowers = 10
the number of flowers = 14
14 = 10 + 4
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1+ 1
14 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.5-009

Understand 15 Homework & Practice 8.7

Directions:
1 Circle 10 flowers. Draw dots in the top ten frame to show how many flowers are circled. Draw dots in the bottom ten frame to show how many more flowers there are. Use the ten frames to write an addition sentence.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.7 6

Answer:
The number of objects = 15

Explanation:
Given that, there are 15 caps in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
15 = 10 + 5
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+ 1+1 + 1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.5-0010

Directions:
2 Circle 10 flowers. Draw dots in the top ten frame to show how many flowers are circled. Draw dots in the bottom ten frame to show how many more flowers there are. Use the ten frames to write an addition sentence. 3 You have yellow flowers. Your friend has red flowers. Circle your flowers. Write an addition sentence to match the picture. How many flowers do you and your friend have in all? Circle the number.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.7 7

Answer:
The number of objects = 14

Explanation:
Given that, there are 14 flowers in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
14 = 10 + 4
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
14 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+ 1+1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.5-0011

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.7 8

Answer:
The number of flowers = 15
yellow color flowers = 10
red color flowers = 5
Given that, there are 15 flowers in the figure.
circle 10 flowers.
yellow color flowers = 10
red color flowers = 5
the number of flowers = 15
15 = 10 + 5
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
5 = 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.5-0012

Lesson 8.8 Count and Write 16 and 17

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Place a linking cube on each football. Slide cubes to fill the top ten frame. Slide the extra cubes to the bottom ten frames.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.8 1

Answer:
The number of objects = 16.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 16 objects in the figure.
circle 16 carrots.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
16 = 10 + 6
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
6 = 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1
16 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.8-01

Think and Grow

Directions:

  • Count the objects. Say the number. Trace and write the number.
  • Count the objects. Say the number. Write the number.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.8 2

Answer:
a.The number of objects = 17.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 17 objects.
The number of objects = 17.
17 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
b.The number of objects = 16.
Given that, count the objects.
there are 16 objects.
The number of objects = 16.
16 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.7-02

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 – 4 Count the objects. Say the number. Write the number.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.8 3

Answer:
The number of objects = 16.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 16 objects.
The number of objects = 16.
16 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.7-03

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.8 4

Answer:
The number of objects = 17.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 17 objects.
The number of objects = 17.
17 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.7-04

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.8 5

Answer:
The number of objects = 17.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 17 objects.
The number of objects = 17.
17 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.7-05

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.8 6

Answer:
The number of objects = 16.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 16 objects.
The number of objects = 16.
16 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.7-06

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:
There are 17 blocks on the floor and 16 books on the shelves. Draw the blocks and the books. Then write the numbers.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.8 7

Answer:
The number of blocks = 17
The number of books = 16

Explanation:
Given that, there are 17 blocks on the floor and 16 books on the shelves.
the number of blocks = 17
the number of books = 16
16 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
17 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.7-07

Count and Write 16 and 17 Homework & Practice 8.8

Directions:
1 and 2 Count the objects. Say the number. Write the number.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.8 8

Answer:
The number of objects = 16.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 16 objects.
The number of objects = 16.
16 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.7-03

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.8 9

Answer:
The number of objects = 17.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 17 objects.
The number of objects = 17.
17 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.8-02
Directions:
3 and 4 Count the objects. Say the number. Write the number. 5 Draw 17 balls on the ball rack. Write the number.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.8 10

Answer:
The number of objects = 16.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 16 objects.
The number of objects = 16.
16 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.8-03

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.8 11

Answer:
The number of objects = 14.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 14 objects.
The number of objects = 14.
14 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.8-04

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.8 12

Answer:
The number of objects = 17.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 17 objects.
The number of objects = 17.
17 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1+ 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.8-05

Lesson 8.9 Understand 16 and 17

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Place the 10and 6 cards as the parts on the number bond. Slide the cards and hide the zero with the 6 card to make the whole. Write the parts and the whole.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.9 1

Answer:
The number of cards = 16

Explanation:
Given that, there are 16 caps in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 6 frames to show how many more objects there are.
16 = 10 + 6
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
6 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
16 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.9-01

Think and Grow

Directions:
Circle 10 objects. Draw dots in the top ten frame to show how many objects are circled. Draw dots in the bottom ten frame to show how many more objects there are. Use the ten frames to write an addition sentence.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.9 2

Answer:
The number of cards = 17

Explanation:
Given that, there are 17 caps in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 7 frames to show how many more objects there are.
17 = 10 + 7
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
7 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
17 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.8-02

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 and 2 Circle 10 objects. Draw dots in the top ten frame to show how many objects are circled. Draw dots in the bottom ten frame to show how many more objects there are. Use the ten frames to write an addition sentence.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.9 3

Answer:
The number of cards = 16

Explanation:
Given that, there are 16 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 6 frames to show how many more objects there are.
16 = 10 + 6
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
6 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
16 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.8-03

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.9 4

Answer:
The number of cards = 17

Explanation:
Given that, there are 17 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 7 frames to show how many more objects there are.
17 = 10 + 7
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
7 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
17 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.9-01

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:

  • You put yellow stickers on a page. Your friend puts red stickers on the same page. Circle your stickers. Write an addition sentence to match the picture. How many stickers does your friend put on the page? Circle the number.
  • You put blue stickers on a page. Your friend puts green stickers on the same page. Circle your stickers. Write an addition sentence to match the picture. How many stickers does your friend put on the page? Circle the number.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.9 5

Answer:
a. The number of stickers = 16
red color stickers = 6
yellow color stickers = 10
b. The number of green color = 7
blue color = 10

Explanation:
Given that, there are 16 figures in the figure.
circle 10 stickers..
red color stickers= 6
yellow color sickers= 10
the number of stickers = 16
16 = 10 + 6
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
6 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1+ 1
16 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
b. The number of stickers = 17
blue color stickers = 10
green color stickers = 7
Given that, there are 17 flowers in the figure.
circle 10 stickerss.
blue color stickerss = 4
green color flowers = 7
the number of flowers = 10
17 = 10 + 7
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
7 = 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
17 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1

Understand 16 and 17 Homework & Practice 8.9

Directions:
1 Circle 10 stars. Draw dots in the top ten frame to show how many stars are circled. Draw dots in the bottom ten frame to show how many more stars there are. Use the ten frames to write an addition sentence.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.9 6

Answer:
The number of stars = 16

Explanation:
Given that, there are 16 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 6 frames to show how many more objects there are.
16 = 10 + 6
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
6 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
16 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.9-03

Directions:
2 Circle 10 butterflies. Draw dots in the top ten frame to show how many butterflies are circled. Draw dots in the bottom ten frame to show how many more butterflies there are. Use the ten frames to write an addition sentence. 3 You put orange stickers on a page. Your friend puts blue stickers on the next page. Circle your stickers. Write an addition sentence to match the picture. How many stickers does your friend put on the next page? Circle the number.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.9 7

Answer:
The number of butterflies = 16

Explanation:
Given that, there are 16 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 6 frames to show how many more objects there are.
16 = 10 + 6
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
6 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
16 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.9-04

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.9 8

Answer:
The number of stickers = 17
yellow color stickers = 10
blue color flowers = 7

Explanation:
Given that, there are 17 stickers in the figure.
circle 10 stickers.
yellow color stickers = 10
blue color stickers = 7
the number of stickers = 17
17 = 10 + 7
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
7 = 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1 + 1

Lesson 8.10 Count and Write 18 and 19

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Place a linking cube on each leaf. Slide cubes to fill the top ten frame. Slide the extra cubes to the bottom ten frame.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.10 1

Answer:
The number of objects = 18.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 18 objects in the figure.
circle 18 carrots.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
18 = 10 + 8
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
8 = 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1
18 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.9-05

Think and Grow

Directions:

  • Count the objects. Say the number. Trace and write the number.
  • Count the objects. Say the number. Write the number.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.10 2

Answer:
a.The number of objects = 19.
b. The number of objects = 18.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 19 objects.
The number of objects = 19.
19 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1.
b.The number of objects = 18.
Given that, count the objects.
there are 18 objects.
The number of objects = 18.
18 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1.
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.10-01

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 – 4 Count the objects. Say the number. Write the number.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.10 3

Answer:
The number of objects = 18.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 18 objects.
The number of objects = 18.
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
8 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.10-02

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.10 4

Answer:
The number of objects = 18.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 18 objects.
The number of objects = 18.
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
8 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.10-03

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.10 5

Answer:
The number of objects = 19.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 19 objects.
The number of objects = 19
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
9 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.10 6

Answer:
The number of objects = 19.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 19 objects.
The number of objects = 19
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
9 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.10-04

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:
There are 19 red leaves on the ground. There are 18 orange leaves left on the tree. Draw the leaves on the ground and the leaves on the tree. Write the numbers.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.10 7

Answer:
The number of red  leaves = 19
The number of green leaves = 18
green color leaves = 18
red color leaves = 19

Explanation:
Given that, there are 18 , 19trucks in the figure.
green color leaves = 18
red color leaves = 19
the number of green color leaves= 18
the number of red color leaves = 19
18 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
19 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.10-05

Count and Write 18 and 19 Homework & Practice 8.10

Directions:
1 and 2 Count the objects. Say the number. Write the number.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.10 8

Answer:
The number of objects = 19.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 19 objects.
The number of objects = 19.
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
9 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.10-06

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.10 9

Answer:
The number of objects = 18.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 18 objects.
The number of objects = 18.
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
8 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.10-03

Directions:
3 and 4 Count the objects. Say the number. Write the number. 5 Draw 18 acorns on the ground. Write the number.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.10 10

Answer:
The number of objects = 19.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 19 objects.
The number of objects = 19.
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
9 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.10-07

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.10 11

Answer:
The number of objects = 17.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 17 objects.
The number of objects = 17.
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
7 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.10 12

Answer:
The number of objects = 18.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 18 objects.
The number of objects = 18.
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
8 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1

Lesson 8.11 Understand 18 and 19

Explore and Grow

Directions:
Place the 10 and 8 cards as the parts on the number bond. Slide the cards and hide the zero with the 8 card to make the whole. Write the parts and the whole.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.11 1

Answer:
The number of cards = 18

Explanation:
Given that, there are 18 caps in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 8 frames to show how many more objects there are.
18 = 10 + 8
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
8 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
18 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.11-1

Think and Grow

Directions:
Circle 10 objects. Draw dots in the top ten frame to show how many objects are circled. Draw dots in the bottom ten frame to show how many more objects there are. Use the ten frames to write an addition sentence.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.11 2

Answer:
The number of object = 19

Explanation:
Given that, there are 19 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 9 frames to show how many more objects there are.
19 = 10 + 9
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
9 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1  + 1 + 1 + 1
19 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.10-01

Apply and Grow: Practice

Directions:
1 and 2 Circle 10 gemstones. Draw dots in the top ten frame to show how many gemstones are circled. Draw dots in the bottom ten frame to show how many more gemstones there are. Use the ten frames to write an addition sentence.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.11 3

Answer:
The number of objects= 18.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 18 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 8 frames to show how many more objects there are.
18 = 10 + 8
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
8 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1  + 1 + 1
18 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.10-01

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.11 4

Answer:
The number of objects= 19.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 19 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 9 frames to show how many more objects there are.
19 = 10 + 9
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
9 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1  + 1 + 1 + 1
19 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.10-02

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Directions:

  • You have pink gemstones and blue gemstones. Your friend has silver gemstones and gold gemstones. Circle your gemstones. Write an addition sentence to match the picture. How many gemstones do you have? Circle the number.
  • You have gold gemstones and silver gemstones. Your friend has purple gemstones and green gemstones. Circle your gemstones. Write an addition sentence to match the picture. How many gemstones does your friend have? Circle the number.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.11 5

Answer:
a. The number of objects = 19
pink  and blue color flowers = 10
yellow and silver color flowers = 9
b.The number of objects = 18
The number of gold and silver color = 10
blue and green  color = 8

Explanation:
Given that, there are 15 figures in the figure.
circle 10 flowers.
pink color hats = 19
yellow color hats = 9
the number of hats = 10
19 = 10 + 9
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
9 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
19 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
b. The number of flowers = 18
blue color flowers = 10
red color flowers = 8
Given that, there are 18 flowers in the figure.
circle 10 flowers.
pink color hats = 18
yellow color hats = 8
the number of hats = 10
18 = 10 + 8
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
8 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
18 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.11-01

Understand 18 and 19 Homework & Practice 8.11

Directions:
1 Circle 10 gemstones. Draw dots in the ten frame to show how many gemstones are circled. Draw dots in the bottom ten frame to show how many more gemstones there are. Use the ten frames to write an addition sentence.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.11 6

Answer:
The number of objects= 18.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 18 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 8 frames to show how many more objects there are.
18 = 10 + 8
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
8 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1  + 1 + 1 + 1
18 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.10-02

Directions:
2 Circle 10 gemstones. Draw dots in the top ten frame to show how many gemstones are circled. Draw dots in the bottom ten frame to show how many more gemstones there are. Use the ten frames to write an addition sentence. 3 You have red gemstones and blue gemstones. Your friend has yellow gemstones and silver gemstones. Circle your gemstones. Write an addition sentence to match the picture. How many gemstones does your friend have? Circle the number.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.11 7

Answer:
The number of objects= 18.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 18 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 8 frames to show how many more objects there are.
18 = 10 + 8
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
8 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1  + 1 + 1 + 1
18 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 +
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.11-02

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 8.11 8

Answer:
The number of objects= 19.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 19 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 9 frames to show how many more objects there are.
19 = 10 + 9
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
9 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1  + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1
19 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 +1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.11-03

Represent Numbers 11 to 19 Performance Task

Directions:
1 Classify the stars into 2 categories. Circle to show each group. Then write an addition sentence to tell how many stars there are in all. 2 There are red stars and blue stars in the sky. The number of red stars is 1 more than 9. The number of blue stars is greater than 5, but less than the number of red stars. Draw and color the stars. Then write an addition sentence to tell how many stars there are in all.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 1

Answer:
The number of objects= 15.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 15 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
15 = 10 + 5
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.11-04

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 2
Answer:
The number of objects= 18.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 18 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 8 frames to show how many more objects there are.
18 = 10 + 8
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
8 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1  + 1 + 1 + 1
18 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 +

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.11-05

Represent Numbers 11 to 19 Activity

Number Flip and Find
Directions:
Place the Number Flip and Find Cards face down in the boxes. Take turns flipping 2 cards. If your cards show the same number, keep the cards. If your cards show different numbers, flip the cards back over. Repeat this until all cards are gone.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 3

Represent Numbers 11 to 19 Chapter Practice

Directions:
1 and 2 Circle 10 objects. Tell how many more objects there are. Then write the numbers.

8.1 Identify Groups of 10

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 chp 1

Answer:
The number of objects = 16.

Explanation:
Given that, circle the objects.
there are 16 objects.
The number of objects = 16.
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
6 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.11-06

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 chp 2

Answer:
The number of objects = 13.

Explanation:
Given that, circle the objects.
there are 13 objects.
The number of objects = 13.
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
3 = 1 + 1 + 1

Directions:
3 and 4 Count the fruit. Say the number. Write the number. Circle 10 buses. Draw dots in the ten frame to show how many buses are circled. Draw dots in the five frame to show how many more buses there are. Use the frames to write an addition sentence.

8.2 Count and Write 11 and 12

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 chp 3

Answer:
The number of objects= 12.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 12 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 2 frames to show how many more objects there are.
12 = 10 + 2
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
2 = 1 + 1
12 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1+1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.11-2

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 chp 4

Answer:
The number of objects= 11.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 11 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 1 frames to show how many more objects there are.
11 = 10 + 1
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
1 = 1
11 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.11-3

8.3 Understand 11 and 12

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 chp 5

Answer:
The number of objects= 12.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 12 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 2 frames to show how many more objects there are.
12 = 10 + 2
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
2 = 1 + 1
12 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.3-012

Directions:
6 and 7 Count the vegetables. Say the number. Write the number. 8 Circle 10 hats. Draw dots in the ten frame to show how many hats are circled. Draw dots in the five frame to show how many more hats there are. Use the frames to write an addition sentence.

8.4 Count and Write 13 and 14

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 chp 6

Answer:
The number of objects= 14.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 14 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 4 frames to show how many more objects there are.
14 = 10 + 4
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
4 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
14 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.11-4

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 chp 7

Answer:
The number of objects= 13.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 13 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 3 frames to show how many more objects there are.
13 = 10 + 3
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
3 = 1 + 1 + 1
13 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.11-5

8.5 Understand 13 and 14

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 chp 8

Answer:
The number of objects= 11.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 11 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 1 frame to show how many more objects there are.
11 = 10 + 1
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
1 = 1
11 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.5-02

Directions:
9 Count the fish. Say the number. Write the number. 10 Circle 10 flowers. Draw dots in the top ten frame to show how many flowers are circled. Draw dots in the bottom ten frame to show how many more flowers there are. Use the ten frames to write an addition sentence.

8.6 Count and Write 15

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 chp 9
Answer:
The number of objects= 15.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 15 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
15 = 10 + 5
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.5-0012

8.7 Understand 15

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 chp 10

Answer:
The number of objects= 15.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 15 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 5 frames to show how many more objects there are.
15 = 10 + 5
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
5 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
15 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.11-08

Directions:
11 Count the yo-yos. Say the number. Write the number. 12 Circle 10 stickers. Draw dots in the top ten frame to show how many stickers are circled. Draw dots in the bottom ten frame to show how many more stickers there are. Use the ten frames to write an addition sentence.

8.8 Count and Write 16 and 17

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 chp 11

Answer:
The number of objects = 16.

Explanation:
Given that, count the objects.
there are 16 objects.
The number of objects = 16.
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
6 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.11-7

8.9 Understand 16 and 17

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 chp 12

Answer:
The number of objects= 17.

Explanation:
Given that, there are 17 objects in the figure.
circle 10 objects.
draw dots in 10 frames to show how many objects are circled.
draw dots in 7 frames to show how many more objects there are.
17 = 10 + 7
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
7 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
17 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1

Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.11-09

Directions:
13 Count the leaves. Say the number. Write the number. 14 You have blue gemstones and orange gemstones. Your friend has purple gemstones and green gemstones. Circle your gemstones. Write an addition sentence to match the picture. How many gemstones do you and your friend have in all? Circle the number.

8.10 Count and Write 18 and 19

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 chp 13

Answer:
The number of objects = 19.

Explanation:
Given that, circle the objects.
there are 19 objects.
The number of objects = 19.
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
9 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.11-6

8.11 Understand 18 and 19

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 chp 14

Answer:
The number of gemstones = 18
red color stickers = 3
sky blue color stickers = 7
The number of green color = 2
blue color = 6

Explanation:
Given that, there are 18 figures in the figure.
circle 10 stickers..
red  and skyblue color stickers= 10
green and blue color sickers= 8
the number of gemstones = 18
18 = 10 + 8
10 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1
8 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1+ 1+ 1 + 1 + 1
18 = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 +1 + 1+ 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 + 1
Big-Ideas-Math-Solutions-Grade-K-Chapter-8-Represent Numbers 11 to 19-8.11-07

Conclusion:

Score top in the exams by referring Big Ideas Math Book Grade K Answer Key Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19. The solutions seen in Big Ideas Math Grade K Chapter 8 Represent Numbers 11 to 19 are prepared by the math experts. First, you have to understand the concepts and then solve the problems. Stay tuned to our site to get the Answer Key for all Big Ideas Math Grade K Chapters from 1 to 13.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time Download Pdf links are available here. This Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 12 Tell Time has solutions that can be understood by anyone easily. In this chapter each and every question was explained in a simple manner. The topics included in Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell-Time are Tell Time to the Hour, Half Hour, Hour and Half Hour, etc. You can understand this chapter by seeing the pictures shown below. Hence scroll down this page and start practicing from now itself.

Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 12 Tell Time

The Big Ideas Math Book 1st Grade Answer Key Chapter 12 Tell Time helps students for solving assignments and also for preparing for exams. Not only Students, teachers can also use BIM Grade 1 Answer Key Chapter 12 Tell Time as every question was solved in a simple way. By this teachers will not face any difficulty in making students understand the concepts. Click the below links and start your preparation. Test yourself by solving the problems given at the end of the chapter.

Lesson: 1 Tell Time to the Hour

Lesson: 2 Tell Time to the Half Hour

Lesson: 3 Tell Time to the Hour and Half Hour

Lesson: 4 Tell Time Using Analog and Digital Clocks

Performance Task

Tell Time Vocabulary

Organize It

Review Words:
above
below
next to

Use the review words to complete the graphic organizer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 1
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Tell-Time-Vocabulary

Define It

Use your vocabulary cards to identify the word.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 2
Answer:
3 o’ clock
Explanation:
The hour hand, the shorter of the two hands, completes 1 rotation ( 360° )  in 12 hours in a normal 12-hour analogue. The minute hand, the longer hand, completes 1 rotation through 360° in 60 minutes.
As the hour hand is pointing 3 and minutes hand is at 12 means 00 minutes
Thus the time is 3 ‘ 0 clock .

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 3
Answer:
Digital clock showing time 3’o clock
Explanation:
In digital clock the time is represented with 4 numbers and two numbers are seperated with a colon in the middle.
the first two numbers indicates the hour and the other two numbers after the colon indicates the minutes. 00 minutes is indicated as 0 ‘ clock.
As the hour is showing 3 so the time is 3 ‘ 0 clock .

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 4
Answer:
Hour hand
Explanation:
The red hand in the above clock is shorter hand called as a hour hand. It indicates the hour. It is between 3 and 4 so the time is half past 3′ o clock

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 5
Answer:
longer hand – Minutes hand
Explanation:
The blue hand in the above watch indicates the minute hand. it is showing 6 in the watch means 30 minutes.

Lesson 12.1 Tell Time to the Hour

Explore and Grow

Write the missing numbers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 6
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Lesson-12.1-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-Explore-Grow
Explanation:
Clocks are used to measure time. A clock in general has 12 numbers written on it, from 1 to 12, an hour hand, and a minute hand.

Show and Grow

Write the time shown by the hour hand.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 7
__________ o’ clock
Answer:
3 o ‘ clock
Explanation:
As the hour hand is pointing 3 in the above clock. so the time is 3 o ‘ clock

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 8
__________ o’ clock
Answer:
7 o ‘ clock
Explanation:
As the hour hand is pointing 7 in the above clock so the time is 7 o ‘ clock

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 9
__________ o’ clock
Answer:
1 o ‘ clock
Explanation:
As the hour hand is pointing 1 in the above clock so the time is 1 o ‘ clock

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 10
__________ o’ clock
Answer:
9 o ‘ clock
Explanation:
As the hour hand is pointing 9 in the above clock. so the time is 9 o ‘ clock

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 11
__________ o’ clock
Answer:
6 o ‘ clock
Explanation:
As the hour hand is pointing 6 in the above clock. so the time is 6 o ‘ clock

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 12
__________ o’ clock
Answer:
11 o ‘ clock
Explanation:
As the hour hand is pointing 11 in the above clock. so the time is 11 o ‘ clock

Apply and Grow: Practice

Write the time shown by the hour hand.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 13
__________ o’ clock
Answer:
8 o ‘ clock
Explanation:
As the hour hand is pointing 8 in the above clock. so the time is 8 o ‘ clock

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 14
__________ o’ clock
Answer:
12 o ‘ clock
Explanation:
As the hour hand is pointing 12 in the above clock. so the time is 12 o ‘ clock

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 15
__________ o’ clock
Answer:
4 o ‘ clock
Explanation:
As the hour hand is pointing 4 in the above clock. so the time is 4 o ‘ clock

Draw the hour hand to show the time.

Question 10.
5 o’ clock
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 16
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Lesson-12.1-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-10
Explanation:
As the hour hand is pointing 5 in the above clock. so the time is 5 o ‘ clock

Question 11.
10 o’ clock
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 17
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Lesson-12.1-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-11
Explanation:
To represent 10 o’ clock we need to point short hand – hour hand to 10 .

Question 12.
2 o’ clock
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 18
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Lesson-12.1-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-12
Explanation:
To represent 2 o’ clock we need to point short hand – hour hand to 2 .

Question 13.
MP Precision
You wake up at 7 o’clock. Which clock shows the time you wake up?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 19
Answer:
I waked at 7 o’clock. the correct figure is second figure .
Explanation:
As the hour hand is pointing 7 in the second clock. so the time is 7 o ‘ clock

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You eat dinner I hour later than your friend. Show and write the time you eat dinner.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 20
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 21

__________ o’ clock
Answer:
My friend had dinner at 5 o’ clock
I had my dinner at= 5 o’ clock + 1 hour = 6 o’ clock
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Lesson-12.1-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-Think-Grow-Modeling-Real-Life
Explanation:
I had my dinner at one hour later than my friend = 5 o’ clock + 1 hour = 6 o’ clock
To represent 6 o’ clock we need to point short hand – hour hand to 6.

Show and Grow

Question 14.
Math class starts 1 hour earlier than science class. Show and write the time math class starts.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 22
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 23

__________ o’ clock
Answer:
Time of science class =10 o’ clock
Time of Math class = 10 o’ clock – 1 hour = 9 o’ clock
Explanation:
Math class starts 1 hour earlier than science class that means one hour before 10 o’ clock.
One hour before 10 o’ clock is 9 o’clock.
To represent 9 o’ clock we need to point short hand – hour hand to 9.
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Lesson-12.1-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-Show-Grow-Question-14

Tell Time to the Hour Practice 12.1 Write the time shown by the hour hand.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 24
__________ o’ clock
Answer:
10 o ‘ clock
Explanation:
As the hour hand is pointing 10 in the above clock. so the time is 10 o ‘ clock

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 25
__________ o’ clock
Answer:
5 o ‘ clock
Explanation:
As the hour hand is pointing 5 in the above clock. so the time is 5 o ‘ clock

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 26
__________ o’ clock
Answer:
1 o ‘ clock
Explanation:
As the hour hand is pointing 1 in the above clock. so the time is 1 o ‘ clock

Draw the hour hand to show the time.

Question 4.
4 o’ clock
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 27
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-Practice-12.1-Write-the-time-shown-by-the- hour-hand-Question-4
Explanation:
To represent 4 o’ clock we need to point short hand – hour hand to 4.

Question 5.
12 o’ clock
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 28
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-Practice-12.1-Write-the-time-shown-by-the- hour-hand-Question-5
Explanation:
To represent 12 o’ clock we need to point short hand – hour hand to 12.

Question 6.
8 o’ clock
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 29
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-Practice-12.1-Write-the-time-shown-by-the- hour-hand-Question-6
Explanation:
To represent 8 o’ clock we need to point short hand – hour hand to 8.

Question 7.
MP Precision
You eat a snack at 2 o’clock. Which clock shows the time you eat a snack?
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 30
Answer:
The time we eat snacks is at 2 o’clock. which is the first orange clock showing the time 2 .
Explanation:
To represent 2 o’ clock the short hand – hour hand should point to 2.only in the first orange clock the hour hand is pointing to 2 o’clock.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
Your friend gets on the bus I hour later than you. Show and write the time your friend gets on the bus.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 31
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 32

__________ o’ clock
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-Practice-12.1-Write-the-time-shown-by-the- hour-hand-Question-8
Time when i get into the bus is at 7 o’clock.
My friend get into bus 1 hour later than me = 7 o’clock + 1 hour  = 8 o’clock
Explanation:
My friend get into bus 1 hour later than me.one hour later than 7 o’ clock.
One hour after 7 o’ clock is 8 o’clock.
To represent 8 o’ clock we need to point short hand – hour hand to 8.

Review & Refresh

Question 9.
6 – ? = 4
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 33
6 – _________ = 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-Practice-12.1-Write-the-time-shown-by-the- hour-hand-Question-9
2 + 4 = 6
Explanation:
As per the above figure we observe that there are two sections in one section we contain 2 circles and in other sections we have 4 circles .
Total number of circles in all = 6 = 2 + 4 .
from there we get 6 – 2 = 4 .

Question 10.
8 – ? = 4
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 34
8 – _________ = 3
Answer:
8 – 5 = 3
8 = 3 + 5
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-Practice-12.1-Write-the-time-shown-by-the- hour-hand-Question-10
Explanation:
To get 8 we need to add 3 to 5
so 8 – 5 = 3

Lesson 12.2 Tell Time to the Half Hour

Explore and Grow

Draw the hour hand and tell the time.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 35
The hour hand points to the 3.
It is __________ o’clock.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Lesson-12.2-Tell-Time-to-the-Half-Hour-Explore-Grow
Explanation:
The hour hand points to the 3.
It is 3 o’clock.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 36
The hour hand points between the 3 and the 4.
It is half past ___________ .
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Lesson-12.2-Tell-Time-to-the-Half-Hour-Explore-Grow-2
Explanation:
The hour hand points between the 3 and the 4.
It is half past 3 . so Time is 3 : 30
Show and Grow

Write the time shown by the hour hand.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 37
half past __________
Answer:
half past 10 o’ clock
Time is 10:30
Explanation:
Half-past ten is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 10:00.
Here the short hand or hour hand points in between 10 and 11.
so the Time is 10:30.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 38
half past __________
Answer:
half past 8 o’ clock
Time is 8:30
Explanation:
Half-past 8 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 8:00.
Here the short hand or hour hand points in between 8 and 9.
so the Time is 8:30.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 39
half past __________
Answer:
half past 5 o’ clock
Time is 5:30
Explanation:
Half-past 5 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 5:00.
Here the short hand or hour hand points in between 5 and 6.
so the Time is 5:30.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 40
half past __________
Answer:
half past 3 o’ clock
Time is 3:30
Explanation:
Half-past 3 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 3:00.
Here the short hand or hour hand points in between 3 and 4.
so the Time is 3:30.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 41
half past __________
Answer:
half past 12 o’ clock
Time is 12:30
Explanation:
Half-past 12 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 12:00.
Here the short hand or hour hand points in between 12 and 1.
so the Time is 12:30.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 42
half past __________
Answer:
half past 2 o’ clock
Time is 2:30
Explanation:
Half-past 2 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 2:00.
Here the short hand or hour hand points in between 2 and 3.
so the Time is 2:30.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Write the time shown by the hour hand.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 43
half past __________
Answer:
half past 7 o’ clock
Time is 7:30
Explanation:
Half-past 7 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 7:00.
Here the short hand or hour hand points in between 7 and 8.
so the Time is 7:30.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 44
half past __________
Answer:
half past 4 o’ clock
Time is 4:30
Explanation:
Half-past 4 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 4:00.
Here the short hand or hour hand points in between 4 and 5.
so the Time is 4:30.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 45
half past __________
Answer:
half past 5 o’ clock
Time is 5:30
Explanation:
Half-past 5 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 5:00.
Here the short hand or hour hand points in between 5 and 6.
so the Time is 5:30.

Draw the hour hand to show the time.

Question 10.
half past 6
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 46
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Lesson-12.2-Tell-Time-to-the-Half-Hour-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-10
Explanation:
To indicate half past 6 we need to point short hand or hour hand in between 6 and 7 .
Half-past 6 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 6:00.
so the Time is 6:30.

Question 11.
1 o’clock
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 47
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Lesson-12.2-Tell-Time-to-the-Half-Hour-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-11
Explanation:
To indicate half past 1 we need to point short hand or hour hand in between 1 and 2 .
Half-past 1 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 1:00.
so the Time is 1:30.

Question 12.
half past 9
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 48
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Lesson-12.2-Tell-Time-to-the-Half-Hour-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-12
Explanation:
To indicate half past 9 we need to point short hand or hour hand in between 9 and 10 .
Half-past 9 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 9:00.
so the Time is 9:30.

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
Is it time for lunch or recess?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 49
Answer:
Lunch time – half past 11
Explanation:
The short hand or hour hand in between 11 and 12 . so the time is half past 11.
So the time is 11 : 30

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Soccer practice lasts a half hour. Show and circle the time practice ends.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 50
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 51
half past 3      5 o’ clock       half past 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Lesson-12.2-Tell-Time-to-the-Half-Hour-Think-Grow-Modeling-Real-Life
The Time when soccer match started is  half past 4 that is 4 : 30 as per the above figure.
match lasts only half hour that is 30 minutes
So match ends at 4:30 + 30 minutes = 5 o’ clock
the time practice ends =5 o’ clock.
Explanation:
To represent 5 o’ clock we need to point short hand – hour hand to 5 .

Show and Grow

Question 14.
A television show lasts a half hour. Show and circle the time the show ends.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 52
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 53
7 o’clock         half past 7        6 o’clock
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Lesson-12.2-Tell-Time-to-the-Half-Hour-Show-Grow-Question-14
The Time when Television show started is  half past 6 that is 6 : 30 as per the above figure.
Television show lasts only half hour that is 30 minutes
So show ends at 6:30 + 30 minutes = 7 o’ clock
the time practice ends =7 o’ clock.
Explanation:
To represent 7 o’ clock we need to point short hand – hour hand to 7 .

Tell Time to the Half Hour Practice 12.2

Write the time shown by the hour hand.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 54
half past _____________
Answer:
half past 1 o’ clock
Time is 1:30
Explanation:
Half-past 1 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 1:00.
Here the short hand or hour hand points is in between 1 and 2.
so the Time is 1:30.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 55
half past _____________
Answer:
half past 5 o’ clock
Time is 5:30
Explanation:
Half-past 5 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 5:00.
Here the short hand or hour hand points is in between 5 and 6.
so the Time is 6:30.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 56
half past _____________
Answer:
half past 12 o’ clock
Time is 12:30
Explanation:
Half-past 12 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 12:00.
Here the short hand or hour hand points is in between 12 and 1.
so the Time is 12:30.

Draw the hour hand to show the time.

Question 4.
half past 9
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 57
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Tell-Time-to-the-Half-Hour-Practice-12.2-Question-4
Explanation:
To indicate half past 9 we need to point short hand or hour hand in between 9 and 10 .
Half-past 9 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 9:00.
so the Time is 9:30.

Question 5.
half past 2
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 58
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Tell-Time-to-the-Half-Hour-Practice-12.2-Question-5
Explanation:
To indicate half past 2 we need to point short hand or hour hand in between 2 and 3 .
Half-past 2 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 2:00.
so the Time is 2:30.

Question 6.
10 o’ clock
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 59
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Tell-Time-to-the-Half-Hour-Practice-12.2-Question-6
Explanation:
To indicate half past 10 we need to point short hand or hour hand in between 10 and 11 .
Half-past 10 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 10:00.
so the Time is 10:30.

Question 7.
DIG DEEPER!
Is it time for art class or math class?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 60
Answer:
Art class half past 9
Explanation:
The short hand or hour hand in between 9 and 10 . so the time is half past 9.
So the time is 9 : 30 . It is art class at half past 9 .

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
Your music class lasts a half hour. Show and circle the time your music class ends.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 61
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 62
half past 12            half past 1          2 o’clock
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Tell-Time-to-the-Half-Hour-Practice-12.2-Question-8
The Time when Music class started is at 1 o’clock as per the above figure.
Music class lasts only half hour that is 30 minutes
So Music class ends at 1:00 + 30 minutes = 1 : 30
the time practice ends = 1 : 30.
Explanation:
To represent half past 1 or 1:30 we need to point short hand – hour hand in between 1 and  2 .

Review & Refresh

Question 9.
Your friend has 9 peanuts. You have 2 fewer than your friend. How many peanuts do you have?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 63
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 64
___________ ○ ___________ = ___________ peanuts
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Time-Tell-Time-to-the-Half-Hour-Practice-12.2-Question-9
Explanation:
Number of peanuts with my friend = 9
Number of peanuts with me are 2 fewer than my friend means two less peanuts than my friend
So, Number of peanuts with me = 9 – 2 = 7 peanuts.

Lesson 12.3 Tell Time to the Hour and Half Hour

Explore and Grow

Complete the sentences.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 65
The hour hand points to the __________ .
The minute hand points to the __________ .
It is __________ o’clock.
Answer:
The hour hand points to the 2 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .
It is 2 o’clock.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 66
The hour hand points halfway between the __________ and the __________ .
The minute hand points to the __________ .
It is half past __________ .
Answer:
The hour hand points halfway between the 2 and the 3 .
The minute hand points to the 6.
It is half past 2 .
The time is 2 : 30

Show and Grow

Write the time.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 67
__________
Answer:
7 o’clock
Explanation:
The hour hand points to the 7 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .
It is 7 o’clock.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 68
__________
Answer:
2 o’clock
Explanation:
The hour hand points to the 2 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .
It is 2 o’clock.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 69
__________
Answer:
half past 9
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 9 and the 10 .
The minute hand points to the 6 means 30 minutes
It is half past 9 .
The time is 9 : 30

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 70
__________
Answer:
8 o’clock
Explanation:
The hour hand points to the 8 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .
It is 8 o’clock.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 71
__________
Answer:
half past 12
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 12 and the 1 .
The minute hand points to the 6 . it means 30minutes
It is half past 12 .
The time is 12 : 30

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 72
__________
Answer:
The hour hand points halfway between the 1 and the 2 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 1 .
The time is 1 : 30

Apply and Grow: Practice

Draw to show the time.

Question 7.
half past 5
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 73
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.3-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-and-Half-Hour-Question-7
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 5 and the 6 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 5 .
The time is 5 : 30

Question 8.
6 o’ clock
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 74
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.3-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-and-Half-Hour-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-8
6 o’clock
Explanation:
The hour hand points to the 6 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .
It is 6 o’clock.

Question 9.
half past 10
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 75
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.3-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-and-Half-Hour-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-9
It is half past 10
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 10 and the 11 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 10 .
The time is 10 : 30

Question 10.
3 o’ clock
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 76
Answer:
3 o’clock
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.3-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-and-Half-Hour-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-10
Explanation:
The hour hand points to the 3 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .
It is 3 o’clock.

Question 11.
11 o’ clock
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 77
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.3-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-and-Half-Hour-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-11
Explanation:
The hour hand points to the 11 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .
It is 11 o’clock.

Question 12.
half past 4
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 78
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.3-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-and-Half-Hour-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-12

Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 4 and the 5 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 4 .
The time is 4 : 30

Question 13.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton shows half past 6. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 79
Answer:
No
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.3-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-and-Half-Hour-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-13
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 6 and the 7 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 6 .
The time is 6 : 30

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You spend an hour at the park. Show and write the time you leave.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 80
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 81

____________
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.3-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-and-Half-Hour-Think-Grow-Modeling-Real-Life
I arrive at park = 11 : 00
I spend one hour in park
Time I leave from park = 11 : 00 + 1 hour = 12:00
Explanation:
The hour hand points to the 12 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .
It is 12 o’clock.

Show and Grow

Question 14.
You spend a half hour on your homework. Show and write the time you finish.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 82
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 83

____________
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.3-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-and-Half-Hour-Show-Grow-Question-14
I started my home work at 3 : 00
Time spend on home work = half and hour = 30 minutes.
Time to finish home work = 3:00 + 30 minutes = 3 : 30
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 3 and the 4 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 3 .
The time is 3 : 30

Tell Time to the Hour and Half Hour Practice 12.3

Write the time.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 84
____________
Answer:
Time is 11:30
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 11 and the 12 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 11 .
The time is 11 : 30

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 85
____________
Answer:
Time is 3 o’clock
Explanation:
The hour hand points to the 3 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .
It is 3 o’clock.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 86
____________
Answer:
Time is 1 o’clock
Explanation:
The hour hand points to the 1 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .
It is 1 o’clock.

Draw to show the time.

Question 4.
5 o’ clock
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 87
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-Half-Hour-Practice-12.3-Question-4
Explanation:
The hour hand points to the 5 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .
It is 5 o’clock.

Question 5.
half past 7
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 88
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-Half-Hour-Practice-12.3-Question-5
Time is 7:30
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 7 and the 8 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 7 .
The time is 7 : 30

Question 6.
half past 2
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 93
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-Half-Hour-Practice-12.3-Question-6
Time is 2:30
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 2 and the 3 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 2 .
The time is 2 : 30

Question 7.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Descartes shows 12 o’clock. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 89
Answer:
Yes
Time is 12 o’clock
Explanation:
The hour hand points to the 12 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .
It is 12 o’clock.

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
You play tag for an hour. Show and write the time you stop playing tag.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 90
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 91

________________
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-Half-Hour-Practice-12.3-Question-8
The Time I started playing tag = 9 : 00
Duration of play tag = 1 hour.
The Time I stopped playing tag = 9:00 + 1 hour = 10: 00
Time is 10 o’clock
Explanation:
The hour hand points to the 12 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .
It is 12 o’clock.

Review & Refresh

Question 9.
Circle the cube. Draw a rectangle around the sphere.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 92
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-Half-Hour-Practice-12.3-Question-9
Explanation:
Cube – A solid body having six equal square sides.
Sphere – A sphere is a round, ball-shaped solid. It has one continuous surface with no edges or vertices .

Lesson 12.4 Tell Time Using Analog and Digital Clocks

Explore and Grow

Show the time on the analog clock. What is the same about the clocks? What is different?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 94
The time is __________ o’clock.
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.4-Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Explore-Grow-1
Explanation:
Time is 4 o’clock
The hour hand points to the 4 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 95
The time is half past _________ .
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.4-Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Explore-Grow-2

Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 4 and the 5 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 4 .
The time is 4 : 30

Show and Grow

Show the time.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 96
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.4-Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Show-Grow-Question-1
Explanation:
Time is 9 o’clock
The hour hand points to the 9 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 97
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.4-Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Show-Grow-Question-2
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 7 and the 8 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 7 .
The time is 7 : 30

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 98
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.4-Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Show-Grow-Question-3
Explanation:
Time is 12 o’clock
The hour hand points to the 12 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 99
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.4-Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Show-Grow-Question-4
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 2 and the 3 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 2 .
The time is 2 : 30

Apply and Grow: Practice

Show the time.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 100
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.4-Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-5
Explanation:
Time is 2 o’clock
The hour hand points to the 2 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 101
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.4-Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-6
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 11 and the 12 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 11 .
The time is 11 : 30

Draw to show the time.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 102
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.4-Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-7
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 8 and the 9 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 8 .
The time is 8 : 30

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 103
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.4-Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Apply-Grow-Practice-Question-8
Explanation:
Time is 4 o’clock
The hour hand points to the 4 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .

DIG DEEPER!
Complete the clocks to show the same time.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 104
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.4-Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-DIG-DEEPER-Question-9
Explanation:
From the given figure in Analog clock we notice the hour hand is between 9 and 10 .
In digital clock we notice 30 minutes:
From the above two given statements we can conclude the time is 9 : 30.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 105
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.4-Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-DIG-DEEPER-Question-10
Explanation:
From the given figure in Analog clock we notice the Minutes hand is at 12.
In digital clock we notice hour as 1 o’clock
From the above two given statements we can conclude the time is 1:00.

Question 11.
Which One Doesn’t Belong?
Which time does not belong with the other three? Think: How do you know?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 106
Answer:
Figure 1 , 2 and 4 describes half past 3 time whereas figure 3 describes half past 4 time .
Figure 3 is different from other 3 figures.
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 3 and the 4 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 3 .
The time is 3 : 30

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

A play starts 1 hour later than a movie. Show and circle the time the play starts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 107
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 108
half past 2           half past 4               3 o’clock            4 o’clock
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.4-Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Think-Grow-Modeling-Real-Life
Time when Movie started = 3:30
Time when play starts is one hour later than movie
Time when play starts = 3:30 + 1 hour = 4:30
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 4 and the 5 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 4 .
The time is 4:30

Show and Grow

Question 12.
Tumbling starts a half hour later than dance. Show and circle the time tumbling starts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 109
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 110
half past 5            4 o’clock               6 o’clock                half past 4
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Lesson-12.4-Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Show-Grow-Question-12
Time when dance started = 5:00
Tumbling starts a half hour later than dance
Time when tumbling starts = 5:00 + 0:30 minutes = 5:30
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 5 and the 6 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 5 .
The time is 5:30

Tell Time Using Analog and Digital Clocks Practice 12.4

Show the time.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 111
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell- Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Practice-12.4-Question-1
Explanation:
Time is 7 o’clock
The hour hand points to the 7 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 112
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell- Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Practice-12.4-Question-2
Explanation:
Time is 4 o’clock
The hour hand points to the 4 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 113
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell- Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Practice-12.4-Question-3
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 10 and the 11 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 10 .
The time is 10:30

Draw to show the time.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 114
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell- Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Practice-12.4-Question-4
Explanation:
As per the digital clock the time is 12:30 . The same time is represented in analog clock
The hour hand points halfway between the 12 and the 1 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 12 .
The time is 12:30

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 115
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell- Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Practice-12.4-Question-5
Explanation:
As per the digital clock the time is 11:00 . The same time is represented in analog clock
Time is 11 o’clock
The hour hand points to the 11 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 116
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell- Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Practice-12.4-Question-6
Explanation:
As per the digital clock the time is 4:30 . The same time is represented in analog clock
The hour hand points halfway between the 4 and the 5 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 4 .
The time is 4:30

Question 7.
Which One Doesn’t Belong?
Which time does not belong with the other three? Think: How do you know?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 117
Answer:
The figure does not belong to the 3 figures as it shows time as 7:30 and all other 3 figures shows time as 6:30 or half past 6
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 6 and the 7 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 6 .
The time is 6:30

Question 8.
Modeling Real Life
Bowling starts I hour later than ice skating. Show and circle the time bowling starts.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 118
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 119
half past 5            5 o’clock            half past 4               3 o’ clock
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell- Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Practice-12.4-Question-8
Time when Ice skating starts = 4:00
Bowling starts I hour later than ice skating
Time when bowling starts = 4:00 + 1:00 = 5:00
Explanation:
Time is 5 o’clock
The hour hand points to the 5 .
The minute hand points to the 12

Review & Refresh

Question 9.
Circle the cone. Draw a rectangle around the cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 120
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell- Tell-Time-Using-Analog-Digital-Clocks-Practice-12.4-Question-9
Explanation:
Cone-A cone is a shape formed by using a set of line segments or the lines which connects a common point, called the apex or vertex, to all the points of a circular base.
Cylinder-A cylinder is a three-dimensional solid that holds two parallel bases joined by a curved surface, at a fixed distance.

Tell Time Performance Task

Question 1.
Your class is on a field trip to a nature center.
Complete the schedule.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 121

Field Trip Schedule
ActivityTime
Arrive9:00
The Wildlife Walk9:30
Scavenger Hunt10 : 30
Pond study11:30
Lunch12:00
Recess12:30
Live Animal Show1:00
Leave2: 00

a. The Pond Study starts at the time shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 122
Answer: 11:30

b. The Wildlife Walk starts at half past 9
Answer:
9:30

c. The Scavenger Hunt starts 1 hour after the Wildlife Walk starts.
Answer: 10 :30

d. Recess starts a half hour after lunch.
Answer: 12:30

e. You leave 1 hour before 3:00.
Answer: 2:00

Question 2.
Lunch lasts a half hour. Write the time that lunch ends.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 123
Answer: 12:30
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Tell-Time-Performance-Task-Question-2

Question 3.
Draw the time the Live Animal Show starts.
Big Ideas Math Answers 1st Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 124
Answer: 1:00
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Tell-Time-Performance-Task-Question-3

Tell Time Chapter Practice

Tell Time to the Hour Homework & Practice 12.1

Write the time shown by the hour hand.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 125
__________ o’ clock
Answer:
1 o’clock
Explanation:
As the hour hand is pointing 1 in the above clock. so the time is 1 o ‘ clock

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 126
__________ o’ clock
Answer:
11 o’clock
Explanation:
As the hour hand is pointing 11 in the above clock. so the time is 11 o ‘ clock

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 127
__________ o’ clock
Answer:
8 o’clock
Explanation:
As the hour hand is pointing 8 in the above clock. so the time is 8 o ‘ clock

Tell Time to the Half Hour Homework & Practice 12.2

Draw the hour hand to show the time.

Question 4.
half past 9
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 128
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell- Tell-Time-to-the-Half-Hour-Homework-&-Practice-12.2-Question-4
Explanation:
To represent half past 9 we need to point short hand or hour hand in halfway between 9 and 10 .
Half-past 6 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 9:00.
so the Time is 9:30.

Question 5.
2 o’ clock
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 129
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell- Tell-Time-to-the-Half-Hour-Homework-&-Practice-12.2-Question-5
Explanation:
As the hour hand or short hand is pointing 2 in the above clock. so the time is 2 o ‘ clock

Question 6.
half past 5
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 130
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell- Tell-Time-to-the-Half-Hour-Homework-&-Practice-12.2-Question-6
Explanation:
To represent half past 5 we need to point short hand or hour hand in halfway between 5 and 6 .
Half-past 6 is a short way of saying it’s half an hour (30 minutes) after 5:00.
so the Time is 5:30.

Question 7.
MP Precision
Is it time to brush your teeth or go to bed?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 131
Answer:
Brush teeth : half past 7
Explanation:
As per the above clock it shows the short hand or hour hand is halfway pointing between 7 and 8. It is half past 7
so the Time is 7:30.

Tell Time to the Hour and Half Hour Homework & Practice 12.3

Write the time.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 132
__________
Answer:
Time is 6 o’clock
Explanation:
The hour hand points to the 6 .
The minute hand points to the 12 .

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 133
__________
Answer:
The time is 10:30
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 10 and the 11 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 10

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 134
__________
Answer:
The time is 3:30
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 3 and the 4 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 3

Question 11.
Modeling Real Life
You read for a half hour. Show and write the time you stop reading.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 135
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 136
___________
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Tell-Time-to-the-Hour-and-Half-Hour-Homework-&-Practice-12.3-Question-11
Time when i started reading = 4:00
You read for a half hour
Time when i stopped reading = 4:00 + 0:30 = 4:30
Explanation:
The hour hand points halfway between the 4 and the 5 .
The minute hand points to the 6 it means 30 minutes
It is half past 4

Tell Time Using Analog and Digital Clocks Homework & Practice 12.4

Complete the clocks to show the same time.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 137
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Tell-Time-Using-Analog-and-Digital-Clocks-Homework-Practice-12.4-Question-12
Time is 1:30
Explanation:
From the given figure in Analog clock we notice the hour hand is between 1 and 2 .
In digital clock we notice 30 minutes:
From the above two given statements we can conclude the time is 1:30.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 138
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Tell-Time-Using-Analog-and-Digital-Clocks-Homework-Practice-12.4-Question-13
Time is 9:00
Explanation:
From the given figure in Analog clock we notice the hour hand is pointing 9
In digital clock we notice 00 minutes:
From the above two given statements we can conclude the time is 9:00.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time 139
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Book-1st-Grade-Answer-Key-Chapter-12-Tell-Tell-Time-Using-Analog-and-Digital-Clocks-Homework-Practice-12.4-Question-14
Time is 12:30
Explanation:
From the given figure in Analog clock we notice the minutes hand is pointing 6
In digital clock we notice hour as 12
From the above two given statements, we can conclude the time is 12:30

Conclusion:

Hope the Answer Key for Big Ideas Math Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time is helpful for all the primary level students. Students who are lagging in this concept can overcome their difficulties by practicing the problems from Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 1 Chapter 12 Tell Time. Keep in touch with our website i.e, bigideasmathanswers.com to get the latest updates regarding the BIM Grade 1 Solution Key for all Chapters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10

Do you want to become proficient in Math? Then, must follow our Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals is the one-stop destination for all your practice. You can get the topic-wise Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals PDF for free of cost. Test your knowledge on the complete concepts by solving from the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals and identify the knowledge gap accordingly.

Big Ideas 4th Grade Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals Math Book Answer Key

Use our ultimate guide Big Ideas Math Book 4th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals over here to clear all your doubts. How to grab the best source of BIM 4th grade Chapter 10 Answer Key? All you have to do is simply tap on the below quick links to get the respective topic from the 4th grade Chapter 10 Solution Key. Start your preparation right away by taking the help of the Relate Fractions and Decimals Big Ideas Math Grade 4 Solutions and clear the exam with flying colors.

Lesson: 1 Understand Tenths

Lesson: 2 Understand Hundredths

Lesson: 3 Fractions and Decimals

Lesson: 4 Compare Decimals

Lesson: 5 Add Decimal Fractions and Decimals

Lesson: 6 Fractions, Decimals and Money

Lesson: 7 Operations with Money

Performance Task

Lesson 10.1 Understand Tenths

Explore and Grow

How many dimes have a total value of one dollar? Draw a model.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 1

One dime is what fraction of one dollar? Write your answer in words and as a fraction.

Answer:
We know that,
1 dollar = 10 dimes
So,
The representation of one dime in the fraction of 1 dollar is: \(\frac{1}{10}\)
In terms of words, one Dime is equal to one-tenth of the Dollar

Explanation:
The given note is “Dollar note”
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 1
We know that,
1 Dollar = 10 Dimes
So,
The representation of one Dime in the fraction of 1 dollar is: \(\frac{1}{10}\)

So,
The representation of a Dime in the model is:

From the above model,
We can say that one Dime is equal to one-tenth of one Dollar.

Structure
How is one whole related to one-tenth? How do you think you can write \(\frac{1}{10}\) in a place value chart?
Answer:
The representation of one-tenth in a place value chart is:

Explanation:
The one-tenth is the fraction value which is less than one whole. When we divide the one whole into ten parts,
then each divided part represents one-tenth of the 10 parts.
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Think and Grow: Understand Tenths

A decimal is a number with one or more digits to the right of the decimal point. The first place to the right of the decimal point is the tenths place.
You can write tenths as fractions or decimals.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 2

Example
Write \(\frac{3}{10}\) as a decimal.
Shade the model. Use a place value chart.

Example
Write 2\(\frac{8}{10}\) as a decimal.
Shade the model. Use a place value chart.

Show and Grow

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 5
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
The given model fro \(\frac{5}{10}\) is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 5
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.5

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 6

Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 1\(\frac{7}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 1\(\frac{7}{10}\) is: \(\frac{17}{10}\)
The given model for 1\(\frac{7}{10}\) is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 6
Here,
In 1\(\frac{7}{10}\),
1 represents the one’s place and 7 represents the tenths place
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of 1\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 1.7

Apply and Grow: Practice

Shade the model to represent the fraction or mixed number. Then write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 7
Answer: The representation of  \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the place- value chart is:

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
The model representing the \(\frac{2}{10}\) is:

The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.2

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 8
Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{9}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 1\(\frac{9}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 1\(\frac{9}{10}\) is: \(\frac{19}{10}\)
The model representiong 1\(\frac{9}{10}\) is:

The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 1\(\frac{9}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 1.9

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 9
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
The model representing the \(\frac{7}{10}\) is:

The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.7

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 10
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{4}{10}\)
The model representing the \(\frac{4}{10}\) is:

The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.4

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 11
Answer: The representation of 5\(\frac{1}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is:5\(\frac{1}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 5\(\frac{1}{10}\) is: \(\frac{51}{10}\)
In 5\(\frac{1}{10}\),
5 represents the ones position and 1 represents the tenths position.
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 5\(\frac{1}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 5.1

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 12
Answer: The representation of 24\(\frac{3}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 24\(\frac{3}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 24\(\frac{3}{10}\) is: \(\frac{243}{10}\)
In 24\(\frac{3}{10}\),
2 represents the tens position
4 represents the one’s position
3 represents the tenths position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 24\(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 24.3

Write the number as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 9.
six tenths
Answer: The representation of six tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
In \(\frac{6}{10}\),
6 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) in the Decimal form is: 0.6

Question 10.
eleven and five-tenths
Answer: The representation of eleven and five-tenths in the fraction form is: 11\(\frac{5}{10}\)
The representation of 11\(\frac{5}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 11\(\frac{5}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 11\(\frac{5}{10}\) is: \(\frac{115}{10}\)
In 11\(\frac{5}{10}\),
1 represents Ten’s and 1 represents the one’s position
5 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
the representation of 11\(\frac{5}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 11.5

Question 11.
Newton passes 8 out of 10 obedience classes. What portion of the classes does Newton pass? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 13
Answer: The portion of the classes does Newton pass is: 0.8

Explanation:
It is given that Newton passes 8 out of 10 obedience classes.
The representation of the portion of the classes that Newton passed in the fraction form = \(\frac{The number of classes that Newton passed} {The total number of classes}\) = \(\frac{8}{10}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{8}{10}\),
8 represents the Tenth’s position.
So, the representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.8
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
We can conclude that the representation of the portion of the classes that Newton passed in the decimal form is: 0.8

Question 12.
You move a game piece around a game board 3\(\frac{2}{10}\) times before you lose a turn. Write this number as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 14.
Answer: The representation of 3\(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 3.2

Explanation:
It is given that you move a game piece around a game board 3\(\frac{2}{10}\) times before you lose a sum.
So,
The representation of 3\(\frac{2}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 3\(\frac{2}{10}\),
3 represents one’s position
2 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 3\(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 3.2

Question 13.
Writing
Do 0.5 and 5.0 have the same value? Explain.
Answer: 0.5 and 5.0 does not have the same value because the place-value of 5 is different in both 0.5 and 5.0

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 0.5 and 5.0
The position of 5 in 0.5 according to the place-value chart is:

The position of 5 in 5.0 according to the place-value chart is:

In 0.5, the position of 5 is: tenth’s position
In 5.0, the position of 5 is: One’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.5 and 5.0 do not have the same value.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You have a collection of dinosaur figurines. What portion of the dinosaurs in your collection are carnivores? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 15
Draw a model to represent the collection. Shade the same number of parts as there are carnivore dinosaurs in the collection.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 15.1
Write the decimal shown by the model.
Answer:
From the above table, 3 of the dinosaurs in the collection are carnivores.
The total number of dinosaurs in the collection is: 10
So,
The representation of carnivores in the collection of dinosaurs is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)

Explanation:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 15
From the above table,
The total number of dinosaurs are: 10
The number of carnivores in the total number of dinosaurs is: 3
So,
The representation of carnivores in the total number of dinosaurs in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{3}{10}\),
3 represents tenth’s position.
The formula for converting a fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of carnivores from the total number of dinosaurs in the decimal form is: 0.3

Show and Grow

Question 14.
Use the table above. What portion of the dinosaurs in your collection are herbivores? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 16
Answer: The portion of dinosaurs in your collection that are herbivores is: 0.5

Explanation:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 15
From the above table,
The total number of dinosaurs are: 10
The number of herbivores from the collection of dinosaurs is: 5
So,
The representation of the number of herbivores from the total dinosaurs in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{3}{10}\),
3 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of the herbivores from the total number of dinosaurs in the decimal form is: 0.5

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 10 apps on your tablet. Six of the apps are games. What portion of the apps on your tablet are not games? Write your answer as a decimal.
Answer: The portion of the apps on your tablet that is not games in the fraction form is: \(\frac{4}{10}\)

Explanation:
It is given that there are 10 apps on your tablet out of which 6 of the apps are games.
So,
The total number of apps on your tablet are: 10
The number of apps that are games on your tablet is: 6
So,
The number of apps that are not games on your tablet is: 4
So,
The representation of the apps that are not games out of the total apps in the fraction form is: \(\frac{4}{10}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{4}{10}\),
4 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The portion of the apps that are not games out of the total number of apps in the decimal form is: 0.4

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
You make 3 pans of lasagna for a party. You cut each pan of lasagna into10 equal pieces. The guests eat 22 pieces. Write the fraction and decimal that represent how many pans of lasagna the guests eat.
Answer: The representation of the pans of lasagna the guests eat in the fraction form is: \(\frac{22}{30}\)

Explanation:
It is given that there are 3 pans of lasagna for a party and each pan of lasagna cut into 10 equal parts.
So,
The total number of pieces of Lasagna = The total number of pans × The number of parts that each Lasagna is cut
= 3 × 10 = 30 pieces
It is also given that the guests eat 22 pieces out of 30 pieces.
So,
The representation of the number of pieces that the guests eat is: \(\frac{22}{30}\)
The representation of \(\frac{22}{30}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{22}{30}\),
22 represents the ten’s and one’s position
30 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of the number of pieces out of the total number of pieces in the decimal form is: 22.30

Understand Tenths Homework & Practice 10.1

Question 1
Write \(\frac{6}{10}\) as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 17
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.6

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
The given model for \(\frac{6}{10}\) is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 17
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{6}{10}\),
6 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.6

Question 2.
Shade the model to represent 1\(\frac{8}{10}\). Then write the mixed number as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 18

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.
Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 1.8

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 1\(\frac{8}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 1\(\frac{8}{10}\) is: \(\frac{18}{10}\)
The model given for 1\(\frac{8}{10}\) is:

So,
The representation of 1\(\frac{8}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 1\(\frac{8}{10}\),
1 represents the one’s position
8 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
Th representation of 1\(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 1.8

Question 3.
\(\frac{1}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.1

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{1}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{1}{10}\),
1 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.1

Question 4.
\(\frac{5}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.5

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{5}{10}\),
5 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.5

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.2

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{2}{10}\),
2 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.2

Question 6.
\(\frac{8}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.8

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{8}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{8}{10}\),
8 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.8

Question 7.
4\(\frac{3}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of 4\(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 4.3

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 4\(\frac{3}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 4\(\frac{3}{10}\) is: \(\frac{43}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of 4\(\frac{3}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 4\(\frac{3}{10}\),
4 represents the one’s position
3 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 4\(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 4.3

Question 8.
1\(\frac{4}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{4}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 1.4

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 1\(\frac{4}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 1\(\frac{4}{10}\) is: \(\frac{14}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of 1\(\frac{4}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 1\(\frac{4}{10}\),
1 represents the one’s position
4 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 1\(\frac{4}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 1.4

Question 9.
31\(\frac{7}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of 31\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 31.7

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 31\(\frac{7}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 31\(\frac{7}{10}\) is: \(\frac{317}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of 31\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 31\(\frac{7}{10}\),
3 represents the ten’s position
1 represents the one’s position
7 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 31\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 31.7

Question 10.
40\(\frac{6}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of 40\(\frac{6}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 40.6

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 40\(\frac{6}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 40\(\frac{6}{10}\) is: \(\frac{406}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of 40\(\frac{6}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 40\(\frac{6}{10}\),
4 represents the ten’s position
0 represents the one’s position
6 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 40\(\frac{6}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 40.6

Write the number as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 11.
three tenths
Answer: The representation of the three-tenths in the decimal form is: 0.3

Explanation:
The given fraction in the word form is: Three-tenths
The representation of the three-tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{3}{10}\),
3 represents the tenth’s place
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.3

Question 12.
fourteen and nine-tenths
Answer: The representation of fourteen and nine-tenths in the decimal form is: 14.9

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction in Word form is: fourteen and nine-tenths
The representation of fourteen and nine-tenths in the fraction form is: 14\(\frac{9}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 14\(\frac{9}{10}\) is: \(\frac{149}{10}\)
So,
The representation of 14\(\frac{9}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 14\(\frac{9}{10}\),
1 represents the ten’s place
4 represents the one’s place
9 represents the tenth’s place
Hence,
The representation of 14\(\frac{9}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 14.9

Question 13.
You knock down 5 out of 10 bowling pins. What portion of the bowling pins do you knockdown? Write your answer as a decimal.
Answer: The portion the bowling pins did you knockdown is: \(\frac{5}{10}\) = 0.6

Explanation:
It is given that you knock down 5 bowling pins out of 10 bowling pins.
So,
The representation of the portion of bowling pins you knock down is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
so,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{5}{10}\),
5 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of the portion of the bowling pins that you knockdown in the decimal form is: \(\frac{5}{10}\) = 0.5

Question 14.
You drive a go-kart around a track 8\(\frac{7}{10}\) times before you spin out. Write this number as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 19

Answer:  The representation of 8\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 8.7

Explanation:
It is given that you drive a go-kart around a track 8\(\frac{7}{10}\) before you spin out.
So,
The given mixed fraction is: 8\(\frac{7}{10}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 8\(\frac{7}{10}\) is: \(\frac{87}{10}\)
So,
The representation of 8\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 8\(\frac{7}{10}\),
8 represents the one’s position
7 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of 8\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 8.7

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
Which number-cards are represented by the model?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 20

Use the table.
Answer: The number- cards represented by the model are: 1\(\frac{3}{10}\) and 1.3

Explanation:
The given model is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 20
In the given model, the tables are represented by:
A) 1\(\frac{3}{10}\) B) 13 C) 0.13 D) 1.3
In the given model,
Consider the fully colored model as one whole unit.
So,
The total number of colored units is: 10
Now, in another model,
The number of colored parts is: 3
The number of total parts is: 10
So,
The portion of the colored part from the total number of parts is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
So, by combining the 2 models,
The total number of colored parts = 1 + \(\frac{3}{10}\)
= 1 + 0.3
= 1.3
So,
The representation of the total number of colored parts in the mixed fraction form is: 1\(\frac{3}{10}\)
The representation of the total number of colored parts in the decimal form is: 1.3

Question 16.
Modeling Real Life
A photographer frames her photographs from a safari trip. What portion of the framed photographs are of mammals? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 21
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 21.1

Answer: The portion of the framed photographs that are of mammals in the decimal form is: 0.6

Explanation:
It is given that a photographer frames photos from a safari trip and the framed photos are all categorized according to the table given below:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 21
So,
From the table,
The total number of framed photographs are: 10
The number of framed photographs that are mammals is: 6
So,
The portion of the mammals from the total number of framed photographs in the fraction form is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
The representation of the \(\frac{6}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{6}{10}\),
6 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The portion of the mammals from the  framed photographs in the decimal form is:  0.6

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
What portion of the framed not photographs are of mammals? Write your answer as a decimal.
Answer: THe portion of the photographs that are not mammals in the decimal form is: 0.4

Explanation:
The table for all the framed photographs is given below:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 21
From the table,
The total number of framed photographs are: 10
The number of framed photographs that are not mammals is: 4
So,
The portion of the photographs that are not mammals in the fraction form is: \(\frac{4}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{4}{10}\),
4 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The number of framed photographs that are not mammals in the decimal form is: 0.4

Review & Refresh

Find the product.

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 22
Answer: 47 × 6 = 282

Explanation:
By using the partial products method,
47 × 6 = ( 40 + 7 ) × 6
= ( 40 × 6 ) + ( 7 × 6 )
= 240 + 42
= 282
Hence, 47 × 6 = 282

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 23
Answer: 961 × 3 = 2,883

Explanation:
By using the partial products method,
961 × 3 = ( 900 + 60 + 1 ) × 3
= ( 900 × 3 ) + ( 60 × 3 ) + ( 1 × 3 )
= 2,700 + 180 + 3
= 2,883
Hence, 961 × 3 = 2,883

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 24
Answer: 2,405 × 8 = 19,240

Explanation:
By using the partial products method,
2,405 × 8 = ( 2,400 + 5 ) × 8
= ( 2,400 × 8 ) + ( 5 × 8 )
= 19,200 + 40
= 19,240
Hence, 2,405 × 8 = 19,240

Lesson 10.2 Understand Hundredths

Explore and Grow

How many pennies have a total value of one dollar? Draw a model.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 25

One penny is what fraction of one dollar? Write your answer in words and as a fraction.

Answer: The representation of one penny into the dollar in the fraction form is: 0.01

Explanation:
The given note is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 25
We know that,
1 Dollar = 100 pennies
So,
The representation of  1 penny into the dollar is: \(\frac{1}{100}\) dollars

Hence, one dollar is equal to 100 pennies and 1 penny is equal to 0.01 dollars

Structure
How is one-tenth related to one hundredth? How do you think you can write \(\frac{1}{100}\) in a place value chart?

Answer: The one-tenth is related to the one-hundredth as: \(\frac{1}{10}\)

Explanation:
We know that,
one-hundredth = \(\frac{1}{10}\) × \(\frac{1}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{1}{100}\),
1 represents the hundredth’s position

Think and Grow: Understand Hundredths

In decimal, the second place to the right of the decimal point is the hundredths place. You can write hundredths as fractions or decimals. A fraction with a denominator of 10 or 100 is called a decimal fraction.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 26

Show and Grow

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 29
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{45}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.45

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{45}{100}\)
The model given for \(\frac{45}{100}\) is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 29

So,
The representation of \(\frac{45}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{45}{100}\),
5 represents the hundredth’s position
4 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{45}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.45

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 30
Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{90}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.90

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 1\(\frac{90}{100}\)
The model given for 1\(\frac{90}{100}\) is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 30

So,
The representation of 1\(\frac{90}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 1\(\frac{90}{100}\),
1 represents the one’s position
0 represents the hundredth’s position
9 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 1\(\frac{90}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.90

Apply and Grow: Practice

Shade the model to represent the fraction or mixed number. Then write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 31
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{98}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.98

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{98}{100}\)
The model given for \(\frac{98}{100}\) is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 31

So,
The representation of \(\frac{98}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{98}{100}\),
8 represents the hundredth’s position
9 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{98}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.98

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 32
Answer:

The representation of 1\(\frac{34}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.34

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 1\(\frac{34}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 1\(\frac{34}{100}\) is: \(\frac{134}{100}\)
The model given for 1\(\frac{34}{100}\) is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 32

So,
The representation of 1\(\frac{34}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 1\(\frac{34}{100}\),
1 represents the one’s position
4 represents the hundredth’s position
3 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 1\(\frac{34}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.34

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 5.
\(\frac{42}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{42}{100}\) in the form of decimal number is: 0.42

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{42}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{42}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{42}{100}\),
2 represents the hundredth position
4 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{42}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.42

Question 6.
\(\frac{7}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{7}{100}\) in the form of decimal number is: 0.07

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{7}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{7}{100}\),
7 represents the hundredth position
0 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.07

Question 7.
4\(\frac{56}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 4\(\frac{56}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 4.56

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 4\(\frac{56}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 4\(\frac{56}{100}\) is: \(\frac{456}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 4\(\frac{56}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 4\(\frac{56}{100}\),
4 represents the one’s position
6 represents the hundredth position
5 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 4\(\frac{56}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 4.56

Question 8.
23\(\frac{9}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 23\(\frac{9}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 23.09

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 23\(\frac{9}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 23\(\frac{9}{100}\) is: \(\frac{2,309}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 23\(\frac{9}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 23\(\frac{9}{100}\),
2 represents the ten’s position
3 represents the one’s position
9 represents the hundredth position
0 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 23\(\frac{9}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 23.09

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 9.
sixty-one hundredths
Answer:
The representation of sixty-one hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{61}{100}\)
The representation of sixty-one hundredths in the decimal form is: 0.61

Explanation:
The given word form is: Sixty-one hundredths
So,
The representation of sixty-one hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{61}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{61}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{61}{100}\),
1 represents the hundredth’s position
6 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{61}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.61

Question 10.
twelve and eighty-three hundredths
Answer:
The representation of twelve and eighty-three hundredths in the fraction form is: 12\(\frac{83}{100}\)
The representation of twelve and eighty-three hundredths in the decimal form is: 12.83

Explanation:
The given word form is: twelve and eighty-three hundredths
So,
The representation of twelve and eighty-three hundredths in the fraction form is: 12\(\frac{83}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 12\(\frac{83}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 12\(\frac{83}{100}\),
1 represents the ten’s position
2 represents the one’s position
3 represents the hundredth’s position
8 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of 12\(\frac{83}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 12.83

Question 11.
A shelter finds homes for 100 dogs. Five of the dogs are Doberman pinschers. What portion of the dogs are Doberman pinschers? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 33
Answer: The portion of the dogs that are Doberman pinschers in the fraction form is: 0.05

Explanation:
It is given that a shelter finds homes for 100 dogs and out of these 100 dogs, 5 dogs are Doberman pinschers
So,
The portion of the dogs that are Doberman pinschers = \(\frac{The number of dogs that are Doberman pinschers}{The total number of dogs}\)
= \(\frac{5}{100}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{5}{100}\),
0 represents the tenth’s position
5 represents the hundredth’s position
Hence,
The portion of the dogs that are Doberman pinschers in the decimal form is: 0.05

Question 12.
An athlete runs 3\(\frac{50}{100}\) lengths of a football field. Write this number as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 33.1
Answer: The representation of 3\(\frac{50}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 3.5

Explanation:
It is given that an athlete runs 3\(\frac{50}{100}\) lengths of a football field.
So,
The representation of 3\(\frac{50}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Now,
In 3\(\frac{50}{100}\),
3 represents the one’s place
0 represents the hundredth’s place
5 represents the tenth’s position
Now,
The given mixed fraction is: 3\(\frac{50}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 3\(\frac{50}{100}\) is: \(\frac{350}{100}\)
So,
The representation of 3\(\frac{50}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 3.50

Question 13.
Number Sense
Which number of cards show three-hundredths?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 34
Answer: From the given cards, \(\frac{3}{100}\) and 0.03 shows the form of three-hundredths

Explanation:
The given number of cards is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 34

The given fractions and decimal numbers in the given table are:
A) \(\frac{3}{100}\) B) \(\frac{3}{10}\) C) 300 D) 0.3 E) 0.03
We can observe that
From three-hundredths, we can say that,
The total number of cards are: 100
The portion of cards from 100 cards is: 3
So,
The representation of three-hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{3}{100}\),
0 represents the tenth’s position
3 represents the hundredth’s position
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.03
hence, from the given table,
We can conclude that the number of cards that represent the three-hundredths is: \(\frac{3}{100}\) and 0.03

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You use 51 toothpicks to make a bridge. What portion of the container of toothpicks do you use to make the bridge? Write your answer as a decimal.
Draw a model to represent the container of toothpicks. Shade the same number of parts as the number of toothpicks you use to make the bridge. Write the decimal shown by the model
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 35
Answer:
It is given that you are using 51 toothpicks to make a bridge.
So,
The total number of chopsticks are: 100
The number of chopsticks that are using to make a bridge is: 51
So,
The representation of the portion of the chopsticks that are used to make chopsticks = \(\frac{51}{100}\)
So, from \(\frac{3}{100}\),
We can say that you use 51 of the container of toothpicks to make the bridge.

Show and Grow

Question 14.
A book fair has 100 books. 60 of the books are chapter books. What portion of the books in the book fair are chapter books? Write your answer as a decimal.
Answer: The portion of the chapter books out of the total number of books in the decimal form is: 0.60

Explanation:
It is given that a book fair has 100 books and out of these 100 books, 60 books are chapter books.
So,
The portion of the chapter books out of the total number of books in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

From \(\frac{60}{100}\), we can say that
0 represents the hundredth’s position-
6 represents the tenth’s position
So,
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.60
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the portion of the books that are the chapter books in the decimal form is: 0.60

Question 15.
The model represents the members of a marching band. What portion of the marching band plays a brass instrument? percussion instrument? Write your answers as decimals.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 36
Answer: The portion of the marching band that plays a brass instrument is: 0.47

Explanation:
It is given that the below model represents the members of a marching band.
The given model is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 36
In the given model, there are 3 categories of marching brand
In the given model, each box represents 1 unit.
So,
From the model,
The number of the marching band that plays a brass instrument is: 47
The number of the marching band that plays a woodwind instrument is: 36
The number of the marching band that plays a percussion instrument is: 17
The total number of instruments are: 100
So,
The portion of the marching band that plays a band instrument from the total number of instruments in the fraction form is: \(\frac{47}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
The portion of the marching band that plays a band instrument from the total number of instruments i the decimal form is: 0.47

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
What portion of Earth’s surface is covered by water? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 37
Answer: The portion of Earth’s surface that is covered by water in the fraction form is: 0.71

Explanation:
It is given that about \(\frac{71}{100}\) of earth’s surface is covered by water.
So,
The representation of \(\frac{71}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

From \(\frac{71}{100}\), we can say that
1 represents the hundredth’s position
7 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The portion of water on the Earth’s surface represented in decimal form is: 0.71

Understand Hundredths Homework & Practice 10.2

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 1.
Write \(\frac{83}{100}\) as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 38
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{83}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.98

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{83}{100}\)
The model given for \(\frac{83}{100}\) is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 38

So,
The representation of \(\frac{83}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{83}{100}\),
3 represents the hundredth’s position
8 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{83}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.83

Question 2.
Shade the model to represent 1\(\frac{65}{100}\). Then write the mixed number as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 39
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{65}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 1.65

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 1\(\frac{65}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 1\(\frac{65}{100}\) is: \(\frac{165}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 1\(\frac{65}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 1\(\frac{65}{100}\),
1 represents the one’s position
5 represents the hundredth position
6 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 1\(\frac{65}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.65

Question 3.
\(\frac{12}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{12}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.12

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{12}{100}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{12}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{12}{100}\),
2 represents the hundredth’s position
1 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{12}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.12

Question 4.
\(\frac{24}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{24}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.24

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{24}{100}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{24}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{24}{100}\),
4 represents the hundredth’s position
2 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{24}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.24

Question 5.
\(\frac{2}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{2}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.02

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{2}{100}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{2}{100}\),
2 represents the hundredth’s position
0 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.02

Question 6.
\(\frac{8}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{8}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.08

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{8}{100}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{8}{100}\),
8 represents the hundredth’s position
0 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.08

Question 7.
2\(\frac{59}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 2\(\frac{59}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 2.59

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 2\(\frac{59}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 2\(\frac{59}{100}\) is: \(\frac{259}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 2\(\frac{59}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 2\(\frac{59}{100}\),
2 represents the one’s position
9 represents the hundredth position
5 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 2\(\frac{59}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 2.59

Question 8.
48\(\frac{31}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 48\(\frac{31}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 48.31

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 48\(\frac{31}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 48\(\frac{31}{100}\) is: \(\frac{4,831}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 48\(\frac{31}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 48\(\frac{31}{100}\),
4 represents ten’s position
8 represents the one’s position
1 represents the hundredth position
3 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 48\(\frac{31}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 48.31

Question 9.
6\(\frac{7}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 6\(\frac{7}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 6.07

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 6\(\frac{7}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 6\(\frac{7}{100}\) is: \(\frac{607}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 6\(\frac{7}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 6\(\frac{7}{100}\),
6 represents the one’s position
7 represents the hundredth position
0 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 6\(\frac{7}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 6.07

Question 10.
31\(\frac{6}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 31\(\frac{6}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 31.06

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 31\(\frac{6}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 31\(\frac{6}{100}\) is: \(\frac{3,106}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 31\(\frac{6}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 31\(\frac{6}{100}\),
3 represents the ten’s position
1 represents the one’s position
6 represents the hundredth position
0 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 31\(\frac{6}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 31.06

Write the number as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 11.
seventy-four hundredths
Answer:
The representation of seventy-four hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{74}{100}\)
The representation of seventy-four hundredths in the decimal form is: 0.74

Explanation:
The given word form is: Seventy-four hundredths
So,
The representation of seventy-four hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{74}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{74}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{74}{100}\),
4 represents the hundredth’s position
7 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{74}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.74

Question 12.
sixteen and thirty-one hundredths
Answer:
The representation of sixteen and thirty-one hundredths in the fraction form is: 16\(\frac{31}{100}\)
The representation of sixteen and thirty-one hundredths in the decimal form is: 16.31

Explanation:
The given word form is: sixteen and thirty-one hundredths
So,
The representation of sixteen and thirty-one hundredths in the fraction form is: 16\(\frac{31}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 16\(\frac{31}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 16\(\frac{31}{100}\),
1 represents the ten’s position
6 represents the one’s position
1 represents the hundredth’s position
3 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of 16\(\frac{31}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 16.31

Write the value of the underlined digit.

Question 13.
5.84
Answer: The value of 8 in 5.84 is: 0.8

Explanation:
The given number is: 5.84
The representation of 5.84 in the place-value chart is:

In 5.83, from the place-value chart,
We can say that the value of 8 in 5.83 is: 0.8

Question 14.
21.03
Answer: The value of 2 in 21.03 is: 20

Explanation:
The given number is: 21.03
The representation of 21.03 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can say that the value of 2 in 21.03 is: 20

Question 15.
67.32
Answer: The value of 2 in 67.32 is: 0.02

Explanation:
The given number is: 67.32
The representation of 67.32 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can say that the value of 2 in 67.32 is: 0.02

Question 16.
506.19
Answer: The value of 5 in 506.19 is: 500

Explanation:
The given number is: 506.19
The representation of 506.19 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can say that the value of 5 in 506.19 is: 500

Question 17.
A clown has 100 balloons. She uses 56 of the balloons to make animals. What portion of the balloons does she use? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 39.1
Answer: The portion of the balloons she used to make animals in the decimal form is: 0.56

Explanation:
It is given that a clown has 100 balloons and she uses 56 of the balloons to make animals.
So,
The total number of balloons are: 100
The number of ballons that are used to make animals is: 56
So,
The portion of the balloons that are used to make animals is:\(\frac{56}{100}\)
So,
The representation of \(\frac{56}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
We can conclude that the portion of the balloons that are used to make animals in the decimal form is: 0.56

Question 18.
You fill a beaker 4\(\frac{35}{100}\) times for an experiment. Write this number as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 40
Answer: The representation of 4\(\frac{35}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 4.35

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 4\(\frac{35}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 4\(\frac{35}{100}\) is: \(\frac{435}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 4\(\frac{35}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 4\(\frac{35}{100}\),
4 represents the one’s position
5 represents the hundredth position
3 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 4\(\frac{35}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 4.35

Question 19.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Descartes writes 2\(\frac{40}{100}\) as 2.04. Is he correct? Explain.
Answer:
The representation of 2\(\frac{40}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 2.40
So, Descartes is wrong.

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 2\(\frac{40}{100}\)
So,
The improper fraction of 2\(\frac{40}{100}\) is: \(\frac{240}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 2\(\frac{40}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 2\(\frac{40}{100}\),
2 represents the one’s position
0 represents the hundredth position
4 represents the tenth position
So,
The representation of 2\(\frac{40}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 2.40
But, according to Descartes,
The representation of 2\(\frac{40}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 2.04
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Descartes is not correct.

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
Shade each model to show 0.6 and 0.60. What do you notice?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 41
Answer: From the values of 0.6 and 0.60, we can notice that the value of 6 in both numbers are the same.

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 0.6 and 0.60
The given models of 0.6 and 0.60 are:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 41
Now,
The shaded models of 0.6 and 0.60 will be:

Now,
The representation of 0.6 in the place-value chart is:

The representation of 0.60 in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
From the above 2 place-value charts,
We can conclude that 0.6 and 0.60 are the same as the value of 6 in 0.6 and 0.60 is the same.

Question 21.
Modeling Real Life
You work on the puzzle shown. You connect 78 of the puzzle pieces. What portion of the puzzle have you completed? Write your answer as a decimal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 42
Answer: The portion of the puzzles you have completed in the decimal form is: 0.78

Explanation:
It is given that you are working on a 100-box puzzle and you connected 78 of the puzzle pieces.
So,
The total number of puzzles are: 100
The number of puzzles that are connected is: 78
So,
The portion of the puzzles that are connected in the fraction form is: \(\frac{78}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{78}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the portion of the puzzles that are connected in the decimal form is: 0.78

Review & Refresh

Divide. Then check your answer.

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 43
Answer: 1,308 ÷ 5 = 261 R 3

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
1,308 ÷ 5 = ( 1,000 + 300 + 5 ) ÷ 5
= ( 1,000 ÷ 5 ) + ( 300 ÷ 5 ) + ( 5 ÷ 5 )
= 200 + 60 + 1
= 261 R 3
Hence, 1,308 ÷ 5 = 261 R 3

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 44
Answer: 67 ÷ 4 = 16 R 3

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
67 ÷ 4 = ( 56 + 8 ) ÷ 4
= ( 56 ÷ 4 ) + ( 8 ÷ 4 )
= 14 + 2
= 16 R 3
Henec, 67 ÷ 4 = 1 R 3

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 45
Answer: 725 ÷ 2 = 362 R 1

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
725 ÷ 2 = ( 720 + 4 ) ÷ 2
= ( 720 ÷ 2 ) + ( 4 ÷ 2 )
= 360 + 2
= 362 R 1
Hence,
75 ÷ 2 = 362 R 1

Lesson 10.3 Fractions and Decimals

Explore and Grow

Plot each fraction or decimal on a number line.

Reasoning
What do you notice about the locations of the points? What can you conclude about the numbers?

Answer: From the above plots, we can see that the number of lines between any two numbers is the same whether the given number is in fraction form or in the decimal form
So, from the above plots, we can conclude that the location of the numbers and the gap between the two numbers is the same.

Think and Grow: Fractions and Decimals

Example
Write \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.
Fraction form: Shade the model to help write \(\frac{6}{10}\) as an equivalent fraction with a denominator of 100.

Two or more decimals that have the same value are equivalent decimals.
Example
Write 0.40 as tenths in decimal form and fraction form.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Write \(\frac{9}{10}\) as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{9}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{90}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.90

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{9}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{9}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{9}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 9 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{9}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{90}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.90

Question 2.
Write 0.20 as tenths in decimal form and fraction form.
Answer:
The representation of 0.20 as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.2

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{20}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{20}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 20 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{20}{100}=\frac{20 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{2}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{20}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.2

Apply and Grow: Practice

Write the number as tenths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 3.
\(\frac{80}{100}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{80}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{8}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.8

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{80}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{80}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{80}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 80 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{80}{100}=\frac{80 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{8}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{80}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{80}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{8}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.8

Question 4.
\(\frac{50}{100}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{50}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.5

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{50}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{50}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 50 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{50}{100}=\frac{50 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{5}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{50}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{50}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.5

Question 5.
0.30
Answer:
The representation of 0.30 as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.3

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.30
So,
The representation of 0.30 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{30}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{30}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 30 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{30}{100}=\frac{30 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{3}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{30}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.3

Write the number as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 6.
\(\frac{2}{10}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{20}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.20

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{2}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 2 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{20}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{20}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.20

Question 7.
0.7
Answer:
The representation of 0.7 as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.70

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.7
So,
The representation of 0.7 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{7}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 7 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.70

Question 8.
2\(\frac{1}{10}\)
Answer:
The representation of 2\(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: 2\(\frac{10}{100}\)
The representation of 2\(\frac{10}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 2.10

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 2\(\frac{1}{10}\)
So,
To write 2\(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of 2\(\frac{1}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 1 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of 2\(\frac{10}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of 2\(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: 2\(\frac{10}{100}\)
The representation of 2\(\frac{10}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 2.10

Write the number represented by the point as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.

Answer:
From the above number line,
‘A’ is: 0.4
‘B’ is: 0.9
‘C’ is: 1.5

Question 9.
A
Answer:
From the above number line, ‘A’ is: 0.4
The representation of 0.4 as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{40}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.40

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.4
So,
The representation of 0.4 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{4}{10}\)
So,
To write \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{4}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 4 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{40}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{40}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.40

Question 10.
B
Answer:
From the above number line, ‘B’ is: 0.9
The representation of 0.9 as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{90}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.90

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.9
So,
The representation of 0.9 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{9}{10}\)
So,
To write \(\frac{9}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{9}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 9 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{9}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{90}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.90

Question 11.
C
Answer:
From the above number line, ‘C’ is: 1.5
The representation of 1.5 as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{150}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{150}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.50

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 1.5
So,
The representation of 1.5 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{15}{10}\)
So,
To write \(\frac{15}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{15}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 15 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{150}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{15}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{150}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{150}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.50

Question 12.
DIG DEEPER!
Complete the table. Think: Can all of the numbers in the table be written as hundredths?

Answer: Yes, all the numbers in the table can be written as hundredths.

Explanation:
A) The given mixed fraction is: 23\(\frac{7}{10}\)
So,
The representation of 23\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the fraction form is: \(\frac{237}{10}\)
So,
To write 23\(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of 23\(\frac{7}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 7 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of 23\(\frac{70}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of 23\(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: 23\(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of 23\(\frac{70}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 23.70

B) The given mixed fraction is: 18\(\frac{2}{10}\)
So,
The representation of 18\(\frac{2}{10}\) in the fraction form is: \(\frac{182}{10}\)
So,
To write 18\(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of 18\(\frac{2}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 2 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of 18\(\frac{20}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of 18\(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: 18\(\frac{20}{100}\)
The representation of 18\(\frac{20}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 18.20
Hence, in the same way, C) and D) Expressions can also be written as hundredths and in the decimal form

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You use 100 tiles to make a mosaic. 80 of them are square tiles. Your friend uses 10 tiles to make a mosaic. Six of them are square tiles. Do the mosaics have the same fraction of square tiles?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 53

Determine whether the fractions are equivalent.
Write your friend’s fraction as hundredths in fraction form. Then compare.

Hence,
The mosaics don’t have the same fraction of square tiles.

Show and Grow

Question 13.
You use 10 beads to make a bracelet. Seven of them are purple. Your friend uses 100 beads to make a bracelet. 70 of them are purple. Do the bracelets have the same fraction of purple beads?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 56
Answer: Yes, the bracelets have the same fraction of purple beads.

Explanation:
It is given that you use 10 beads to make a bracelet and out of 10 beads, seven of them are purple.
So,
The portion of the bracelet that is purple is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
So,
The given fraction is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
So,
To write \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{7}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 7 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
It is also given that your friend uses 100 beads to make a bracelet and out of 100, 70 beads are purple.
So,
The portion of purple beads from the total number of beads is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the bracelet has the same fraction of purple beads
Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
The model represents the types of trees on a tree farm. What portion of the tree farm is blue spruce? Fraser fir? white pine? Write your answers as decimals in tenths.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 57
Answer:
The portion of the tree farm that is blue spruce is: 0.4
The portion of the tree farm that is Fraser fir is: 0.4
The portion of the tree farm that is White pine is: 0.2

Explanation:
It is given that the below model represents the types of trees on a tree farm.
The given model is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 57
In the given model, there are 3 categories of trees
In the given model, each box represents 1 unit.
So,
From the model,
The number of trees of blue spruce is: 40
The number of trees of Frazer fir is: 40
The number of trees of White pine is: 20
The total number of trees in a tree farm is: 100
So,
The portion of the tree farm that is blue spruce from the total number of instruments in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
The portion of the tree farm that is Frazer fir from the total number of instruments in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
The portion of the tree farm that is White pine from the total number of instruments in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
Now, for the Blue spruce,
So,
To write \(\frac{40}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{40}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 40 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{40}{100}=\frac{40 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{4}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as tenths in the decimal form is: 0.4
Now, for the Frazer fir,
So,
To write \(\frac{40}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{40}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 40 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{40}{100}=\frac{40 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{4}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as tenths in the decimal form is: 0.4
Now, for the White pine,
So,
To write \(\frac{20}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{20}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 20 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{20}{100}=\frac{20 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{4}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as tenths in the decimal form is: 0.2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The portion of the tree farm that is blue spruce is: 0.4
The portion of the tree farm that is Fraser fir is: 0.4
The portion of the tree farm that is White pine is: 0.2

Fractions and Decimals Homework & Practice 10.3

Write the number as tenths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 1.
\(\frac{40}{100}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{40}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{4}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.4

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{40}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{40}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 40 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{40}{100}=\frac{40 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{5}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{40}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{4}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.4

Question 2.
\(\frac{70}{100}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.7

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{70}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{70}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 70 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{70}{100}=\frac{70 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{7}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.7

Question 3.
0.20
Answer:
The representation of 2.20 as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.2

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.20
So,
the representation of 0.20 in the fraction orm is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{20}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{20}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 20 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{20}{100}=\frac{20 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{2}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{20}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.2

Write the number as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form

Question 4.
\(\frac{8}{10}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{80}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{80}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.80

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{8}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{8}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 8 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{80}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{80}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{80}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.80

Question 5.
0.5
Answer:
The representation of 0.5 as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{50}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.50

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.5
So,
The representation of 0.5 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{5}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 5 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{50}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{50}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.50

Question 6.
9\(\frac{6}{10}\)
Answer:
The representation of 9\(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: 9\(\frac{60}{100}\)
The representation of 9\(\frac{60}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 9.60

Explanation:
The given mixed fraction is: 9\(\frac{6}{10}\)
So,
To write 9\(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of 9\(\frac{6}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 6 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of 9\(\frac{60}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of 9\(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: 9\(\frac{60}{100}\)
The representation of 9\(\frac{60}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 9.60

Write the number represented by the point as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.

Answer:
From the above number line,
‘A’ value is: 0.3
‘B’ value is: 0.6
‘c’ value is: 1.8

Question 7.
A
Answer:
From the above number line, ‘A’ is: 0.3
The representation of 0.3 as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{30}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.30

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.3
So,
The representation of 0.3 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
So,
To write \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{3}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 3 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{30}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{30}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.30

Question 8.
B
Answer:
From the above number line, ‘A’ is: 0.6
The representation of 0.6 as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.60

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.6
So,
The representation of 0.6 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
So,
To write \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{6}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 6 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.60

Question 9.
C
Answer:
From the above number line, ‘A’ is: 1.8
The representation of 1.8 as hundredths in the fraction form is: 1\(\frac{80}{100}\)
The representation of 1\(\frac{80}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.80

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 1.8
So,
The representation of 1.8 in the fraction form is: 1\(\frac{8}{10}\)
So,
To write 1\(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of 1\(\frac{8}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 8 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of 1\(\frac{80}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of 1\(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: 1\(\frac{80}{100}\)
The representation of 1\(\frac{80}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.80

Question 10.
Precision
Which of the following show forty-one and nine-tenths?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 59
Answer:
Let the given Expressions be named as:
A) 41.9 B) 41.09  C) 40 + 1 + \(\frac{9}{10}\)  D) 40 + 1 + 9  E) 41\(\frac{90}{10}\) F) 40 + 1 + 0.9
Hence,
The representation of forty-one and nine-tenths is shown by: B), C) and F)

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 59
Let the given Expressions be named as:
A) 41.9 B) 41.09  C) 40 + 1 + \(\frac{9}{10}\)  D) 40 + 1 + 9  E) 41\(\frac{90}{10}\) F) 40 + 1 + 0.9
Now,
The given word form is: Forty-one and nine-tenths
The representation of forty-one and nine-tenths in the fraction form is: 41\(\frac{9}{10}\)
So,
The expanded form of 41\(\frac{9}{10}\) is: 40 + 1 + \(\frac{9}{10}\)
The expanded form of 41\(\frac{9}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 40 + 1 + 0.9
The standard form of 41\(\frac{9}{10}\) is: 41.09
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Expressions B), C), and F) representing 41\(\frac{9}{10}\)

Question 11.
Which One Doesn’t Belong? Which one does not belong with the other three?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 60
Answer:
Let the Expressions be named as:
A) 0.70  B) \(\frac{7}{10}\)  C) 0.07  D) \(\frac{70}{100}\)
Hence, from above,
Expression C) does not belong to the other three.

Explanation:
Let the Expressions be named as:
A) 0.70  B) \(\frac{7}{10}\)  C) 0.07  D) \(\frac{70}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.70
So,
To write \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{7}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 7 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Expression C) does not belong to the other three.

Question 12.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Is Newton correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 61
Answer: Yes, Newton is correct

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 80 and 0.8
When we compare 80 and 0.8,
We can say that 0.8 is the number that we can obtain when we divide 80 with 100
So,
We can observe that 80 is the whole number and 0.8 is the decimal number
We know that,
The whole number is always greater than the decimal number.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 80 is greater than 0.8 as 80 is greater than 8 according to Newton

Question 13.
Number Sense
Write two equivalent fractions and two equivalent decimals represented by the model.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 62
Answer:
The equivalent fractions of \(\frac{6}{10}\) are: \(\frac{60}{100}\) and \(\frac{6}{10}\)
The equivalent decimals represented by \(\frac{6}{10}\) are: 0.6 and 0.60

Explanation:
The given model is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 62
From the above model,
The total number of parts are: 10
The number of colored parts is: 6
Hence,
The portion of the colored part out of the total number of parts is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
Now,
The given fraction is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{6}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 6 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The equivalent fractions of the given model is: \(\frac{60}{100}\) and \(\frac{6}{10}\)
The equivalent decimal numbers of \(\frac{6}{10}\) are: 0.6 and 0.60

Question 14.

Modeling Real Life
Does each player get a base hit on the same fraction of pitches? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 63
Answer: Yes, each player gets a base hit on the same fraction of pitches.

Explanation:
It is given that there are 2 types of players. They are: Major League player and Youth League player
It is also given that the Major League player gets a base hit on 30 out of 100 pitches and youth League player gets a base hit on 3 out of 10 pitches
So, for comparison, convert the youth League player’s base hit into hundredths.
Now,
The representation of the youth League plyer’s base hit is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
So,
To write \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{3}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 3 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{30}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that each player gets a base hit on the same fraction of pitches.

Review & Refresh

Find the equivalent fraction

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 64
Answer: The equivalent fraction of \(\frac{4}{6}\) is: \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Explanation:
The given fraction is \(\frac{4}{6}\)
From the above fraction, the numerator and denominator are: 4 and 6
4 and 6 are the multiples of 2.  ( Since the  the numerator and the denominator are the even numbers )
So,
We have to divide the \(\frac{4}{6}\) with 2
So,
\(\frac{4}{6}=\frac{4 \div 2}{6 \div 2}=\frac{2}{3}\)
Hence,
The equivalent fraction of \(\frac{4}{6}\) is: \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 65
Answer: The equivalent fraction of \(\frac{25}{100}\) is: \(\frac{5}{20}\)

Explanation:
The given fraction is \(\frac{25}{100}\)
From the above fraction, the numerator and denominator are: 25 and 100
25 and 100 are the multiples of 5.  ( Since the  the numerator and the denominator are the multiples of 5 )
So,
We have to divide the \(\frac{25}{100}\) with 5
So,
\(\frac{25}{100}=\frac{25 \div 5}{100 \div 5}=\frac{5}{20}\)
Hence,
The equivalent fraction of \(\frac{25}{100}\) is: \(\frac{5}{20}\)

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 66
Answer: The equivalent fraction of \(\frac{14}{8}\) is: \(\frac{7}{4}\)

Explanation:
The given fraction is \(\frac{14}{8}\)
From the above fraction, the numerator and denominator are: 14 and 8
14 and 8 are the multiples of 2.  ( Since the  the numerator and the denominator are the even numbers )
So,
We have to divide the \(\frac{14}{8}\) with 2
So,
\(\frac{14}{8}=\frac{14 \div 2}{8 \div 2}=\frac{7}{4}\)
Hence,
The equivalent fraction of \(\frac{14}{8}\) is: \(\frac{7}{4}\)

Lesson 10.4 Compare Decimals

Use models to compare the decimals.


Answer:

By using the models, we can compare the number of boxes for the comparison of the decimal numbers.
Each box represents 1 unit out of 100 total units.
So,
The denominator will be the same i.e., the total number of boxes will be the same.
So, we have to compare only numerators i.e., the number of colored boxes so that we can compare the decimal numbers

Reasoning
How did you use your models to determine which decimal is greater?

Answer: For the comparison of the decimals, equate either the numerator or the denominator so that we can compare the numerators.
If we compare the numerators, then we have to make the denominators equal
If we compare the denominators, then we have to make the numerators equal
Hence, in this way, we can compare the decimal numbers.

Think and Grow: Compare Decimals

Example
Compare 0.7 and 0.07.
Answer: 0.7 is greater than 0.07

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.7 and 0.07
The representation of 0.7 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
The representation of 0.07 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{7}{100}\)
So,
for comparison, we have to make the denominators equal.
So,
Multiply \(\frac{7}{10}\) with 10
So for \(\frac{7}{10}\),
The numerator is 7 and denominator is 10
So,
The numerator 7 is multiplied by 10 and the denominator is also multiplied by 10 to make the denominators equal.
So,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) in the hundredth’s form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.7 is greater than 0.07 by comparing their fraction forms.

Example
Use a place value chart. Start at the left. Compare the digits in each place until the digits differ.
The digits in the one’s place are the same. Compare the tenths.

So, 0.7 > 0.07

Example
Compare 0.25 and 0.3.

Use a number line. 0.25 is 25 hundredths. 0.3 and 0.30 are equivalent decimals. So, 0.3 is equivalent to 30 hundredths.

Show and Grow

Compare.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 73
Answer: 0.46 is less than 0.44

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.46 and 0.44
The representation of 0.46 and 0.44 in the place-value chart is:

So,
From the above place-value chart,
we can observe that one’s and tenth’s positions are the same.
So,
Compare the hundredth’s position 6 and 4
So, 6 hundredths > 4 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.46 is greater than 0.44

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 74
Answer: 0.05 is less than 0.2

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are 0.05 and 0.2
The representation of 0.05 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{100}\)
The representation of 0.2 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
So, for comparison, change \(\frac{2}{10}\) in to hundredths
So, for the change of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in to hundredths, multiply \(\frac{2}{10}\) with 10
So,
The numerator 2 is multiplied by 10 and the denominator 10 is multiplied with 10
Hence,
The representation of 0.2 in hundredth’s form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
So, for comparison,
The given number line is:

So, from the above number line,
0.05 is to the left of 0.20
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.05 is less than 0.20

Apply and Grow: Practice

Use the number line to compare.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 76
Answer: 0.85 is less than 0.96

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.85 and 0.96
The given number line is:

From the above number line, 0.85 is to the left of 0.90
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.85 is less than 0.90

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 77
Answer: 0.25 is less than 0.52

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.25 and 0.52
The given number line is:

From the above number line,
0.25 is to the left of 0.52
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.25 is less than 0.52

Explanation:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 78
Answer: 0.11 is greater than 0.09

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.11 and 0.09
The given number line is:

From the above line, we can observe that,
0.11 is to the right of 0.09
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 0.11 is greater than 0.09

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 4th Grade Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 79
Answer: 0.72 is greater than 0.59

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.72 and 0.59
The given number line is:

From the above number line, we can observe that,
0.72 is to the right of 0.59
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.72 is greater than 0.59

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 80
Answer: 0.04 is less than 0.40

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.04 and 0.40
The given number line is:

From the above number line, we can observe that
0.04 is to the left of 0.40
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 0.04 is less than 0.40

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 81
Answer: 0.90 is equal to 0.9

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.90 and 0.9
Change the 0.9 into hundredths by multiplying 0.9 with 10.
Now,
The representation of 0.9 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{9}{10}\)
So,
When we multiply \(\frac{9}{10}\) with 10, we can get
The representation of \(\frac{9}{10}\) in hundredth’s in the fraction form is: \(\frac{90}{100}\)
Now,
the given number line is:

We get the numer \(\frac{90}{100}\) by convrting the \(\frac{9}{10}\) and the given number is also \(\frac{90}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 0.90 is equal to 0.9

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 82
Answer: 0.3 is greater than 0.03

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.3 and 0.03
The representation of 0.3 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
The representation of 0.03 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{100}\)
So, for the conversion of \(\frac{3}{10}\) into hundredth’s, we have to multiply \(\frac{3}{10}\) with 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredth’s in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
The given number line is:

From the above number line, we can observe that
0.03 is to the left of 0.30
Hence, from the above,
We can observe that 0.03 is less than 0.30

Compare

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 83
Answer: 5.29 is greater than 5.24

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 5.29 and 5.24
The representation of 5.29 and 5.24 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart, we can observe that one’s and the tenth’s positions are the same.
So,
We have to compare the hundredth’s position of the two decimal numbers.
So, 9 hundredths > 4 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 5.29 is greater than 5.24

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 84
Answer: 25.94 is greater than 25.9

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 25.94 and 25.9
The representation of 25.94 and 25.9 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart, we can observe that ten’s, one’s, and tenth’s positions are the same.
So, we have to compare the hundredth’s position.
So,
4 hundredths > 0 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 25.94 is greater than 25.9

Open-Ended
Complete the statement to make it true.

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 85
Answer:
Let the missing numbers be 3 and 2
So,
0.31 > 0.21

Explanation:
Let the decimal numbers be: 0.31 and 0.21
The representation of 0.31 and 0.21 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can observe that one’s and hundredth’s positions are the same.
So, we have to compare the tenth’s position of the two decimal numbers
So,
3 tenths > 2 tenths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.31 is greater than 0.21

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 86
Answer:
Le the missing number be 10
So,
12.10 = 12.10

Explanation:
Let the missing decimal numbers be: 12.10 and 12.10
The representation of 12.10 and 12.10 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart, we can observe that all the positions are the same.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 12.10 is equal to 12.10

Question 14.
9.43 < ____
Answer:
Let the missing number be: 9.53
So,
9.43 < 9.53

Explanation:
Let the 2 decimal numbers be: 9.43 and 9.53
The representation of 9.43 and 9.53 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart, we can observe that one’s position and hundredths position is the same.
So, we can either compare the tenths position.
So,
When we compare the tenths position, 4 tenths < 5 tenths
Hence, from the above
We can conclude that 9.43 is less than 9.53

Question 15.
Precision
Write the number that is halfway between 3.6 and 3.7. Explain how you found your answer.
Answer: The number that is halfway between 3.6 and 3.7 is 3.65

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 3.6 and 3.7
We know that,
The middle number between two numbers = (The given first number + The given second number) ÷ 2
So,
The number that is halfway between 3.6 and 3.7 = (3.6 + 3.7) ÷ 2
= 7.3 ÷ 2
= 3.65
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that the number that is halfway between 3.6 and 3.7 is: 3.65

DIG DEEPER!
Write whether the statement is true or false. If false, explain why

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 87
Answer: \(\frac{1}{10}\) is greater than 0.07

Explanation:
The given numbers are: \(\frac{1}{10}\) and 0.07
The representation of 0.07 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{7}{100}\)
So, for comparison, we have to convert \(\frac{1}{10}\) into hundredths form by multiplying \(\frac{1}{10}\) with 10.
So,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{10}{100}\)
The representation of 0.07 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{7}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that \(\frac{1}{10}\) is greater than 0.07

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 88
Answer: 0.6 is greater than 0.36

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 0.6 and \(\frac{36}{100}\)
The representation of 0.6 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
So, for comparison, we have to convert \(\frac{6}{10}\) into hundredths form by multiplying \(\frac{6}{10}\) with 10.
So,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
The representation of 0.36 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{36}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 0.6 is greater than \(\frac{36}{100}\)

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
Newton and Descartes make paper airplanes. Newton’s paper Whose airplane flies 3.01 meters. Descartes’s paper airplane flies 3.10 meters. Whose paper airplane flies farther?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 89
Use a place value chart. Compare the digits in each place until the digits differ.

Compare Newton’s distance to Descartes’s distance.
So,
Descartes’s paper airplane flies farther.

Show and Grow

Question 18.
Compare the thickness of a nickel and a quarter. Which coin is thinner?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 91
Answer: When we compare the thickness of nickel and quarter by observing the table, we can say that the Quarter is thinner.

Explanation:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 91
From the given table,
The thickness of the Nickel is: 1.95mm
The thickness of the Quarter is: 1.75mm
Now,
The representation of the thicknesses of the Nickel and the Quarter in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart, we can observe that
7 tenths < 9 tenths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the Quarter is thinner.

Question 19.
You, your cousin, and your friend run a 100-meter race. Who finishes first? second? third?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 92
Answer:
The one who finishes first is: You
The one who finishes second is: Friend
The one who finishes third is: Cousin

Explanation:
The given timings are:
The timing of yours is: 16.40 seconds
The timing of your friend is: 16.48 seconds
The timing of your cousin is: 16.58 seconds
Now, the representation of all the timings in the place-value chart is:


Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that:
The one who finishes first is: You
The one who finishes second is: Friend
The one who finishes third is: Cousin

Question 20.
DIG DEEPER!
Your water bottle is 0.25 full. Your friend’s water bottle is 0.5 full. You have more water than your friend. Explain how this is possible.
Answer: This is not possible.

Explanation:
It is given that your water bottle is 0.25 full and your friend’s water bottle is 0.5 full.
So, we have to compare 0.25 and 0.5
The representation of 0.5 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
The representation of 0.25 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{25}{100}\)
So, for comparison, we have to convert \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths by multiplying \(\frac{5}{10} \) with 10.
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that your friend’s water bottle has more water than you.

Compare Decimals Homework & Practice 10.4

Compare

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 93
Answer: 0.58 is greater than 0.52

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.58 and 0.52
The representation of 0.58 and 0.52 in the place-value chart is:

From the above table, we can observe that one’s and tenth’s positions are the same.
So, we have to compare the hundredth’s position
So,
8 hundredths > 2 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 0.58 is greater than 0.52

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 94
Answer: 0.25 is greater than 0.05

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.25 and 0.05
The given number line is:

From the above number line,
We can observe that 0.05 is to the left of 0.25
hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.25 is greater than 0.05

Use the number line to compare.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 96
Answer: 0.76 is greater than 0.59

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.76 and 0.59
The given number line is:

From the above number line,
We can observe that 0.76 is to the right of 0.59
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 0.76 is greater than 0.59

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 97
Answer: 0.21 is less than 0.23

Explanation:
the given decimal numbers are: 0.21 and 0.23
The given number line is:

From the above number line,
We can observe that 0.21 is to the left of 0.23
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 0.21 is less than 0.23

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 98
Answer: 0.7 is greater than 0.07

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.7 and 0.07
The representation of 0.7 in the fracton form is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
So,
The \(\frac{7}{10}\) should be converted into hundredths by multiplying \(\frac{7}{10}\) with 10.
So,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
Now,
The given number line is:

From the above number line,
We can observe that 0.7 is to the left of 0.07
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.7 is greater than 0.07

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 99
Answer: 0.05 is less than 0.08

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.05 and 0.08
The given number line is:

From the above number line,
We can observe that 0.05 is to the left of 0.08
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.05 is less than 0.08

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 100
Answer: 0.10 is equal to 0.1

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.10 and 0.1
Now,
The representation of 0.1 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{1}{10}\)
The representation of 0.10 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{1}{100}\)
Now, to make the denominators equal, multiply \(\frac{1}{10}\) by 2.
So,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths, in the fraction form is: \(\frac{1}{100}\)
Now,
The given number line is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.10 is equal to 0.1

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 101
Answer: 0.05 is less than 0.50

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.05 and 0.50
The given number line is:

From the above number line,
We can observe that 0.05 is to the left of 0.50.
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 0.05 is less than 0.50

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 102
Answer: 0.13 is less than 0.19

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.13 and 0.19
The given number line is:


From the above number line,
We can observe that 0.13 is to the left of 0.10
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.13 is less than 0.19

Compare

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 103
Answer: 2.2 is greater than 2.02

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 2.2 and 2.02
The representation of 2.2 and 2.02 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can observe that only one’s position is the same
So,
2 tenths > 0 tenths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 2.2 is greater than 2.02

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 104
Answer: 4.70 is equal to 4.7

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 4.70 and 4.7
The representation of 4.70 in the fraction form is: 4\(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of 4.7 in the fraction form is: 4\(\frac{7}{10}\)
So, to compare, we have to make the denominators equal.
So, multiply 4\(\frac{7}{10}\) with 10
So,
The representation of 4\(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredth’s in the fraction form is: 4\(\frac{70}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 4.70 is equal to 4.7

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 105
Answer: 8.35 is less than 8.53

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 8.35 and 8.53
The representation of 8.35 and 8.53 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can observe that only the tenth’s position can be compared.
So,
3 tenths < 5 tenths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 8.35 is less than 8.53

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 106
Answer: 35.01 is greater than 32.98

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 35.01 and 32.98
The representation of 35.01 and 32.98 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can compare one’s position since it is the position with the highest value after the ten’s position.
So,
5 ones > 2 ones
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that 35.01 is greater than 32.98

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 107
Answer: 14.9 is less than 14.92

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 14.9 and 14.92
The representation of 14.9 and 14.92 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can compare only the hundredth’s positions.
So,
0 hundredths< 2 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 14.9 is less than 14.92

Question 15.
Precision
Explain how to compare 0.46 and 0.48.
Answer: 0.46 is less than 0.48

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.46 and 0.48
The representation of 0.46 and 0.48 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart,
We can compare the hundredth’s position
So,
6 hundredths < 8 hundredths
Hence, from the above
We can conclude that 0.46 is less than 0.48

Question 16.
Open-Ended
What might Descartes’s number be?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 108
Answer: Descartes’s number might be: 0.61, 0.62, 0.63, 0.64, 0.65

Explanation:
Given that my number is greater than 0.6 and less than 0.7.
So,
The numbers might be: 0.61, 0.62, 0.63, 0.64, 0.65, 0.66, 0.67, 0.68, 0.69
It is also given that the greatest digit in the number is in the tenths place.
So,
The numbers might be: 0.61, 0.62, 0.63, 0.64, 0.65
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Descartes’s number might be: 0.61, 0.62, 0.63, 0.64, 0.65

Question 17.
Modeling Real Life
A traffic light is red for 23.4 seconds and green for 23.6 seconds. Does the traffic light stay red or green longer?
Answer: The traffic light stay green for a long time

Explanation:
It is given that a traffic light is red for 23.4 seconds and green for 23.6 seconds.
So, we have to compare 23.4 and 23.6 to see which light stay for a long time
Now,
The representation of 23.4 and 23.6 in the place-value chart is:

From the above place-value chart, we can observe that we can compare only the tenths position.
So,
4 tenths < 6 tenths
So,
23.4 is less than 23.6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the green light stays for a long time

Question 18.
Modeling Real Life
Order the caterpillars from longest to shortest.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 109
Answer: Caterpillar B > Caterpillar A > Caterpillar C

Explanation:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 109
From the table,
The length of caterpillar A is: 3.5 cm
The length of caterpillar B is: 3.65 cm
The length of caterpillar C is: 3.45 cm
So,
When we compare the tenth’s position in all the lengths of the caterpillars,
We can observe that B > A > C
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that caterpillar B > caterpillar A > caterpillar C

Review & Refresh

Round the number to the nearest hundred thousand

Question 19.
695,023
Answer: The nearest hundred thousand of 695,023 is: 700,000

Explanation:
The given number is: 695,023
We know that,
The value of a digit depends on the position of the digit
So,
The value of the nearest hundred thousand in 695,023 is: 700,000

Question 20.
246,947
Answer: The value of the nearest hundred thousand in 246,947 is: 200,000

Explanation:
The given number is: 246,947
We know that,
The value of a digit depends on the position of the digit
So,
The value of the nearest hundred thousand in 246,947 is: 200,000

Lesson 10.5 Add Decimal Fractions and Decimals

Explore and Grow

How can you use a number line to find the sum?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 110
0.25 + 0.7
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 111
How can you use models to check your answers?

Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{7}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of the sum in the decimal form is:
0.25 + 0.7 = 0.95

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{25}{100}\) and \(\frac{7}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{7}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{7}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{70}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\)
= \(\frac{70 + 25}{100}\)
= \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{95}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.95
Now,

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{70}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{95}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.95

Reasoning
How can you add two decimal fractions with a denominator of 10? How can you add two decimal fractions with denominators of 10 and 100?

Answer: We add the two fractions only if their numerator or denominators are equal
If there are fractions with different denominators, then we will make the denominators equal either by multiplying or by dividing the fractions and add the different fractions.

Think and Grow: Add Decimal Fractions and Decimals

You have learned how to add fractions with the same denominator. You can use equivalent fractions to add fractions that do not have the same denominator.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 112
Step 1: Use equivalent fractions to write the fractions with the same denominator
Think: Rewrite \(\frac{3}{10}\) with a denominator of 100.


Example
Find 0.75 + 0.2.
Step 1: Write 0.75 and 0.2 as fractions.Think: 0.75 is 75 hundredths. 0.2 is 2 tenths.

Step 2: Use equivalent fractions to write the fractions with the same denominator.

Step 3: Add the numerators.

Step 4: Write the sum as a decimal.

So, 0.75 + 0.2 = 0.95

Show and Grow

Find the sum.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 119
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{36}{100}\) = \(\frac{46}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{46}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.46

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{36}{100}\) and \(\frac{1}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{1}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{1}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{10}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{10}{100}\) + \(\frac{36}{100}\)
= \(\frac{10 + 36}{100}\)
= \(\frac{46}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{46}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.46
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{36}{100}\) = \(\frac{46}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{46}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.46

Question 2.
0.5 + 0.25 = ____
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{75}{100}\)
The representation of 0.25 + 0.5 in the decimal form is: 0.75

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.5 and 0.25
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{25}{100}\) and \(\frac{5}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{5}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{5}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{50}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\)
= \(\frac{50 + 25}{100}\)
= \(\frac{75}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{75}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.75
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{75}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{75}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.75

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the sum.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 120
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{37}{100}\) = \(\frac{77}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{77}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.77

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{37}{100}\) and \(\frac{4}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{4}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{4}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{40}{100}\) + \(\frac{37}{100}\)
= \(\frac{40 + 37}{100}\)
= \(\frac{77}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{77}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.77
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{37}{100}\) = \(\frac{77}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{77}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.77

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 121
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{23}{100}\) = \(\frac{43}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{43}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.43

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{23}{100}\) and \(\frac{2}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{2}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{2}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{20}{100}\) + \(\frac{23}{100}\)
= \(\frac{20 + 23}{100}\)
= \(\frac{43}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{43}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.43
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{23}{100}\) = \(\frac{43}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{43}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.43

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 122
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{7}{10}\) + \(\frac{19}{100}\) = \(\frac{89}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{89}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.89

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{19}{100}\) and \(\frac{7}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{7}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{7}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{70}{100}\) + \(\frac{19}{100}\)
= \(\frac{70 + 19}{100}\)
= \(\frac{89}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{89}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.89
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{7}{10}\) + \(\frac{19}{100}\) = \(\frac{89}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{89}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.89

Question 6.
0.35 + 0.1 = ____
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{35}{100}\) = \(\frac{45}{100}\)
The representation of 0.35 + 0.1 in the decimal for is: 0.45

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.1 and 0.35
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{35}{100}\) and \(\frac{1}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{1}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{1}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{10}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{10}{100}\) + \(\frac{35}{100}\)
= \(\frac{10 + 35}{100}\)
= \(\frac{45}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{45}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.45
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{35}{100}\) = \(\frac{45}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{45}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.45

Question 7.
0.8 + 0.15 = ____
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{8}{10}\) + \(\frac{15}{100}\) = \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of 0.15 + 0.8 in the decimal for is: 0.95

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.8 and 0.15
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{15}{100}\) and \(\frac{8}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{8}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{8}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{80}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{80}{100}\) + \(\frac{15}{100}\)
= \(\frac{80 + 15}{100}\)
= \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{95}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.95
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{8}{10}\) + \(\frac{15}{100}\) = \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{95}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.95

Question 8.
0.50 + 0.4 = __
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{50}{100}\) = \(\frac{90}{100}\)
The representation of 0.50 + 0.4 in the decimal for is: 0.90

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.4 and 0.50
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{50}{100}\) and \(\frac{4}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{4}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{4}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{40}{100}\) + \(\frac{50}{100}\)
= \(\frac{50 + 40}{100}\)
= \(\frac{90}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.90
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{50}{100}\) = \(\frac{90}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.90

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 123
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{48}{100}\) + \(\frac{16}{100}\) + \(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{84}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{84}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.84

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{48}{100}\), \(\frac{16}{100}\) and \(\frac{2}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{2}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{2}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{48}{100}\) + \(\frac{16}{100}\) + \(\frac{20}{100}\)
= \(\frac{48 + 16 + 20}{100}\)
= \(\frac{84}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{84}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.84
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{48}{100}\) + \(\frac{16}{100}\) = \(\frac{84}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{84}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.84

Question 10.
0.3 + 0.25 + 0.1 = ___
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{65}{100}\)
The representation of 0.25 + 0.1 + 0.3 in the decimal for is: 0.65

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.3, 0.1 and 0.25
So, convert the three decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{25}{100}\) , \(\frac{3}{10}\) and \(\frac{1}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{1}{10}\) and \(\frac{3}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{5}{10}\) and \(\frac{3}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{10}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{10}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) + \(\frac{30}{100}\)
= \(\frac{10 + 25 + 30}{100}\)
= \(\frac{65}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{65}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.65
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{65}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{65}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.65

Number Sense
Find the sum.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 124
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{29}{100}\) = \(\frac{79}{100}\)
The representation of 0.5 + \(\frac{29}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.79

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 0.5 and \(\frac{29}{100}\)
So, convert the decimal number in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{5}{10}\) and \(\frac{29}{100}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{5}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{5}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{50}{100}\) + \(\frac{29}{100}\)
= \(\frac{50 + 29}{100}\)
= \(\frac{79}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{79}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.79
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{29}{100}\) = \(\frac{79}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{79}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.79

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 125
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{8}{10}\) + \(\frac{75}{100}\) = \(\frac{155}{100}\)
The representation of 0.75 + \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal for is: 1.55

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 0.75 and \(\frac{8}{10}\)
So, convert the decimal number in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{8}{10}\) and \(\frac{75}{100}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{8}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{8}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{80}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{80}{100}\) + \(\frac{75}{100}\)
= \(\frac{80 + 75}{100}\)
= \(\frac{155}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{155}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.55
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{8}{10}\) + \(\frac{75}{100}\) = \(\frac{155}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{155}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 1.55

Question 13.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend says Newton and Descartes are both correct. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 126
Answer: Yes, your friend is correct.

Explanation:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{100}\) + \(\frac{55}{100}\) = \(\frac{110}{100}\)
The representation of 0.55 + 0.5 + 0.05 in the decimal for is: 1.10

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.05, 0.5 and 0.55
So, convert the three decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{55}{100}\) , \(\frac{5}{10}\) and \(\frac{5}{100}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{5}{10}\)  as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{5}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{50}{100}\) + \(\frac{55}{100}\) + \(\frac{5}{100}\)
= \(\frac{50 + 55 + 5}{100}\)
= \(\frac{110}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{110}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.10
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{55}{100}\) + \(\frac{5}{100}\) = \(\frac{110}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{110}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 1.10 or 1.1

Question 14.
DIG DEEPER!
Write and solve a decimal addition problem represented by the model. Write your answer as a decimal and as a mixed number.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 127
Answer:
From the above model,
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{47}{100}\) = \(\frac{107}{100}\) = 1\(\frac{7}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{107}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 1.07

Explanation:
The given model is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 127
From the model,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{47}{100}\) and \(\frac{6}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{6}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{6}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{60}{100}\) + \(\frac{47}{100}\)
= \(\frac{60 + 47}{100}\)
= \(\frac{107}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{107}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.07
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{47}{100}\) = \(\frac{107}{100}\) = 1\(\frac{7}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{107}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 1.07

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You use \(\frac{8}{10}\) pound of clay to make a cup. You make a handle for the cup with \(\frac{15}{100}\) pound of clay and attach the handle to the cup. What fraction of a pound does your cup weigh in all?
Add the fractions.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 136

Use equivalent fractions to write the fractions with the same denominator.
Rewrite \(\frac{8}{10}\) with a denominator of 100.

Show and Grow

Question 15.
Each morning, you walk \(\frac{25}{100}\) mile to your friend’s house and then \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile to school. What fraction of a mile do you walk each morning?
Answer:
The fraction of a mile you walk each morning is:
\(\frac{25}{100}\) + \(\frac{5}{10}\) = \(\frac{75}{100}\)

Explanation:
It is given that each morning, you walk \(\frac{25}{100}\) mile to your friend’s house and then \(\frac{5}{10}\) mile to school.
So,
To find the portion of a mile you walk in the morning, you have to add the fractions.
So,
Now, first, we have to convert \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths so that we can add both the fractions because denominators have to be equal for the addition.
So,
Multiply \(\frac{5}{10}\) with 10 to convert it as hundredths
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{25}{100}\) + \(\frac{50}{100}\)
= \(\frac{75}{100}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the portion of a mile you walk in the morning is: \(\frac{75}{100}\)

Question 16.
You ride a zip line that is mile-long \(\frac{15}{100}\) mile long. You ride another zip line that is \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile long. Your friend rides a total of \(\frac{40}{100}\) mile on zip lines. Who rides farther on zip lines?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 138
Answer: Your friend rides farther on zip lines.

Explanation:
It is given that you ride a zip line that is mile-long \(\frac{15}{100}\) mile long. You ride another zip line that is \(\frac{3}{10}\) mile long and your friend rides a total of \(\frac{40}{100}\) mile on zip
lines.
So, the given three fractions are:
\(\frac{15}{100}\), \(\frac{3}{10}\) and \(\frac{40}{100}\)
So, for the comparison of the three fractions, we have to make the denominators equal.
So, we have to convert \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths.
So,
We have to multiply \(\frac{3}{10}\) with 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
Now,
As the denominators are equal, compare the numerators.
So, we have to compare 15, 30, and 40
By comparing, we can observe that 40 > 30 > 15
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that your friend rides farther on zip lines than you.

Question 17.
DIG DEEPER!
You ship a package that weighs 0.8 pounds. Your package is 0.75 pounds lighter than your friend’s package. How much does your friend’s package weigh? Write your answer in decimal form.
Answer: The weight of your friend’s package is: 1.55 pounds

Explanation:
The two given decimal numbers are: 0.8 and 0.75
It is given that your package is 0.75 pounds lighter than your friend’s package.
So,
The weight of your friend’s package = 0.8 + 0.75
Now, first, convert the given decimal numbers into fractions.
So, The representation of 0.8 and 0.75 in the fraction forms is: \(\frac{8}{10}\) and \(\frac{75}{100}\)
Now, for addition, we have to make the denominators of the two fractions equal.
So,
We have to multiply \(\frac{3}{10}\) with 10, to make the denominator equal to 100
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{30}{100}\) + \(\frac{75}{100}\)
= \(\frac{105}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{105}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.05
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the weight of your friend’s package in the decimal form is: 1.05 pounds

Add Decimal Fractions and Decimals Homework & Practice 10.5

Find the sum.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 139
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{32}{100}\) = \(\frac{72}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{72}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.72

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{32}{100}\) and \(\frac{4}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{4}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{4}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{40}{100}\) + \(\frac{32}{100}\)
= \(\frac{40 + 32}{100}\)
= \(\frac{72}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{72}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.72
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{32}{100}\) = \(\frac{72}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{72}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.72

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 140
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{8}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{100}\) = \(\frac{83}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{83}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.83

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{3}{100}\) and \(\frac{8}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{8}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{8}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{80}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{80}{100}\) + \(\frac{3}{100}\)
= \(\frac{80 + 3}{100}\)
= \(\frac{83}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{83}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.83
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{8}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{100}\) = \(\frac{83}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{83}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.83

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 141
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{15}{100}\) = \(\frac{35}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{35}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.35

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{15}{100}\) and \(\frac{2}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{2}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{2}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{20}{100}\) + \(\frac{15}{100}\)
= \(\frac{20 + 15}{100}\)
= \(\frac{35}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{35}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.35
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{15}{100}\) = \(\frac{35}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{35}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.35

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 142
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{45}{100}\) = \(\frac{55}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{55}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.55

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{45}{100}\) and \(\frac{1}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{1}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{1}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{10}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{10}{100}\) + \(\frac{45}{100}\)
= \(\frac{10 + 45}{100}\)
= \(\frac{55}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{55}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.55
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{45}{100}\) = \(\frac{55}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{55}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.55

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 143
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{7}{10}\) + \(\frac{22}{100}\) = \(\frac{92}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{92}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.92

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{22}{100}\) and \(\frac{7}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{7}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{7}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{70}{100}\) + \(\frac{22}{100}\)
= \(\frac{70 + 22}{100}\)
= \(\frac{92}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{92}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.92
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{7}{10}\) + \(\frac{22}{100}\) = \(\frac{92}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{92}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.92

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 144
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{17}{100}\) = \(\frac{67}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{67}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.67

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{17}{100}\) and \(\frac{5}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{5}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{5}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{50}{100}\) + \(\frac{17}{100}\)
= \(\frac{50 + 17}{100}\)
= \(\frac{67}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{67}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.67
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{17}{100}\) = \(\frac{67}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{67}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.67

Question 7.
0.6 + 0.25 = ___
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{85}{100}\)
The representation of 0.25 + 0.6 in the decimal form is: 0.85

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.6 and 0.25
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{25}{100}\) and \(\frac{6}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{6}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{6}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{60}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\)
= \(\frac{60 + 25}{100}\)
= \(\frac{85}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{85}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.85
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{85}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{85}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.85

Question 8.
0.3 + 0.40 = ___
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{40}{100}\) = \(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of 0.40 + 0.3 in the decimal form is: 0.70

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.3 and 0.40
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{40}{100}\) and \(\frac{3}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{3}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{3}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{30}{100}\) + \(\frac{40}{100}\)
= \(\frac{30 + 40}{100}\)
= \(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.70
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{40}{100}\) = \(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.70

Question 9.
0.05 + 0.9 = ___
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{9}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{100}\) = \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of 0.05 + 0.9 in the decimal form is: 0.95

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.05 and 0.9
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{5}{100}\) and \(\frac{9}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{9}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{9}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{9}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{90}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{5}{100}\) + \(\frac{90}{100}\)
= \(\frac{5 + 90}{100}\)
= \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{95}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.95
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{9}{10}\) + \(\frac{5}{100}\) = \(\frac{95}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{95}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.95

Find the sum.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 145
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{41}{100}\) + \(\frac{22}{100}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) = \(\frac{93}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{93}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.93

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{41}{100}\), \(\frac{22}{100}\) and \(\frac{3}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{3}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{3}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{41}{100}\) + \(\frac{22}{100}\) + \(\frac{30}{100}\)
= \(\frac{41 + 22 + 30}{100}\)
= \(\frac{93}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{93}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.93
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{41}{100}\) + \(\frac{22}{100}\) = \(\frac{93}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{93}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.93

Question 11.
0.8 + 0.25 + 0.75 = ___
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{8}{10}\) + \(\frac{75}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{180}{100}\)
The representation of 0.25 + 0.75 + 0.8 in the decimal for is: 1.80

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.8, 0.75 and 0.25
So, convert the three decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{25}{100}\) , \(\frac{8}{10}\) and \(\frac{75}{100}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{8}{10}\)  as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{80}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{80}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) + \(\frac{75}{100}\)
= \(\frac{80 + 25 + 75}{100}\)
= \(\frac{180}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{180}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.80
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{8}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) + \(\frac{75}{100}\) = \(\frac{180}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{180}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 1.80

Question 12.
Patterns
Describe and complete the pattern.

Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{9}{100}\) = \(\frac{19}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{19}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.19

The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{18}{100}\) = \(\frac{38}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{38}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.38

The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{27}{100}\) = \(\frac{57}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{114}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.57
Now,
Whwn we add all the three results, we will get
The last result’s representation in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{19}{100}\) + \(\frac{38}{100}\) + \(\frac{57}{100}\) = \(\frac{114}{100}\)
The last result’s representation in the decimal form is:
0.19 + 0.38 + 0.57 = 1.14

Question 13.
Which One Doesn’t Belong? Which expression does not belong with the other three?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 147
Answer:
Let the Expressions be named as A, B, C, and D
The given expressions are:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 147
From the above expressions, Expression D does not belong with the other three

Explanation:
Let the expressions be named  A, B, C, and D
So,
The expressions are:
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 147
So, from the above expressions,
We can observe that the Expression D does not belong with the other three

Question 14.
Modeling Real Life
In an aquarium, \(\frac{5}{10}\) of the fish are red and \(\frac{3}{100}\) of the fish are yellow. What fraction of the fish is more?
Answer: The fraction of the fish that is red is more in the aquarium

Explanation:
It is given that in the aquarium,
There are \(\frac{5}{10}\) of the fish are red and \(\frac{3}{100}\) of the fish are yellow.
So, for comparison, we have to equal the denominators
So,
\(\frac{5}{10}\) has to be multiplied by 10 to make the denominator of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So, when we compare the fishes that are red and yellow,
We will get that
Red fishes > Yellow fishes
hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the red fishes are more than yellow fishes in the aquarium

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
Which gecko is longer? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 148
Answer: Leopard Gecko is longer

Explanation:
It is given that
The total length of Leopard Gecko is: 0.05 + 0.06 = 0.11 m = \(\frac{11}{100}\)
The length of Adult Electric Blue Gecko is: \(\frac{7}{100}\)
So, from the above,
We can say that the numerators of both the fractions are equal.
So, when we compare,
We can see that leopard gecko is longer than adult Electric Blue Gecko
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the Leopard Gecko is longer than the Adult Electric Blue Gecko

Review & Refresh

Question 16.
38 ÷ 4
Answer: 38 ÷ 4 = 9 R 2

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
38 ÷ 4 = ( 32 + 4 ) ÷ 4
= ( 32 ÷ 4 ) + ( 4 ÷ 4 )
= 8 + 1
= 9 R 2
Hence, 38 ÷ 4 = 9 R 2

Question 17.
641 ÷ 9
Answer: 641 ÷ 9 = 71 R 2

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
641 ÷ 9 = ( 630 + 9 ) ÷ 9
= ( 630 ÷ 9 ) + ( 9 ÷ 9 (
= 70 + 1
= 71 R 2
Hence, 641 ÷ 9 = 71 R 2

Question 18.
52 ÷ 7
Answer: 52 ÷ 7 = 7 R 3

Explanation:
By using the partial quotients method,
52 ÷ 7 = (42 + 7 ) ÷ 7
= ( 42 ÷ 7 ) + ( 7 ÷ 7 )
= 6 + 1
= 7 R 3
Hence, 52 ÷ 7 = 7 R 3

Lesson 10.6 Fractions, Decimals and Money

Explore and Grow

Shade the model to show each money moment.

Answer: Here, we have taken the reference of 1 dollar and find out the amount by them that is equal to 1 dollar

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = 0.25 dollar
1 dime = 0.1 dollar
1 nickel = 0.05 dollar
1 penny = 0.01 dollar
Hence, the above values are marked in the above-given model.

Reasoning

How can you write each money amount as a fraction and a decimal in terms of dollars?

Answer:
The representation of the Quarter, in the dollar in the fraction form is: \(\frac{25}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the Quarter, in the dollar in the decimal form is: 0.25

The representation of the dime, in the dollar in the fraction form is: \(\frac{10}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the dime, in the dollar in the decimal form is: 0.10

The representation of the nickel, in the dollar in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the nickel, in the dollar in the decimal form is: 0.05

The representation of the penny, in the dollar in the fraction form is: \(\frac{1}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the penny, in the dollar in the decimal form is: 0.01

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = 0.25 dollar
1 dime = 0.1 dollar
1 nickel = 0.05 dollar
1 penny = 0.01 dollar
So, all the money moments are represented in the terms of dollars.
So, the representation of all the money moments in terms of dollars in the fraction and the decimal forms is:
The representation of the Quarter, in the dollar in the fraction form is: \(\frac{25}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the Quarter, in the dollar in the decimal form is: 0.25

The representation of the dime, in the dollar in the fraction form is: \(\frac{10}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the dime, in the dollar in the decimal form is: 0.10

The representation of the nickel, in the dollar in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the nickel, in the dollar in the decimal form is: 0.05

The representation of the penny, in the dollar in the fraction form is: \(\frac{1}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the penny, in the dollar in the decimal form is: 0.01

Think and Grow: Fractions, Decimals, and Money

You can use a dollar sign and a decimal point to write a money amount. Just as a decimal point separates ones from tenths and hundredths, it also separates whole dollars from cents.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 150

Use the total money amount to complete the table.

Show and Grow

Find the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 152
Answer: The total amount of money is: $0.66

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
1 penny = $0.01
The given money is: 2 Quarters, 3 nickels, and 1 penny
So,
The total amount of money = ( 2 × 0.25 ) + ( 3 × 0.05 ) + ( 1 × 0.01 )
= 0.50 + 0.15 + 0.01
= 0.06
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $0.06
The representation of $0.06 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{6}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $0.06 in the decimal form is: $0.06

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 153
Answer: The total amount of money is: $2.30

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
The given money is: 2 dollars, 1 Quarter, and 1 nickel
So,
The total amount of money = ( 2 × 1 ) + ( 1 × 0.25 ) + ( 1 × 0.05 )
= 2 + 0.25 + 0.05
= 2.30
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $2.30
The representation of $2.30 in the fraction form is: 2\(\frac{30}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $2.30 in the decimal form is: $2.30

Apply and Grow: Practice

Find the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 154
Answer: The total amount of money is: $0.46

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
1 dime = $0.10
1 penny = $0.01
The given money is: 6 pennies, 1 Quarter, 1 dime, and 1 nickel
So,
The total amount of money = ( 6 × 0.01 ) + ( 1 × 0.25 ) + ( 1 × 0.05 ) + ( 1 × 0.10 )
= 0.06 + 0.25 + 0.05 + 0.10
= 0.46
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $0.46
The representation of $0.46 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{46}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $0.46 in the decimal form is: $0.46

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 155
Answer: The total amount of money is: $0.46

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
4 Quarters = 1 dollar
The given money is: 4 Quarters, 1 dollar, and 1 nickel
So,
The total amount of money = ( 1 × 1 ) + ( 4 × 0.25 ) + ( 1 × 0.05 )
= 1 + 1 + 0.05
= 2.05
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $2.05
The representation of $2.05 in the fraction form is: 2\(\frac{5}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $2.05 in the decimal form is: $2.05

Write the fraction or mixed number as a money amount and as a decimal.

Question 5.
\(\frac{53}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{53}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $0.53

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{53}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.53

Question 6.
\(\frac{4}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{4}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $0.04

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{4}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.04

Question 7.
\(\frac{100}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{100}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $1

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{100}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $1

Question 8.
1\(\frac{22}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{22}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $1.22

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 1\(\frac{22}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $1.22

Question 9.
1\(\frac{18}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{18}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $1.18

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 1\(\frac{18}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $1.18

Question 10.
1\(\frac{70}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{70}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $1.70

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 1\(\frac{70}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $1.70

Question 11.
You find 1 dime, 3 nickels, and 2 pennies on the ground. How much money do you find? Write your answer in three different ways.
Answer: The total amount of money you find on the ground is: $0.27

Explanation:
The given amount that you find on the ground is: 1 dime, 3 nickels, and 2 pennies
We know that,
1 dime = 0.10 dollars
1 nickel = $0.05 dollars
1 penny = $0.01 dollars
So,
The total amount of money you find on the ground = ( 1 × 0.10 ) + ( 3 × 0.05 ) + (2 × 0.01 )
= 0.10 + 0.15 + 0.02
= 0.27
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that the three ways of representing the total amount of money is:
The total amount of money you find on the ground is: $0.27
The representation of the total amount of money in the fraction form is: \(\frac{27}{100}\) dollar
The representation of the total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.27

Question 12.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend has three $1 bills and 2 pennies. Your friend writes, “I have $ 3.2.” Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer: No, your friend is wrong

Explanation:
It is given that your friend has three $1 bills and 2 pennies.
So,
The given amount your friend has: 3 $1 bills and 2 pennies
We know that,
1 penny = 0.01 dollars
So,
The total amount of money your friend has = ( 3 × 1 ) + ( 2 × 0.01 )
= 3 + 0.02
= 3.02
Hence,
The total amount of money your friend has: $3.02 dollars or 3 dollars and 2 pennies
But, your friend has written $3.02 as $3.20 which means 3 dollars and 2 dimes
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that your friend is wrong

Question 13.
DIG DEEPER!
You have \(\frac{1}{4}\) dollar in coins. Draw two possible groups of coins that you could have.
Answer: The possible group of coins that you could have for \(\frac{1}{4}\) is: Quarter

Explanation:
It is given that you have \(\frac{1}{4}\) dollar in coins.
But, we have al, the money moments in terms of 100.
So, to make the denominator of \(\frac{1}{4}\) 100, multiply \(\frac{1}{4}\) by 25
So,
The representation of \(\frac{1}{4}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{25}{100}\)
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the possible group of coins that you could have for \(\frac{1}{4}\) is: Quarter

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
Newton has \(\frac{85}{100}\) dollar. Can he buy the spinning toy? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 156
Write the fraction as a money amount.
\(\frac{85}{100}\) as a money amount is $0.85.
Compare the amount of money Newton has to the price of the toy.
Newton can’t buy the spinning toy.

Explanation:
It is given that Newton has \(\frac{85}{100}\) dollar
So,
The amount of money that Newton has in the decimal form is: $0.85
But, it is also given that
The cost of spinning toy is: \(\frac{99}{100}\) dollar
So, for comparison, we have to make either the numerators or the denominators equal.
Here, both the denominators are equal.
So, we can compare both the fractions directly.
So, by comparing, we get,
0.85 < 0.99
Hence,
We can conclude that Newton can’t buy the spinning toy.

Show and Grow

Question 14.
Descartes has \(\frac{76}{100}\) dollar. Can he buy the bouncy ball? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 156.1
Answer: Yes, he can buy the bouncy ball

Explanation:
It is given that Descartes has \(\frac{76}{100}\) dollar
So,
The amount of money that Descartes has in the decimal form is: $0.76
But, it is also given that
The cost of bouncy ball is: \(\frac{50}{100}\) dollar
So, for comparison, we have to make either the numerators or the denominators equal.
Here, both the denominators are equal.
So, we can compare both the fractions directly.
So, by comparing, we get,
0.76 > 0.50
Hence,
We can conclude that Descartes can buy the bouncy ball.

Question 15.
You throw 3 dimes, 3 nickels, and 8 pennies into a fountain. Your friend throws 1 quarter, 4 nickels, and 5 pennies. Who throws a greater amount of money into the fountain?
Answer: You throw a greater amount of money into the fountain when compared to your friend.

Explanation:
It is given that you throw 3 dimes, 3 nickels, and 8 pennies and your friend throws 1 quarter, 4 nickels, and 5 pennies
So,
The amount that you have is: 3 dimes, 3 nickels, and 8 pennies
The amount that your friend has is: 1 quarter, 4 nickels, and 5 pennies
We know that,
1 quarter = $0.25
1 dime = $0.10
1 nickel = $0.05
1 penny = $0.01
So,
The total amount of money you have = ( 3 × 0.10 ) + ( 3 × 0.05 ) + ( 8 × 0.01 )
= 0.30 + 0.15 + 0.08
= $0.53
The total amount of money your friend has = ( 1 × 0.25 ) + ( 4 × 0.05 ) + ( 5 × 0.01 )
= 0.25 + 0.20 + 0.05
= $0.50
Now,
The representation of the amount of money you have in the fraction form is: \(\frac{53}{100}\) dollars
The representation of the amount of money your friend has in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\) dollars
So, by comparing these two amounts,
We can conclude that you have a greater amount of money than your friend

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
Complete the table. Which piggy bank has the greatest amount of money? the least amount of money?

Answer:
The piggy bank which has the greatest amount of money is: B
the piggy bank which has the least amount of money is: C

Explanation:
The given table is:

From the given table,
The amount of money present in all the three piggy banks is: Quarters, Dimes, Nickels,  and pennies
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 dime = $0.10
1 nickel = $0.05
1 penny = $0.01
So,
The total amount of money that all the three piggy banks have:
A: ( 3 × 0.25 ) + ( 1 × 0.10 ) + ( 4 × 0.05 ) + ( 2 × 0.01 ) = $1.07
B: ( 1 × 0.25 ) + ( 7 × 0.10 ) + ( 3 × 0.05 ) + ( 0 × 0.01 ) = $1.10
C: ( 2 × 0.25 ) + ( 0 × 0.10 ) + ( 8 × 0.05 ) + ( 11 × 0.01 ) = $1.01
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that
The piggy bank that has the greatest amount of money is: B
The piggy bank that has the least amount of money is: C

Fractions, Decimals and Money Homework & Practice 10.6

Write the money amount as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 1.
$ 0.53
Answer: The representation of $0.53 as the total amount of money in the fraction form is: \(\frac{53}{100}\) dollar

Explanation:
The given amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.53
The given decimal form will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the fraction form is: \(\frac{53}{100}\) dollars
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.53

Question 2.
$ 0.40
Answer: The representation of $0.40 as the total amount of money in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\) dollar

Explanation:
The given amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.40
The given decimal form will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\) dollars
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.40

Question 3.
$1.01
Answer: The representation of $1.01 as the total amount of money in the fraction form is: 1\(\frac{1}{100}\) dollar

Explanation:
The given amount of money in the decimal form is: $1.01
The given decimal form will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the fraction form is: 1\(\frac{1}{100}\) dollars
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $1.01

Find the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 158
Answer: The total amount of money is: $0.65

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
1 dime = $0.10
The given money is: 1 Quarter, 2 dimes, and 4 nickel
So,
The total amount of money = ( 1 × 0.25 ) + ( 4 × 0.05 ) + ( 2 × 0.10 )
=  0.25 + 0.20 + 0.20
= 0.65
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $0.65
The representation of $0.65 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{65}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $0.65 in the decimal form is: $0.65

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 159
Answer: The total amount of money is: $2.13

Explanation:
We know that,
1 dime = $0.10
1 penny = $0.01
The given money is: 3 pennies, 1 dime, and 2 dollars
So,
The total amount of money = ( 3 × 0.01 ) + ( 2 × 1 ) + ( 1 × 0.10 )
= 0.03 + 2 + 0.10
= 2.13
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $2.13
The representation of $2.13 in the fraction form is: 2\(\frac{13}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $2.13 in the decimal form is: $2.13

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 160
Answer: The total amount of money is: $0.92

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 dime = $0.10
1 penny = $0.01
The given money is: 2 pennies, 2 Quarters, 4 dimes
So,
The total amount of money = ( 2 × 0.01 ) + ( 2 × 0.25 ) + ( 4 × 0.10 )
= 0.02 +0.50 + 0.40
= 0.92
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $0.92
The representation of $0.92 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{92}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $0.92 in the decimal form is: $0.92

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 161
Answer: The total amount of money is: $3.15

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
1 dime = $0.10
The given money is: 4 Quarters, 2 dollars, 1 dime, and 1 nickel
So,
The total amount of money = ( 2 × 1 ) + ( 4 × 0.25 ) + ( 1 × 0.05 ) + ( 1 × 0.10 )
= 2 + 1 + 0.05 + 0.10
= 3.15
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $3.15
The representation of $3.15 in the fraction form is: 3\(\frac{15}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $3.15 in the decimal form is: $3.15

Write the fraction or mixed number as a money amount and as a decimal.

Question 8.
\(\frac{87}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{87}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $0.87

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{87}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.87

Question 9.
\(\frac{12}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{12}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $0.12

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{12}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.12

Question 10.
1\(\frac{9}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 1\(\frac{9}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $1.09

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 1\(\frac{9}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $1.09

Question 11.
You find 3 quarters, 2 nickels, and 1 penny in your backpack. How much money do you find? Write your answer in three different ways.
Answer: The amount of money you find is: $0.86

Explanation:
It is given that you find 3 quarters, 2 nickels, and 1 penny in your backpack
So,
The amount of money you have is: 3 quarters, 2 nickels, and 1 penny
We know that,
1 quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
1 penny = $0.01
So,
The total amount of money you have = ( 3 × 0.25 ) + ( 2 × 0.05 ) + ( 1 × 0.01 )
= 0.75 + 0.10 + 0.01
= 0.86
Hence,
The total amount of money you have is: $0.86
The total amount of money you have in the fraction form is: \(\frac{86}{100}\)
The total amount of money you have in the decimal form is: $0.86

Question 12.
Which One Doesn’t Belong? Which one does not belong with the other three?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 162
Answer:
Let the amounts be named A, B, C, and D
So, from the amounts,
we can say that A) does not belong to the other three.

Explanation:
Le the amounts named as A, B, C, and D
Now,
A) 3 pennies  B) \(\frac{3}{10}\)  C) 0.30 dollars  D) \(\frac{30}{100}\)
We know that,
1 penny = $0.01
So,
3 pennies = $0.03
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that A) does not belong to the other three.

Question 13.
Reasoning
Would you rather have \(\frac{2}{10}\) of a dollar or 6 nickels? Explain.
Answer: You would rather have 6 nickels

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{2}{10}\) of a dollar
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{20}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.20
We know that,
1 nickel = $0.05
So,
6 nickels = 6 × 0.05 = $0.30
Now,
When we compare the given fraction and 6 nickels, w can observe that
6 nickels > \(\frac{2}{10}\) of a dollar
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that you would have to rather have 6 nickels than \(\frac{2}{10}\) of a dollar

Question 14.
Modeling Real Life
Newton has \(\frac{46}{100}\) dollar. Can he buys the key chain ? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 163
Answer: No, Newton can’t buy the key chain

Explanation:
It is given that Newton has \(\frac{46}{10}\) dollar
So,
The representation of \(\frac{46}{10}\) in the decimal form is: $0.46
It is also given that,
The cost of the key chain is: $0.49
Now,
When we compare the fractions, we have to equate either the numerators or the denominators.
Here, both the denominators are equal.
So,
When we compare, we will observe
0.46 < 0.49
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Newton can’t buy the key chain

Question 15.
DIG DEEPER!
Descartes has $1. Can he buy 2 key chains? Explain how you know without calculating.
Answer: Yes, Descartes can buy 2 key chains

Explanation:
From the above problem,
The cost of 1 key chain is: $0.49
It is given that Descartes has $1 and he wants to buy the 2 key chains
So,
The cost of 2 key chains = 0.49 + 0.49 = $0.98
But, Descartes has $1
So,
The money that Descartes left = 1 – 0.98 = 0.02
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that Descartes can buy the 2 key chains

Review & Refresh

Add.

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 164
Answer: \(\frac{24}{100}\) + \(\frac{35}{100}\) = \(\frac{59}{100}\)

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{24}{100}\) and \(\frac{35}{100}\)
So, for the addition of the fractions, we have to equate either both the numerators or both the denominators.
Here, both the denominators are equal.
Hence,
\(\frac{24}{100}\) + \(\frac{35}{100}\) = \(\frac{59}{100}\)

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 165
Answer: \(\frac{10}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{13}{8}\)

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{10}{8}\) and \(\frac{3}{8}\)
So, for the addition of the fractions, we have to see whether the denominators are equal or the numerators are equal.
Here, both the denominators are equal.
Hence,
\(\frac{10}{8}\) + \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{13}{8}\)

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 166
Answer: \(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{10}{10}\)

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{1}{10}\), \(\frac{3}{10}\) and \(\frac{6}{10}\)
So, in addition,
We have to equate either both the numerators or both the denominators.
Here,
The denominators of all the fractions are equal.
Hence,
\(\frac{1}{10}\) + \(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{6}{10}\) = \(\frac{10}{10}\)

Lesson 10.7 Operations with Money

Explore and Grow

Draw bills and coins to solve each problem. How much do all of the toys cost?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 167

  1. You pay for one of the toys with a $10 bill. What is your change?

Answer:
Let the toy be an Action figure.
Now,
It is given that the cost of an Action figure is: $5.50
It is also given that you pay for one of the toys with a $10 bill
So,
Your change = 10 – 5.50 = $4.50
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the change is: $4.50

2. You buy three of the same toys. How much do the toys cost in all?

Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 167
From the given table,
The cost of an Action figure is: $5.50
The cost of a whistle is: $1.25
The cost of a Board game is: $3.75
So,
The cost of 3 Action figures = 3 × 5.50 = $16.50
The cost of 3 whistles = 3 × 1.25 = $3.75
The cost of 3 board games = 3 × 3.75 = $11.15

3. You and your friend put your money together to buy some of the toys. The cashier gives you a $4.50 change. You want to share the change equally. How much money does each of you get?

Answer: It is given that you and your friend put your money together to buy some of the toys. It is also given that the cashier gives you a $4.50 change.
So,
The amount that should be shared equally between you and your friend = 4.50 ÷ 2
= (4 ÷ 2 ) + ( 0.50 ÷ 2 )
= 2 + 0.25
= 2.25
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that the amount that should be shared equally between you and your friend is: $2.25

Precision
Compare your work to your partner’s.

Think and Grow:
Newton has $1.35. Descartes has $1.25. How much money do they have altogether?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 168
Answer:
It is given that Newton has $1.35 and Descartes has $1.25.
So,
The total amount of money they have altogether = $1.35 + $1.25
= $2.60
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that they have $2.60 altogether.

Example
Newton has $2.45. He spends $1.10. How much money does he have left?

He has $1.35 left.
Example
Three friends each have$0.60. How much money do they have in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 170
Answer: It is given that the three friends each have $0.60
So,
the total amount of money that the three friends have = 0.60 × 3 = $1.80
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that they have $1.80 in all.
Example
You and a friend have a total of $ 1.48. You want to share the money equally. How much money should each of you get?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 171
Answer: It is given that you and a friend have a total of $1.48
It is also given that you want to share the money equally
So,
The amount of money that you and your friend share the money equally = 1.48 ÷ 2
= ( 1 ÷ 2 ) + ( 0.48 ÷ 2 )
= 0.5 + 0.24
= 0.74
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that you each should get $0.74.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
You pay a total of $2.25 for 3 granola bars. How much money does each bar cost? Draw bills and coins to solve.
Answer: The amount of money does each bar cost is: $0.75

Explanation:
It is given that you pay a total of $2.25 for 3 granola bars
So,
The amount of money that each bar cost = The total cost of 3 granola bars ÷ 3
= 2.25 ÷ 3
= 0.75
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of money does each ba cost is: $0.75

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
You buy 2 stamps. Each stamp costs $0.49. How much money do you spend in all?
Answer: The total amount of money you spend is: $0.98

Explanation:
It is given that you buy 2 stamps and each stamp costs $0.49
So,
The total amount of money you spent on buying stamps = The cost of each stamp × 2
= 0.49 × 2
= $0.98
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that the amount of money you spent on buying the 2 stamps is: $0.98

Question 3.
Newton has $2.50. He spends $1.07 on a flying disk. How much money does Newton have left?
Answer: The amount of money does Newton have left is: $1.43

Explanation:
It is given that Newton has $2.50 and he spends $1.07 on a flying disk
So,
The amount of money does Newton have left = The amount of money that Newton has – The amount of money that Newton spent
= 2.50 – 107
= $1.43
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of money does Newton have left is: $1.43

Question 4.
A tube of toothpaste costs $2.71 and a toothbrush costs $1.62. How much more money does the toothpaste cost more than the toothbrush?
Answer: The amount of money that the toothpaste cost more than the toothbrush is: $1.09

Explanation:
It is given that a tube of toothpaste costs $2.71 and a toothbrush costs $1.62.
So,
The amount of money that the toothpaste cost more than the toothbrush = The cost of toothpaste -The cost of the toothbrush
= 2.71 – 1.62
= $1.07
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the more money does the toothpaste cost more than the toothbrush is: $1.07

Question 5.
Two fingerboards cost a total of $7.20. Each fingerboard costs the same amount. How much does each fingerboard cost?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 172
Answer: Each fingerboard costs: 0.36

Explanation:
It is given that the two fingerboards cost a total of $7.20
It is also given that each fingerboard costs the same amount.
So,
The cost of each fingerboard = The cost of 2 fingerboards ÷ 2
= 7.20 ÷ 2
= ( 7 ÷ 2 ) + ( 0.2 ÷ 2 )
= 3.5 + 0.1
= 3.6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the cost of each fingerboard is: $0.36

Question 6.
In Exercise 2, you pay for the stamps using a $1 bill. What is your change?
Answer:
From Exercise 2,
The total cost of buying 2 stamps is: $0.98
In this exercise, it is given that you pay for the stamps using a $1 bill.
So,
The change = 1 – 0.98
= 0.02
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that The change after paying the $1 bill for paying the stamps is: $0.02

Question 7.
You have four $1 bills and 3 dimes. Do you have enough money to buy the tube of toothpaste and the toothbrush in Exercise 4? Explain.
Answer: No, you don’t have enough money to buy the tube of toothbrush and toothpaste which is explained in Exercise 4

Explanation:
From Exercise 4,
The total cost of money to buy the tube of toothpaste and the toothbrush = 2.71 + 1.62 = $4.33
It is given that you have 4 $1 bills and 3 dimes
We know that,
1 dime = $0.10
So,
The total amount of money you have = (4 × 1 ) + ( 3 × 0.10 )
= 4 + 0.30
= 4.30
Now,
We have to compare 4.33 and 4.30
So, by comparing the 2 values, we will observe
4.33 > 4.30
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that you don’t have enough money to buy the toothpaste and the toothbrush

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
You have $1.10 less than Descartes. How much money do you, Newton, and Descartes have altogether?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 173
Answer:
It is given that you have $1.10 less than Descartes
From the above figure,
Newton has $1.50 and Descartes has $1.25 more than Newton
So,
The amount of money that Descartes has = The amount of money Newton has + 1.25
= 1.50 + 1.25
= $2.75
The amount of money you have = The amount of money Descartes has – 1.10
= 2.75 – 1.10
= $1.65
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The amount of money you have is: $1.65
The amount of money Newton has is: $1.50
The amount of money Descartes has is: $2.75

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Example
You buy a joke book that costs $3.50 and a book about science experiments that costs $4.25. You give the cashier $8. What is your change?
Think: What do you know? What do you need to find? How will you solve?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 174
Step 1: Draw bills and coins to show the money you give the cashier, $8.
Step 2: Subtract the cost of the joke book. Subtract $3.50 by taking away
3 $1 bills and 2 quarters.
The given model is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 175
Step 3: Subtract the cost of the science experiment book.
Subtract $4.25 by taking away
4 $1 bills and 1 quarter.
Step 4: The remaining coin represents your change.
Your change is $1.75

Show and Grow

Question 9.
You buy a gel pen that costs $1.10 and a school shirt that costs $5.85. You give the cashier $7. What is your change?
Answer: The change is: $0.05

Explanation:
It is given that you buy a gel pen that costs $1.10 and a school shirt that costs $5.85.
So,
The total cost of the gel pen and the school skirt = 5.85 + 1.10 = $ 6.95
It is also given that you give the cashier $7
So,
the change = The money given to the cashier – The total cost of the gel pen and the school skirt
= 7 – 6.95
= 0.05
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the change is: $0.05

Question 10.
You have $2.50. Your friend has 2 times as much money as you. How much money do you and your friend have altogether?
Answer: The amount of money you and your friend have altogether is: $7.50

Explanation:
It is given that you have $2.50 and your friend has 2 times as much money as you.
So,
The amount of money your friend has = 2.50 × 2 = $5
So,
The amount of money you and your friend have altogether = The amount of money you have + The amount of money your friend has
= 5 + 2.5
= $7.5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of money you and your friend have altogether is: $7.50

Question 11.
DIG DEEPER!
You have $8.38. Your friend has $3.16. How much money can you give to your friend so that you each have the same amount?
Answer: The amount of money you can give to your friend so that you each have the same amount = $5.22

Explanation:
It is given that you have $8.38 and your friend has $3.16
So,
The amount of money you can give to your friend so that you each have the same amount = The amount of money you have – The amount of money your friend has
= 8.38 – 3.16
= $5.22
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of money you can give to your friend so that you each have the same amount is: $5.22

Operations with Money Homework & Practice 10.7

Draw bills and coins to solve.

Question 1.
A sketch pad is $2.85 and a sketching pencil is $1.25. How much more money is the sketch pad than the sketching pencil?
Answer: The amount of money the sketch pad needs more than the sketching pencil is: $1.60

Explanation:
It is given that a sketch pad is $2.85 and a sketching pencil is $1.25.
So,
The cost of a sketch pad is: $2.85
The cost of a sketching pencil is: $1.25
So,
the amount of money more than the sketching pencil = The cost of sketch pad – The cost of the sketching pencil
= 2.85 – 1.25
= $1.60
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of money needed more than the sketching pencil is: $.1.60

Question 2.
Descartes buys two toys for a total of $2.54. Each toy costs the same amount. How much does each toy cost?
Answer: The cost of each boy is: $1.27

Explanation:
It is given that Descartes buys 2 toys for a total of $2.54 and it is also given that each toy costs the same amount
So,
The cost of each toy = The total cost of the two toys ÷ 2
= 2.54 ÷ 2
= $1.27
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the cost of each toy is: $1.27

Question 3.
You buy 4 bags of the water balloons shown. How much money do you spend in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 177
Answer: The total cost of the 4 bags of balloons are: $4.80

Explanation:
It is given that you have 4 bags of balloons and it is also given that the cost of each bag of balloon is $1.20
So,
The total cost of the four bags of balloons = 4 × 1.20
= $4.80
hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the cost of the four bags of balloons is: $4.80

Question 4.
You have four $1 bills and 2 nickels. Do you have enough money to buy the sketch pad and the sketching pencil in Exercise 1? Explain.
Answer: No, we have enough money to buy the sketch pad and the sketching pencil

Explanation:
From Exercise 1,
The total cost of the sketch pen and the sketching pencil = 2.85 + 1.25
= $4.10
In this exercise, it is given that you have 4 $1 bills and 2 nickels.
We know that,
1 nickel = $0.05
So,
The total amount of money = ( 4 × 1 ) + ( 2 × 0.05 )
=  + 0.1
= $4.1
So,
The total amount from exercise 1 and the money you have are equal
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we have enough money to buy the sketch pen and the sketching pencil

Question 5.
Reasoning
You have 3 jars, with $2.32 in each jar. Do you have enough money to buy the model car? If not, how much more money do you need?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 178
Answer: You don’t have enough money to buy the model car
The amount of money that you needed more to buy the model car is: $0.53

Explanation:
It is given that you have 3 jars, with $2.32 in each jar
So,
The total amount of money n the three jars = 3 × 2.32 = $6.96
It is also given that
The cost of the model car is: $7.49
So,
The amount of money needed more to buy the model car = The cost of the model car – The total amount of money in the three jars
= 7.49 – 6.96
= $0.53
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we don’t have enough money to buy the model car
The amount of money needed more to buy the car is: $0.53

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER!
Descartes has 3 quarters, 1 dime, and 3 nickels. He wants to put the same amount of money into each of the two piggy banks. How can he do this with these coins?
Answer: The amount of money in each of the two piggy banks is: $0.5

Explanation:
It is given that Descartes has 3 quarters, 1 dime, and 3 nickels.
So,
The amount of money Descartes possess is: 3 quarters, 1 dime, and 3 nickels
We know that,
1 quarter = $0.25
1 dime = $0.10
1 nickel = $0.05
So,
The total amount of money Descartes possesses = ( 3 × 0.25 ) + ( 1 × 0.10 ) + ( 3 × 0.05 )
= 0.75 + 0.10 + 0.15
= $1.00
So,
The amount of money in each of the two piggy banks = 1 ÷ 2 = $0.5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of money in each of the two piggy banks is: $0.5

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
You buy the key chains shown. You pay with a $5 bill. What is your change?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 179
Answer: The change is: $1.10

Explanation:
It is given that you have bought some key chains as shown in the below figure.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 179
From the above figure,
The cost of a basketball key chain is: $2.53
The cost of a football chain is: $2.37
So,
The total cost of the two key chains = 2.53 + 2.37
= $4.90
It is also given that you pay with a $5 bill
So,
The change = 5 – The total cost of the key chains
= 5 – 4.90
= $1.10
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the change obtained after buying the key chains is: $1.10

Question 8.
DIG DEEPER!
Your class collects pennies and nickels in separate jars. Your class collects $5.87 in pennies and $2.65 in nickels. You divide the total amount of money collected between two charities. How many pennies do you put in the nickel jar so that both jars have the same amount of money?
Answer:
The total amount of money divided between the 2 charities is: $4.26
The number of pennies you need to put in the nickel jar is: $3.22

Explanation:
It is given that your class collects pennies and nickels in separate jars. It is also given that your class collects $5.87 in pennies and $2.65 in nickels.
It is given that you divide the total amount of money collected between two charities.
So,
The total amount of money collected by the class = 5.87 + 2.65 = $8.52
Now,
The total amount of money divided between the 2 charities = 8.52 ÷ 2
= ( 8 ÷ 2 ) + ( 0.52 ÷ 2 )
= 4 + 0.26
= $ 4.26
Now,
The amount of money needed more to add pennies into the nickel jars = 5.87 – 2.65 = $3.22
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The total amount of money divided between the 2 charities is: $4.26
The number of pennies you need to put in the nickel jar is: $3.22

Review & Refresh

Write the product as a multiple of a unit fraction. Then find the product.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 180
Answer: The product of 6 and \(\frac{7}{12}\) is: \(\frac{14}{4}\)

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{6}{1}\) and \(\frac{7}{12}\)
For multiplication,
Multiply numerators and denominators separately.
So,
\(\frac{6}{1}\) × \(\frac{7}{12}\) = \(\frac{6 × 7 }{1 × 12}\)
= \(\frac{42}{12}\)
For the simplified form of \(\frac{42}{12}\), divide \(\frac{42}{12}\) by 3 as 42 and 12 are the multiples of 3
Hence,
\(\frac{7}{12}\) × \(\frac{6}{1}\) = \(\frac{42}{12}\) = \(\frac{14}{4}\)

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 181
Answer: The product of 2 and \(\frac{5}{6}\) is: \(\frac{5}{3}\)

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{2}{1}\) and \(\frac{5}{6}\)
For multiplication,
Multiply numerators and denominators separately.
So,
\(\frac{2}{1}\) × \(\frac{5}{6}\) = \(\frac{2 × 5 }{1 × 6}\)
= \(\frac{10}{6}\)
For the simplified form of \(\frac{10}{6}\), divide \(\frac{10}{6}\) by 2 as 10 and 6 are the multiples of 2
Hence,
\(\frac{5}{6}\) × \(\frac{2}{1}\) = \(\frac{10}{6}\) = \(\frac{5}{3}\)

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 182
Answer: The product of 10 and \(\frac{3}{8}\) is: \(\frac{15}{4}\)

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{10}{1}\) and \(\frac{3}{8}\)
For multiplication,
Multiply numerators and denominators separately.
So,
\(\frac{10}{1}\) × \(\frac{3}{8}\) = \(\frac{10 × 3 }{1 × 8}\)
= \(\frac{30}{8}\)
For the simplified form of \(\frac{30}{8}\), divide \(\frac{30}{8}\) by 2 as 30 and 8 are the multiples of 2
Hence,
\(\frac{5}{8}\) × \(\frac{10}{1}\) = \(\frac{30}{8}\) = \(\frac{15}{4}\)

Relate Fractions and Decimals Performance Task 10

You have a recipe to make one loaf of home made whole wheat bread. You want to make 8 loaves of bread.

1. You need between 6.5 cups and 7 cups of whole wheat flour for one loaf of bread.
a. So far, you measure 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of flour for one loaf. What is the least amount of cups you need to add?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 183

Answer: The least amount of cups you need to add is: 3.25

Explanation:
It is given that you need between 6.5 and 7 cups of whole wheat flour for one loaf of bread.
It is given that you measured so far 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of flour for one loaf
So,
The least number of cups you need to add to make one loaf of bread = 6.5 – 3\(\frac{1}{4}\)
The representation of 3\(\frac{1}{4}\) in the decimal form is: 3.25
So,
The least number of cups you need = 6.5 – 3.25 = 3.25 cups
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that you need a minimum of 3.25 cups of wheat flour to make a loaf of bread

b. There are about 4 cups of flour in 1 pound. How many 5-pound bags of whole wheat flour should you buy to make all of the bread?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 184

Answer: You should buy about 20 cups of flour to make all the bread

Explanation:
It is given that we need about 4 cups of flour in 1 pound.
So,
The number of cups you need for five-pound bags = 4 × 5 = 20 cups
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we will need about 20 cups of flour to make all the bread

c. You use a $10 bill to buy enough bags of whole wheat flour for 8 loaves. What is your change?
Answer: Your change is: $4.8

Explanation:
It is given that you use a $10 bill to buy enough bags of whole wheat flour for 8 loaves.
So,
The total cost of wheat flour = 2.69 × 2 = $5.38
So,
Your change = 10 – 5.38 = $4.62
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the change is: $4.62

Question 2.
You need to add 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of warm water for one loaf of bread. The temperature of the water should be about 110°F.
a. How many cups of water do you need for all of the bread?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 185

Answer: The number of cups of warm water you need for all the bread is: 18 cups

Explanation:
It is given that you need to add 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) cups of warm water for one loaf of bread.
But, it is given for the whole read, there are 8 loaves of bread.
So,
The total number of cups you need to make all the bread = 2\(\frac{1}{4}\) × 8
= 2.25 × 8
= 18 cups
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we will need 18 cups of warm water to make all the whole bread

b. You find the temperatures of 3 different samples of water. Which sample of water should you use? Explain.
Answer: We will use a C sample of water

Explanation:
The given temperatures are:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 185
From the above table,
The temperature of A is: 105.5
The temperature of B is: 114.4
The temperature of C is: 109.6
It is given that the temperature to make the bread is: 110
So,
We will choose sample C to make the bread.
Hence, from the above,
we can conclude that we will use C’s sample of water to make the bread

Relate Fractions and Decimals Activity

Decimal Boss

Directions:

  1. Divide the Decimal Boss Cards equally between both players.
  2. Each player flips a Decimal Boss Card.
  3. Players compare their numbers. The player with the greater number takes both cards.
  4. The player with the most cards at the end of the round wins!

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 186

Relate Fractions and Decimals Chapter Practice 10

10.1 Understand Tenths

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 1.
\(\frac{8}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.8

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{8}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{8}{10}\),
8 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{8}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.8

Question 2.
\(\frac{3}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.3

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{3}{10}\),
3 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.3

Question 3.
6\(\frac{7}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of 6\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 6.7

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 6\(\frac{7}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of 6\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 6\(\frac{7}{10}\),
6 represents the one’s position
7 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 6\(\frac{7}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 6.7

Question 4.
15\(\frac{4}{10}\)
Answer: The representation of 15\(\frac{4}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 15.4

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 15\(\frac{4}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of 15\(\frac{4}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 15\(\frac{4}{10}\),
1 represents the ten’s position
5 represents the one’s position
4 represents the tenth’s position
The formula for converting fraction to a decimal is Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
Hence,
The representation of 15\(\frac{4}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 15.4

Write the number as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 5.
two tenths
Answer:
The representation of two-tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
The representation of two-tenths in the decimal form is: 0.2

Explanation:
The given word form is: Two-tenths
So,
The representation of two-tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{2}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{2}{10}\),
2 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.2

Question 6.
thirteen and six tenths
Answer:
The representation of thirteen and six-tenths in the fraction form is: 13\(\frac{6}{10}\)
The representation of thirteen and six-tenths in the decimal form is: 13.6

Explanation:
The given word form is: Thirteen and six-tenths
So,
The representation of thirteen and six-tenths in the fraction form is: 13\(\frac{6}{10}\)
Now,
The representation of 13\(\frac{6}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 13\(\frac{6}{10}\),
1 represents the ten’s position
3 represents the one’s position
6 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of 13\(\frac{6}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 13.6

Question 7.
Modeling Real Life
You bake 2 loaves of banana bread for a party. You cut each loaf into10 equal pieces. The guests eat 18 pieces. Write the fraction and decimal that represent how many loaves the guests eat in all.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 187
Answer:
The representation of the loaves that the guests eat in the fraction form is: \(\frac{18}{20}\)
The representation of the loaves that the guests eat in the decimal form is: 0.9

Explanation:
It is given that you bake 2 loaves of banana bread and you cut each banana bread into 10 pieces
So,
The total number of pieces is: 20 pieces
It is also given that the guests eat 18 pieces.
So,
The number of pieces eaten by guests is: 18
So,
The representation of the loaves that the guests eat in the fraction form is: \(\frac{18}{20}\)
The representation of the loaves that the guests eat in the decimal form is: 0.9

10.2 Understand Hundredths

Write the fraction or mixed number as a decimal.

Question 8.
\(\frac{10}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{10}{100}\) in the form of decimal number is: 0.10

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{10}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{10}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{10}{100}\),
0 represents the hundredth position
1 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{10}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.10

Question 9.
\(\frac{6}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{6}{100}\) in the form of decimal number is: 0.06

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{6}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{6}{100}\),
6 represents the hundredth position
0 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.06

Question 10.
8\(\frac{75}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 8\(\frac{75}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 8.75

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 8\(\frac{75}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 8\(\frac{75}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 8\(\frac{75}{100}\),
8 represents the one’s position
5 represents the hundredth position
7 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 8\(\frac{75}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 8.75

Question 11.
34\(\frac{2}{100}\)
Answer: The representation of 34\(\frac{2}{100}\) in the form of a decimal number is: 34.02

Explanation:
The given fraction is: 34\(\frac{2}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 34\(\frac{2}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 8\(\frac{75}{100}\),
3 represents the ten’s position
4 represents the one’s position
2 represents the hundredth position
0 represents the tenth position
Hence,
The representation of 34\(\frac{2}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 34.02

Write the number as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 12.
thirty-seven hundredths
Answer:
The representation of thirty-seven hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{37}{100}\)
The representation of thirty-seven hundredths in the decimal form is: 0.37

Explanation:
The given word form is: Thirty-seven hundredths
So,
The representation of thirty-seven hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{37}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of \(\frac{37}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In \(\frac{37}{100}\),
7 represents the hundredth’s position
3 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{37}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.37

Question 13.
nineteen and forty-one hundredths
Answer:
The representation of nineteen and forty-seven hundredths in the fraction form is: 19\(\frac{47}{100}\)
The representation of nineteen and forty-seven hundredths in the decimal form is: 19.47

Explanation:
The given word form is: Nineteen and forty-seven hundredths
So,
The representation of nineteen and forty-seven hundredths in the fraction form is: 19\(\frac{47}{100}\)
Now,
The representation of 19\(\frac{47}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

In 19\(\frac{47}{100}\),
1 represents the ten’s position
9 represents the one’s position
7 represents the hundredth’s position
4 represents the tenth’s position
Hence,
The representation of 19\(\frac{47}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 19.47

10.3 Fractions and Decimals

Write the number as tenths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 14.
\(\frac{30}{100}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{30}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.3

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{30}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{30}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 30 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{30}{100}=\frac{30 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{8}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{30}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{30}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{3}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.3

Question 15.
\(\frac{90}{100}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{39{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{39}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.9

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{90}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{390}{100}\) as tenths, divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{90}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 90 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
So,
\(\frac{90}{100}=\frac{90 \div 10}{100 \div 10}=\frac{8}{10}\)
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{90}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{9}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{9}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.9

Question 16.
0.50
Answer:
The representation of 0.50 as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.5

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.50
So,
The representation of 0.50 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So, to write \(\frac{50}{100}\) as tenths,divide the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{50}{100}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 50 and 10 are divided and then the denominators 100 and 10 are divided
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{50}{100}\) as tenths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{5}{10}\)
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) in the decimal form is: 0.5

Write the number as hundredths in fraction form and decimal form.

Question 17.
\(\frac{7}{10}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.70

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{7}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{7}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 7 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{7}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{70}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{70}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.70

Question 18.
\(\frac{4}{10}\)
Answer:
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{40}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.40

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{4}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths, multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{4}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 4 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 10 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{40}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{40}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.40

Question 19.
0.6
Answer:
The representation of 0.6 as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.60

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.6
So,
The representation of 0.6 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{6}{10}\)
So, to write \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths,multiply the fraction and numerator of \(\frac{6}{10}\) with 10.
So,
Firstly the numerators 6 and 10 are multiplied and then the denominators 100 and 10 are multiplied
We know that,
Decimal = Numerator ÷ Denominator
So,
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the place-value chart is:

Hence,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{60}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.60

10.4 Compare Decimals

Compare

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 188
Answer: 0.79 is greater than 0.72

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.79 and 0.72
The representation of 0.79 and 0.72 in the place-value chart is:

So,
From the above place-value chart,
we can observe that one’s and tenth’s positions are the same.
So,
Compare the hundredth’s position 9 and 2
So, 9 hundredths > 2 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.79 is greater than 0.72

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 189
Answer: 9.16 is less than 9.56

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 9.16 and 9.56
The representation of 9.16 and 9.56 in the place-value chart is:

So,
From the above place-value chart,
we can observe that one’s and hundredth’s positions are the same.
So,
Compare the tenth’s position 1 and 5
So, 1 hundredths < 5 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 9.16 is less than 9.56

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 190
Answer: 11.40 is equal to 11.4

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 11.40 and 11.4
The representation of 11.40 and 11.4 in the place-value chart is:

So,
From the above place-value chart,
we can observe that one’s, tenth’s, and hundredth’s positions are the same.
So,
Compare the tenth’s position 4 and 4
So, 4 hundredths = 4 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 11.40 is equal to 11.4

Open-Ended
Complete the statement to make it true.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 191
Answer: 0.19 is greater than 0.15

Explanation:
Let the missing number be 1
So,
The given decimal numbers are: 0.19 and 0.15
The representation of 0.19 and 0.15 in the place-value chart is:

So,
From the above place-value chart,
we can observe that one’s and tenth’s positions are the same.
So,
Compare the hundredth’s position 9 and 5
So, 9 hundredths > 5 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 0.19 is less than 0.15

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 192
Answer: 6.30 is equal to 6.3

Explanation:
Let the missing number be 0
So,
The given decimal numbers are: 6.30 and 6.3
The representation of 6.30 and 6.3 in the place-value chart is:

So,
From the above place-value chart,
we can observe that one’s, hundredth’s, and tenth’s positions are the same.
So,
Compare the hundredth’s position 0 and 0
So, 0 hundredths = 0 hundredths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 6.30 is equal to 6.3

Question 25.
___ > 40.48
Answer: 40.58 is greater than 40.48

Explanation:
Let the missing number be 40.58
So,
The given decimal numbers are: 40.58 and 40.48
The representation of 40.58 and 40.48 in the place-value chart is:

So,
From the above place-value chart,
we can observe that one’s and hundredth’s positions are the same.
So,
Compare the tenth’s position 9 and 5
So, 5 tenths > 4 tenths
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that 40.58 is greater than 40.48

Question 26.
Open-Ended
What might Newton’s number be?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 193
Answer: Newton’s number might be: 0.23, 0.24, 0.25, 0.26, 0.27, 0.28, 0.29

Explanation:
It is given that Newton’s number will be between 0.2 and 0.3
So,
Newton’s number might be: 0.21, 0.22, 0.23, 0.24, 0.25, 0.26, 0.27, 0.28, 0.29
It is also given that the highest digit will be in the hundredth’s place
Hence,
Newton’s number might be: 0.23, 0.24, 0.25, 0.26, 0.27, 0.28, 0.29

10.5 Add Decimal Fractions and Decimals

Find the sum.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 194
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{14}{100}\) = \(\frac{74}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{74}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.74

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{14}{100}\) and \(\frac{6}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{6}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{6}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{60}{100}\) + \(\frac{14}{100}\)
= \(\frac{60 + 14}{100}\)
= \(\frac{74}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{74}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.74
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{14}{100}\) = \(\frac{74}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{74}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.74

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 195
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{52}{100}\) = \(\frac{82}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{82}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.82

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{52}{100}\) and \(\frac{3}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{3}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{3}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{3}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{30}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{30}{100}\) + \(\frac{52}{100}\)
= \(\frac{30 + 52}{100}\)
= \(\frac{82}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{82}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.82
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{3}{10}\) + \(\frac{52}{100}\) = \(\frac{82}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{82}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.82

Question 29.
0.12 + 0.6 = ___
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{12}{100}\) = \(\frac{72}{100}\)
The representation of 012 + 0.6 in the decimal form is: 0.72

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.6 and 0.12
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{12}{100}\) and \(\frac{6}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{6}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{6}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{6}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{60}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{60}{100}\) + \(\frac{12}{100}\)
= \(\frac{60 + 12}{100}\)
= \(\frac{72}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{72}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.72
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{6}{10}\) + \(\frac{12}{100}\) = \(\frac{72}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{72}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.72

Question 30.
0.4 + 0.72 = ___
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{72}{100}\) = \(\frac{112}{100}\)
The representation of 0.4 + 0.72 in the decimal form is: 1.12

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.4 and 0.72
So, convert the two decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{72}{100}\) and \(\frac{4}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{4}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{4}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{4}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{40}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{40}{100}\) + \(\frac{72}{100}\)
= \(\frac{72 + 40}{100}\)
= \(\frac{112}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{112}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.12
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{4}{10}\) + \(\frac{72}{100}\) = \(\frac{112}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{112}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 1.12

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 196
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{23}{100}\) + \(\frac{36}{100}\) + \(\frac{2}{10}\) = \(\frac{79}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{79}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.79

Explanation:
The given fractions are: \(\frac{23}{100}\), \(\frac{36}{100}\) and \(\frac{2}{10}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{2}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{2}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{23}{100}\) + \(\frac{36}{100}\) + \(\frac{20}{100}\)
= \(\frac{23 + 36 + 20}{100}\)
= \(\frac{79}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{79}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.79
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{23}{100}\) + \(\frac{36}{100}\) = \(\frac{79}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{79}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.79

Question 32.
0.18 + 0.2 + 0.07 = ___
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{18}{100}\) + \(\frac{7}{100}\) = \(\frac{45}{100}\)
The representation of 0.18 + 0.2 + 0.07 in the decimal for is: 0.45

Explanation:
The given decimal numbers are: 0.18, 0.2 and 0.07
So, convert the three decimal numbers in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{18}{100}\) , \(\frac{2}{10}\) and \(\frac{7}{100}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{2}{10}\)  as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{2}{10}\)  by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{2}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{20}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{20}{100}\) + \(\frac{18}{100}\) + \(\frac{7}{100}\)
= \(\frac{20 + 18 + 7}{100}\)
= \(\frac{45}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{45}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.45
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{2}{10}\) + \(\frac{18}{100}\) + \(\frac{7}{100}\) = \(\frac{45}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{45}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.45

Number Sense
Find the sum.

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 197
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{48}{100}\) = \(\frac{98}{100}\)
The representation of 0.5 + \(\frac{48}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.98

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 0.5 and \(\frac{48}{100}\)
So, convert the decimal number in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{5}{10}\) and \(\frac{48}{100}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{5}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{5}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{5}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{50}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{50}{100}\) + \(\frac{48}{100}\)
= \(\frac{50 + 48}{100}\)
= \(\frac{98}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{98}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 0.98
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{5}{10}\) + \(\frac{48}{100}\) = \(\frac{98}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{98}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 0.98

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 198
Answer:
The representation of the sum in the fraction form is:
\(\frac{9}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{115}{100}\)
The representation of 0.25 + \(\frac{9}{10}\) in the decimal for is: 1.15

Explanation:
The given numbers are: 0.25 and \(\frac{9}{10}\)
So, convert the decimal number in to respective fractions.
So,
The given fractions are: \(\frac{9}{10}\) and \(\frac{25}{100}\)
For addition, we have to make either denominators or the numerators equal.
so,
For making \(\frac{9}{10}\) as the hundredths, we have to multiply \(\frac{9}{10}\) by 10
So,
The representation of \(\frac{9}{10}\) as hundredths in the fraction form is: \(\frac{90}{100}\)
So,
\(\frac{90}{100}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\)
= \(\frac{90 + 25}{100}\)
= \(\frac{115}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{115}{100}\) in the decimal form is: 1.15
Hence from the above,
We can conclude that
\(\frac{9}{10}\) + \(\frac{25}{100}\) = \(\frac{115}{100}\)
The representation of \(\frac{115}{100}\) in the decimal for is: 1.15

10.6 Fractions, Decimals, and Money

Find the total money amount. Then write the amount as a fraction or mixed number and as a decimal.

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 199
Answer: The total amount of money is: $1.13

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
1 penny = $0.01
The given money is: 3 pennies, 4 Quarters, and 2 nickels
So,
The total amount of money =  ( 4 × 0.25 ) + ( 2 × 0.05 ) + ( 3 × 0.01 )
= 1 + 0.10 + 0.03
= 1.13
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $1.13
The representation of $1.13 in the fraction form is: 1\(\frac{13}{100}\) dollar
The representation of $1.13 in the decimal form is: 1.13

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 200
Answer: The total amount of money is: $2.11

Explanation:
We know that,
1 Quarter = $0.25
1 nickel = $0.05
1 penny = $0.01
The given money is: 1 penny, 4 Quarters, 1 dollar, and 2 nickels
So,
The total amount of money = ( 1 × 1 ) + ( 4 × 0.25 ) + ( 2 × 0.05 ) + ( 1 × 0.01 )
= 1 + 1 + 0.1 + 0.01
= 2.11
Hence,
The total amount of money is: $2.11
The representation of $2.11 in the fraction form is: 2\(\frac{11}{100}\) dollar
The representation if $2.11 in the decimal form is: 2.11

Question 37.
Write \(\frac{18}{100}\) as a money amount and as a decimal.
Answer: The representation of \(\frac{18}{100}\) as the total amount of money is: $0.18

Explanation:
The given fraction is: \(\frac{18}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.18

Question 38.
Write $0.94 as a fraction and as a decimal.
Answer: The representation of 0.94 as the total amount of money is: $0.94

Explanation:
The given decimal number is: 0.94
So,
The representation of 0.94 in the fraction form is: \(\frac{94}{100}\)
The given fraction will be given as an amount in dollars.
So,
The total amount of money in the decimal form is: $0.94

10.7 Operations with Money

Draw bills and coins to solve.

Question 39.
Bananas cost $0.29 per pound. You buy 3 pounds of bananas. How much money do you spend in all?
Answer: The total amount of money you spent is: $0.87

Explanation:
It is given that bananas cost $0.29 per pound and you bought 3 pounds of bananas
So,
The cost of bananas per pound is: $0.29
So,
The cost of 3 pounds of bananas = 3 × 0.29 = $0.87
hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the total amount of money you spent is: $0.89

Question 40.
Descartes has $3.50. He spends $1.75 on a journal. How much money does Descartes have left?
Answer: The amount of money Descartes left is: $1.75

Explanation:
It is given that Descartes has $3.50 and he spent $1.75 on a journal
So,
The total amount of money Descartes has: $3.50
The amount of money Descartes spent is: $1.75
So,
The amount of money Descartes left = The total amount of money Descartes has – The amount of money Descartes spent
= 3.50 – 1.75
= $1.75
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of money Descartes left is: $1.75

Question 41.
You buy the items shown at a book fair. How much money do you spend in all?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 201
Answer: The total amount of money you spent is: $7.49

Explanation:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals 201
From the given figure,
The cost of a book is: $6.99
The cost of the pen is: $0.50
Hence,
The total amount of money you spent = The cost of a book + The cost of a pen
= 6.99 + 0.50
= $7.49
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the amount of money you spent is: $7.49

Conclusion:

All detailed and step by step explanations are covered in the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 4 Chapter 10 Relate Fractions and Decimals. The solutions are prepared by the highly experienced subject experts after the ample research. This will help you to score the highest marks in the exams. Keep in touch with us to get the solution key of all Big Ideas Math Grade 4 Chapters.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring

Looking for fun-learning ways to understand the concepts of algebra 1 chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring? Then, here is the best study resource that helps you during your exam preparation and also for homework help. Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring is the ultimate guide for students to grasp the topics covered under this chapter.

Also, it make you practice various questions and gain excellent knowledge on polynomial equations and factoring. BigIdeas Math Book Algebra 1 Ch 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring includes 7.1 to 7.8 Exercises Questions, Chapter Review, Chapter Test, Cumulative Assessment, etc. for efficient preparation. So, make use of this material and score more marks in the examinations.

Big Ideas Math Textbook Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring

We at bigideasmathanswers.com offered the best study resources for all international students to get good & quality education on maths. Kids can easily get strong fundamentals on Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring by using our provided Big Ideas Math Common Core 2019 Curriculum Algebra 1 Ch 7 Solution Key. All these questions and answers are written by the subject experts according to the common core standards. So, Download Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring free of cost and prepare well for the exams.

Polynomial Equations and Factoring Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the expression.
Question 1.
3x – 7 + 2x
Answer:

Question 2.
4r + 6 – 9r – 1
Answer:

Question 3.
-5t + 3 – t – 4 + 8t
Answer:

Question 4.
3(s – 1) + 5
Answer:

Question 5.
2m – 7(3 – m)
Answer:

Question 6.
4(h + 6) – (h – 2)
Answer:

Find the greatest common factor.
Question 7.
20, 36
Answer:

Question 8.
42, 63
Answer:

Question 9.
54, 81
Answer:

Question 10.
72, 84
Answer:

Question 11.
28, 64
Answer:

Question 12.
30, 77
Answer:

Question 13.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Is it possible for two integers to have no common factors? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Polynomial Equations and Factoring Mathematical Practices

Mathematically proficient students consider concrete models when solving a mathematics problem.

Monitoring Progress

Write the algebraic expression modeled by the algebra tiles.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 1.1
Answer:

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 1.2
Answer:

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 1.3
Answer:

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 1.4
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 1.5
Answer:

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 1.6
Answer:

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 1.7
Answer:

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 1.8
Answer:

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 1.9
Answer:

Lesson 7.1 Adding and Subtracting Polynomials

Essential Question How can you add and subtract polynomials?

EXPLORATION 1

Adding Polynomials
Work with a partner. Write the expression modeled by the algebra tiles in each step.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 1

EXPLORATION 2

Subtracting Polynomials
Work with a partner. Write the expression modeled by the algebra tiles in each step.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you add and subtract polynomials?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 3
Answer:

Question 4.
Use your methods in Question 3 to find each sum or difference.
a. (x2 + 2x – 1) + (2x2 – 2x + 1)
b. (4x + 3) + (x – 2)
c. (x2 + 2) – (3x2 + 2x + 5)
d. (2x – 3x) – (x2 – 2x + 4)
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Find the degree of the monomial.
Question 1.
-3x4
Answer:

Question 2.
7c3d2
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\frac{5}{3}\)y
Answer:

Question 4.
-20.5
Answer:

Write the polynomial in standard form. Identify the degree and leading coefficient of the polynomial. Then classify the polynomial by the number of terms.
Question 5.
4 – 9z
Answer:

Question 6.
t2 – t2 – 10t
Answer:

Question 7.
2.8x + x3
Answer:

Find the sum or difference.
Question 8.
(b – 10) + (4b – 3)
Answer:

Question 9.
(x2 – x – 2) + (7x2 – x)
Answer:

Question 10.
(p2 + p + 3) – (-4p2 – p + 3)
Answer:

Question 11.
(-k + 5) – (3k2 – 6)
Answer:

Question 12.
WHAT IF?
The polynomial -16t2 – 25t + 200 represents the height of the penny after t seconds.
a. Write a polynomial that represents the distance between the penny and the paintbrush after t seconds.
b. Interpret the coefficients of the polynomial in part (a).
Answer:

Adding and Subtracting Polynomials 7.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
When is a polynomial in one variable in standard form?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 1

Question 2.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a trinomial in one variable of degree 5 in standard form.
Answer:

Question 3.
VOCABULARY
How can you determine whether a set of numbers is closed under an operation?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 3

Question 4.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which expression does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 4
Answer:

In Exercises 5–12, find the degree of the monomial.
Question 5.
4g
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 5

Question 6.
23x4
Answer:

Question 7.
-1.75k2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 7

Question 8.
–\(\frac{4}{9}\)
Answer:

Question 9.
s8t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 9

Question 10.
8m2n4
Answer:

Question 11.
9xy3z7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 11

Question 12.
-3q4rs6
Answer:

In Exercises 13–20, write the polynomial in standard form. Identify the degree and leading coefficient of the polynomial. Then classify the polynomial by the number of terms.
Question 13.
6c2 + 2c4 – c
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 13

Question 14.
4w11 – w12
Answer:

Question 15.
7 + 3p2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 15

Question 16.
8d – 2 – 4d3
Answer:

Question 17.
3t8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 17

Question 18.
5z + 2z3 + 3z4
Answer:

Question 19.
πr2 – \(\frac{5}{7}\)r8 + 2r5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 19

Question 20.
\(\sqrt{7}\)n4
Answer:

Question 21.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The expression \(\frac{4}{3}\) πr3 represents the volume of a sphere with radius r. Why is this expression a monomial? What is its degree?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 21

Question 22.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The amount of money you have after investing $400 for 8 years and $600 for 6 years at the same interest rate is represented by 400x8 + 600x6, where x is the growth factor. Classify the polynomial by the number of terms. What is its degree?
Answer:

In Exercises 23–30, find the sum.
Question 23.
(5y + 4) + (-2y + 6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 23

Question 24.
(-8x – 12) + (9x + 4)
Answer:

Question 25.
(2n2 – 5n – 6) + (-n2 – 3n + 11)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 25

Question 26.
(-3p3 + 5p2 – 2p) + (-p3 – 8p2 – 15p)
Answer:

Question 27.
(3g2 – g) + (3g2 – 8g + 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 27

Question 28.
(9r2 + 4r – 7) + (3r2 – 3r)
Answer:

Question 29.
(4a – a3 – 3) + (2a3 – 5a2 + 8)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 29

Question 30.
(s3 – 2s – 9) + (2s2 – 6s3 + s)
Answer:

In Exercises 31–38, find the difference.
Question 31.
(d – 9) – (3d – 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 31

Question 32.
(6x + 9) – (7x + 1)
Answer:

Question 33.
(y2 – 4y + 9) – (3y2 – 6y – 9)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 33

Question 34.
(4m2 – m + 2) – (-3m2 + 10m + 4)
Answer:

Question 35.
(k3 – 7k + 2) – (k2 – 12)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 35

Question 36.
(-r – 10) – (-4r3 + r2 + 7r)
Answer:

Question 37.
(t4 – t2 + t) – (12 – 9t2 – 7t)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 37

Question 38.
(4d – 6d3 + 3d2) – (10d3 + 7d – 2)
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 39 and 40, describe and correct the error in finding the sum or difference.
Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 39

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 7
Answer:

Question 41.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The cost (in dollars)of making b bracelets is represented by 4 + 5b. The cost (in dollars) of making b necklaces is represented by 8b + 6. Write a polynomial that represents how much more it costs to make b necklaces than b bracelets.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 41

Question 42.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The number of individual memberships at a fitness center in m months is represented by 142 + 12m. The number of family memberships at the fitness center in m months is represented by 52 + 6m. Write a polynomial that represents the total number of memberships at the fitness center.
Answer:

In Exercises 43–46, find the sum or difference.
Question 43.
(2s2 – 5st – t2) – (s2 + 7st – t2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 43

Question 44.
(a2 – 3ab + 2b2) + (-4a2 + 5ab – b2)
Answer:

Question 45.
(c2 – 6d2) + (c2 – 2cd + 2d2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 45

Question 46.
(-x2 + 9xy) – (x2 + 6xy – 8y2)
Answer:

REASONING In Exercises 47–50, complete the statement with always, sometimes, or never. Explain your reasoning.
Question 47.
The terms of a polynomial are ________ monomials.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 47

Question 48.
The difference of two trinomials is _________ a trinomial.
Answer:

Question 49.
A binomial is ________ a polynomial of degree 2.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 49

Question 50.
The sum of two polynomials is _________ a polynomial.
Answer:

MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS The polynomial −16t2 – v0t – s0 represents the height (in feet) of an object, where v0 is the initial vertical velocity (in feet per second), s0 is the initial height of the object (in feet), and t is the time (in seconds). In Exercises 51 and 52, write a polynomial that represents the height of the object. Then  nd the height of the object after 1 second.
Question 51.
You throw a water balloon from a building.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 51

Question 52.
You bounce a tennis ball on a racket.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 10
Answer:

Question 53.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You drop a ball from a height of 98 feet. At the same time, your friend throws a ball upward. The polynomials represent the heights (in feet) of the balls after t seconds.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 11
a. Write a polynomial that represents the distance between your ball and your friend’s ball after t seconds.
b. Interpret the coefficients of the polynomial in part (a).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 53

Question 54.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
During a 7-year period, the amounts (in millions of dollars) spent each year on buying new vehicles N and used vehicles U by United States residents are modeled by the equations
N = -0.028t3 + 0.06t2+ 0.1t + 17
U = -0.38t2 + 1.5t + 42
where t = 1 represents the first year in the 7-year period.
a. Write a polynomial that represents the total amount spent each year on buying new and used vehicles in the 7-year period.
b. How much is spent on buying new and used vehicles in the fifth year?
Answer:

Question 55.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Write the polynomial in standard form that represents the perimeter of the quadrilateral.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 55

Question 56.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The right side of the equation of each line is a polynomial.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 13
a. The absolute value of the difference of the two polynomials represents the vertical distance between points on the lines with the same x-value. Write this expression.
b. When does the expression in part (a) equal 0? How does this value relate to the graph?
Answer:

Question 57.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that when adding polynomials, the order in which you add does not matter. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 57

Question 58.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Write two polynomials whose sum is x2 and whose difference is 1.
Answer:

Question 59.
REASONING
Determine whether the set is closed under the given operation. Explain.
a. the set of negative integers; multiplication
b. the set of whole numbers; addition
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 59

Question 60.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are building a multi-level deck.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 14
a. For each level, write a polynomial in standard form that represents the area of that level. Then write the polynomial in standard form that represents the total area of the deck.
b. What is the total area of the deck when x = 20?
c. A gallon of deck sealant covers 400 square feet. How many gallons of sealant do you need to cover the deck in part (b) once? Explain.
Answer:

Question 61.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A hotel installs a new swimming pool and a new hot tub.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 15
a. Write the polynomial in standard form that represents the area of the patio.
b. The patio will cost $10 per square foot. Determine the cost of the patio when x = 9.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 61

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the expression.
Question 62.
2(x – 1) + 3(x + 2)
Answer:

Question 63.
8(4y – 3) + 2(y – 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1 Question 63

Question 64.
5(2r + 1) – 3(-4r + 2)
Answer:

Lesson 7.2 Multiplying Polynomials

Essential Question How can you multiply two polynomials?

EXPLORATION 1

Multiplying Monomials Using Algebra Tiles
Work with a partner. Write each product. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 1

EXPLORATION 2

Multiplying Binomials Using Algebra Tiles
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 2
Work with a partner. Write the product of two binomials modeled by each rectangular array of algebra tiles. In parts (c) and (d), first draw the rectangular array of algebra tiles that models each product.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 3

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you multiply two polynomials?
Answer:

Question 4.
Give another example of multiplying two binomials using algebra tiles that is similar to those in Exploration 2.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Use the Distributive Property to find the product.
Question 1.
(y + 4)(y + 1)
Answer:

Question 2.
(z – 2)(z + 6)
Answer:

Use a table to find the product.
Question 3.
(p + 3)(p – 8)
Answer:

Question 4.
(r – 5)(2r – 1)
Answer:

Use the FOIL Method to find the product.
Question 5.
(m – 3)(m – 7)
Answer:

Question 6.
(x – 4)(x + 2)
Answer:

Question 7.
( 2u + \(\frac{1}{2}\))( u – \(\frac{3}{2}\))
Answer:

Question 8.
(n + 2)(n2 + 3)
Answer:

Find the product.
Question 9.
(x + 1)(x2 + 5x + 8)
Answer:

Question 10.
(n – 3)(n2 – 2n + 4)
Answer:

Question 11.
WHAT IF?
In Example 5(a), how does the polynomial change when the longer base is extended by 1 foot? Explain.
Answer:

Multiplying Polynomials 7.2 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Describe two ways to find the product of two binomials.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how the letters of the word FOIL can help you to remember how to multiply two binomials.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–10, use the Distributive Property to find the product.
Question 3.
(x + 1)(x + 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 3

Question 4.
(y + 6)(y + 4)
Answer:

Question 5.
(z – 5)(z + 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 5

Question 6.
(a + 8)(a – 3)
Answer:

Question 7.
(g – 7)(g – 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 7

Question 8.
(n – 6)(n – 4)
Answer:

Question 9.
(3m + 1)(m + 9)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 9

Question 10.
(5s + 6)(s – 2)
Answer:

In Exercises 11–18, use a table to find the product.
Question 11.
(x + 3)(x + 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 11

Question 12.
(y + 10)(y – 5)
Answer:

Question 13.
(h – 8)(h – 9)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 13

Question 14.
(c – 6)(c – 5)
Answer:

Question 15.
(3k – 1)(4k + 9)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 15

Question 16.
(5g + 3)(g + 8)
Answer:

Question 17.
(-3 + 2j)(4j – 7)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 17

Question 18.
(5d – 12)(-7 + 3d)
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 19 and 20, describe and correct the error in finding the product of the binomials.
Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 5
Answer:

In Exercises 21–30, use the FOIL Method to find the product.
Question 21.
(b + 3)(b + 7)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 21

Question 22.
(w + 9)(w + 6)
Answer:

Question 23.
(k + 5)(k – 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 23

Question 24.
(x – 4)(x + 8)
Answer:

Question 25.
(q – \(\frac{3}{4}\)) (q + \(\frac{1}{4}\))
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 25

Question 26.
(z – \(\frac{5}{3}\)) (z – \(\frac{2}{3}\))
Answer:

Question 27.
(9 – r)(2 – 3r)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 27

Question 28.
(8 – 4x)(2x + 6)
Answer:

Question 29.
(w + 5)(w2 + 3w)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 29

Question 30.
(v – 3)(v2 + 8v)
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 31– 34, write a polynomial that represents the area of the shaded region.
Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 7
Answer:

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 33

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 9
Answer:

In Exercises 35–42, find the product.
Question 35.
(x + 4)(x2 + 3x + 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 35

Question 36.
(f + 1)(f2 + 4f + 8)
Answer:

Question 37.
(y + 3)( y2 + 8y – 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 37

Question 38.
(t – 2)(t2 – 5t + 1)
Answer:

Question 39.
(4 – b)(5b2 + 5b – 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 39

Question 40.
(d + 6)(2d2 – d + 7)
Answer:

Question 41.
(3e2 – 5e + 7)(6e + 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 41

Question 42.
(6v2 + 2v – 9)(4 – 5v)
Answer:

Question 43.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The football field is rectangular.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 10
a. Write a polynomial that represents the area of the football field.
b. Find the area of the football field when the width is 160 feet.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 43.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 43.2

Question 44.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You design a frame to surround a rectangular photo. The width of the frame is the same on every side, as shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 11
a. Write a polynomial that represents the combined area of the photo and the frame.
b. Find the combined area of the photo and the frame when the width of the frame is 4 inches.
Answer:

Question 45.
WRITING
When multiplying two binomials, explain how the degree of the product is related to the degree of each binomial.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 45

Question 46.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Write two polynomials that are not monomials whose product is a trinomial of degree 3.
Answer:

Question 47.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says the FOIL Method can be used to multiply two trinomials. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 47

Question 48.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The table shows one method of finding the product of two binomials.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 12
a. Write the two binomials being multiplied.
b. Determine whether a, b, c, and d will be positive or negative when x > 0.
Answer:

Question 49.
COMPARING METHODS
You use the Distributive Property to multiply (x + 3)(x – 5). Your friend uses the FOIL Method to multiply (x – 5)(x + 3). Should your answers be equivalent? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 49

Question 50.
USING STRUCTURE
The shipping container is a rectangular prism. Write a polynomial that represents the volume of the container.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 13
Answer:

Question 51.
ABSTRACT REASONING
The product of (x + m)(x + n) is x2 + bx + c.
a. What do you know about m and n when c > 0?
b. What do you know about m and n when c < 0?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 51

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write the absolute value function as a piecewise function.
Question 52.
y = |x| + 4
Answer:

Question 53.
y = 6|x – 3|
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 53

Question 54.
y = -4|x + 2|
Answer:

Simplify the expression. Write your answer using only positive exponents.
Question 55.
102 • 109
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 55

Question 56.
\(\frac{x^{5} \cdot x}{x^{8}}\)
Answer:

Question 57.
(3z6)-3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.2 Question 57

Question 58.
\(\left(\frac{2 y^{4}}{y^{3}}\right)^{-2}\)
Answer:

Lesson 7.3 Special Products of Polynomials

Essential Question What are the patterns in the special products (a+ b)(a – b), (a + b)2, and (a – b)2?

EXPLORATION 1

Finding a Sum and Difference Pattern
Work with a partner. Write the product of two binomials modeled by each rectangular array of algebra tiles.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 1

EXPLORATION 2

Finding the Square of a Binomial Pattern
Work with a partner. Draw the rectangular array of algebra tiles that models each product of two binomials. Write the product.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What are the patterns in the special products (a + b)(a – b), (a + b)2, and (a – b)2?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 3
Answer:

Question 4.
Use the appropriate special product pattern to find each product. Check your answers using algebra tiles.
a. (x + 3)(x – 3)
b. (x – 4)(x + 4)
c. (3x + 1)(3x – 1)
d. (x + 3)2
e. (x – 2)2
f. (3x + 1)2
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Find the product.
Question 1.
(x + 7)2
Answer:

Question 2.
(7x – 3)2
Answer:

Question 3.
(4x – y)2
Answer:

Question 4.
(3m + n)2
Answer:

Find the product.
Question 5.
(x + 10)(x – 10)
Answer:

Question 6.
(2x + 1)(2x – 1)
Answer:

Question 7.
(x + 3y)(x – 3y)
Answer:

Question 8.
Describe how to use special product patterns to find 212.
Answer:

Question 9.
Each of two dogs has one black gene (B) and one white gene (W). The Punnett square shows the possible gene combinations of an offspring and the resulting colors.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 4
a. What percent of the possible gene combinations result in black?
b. Show how you could use a polynomial to model the possible gene combinations of the offspring.
Answer:

Special Products of Polynomials 7.3 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Explain how to use the square of a binomial pattern.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which expression does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 5
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–10, find the product.
Question 3.
(x + 8)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 3

Question 4.
(a – 6)2
Answer:

Question 5.
(2f – 1)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 5

Question 6.
(5p + 2)2
Answer:

Question 7.
(-7t + 4)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 7

Question 8.
(-12 – n)2
Answer:

Question 9.
(2a + b)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 9

Question 10.
(6x – 3y)2
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 11–14, write a polynomial that represents the area of the square.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 7
Answer:

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 9
Answer:

In Exercises 15–24, find the product.
Question 15.
(t – 7)(t + 7)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 15

Question 16.
(m + 6)(m – 6)
Answer:

Question 17.
(4x + 1)(4x – 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 17

Question 18.
(2k – 4)(2k + 4)
Answer:

Question 19.
(8 + 3a)(8 – 3a)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 19

Question 20.
(\(\frac{1}{2}\) – c )(\(\frac{1}{2}\) + c )
Answer:

Question 21.
(p – 10q)(p + 10q)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 21

Question 22.
(7m + 8n)(7m – 8n)
Answer:

Question 23.
(-y + 4)(-y – 4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 23

Question 24.
(-5g – 2h)(-5g + 2h)
Answer:

In Exercises 25–30, use special product patterns to find the product.
Question 25.
16 • 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 25

Question 26.
33 • 27
Answer:

Question 27.
422
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 27

Question 28.
292
Answer:

Question 29.
30.52
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 29

Question 30.
10\(\frac{1}{3}\) • 9\(\frac{2}{3}\)
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 31 and 32, describe and correct the error in finding the product.
Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 11
Answer:

Question 33.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A contractor extends a house on two sides.
a. The area of the house after the renovation is represented by (x + 50)2. Find this product.
b. Use the polynomial in part (a) to fond the area when x = 15. What is the area of the extension?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 12.1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 33

Question 34.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A square-shaped parking lot with 100-foot sides is reduced by x feet on one side and extended by x feet on an adjacent side.
a. The area of the new parking lot is represented by (100 – x)(100 + x). Find this product.
b. Does the area of the parking lot increase, decrease, or stay the same? Explain.
c. Use the polynomial in part (a) to find the area of the new parking lot when x = 21.
Answer:

Question 35.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In deer, the gene N is for normal coloring and the gene a is for no coloring, or albino. Any gene combination with an N results in normal coloring. The Punnett square shows the possible gene combinations of an offspring and the resulting colors from parents that both have the gene combination Na.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 12
a. What percent of the possible gene combinations result in albino coloring?
b. Show how you could use a polynomial to model the possible gene combinations of the offspring.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 35

Question 36.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Your iris controls the amount of light that enters your eye by changing the size of your pupil.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 13
a. Write a polynomial that represents the area of your pupil. Write your answer in terms of π.
b. The width x of your iris decreases from 4millimeters to 2 millimeters when you enter a dark room. How many times greater is the area of your pupil after entering the room than before entering the room? Explain.
Answer:

Question 37.
CRITICAL THINKING
Write two binomials that have the product x2 – 121. Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 37

Question 38.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
In pea plants, any gene combination with a green gene (G) results in a green pod. The Punnett square shows the possible gene combinations of the offspring of two Gy pea plants and the resulting pod colors.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 14
A polynomial that models the possible gene combinations of the offspring is
(0.5G + 0.5y)2 – 0.25G2 + 0.5Gy + 0.25y2.
Describe two ways to determine the percent of possible gene combinations that result in green pods.
Answer:

In Exercises 39–42, find the product.
Question 39.
(x2 + 1)(x2 – 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 39

Question 40.
(y3 + 4)2
Answer:

Question 41.
(2m2 – 5n2)2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 41

Question 42.
(r3 – 6t4)(r3 + 6t4)
Answer:

Question 43.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims to be able to use a special product pattern to determine that (4\(\frac{1}{3}\))2 is equal to 16\(\frac{1}{9}\). Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 43

Question 44.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The area (in square meters) of the surface of an artificial lake is represented by x2. Describe three ways to modify the dimensions of the lake so that the new area can be represented by the three types of special product patterns discussed in this section.
Answer:

Question 45.
REASONING
Find k so that 9x2 – 48x + k is the square of a binomial.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 45

Question 46.
REPEATED REASONING
Find (x + 1)3 and (x + 2)3. Find a pattern in the terms and use it to write a pattern for the cube of a binomial (a + b)3.
Answer:

Question 47.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Find two numbers a and b such that (a + b)(a – b) < (a – b)2 < (a + b)2.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 47

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Factor the expression using the GCF.
Question 48.
12y – 18
Answer:

Question 49.
9r + 27
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 49

Question 50.
49s + 35t
Answer:

Question 51.
15x – 10y
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.3 Question 51

Lesson 7.4 Solving Polynomial Equations in Factored Form

Essential Question How can you solve a polynomial equation?

EXPLORATION 1

Matching Equivalent Forms of an Equation
Work with a partner. An equation is considered to be in factored form when the product of the factors is equal to 0. Match each factored form of the equation with its equivalent standard form and nonstandard form. Factored Form Standard Form Nonstandard Form
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 1

EXPLORATION 2

Writing a Conjecture
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 2
Work with a partner. Substitute 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 for x in each equation and determine whether the equation is true. Organize your results in a table. Write a conjecture describing what you discovered.
a. (x – 1)(x – 2) = 0
b. (x – 2)(x – 3) = 0
c. (x – 3)(x – 4) = 0
d. (x – 4)(x – 5) = 0
e. (x – 5)(x – 6) = 0
f. (x – 6)(x – 1) = 0

EXPLORATION 3

Special Properties of 0 and 1
Work with a partner. The numbers 0 and 1 have special properties that are shared by no other numbers. For each of the following, decide whether the property is true for 0, 1, both, or neither. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 3

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you solve a polynomial equation?
Answer:

Question 5.
One of the properties in Exploration 3 is called the Zero-Product Property. It is one of the most important properties in all of algebra. Which property is it? Why do you think it is called the Zero-Product Property? Explain how it is used in algebra and why it is so important.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Solve the equation. Check your solutions.
Question 1.
x(x – 1) = 0
Answer:

Question 2.
3t(t + 2) = 0
Answer:

Question 3.
(z – 4)(z – 6) = 0
Answer:

Solve the equation. Check your solutions.
Question 4.
(3s + 5)(5s + 8) = 0
Answer:

Question 5.
(b + 7)2 = 0
Answer:

Question 6.
(d – 2)(d + 6)(d + 8) = 0
Answer:

Question 7.
Factor out the greatest common monomial factor from 8y2 – 24y.
Answer:

Solve the equation. Check your solutions.
Question 8.
a2 + 5a = 0
Answer:

Question 9.
3s2 – 9s = 0
Answer:

Question 10.
4x2 = 2x
Answer:

Question 11.
You can model the entrance to a mine shaft using the equation y = – \(\frac{1}{2}\)(x + 4)(x – 4), where x and y are measured in feet. The x-axis represents the ground. Find the width of the entrance at ground level.
Answer:

Solving Polynomial Equations in Factored Form 7.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Explain how to use the Zero-Product Property to find the solutions of the equation 3x(x – 6) = 0.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find both answers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 4
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, solve the equation.
Question 3.
x(x + 7) = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 3

Question 4.
r(r – 10) = 0
Answer:

Question 5.
12t(t – 5) = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 5

Question 6.
-2v(v + 1) = 0
Answer:

Question 7.
(s – 9)(s – 1) = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 7

Question 8.
(y + 2)(y – 6) = 0
Answer:

In Exercises 9–20, solve the equation.
Question 9.
(2a – 6)(3a + 15) = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 9

Question 10.
(4q + 3)(q + 2) = 0
Answer:

Question 11.
(5m + 4)2 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 11

Question 12.
(h – 8)2 = 0
Answer:

Question 13.
(3 – 2g)(7 – g) = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 13

Question 14.
(2 – 4d )(2 + 4d ) = 0
Answer:

Question 15.
z(z + 2)(z – 1) = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 15

Question 16.
5p(2p – 3)(p + 7) = 0
Answer:

Question 17.
(r – 4)2(r + 8) = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 17

Question 18.
w(w – 6)2 = 0
Answer:

Question 19.
(15 – 5c)(5c + 5)(-c + 6) = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 19

Question 20.
(2 – n) ( 6 + \(\frac{2}{3}\)n ) (n – 2) = 0
Answer:

In Exercises 21–24, find the x-coordinates of the points where the graph crosses the x-axis.
Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 6
Answer:

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 8
Answer:

In Exercises 25–30, factor the polynomial.
Question 25.
5z2 + 45z
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 25

Question 26.
6d2 – 21d
Answer:

Question 27.
3y3 – 9y2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 27

Question 28.
20x3 + 30x2
Answer:

Question 29.
5n6 + 2n5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 29

Question 30.
12a4 + 8a
Answer:

In Exercises 31–36, solve the equation.
Question 31.
4p2 – p = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 31

Question 32.
6m2 + 12m = 0
Answer:

Question 33.
25c + 10c2 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 33

Question 34.
18q – 2q2 = 0
Answer:

Question 35.
3n2 = 9n
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 35

Question 36.
-28r = 4r2
Answer:

Question 37.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in solving the equation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 37

Question 38.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in solving the equation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 10
Answer:

Question 39.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The entrance of a tunnel can be modeled by y = – \(\frac{11}{50}\)(x – 4)(x – 24), where x and y are measured in feet. The x-axis represents the ground. Find the width of the tunnel at ground level.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 39

Question 40.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The Gateway Arch in St. Louis can be modeled by y = – \(\frac{2}{315}\)(x + 315)(x – 315), where x and y are measured in feet. The x-axis represents the ground.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 12
a. Find the width of the arch at ground level.
b. How tall is the arch?
Answer:

Question 41.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A penguin leaps out of the water while swimming. This action is called porpoising. The height y (in feet) of a porpoising penguin can be modeled by y = -16x2 + 4.8x, where x is the time (in seconds) since the penguin leaped out of the water. Find the roots of the equation when y = 0. Explain what the roots mean in this situation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 41

Question 42.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Use the graph to fill in each blank in the equation with the symbol + or -. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 13
Answer:

Question 43.
CRITICAL THINKING
How many x-intercepts does the graph of y = (2x + 5)(x – 9)2 have? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 43

Question 44.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that the graph of the equation y = (x – a)(x – b) always has two x-intercepts for any values of a and b. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

Question 45.
CRITICAL THINKING
Does the equation (x2 + 3)(x4+ 1) = 0 have any real roots? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 45

Question 46.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Write a polynomial equation of degree 4 whose only roots are x = 1, x = 2, and x = 3.
Answer:

Question 47.
REASONING
Find the values of x in terms of y that are solutions of each equation.
a. (x + y)(2x – y) = 0
b. (x2 – y2)(4x + 16y) = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 47

Question 48.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Solve the equation (4x-5 – 16)(3x – 81) = 0.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

List the factor pairs of the number.
Question 49.
10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 49

Question 50.
18
Answer:

Question 51.
30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 Question 51

Question 52.
48
Answer:

Polynomial Equations and Factoring Study Skills: Preparing for a Test

7.1–7.4 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 14

Core Concepts
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 15

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
Explain how you wrote the polynomial in Exercise 11 on page 375. Is there another method you can use to write the same polynomial?
Answer:

Question 2.
Find a shortcut for exercises like Exercise 7 on page 381 when the variable has a coefficient of 1. Does your shortcut work when the coefficient is not 1?
Answer:

Study Skills: Preparing for a Test

  • Review examples of each type of problem that could appear on the test.
  • Review the homework problems your teacher assigned.
  • Take a practice test
    Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.4 16

Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.1–7.4 Quiz

Write the polynomial in standard form. Identify the degree and leading coefficient of the polynomial. Then classify the polynomial by the number of terms.
Question 1.
-8q3
Answer:

Question 2.
9 + d2 – 3d
Answer:

Question 3.
\(\frac{2}{3}\)m4 – \(\frac{5}{6}\)m6
Answer:

Question 4.
-1.3z + 3z4 + 7.4z2
Answer:

Find the sum or difference.
Question 5.
(2x2 + 5) + (-x2 + 4)
Answer:

Question 6.
(-3n2 + n) – (2n2 – 7)
Answer:

Question 7.
(-p2 + 4p) – (p2 – 3p + 15)
Answer:

Question 8.
(a2 – 3ab + b2) + (-a2 + ab + b2)
Answer:

Find the product.
Question 9.
(w + 6)(w + 7)
Answer:

Question 10.
(3 – 4d )(2d – 5)
Answer:

Question 11.
(y + 9)(y2 + 2y – 3)
Answer:

Question 12.
(3z – 5)(3z + 5)
Answer:

Question 13.
(t + 5)2
Answer:

Question 14.
(2q – 6)2
Answer:

Solve the equation.
Question 15.
5x2 – 15x = 0
Answer:

Question 16.
(8 – g)(8 – g) = 0
Answer:

Question 17.
(3p + 7)(3p – 7)( p + 8) = 0
Answer:

Question 18.
-3y( y – 8)(2y + 1) = 0
Answer:

Question 19.
You are making a blanket with a fringe border of equal width on each side.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring q 1
a. Write a polynomial that represents the perimeter of the blanket including the fringe.
b. Write a polynomial that represents the area of the blanket including the fringe.
c. Find the perimeter and the area of the blanket including the fringe when the width of the fringe is 4 inches.
Answer:

Question 20.
You are saving money to buy an electric guitar. You deposit $1000 in an account that earns interest compounded annually. The expression 1000(1 + r )2 represents the balance after 2 years, where r is the annual interest rate in decimal form.
a. Write the polynomial in a standard form that represents the balance of your account after 2 years.
b. The interest rate is 3%. What is the balance of your account after 2 years?
c. The guitar costs $1100. Do you have enough money in your account after 3 years? Explain.
Answer:

Question 21.
The front of a storage bunker can be modeled by y = – \(\frac{5}{216}\)(x – 72)(x + 72), where x and y are measured in inches. The x-axis represents the ground. Find the width of the bunker at ground level.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring q 2
Answer:

Lesson 7.5 Factoring x2 + bx + c

Essential Question How can you use algebra tiles to factor the trinomial x2 + bx + c into the product of two binomials?

EXPLORATION 1

Finding Binomial Factors
Work with a partner. Use algebra tiles to write each polynomial as the product of two binomials. Check your answer by multiplying.
Sample x2 + 5x + 6
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 1

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
How can you use algebra tiles to factor the trinomial x2 + bx + c into the product of two binomials?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 2
Answer:

Question 3.
Describe a strategy for factoring the trinomial x2 + bx + c that does not use algebra tiles.
Answer:

Factor the polynomial.
Question 1.
x2 + 7x + 6
Answer:

Question 2.
x2 + 9x + 8
Answer:

Factor the polynomial.
Question 3.
w2 – 4w + 3
Answer:

Question 4.
n2 – 12n + 35
Answer:

Question 5.
x2 – 14x + 24
Answer:

Question 6.
x2 + 2x – 15
Answer:

Question 7.
y2 + 13y – 30
Answer:

Question 8.
v2 – v – 42
Answer:

Question 9.
WHAT IF?
The area of the pumpkin patch is 200 square meters. What is the area of the square plot of land?
Answer:

Factoring x2 + bx + c 7.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
You are factoring x2 + 11x = 26. What do the signs of the terms tell you about the factors? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 1

Question 2.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a trinomial that can be factored as (x + p)(x + q), where p and q are positive.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, factor the polynomial.
Question 3.
x2 + 8x + 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 3

Question 4.
z2 + 10z + 21
Answer:

Question 5.
n2 + 9n + 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 5

Question 6.
s2 + 11s + 30
Answer:

Question 7.
h2 + 11h + 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 7

Question 8.
y2 + 13y + 40
Answer:

In Exercises 9–14, factor the polynomial.
Question 9.
v2 – 5v + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 9

Question 10.
x2 – 13x + 22
Answer:

Question 11.
d2 – 5d + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 11

Question 12.
k2 – 10k + 24
Answer:

Question 13.
w2 – 17w + 72
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 13

Question 14.
j2 – 13j + 42
Answer:

In Exercises 15–24, factor the polynomial.
Question 15.
x2 + 3x – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 15

Question 16.
z2 + 7z – 18
Answer:

Question 17.
n2 + 4n – 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 17

Question 18.
s2 + 3s – 40
Answer:

Question 19.
y2 + 2y – 48
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 19

Question 20.
h2 + 6h – 27
Answer:

Question 21.
x2 – x – 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 21

Question 22.
m2 – 6m – 7
Answer:

Question 23.
-6t – 16 + t2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 23

Question 24.
-7y + y2 – 30
Answer:

Question 25.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A projector displays an image on a wall. The area (in square feet) of the projection is represented by x2 – 8x + 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 3
a. Write a binomial that represents the height of the projection.
b. Find the perimeter of the projection when the height of the wall is 8 feet.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 25

Question 26.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A dentist’s office and parking lot are on a rectangular piece of land. The area (in square meters) of the land is represented by x2 + x – 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 4
a. Write a binomial that represents the width of the land.
b. Find the area of the land when the length of the dentist’s office is 20 meters.
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 27 and 28, describe and correct the error in factoring the polynomial.
Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 6
Answer:

In Exercises 29–38, solve the equation.
Question 29.
m2 + 3m + 2 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 29

Question 30.
n2 – 9n + 18 = 0
Answer:

Question 31.
x2 + 5x – 14 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 31

Question 32.
v2 + 11v – 26 = 0
Answer:

Question 33.
t2 + 15t = -36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 33

Question 34.
n2 – 5n = 24
Answer:

Question 35.
a2 + 5a – 20 = 30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 35

Question 36.
y2 – 2y – 8 = 7
Answer:

Question 37.
m2 + 10 = 15m – 34
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 37

Question 38.
b2 + 5 = 8b – 10
Answer:

Question 39.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You trimmed a large square picture so that you could fit it into a frame. The area of the cut picture is 20 square inches. What is the area of the original picture?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 39.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 39.2

Question 40.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A web browser is open on your computer screen.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 8
a. The area of the browser window is 24 square inches. Find the length of the browser window x.
b. The browser covers \(\frac{3}{13}\) of the screen. What are the dimensions of the screen?
Answer:

Question 41.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says there are six integer values of b for which the trinomial x2 + bx – 12 has two binomial factors of the form (x + p) and (x + q). Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 41

Question 42.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Use algebra tiles to factor each polynomial modeled by the tiles. Show your work.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 9
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS In Exercises 43 and 44, find the dimensions of the polygon with the given area.
Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 43

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 11
Answer:

Question 45.
REASONING
Write an equation of the form x2 + bx + c = 0 that has the solutions x = -4 and x = 6. Explain how you found your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 45

Question 46.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph of y = x2 + x – 6 is shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 12
a. Explain how you can use the graph to factor the polynomial x2 + x – 6.
b. Factor the polynomial.
Answer:

Question 47.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Road construction workers are paving the area shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 13
a. Write an expression that represents the area being paved.
b. The area being paved is 280 square meters. Write and solve an equation to find the width of the road x.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 47.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 47.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 47.3

USING STRUCTURE In Exercises 48–51, factor the polynomial.
Question 48.
x2 + 6xy + 8y2
Answer:

Question 49.
r2 + 7rs + 12s2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 49

Question 50.
a2 + 11ab – 26b2
Answer:

Question 51.
x2 – 2xy – 35y2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 51

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation. Check your solution.
Question 52.
p – 9 = 0
Answer:

Question 53.
z + 12 = -5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 53

Question 54.
6 = \(\frac{c}{-7}\)
Answer:

Question 55.
4k = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.5 Question 55

Lesson 7.6 Factoring ax2 + bx + c

Essential Question How can you use algebra tiles to factor the trinomial ax2 + bx + c into the product of two binomials?

EXPLORATION 1

Finding Binomial Factors
Work with a partner. Use algebra tiles to write each polynomial as the product of two binomials. Check your answer by multiplying.
Sample 2x2 + 5x + 2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 1

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
How can you use algebra tiles to factor the trinomial ax2 + bx + c into the product of two binomials?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 2
Answer:

Question 3.
Is it possible to factor the trinomial 2x2 + 2x + 1? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Factor the polynomial.
Question 1.
8x2 – 56x + 48
Answer:

Question 2.
14x2 + 31x + 15
Answer:

Question 3.
2x2 – 7x + 5
Answer:

Question 4.
3x2 – 14x + 8
Answer:

Question 5.
4x2 – 19x – 5
Answer:

Question 6.
6x2 + x – 12
Answer:

Question 7.
-2y2 – 5y – 3
Answer:

Question 8.
-5m2 + 6m – 1
Answer:

Question 9.
-3x2 – x + 2
Answer:

Question 10.
WHAT IF?
The area of the reserve is 136 square miles. How wide is the reserve?
Answer:

Factoring ax2 + bx + c 7.6 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
REASONING
What is the greatest common factor of the terms of 3y2 – 21y + 36?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Compare factoring 6x2 – x – 2 with factoring x2 – x – 2.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, factor the polynomial.
Question 3.
3x2 + 3x – 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 3

Question 4.
8v2 + 8v – 48
Answer:

Question 5.
4k2 + 28k + 48
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 5

Question 6.
6y2 – 24y + 18
Answer:

Question 7.
7b2 – 63b + 140
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 7

Question 8.
9r2 – 36r – 45
Answer:

In Exercises 9–16, factor the polynomial.
Question 9.
3h2 + 11h + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 9

Question 10.
8m2 + 30m + 7
Answer:

Question 11.
6x2 – 5x + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 11

Question 12.
10w2 – 31w + 15
Answer:

Question 13.
3n2 + 5n – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 13

Question 14.
4z2 + 4z – 3
Answer:

Question 15.
8g2 – 10g – 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 15.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 15.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 15.3

Question 16.
18v2 – 15v – 18
Answer:

In Exercises 17–22, factor the polynomial.
Question 17.
-3t2 + 11t – 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 17

Question 18.
-7v2 – 25v – 12
Answer:

Question 19.
-4c2 + 19c + 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 19

Question 20.
-8h2 – 13h + 6
Answer:

Question 21.
-15w2 – w + 28
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 21.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 21.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 21.3

Question 22.
-22d2 + 29d – 9
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 23 and 24, describe and correct the error in factoring the polynomial.
Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 4
Answer:

In Exercises 25–28, solve the equation.
Question 25.
5x2 – 5x – 30 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 25

Question 26.
2k2 – 5k – 18 = 0
Answer:

Question 27.
-12n2 – 11n = -15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 27.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 27.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 27.3

Question 28.
14b2 – 2 = -3b
Answer:

In Exercises 29–32, find the x-coordinates of the points where the graph crosses the x-axis.
Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 29.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 29.2

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 6
Answer:

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 31.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 31.2

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 8
Answer:

Question 33.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The area (in square feet) of the school sign can be represented by 15x2 – x – 2.
a. Write an expression that represents the length of the sign.
b. Describe two ways to find the area of the sign when x = 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 33

Question 34.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The height h (in feet) above the water of a cliff diver is modeled by h = -16t2 + 8t + 80, where t is the time (in seconds). How long is the diver in the air?
Answer:

Question 35.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The Parthenon in Athens, Greece, is an ancient structure that has a rectangular base. The length of the base of the Parthenon is 8 meters more than twice its width. The area of the base is about 2170 square meters. Find the length and width of the base.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 35.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 35.2

Question 36.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The length of a rectangular birthday party invitation is 1 inch less than twice its width. The area of the invitation is 15 square inches. Will the invitation fi t in the envelope shown without being folded? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 10
Answer:

Question 37.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a binomial whose terms have a GCF of 3x.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 37

Question 38.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Without factoring, determine which of the graphs represents the function g(x) = 21x2 + 37x + 12 and which represents the function h(x) = 21x2 – 37x + 12. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 11
Answer:

Question 39.
REASONING
When is it not possible to factor ax2 + bx + c, where a ≠ 1? Give an example.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 39

Question 40.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that to solve the equation 5x2 + x – 4 = 2, you should start by factoring the left side as (5x – 4)(x + 1). Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

Question 41.
REASONING
For what values of t can 2x2 + tx + 10 be written as the product of two binomials?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 41.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 41.2

Question 42.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Use algebra tiles to factor each polynomial modeled by the tiles. Show your work.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 12
Answer:

Question 43.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The length of a rectangle is 1 inch more than twice its width. The value of the area of the rectangle (in square inches) is 5 more than the value of the perimeter of the rectangle (in inches). Find the width.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 43.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 43.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 43.3

Question 44.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A rectangular swimming pool is bordered by a concrete patio. The width of the patio is the same on every side. The area of the surface of the pool is equal to the area of the patio. What is the width of the patio?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 13
Answer:

In Exercises 45–48, factor the polynomial.
Question 45.
4k2 + 7jk – 2j2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 45

Question 46.
6x2 + 5xy – 4y2
Answer:

Question 47.
-6a2 + 19ab – 14b2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 47.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 47.2

Question 48.
18m3 + 39m2n – 15mn2
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the square root(s).
Question 49.
± \(\sqrt{64}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 49

Question 50.
\(\sqrt{4}\)
Answer:

Question 51.
– \(\sqrt{225}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 51

Question 52.
± \(\sqrt{81}\)
Answer:

Solve the system of linear equations by substitution. Check your solution.
Question 53.
y = 3 + 7x
y – x = -3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 53.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 53.2

Question 54.
2x = y + 2
-x + 3y = 14
Answer:

Question 55.
5x – 2y = 14
-7 = -2x + y
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 55.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.6 Question 55.2

Question 56.
-x – 8 = -y
9y – 12 + 3x = 0
Answer:

Lesson 7.7 Factoring Special Products

Essential Question How can you recognize and factor special products?

EXPLORATION 1

Factoring Special ProductsWork with a partner. Use algebra tiles to write each polynomial as the product of two binomials. Check your answer by multiplying. State whether the product is a “special product” that you studied in Section 7.3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 1

EXPLORATION 2

Factoring Special Products
Work with a partner. Use algebra tiles to complete the rectangular array at the left in three different ways, so that each way represents a different special product. Write each special product in standard form and in factored form.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you recognize and factor special products? Describe a strategy for recognizing which polynomials can be factored as special products.
Answer:

Question 4.
Use the strategy you described in Question 3 to factor each polynomial.
a. 25x2 + 10x + 1
b. 25x2 – 10x + 1
c. 25x2 – 1
Answer:

Monitoring Progress

Factor the polynomial.
Question 1.
x2 – 36
Answer:

Question 2.
100 – m2
Answer:

Question 3.
9n2 – 16
Answer:

Question 4.
16h2 – 49
Answer:

Use a special product pattern to evaluate the expression.
Question 5.
362 – 342
Answer:

Question 6.
472 – 442
Answer:

Question 7.
552 – 502
Answer:

Question 8.
282 – 242
Answer:

Factor the polynomial.
Question 9.
m2 – 2m + 1
Answer:

Question 10.
d2 – 10d + 25
Answer:

Question 11.
9z2 + 36z + 36
Answer:

Solve the equation.
Question 12.
a2 + 6a + 9 = 0
Answer:

Question 13.
w2 – \(\frac{7}{3}\)w + \(\frac{49}{36}\) = 0
Answer:

Question 14.
n2 – 81 = 0
Answer:

Question 15.
WHAT IF?
The golf ball does not hit the pine tree. After how many seconds does the ball hit the ground?
Answer:

Factoring Special Products 7.7 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
REASONING
Can you use the perfect square trinomial pattern to factor y2 + 16y + 64? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which polynomial does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 3
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, factor the polynomial.
Question 3.
m2 – 49
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 3

Question 4.
z2 – 81
Answer:

Question 5.
64 – 81d2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 5

Question 6.
25 – 4x2
Answer:

Question 7.
225a2 – 36b2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 7

Question 8.
16x2 – 169y2
Answer:

In Exercises 9–14, use a special product pattern to evaluate the expression.
Question 9.
122 – 92
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 9

Question 10.
192 – 112
Answer:

Question 11.
782 – 722
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 11

Question 12.
542 – 522
Answer:

Question 13.
532 – 472
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 13

Question 14.
392 – 362
Answer:

In Exercises 15–22, factor the polynomial.
Question 15.
h2 + 12h + 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 15

Question 16.
p2 + 30p + 225
Answer:

Question 17.
y2 – 22y + 121
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 17

Question 18.
x2 – 4x + 4
Answer:

Question 19.
a2 – 28a + 196
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 19

Question 20.
m2 + 24m + 144
Answer:

Question 21.
25n2 + 20n + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 21

Question 22.
49a2 – 14a + 1
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 23 and 24, describe and correct the error in factoring the polynomial.
Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 5
Answer:

Question 25.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The area (in square centimeters) of a square coaster can be represented by d2 + 8d + 16.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 6
a. Write an expression that represents the side length of the coaster.
b. Write an expression for the perimeter of the coaster.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 25

Question 26.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The polynomial represents the area (in square feet) of the square playground.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 7
a. Write a polynomial that represents the side length of the playground.
b. Write an expression for the perimeter of the playground.
Answer:

In Exercises 27–34, solve the equation.
Question 27.
z2 – 4 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 27

Question 28.
4x2 = 49
Answer:

Question 29.
k2 – 16k + 64 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 29

Question 30.
s2 + 20s + 100 = 0
Answer:

Question 31.
n2 + 9 = 6n
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 31

Question 32.
y2 = 12y – 36
Answer:

Question 33.
y2 + \(\frac{1}{2}\)y = – 1 — 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 33

Question 34.
– \(\frac{4}{3}\)x + \(\frac{4}{9}\) = -x2
Answer:

In Exercises 35–40, factor the polynomial.
Question 35.
3z2 – 27
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 35

Question 36.
2m2 – 50
Answer:

Question 37.
4y2 – 16y + 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 37

Question 38.
8k2 + 80k + 200
Answer:

Question 39.
50y2 + 120y + 72
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 39

Question 40.
27m2 – 36m + 12
Answer:

Question 41.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
While standing on a ladder, you drop a paintbrush. The function represents the height y (in feet) of the paintbrush t seconds after it is dropped. After how many seconds does the paintbrush land on the ground?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 41

Question 42.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The function represents the height y (in feet) of a grasshopper jumping straight up from the ground t seconds after the start of the jump. After how many seconds is the grasshopper 1 foot off the ground?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 9
Answer:

Question 43.
REASONING
Tell whether the polynomial can be factored. If not, change the constant term so that the polynomial is a perfect square trinomial.
a. w2 + 18w + 84
b. y2 – 10y + 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 43.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 43.2

Question 44.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Use algebra tiles to factor each polynomial modeled by the tiles. Show your work.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 10
Answer:

Question 45.
COMPARING METHODS
Describe two methods you can use to simplify (2x – 5)2 – (x – 4)2. Which one would you use? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 45

Question 46.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The figure shows a large square with an area of a2 that contains a smaller square with an area of b2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 11
a. Describe the regions that represent a2 – b2. How can you rearrange these regions to show that a2 – b2 = (a + b)(a – b)?
b. How can you use the figure to show that (a – b)2 = a2 – 2ab + b2?
Answer:

Question 47.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You hang nine identical square picture frames on a wall.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 12
a. Write a polynomial that represents the area of the picture frames, not including the pictures.
b. The area in part (a) is 81 square inches. What is the side length of one of the picture frames? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 47.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 47.2

Question 48.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The composite solid is made up of a cube and a rectangular prism.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 13
a. Write a polynomial that represents the volume of the composite solid.
b. The volume of the composite solid is equal to 25x. What is the value of x? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write the prime factorization of the number.
Question 49.
50
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 49

Question 50.
44
Answer:

Question 51.
85
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 51

Question 52.
96
Answer:

Graph the inequality in a coordinate plane.
Question 53.
y ≤ 4x – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 53

Question 54.
y > – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 3
Answer:

Question 55.
4y – 12 ≥ 8x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.7 Question 55

Question 56.
3y + 3 < x
Answer:

Lesson 7.8 Factoring Polynomials Completely

Essential Question How can you factor a polynomial completely?

EXPLORATION 1

Writing a Product of Linear Factors
Work with a partner. Write the product represented by the algebra tiles. Then multiply to write the polynomial in standard form.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 1

EXPLORATION 2

Matching Standard and Factored Forms
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 2
Work with a partner. Match the standard form of the polynomial with the equivalent factored form. Explain your strategy.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 3

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you factor a polynomial completely?
Answer:

Question 4.
Use your answer to Question 3 to factor each polynomial completely.
a. x3 + 4x2 + 3x
b. x3 – 6x2 + 9x
c. x3 + 6x2 + 9x
Answer:

Factor the polynomial by grouping.
Question 1.
a3 + 3a2 + a + 3
Answer:

Question 2.
y2 + 2x + yx + 2y
Answer:

Factor the polynomial completely.
Question 3.
3x3 – 12x
Answer:

Question 4.
2y3 – 12y2 + 18y
Answer:

Question 5.
m3 – 2m2 – 8m
Answer:

Solve the equation.
Question 6.
w3 – 8w2 + 16w = 0
Answer:

Question 7.
x3 – 25x = 0
Answer:

Question 8.
c3 – 7c2 + 12c = 0
Answer:

Question 9.
A box in the shape of a rectangular prism has a volume of 72 cubic feet. The box has a length of x feet, a width of (x – 1) feet, and a height of (x + 9) feet. Find the dimensions of the box.
Answer:

Factoring Polynomials Completely 7.8 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What does it mean for a polynomial to be factored completely?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how to choose which terms to group together when factoring by grouping.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–10, factor the polynomial by grouping.
Question 3.
x3 + x2 + 2x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 3

Question 4.
y3 – 9y2+ y – 9
Answer:

Question 5.
3z3 + 2z – 12z2 – 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 5

Question 6.
2s3 – 27 – 18s + 3s2
Answer:

Question 7.
x2 + xy + 8x + 8y
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 7

Question 8.
q2 + q + 5pq + 5p
Answer:

Question 9.
m2 – 3m + mn – 3n
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 9

Question 10.
2a2 + 8ab – 3a – 12b
Answer:

In Exercises 11–22, factor the polynomial completely.
Question 11.
2x3 – 2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 11

Question 12.
36a4 – 4a2
Answer:

Question 13.
2c2 – 7c + 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 13

Question 14.
m2 – 5m – 35
Answer:

Question 15.
6g3 – 24g2 + 24g
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 15

Question 16.
-15d3 + 21d2 – 6d
Answer:

Question 17.
3r5 + 3r4 – 90r3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 17

Question 18.
5w4 – 40w3 + 80w2
Answer:

Question 19.
-4c4 + 8c3 – 28c2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 19

Question 20.
8t2 + 8t – 72
Answer:

Question 21.
b3 – 5b2 – 4b + 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 21

Question 22.
h3 + 4h2 – 25h – 100
Answer:

In Exercises 23–28, solve the equation.
Question 23.
5n3 – 30n2 + 40n = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 23

Question 24.
k4 – 100k2 = 0
Answer:

Question 25.
x3 + x2 = 4x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 25

Question 26.
2t5 + 2t4 – 144t3 = 0
Answer:

Question 27.
12s – 3s3 = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 27

Question 28.
4y3 – 7y2 + 28 = 16y
Answer:

In Exercises 29–32, find the x-coordinates of the points where the graph crosses the x-axis.
Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 29

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 5
Answer:

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 7
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 33 and 34, describe and correct the error in factoring the polynomial completely.
Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 33

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 9
Answer:

Question 35.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are building a birdhouse in the shape of a rectangular prism that has a volume of 128 cubic inches. The dimensions of the birdhouse in terms of its width are shown.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 10
a. Write a polynomial that represents the volume of the birdhouse.
b. What are the dimensions of the birdhouse?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 35.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 35.2

Question 36.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A gift bag shaped like a rectangular prism has a volume of 1152 cubic inches. The dimensions of the gift bag in terms of its width are shown. The height is greater than the width. What are the dimensions of the gift bag?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 11
Answer:

In Exercises 37–40, factor the polynomial completely.
Question 37.
x3 + 2x2y – x – 2y
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 37

Question 38.
8b3 – 4b2a – 18b + 9a
Answer:

Question 39.
4s2 – s + 12st – 3t
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 39

Question 40.
6m3 – 12mn + m2n – 2n2
Answer:

Question 41.
WRITING
Is it possible to find three real solutions of the equation x3 + 2x2 + 3x + 6 = 0? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 41

Question 42.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
How can you use the factored form of the polynomial x4 – 2x3 – 9x2 + 18x = x(x – 3)(x + 3)(x – 2) to find the x-intercepts of the graph of the function?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 12
Answer:

Question 43.
OPEN-ENDED
Write a polynomial of degree 3 that satisfies each of the given conditions.
a. is not factorable
b. can be factored by grouping
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 43

Question 44.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that if a trinomial cannot be factored as the product of two binomials, then the trinomial is factored completely. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

Question 45.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The volume (in cubic feet) of a room in the shape of a rectangular prism is represented by 12z3 – 27z. Find expressions that could represent the dimensions of the room.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 45

Question 46.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The width of a box in the shape of a rectangular prism is 4 inches more than the height h. The length is the difference of 9 inches and the height.
a. Write a polynomial that represents the volume of the box in terms of its height (in inches).
b. The volume of the box is 180 cubic inches. What are the possible dimensions of the box?
c. Which dimensions result in a box with the least possible surface area? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 47.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The volume of a cylinder is given by V = πr2h, where r is the radius of the base of the cylinder and h is the height of the cylinder. Find the dimensions of the cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 47

Question 48.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Factor the polynomial x5 – x4 – 5x3 + 5x2 + 4x – 4 completely.
Answer:

Question 49.
REASONING
Find a value for w so that the equation has (a) two solutions and (b) three solutions. Explain your reasoning. 5x3 + wx2 + 80x = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 49.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 49.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the system of linear equations by graphing.
Question 50.
y = x – 4
y = -2x + 2
Answer:

Question 51.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2
y = 3x – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 51

Question 52.
5x – y = 12
\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + y = 9
Answer:

Question 53.
x = 3y
y – 10 = 2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 53

Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.
Question 54.
f(x) = 5x
Answer:

Question 55.
y = 9 (\(\frac{1}{3}\))x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 55

Question 56.
y = -3(0.5)x
Answer:

Question 57.
f(x) = -3(4)x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 Question 57

Polynomial Equations and Factoring Performance Task: The View Matters

7.5 – 7.8 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
factoring by grouping, p. 404
factored completely, p. 404

Core Concepts
Section 7.5
Factoring x2 + bx + c When c Is Positive, p. 386
Factoring x2 + bx + c When cIs Negative, p. 387

Section 7.6
Factoring ax2 + bx + c When ac Is Positive, p. 392
Factoring ax2 + bx + c When ac Is Negative, p. 393

Section 7.7
Difference of Two Squares Pattern, p. 398
Perfect SquareTrinomial Pattern, p. 399

Section 7.8
Factoring by Grouping, p. 404
Factoring Polynomials Completely, p. 404

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
How are the solutions of Exercise 29 on page 389 related to the graph of y = m2 + 3m + 2?
Answer:

Question 2.
The equation in part (b) of Exercise 47 on page 390 has two solutions. Are both solutions of the equation reasonable in the context of the problem? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Performance Task: The View Matters

The way an equation or expression is written can help you interpret and solve problems. Which representation would you rather have when trying to solve for specific information? Why?
To explore the answers to these questions and more, go to
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring 7.8 14

Polynomial Equations and Factoring Chapter Review

7.1 Adding and Subtracting Polynomials

Write the polynomial in standard form. Identify the degree and leading coefficient of the polynomial. Then classify the polynomial by the number of terms.
Question 1.
6 + 2x2
Answer:

Question 2.
-3p3 + 5p6 – 4
Answer:

Question 3.
9x7 – 6x2 + 13x5
Answer:

Question 4.
-12y + 8y3
Answer:

Find the sum or difference.
Question 5.
(3a + 7) + (a – 1)
Answer:

Question 6.
(x2 + 6x – 5) + (2x2 + 15)
Answer:

Question 7.
(-y2 + y + 2) – (y2 – 5y – 2)
Answer:

Question 8.
(p + 7) – (6p2 + 13p)
Answer:

7.2 Multiplying Polynomials

Find the product.
Question 9.
(x + 6)(x – 4)
Answer:

Question 10.
(y – 5)(3y + 8)
Answer:

Question 11.
(x + 4)(x2 + 7x)
Answer:

Question 12.
(-3y + 1)(4y2 – y – 7)
Answer:

7.3 Special Products of Polynomials

Find the product.
Question 13.
(x + 9)(x – 9)
Answer:

Question 14.
(2y + 4)(2y – 4)
Answer:

Question 15.
( p + 4)2
Answer:

Question 16.
(-1+ 2d )2
Answer:

7.4 Solving Polynomial Equations in Factored Form (pp. 377–382)

Solve the equation.
Question 17.
x2 + 5x = 0
Answer:

Question 18.
(z + 3)(z – 7) = 0
Answer:

Question 19.
(b + 13)2 = 0
Answer:

Question 20.
2y(y – 9)(y + 4) = 0
Answer:

7.5 Factoring x2 + bx + c(pp. 385–390)

Factor the polynomial.
Question 21.
p2 + 2p – 35
Answer:

Question 22.
b2 + 18b + 80
Answer:

Question 23.
z2 – 4z – 21
Answer:

Question 24.
x2 – 11x + 28
Answer:

7.6 Factoring ax2 + bx + c (pp. 391–396)

Factor the polynomial.
Question 25.
3t2 + 16t – 12
Answer:

Question 26.
-5y2 – 22y – 8
Answer:

Question 27.
6x2 + 17x + 7
Answer:

Question 28.
-2y2 + 7y – 6
Answer:

Question 29.
3z2 + 26z – 9
Answer:

Question 30.
10a2 – 13a – 3
Answer:

7.7 Factoring Special Products (pp. 397–402)

Factor the polynomial.
Question 31.
x2 – 9
Answer:

Question 32.
y2 – 100
Answer:

Question 33.
z2 – 6z + 9
Answer:

Question 34.
m2 + 16m + 64
Answer:

7.8 Factoring Polynomials Completely (pp. 403–408)

Factor the polynomial completely.
Question 35.
n3 – 9n
Answer:

Question 36.
x2 – 3x + 4ax – 12a
Answer:

Question 37.
2x4 + 2x3 – 20x2
Answer:

Solve the equation.
Question 38.
3x3 – 9x2 – 54x = 0
Answer:

Question 39.
16x2 – 36 = 0
Answer:

Question 40.
z3 + 3z2 – 25z – 75 = 0
Answer:

Question 41.
A box in the shape of a rectangular prism has a volume of 96 cubic feet. The box has a length of (x + 8) feet, a width of x feet, and a height of (x – 2) feet. Find the dimensions of the box.
Answer:

Polynomial Equations and Factoring Chapter Test

Find the sum or difference. Then identify the degree of the sum or difference and classify it by the number of terms.
Question 1.
(-2p + 4) – (p2 – 6p + 8)
Answer:

Question 2.
(9c6 – 5b4) – (4c6 – 5b4)
Answer:

Question 3.
(4s4 + 2st + t) + (2s4 – 2st – 4t)
Answer:

Find the product.
Question 4.
(h – 5)(h – 8)
Answer:

Question 5.
(2w – 3)(3w + 5)
Answer:

Question 6.
(z + 11)(z – 11)
Answer:

Question 7.
Explain how you can determine whether a polynomial is a perfect square trinomial.
Answer:

Question 8.
Is 18 a polynomial? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Factor the polynomial completely.
Question 9.
s2 – 15s + 50
Answer:

Question 10.
h3 + 2h2 – 9h – 18
Answer:

Question 11.
-5k2 – 22k + 15
Answer:

Solve the equation.
Question 12.
(n – 1)(n + 6)(n + 5) = 0
Answer:

Question 13.
d2 + 14d + 49 = 0
Answer:

Question 14.
6x4 + 8x2 = 26x3
Answer:

Question 15.
The expression π(r – 3)2 represents the area covered by the hour hand on a clock in one rotation, where r is the radius of the entire clock. Write a polynomial in standard form that represents the area covered by the hour hand in one rotation.
Answer:

Question 16.
A magician’s stage has a trapdoor.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring ct 1
a. The total area (in square feet) of the stage can be represented by x2 + 27x + 176. Write an expression for the width of the stage.
b. Write an expression for the perimeter of the stage.
c. The area of the trapdoor is 10 square feet. Find the value of x.
d. The magician wishes to have the area of the stage be at least 20 times the area of the trapdoor. Does this stage satisfy his requirement? Explain.
Answer:

Question 17.
Write a polynomial equation in factored form that has three positive roots.
Answer:

Question 18.
You are jumping on a trampoline. For one jump, your height y (in feet) above the trampoline after t seconds can be represented by y = -16t2 + 24t. How many seconds are you in the air?
Answer:

Question 19.
A cardboard box in the shape of a rectangular prism has the dimensions shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring ct 2
a. Write a polynomial that represents the volume of the box.
b. The volume of the box is 60 cubic inches. What are the length, width, and height of the box?
Answer:

Polynomial Equations and Factoring Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Classify each polynomial by the number of terms. Then order the polynomials by degree from least to greatest.
a. -4x3
b. 6y – 3y5
c. c2 + 2 + c
d. -10d4 + 7d2
e. -5z11 + 8z12
f. 3b6 – 12b8 + 4b4
Answer:

Question 2.
Which exponential function is increasing the fastest over the interval x = 0 to x = 2 ?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring ca 2
Answer:

Question 3.
Find all solutions of the equation x3 + 6x2 – 4x = 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring ca 3
Answer:

Question 4.
The table shows the distances you travel over a 6-hour period. Create an equation that models the distance traveled as a function of the number of hours.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring ca 4
Answer:

Question 5.
Consider the equation y = – \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 2.
a. Graph the equation in a coordinate plane.
b. Does the equation represent a linear or nonlinear function?
c. Is the domain discrete or continuous?
Answer:

Question 6.
Which expressions are equivalent to -2x + 15x2 – 8?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring ca 6
Answer:

Question 7.
The graph shows the function f(x) = 2(3)x.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring ca 7
a. Is the function increasing or decreasing for increasing values of x?
b. Identify any x- and y-intercepts.
Answer:

Question 8.
Which polynomial represents the product of 2x – 4 and x2 + 6x – 2?
A. 2x3 + 8x2 – 4x + 8
B. 2x3 + 8x2 – 28x + 8
C. 2x3 + 8
D. 2x3 – 24x – 2
Answer:

Question 9.
You are playing miniature golf on the hole shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 7 Polynomial Equations and Factoring ca 9
a. Write a polynomial that represents the area of the golf hole.
b. Write a polynomial that represents the perimeter of the golf hole.
c. Find the perimeter of the golf hole when the area is 216 square feet.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions

Need instant homework help or assignment help while solving the Algebra 1 Questions? Then, Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions guide is the perfect one to overcome your hurdles. Based on the common core standards, our subject experts prepared this BIM Math Algebra 1 Solution key for Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions. You can observe step-by-step explanations for all questions covered on Ch 5 Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Pdf. With the help of BIM Algebra 1 Ch 5 Writing Linear Functions Solutions pdf, students can easily understand the concepts & learn efficiently for their examinations.

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 1 Solutions for Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions

Utilize the Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Textbook Solutions for Ch 4 Writing Linear Functions concepts and practice to the next level. Students can attempt any type of questions asked from chapter 4 in the examination after practicing the questions covered in the Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions Answer Key. Access the links provided below and solve the respective exercise of Ch 4 Algebra 1 BIM Textbook Solutions. Also, you can test your knowledge of the 4th chapter writing linear functions topics by referring to this ultimate Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions Answers Guide.

Writing Linear Functions Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Use the graph to answer the question.

Question 1.
What ordered pair corresponds to point G?

Question 2.
What ordered pair corresponds to point D?

question 3.
Which point is located in Quadrant I?

Question 4.
Which point is located in Quadrant IV?

Solve the equation for y.

Question 5.
x – y = 5

Question 6.
6x + 3y = -1

Question 7.
0 = 2y – 8x + 10

Question 8.
-x + 4y – 28 = 0

Question 9.
2y + 1 – x = 7x

Question 10.
y – 4 = 3x + 5y

Question 11.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Both coordinates of the point (x, y) are multiplied by a negative number. How does this change the location of the point? Be sure to consider points originally located in all four quadrants.

Writing Linear Functions Mathematical Practices

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
You work 37\(\frac{1}{2}\) hours and earn $352.50. What is your hourly wage?

Question 2.
You drive 1244.5 miles and use 47.5 gallons of gasoline. What is your car’s gas mileage (in miles per gallon)?

Question 3.
You drive 236 miles in 4.6 hours. At the same rate, how long will it take you to drive 450 miles?

Lesson 4.1 Writing Equations in Slope-Intercept Form

Essential Question

Given the graph of a linear function, how can you write an equation of the line?

EXPLORATION 1
Writing Equations in Slope-Intercept Form
Work with a partner.

  • Find the slope and y-intercept of each line.
  • Write an equation of each line in slope-intercept form.
  • Use a graphing calculator to verify your equation.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 1

EXPLORATION 2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 2
Mathematical Modeling
Work with a partner. The graph shows the cost of a smartphone plan.
a. What is the y-intercept of the line? Interpret the y-intercept in the context of the problem.
b. Approximate the slope of the line. Interpret the slope in the context of the problem.
c. Write an equation that represents the cost as a function of data usage.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 3

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
Given the graph of a linear function, how can you write an equation of the line?

Question 4.
Give an example of a graph of a linear function that is different from those above. Then use the graph to write an equation of the line.

4.1 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Write an equation of the line with the given slope and y-intercept.

Question 1.
slope = 7; y-intercept = 2

Question 2.
slope = \(\frac{1}{3}\) ; y-intercept = -1

Write an equation of the line in slope-intercept form.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 5

Question 5.
Write an equation of the line that passes through (0, -2) and (4, 10).

Question 6.
Write a linear function g with the values g(0) = 9 and g(8) = 7.

Monitoring Progress

Question 7.
The corresponding data for electricity generated by hydropower are 248 million megawatt hours in 2007 and 277 million megawatt hours in 2012. Write a linear model that represents the number of megawatt hours generated by hydropower as a function of the number of years since 2007.

Writing Equations in Slope-Intercept Form 4.1 Exercises

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A linear function that models a real-life situation is called a __________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how you can use slope-intercept form to write an equation of a line given its slope and y-intercept.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, write an equation of the line with the given slope and y-intercept.

Question 3.
slope: 2
y-intercept: 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 3

Question 4.
slope: 0
y-intercept: 5
Answer:

Question 5.
slope: -3
y-intercept: 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 5

Question 6.
slope: -7
y-intercept: 1
Answer:

Question 7.
slope: \(\frac{2}{3}\)
y-intercept: -8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 7

Question 8.
slope: –\(\frac{3}{4}\)
y-intercept: -6
Answer:

In Exercises 9–12, write an equation of the line in slope-intercept form.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 7
Answer:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 9
Answer:

In Exercises 13–18, write an equation of the line that passes through the given points.

Question 13.
(3, 1), (0, 10)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 13

Question 14.
(2, 7), (0, -5)
Answer:

Question 15.
(2, -4), (0, -4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 15

Question 16.
(-6, 0), (0, -24)
Answer:

Question 17.
(0, 5), (-1.5, 1)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 17

Question 18.
(0, 3), (-5, 2.5)
Answer:

In Exercises 19–24, write a linear function f with the given values.

Question 19.
f(0) = 2, f(2) = 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 19

Question 20.
f(0) = 7, f(3) = 1
Answer:

Question 21.
f(4) = -3, f(0) = -2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 21

Question 22.
f(5) = -1, f(0) = -5
Answer:

Question 23.
f(-2) = 6, f(0) = -4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 23

Question 24.
f(0) = 3, f(-6) = 3
Answer:

In Exercises 25 and 26, write a linear function f with the given values.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 11
Answer:

Question 27.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in writing an equation of the line with a slope of 2 and a y-intercept of 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 27

Question 28.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in writing an equation of the line shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 13
Answer:

Question 29.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In 1960, the world record for the men’s mile was 3.91 minutes. In 1980, the record time was 3.81 minutes.
a. Write a linear model that represents the world record (in minutes) for the men’s mile as a function of the number of years since 1960.
b. Use the model to estimate the record time in 2000 and predict the record time in 2020.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 29

Question 30.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A recording studio charges musicians an initial fee of $50 to record an album. Studio time costs an additional $75 per hour.
a. Write a linear model that represents the total cost of recording an album as a function of studio time (in hours).
b. Is it less expensive to purchase 12 hours of recording time at the studio or a $750 music software program that you can use to record on your own computer? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 14
Answer:

Question 31.
WRITING
A line passes through the points (0, -2) and (0, 5). Is it possible to write an equation of the line in slope-intercept form? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 31

Question 32.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Describe a real-life situation involving a linear function whose graph passes through the points.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 15
Answer:

Question 33.
REASONING
Recall that the standard form of a linear equation is Ax + By = C. Rewrite this equation in slope-intercept form. Use your answer to find the slope and y-intercept of the graph of the equation -6x + 5y = 9.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 33

Question 34.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that given f(0) and any other value of a linear function f, you can write an equation in slope-intercept form that represents the function. Your cousin disagrees, claiming that the two points could lie on a vertical line. Who is correct? Explain.
Answer:

Question 35.
ANALYZING A GRAPH
Line ℓ is a reflection in the x-axis of line k. Write an equation that represents line k.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 35

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph shows the approximate U.S. box office revenues (in billions of dollars) from 2000 to 2012, where x = 0 represents the year 2000.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 17
a. Estimate the slope and y-intercept of the graph.
b. Interpret your answers in part (a) in the context of the problem.
c. How can you use your answers in part (a) to predict the U.S. box office revenue in 2018?
Answer:

Question 37.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Show that the equation of the line that passes through the points (0, b) and (1, b + m) is y = mx + b. Explain how you can be sure that the point (-1, b – m) also lies on the line.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 37

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation. (Section 1.3)

Question 38.
3(x – 15) = x + 11
Answer:

Question 39.
-4y – 10 = 4(y – 3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 39

Question 40.
2(3d + 3) = 7 + 6d
Answer:

Question 41.
-5(4 – 3n) = 10(n – 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 41

Use intercepts to graph the linear equation. (Section 3.4)

Question 42.
-4x + 2y = 16
Answer:

Question 43.
3x + 5y = -15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 43

Question 44.
x – 6y = 24
Answer:

Question 45.
-7x – 2y = -21
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.1 Question 45

Lesson 4.2 Writing Equations in Point-Slope Form

Essential Question
How can you write an equation of a line when you are given the slope and a point on the line?

EXPLORATION 1
Writing Equations of Lines
Work with a partner.

  • Sketch the line that has the given slope and passes through the given point.
  • Find the y-intercept of the line.
  • Write an equation of the line.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 18

EXPLORATION 2
Writing a Formula
Work with a partner.

The point (x1, y1) is a given point on a nonvertical line. The point (x, y) is any other point on the line. Write an equation that represents the slope m of the line. Then rewrite this equation by multiplying each side by the difference of the x-coordinates to obtain the point-slope form of a linear equation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 19

EXPLORATION 3
Writing an Equation
Work with a partner.

For four months, you have saved $25 per month. You now have $175 in your savings account.
a. Use your result from Exploration 2 to write an equation that represents the balance A after t months.
b. Use a graphing calculator to verify your equation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 20
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 21

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How can you write an equation of a line when you are given the slope and a point on the line?

Question 5.
Give an example of how to write an equation of a line when you are given the slope and a point on the line. Your example should be different from those above.

4.2 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Write an equation in point-slope form of the line that passes through the given point and has the given slope.

Question 1.
(3, -1); m = -2

Question 2.
(4, 0); m = – \(\frac{2}{3}\)

Write an equation in slope-intercept form of the line that passes through the given points.

Question 3.
(1, 4), (3, 10)

Question 4.
(-4, -1), (8, -4)

Question 5.
Write a linear function g with the values g(2) = 3 and g(6) = 5.

Question 6.
You pay an installation fee and a monthly fee for Internet service. The table shows the total cost for different numbers of months. Can the situation be modeled by a linear equation? Explain. If possible, write a linear model that represents the total cost as a function of the number of months.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 22

Writing Equations in Point-Slope Form 4.2 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
USING STRUCTURE
Without simplifying, identify the slope of the line given by the equation y – 5 = -2(x + 5). Then identify one point on the line.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how you can use the slope formula to write an equation of the line that passes through (3, -2) and has a slope of 4.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3−10, write an equation in point-slope form of the line that passes through the given point and has the given slope.

Question 3.
(2, 1); m = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 3

Question 4.
(3, 5); m = -1
Answer:

Question 5.
(7, -4); m = -6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 5

Question 6.
(-8, -2); m = 5
Answer:

Question 7.
(9, 0); m = -3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 7

Question 8.
(0, 2); m = 4
Answer:

Question 9.
(-6, 6); m – \(\frac{3}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 9

Question 10.
(5, -12); m = –\(\frac{2}{5}\)
Answer:

In Exercises 11−14, write an equation in slope-intercept form of the line shown.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 24
Answer:

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 26
Answer:

In Exercises 15−20, write an equation in slope-intercept form of the line that passes through the given points.

Question 15.
(7, 2), (2, 12)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 15

Question 16.
(6, -2), (12, 1)
Answer:

Question 17.
(6, -1), (3, -7)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 17

Question 18.
(-2, 5), (-4, -5)
Answer:

Question 19.
(1, -9), (-3, -9)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 19

Question 20.
(-5, 19), (5, 13)
Answer:

In Exercises 21−26, write a linear function f with the given values.

Question 21.
f(2) = -2, f(1) = 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 21

Question 22.
f(5) = 7, f(-2) = 0
Answer:

Question 23.
f(-4) = 2, f(6) = -3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 23

Question 24.
f(-10) = 4, f(-2) = 4
Answer:

Question 25.
f(-3) = 1, f(13) = 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 25

Question 26.
f(-9) = 10, f(-1) = -2
Answer:

In Exercises 27−30, tell whether the data in the table can be modeled by a linear equation. Explain. If possible, write a linear equation that represents y as a function of x.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 27
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 28
Answer:

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 29
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 29

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 30
Answer:

Question 31.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in writing a linear function g with the values g(5) = 4 and g(3) = 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 31
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 31

Question 32.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in writing an equation of the line that passes through the points (1, 2) and (4, 3).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 32
Answer:

Question 33.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are designing a sticker to advertise your band. A company charges $225 for the first 1000 stickers and $80 for each additional 1000 stickers.
a. Write an equation that represents the total cost (in dollars) of the stickers as a function of the number (in thousands) of stickers ordered.
b. Find the total cost of 9000 stickers.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 33

Question 34.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You pay a processing fee and a daily fee to rent a beach house. The table shows the total cost of renting the beach house for different numbers of days.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 33
a. Can the situation be modeled by a linear equation? Explain.
b. What is the processing fee? the daily fee?
c. You can spend no more than $1200 on the beach house rental. What is the maximum number of days you can rent the beach house?
Answer:

Question 35.
WRITING
Describe two ways to graph the equation y – 1 = \(\frac{3}{2}\)(x – 4).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 35.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 35.2

Question 36.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The graph of a linear function passes through the point (12, -5) and has a slope of \(\frac{2}{5}\). Represent this function in two other ways.
Answer:

Question 37.
REASONING
You are writing an equation of the line that passes through two points that are not on the y-axis. Would you use slope-intercept form or point-slope form to write the equation? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 37

Question 38.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? The graph shows two points that lie on the graph of a linear function.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 34
a. Does the y-intercept of the graph of the linear function appear to be positive or negative? Explain.
b. Estimate the coordinates of the two points. How can you use your estimates to confirm your answer in part (a)?
Answer:

Question 39.
CONNECTION TO TRANSFORMATIONS
Compare the graph of y = 2x to the graph of y – 1 = 2(x + 3). Make a conjecture about the graphs of y = mx and y – k = m(x – h).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 39

Question 40.
COMPARING FUNCTIONS
Three siblings each receive money for a holiday and then spend it at a constant weekly rate. The graph describes Sibling A’s spending, the table describes Sibling B’s spending, and the equation y = -22.5x + 90 describes Sibling C’s spending. The variable y represents the amount of money left after x weeks.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 35
a. Which sibling received the most money? the least money?
b. Which sibling spends money at the fastest rate? the slowest rate?
c. Which sibling runs out of money first? last?
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write the reciprocal of the number.

Question 41.
5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 41

Question 42.
-8
Answer:

Question 43.
–\(\frac{2}{7}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.2 Question 43

Question 44.
\(\frac{3}{2}\)
Answer:

Lesson 4.3 Writing Equations of Parallel and Perpendicular Lines

Essential Equation
How can you recognize lines that are parallel or perpendicular?

EXPLORATION 1
Recognizing Parallel Lines
Work with a partner.
Write each linear equation in slope-intercept form. Then use a graphing calculator to graph the three equations in the same square viewing window. (The graph of the first equation is shown.) Which two lines appear parallel? How can you tell?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 36

EXPLORATION 2
Recognizing Perpendicular Lines
Work with a partner.
Write each linear equation in slope-intercept form. Then use a graphing calculator to graph the three equations in the same square viewing window. (The graph of the first equation is shown.) Which two lines appear perpendicular? How can you tell?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 37

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you recognize lines that are parallel or perpendicular?

Question 4.
Compare the slopes of the lines in Exploration 1. How can you use slope to determine whether two lines are parallel? Explain your reasoning.

Question 5.
Compare the slopes of the lines in Exploration 2. How can you use slope to determine whether two lines are perpendicular? Explain your reasoning.

4.3 Lesson

Question 1.
Line a passes through (-5, 3) and (-6, -1). Line b passes through (3, -2) and (2, -7). Are the lines parallel? Explain.

Question 2.
Write an equation of the line that passes through (-4, 2) and is parallel to the line y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x + 1

Monitoring Progress

Question 3.
Determine which of the lines, if any, are parallel or perpendicular. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 38

Question 4.
Write an equation of the line that passes through (-3, 5) and is perpendicular to the line y = -3x – 1.

Question 5.
In Example 5, a boat is traveling parallel to the shoreline and passes through (9, 3). Write an equation that represents the path of the boat.

Writing Equations of Parallel and Perpendicular Lines 4.3 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
Two distinct nonvertical lines that have the same slope are ____.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
Two lines are perpendicular. The slope of one line is –\(\frac{5}{7}\). What is the slope of the other line? Justify your answer.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, determine which of the lines, if any, are parallel. Explain.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 39
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 40
Answer:

Question 5.
Line a passes through (-1, -2) and (1, 0).
Line b passes through (4, 2) and (2, -2).
Line c passes through (0, 2) and (-1, 1).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 5

Question 6.
Line a passes through (-1, 3) and (1, 9).
Line b passes through (-2, 12) and (-1, 14).
Line c passes through (3, 8) and (6, 10).
Answer:

Question 7.
Line a: 4y + x = 8
Line b: 2y + x = 4
Line c: 2y = -3x + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 7.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 7.2

Question 8.
Line a: 3y – x = 6
Line b: 3y = x + 18
Line c: 3y – 2x = 9
Answer:

In Exercises 9–12, write an equation of the line that passes through the given point and is parallel to the given line.

Question 9.
(-1, 3); y = 2x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 9

Question 10.
(1, 2); y = -5x + 4
Answer:

Question 11.
(18, 2); 3y – x = -12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 11

Question 12.
(2, -5); 2y = 3x + 10
Answer:

In Exercises 13–18, determine which of the lines, if any, are parallel or perpendicular. Explain.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 41
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 42
Answer:

Question 15.
Line a passes through (-2, 1) and (0, 3).
Line b passes through (4, 1) and (6, 4).
Line c passes through (1, 3) and (4, 1).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 15

Question 16.
Line a passes through (2, 10) and (4, 13).
Line b passes through (4, 9) and (6, 12).
Line c passes through (2, 10) and (4, 9).
Answer:

Question 17.
Line a: 4x – 3y = 2
Line b: y = \(\frac{4}{3}\)x + 2
Line c: 4y + 3x = 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 17

Question 18.
Line a: y = 6x – 2
Line b: 6y = -x
Line c: y + 6x = 1
Answer:

In Exercises 19–22, write an equation of the line that passes through the given point and is perpendicular to the given line.

Question 19.
(7, 10); y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 19

Question 20.
(-4, -1); y = \(\frac{4}{3}\)x + 6
Answer:

Question 21.
(-3, 3); 2y = 8x – 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 21

Question 22.
(8, 1); 2y + 4x = 12
Answer:

In Exercises 23 and 24, write an equation of the line that passes through the given point and is (a) parallel and(b) perpendicular to the given line.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 43
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 44
Answer:

Question 25.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in writing an equation of the line that passes through (1, 3) and is parallel to the line y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x + 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 45
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 25

Question 26.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in writing an equation of the line that passes through (4, -5) and is perpendicular to the line y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 46
Answer:

Question 27.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A city water department is proposing the construction of a new water pipe, as shown. The new pipe will be perpendicular to the old pipe. Write an equation that represents the new pipe.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 47
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 27

Question 28.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A parks and recreation department is constructing a new bike path. The path will be parallel to the railroad tracks shown and pass through the parking area at the point (4, 5). Write an equation that represents the path.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 48
Answer:

Question 29.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The vertices of a quadrilateral are A(2, 2), B(6, 4), C(8, 10), and D(4, 8).
a. Is quadrilateral ABCD a parallelogram? Explain.
b. Is quadrilateral ABCD a rectangle? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 29.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 29.2

Question 30.
USING STRUCTURE
For what value of a are the graphs of 6y = -2x + 4 and 2y = ax – 5 parallel? perpendicular?
Answer:

Question 31.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
A hockey puck leaves the blade of a hockey stick, bounces off a wall, and travels in a new direction, as shown. Your friend claims the path of the puck forms a right angle. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 49
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 31

Question 32.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
A softball academy charges students an initial registration fee plus a monthly fee. The graph shows the total amounts paid by two students over a 4-month period. The lines are parallel.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 50
a. Did one of the students pay a greater registration fee? Explain.
b. Did one of the students pay a greater monthly fee? Explain.
Answer:

REASONING
In Exercises 33–35, determine whether the statement is always, sometimes, or never true. Explain your reasoning.

Question 33.
Two lines with positive slopes are perpendicular.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 33

Question 34.
A vertical line is parallel to the y-axis.
Answer:

Question 35.
Two lines with the same y-intercept are perpendicular.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 35

Question 36.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
You are designing a new logo for your math club. Your teacher asks you to include at least one pair of parallel lines and at least one pair of perpendicular lines. Sketch your logo in a coordinate plane. Write the equations of the parallel and perpendicular lines.
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Determine whether the relation is a function. Explain. (Section 3.1)

Question 37.
(3, 6), (4, 8), (5, 10), (6, 10), (7, 14)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.3 Question 37

Question 38.
(-1, 6), (1, 4), (-1, 2), (1, 6), (-1, 5)
Answer:

Writing Linear Functions Study Skills: Getting Actively Involved in Class

4.1–4.3 What Did You Learn

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 51

Core Concepts

Section 4.1
Using Slope-Intercept Form, p. 176

Section 4.2
Using Point-Slope Form, p. 182

Section 4.3
Parallel Lines and Slopes, p. 188
Perpendicular Lines and Slopes, p. 189

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
How can you explain to yourself the meaning of the graph in Exercise 36 on page 180?

Question 2.
How did you use the structure of the equations in Exercise 39 on page 186 to make a conjecture?

Question 3.
How did you use the diagram in Exercise 31 on page 192 to determine whether your friend was correct?

Study Skills

Getting Actively Involved in Class

If you do not understand something at all and do not even know how to phrase a question, just ask for clarification. You might say something like, “Could you please explain the steps in this problem one more time?”If your teacher asks for someone to go up to the board, volunteer. The student at the board often receives additional attention and instruction to complete the problem.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 52

Writing Linear Functions 4.1 – 4.3

4.1 – 4.3 Quiz

Write an equation of the line in slope-intercept form. (Section 4.1)

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 53

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 54

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 55

Write an equation in point-slope form of the line that passes through the given points. (Section 4.2)

Question 4.
(-2, 5), (1, -1)

Question 5.
(-3, -2), (2, -1)

Question 6.
(1, 0), (4, 4)

Write a linear function f with the given values. (Section 4.1 and Section 4.2)

Question 7.
f(0) = 2, f(5) = -3

Question 8.
f(-1) = -6, f(4) = -6

Question 9.
f(-3) = -2, f(-2) = 3

Determine which of the lines, if any, are parallel or perpendicular. Explain. (Section 4.3)

Question 10.
Line a passes through (-2, 2) and (2, 1).
Line b passes through (1, -8) and (3, 0).
Line c passes through (-4, -3) and (0, -2).

Question 11.
Line a: 2x + 6y = -12
Line b: y = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x – 5
Line c : 3x – 2y = -4

Write an equation of the line that passes through the given point and is (a) parallel and (b) perpendicular to the given line. (Section 4.3)

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 56

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 57

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 58

Question 15.
A website hosting company charges an initial fee of $48 to set up a website. The company charges $44 per month to maintain the website. (Section 4.1)
a. Write a linear model that represents the total cost of setting up and maintaining a website as a function of the number of months it is maintained.
b. Find the total cost of setting up a website and maintaining it for 6 months.
c. A different website hosting company charges $62 per month to maintain a website, but there is no initial set-up fee. You have $620. At which company can you set up and maintain a website for the greatest amount of time? Explain.

Question 16.
The table shows the amount of water remaining in a water tank as it drains. Can the situation be modeled by a linear equation? Explain. If possible, write a linear model that represents the amount of water remaining in the tank as a function of time. (Section 4.2)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 59

Lesson 4.4 Scatter Plots and Lines of Fit

Essential Question

How can you use a scatter plot and a line of fit to make conclusions about data?
A scatter plot is a graph that shows the relationship between two data sets. The two data sets are graphed as ordered pairs in a coordinate plane.

EXPLORATION 1
Finding a Line of Fit
Work with a partner.
A survey was taken of 179 married couples. Each person was asked his or her age. The scatter plot shows the results.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 60
a. Draw a line that approximates the data. Write an equation of the line. Explain the method you used.
b. What conclusions can you make from the equation you wrote? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 61

EXPLORATION 2
Work with a partner.
The scatter plot shows the median ages of American women at their first marriage for selected years from 1960 through 2010.
a. Draw a line that approximates the data. Write an equation of the line. Explain the method you used.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 62
b. What conclusions can you make from the equation you wrote?
c. Use your equation to predict the median age of American women at their first marriage in the year 2020.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use a scatter plot and a line of fit to make conclusions about data?

Question 4.
Use the Internet or some other reference to find a scatter plot of real-life data that is different from those given above. Then draw a line that approximates the data and write an equation of the line. Explain the method you used.

4.4 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
How many calories are in the smoothie that contains 51 grams of sugar?

Question 2.
How many grams of sugar are in the smoothie that contains 250 calories?

Make a scatter plot of the data. Tell whether the data show a positive, a negative, or no correlation.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 63

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 64

Question 5.
The following data pairs show the monthly income x (in dollars) and the monthly car payment y (in dollars) of six people: (2100, 410), (1650, 315), (1950, 405), (1500, 295), (2250, 440), and (1800, 375). Write an equation that models the monthly car payment as a function of the monthly income. Interpret the slope and y-intercept of the line of fit.

Scatter Plots and Lines of Fit 4.4 Exercises

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
When data show a positive correlation, the dependent variable tends to ____________ as the independent variable increases.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.4 Question 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
What is a line of fit?
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, use the scatter plot to fill in the missing coordinate of the ordered pair.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 65
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.4 Question 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 203
Answer:

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 67
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.4 Question 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 69
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 70

Question 7.
INTERPRETING A SCATTER PLOT
The scatter plot shows the hard drive capacities (in gigabytes) and the prices (in dollars) of 10 laptops.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 71
a. What is the price of the laptop with a hard drive capacity of 8 gigabytes?
b. What is the hard drive capacity of the $1200 laptop?
c. What tends to happen to the price as the hard drive capacity increases?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.4 Question 7

Question 8.
INTERPRETING A SCATTER PLOT
The scatter plot shows the earned run averages and the winning percentages of eight pitchers on a baseball team.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 72
a. What is the winning percentage of the pitcher with an earned run average of 4.2?
b. What is the earned run average of the pitcher with a winning percentage of 0.33?
c. What tends to happen to the winning percentage as the earned run average increases?
Answer:

In Exercises 9–12, tell whether x and y show a positive, a negative, or no correlation.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 73
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.4 Question 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 74
Answer:

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 75
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.4 Question 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 76
Answer:

In Exercises 13 and 14, make a scatter plot of the data. Tell whether x and y show a positive, a negative, or no correlation.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 77
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.4 Question 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 78
Answer:

Question 15.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The table shows the world birth rates y (number of births per 1000 people) x years since 1960.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 79
a. Write an equation that models the birthrate as a function of the number of years since 1960.
b. Interpret the slope and y-intercept of the line of fit.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.4 Question 15.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.4 Question 15.2

Question 16.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The table shows the total earnings y (in dollars) of a food server who works x hours.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 80
a. Write an equation that models the server’s earnings as a function of the number of hours the server works.
b. Interpret the slope and y-intercept of the line of fit.
Answer:

Question 17.
OPEN-ENDED
Give an example of a real-life data set that shows a negative correlation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.4 Question 17

Question 18.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that the data in the table show a negative correlation because the dependent variable y is decreasing. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 81
Answer:

Question 19.
USING TOOLS
Use a ruler or a yardstick to find the heights and arm spans of five people.
a. Make a scatter plot using the data you collected. Then draw a line of fit for the data.
b. Interpret the slope and y-intercept of the line of fit.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.4 Question 19.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.4 Question 19.2

Question 20.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
A line of fit for a scatter plot is given by the equation y = 5x + 20. Describe a real-life data set that could be represented by the scatter plot.
Answer:

Question 21.
WRITING
When is data best displayed in a scatter plot, rather than another type of display, such as a bar graph or circle graph?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.4 Question 21

Question 22.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The scatter plot shows part of a data set and a line of fit for the data set. Four data points are missing. Choose possible coordinates for these data points.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 82
Answer:

Question 23.
REASONING
A data set has no correlation. Is it possible to find a line of fit for the data? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.4 Question 23

Question 24.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Make a scatter plot of the data in the tables. Describe the relationship between the variables. Is it possible to fit a line to the data? If so, write an equation of the line. If not, explain why.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 83
Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Evaluate the function when x = −3, 0, and 4. (Section 3.3)

Question 25.
g(x) = 6x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.4 Question 25

Question 26.
h(x) = -10x
Answer:

Question 27.
f(x) = 5x – 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.4 Question 27

Question 28.
v(x) = 14 – 3x
Answer:

Lesson 4.5 Analyzing Lines of Fit

Essential Question
How can you analytically find a line of best fit for a scatter plot?

EXPLORATION 1
Finding a Line of Best Fit
Work with a partner.

The scatter plot shows the median ages of American women at their first marriage for selected years from 1960 through 2010. In Exploration 2 in Section 4.4, you approximated a line of fit graphically. To find the line of best fit, you can use a computer, spreadsheet, or graphing calculator that has a linear regression feature.
a. The data from the scatter plot is shown in the table. Note that 0, 5, 10, and so on represent the numbers of years since 1960. What does the ordered pair (25, 23.3) represent?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 84
b. Use the linear regression feature to find an equation of the line of best fit. You should obtain results such as those shown below.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 85
c. Write an equation of the line of best fit. Compare your result with the equation you obtained in Exploration 2 in Section 4.4.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 85.1

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
How can you analytically find a line of best fit for a scatter plot?

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 86
Question 3.
The data set relates the number of chirps per second for striped ground crickets and the outside temperature in degrees Fahrenheit. Make a scatter plot of the data. Then find an equation of the line of best fit. Use your result to estimate the outside temperature when there are 19 chirps per second.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 87

4.5 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
The table shows the attendances y (in thousands) at an amusement park from 2005 to 2014, where x = 0 represents the year 2005. The equation y = -9.8x + 850 models the data. Is the model a good fit?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 88

Question 2.
Use the data in Monitoring Progress Question 1.
(a) Use a graphing calculator to find an equation of the line of best fit. Then plot the data and graph the equation in the same viewing window.
(b) Identify and interpret the correlation coefficient.
(c) Interpret the slope and y-intercept of the line of best fit.

Question 3.
Refer to Monitoring Progress Question 2. Use the equation of the line of best fit to predict the attendance at the amusement park in 2017.

Question 4.
Is there a correlation between time spent playing video games and grade point average? If so, is there a causal relationship? Explain your reasoning.

Analyzing Lines of Fit 4.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
When is a residual positive? When is it negative?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how you can use residuals to determine how well a line of fit models a data set.
Answer:

Question 3.
VOCABULARY
Compare interpolation and extrapolation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 3

Question 4.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which correlation coefficient does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 89
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–8, use residuals to determine whether the model is a good fit for the data in the table. Explain.

Question 5.
y = 4x – 5
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 90
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 5.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 5.2

Question 6.
y = 6x + 4
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 91
Answer:

Question 7.
y = -1.3x + 1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 92
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 7.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 7.2

Question 8.
y = -0.5x – 2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 93
Answer:

Question 9.
ANALYZING RESIDUALS
The table shows the growth y (in inches) of an elk’s antlers during week x. The equation y = -0.7x + 6.8 models the data. Is the model a good fit? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 94
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 9

Question 10.
ANALYZING RESIDUALS
The table shows the approximate numbers y (in thousands) of movie tickets sold from January to June for a theater. In the table, x = 1 represents January. The equation y = 1.3x + 27 models the data. Is the model a good fit? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 95
Answer:

In Exercises 11–14, use a graphing calculator to find an equation of the line of best fit for the data. Identify and interpret the correlation coefficient.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 96
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 97
Answer:

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 98
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 99
Answer:

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 15 and 16, describe and correct the error in interpreting the graphing calculator display.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 100

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 101
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 102
Answer:

Question 17.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The table shows the total numbers y of people who reported an earthquake x minutes after it ended.
a. Use a graphing calculator to find an equation of the line of best fit. Then plot the data and graph the equation in the same viewing window.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 103
b. Identify and interpret the correlation coefficient.
c. Interpret the slope and y-intercept of the line of best fit.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 17

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The table shows the numbers y of people who volunteer at an animal shelter on each day x.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 104
a. Use a graphing calculator to find an equation of the line of best fit. Then plot the data and graph the equation in the same viewing window.
b. Identify and interpret the correlation coefficient.
c. Interpret the slope and y-intercept of the line of best fit.
Answer:

Question 19.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The table shows the mileages x (in thousands of miles) and the selling prices y (in thousands of dollars) of several used automobiles of the same year and model.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 105
a. Use a graphing calculator to find an equation of the line of best fit.
b. Identify and interpret the correlation coefficient.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 106
c. Interpret the slope and y-intercept of the line of best fit.
d. Approximate the mileage of an automobile that costs $15,500. e. Predict the price of an automobile with 6000 miles.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 19.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 19.2

Question 20.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The table shows the lengths x and costs y of several sailboats.
a. Use a graphing calculator to find an equation of the line of best fit.
b. Identify and interpret the correlation coefficient.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 107
c. Interpret the slope and y-intercept of the line of best fit.
d. Approximate the cost of a sailboat that is 20 feet long.
e. Predict the length of a sailboat that costs $147,000.
Answer:

In Exercises 21–24, tell whether a correlation is likely in the situation. If so, tell whether there is a causal relationship. Explain your reasoning.

Question 21.
the amount of time spent talking on a cell phone and the remaining battery life
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 21

Question 22.
the height of a toddler and the size of the toddler’s vocabulary
Answer:

Question 23.
the number of hats you own and the size of your head
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 23

Question 24.
the weight of a dog and the length of its tail
Answer:

Question 25.
OPEN-ENDED
Describe a data set that has a strong correlation but does not have a causal relationship.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 25

Question 26.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Match each graph with its correlation coefficient. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 108
Answer:

Question 27.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
The table shows the grade point averages y of several students and the numbers x of hours they spend watching television each week.
a. Use a graphing calculator to find an equation of the line of best fit. Identify and interpret the correlation coefficient.
b. Interpret the slope and y-intercept of the line of best fit.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 109
c. Another student watches about 14 hours of television each week. Approximate the student’s grade point average.
d. Do you think there is a causal relationship between time spent watching television and grade point average? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 27.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 27.2

Question 28.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
A student spends 2 hours watching television each week and has a grade point average of 2.4. Your friend says including this information in the data set in Exercise 27 will weaken the correlation. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

Question 29.
USING MODELS
Refer to Exercise 17.
a. Predict the total numbers of people who reported an earthquake 9 minutes and 15 minutes after it ended.
b. The table shows the actual data. Describe the accuracy of your extrapolations in part (a).
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 110
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 29.1

Question 30.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
A data set consists of the numbers x of people at Beach 1 and the numbers y of people at Beach 2 recorded daily for 1 week. Sketch a possible graph of the data set. Describe the situation shown in the graph and give a possible correlation coefficient. Determine whether there is a causal relationship. Explain.
Answer:

Question 31.
COMPARING METHODS
The table shows the numbers y (in billions) of text messages sent each year in a five-year period, where x = 1 represents the first year in the five-year period.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 111
a. Use a graphing calculator to find an equation of the line of best fit. Identify and interpret the correlation coefficient.
b. Is there a causal relationship? Explain your reasoning.
c. Calculate the residuals. Then make a scatter plot of the residuals and interpret the results.
d. Compare the methods you used in parts (a) and (c) to determine whether the model is a good fit. Which method do you prefer? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 31.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 31.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 31.3

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Determine whether the table represents a linear or nonlinear function. Explain. (Section 3.2)

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 112
Answer:

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 113
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.5 Question 33

Lesson 4.6 Arithmetic Sequences

Essential Question
How can you use an arithmetic sequence to describe a pattern?

An arithmetic sequence is an ordered list of numbers in which the difference between each pair of consecutive terms, or numbers in the list, is the same.

EXPLORATION 1
Describing a Pattern
Work with a partner.
Use the figures to complete the table. Plot the points given by your completed table. Describe the pattern of the y-values.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 114

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
How can you use an arithmetic sequence to describe a pattern? Give an example from real life.

Question 3.
In chemistry, water is called H2O because each molecule of water has two hydrogen atoms and one oxygen atom. Describe the pattern shown below. Use the pattern to determine the number of atoms in 23 molecules.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 115

4.6 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Write the next three terms of the arithmetic sequence.

Question 1.
-12, 0, 12, 24, . . .

Question 2.
0.2, 0.6, 1, 1.4, . . .

Question 3.
4, 3\(\frac{3}{4}\), 3\(\frac{1}{2}\), 3\(\frac{1}{4}\)

Graph the arithmetic sequence. What do you notice?

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 116

Question 4.
3, 6, 9, 12, . . .

Question 5.
4, 2, 0, -2, . . .

Question 6.
1, 0.8, 0.6, 0.4, . . .

Question 7.
Does the graph shown represent an arithmetic sequence? Explain.

Write an equation for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence. Then find a25.

Question 8.
4, 5, 6, 7, . . .

Question 9.
8, 16, 24, 32, . . .

Question 10.
1, 0, -1, -2, . . .

Question 11.
A carnival charges $2 for each game after you pay a $5 entry fee.
a. Write a function that represents the arithmetic sequence.
b. Graph the function.
c. How many games can you play when you take $29 to the carnival?
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 117

Arithmetic Sequences 4.6 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Describe the graph of an arithmetic sequence.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Consider the arithmetic sequence represented by the graph. Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 118
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, write the next three terms of the arithmetic sequence.

Question 3.
First term: 2
Common difference: 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 3

Question 4.
First term: 18
Common difference: −6
Answer:

In Exercises 5−10, find the common difference of the arithmetic sequence.

Question 5.
13, 18, 23, 28, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 5

Question 6.
175, 150, 125, 100, . . .
Answer:

Question 7.
-16, -12, -8, -4, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 7

Question 8.
4, 3\(\frac{2}{3}\), 3\(\frac{1}{3}\), 3, . . .
Answer:

Question 9.
6.5, 5, 3.5, 2, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 9

Question 10.
-16, -7, 2, 11, . . .
Answer:

In Exercises 11−16, write the next three terms of the arithmetic sequence.

Question 11.
19, 22, 25, 28, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 11

Question 12.
1, 12, 23, 34, . . .
Answer:

Question 13.
16, 21, 26, 31, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 13

Question 14.
60, 30, 0, -30, . . .
Answer:

Question 15.
1.3, 1, 0.7, 0.4, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 15

Question 16.
\(\frac{5}{6}\), \(\frac{2}{3}\), \(\frac{1}{2}\), \(\frac{1}{3}\), . . .
Answer:

In Exercises 17−22, graph the arithmetic sequence.

Question 17.
4, 12, 20, 28, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 17

Question 18.
-15, 0, 15, 30, . . .
Answer:

Question 19.
−1, −3, −5, −7, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 19

Question 20.
2, 19, 36, 53, . . .
Answer:

Question 21.
0, 41\(\frac{1}{2}\), 9, 13\(\frac{1}{2}\), . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 21

Question 22.
6, 5.25, 4.5, 3.75, . . .
Answer:

In Exercises 23−26, determine whether the graph represents an arithmetic sequence. Explain.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 119
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 120
Answer:

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 121
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 122
Answer:

In Exercises 27−30, determine whether the sequence is arithmetic. If so, find the common difference.

Question 27.
13, 26, 39, 52, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 27

Question 28.
5, 9, 14, 20, . . .29.
Answer:

Question 29.
48, 24, 12, 6, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 29

Question 30.
87, 81, 75, 69, . . .
Answer:

Question 31.
FINDING A PATTERN
Write a sequence that represents the number of smiley faces in each group. Is the sequence arithmetic? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 123
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 31

Question 32.
FINDING A PATTERN
Write a sequence that represents the sum of the numbers in each roll. Is the sequence arithmetic? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 124
Answer:

In Exercises 33−38, write an equation for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence. Then find a10.

Question 33.
-5, -4, -3, -2, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 33

Question 34.
-6, -9, -12, -15, . . .
Answer:

Question 35.
\(\frac{1}{2}\), 1, 1\(\frac{1}{2}\), 2, ……
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 35

Question 36.
100, 110, 120, 130, ….
Answer:

Question 37.
10, 0, -10, -20, ……
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 37

Question 38.
\(\frac{3}{7}\), \(\frac{4}{7}\), \(\frac{5}{7}\), \(\frac{6}{7}\), ………
Answer:

Question 39.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding the common difference of the arithmetic sequence.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 125
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 39

Question 40.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in writing an equation for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 126
Answer:

Question 41.
NUMBER SENSE
The first term of an arithmetic sequence is 3. The common difference of the sequence is 1.5 times the first term. Write the next three terms of the sequence. Then graph the sequence.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 41

Question 42.
NUMBER SENSE
The first row of a dominoes display has 10 dominoes. Each row after the first has two more dominoes than the row before it. Write the first five terms of the sequence that represents the number of dominoes in each row. Then graph the sequence.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 127
Answer:

REPEATED REASONING
In Exercises 43 and 44, (a) draw the next three figures in the sequence and (b) describe the 20th figure in the sequence.

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 128
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 43

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 129
Answer:

Question 45.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The total number of babies born in a country each minute after midnight January 1st can be estimated by the sequence shown in the table. (See Example 5.)
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 130
a. Write a function that represents the arithmetic sequence.
b. Graph the function.
c. Estimate how many minutes after midnight January 1st it takes for 100 babies to be born.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 45.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 45.2

Question 46.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The amount of money a movie earns each week after its release can be approximated by the sequence shown in the graph.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 131
a. Write a function that represents the arithmetic sequence.
b. In what week does the movie earn $16 million?
c. How much money does the movie earn overall?
Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 47 and 48, each small square represents 1 square inch. Determine whether the areas of the figures form an arithmetic sequence. If so, write a function f that represents the arithmetic sequence and find f(30).

Question 47.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 132
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 47

Question 48.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 133
Answer:

Question 49.
REASONING
Is the domain of an arithmetic sequence discrete or continuous? Is the range of an arithmetic sequence discrete or continuous?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 49

Question 50.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that the range of a function that represents an arithmetic sequence always contains only positive numbers or only negative numbers. Your friend claims this is true because the domain is the set of positive integers and the output values either constantly increase or constantly decrease. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:

Question 51.
OPEN-ENDED
Write the first four terms of two different arithmetic sequences with a common difference of -3. Write an equation for the nth term of each sequence.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 51

Question 52.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Describe an arithmetic sequence that models the numbers of people in a real-life situation.
Answer:

Question 53.
REPEATED REASONING
Firewood is stacked in a pile. The bottom row has 20 logs, and the top row has 14 logs. Each row has one more log than the row above it. How many logs are in the pile?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 53

Question 54.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The bar graph shows the costs of advertising in a magazine.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 134
a. Does the graph represent an arithmetic sequence? Explain.
b. Explain how you would estimate the cost of a six-page advertisement in the magazine.
Answer:

Question 55.
REASONING
Write a function f that represents the arithmetic sequence shown in the mapping diagram.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 135
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 55

Question 56.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A train stops at a station every 12 minutes starting at 6:00 A.M. You arrive at the station at 7:29 A.M. How long must you wait for the train?
Answer:

Question 57.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Let x be a constant. Determine whether each sequence is an arithmetic sequence. Explain.
a. x + 6, 3x + 6, 5x + 6, 7x + 6, . . .
b. x + 1, 3x + 1, 9x + 1, 27x + 1, . . .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 57.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 57.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution. (Section 2.2)

Question 58.
x + 8 ≥ -9
Answer:

Question 59.
15 < b – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 59

Question 60.
t – 21 < -12
Answer:

Question 61.
7 + y ≤ 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 61

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = | x |. Describe the domain and range. (Section 3.7)

Question 62.
h(x) = 3 | x |
Answer:

Question 63.
v(x) = | x – 5 |
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 63

Question 64.
g(x) = | x | + 1
Answer:

Question 65.
r(x) = -2 | x |
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.6 Question 65

Lesson 4.7 Piecewise Functions

Essential Question 

How can you describe a function that is represented by more than on equation?

EXPLORATION 1
Writing Equations for a Function
Work with a partner.

a. Does the graph represent y as a function of x? Justify your conclusion.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 135.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 135.4
b. What is the value of the function when x = 0? How can you tell?
c. Write an equation that represents the values of the function when x ≤ 0.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 136
d. Write an equation that represents the values of the function when x > 0.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 137
e. Combine the results of parts (c) and (d) to write a single description of the function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 138

EXPLORATION 2
Writing Equations for a Function
Work with a partner.

a. Does the graph represent y as a function of x? Justify your conclusion.
b. Describe the values of the function for the following intervals.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 139
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 140

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you describe a function that is represented by more than one equation?

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 141

Question 4.
Use two equations to describe the function represented by the graph.

4.7 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Evaluate the function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 142

Question 1.
f(-8)

Question 2.
f(-2)

Question 3.
f(0)

Question 4.
f(3)

Question 5.
f(5)

Question 6.
f(10)

Describe the domain and range.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 143

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 144

Write a piecewise function for the graph.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 145

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 146

Question 11.
A landscaper rents a wood chipper for 4 days. The rental company charges $100 for the first day and $50 for each additional day. Write and graph a step function that represents the relationship between the number x of days and the total cost y (in dollars) of renting the chipper.

Question 12.
WHAT IF? The reference beam originates at (3, 0) and reflects off a mirror at (5, 4).
a. Write an absolute value function that represents the path of the reference beam.
b. Write the function in part (a) as a piecewise function.

Piecewise Functions 4.7 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Compare piecewise functions and step functions.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Use a graph to explain why you can write the absolute value function y = | x | as a piecewise function.
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–12, evaluate the function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 500

Question 3.
f(-3)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 3

Question 4.
f(-2)
Answer:

Question 5.
f(0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 5

Question 6.
f(5)
Answer:

Question 7.
g(-4)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 7

Question 8.
g(-1)
Answer:

Question 9.
g(0)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 9

Question 10.
g(1)
Answer:

Question 11.
g(2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 11

Question 12.
g(5)
Answer:

Question 13.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
On a trip, the total distance (in miles) you travel in x hours is represented by the piecewise function
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 147
How far do you travel in 4 hours?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 13

Question 14.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The total cost (in dollars) of ordering x custom shirts is represented by the piecewise function
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 148
Determine the total cost of ordering 26 shirts.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 148.1
Answer:

In Exercises 15–20, graph the function. Describe the domain and range.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 149
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 150
Answer:

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 151
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 152
Answer:

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 153
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 154
Answer:

Question 21.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding f(5) when Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 155.1
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 155
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 21

Question 22.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in graphing Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 157
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 158
Answer:

In Exercises 23–30, write a piecewise function for the graph.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 159
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 160
Answer:

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 161
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 25.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 25.2

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 162
Answer:

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 163
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 27.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 27.2

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 164
Answer:

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 165
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 29.1

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 166
Answer:

In Exercises 31–34, graph the step function. Describe the domain and range.

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 167
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 168
Answer:

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 169
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 33

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 170
Answer:

Question 35.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The cost to join an intramural sports league is $180 per team and includes the first five team members. For each additional team member, there is a $30 fee. You plan to have nine people on your team. Write and graph a step function that represents the relationship between the number p of people on your team and the total cost of joining the league.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 35.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 35.2

Question 36.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The rates for a parking garage are shown. Write and graph a step function that represents the relationship between the number x of hours a car is parked in the garage and the total cost of parking in the garage for 1 day.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 171
Answer:

In Exercises 37–46, write the absolute value function as a piecewise function.

Question 37.
y = | x | + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 37

Question 38.
y = | x | – 3
Answer:

Question 39.
y = | x – 2 |
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 39

Question 40.
y = | x + 5 |
Answer:

Question 41.
y = 2 | x + 3 |
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 41

Question 42.
y = 4 | x – 1 |
Answer:

Question 43.
y = -5 | x – 8 |
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 43

Question 44.
y = -3 | x + 6 |
Answer:

Question 45.
y = – | x – 3 | + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 45

Question 46.
y = 7| x + 1 | – 5
Answer:

Question 47.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are sitting on a boat on a lake. You can get a sunburn from the sunlight that hits you directly and also from the sunlight that reflects off the water.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 172
a. Write an absolute value function that represents the path of the sunlight that reflects off the water.
b. Write the function in part (a) as a piecewise function.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 47.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 47.2

Question 48.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are trying to make a hole in one on the miniature golf green.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 173
a. Write an absolute value function that represents the path of the golf ball.
b. Write the function in part (a) as a piecewise function.
Answer:

Question 49.
REASONING
The piecewise function f consists of two linear “pieces.” The graph of f is shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 174
a. What is the value of f(-10)?
b. What is the value of f(8)?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 49.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 49.2

Question 50.
CRITICAL THINKING
Describe how the graph of each piecewise function changes when < is replaced with ≤ and ≥ is replaced with >. Do the domain and range change? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 175
Answer:

Question 51.
USING STRUCTURE Graph
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 176
Describe the domain and range.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 51.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 51.2

Question 52.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? The graph shows the total cost C of making x photocopies at a copy shop.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 177
a. Does it cost more money to make 100 photocopies or 101 photocopies? Explain.
b. You have $40 to make photocopies. Can you buy more than 500 photocopies? Explain.
Answer:

Question 53.
USING STRUCTURE
The output y of the greatest integer function is the greatest integer less than or equal to the input value x. This function is written as Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 204. Graph the function for -4 ≤ x < 4. Is it a piecewise function? a step function? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 53.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 53.2

Question 54.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Explain why
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 205
does not represent a function. How can you redefine y so that it does represent a function?
Answer:

Question 55.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
During a 9-hour snowstorm, it snows at a rate of 1 inch per hour for the first 2 hours, 2 inches per hour for the next 6 hours, and 1 inch per hour for the final hour.
a. Write and graph a piecewise function that represents the depth of the snow during the snowstorm.
b. Your friend says 12 inches of snow accumulated during the storm. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 55.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 55.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write the sentence as an inequality. Graph the inequality.(Section 2.5)

Question 56.
A number r is greater than -12 and no more than 13.
Answer:

Question 57.
A number t is less than or equal to 4 or no less than 18.Graph f and h. Describe the transformations from the graph of f to the graph of h.(Section 3.6)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 57

Question 58.
f(x) = x; h(x) = 4x + 3
Answer:

Question 59.
f(x) = x; h(x) = -x – 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 4.7 Question 59

Question 60.
f(x) = x; h(x) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\) + 5
Answer:

Writing Linear Functions Performance Task: Any Beginning

4.4–4.7 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary

Section 4.4
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 179

Section 4.5
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 178

Section 4.6
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 181

Section 4.7
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 182

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
What resources can you use to help you answer Exercise 17 on page 200?

Question 2.
What calculations are repeated in Exercises 11–16 on page 214? When finding a term such as a50, is there a general method or shortcut you can use instead of repeating calculations?

Question 3.
Describe the definitions you used when you explained your answer in Exercise 53 on page 224.

Performance Task

Any Beginning
With so many ways to represent a linear relationship, where do you start? Use what you know to move between equations, graphs, tables, and contexts.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 183
To explore the answers to this question and more, go to Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 206

Writing Linear Functions Chapter Review

Question 1.
Write an equation of the line in slope-intercept form.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 207

Question 2.
Write an equation in point-slope form of the line that passes through the point (4, 7) and has a slope of -1.

Write a linear function f with the given values.

Question 3.
f(10) = 5, f(2) = -3

Question 4.
f(3) = -4, f(5) = -4

Question 5.
f(6) = 8, f(9) = 3

Question 6.
Line a passes through (0, 4) and (4, 3).
Line b passes through (0, 1) and (4, 0).
Line c passes through (2, 0) and (4, 4).

Question 7.
Line a: 2x – 7y = 14
Line b: y = \(\frac{7}{2}\)x – 8
Line c: 2x + 7y = -21

Question 8.
Write an equation of the line that passes through (1, 5) and is parallel to the line y = -4x + 2.

Question 9.
Write an equation of the line that passes through (2, -3) and is perpendicular to the line y = -2x – 3

Question 10.
What is the roasting time for a 12-pound turkey?

Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 185

Question 11.
Write an equation that models the roasting time as a function of the weight of a turkey. Interpret the slope and y-intercept of the line of fit.

Question 12.
Make a scatter plot of the residuals to verify that the model in the example is a good fit.

Question 13.
Use the data in the example.
(a) Approximate the height of a student whose shoe size is 9.
(b) Predict the shoe size of a student whose height is 60 inches.

Question 14.
Is there a causal relationship in the data in the example? Explain.

write an equation for the nth term of the arithmetic sequence. Then find a30.

Question 15.
11, 10, 9, 8, …..

Question 16.
6, 12, 18, 24,….

Question 17.
-9, -6, -3, 0,….

Question 18.
Evaluate the function in the example when (a) x = 0 and (b) x = 5.

Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 186

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 187

Write the absolute value function as a piecewise function.

Question 21.
y =| x | + 15

Question 22.
y = 4| x + 5 |

Question 23.
y = 2 | x + 2 | – 3

Question 24.
You are organizing a school fair and rent a popcorn machine for 3 days. The rental company charges $65 for the first day and $35 for each additional day. Write and graph a step function that represents the relationship between the number x of days and the total cost y (in dollars) of renting the popcorn machine.

Writing Linear Functions Chapter Test

Graph the function. Describe the domain and range.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 188

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 189

Write an equation in slope-intercept form of the line with the given characteristics.

Question 3.
slope = \(\frac{2}{5}\) ; y-intercept = -7

Question 4.
passes through (0, 6) and (3, -3)

Question 5.
parallel to the line y = 3x – 1; passes through (-2, -8)

Question 6.
perpendicular to the line y = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x – 9; passes through (1, 1)

Write an equation in point-slope form of the line with the given characteristics.

Question 7.
slope = 10; passes through (6, 2)

Question 8.
passes through (-3, 2) and (6, -1)

Question 9.
The first row of an auditorium has 42 seats. Each row after the first has three more seats than the row before it.
a. Find the number of seats in Row 25.
b. Which row has 90 seats?

Question 10.
The table shows the amount x (in dollars) spent on advertising for a neighborhood festival and the attendance y of the festival for several years.
a. Make a scatter plot of the data. Describe the correlation.
b. Write an equation that models the attendance as a function of the amount spent on advertising.
c. Interpret the slope and y-intercept of the line of fit.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 190

Question 11.
Consider the data in the table in Exercise 10.
a. Use a graphing calculator to find an equation of the line of best fit.
b. Identify and interpret the correlation coefficient.
c. What would you expect the scatter plot of the residuals to look like?
d. Is there a causal relationship in the data? Explain your reasoning.
e. Predict the amount that must be spent on advertising to get 2000 people to attend the festival.

Question 12.
Let a, b, c, and d be constants. Determine which of the lines, if any, are parallel or perpendicular. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 191

Question 13.
Write a piecewise function defined by three equations that has a domain of all real numbers and a range of -3 < y ≤ 1.

Writing Linear Functions Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
Which function represents the arithmetic sequence shown in the graph?
A. f(n) = 15 + 3n
B. f(n) = 4 – 3
C. f(n) = 27 – 3n
D. f(n) = 24 – 3n
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 192

Question 2.
Which of the inequalities are equivalent?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 193

Question 3.
Complete the table for the four situations below. Explain your reasoning.
a. the price of a pair of pants and the number sold
b. the number of cell phones and the number of taxis in a city
c. a person’s IQ and the time it takes the person to run 50 meters
d. the amount of time spent studying and the score earned
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 194

Question 4.
Consider the function f(x) = x – 1. Select the functions that are shown in the graph. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 195

Question 5.
Use the numbers to fill in values for m and b in the equation y = mx + b so that its graph passes through the points (6, 1) and (-2, -3).
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 196

Question 6.
Fill in the piecewise function with -, +, <, ≤, >, or ≥ so that the function is represented by the graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 197

Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 198

Question 7.
You claim that you can create a relation that is a function, and your friend claims that she can create a relation that is not a function. Using the given numbers, create a relation of five ordered pairs that supports your claim. What relation of five ordered pairs can your friend use to support her claim?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 199

Question 8.
You have two coupons you can use at a restaurant. Write and solve an equation to determine how much your total bill must be for both coupons to save you the same amount of money.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 200

Question 9.
The table shows the daily high temperatures x (in degrees Fahrenheit) and the numbers y of frozen fruit bars sold on eight randomly selected days. The equation y = 3x – 50 models the data.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 201
a. Select the points that appear on a scatter plot of the residuals.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 4 Writing Linear Functions 202
b. Determine whether the model is a good fit for the data. Explain your reasoning.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14

Follow the free study guide i.e Big Ideas Math Book Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data Answers available here. It has various topics that every student must know before going for the next chapter. This BIM Answers 3rd Grade 14th Chapter Represent and Interpret Data is useful to finish the homework in time and prepare for the exams. Hence, download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data pdf for free of cost and begin the preparation.

Big Ideas Math Book Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data Answers

To ease your learning, we have given Big Ideas Math 3rd Grade 14th Chapter Represent and Interpret Data Solution Key which is designed by the subject experts. So, students and teachers are no need to worry if you have any doubts in questions. Make use of this Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data to score good marks in the exams.

The various topics covered in Represent and Interpret Data are Read and Interpret Picture Graphs, Make Picture Graphs, Read and Interpret Bar Graphs, Make Bar Graphs, Make Line Plots, Measure Lengths: Half Inch, and Measure Lengths: Quarter Inc. Practice questions from all these topics and attend performance task at the end to cross-check your learning skills. Students can also tap on the quick links provided below to get the solutions.

Lesson 1 Read and Interpret Picture Graphs

Lesson 2 Make Picture Graphs

Lesson 3 Read and Interpret Bar Graphs

Lesson 4 Make Bar Graphs

 Lesson 5 Make Line Plots

Lesson 6 Measure Lengths: Half Inch

Lesson 7 Measure Lengths: Quarter Inch

Performance Task

Lesson 14.1 Read and Interpret Picture Graphs

Explore and Grow
You survey 14 students about their favorite type of party. The results are shown on the left picture graph. Use the key to represent the same data on the right picture graph.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 1

Answer:
In left side
the bounce house has 6 students
the costume has 2 students
the pool has 4 students
and skating has 2 students.
And on the right side
the bounce house was represented with 6 students as 1×6= 6
the costume was represented with 2 students as 1×2= 2
the pool was represented with 4 students as 1×4= 4
and skating was represented with 2 students as 1×2= 2.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 1
Here, we can see that the left side was given each emoji was equal to 2 students
so bounce house has three emojis which means 3×2= 6 students
the costume has one emoji which means 1×2= 2 students
the pool has two emojis which means 2×2= 4 students
and skating has one emoji which means 1×2= 2 students.
So to represent the same data on the right picture graph
here, we can see that in the right picture graph,
one emoji is equal to 1 student, so
the bounce house has  6 students which means 6×1= 6 emojis will be placed
the costume has 2 students which means 2×1= 2 emojis will be placed
the pool has 4 students which means 4×1= 4 emojis will be placed
and skating has 2 students which means 2×1= 2 emojis will be placed.

Structure
You ask one more student to name his favorite type of party. He chooses a pool party. How can you represent this on each graph? Explain.
Answer:
On the left side, we will add half emoji, and on the right side, we will add one emoji.

Explanation:
On the left side, we will represent the pool party by half emoji as on the left side one emoji is equal to 2 students, so to add one student we will place half emoji. And on the right side, we will represent the pool party by one emoji as on the right side one emoji is equal to 1 student, so to add one student we will place one emoji.

Think and Grow : Read and Interpret Picture Graphs
A picture graph shows data using pictures or symbols. The key of a picture graph gives the value of one picture or symbol. The value of one picture, or symbol, can be greater than 1.
Example
Use the graph to answer the questions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 2

Answer:
There are 6 national forests in Arizona.
There are 5 national forests in Colorado.

Explanation:
Given that one full tree is equal to two forests, and the half tree is equal to 1 forest.
In Arizona, there are 3 full trees which means 3×2= 6 national forests
and in Colorado, there are 2 full trees which means 2×2= 4 national forests, and a half tree which means 1×1= 1 national forest. So the total number of national forests is 4+1= 5 national forests.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Use the graph to answer the questions. How many students chose dog? How many students chose fish?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 3
Answer:
The number of students who chose the dog is 30 students
The number of students who chose the fish is 15 students.

Explanation:
Given one emoji is equal to 10 students,
as we can see three emojis for the dog
so the number of students who chose the dog is
3×10= 30 students.
And we can see one emoji and a half emoji for the fish
so the number of students who chose the fish is
1×10= 10 students and 1×5= 5 students
so the total number of the students who chose fish are
10+5= 15 students.

Question 2.
Use the graph to answer the questions. What does the symbol Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 4 represent?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 5
How many more students did not choose sledding?
Answer:
The total number of students who didn’t choose sledding is 7+4+6= 17 students.

Explanation:
Here, each emoji represents 2 students, and to find the number of students who didn’t choose sledding
we will add all the students of the other three activities rather than sledding
so in the skiing activity, there are three emojis and half emoji
which is 3×2= 6 students and 1×1= 1 students,
so the total number of students who choose skiing is 6+1= 7 students.
and in the snowboarding activity, there are two emojis which are 2×2= 4 students.
so the total number of students who choose snowboarding is 4 students.
in the sledding activity, there are four emojis and half emoji
which is 4×2= 8 students and 1×1= 1 students,
so the total number of students who choose skiing is 8+1= 9 students.
And in the ice skating activity, there are three emojis,
which is 3×2= 6 students.
So the total number of students who choose skiing is 6 students.
And the total number of students who didn’t choose sledding are 7+4+6= 17 students.

Question 3.
Use the graph to answer the questions. How many mangoes were eaten in June?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 6
How many total mangoes were eaten in the months shown? Were more mangoes eaten in July or in June and August combined?
Answer:
The number of mangoes eaten in June is 21 mangoes.
The total number of mangoes eaten is 21+42+18= 81 mangoes.
Yes in the month of July more mangoes are eaten.

Explanation:
Given each emoji represents 6 mangoes,
so in the month of June, there are three emojis,
which means 3×6= 18 and a half emoji means 6/2= 3.
So the total number of mangoes eaten in June is 18+3= 21 mangoes.
in the month of July, there are seven emojis
which means 7×6= 42, so the total number of mangoes eaten in July is 42 mangoes.
in the month of August, there are three emojis,
which means 3×6= 18, so the total number of mangoes eaten in august is 18 mangoes.
The total number of mangoes eaten is 21+42+18= 81 mangoes.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 7 on a picture graph, then what value does Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 8 represent? Explain.

Answer:
10.

Explanation:
Let the single ball be 10 and then the half ball will be 5,
so 10+10+5= 25.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

During which two weeks were a total of 52 cans recycled?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 9
During ___ and ___ 52 cans were recycled.
Answer:
During week 3 and week 4 52 cans were recycled.

Explanation:
In week 1 the number of cans recycled is 8+8+8+4= 28 cans
In week 2 the number of cans recycled is 8+8+8+8= 32 cans
In week 3 the number of cans recycled is 8+4= 12 cans
In week 4 the number of cans recycled is 8+8+8+8+8= 40 cans
so during week 3 and week 4, 52 cans were recycled.

Show and Grow

Question 5.
Which two origami animals did a total of 32 students choose?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 10
How many more students chose a frog or penguin than swan or butterfly?
Answer:
The two origami animals that did a total of 32 students are Swan and Penguin.

Explanation:
Given each emoji represents 4 students
The two origami animals did a total of 32 students are
Swan has three emojis and half emoji
which means 3×4= 12 and a half emoji means 4/2= 2
so the total number of students is 12+2= 14 students.
and Penguin has four emojis and half emoji
which means 4×4= 16 and a half emoji means 4/2= 2
so the total number of students is 16+2= 18 students.
The two origami animals that did a total of 32 students are Swan and Penguin.
How many more students chose frog or penguin than swan or butterfly
Butterfly has two emojis and half emoji
which means 2×4= 8 and a half emoji means 4/2= 2
so the total number of students is 8+2= 10 students.
and Frog has six emojis, which means 6×4= 24 students.
so the total number of students is 10+24= 34 students.
so there are 34-32= 2 more students who choose frog or penguin than Swan or Butterfly.

Read and Interpret Picture Graphs Homework & Practice 14.1

Question 1.
Use the graph to answer the questions. What value does the symbol Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 11 represent?
How many students chose pterodactyl?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 12
How many students chose stegosaurus or velociraptor?
How many students did choose tyrannosaur?
Answer:
The value of half emoji represents 5 students.
The total number of students who choose pterodactyl is 45 students.
The total number of students who chose stegosaurus or velociraptor is 60 students.
the total number of students who choose tyrannosaur is 20 students.

Explanation:
Given each emoji represent 10 students, and
In pterodactyl, there are four emojis and half emoji which means
4×10= 40 and a half emoji represents 10/2= 5
the total number of students who choose pterodactyl is 40+5= 45 students.
In stegosaurus, there are two emojis and half emoji which means
2×10= 20 and a half emoji represents 10/2= 5
the total number of students who choose stegosaurus is 20+5= 25 students.
In velociraptor, there are three emojis and half emoji which means
3×10= 30 and a half emoji represents 10/2= 5
the total number of students who choose velociraptor is 30+5= 35 students.
The total number of students who chose stegosaurus or velociraptor is 60 students.
In tyrannosaur, there are five emojis which means
2×10= 20 and the total number of students who choose tyrannosaur is 20 students.

Question 2.
Use the graph to answer the questions.
How many dogs participated in the survey?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 13
Which dog treat has more votes than biscuits, but fewer votes than peanut butter? How many dogs chose this treat?
Answer:
The total number of dogs that participated in the survey are 30 dogs.
Dog bone dog treat has more votes than biscuits and fewer votes than peanut butter. And 8 dogs choose this treat.

Explanation:
Given each emoji represent two dogs
so dog bone has four emojis which means 4×2= 8 dogs
Peanut butter has five emojis which means 5×2= 10 dogs
Cheese has two emojis and half emoji which means
2×2= 4 and a half emoji represents 1 dog
so the total number of dogs is 4+1= 5 dogs.
Biscuits have three emojis and half emoji which means
3×2= 6 and a half emoji represents 1 dog
so the total number of dogs is 6+1= 7 dogs.
So the total number of dogs who participated in the survey are
8+10+5+7= 30 dogs.
Dog bone dog treat has more votes than biscuits and fewer votes than peanut butter.
And 8 dogs choose this treat.

DIG DEEPER!
Why would it be difficult to use a key where the value of one symbol represents an odd number of dogs?
Answer:
It would be difficult to use a key where the value of one symbol represents an odd number of dogs because if the symbol is half then the value will be in decimals and we cannot divide the dog into decimals, so it’s difficult to represent an odd number.

YOU BE THE TEACHER
Newton says that one more dog likes peanut butter than dog bones. Is he correct? Explain.
Answer:
Yes, Newton is correct

Explanation:
Yes, Newton is correct. We can see in the table that the number of dogs who likes peanut butter is more than the dogs who like a dog bone. So Newton is correct.

Question 3.
Modeling Real Life
Which creature has 3 more eyes than the squid?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 14
Answer:
The creature which has 3 more eye images than the squid is the spider which has four eye images.

Explanation:
Given each eye image represents 2 eyes
as we can see squid contains one eye image, which means 2 eyes
the spider has four eye images, which means 4×2= 8 eyes
Praying mantis has three eye images and half eye image, which means
3×2= 6 eyes and half eye image represents 1 eye
so the total number of eyes is 6+1= 7 eyes.
Starfish has three eye images, which means
3×2= 6 eyes.
So the creature which has 3 more eye images than the squid is the spider which has four eye images
and the creature has 3 more eyes than the squid is the spid=r, praying mantis, and starfish.

Review & Refresh

Find the area of the shape.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 15
Area = ___
Answer:
The area of the shape is 20 square centimeters.

Explanation:
To find the area of the shape, we will divide the shape into parts, and then we will find the area of the shape.
So we will divide the shape into two rectangles,
the length of rectangle 1 is 7 cm, and
the breadth of rectangle 1 is 2 cm
so the area of rectangle 1 is
area= length×breadth
= 7×2
= 14 square centimeters.
the length of rectangle 2 is 3 cm, and
the breadth of rectangle 2 is 2 cm
so the area of rectangle 2 is
area= length×breadth
= 3×2
= 6 square centimeters.
So the total area of the shape is
14+6= 20 square centimeters.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 16
Area = ___
Answer:
The area of the rectangle is 15 square meters.

Explanation:
The length of the rectangle is 5 m, and
the breadth of the rectangle is 3 m
so the area of the rectangle is
area= length×breadth
= 5×3
= 15 square meters.
The area of the rectangle is 15 square meters.

Lesson 14.2 Make Picture Graphs

Explore and Grow

Flip a two-color counter 10 times. Record the results. Then complete the picture graph.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 17
Reasoning
Why might you change the key if you flip the counter 100 times?
Answer:

Think and Grow: Make Picture Graphs

A frequency table is a table that gives the number of times something occurs.
Example
You survey students about their favorite planet. The frequency table shows the results. Use the table to complete the picture graph.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 18
Step 1: Write the title at the top of the picture graph. Label a row for each category.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 19
Step 2: Look at the numbers Saturn in the table. Choose a value for the key.
Step 3: Use the key to decide how many symbols you need for each planet. Then draw the symbols.
Answer:
Earth needs five symbols,
Mars needs three symbols,
Saturn needs six symbols, and
Jupiter needs four symbols.

Explanation:
The number of students who chooses Saturn is 30 students and the value for the key is six symbols.
By using the key the planet Earth needs five symbols,
Mars needs three symbols,
Saturn needs six symbols, and
Jupiter needs four symbols.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 2

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Use the frequency table to complete the picture graph.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 20
Answer:
Each circle represents three books

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 3
Each circle represents three books
To represent in a picture graph
June will be represented with two circles,
July will be represented with one circle,
August will be represented in three circles.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
Use the frequency table to complete the picture graph.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 21
How many symbols did you draw to represent 10 inches of snowfall in March?
How many inches do you think April would receive?
Answer:
Each circle represents 5 inches

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 4
Each circle represents 5 inches
To represent in a picture graph
January will be represented with six circles,
February will be represented with five circles,
March will be represented with two circles.

Question 3.
Use the frequency table to complete the picture graph.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 22
Structure
Choose a different value for the key. How would the picture graph change?
Answer:
Each emoji represents 4 students.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 5
Each emoji represents 4 students
To represent in a picture graph
Flying will be represented with eight emojis,
Time travel will be represented with eight emojis,
Super strength will be represented with three emojis,
Invisibility will be represented with six emojis,
Super speed will be represented with seven emojis.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You survey 90 students about their favorite type of field trip. 35 students choose science center, 10 choose theater, and 20 choose zoo. The rest of the students choose museum. Complete the picture graph.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 23
Answer:
Each emoji represents 5 students.
The total number of students who choose the Museum is 25 students.

Explanation:
Let’s take each emoji represents 5 students,
As the Science center was chosen by 35 students, which means we can represent with 35/5= 7 emojis,
The theater was chosen by 10 students, which means we can represent with 10/5= 2 emojis,
Zoo was chosen by 20 students, which means we can represent with 20/5= 4 emojis,
so to know how many students choose Museum, we will add all the three field students and then subtract from the total number of the students, so
The number of students from the three fields is 35+10+20= 65 students
and the number of students who choose the Museum is 90-65= 25 students.
And the Museum was chosen by 25 students, which means we can represent with 25/5= 5 emojis.

Show and Grow

Question 4.
You survey 48 students about their favorite type of movie. 8 students choose cartoon, 12 choose action, and 24 choose comedy. The rest of the students choose musical. Complete the picture graph.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 24
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 25
All of the students who chose the musical go to see a movie. Each ticket costs $9.The students use two $20 bills to pay for all of the tickets. What is the change?
Answer:
Each emoji represent 4 students.
The remaining change will be $4.

Explanation:
Let’s take that each emoji represent 4 students.
The total number of students who participated in the survey are 48 students,
and in that eight students chooses cartoon, which means we can represent with 8/4= 2 emojis,
and 12 students choose an action, which means we can represent with 12/4= 3 emojis,
and 24 students choose comedy, which means we can represent with 24/4= 6 emojis,
so to know how many students choose Musical, we will add all the three type of movie students and then subtract from the total number of the students, so
The number of students from three types of movies is 8+12+24= 44 students
and the number of students who choose the Musical are 48-44= 4 students.
And the Musical was chosen by 4 students, which means we can represent with 4/4= 1 emoji.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 7
The total number of students who choose a musical type of movie is 4 students and each ticket costs $9. So for a total of 4 students, it will cost 4×$9= $36. As two students use $20 bills and four students, it will take $40 bill for all of the tickets. So the remaining change will be $40-$36= $4.

Make Picture Graphs Homework & Practice 14.2

Question 1.
Use the frequency table to complete the picture graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 27
Which type of art has more votes than painting, but fewer votes than crafts? How many students chose that type of art?
Answer:
Ceramic has more votes than painting and fewer votes than Crafts. So the total number of students who choose Ceramic is 25 students.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 8
Each emoji represents 5 students
To represent in a picture graph
Drawing will be represented with two emojis,
Ceramics will be represented with five emojis,
The painting will be represented with three emojis,
Crafts will be represented with six emojis.
Ceramic has more votes than painting and fewer votes than Crafts. So the total number of students who choose Ceramic is 25 students.

Question 2.
Use the frequency table to complete the picture graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 28
Answer:
Each circle represents 3 insects.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 9
Each circle represents 3 insects.
To represent in a picture graph
Ant will be represented with eight circles,
Bee will be represented with one circle,
Ladybug will be represented with four circles.
DIG DEEPER!
You see 1 more bee and 4 more ladybugs. How might you change the key?
Answer:
We might change the key by each circle with 4 insects

Explanation:
In the above, we can see Bee has three insects and if we add one more bee then the number of insects will be
3+1= 4 insects.
And in the above, we can see ladybugs have 12 insects and if we add four more ladybugs then the number of insects will be 12+4= 16 insects.
So we might change the key by each circle with 4 insects,
so that bee will be represented with one circle,
and the ladybug will be represented with 16/4= 4 circles.

Question 3.
Modeling Real Life
You survey 72 students about their favorite carnival ride. 12 choose Ferris wheel, 24 choose swings, and 6 choose bumper cars. The rest of the students choose roller coaster. Complete the picture graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 29

Answer:
Let’s take that each emoji represent 6 students.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 10
Let’s take that each emoji represent 6 students.
The total number of students who participated in the favorite carnival ride survey are 72 students,
and in that twelve students chooses Ferris wheel, which means we can represent with 12/6= 2 emojis,
and 24 students choose swings, which means we can represent with 24/6= 4 emojis,
and 6 students choose bumper cars, which means we can represent with 6/6= 1 emoji,
so to know how many students choose roller coaster, we will add all the three types of carnival ride students and then subtract from the total number of the students, so
The number of students from three types of carnival rides is 12+24+6= 42 students
and the number of students who choose the roller coaster is 72-42= 30 students.
And the roller coaster was chosen by 30 students, which means we can represent with 30/6= 5 emojis.

Modeling Real Life
All of the students who chose roller coaster want to ride together. Each ride ticket costs $2. The students have three $10 bills and four $5 bills. Will they have enough to ride the roller coaster together?
Answer:
No. they don’t have enough money.

Explanation:
As there are a total number of students who choose roller coaster ride are 30 students, so ride ticket costs for 30 students is 30×$2= $60. As three students have a $10 bill which means $10×3= $30 and four students have a $5 bill which means $5×4= $20. So together the students have $30+$20= $50, and they need $60. So they don’t have enough money.

Review & Refresh

Question 4.
532 + 54 = ___
Answer:
532 + 54 = 586.

Explanation:
On adding 532 and 54 we will get 586.

Question 5.
718 + 226 = ___
Answer:
718+226= 944.

Explanation:
On adding 718 and 226 we will get 944.

Question 6.
81 + 647 = ___
Answer:
81+647= 728.

Explanation:
On adding 81 and 647 we will get 728.

Lesson 14.3 Name Read and Interpret Graphs

Explore and Grow

You survey 12 students about their favorite school club. The results are shown on the picture graph. Represent the same data on the bar graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 30

Answer:
The drama was chosen by 4 students,
Math was chosen by 2 students,
Robotics was chosen by 6 students.

Explanation:
Given each emoji represents two students,
To represent in a bar graph
Drama is represented with two emojis, which is 2×2= 4 students
Math is represented with one emoji, which is 1×2= 2 students
Robotics is represented with three emojis, which is 3×2= 6 students.
and represented in the graph as shown below.

Structure
How would you change the scale of the bar graph to match the picture graph?
Answer:
The number of students will be represented with 2,4,6,8, etc., and change the scale of the bar graph to match the picture graph.

Think and Grow:
A bar graph shows data using bars. The scale of a bar graph is the group of labels that shows the values at equally spaced grid lines.
Example
Use the graph to answer the questions.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 31
How many gold medals did Jamaica win?
Jamaica won ___ gold medals.
Which country won the fewest gold medals?
__ won the fewest gold medals.
Answer:
Jamaica won 6 gold medals.
Sweden won the fewest gold medals.

Explanation:
In the above graph, we can see Jamaica won 6 gold medals and Sweden won the fewest gold medals.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Use the graph to answer the questions.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 32
How many students chose grapes? Which fruit is the most favorite?
Answer:
Grapes were chosen by 10 students and the most favorite fruit is Apples.

Explanation:
In the above bar graph, we can see the number of students who chosen grapes are 10 students, and the most favorite fruit apples and the number of students who choose are 45 students.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
Use the graph to answer the questions.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 33
How many students does each grid line represent? How many students chose fall? Which season is the least favorite?
Answer:
Each grid line represents four students and the fall was chosen by 18 students and the least favorite season is winter.

Explanation:
In the above bar graph, we can see that each grid line represents four students and we can see that the fall was chosen by 18 students. And the least favorite season is winter because winter was chosen by 10 students.

Question 3.
Use the graph to answer the questions.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 34
How many vegetable seeds did the farmer plant in all? The farmer wants to plant green bean seeds. She plants more green bean seeds than zucchini seeds, but fewer than carrot seeds. How many green bean seeds could the farmer have planted? The farmer plants 30 more potato seeds. Will the farmer have more potatoes or more corn?
Answer:
The number of vegetable seeds did the farmer plant in all is four vegetables.
The number of green bean seeds that the farmer can plant is between 61 to 79 seeds.
The farmer will have more corn seeds than potato seeds.

Explanation:
As we can see in the bar graph the number of vegetable seeds is four. As we can see the number of zucchini seeds planted is 60 seeds and the number of carrot seeds planted is 80 seeds. As she planted more green bean seeds than zucchini seeds and fewer than carrot seeds, so the green bean seeds can be in between 61 to 79 seeds.
As we can see in the bar graph, the corn seeds are 95 seeds and the potato seeds are 45 seeds, so if 30 more seeds are added then the total potato seeds will be 45+30= 75 seeds. So farmers will have more corn seeds than potato seeds.

Question 4.
Writing
Do you think a bar graph or a picture graph is easier to read? Explain.
Answer:
A picture graph is easier to read than a Bar graph.

Explanation:
A picture graph was represented using pictures or symbols and a bar graph was represented using bars and compares the data in each category using bars. So the picture graph is easier than a bar graph because in a picture graph we can easily calculate the values than in the bar graph.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

How many more students need to choose the strategy app so that strategy is the most favorite?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 35
Understand the problem:
Make a plan:
Solve:
___ more students need to choose the strategy app so it is the most favorite.
Answer:
22 more students need to choose the strategy app so it is the most favorite.

Explanation:
As we can see in the above bar graph the strategy app was chosen by 20 numbers and if this strategy app needs to be the most favorite, then 22 more students needed to be chosen.

Show and Grow

Question 5.
Each grade needs to plant 20 trees. How many more trees does second grade need to plant to complete the goal?
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 36
How many more trees did fourth-grade plant than first grade and third grade combined?
Answer:
Second grade needs 6 more trees to plant to complete the goal.
The number of more trees that fourth-grade plant than first grade and third grade are 2 trees.

Explanation:
As we can see in the above bar graph, the second-grade students planted 14 trees and each grade needs to plant 20 trees. So second-grade needs 20-14= 6 more trees to plant to complete the goal.
The fourth grade planted 20 trees and first grade planted 8 trees and the third grade planted 10 plants,
so the total combined trees of first grade and third grade are 8+10= 18 trees. So the number of more trees that fourth-grade plant than first grade and third grade are 20-18= 2 trees.

Name Read and Interpret Graphs Homework & Practice 14.3

Question 1.
Use the graph to answer the questions.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 37
How many students does each grid line represent? Which type of exercise is the least favorite? How many fewer students chose running than swimming? How many students chose walking or biking?
Answer:
Each grid line represents 10 students.
The 5 fewer students choose running than swimming.
Walking was chosen by 15 students and biking was chosen by 45 students.

Explanation:
As we can see in the bar graph that each grid line represents 10 students. And in the bar graph, we can see the skating contains 10 number of students which is the least favorite. The number of students who choose running is 30 students and the number of students who choose swimming is 35 students. So the 5 fewer students choose running than swimming. In the bar graph, we can see that walking was chosen by the 15 number of students, and biking was chosen by 45 students.

Question 2.
Use the graph to answer the questions.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 38
Which sunflowers are taller than 11 feet? Sunflower E has a height of 15 feet. How much taller is Sunflower A than Sunflower E?
Writing
Which sunflower is the shortest? Explain.
Answer:
The sunflowers which are taller than 11 feet are Sunflower A and Sunflower D.
Sunflower A is 11 feet taller than Sunflower E.
Sunflower C is the shortest.

Explanation:
As we can see in the bar graph that the Sunflower A is 26 feet and Sunflower D is 16 feet, and Sunflower B is 10 feet, Sunflower C is 10 feet. So Sunflower A and Sunflower D are taller than 11 feet. Sunflower A is 26 feet and Sunflower E is 15 feet. So the Sunflower A is 26-15= 11 feet taller than Sunflower E. Sunflower C is the shortest, because Sunflower C has the least number of feet.

Question 3.
Modeling Real Life
Use the graph to answer the questions.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 40
How many more students need to choose chameleon so that chameleon is the most favorite? You survey 10 more students and they all choose snake. What is the new total number of students who chose snake? How many more students chose turtle than bearded dragon and lizard combined?
Answer:
There must be 9 more number of students needed to choose Chameleon to be the most favorite.
The new total number of students who choose the snake is 19 students.
There are 3 students more students who choose turtle than bearded dragon and lizard.

Explanation:
As we can see in the bar graph that the total number of students is 30 and in that Chameleon was chosen by 21 number of students. So to choose chameleon as a most favorite then the total number should choose are 30-21=9 students. As we can see in the bar graph the total number of students who choose a snake is 9 students and if 10 more students choose a snake, then the total number of students who choose a snake will be 9+10=19 students. As we can see in the bar graph that the turtle was chosen by 27 students and the bearded dragon was chosen by 18 students and the lizard was chosen by 6 students. So the total number of students who choose bearded dragon and lizard are 18+6= 24 students and the turtle was chosen by 27 students, so there are 27-24= 3 students more students chooses turtle than bearded dragon and lizard.

Review & Refresh

Estimate the difference.

Question 4.
96 – 47 = __
Answer:
96-47= 49.
Explanation:
The difference between 96 and 47 is 49.

Question 5.
678 – 142 = ___
Answer:
678-142= 536.
Explanation:
The difference between 678 and 142 is 536.

Lesson 14.4 Make Bar Graphs

Explore and Grow

Spin the Color Spinner 10 times. Record the results. Then complete the bar graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 41
Answer:
Reasoning
Explain how you would change the scale if you spin the spinner 100 times.
Answer:

Think and Grow: Make Bar Graphs

Example
You record the number of times each baseball team wins. The frequency table shows the results. Use the table to complete the bar graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 42
Step 1: Write the title at the top of the bar graph. Label a row for each category. Label the categories.
Step 2: Look at the numbers in the table. Use a scale so that most of the bars end on a grid line. Label the scale.
Step 3: Draw and shade a bar for each team.
Answer:
Each grid line represents three wins.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 13
As given the values of the number of wins are the multiples of 3, so we will represent the number of wins with the multiples of 3. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents three wins.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Use the frequency table to complete the bar graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 43
Answer:
Each grid line represents two number of students.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 12
In the given frequency table, we can see most of the values are multiplies of 2. So we represent the number of students by the multiplies of 2. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents two number of students.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
Use the frequency table to complete the bar graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 44
How would you use the graph to decide which type of fingerprint is the most common?
Answer:
To decide which type of fingerprint is used most commonly, we will compare the heights of the bars, and then we will choose the most common fingerprint.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 14
In the given frequency table, we can see most of the values are multiplied by 25. So we represent the number of students by the multiplies of 25. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents twenty-five number of students.

Question 3.
Use the frequency table to complete the bar graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 45
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 46
How many fewer students chose the least favorite type of food than the most favorite type of food?
Answer:
The least favorite type of food chosen by vegetarians and the most favorite type of food was chosen by Mexican.
And each grid line represents four number of students.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 15

In the given frequency table, we can see most of the values are multiplies of 4. So we represent the number of students by the multiplies of 4. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents four number of students.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

You survey 27 students about their favorite subject. Nine students choose science. Six fewer students choose English than science. The rest of the students choose math. Complete the bar graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 47
Answer:
Each grid line represents three number of students.
The total number of students who choose math is 15 students.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 16
In the given frequency table, we can see most of the values are multiplies of 3. So we represent the number of students by the multiplies of 3. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents three number of students.
As the total number of students for the survey is 27 students in that nine students choose science, and six fewer students choose English than Science, which means 9-6= 3. So 3 students choose Science. And the rest of the students chooses math, which means we add the two subjects and then subtract from the total number of students, then we can get the value of the students who choose math. So the total number of students who choose English and Science are 9+3= 12 and then subtract with the total number of students, which means 27-12= 15. So the total number of students who choose math is 15 students.

Show and Grow

Question 4.
You survey 22 students about their favorite camp activity. Eight students choose archery. Four more students choose swimming than archery. The rest of the students choose hiking. Complete the bar graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 48
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 49
How many fewer students chose archery than swimming and hiking combined?
Answer:
Six fewer students chose archery than swimming and hiking combined.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 17
In the given frequency table, we can see most of the values are multiplies of 2. So we represent the number of students by the multiplies of 2. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents three number of students.
The number of students who choose archery is eight students and in that four more students choose swimming than archery, which means 8+4= 12 students choose swimming. And the rest choose hiking, which means we will add the number of students who choose archery and swimming and then subtract the value with the total number of students. So the number of students who choose archery and swimming is 8+12= 20, and the number of students who choose hiking is 22-20= 2. The total number of students who choose swimming and hiking combined is 12+2= 14 students, and archery was chosen by 8 students. So 14-8= 6 fewer students choose archery than swimming and hiking combined.

Make Bar Graphs Homework & Practice 14.4

Question 1.
Use the frequency table to complete the bar graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers 3rd Grade Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 50
How many students does each grid line represent? How would you use the graph to find the most favorite type of music?
Answer:
Each grid line represents five number of students. By using the graph, we will compare the heights of the graphs and pick the most favorite music.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 18

As given the values of the number of students are the multiples of 5, so we will represent the number of students with the multiples of 5. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents five number of students. By using the graph, we will compare the heights of the graphs and pick the most favorite music.

Question 2.
Use the frequency table to complete the bar graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 51
Structure
On the last day of school, each backpack weighs less than 5 pounds. How could the scale of the bar graph change?
Answer:
We will subtract the given values by 5 pounds and then we will represent those values in a graph.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 19

As given the values of the number of pounds are the multiples of 4, so we will represent the number of pounds with the multiples of 4. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents four pounds. As on the last day, each backpack weighs less than 5 pounds, which means we will subtract the given values by 5, and then we will represent those values in a graph.

Question 3.
Modeling Real Life
You survey 26 teachers about their favorite vacation spot. Six teachers choose amusement park. Two more teachers choose camping than amusement park. The rest of the teachers choose beach. Complete the bar graph.
How many fewer teachers chose camping than amusement park and beach combined?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 52
Answer:
The beaches were chosen by 12 teachers.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 20
As given the values of the number of teachers are most of them are multiples of 2, so we will represent the number of teachers with the multiples of 2. To represent these values in a bar graph, we will represent those data with rectangular bars with proper heights and lengths by the given values. And those bars are plotted vertically or horizontally. In the above bar graph, we can see each grid line represents five number of students. By using the graph, we will compare the heights of the graphs and pick the most favorite music. As amusement park was chosen by six teachers and two more teachers choose camping than the amusement park, so camping was chosen by 6+2= 8 teachers. And the rest of the teachers choose the beach, which means we will add both the vacation amusement park and camping and then subtract by the total number of teachers. So the total number of teachers who choose both amusement parks and camping is 6+8= 14 teachers, so the teachers who choose the beach are 26-14= 12 teachers.

Review & Refresh

Find the difference.

Question 4.
474 – 19 = ___
Answer:
474 – 19 = 455.

Explanation:
The difference between 474 and 19 is 455.

Question 5.
615 – 204 = ___
Answer:
615 – 204 = 411.

Explanation:
The difference between 615 and 204 is 411.

Question 6.
232 – 53 = ___
Answer:
232 – 53 =179.

Explanation:
The difference between 232 and 53 is 179.

Lesson 14.5 Make Line Plots

Explore and Grow

A teacher asks students to line up according to the number of siblings they have. The results are shown. Create a Line Plot for the number of siblings the students in your class have.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 53
Answer:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55

Explanation:
The students that have 0 siblings in the line plot 1 is 2,
The students that have 1 sibling in the line plot 1 is 11,
The students that have 2 siblings in the line plot 1 is 5,
The students that have 3 siblings in the line plot 1 is 2,
The students that have 0 siblings in the line plot 2 is 1,
The students that have 1 sibling in the line plot 2 is 6,
The students that have 2 siblings in the line plot 2 is 3,
The students that have 3 siblings in the line plot 2 is 2.
Structure
Compare the two line plots. How are the line plots the same? How are they different?
Answer:
The line plots are the same in that each class has a maximum of 3 siblings and varies in the count of siblings.

Explanation:
Comparing the two-line plots we can see the count of siblings varies and the two number line plots are the same that the class has the maximum number of siblings is 3.

Think and Grow: Make Line Plots
A lion plot uses marks above a number line to show data values.
Example
The table shows the weights of 15 bald eagles. Use the table to complete the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 54
Step 1: write the title at the top of the line plot.
_____________
Step 2 : Look at the numbers in the table. Use a scale that shows all of the data values. Draw a number line using the scale. Label the scale.
Step 3 : Mark an X for each data value.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 55
Answer:
A line plot can be defined as a graph that displays the given data as a point above a number line.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55
The eagles that weigh 3kgs are 2,
The eagles that weigh 4kgs are 6,
The eagles that weigh 5kgs are 4,
The eagles that weigh 6kgs are 2.

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Use the table to complete the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 56
Answer:
A line plot can be defined as a graph that displays the given data as a point above a number line.

Explanation:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 21
A line plot can be defined as a graph that displays the given data as a point above a number line. As the given values are mostly are multiples of 3, so we will represent the number of inches by multiples of 3. And now we will place the check marks on the given values.

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
Use the table to complete the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 57
How many waves were 26 feet tall or taller?
Answer:
There are 11 waves that were 26 feet tall or taller.

Explanation:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 28

A line plot can be defined as a graph that displays the given data as a point above a number line. As the given values are mostly a series of numbers from 25 to 30, so we will represent the number of feet by a series of numbers from 25 to 30. And now we will place the check marks on the given values.

Question 3.
Use the table to complete the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 58
Which giraffe tongue length is the most common?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 59
Answer:
The most common giraffe tongue lengths are 20 inches.

Explanation:

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 29

A line plot can be defined as a graph that displays the given data as a point above a number line. As the given values are mostly a series of numbers from 17 to 21, so we will represent the number of feet by a series of numbers from 17 to 21. And now we will place the check marks on the given values. The most common giraffe tongue lengths are 20 inches.

Precision
How many giraffe tongues are 19 inches long?
Answer:
The 19 inches long giraffe tongues are 3.

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

What is the difference in height of the tallest student and the shortest student?
Subtraction equation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 60
The difference in height is ___ inches.
Answer:
The difference in height is 6 inches.

Explanation:
As we can see in the above number plot, the height of the tallest student is 56 inches, and the height of the shortest student is 50 inches. And the difference between them is 56-50= 6 inches.

Show and Grow

Question 4.
What is the difference between the greatest number of floors and the least number of floors?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 61
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 62
How many fewer skyscrapers are there with over 50 floors than skyscrapers with under 50 floors?
Answer:
The fewer skyscrapers are there with over 50 floors than skyscrapers with under 50 floors are 11.

Explanation:
The greatest number of floors is 8 floors and the least number of floors are 2,
so the difference between the greatest number of floors and the least number of floors is 8-2= 6.
The skyscrapers over 50 floors are 32 and the skyscrapers with under 50 floors are 21,
The fewer skyscrapers are there with over 50 floors than skyscrapers with under 50 floors are 32-21= 11.

Make Line Plots Homework & Practice 14.5

Question 1.
Use the table to complete the line plot.
____
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 63
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 64
How many snakes are longer than 10 feet?
Which snake length is the most common?
Answer:
The snakes which are longer than 10 feet are 1.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55
The number of snakes which are 5 feet are 1,
The number of snakes which are 6 feet are 3,
The number of snakes which are 7 feet are 3,
The number of snakes which are 8 feet are 0,
The number of snakes which are 9 feet are 2,
The number of snakes which are 10 feet are 4,
The number of snakes which are 11 feet is 1.

Question 2.
Use the table to complete the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 66
Reasoning
Are most of the students able to complete 30 sit-ups? Explain.

Answer:
No, the students who completed 30 sit-ups are 1 student.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55
The number of students who completed 27 sit-ups is 6 students.
The number of students who completed 28 sit-ups is 1 student.
The number of students who completed 29 sit-ups is 3 students.
The number of students who completed 30 sit-ups is 1 student.
The number of students who completed 32 sit-ups is 3 students.

DIG DEEPER!
Student H completed more sit-ups than Student F, but fewer sit-ups than Student B. How many sit-ups could Student H have completed?
Answer:

Explanation:

Question 3.
Modeling Real Life
What is the difference of the most number of miles biked and the least number of miles biked?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 67
Answer:
The most number of miles biked and the least number of miles biked 5.

Explanation:
The most number of miles biked are 6 bikes and the least number of miles biked is 1 bike,
so the difference between the most number of miles biked and the least number of miles biked is 6-1= 5.

Review & Refresh

Find the sum or difference. Use the inverse operation to check.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 68
Answer:
760

Explanation:
On adding 523 and 237 we will get 760. Here, we will subtract 237 with 760 to check the inverse operation, so 760-237= 523.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 69
Answer:
151.

Explanation:
The difference between 403 and 252 is 151. Here we will add 151 and 252 to check the inverse operation, so 252+151= 403.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 70
Answer:
999.

Explanation:
On adding 612 and 387 we will get 999. Here, we will subtract 387 with 999 to check the inverse operation, so 999-387= 612.

Lesson 14.6 Measure Lengths: Half Inch

Explore and Grow

How much longer is the green ribbon than the yellow ribbon? How do you know?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 71

Answer:
The green ribbon is 1 inch longer than the yellow ribbon.

Explanation:
The green ribbon is 1 inch longer than the yellow ribbon. By measuring the ribbons using a ruler we can know that the green ribbon is longer than the yellow ribbon.

How much longer is the purple ribbon than the orange ribbon? How do you know?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 72

Answer:
The purple ribbon is 1 inch longer than the orange ribbon.

Explanation:
The purple ribbon is 1 inch longer than the orange ribbon. By measuring the ribbons using a ruler we can know that the purple ribbon is longer than the orange ribbon.
Structure
How can you use a ruler to measure an object to the nearest half inch?
Answer:
If the object is closer to the half-inch mark than the zero inches then it’s half-inch is measured.

Explanation:
We will use the ruler by marking the objects it’s starting pointing and ending point and then measure the length of that object. If the object is closer to the half-inch mark than the zero inches then it’s half-inch is measured.

Think and Grow: Measure Lengths: Half Inch

Not all objects are whole numbers of inches long. You can use a ruler to measure length to the nearest half inch. Remember to line up the end of the object with 0.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 73
Example
Measure the length of each string to the nearest half inch. The string is \(\frac{3}{2}\) inches long. You can also represent the length as 1 whole inch and one \(\frac{1}{2}\) inch, or 1\(\frac{1}{2}\) inches.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 74
The string is between \(\frac{1}{2}\) inch and 1 inch long. The half-inch marking that is closest to end of the string is \(\frac{3}{2}\). So, the string is about \(\frac{3}{2}\) inch long.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 75

Example
Measure the length of each line to the nearest half inch. Then record each length on the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 76
Answer:
The number of strings with half-inch length is 1.

Explanation:
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55
The number of strings with half-inch length is 1,
The number of strings with one and half-inch length  is 1,
The number of strings with two-inch length  is 2,

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Measure the length of each line to the nearest half-inch. Then record each length on the line plot above.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 77
Answer:

Explanation:

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
Measure the length of each line to the nearest half inch. Record each length on the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 78
How might the scale change if the length of the line below is recorded on the line plot?
___________
Answer:

Question 3.
Measure the length of each toy to the nearest half inch. Then record each length on the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 79
Answer:

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Measure the lengths of 10 crayons to the nearest half inch. Record each length on the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 80
Answer:

Show and Grow

Question 4.
Measure the lengths of 10 shoes to the nearest half inch. Record each length on the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 81
What is the length of the longest shoe? What is the length of the shortest shoe?
Answer:

Measure Lengths: Half Inch Homework & Practice 14.6

Question 1.
Measure the length of each ribbon to the nearest half inch. Record each length on the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 82
How many pretzel sticks are 1 inch?
Answer:

Question 2.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Descartes says the pencil is 3\(\frac{1}{2}\) inches long. Is he correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 83
Answer:

Question 3.
Reasoning
Your friend’s wrist measures \(\frac{13}{2}\) inches around. His friendship bracelet is 6\(\frac{1}{2}\) inches. Will the bracelet fit around his wrist?
Answer:

Question 4.
Modeling Real Life
Measure the lengths of 10 plant leaves to the nearest half inch. Record each length on the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 84
What is the length of the longest leaf? What is the length of the shortest leaf? What leaf length is the most common?
Answer:

Review & Refresh

Find the product.

Question 5.
5 × 30 = ___
Answer:
150.

Explanation:
The product of 5×30 is 150.

Question 6.
9 × 50 = ___
Answer:
450.

Explanation:
The product of 9×50 is 450.

Question 7.
6 × 70 = ___
Answer:
420.

Explanation:
The product of 6×70= 420.

Lesson 14.7 Measure Lengths: Quarter Inch

Explore and Grow

How much longer is the green ribbon than the yellow ribbon? How do you know?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 85
How much longer is the purple ribbon than the orange ribbon? How do you know?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 86

Reasoning
Measure the line to the nearest half inch and the nearest quarter inch. Which measurement is better? Why?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 87
Answer:

Think and Grow : Measure Lengths: Quarter Inch

You know how to use a ruler to measure lengths to the nearest half inch. You can also use a ruler to measure lengths to the nearest quarter-inch.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 88
Example
Measure the length of each string to the nearest quarter inch. The string is \(\frac{7}{4}\) inches long. You can also represent the length as 1 whole inch and three \(\frac{1}{4}\) inches or 1\(\frac{1}{3}\) inches.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 89

The string is between 1 inch and 1\(\frac{1}{4}\) inches long. The quarter-inch marking that is closest to the end of the string is 1\(\frac{1}{4}\). So, the string is about 1\(\frac{1}{4}\) inches long.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 90

Example
Measure the length of each line to the nearest quarter inch. Then record each length on the line plot
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 91
Answer:

Show and Grow

Question 1.
Measure the length of each line to the nearest quarter inch. Then record each length on the line plot above.
____ ______ ______
Answer:

Apply and Grow: Practice

Question 2.
Measure the length of each line to the nearest quarter inch. Record each length on the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 92
How might the scale change if the two lines below are recorded in the line plot?
___________
____
Answer:

Question 3.
Measure the length of each eraser to the nearest quarter inch. Then record each length on the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 94
Answer:

Question 4.
Precision
Draw a line that measures 5\(\frac{3}{4}\) inches long.
Answer:

Think and Grow: Modeling Real Life

Measure the lengths of 10 pencils to the nearest quarter inch. Record each length on the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 95
Answer:

Show and Grow

Question 5.
Measure the heights of 10 books to the nearest quarter inch. Record each length on the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 96
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 97
Write and answer a question about your line plot.
Answer:

Measure Lengths: Quarter Inch Homework & Practice 14.7

Question 1.
Measure the length of each celery stick to the nearest quarter inch. Record each length on the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 98
Which celery stick length is the most common?
Answer:

Question 2.
Which One Doesn’t Belong? Which does not belong with the other three ?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 99
Answer:

Question 3.
Precision
Find the length of the caterpillar to the nearest quarter inch. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 100
Answer:

Question 4.
Modeling Real Life
Measure the lengths of your 10 fingers to the nearest quarter inch. Record each length on the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 101
Write and answer a question about your line plot.
Answer:

Review & Refresh

What fraction of the whole is shaded?

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 102
Answer:
5/6 is shaded.

Explanation:
As we can see in the above image the circle was divided into 6 parts and in that 5 parts are shaded. So the fraction of the whole shaded part is 5/6 part was shaded.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 103
Answer:
2/4= 1/2 part was shaded.

Explanation:
As we can see in the rectangle was divided into four parts, and in that two parts are shaded. So the fraction of the whole shaded part is 2/4= 1/2 part was shaded.

Represent and Interpret Data Performance Task

Question 1.
You plant 3 bamboo seeds during the first week. You measure and record the growth of your bamboo plants for the next 3 weeks.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 104
a. Find the height of each plant after the fourth week. Make a bar graph of the plant heights.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 105

Explanation:
The height of each plant after the fourth week is
Plant A 4 in,
Plant B 4 in,
Plant C 5 in.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 26
b. Do you think any of the plants will be taller than 15 inches after 5 weeks? Explain.
Answer:
No, I think that no plant will be taller than 15 inches after 5 weeks.

Explanation:
No plant will be taller than 15 inches after 5 weeks, because we can see that the growth of each plant takes a minimum of 1 or 2 weeks.

Question 2.
a. Measure and record the height of each bamboo plant on Bamboo Growth to the nearest quarter inch.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 106
b. Which height occurs the most?
Answer:

Roll and Graph

Directions:
1. Players take turns rolling a die.
2. Record each of your rolls on your line plot.
3. The first player to get 10 rolls of one number wins!
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 107
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 108
Answer:

Represent and Interpret Data Chapter Practice

14.1 Read and Interpret Picture Graphs

Question 1.
Use the graph to answer the questions. How many tickets were sold in August?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 109
How many more tickets were sold in July or August than in May, June, or September?
Which month had more ticket sales than June, but fewer ticket sales than July? How many tickets were sold this month?
Answer:
The number of tickets sold in August is 80+10= 90 tickets.
50 tickets more were sold in July or August than in May, June, or September.
In the month of August the ticket sale is more than June, but fewer ticket sales than July. The total number of tickets sold in the month of August is 90 tickets.

Explanation:
As each ticket image represents 20 tickets and the half ticket represents 10 tickets so
The number of tickets sold in August is 4×20= 80 and one-half ticket represents 10
the number of tickets sold in August is 80+10= 90 tickets.
The tickets sold in July are 5×20= 100 and tickets sold in august are 90,
so the total number of tickets sold in July and August is 100+90= 190 tickets.
And the tickets sold in the month of May are 2×20= 40 tickets,
the tickets sold in the month of June are 3×20= 60 tickets and one half ticket image which is 10 tickets,
so the total number of tickets sold is 60+10= 70 tickets.
the tickets sold in the month of September are 1×20= 20tickets and one half ticket image which is 10 tickets,
so the total number of tickets sold is 20+10= 30 tickets.
The total tickets sold in the month of May, June, or September is 40+70+30=140,
So the tickets were sold in July or August than in May, June or September is 190-140= 50.
In the month of August the ticket sale is more than June, but fewer ticket sales than July. The total number of tickets sold in the month of August is 90 tickets.

14.2 Make Picture Graphs

Question 2.
You collect supplies for an animal shelter. You receive 4 collars, 20 tennis balls, 18 dog bones, and 12 cat toys. Complete the picture graph.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 110
Answer:
Each circle is 2 supplies.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 25

Let each circle be 2 supplies,
As there are 4 collars, so we will represent them with two circles,
and 20 tennis balls, so we will represent them with ten circles,
and  18 dog bones, so we will represent them with nine circles,
and 12 cat toys we will represent them with six circles.

Question 3.
A zookeeper takes care of 30 animals. There are 6 monkeys, 12 flamingos, and 9 kangaroos. The rest of the animals are giraffes. Complete the picture graph.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 111
Answer:
The number of giraffes is 3.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 24
Let each circle be 3 animals,
The total number of animals is 30,
As there are 6 monkeys, so we will represent them with two circles,
and the Flamingos is 12, so we will represent them with four circles,
the kangaroos are 9, so we will represent them with three circles,
so to find giraffes we will add all the three types of animals and then subtract them with the total number of animals, so 6+12+9= 27, and the total number of animals are 30.
So the number of giraffes is 30-27= 3 we will represent them with one circle.

14.3 Read and Interpret Bar Graphs

Question 4.
Use the graph to answer the questions. How many more fireflies does your friend catch on Thursday than on Monday?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 112
Patterns
What do you notice about the number of fireflies caught from Monday to Thursday?

On which two days did your friend catch 10 fireflies combined?
You catch 5 fireflies on Monday, 4 fireflies on Tuesday, 8 fireflies on Wednesday, and 7 fireflies on Thursday. Who caught more fireflies at camp?
Answer: 24
The number of fireflies does my friend catch on Thursday than on Monday is 8.
We can observe that the increase in the graph from Monday to Thursday.
My friend caught more fireflies at camp than I.

Explanation:
The fireflies caught on Monday are 3 and the fireflies caught on Thursday are 11, so
the number of fireflies does my friend catch on Thursday than on Monday are 11-3= 8 fireflies.
We can observe that the increase in the graph from Monday to Thursday.
The fireflies caught by me are 5+4+8+7= 24 and the fireflies caught by my friend is 3+4+7+11= 25 files,
so my friend caught more fireflies at camp than I.

14.4 Make Bar Graphs

Question 5.
Use the frequency table to complete the bar graph.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 113
Another student, Student E, has 45 trading cards. How would the bar graph change?

Answer:
The bar of student E will be the highest.

Explanation:
As student E has 45 trading cards, then the bar of student E will be the highest.

Modeling Real Life
Including the number of trading cards of Student E, order the numbers of cards from least to greatest.
Answer:
The number of trading cards of Student E, order the numbers of cards from least to greatest are
Student C, Student B, Student D, Student A, and the student E.

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 23
The order of the number of cards from least to greatest are
Students C who has 10 cards,
Student B who has 15 cards,
Student D who has 15 cards,
Student A who has 30 cards,
and Student E who has 45 cards.

14.5 Make Line Plots

Question 6.
Use the table to complete the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 114

Explanation:
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data img 22

The number of  trees with 19 meters is 4 trees,
The number of  trees with 21 meters is 3 trees,
The number of  trees with 22 meters is 1 tree,
The number of  trees with 23 meters is 1 tree,
The number of  trees with 24 meters is 3 trees,

14.6 Measure Lengths: Half Inch

Question 7.
Measure the length of each snail trail from a snail race to the nearest half inch. Record each length on the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 115

Explanation:
The lengths of each snail trail from a snail race to the nearest half-inch are
Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55

Modeling Real Life
What is the length of the longest snail trail? What is the length of the shortest snail trail?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 116
Answer:
The longest snail trail is 6 inches and the shortest is 1/2 inch.

Explanation:
The length of the longest snail trail is 6 inches and the length of the shortest snail trail 1/2 inch.

14.7 Measure the Lengths: Quarter Inch

Question 8.
Measure the length of each feather to the nearest quarter inch. Then record each length on the line plot.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data 117
Answer:
To measure the feathers to the nearest quarter inch, we will label the marks and then measure the length to the nearest quarter inch.

Explanation:

Big-Ideas-Math-Answers-Grade-3-Chapter-14-Represent-and-Interpret-Data-55
To measure the feathers to the nearest quarter inch, we will label the marks and then measure the length to the nearest quarter inch.
The length of feather 1 is 4 1/4 inch,
The length of feather 2 is 1/4 inch,
The length of feather 3 is 2 2/4 inch,
The length of feather 4 is 1/4 inch,
The length of feather 5 is 2 3/4 inch.

Final Words:

Download Big Ideas Math Book 3rd Grade 14th Chapter Represent and Interpret Data Answers pdf and start your preparation for the exams. Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 3 Chapter 14 Represent and Interpret Data is the best answer key that helps to improve your math skills. If you have any queries or doubts about Big Ideas Math Answers then please leave a comment below. Stay connected with our site to get more answer keys of other grades and grade 3 other chapters.

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability

To solve real-life mathematical problems, candidates have to understand the topics behind the problems. Before solving the problems, know what is probability and how it works in real-life situations. Follow the tips and tricks for the most interesting chapter of Grade 7. Download Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability problems pdf and start your exam preparation to score good marks.

Refer to all the important questions and solutions which help you in scoring the highest marks in the exam. With the help of the given syllabus, you can score marks and also can know the tricks and tips of solving the problems quickly. Follow the syllabus and attend mock tests to get perfection in all the subjects. BIM Grade 7 Chapter 7 pdf is accessible for free of cost, check all the problems, and get thorough with the syllabus.

Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 7 Probability

Probability is one such concept where you feel it is difficult at the initial stages, but as you practice it you will love this concept. Big Ideas Math Answer Key for Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability is mandatory to practice if you want to secure more marks in the exam. Tap on the links and download the pdf for free of cost. Refer to all the problems and know the importance of each concept in the exam.

With the given pdf and problems, you can manage the exam quickly and efficiently. Look at the guide and answer key which clears all your doubts regarding the exam. A serious practice must be needed to get perfection in the probability concept. Check the Big Ideas Math Book 7th Grade Answer Key Chapter 7 Probability before going to attend the exam.

Performance Task

Lesson: 1 Probability

Lesson: 2 Experimental and Theoretical Probability

Lesson: 3 Compound Events

Lesson: 4 Simulations

Chapter: 7 – Probability 

Probability STEAM Video/Performance Task

STEAM Video

Massively Multiplayer Rock Paper Scissors.
You can use experimental probability to describe the percent of times that you win, lose, or tie in Rock Paper Scissors. Describe a real-life situation where it is helpful to describe the percent of times that a particular outcome occurs.

Watch the STEAM Video “Massively Multiplayer Rock Paper Scissors.”Then answer the following questions.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 1
1. The table shows the ways that you can win, lose, or tie in Rock Paper Scissors. You and your opponent throw the signs for rock, paper, or scissors at random. What percent of the time do you expect to win? lose? tie?
2. You play Rock Paper Scissors 15 times. About how many times do you expect to win? Explain your reasoning.

Performance Task

Fair and Unfair Carnival Games
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 2
You will be given information about a version of Rock Paper Scissors used at a carnival. Then you will be asked to design your own “unfair” carnival game using a spinner or a number cube, and test your game with a classmate.
In what ways can a game of chance be considered fair? unfair? Explain your reasoning.

Probability Getting Ready for Chapter 7

Chapter Exploration
Work with a partner.
1. Play Rock Paper Scissors 30 times. Tally your results in the table.
2. How many possible results are there?
3. Of the possible results, in how many ways can Player A win? In how many ways can Player B win? In how many ways can there be a tie?
4. Is one of the players more likely to win than the other player? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 3

Vocabulary
The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
probability
theoretical probability
simulation
relative frequency
sample space
experimental probability
compound event

Lesson 7.1 Probability

EXPLORATION 1

Determining Likelihood
Work with a partner. Use the spinners shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 1
a. For each spinner, determine which numbers you are more likely to spin and which numbers you are less likely to spin. Explain your reasoning.
b. Spin each spinner 20 times and record your results in two tables. Do the data support your answers in part(a)? Explain why or why not.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 2
c. How can you use percents to describe the likelihood of spinning each number? Explain.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 3

Try It

Question 1.
You randomly choose one of the tiles shown from a hat.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 4
a. How many possible outcomes are there?

Answer:
There are 5 number of unique possible outcomes
They are { A,B,C,D,E}
Therefore, there are 5 possible outcomes for the event.

b. What are the favorable outcomes of choosing a vowel ?

Answer:
There are 2 favorable outcomes of choosing an vowel
They are {A,E}
Therefore, there are 2 favorable outcomes of choosing an vowel.

C. In how many ways can choosing a consonant occur?
Answer: 3 ways

Explanation:
There are 3 unique consonant tiles. They are {B,C,D}

Describe the likelihood of the event given its probability.
Question 2.
The probability that you land a jump on a snowboard is \(\frac{1}{10}\).
Answer:
Given, Probability of landing a jump on snowboard = 1/10 = 0.1
So, the likelihood of the event of jumping on to the snowboard after every jump is 1 out of 10 times.

Question 3.
There is a 100% chance that the temperature will be less than 120°F tomorrow.
Answer:
Certain event .
Given that , there is 100% chance that the temperature will be less than 120F tomorrow.
The probability for a certain event is P(E)= 1.
So, the probability that the temperature being 120F tomorrow is 1.

Question 4.
You attempt three-point shots on a basketball court and record the number of made and missed shots. Describe the likelihood of each event.̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 5
̇̇a. You make your next shot.
b. You miss your next shot.
Answer:
a.
Explanation:
Total number of shots = 15
Frequency of shots made = 9
The likelihood of making next shot is
Shots made/ Total = 9/15=0.6
So, the next shot is likely to occur

b.
Explanation:
Total number of shots = 15
Frequency of missed shots = 6
The likelihood of the next shot will miss is shots missed/ Total =6/15 0.4
So, the next shot is not likely to occur.

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
IDENTIFYING OUTCOMES
You roll a number cube. What are the possible outcomes?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 6

Answer: 6
A cube has 6 faces .
They are {1,2,3,4,5,6} .
There are 6 possible outcomes.
Therefore , there are 6 possible outcomes for a cube.

Question 6.
USING RELATIVE FREQUENCIES
A bag contains only red marbles and blue marbles. You randomly draw a marble from the bag and replace it. The table shows the results of repeating this experiment. Find the likelihood of each event.̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 7
a. The next marble you choose is red. ̇̇
b. The next marble you choose is neither red nor blue.
Answer:

a.
Explanation:
Total number of balls = 42
Number of red balls = 21
The likelihood of drawing the red marble in the next turn=
Number of red balls/ Total number of balls
= 21/42 =0.5
There is only 50% chance of chance of drawing a red ball in the next turn
So, the likelihood of the event is may or ,ay not occur evenly.

b.The likelihood of drawing neither red nor blue ball is 0
0%= Impossible
Because, there are only red and blue marbles
So, it is impossible to draw another ball other than red and blue.
Therefore, the likelihood of the event is cannot occur

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 7.
The table shows the number of days you have a pop quiz and the number of days you do not have a pop quiz in three weeks of school. How many days can you expect to have a pop quiz during a 180-day school year? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 8
Answer:
Total number of days for pop quiz for 3 weeks = 2
Total frequency = 15
Now, the number of times to have a pop quiz in 180 days be x
Total number of days =180
2/15 = x/180
15x = 360
x =  360/ 15
x = 24
Therefore, we can expect 24 days to have a pop quiz during a 180-day school year.

Question 8.
In a football game, the teams pass the ball on 40% of the plays. Of the passes thrown, greater than 75% are completed. You watch the film of a randomly chosen play. Describe the likelihood that the play results in a complete pass. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Given ,
The team pass the ball on 40% of the plays
And also, 75% are completed
75% = 0.75
Therefore 75% = 3/4
Therefore , the likelihood is likely to happen of the plays results in a complete pass = 0.34

Probability Homework & Practice 7.1

Review & Refresh

An account earns simple interest. Find the interest earned.
Question 1
$700 at 3% for 4 years
Answer: $84
The formula for simple interest= Principal x rate x time
I = P x r x t
= $700 x0.03 x 4 =$84
Therefore , the interest earned =  $84

Question 2.
$650 at 2% for 6 years
Answer: $78
The formula for simple interest= Principal x rate x time
I = P x r x t
= $650 x0.02 x 6 =$78
Therefore , the interest earned =  $78

Question 3.
$480 at 1.5% for 5 years
Answer: $36
The formula for simple interest= Principal x rate x time
I = P x r x t
= $480 x0.015 x 5 =$36
Therefore , the interest earned =  $36

Question 4.
$1200 at 2.8% for 30 months
Answer: $84
The formula for simple interest= Principal x rate x time
I = P x r x t
= $1200 x0.028 x 2.5 =$84
Therefore , the interest earned =  $84

Write the indicated ratio. Then find and interpret the value of the ratio.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 9
Question 5.
rolled oats : chopped peanuts
Answer:
2 : 1/2
2/1 : 1/2
Multiplying with 2
2/1 x 2 : 1/2 x 2
4/2 : 2/4
2/1 : 1/2
2/1 x 2 : 1/2:2
4 : 1
Therefore, the value of ratio = 4: 1

Question 6.
sunflower seeds : pumpkin seeds
Answer:
1/3 :1/4
Multiplying with 12
1/3 x 12 : 1/4 x 12
12/36 : 12/ 48
1/3: 1 /4
1/3 x 12 : 1/4 x12
12/3 : 12/4
4 : 3
Therefore, the ratio = 4 : 3

Question 7.
pumpkin seeds : rolled oats
Answer:
1/4 :2
On multiplying with 4
1/4 x 4 : 2/1 x 4
4/16 : 8/4
1/4: 2
1/4 x 4 : 2 x 4
1 : 8
Therefore , ratio = 1:8

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution.
Question 8.
x + 5 < 9
Answer: x<4

Explanation:
x + 5 < 9
=x < 9-5
x<4
So, the inequality form = x<4
Graph:

Question 9.
b – 2 ≥ – 7
Answer: b≥-5

Explanation:
b – 2 ≥ – 7
= b ≥ -7+2
= b≥-5
Graph:

Question 10.
1 > – \(\frac{w}{3}\)
Answer:

Question 11.
6 ≤ – 2g
Answer: g≤ -3

Explanation:
= g≤ 6/-3
= g≤ -3
The inequality = g≤ -3
Graph:

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

DETERMINING LIKELIHOOD Determine which numbers you are more likely to spin and which numbers you are less likely to spin. Explain your reasoning. (See Exploration 1, p. 283.)
Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 10

Answer:
The spinner is divided into 6 parts (unequal)
They are numbered as {1,2,3,4,5,6}
The numbers {2,4,5} are more likely to happen
Because, they occupy more space than remaining.
And , the numbers {1,3,6] are less likely to happen
Because , they occupy less space .

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 11
Answer:
The spinner is divided into 4 equal parts
The 4 parts are numbered as {1,2,3,4}
So, each number have equal chance of spinning
Such events are also called as equally likely happen events.

IDENTIFYING OUTCOMES You spin the spinner shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 12
Question 14.
How many possible outcomes are there?
Answer: 8

Explanation:
The spinner is divided into 8 equal parts
The number of possible outcomes for the spinner are 8
{ 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8}

Question 15.
What are the favorable outcomes of spinning a number not greater than 3?
Answer: 3

Explanation:
There are 3 numbers those are not greater than 3, they are  {1,2,3}.
There are 3 favorable outcomes.

Question 16.
In how many ways can spinning an even number occur?
Answer:  4

Explanation:
There are 4 even numbers , they are {2,4,6,8}
So, there are 4 ways of getting an even number.

Question 17.
In how many ways can spinning a prime number occur?

Answer:4

Explanation:
There are 4 prime numbers , they are {2,3,5,7}
So, there are 4 ways of getting a prime number.

IDENTIFYING OUTCOMES You randomly choose one marble from the bag.(a) Find the number of ways the event can occur. (b) Find the favorable outcomes of the event.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 13

There are 9 colored balls in the bag in which ,
The number of red balls = 3 .
The number of blue balls = 2
The number of yellow balls = 1
The number of purple balls = 2.
The number of green balls =1
The number of favorable outcomes = 9.

Question 18.
Choosing blue
Answer: 2/9

Explanation :
The total number of out comes = 9.
The number of blue balls in the bag = 2
Consider B is the event of getting Blue ball
So, the probability of getting blue ball, P(B)=  (Number of Favorable outcomes) / (Total number of outcomes)
P(B) = 2 / 9.
Therefore, the probability of getting blue ball is 2/9 = 0.22.

Question 19.
Choosing green
Answer: 1/9

Explanation :
The total number of out comes = 9.
The number of green balls in the bag = 1
Consider G is the event of getting Blue ball
So, the probability of getting green ball, P(G)=  (Number of Favorable outcomes) / (Total number of outcomes)
P(G) = 2 / 9.
Therefore, the probability of getting green ball is 1/9 = 0.11.

Question 20.

Choosing purple

Answer: 2/9

Explanation :
The total number of out comes = 9.
The number of purple balls in the bag = 2
Consider P is the event of getting purple ball
So, the probability of getting purple ball, P(P)=  (Number of Favorable outcomes) / (Total number of outcomes)
P(P) = 2 / 9.
Therefore, the probability of getting purple ball is 2/9 = 0.22.

Question 21.

Choosing yellow

Answer: 1/9

Explanation :
The total number of out comes = 9.
The number of yellow balls in the bag = 1
Consider Y is the event of getting yellow ball
So, the probability of getting yellow ball, P(Y)=  (Number of Favorable outcomes) / (Total number of outcomes)
P(Y) = 2 / 9.
Therefore, the probability of getting yellow ball is 1/9 = 0.11.

Question 22.

Choosing not red
Answer: 0.67
There are 3 red balls in the bag
The total number of colored balls in the bag are 9
The balls other than red balls are 9 – 3 = 6
Therefore, the probability of getting a ball other than red is
P(E) = Favorable outcomes / Total number of outcomes .
Where, E is the event of getting a ball other than red
P(E) = 6/9 = 2/3
Therefore , the probability of choosing not red ball is 2/3 = 0.67.

Question 23.
Choosing not blue

Answer: 7/9 = 0.78

Explanation:
There are 2 blue balls in the bag
The total number of colored balls in the bag are 9
The balls other than blue balls are 9 – 2 = 7
Therefore, the probability of getting a ball other than blue is
P(E) = Favorable outcomes / Total number of outcomes .
Where, E is the event of getting a ball other than blue
P(E) = 7/9 = 0.78
Therefore , the probability of choosing not blue ball is 7/9.

Question 24.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the number of ways that choosing not purple can occur. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 14

Answer: Yes, he is correct
Given, the number of not purple colors=4
They are red, blue, green, yellow
Therefore the number of ways that choosing not purple can occur = 4 .

CRITICAL THINKING Tell whether the statement is true or false. If it is false, change the italicized word to make the statement true.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 15
Question 25.
Spinning blue and spinning green have the same number of favorable outcomes on Spinner A.
Answer: False
Spinning blue and spinning Red have the same number of favorable outcomes on spinner A.

Question 26.
There are three possible outcomes of spinning Spinner A.
Answer: True

Question 27.
Spinning red can occur in four ways on Spinner B.
Answer: True

Question 28.
Spinning not green can occur in three ways on Spinner B.
Answer: False

Spinning not green can occur in four ways on Spinner B.

DESCRIBING LIKELIHOOD Describe the likelihood of the event given its probability.
Question 29.
Your soccer team wins \(\frac{3}{4}\) of the time.
Answer:50
The likelihood of the event is may or may not happen .

Question 30.
There is a 0% chance that you will grow12 feet.
Answer:
The probability =0
Thus, the likelihood of the event is Impossible
Therefore , It is impossible to to grow 12 feet.

Question 31.
The probability that the sun rises tomorrow is 1.
Answer:
The probability 1=100%
The likelihood of the event is  certain
So, it is sure that the sun rises tomorrow

Question 32.
It rains on \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the days in June.
Answer:
The likelihood of the event is not likely to happen .

Question 33.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You have a 50% chance of being chosen to explain a math problem in front of the class. Describe the likelihood that you are chosen.
Answer:
Given,  there is 50% chance of being chosen to explain a math problem in front of the class
50% = 0.5
So, the likelihood of the event is may or may not occur .
there is 50% chance

Question 34.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You roll a number cube and record the number of times you roll an even number and the number of times you roll an odd number. Describe the likelihood of each event.̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 16
a. You roll an even number on your next roll.
b. You roll an odd number on your next roll.
Answer:

a.Explanation:
Total number times cube rolled = 50
The frequency for even number =26
Consider E be the event of rolling an even number
P(E)=(Number of times an event occurs)/ (Total number of trails)
P(E)= 26/50 = 0.72
Therefore , the chances of rolling an even number = 0.72

b.Explanation:
Total number times cube rolled = 50
The frequency for odd number =24
Consider O be the event of rolling a odd number
P(O)=(Number of times an event occurs)/ (Total number of trails)
P(O)= 24/50 = 0.48
Therefore , the chances of rolling a odd number = 0.48

Question 35.
REASONING
You want to determine whether a coin is fair. You flip the coin and record the number of times you flip heads and the number of times you flip tails.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 17
a Describe the likelihood that you flip heads on your next flip.
b. Describe the likelihood that you flip tails on your next flip.
c. Do you think the coin is a fair coin? Explain. ̇̇̇̇̇
Answer:

a.Total number of flips = 25
The total frequency for heads = 22
Now, the likelihood that you flip heads on your next flip
= Number of heads/ total
= 22 / 25 = 0.88
=88%
The likelihood of the event is more likely to occur

b.Total number of flips =25
The total frequency for tails = 3
Now, the likelihood that you flip tails on your next flip
= Number of tails/ Total
= 3/25 =0.12
Therefore, the likelihood of the event is not likely to occur

c.Every coin has both sides, { heads, tails}
But, the probability of tossing coin is not fair
They do not have 50/50 outcomes for both heads and tails .
So the coin is not fair in tossing.

Question 36.
LOGIC
At a carnival, each guest randomly chooses 1 of 50 rubber ducks and then replaces it. The table shows the numbers of each type of duck that have been drawn so far. Out of 150 draws, how many can you expect to not be a losing duck? Justify your answer.̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇̇
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 18

Answer:
Total number of ducks = 25
Total number of win ducks = 6
Now,
The probability to expect to not be a losing duck after 105 draws =
won ducks/ total =x/150
6/25 =x/150
25x= 900
x= 900/25
x= 36 =0.36
The chance to expect to not be a losing duck after 105 draws is ‘not likely to occur

Question 37.
CRITICAL THINKING
A dodecahedron has twelve sides numbered 1 through 12. Describe the likelihood that each event will occur when you roll the dodecahedron. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 19
a. rolling a 1
b. rolling a multiple of 3
c. rolling a number greater than 6

a. rolling a 1

Answer: The probability of rolling a 1 is 1/12

Explanation :
There are 12 number of outcomes for a dodecahedron,
{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12}
P{O}= favorable outcomes / Total number of outcomes.
Where O is the event of getting number 1
p{O}= 1 /12
Therefore , the probability of rolling 1 is 1/12.

b. Rolling a multiple of 3

Answer:  1/3

Explanation:
There are 4 multiples of 3 in a dodecahedron.
They are, {3,6,9,12}
There are 12 number of outcomes for a dodecahedron,
{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12}
P{M}= Favorable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes
Where, M is the event of rolling a multiple of 3
P{M}= 4/12 = 1/3
Therefore, the probability of getting a multiple of 3 is 1/3

C. Rolling a number greater than 6.

Answer: 1/2

Explanation:
There are 6 numbers of which are greater than 6 . they are, {7,8,9,10,11,12}
There are 12 number of outcomes for a dodecahedron,
{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12}
P{G}= Favorable outcome / Total number of outcomes
Where, G is the event of getting a number greater than 6
P{G} = 6/12=1/2
Therefore, the probability of getting a number greater than 6 is 1/2.

Question 38.
DIG DEEPER!
A bargain bin contains classical CDs and rock CDs. There are 60 CDs in the bin. Choosing a rock CD and not choosing a rock CD have the same number of favorable outcomes. How many rock CDs are in the bin?

Answer: 30 Rock CDs

Explanation:
Given that,
There are 60 CDs in the bin
So, There are 60 total number of outcomes
Also given that, choosing a rock CD and not choosing a rock CD have the same number of favorable outcomes
So, there is equal probability .
We can conclude that there are same number of classical CDs and rock CDs
Which means , 30 +30 = 60
Therefore, there are 30 rock CDs in the bin.

Question 39.
REASONING
You randomly choose one of the cards and set it aside. Then you randomly choose a second card. Describe how the number of possible outcomes changes after the first card is chosen.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 20
Answer:
Initially,
Total number cards =5
So, the number of possible outcome =5
If you choose one card and set it aside , the number of possible outcomes decreases by 1
Then when you randomly choose second card , there are only four cards left
Therefore, the number of possible outcomes decreases by 1 after the first card is chosen.

STRUCTURE A Punnett square is a grid used to show possible gene combinations for the offspring of two parents. In the Punnett square shown, a boy is represented by XY. A girl is represented by XX.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.1 21
Question 40.
Complete the Punnett square. Explain why the events “having a boy” and “having a girl” are equally likely.
Answer:

There is a chance of 50% female and 50% male
The probability = 50%
Therefore , the likelihood of the event is equally likely.

Question 41.
Two parents each have the gene combination Cs. The gene C is for curly hair. The gene s is for straight hair. Any gene combination that includes a C results in curly hair. When all outcomes are equally likely, what is the probability of a child having curly hair?
Answer: 4
C is considered as X which results for curly hair
since, there are 4 outcomes includes X
Thus, the probability of child having curly hair = 4/4 =1
Therefore , the probability = 1
So, the likelihood or the chances of a child having curly hair is certain.

Lesson 7.2 Experimental and Theoretical Probability

EXPLORATION 1

Conducting Experiments
Work with a partner. Conduct the following experiments and find the relative frequencies.
Experiment 1
• Flip a quarter 25 times and record whether each flip lands heads up or tails up.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 1
Experiment 2
• Toss a thumbtack onto a table 25 times and record whether each toss lands point up or on its side.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 2
a. Combine your results with those of your classmates. Do the relative frequencies change? What do you notice?
b. Everyone in your school conducts each experiment and you combine the results. How do you expect the relative frequencies to change?
c. How many times in 1000 flips do you expect a quarter to land heads up? How many times in 1000 tosses do you expect a thumbtack to land point up? Explain your reasoning.
d. In a uniform probability model, each outcome is equally likely to occur. Can you use a uniform probability model to describe either experiment? Explain.
Answer:

Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 3

Try It

The table shows the results of rolling a number cube 50 times. Find the experimental probability of the event.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 4
Question 1.
rolling a 3
Answer: 8/50 =  0.16

Explanation:
Total number of trails = 50
Frequency for  3 = 8
Consider T be the event of rolling a 3
Experimental probability = P(T)(Number of times an event occurs)/ (Total number of trails)
P(T)= 8/50= 0.16
Therefore , the probability of rolling a 3 is 0.16.

Question 2.
rolling an odd number.
Answer:
The probability of rolling an odd number = 0.58

Explanation:
Total number of odd numbers = 3
They are {1,3,5,}
The frequency for 1 = 10
The frequency for 3 =8
The frequency for 5= 11
Total frequency = 10 +8+11 = 29
Total number of trails = 50
Consider O be the event of rolling a Odd number
Experimental probability = P(O)=(Number of times an event occurs)/ (Total number of trails)
P(O)= 29/50= 0.58
Therefore , the probability of rolling an odd number = 0.58

Question 3.
What is the theoretical probability of randomly choosing an X?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 5
Answer: 1/7 =0.142

Explanation:
Number of favorable outcomes = 7
Consider X be the event of choosing an X
Theoretical probability P(X)=(Number of favorable outcomes)/(Total number of outcomes)
P(X)= 1/7 = 0.142
Therefore, the probability of randomly choosing X =0.142

Question 4.
How does the experimental probability of rolling a number greater than 1 compare with the theoretical probability?
Answer:
Theoretical probability  is what we expect to happen, where experimental probability is what actually happens when we try it out.
The experimental probability of an event cannot be greater than 1 since the number of trials in which the event can happen cannot be greater than the total number of trials.

Question 5.
An inspector randomly selects 200 pairs of jeans and finds 5 defective pairs. About how many pairs of jeans do you expect to be defective in a shipment of 5000?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 6
Answer: 125 defective jeans

Explanation:
Total number of pairs = 200
Number of defective pairs = 5
Let ,x be the number of defective pairs of jeans in a shipment of 5000
Now, the number of defective pair of jeans in a shipment of 5000 =
Defective / Total= x/5000
5/200 = X/5000
200 x x =  5000 x 5
200x = 25000
x = 25000/200
x = 125
Therefore there are 125 pairs of jeans are expected  to be defective in a shipment of 5000

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 6.
Explain what it means for an event to have a theoretical probability of 0.25 and an experimental probability of 0.3.
Answer:
If you have a fair coin, and flip it twice,
The  theoretical probability of getting 2 heads = 0.25
There’s 4 outcomes: HH, TT, TH, and HT.
1 out of 4 is 0.25 chance of 2 heads.
But if you run the experiment and do actual flips, maybe 100 times,
The average times you get 2 heads might be 0.3 if you got 2 heads 30 times out of a 100.
It could be just random chance or maybe the coin is slightly heavier on the head side, causing slightly more heads than the theoretical probability.

Question 7.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
You flip a coin and record the results in the table. Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 7
Answer:

  1. Experimental probability of flipping heads = frequency of heads / Total number of trails = 32/60 =0.53

2.       The fraction of the flips you can expect a result of heads = 32/60 =0.53

3.        The percent of flips result in heads = 0.53 =53%

4.        The relative frequency of flipping heads =  32/60 = 0.53

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 8.
Contestants randomly draw a ticket from a hat and replace it. The table shows the results after 40 draws. There are 7 winning tickets in the hat. Predict the total number of tickets in the hat. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 8
Answer:
Let, the total numbers of tickets in the hat = x
Given that , Number of winning tickets = 7
Number of winning won after 40 draws = 2
Total number of tickets =
2/40 = 7/x
2x = 280
x = 280/2
x= 140
Therefore, The total number of tickets in the hat = 140

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
You choose two different songs on a music play list at random. Out of 80 songs on the playlist, 36 are hip hop songs. The first song you choose is a hip hop song. What is the probability that the second song is also a hip hop song? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 9
Answer:
Total number of songs = 80
Number of hip pop songs = 36
Given that the first song is hip pop
The probability of playing second song also hip pop =
Total number of hip pop songs / total number of songs
Consider H be the event of playing hip pop
P(H)= 36/ 80 =0.45
If there is no repeat :
Total number of hip pop songs after playing one song = 35
P(H)= 0.43
Therefore ,the likelihood of the event is unlikely to happen.

Experimental and Theoretical Probability Homework & Practice 7.2

Review & Refresh

Describe the likelihood of the event given its probability.
Question 1.
You randomly guess the correct answer of a multiple choice question \(\frac{1}{4}\) of the time.
Answer:
The likelihood of the event is not likely to happen .

Question 2.
There is a 95% chance that school will not be cancelled tomorrow.
Answer:
Given , 95% chance that school will be cancelled tomorrow
95%= 0.95
Probability = 0.95
So the likelihood of the event is more likely to happen

Find the annual interest rate.
Question 3.
I = $16, P = $200, t = 2 years
Answer: 4%
The formula for simple interest= Principal x rate x time
I = P x r x t
$16 = $200 x r x 2
$16= 400r
r = 16/400
r= 0.04
0.04 x 100= 4
Therefore, the annual interest rate = 4%

Question 4.
I = $26.25, P = $500, t = 18 months
Answer:3.5
The formula for simple interest= Principal x rate x time
I = P x r x t
$26.25 = $500 x r x 1.5
$26.25= 750r
r = 26.25/750
r= 0.035
0.035 x 100= 3.5
Therefore, the annual interest rate = 3.5%

Tell whether x and y are proportional.
Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 10
Answer:
The ratio of x and y for the given values is
1/8 = 0.12
3/24= 0.12
9/75 = 0.12
We get equal values for all the ratios
Therefore, the relationship given in the table is proportional.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 11
Answer:
The ratio of x and y for the given values is
0.75/0.3 =2.5
1.5/0.6 = 2.5
2.25/0.9 = 2.5
We get equal values for all the ratios
Therefore, the relationship given in the table is proportional.

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

CONDUCTING AN EXPERIMENT Use the bar graph below to find the relative frequency of the event. (See Exploration 1, p. 291.)
Question 7.
spinning a 6
Answer: 0.14

Explanation:
Total number of spins =50
The number of times 6 spun =7
Consider X be the event of spinning a 6
Experimental probability = P(T)=(Number of times an event occurs)/ (Total number of trails)
P(X)= 7/50= 0.14
Therefore, the probability spinning a 6= 0.14

Question 8.
spinning an even number
Answer:0.48

Explanation:
Total number of spins =50
Numbers of even numbers = 3
They are {2,4,6}
Number of times 2 spun = 6
Number of times 4 spun = 11
Number of times 6 spun =7
Total : 24
Consider E be the event of spinning a number less than 3
Experimental probability  P(E)=(Number of times an event occurs)/ (Total number of trails)
P(T)= 24/50=0.48
Therefore the probability of spinning a even number = 0.48

FINDING AN EXPERIMENTAL PROBABILITY Spinning a Spinner .Use the bar graph to find the experimental probability of the event.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 12
Question 9.
spinning a number less than 3
Answer:  14/50=0.28

Explanation:
Total number of spins =50
Numbers less than 3 are {1,2}
Number of times 1 spun =8
Number of times 2 spun =6
Total : 8 +6 = 14
Consider T be the event of spinning a number less than 3
Experimental probability = P(T)=(Number of times an event occurs)/ (Total number of trails)
P(T)= 14/50=0.28
Therefore, the probability spinning a number less than 3 =0.28

Question 10.
not spinning a 1
Answer: 42/50= 0.84

Explanation:
Total number of spins =50
The numbers other than 1 are{2,3,4,5,6}
The number of times 2 spun = 6
The number of times 3 spun= 9
The number of times 4 spun= 11
The number of times 5 spun= 9
The number of times 6 spun= 7
Total : 6+9+11+9+7=42
Consider O be the event of spinning a number less than 3
Experimental probability = P(O)=(Number of times an event occurs)/ (Total number of trails)
P(O)= 42/ 50= 0.84
Therefore, the probability of spinning a number other than 1 is 0.84.

Question 11.
spinning a 1 or a 3
Answer:
Total number of spins =50
Number of times 1 spun = 8
The number of times 3 spun= 9
Total : 8+9 = 17
Consider S be the event spinning a 1 or 3
Experimental probability = P(S)=(Number of times an event occurs)/ (Total number of trails)
P(S)= 17/ 50= 0.34
Therefore, the probability of spinning a  1 OR 3 is 0.34.

Question 12.
spinning a 7
Answer: 0

Explanation:
The bar graph consists 6 numbers
They are, {1,2,3,4,5,6}
So, it is impossible to spin 7
Therefore the probability of spinning is 0.

Question 13.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend uses the bar graph above to find the experimental probability of spinning. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 13
Answer:
No, he is wrong

Explanation:
The formula for finding experimental probability is
Experimental probability P(O)=(Number of times an event occurs)/ (Total number of trails)
Consider O be the event of spinning 4
P(O)=11/50
Therefore, the experimental probability of spinning a 4 is 0.22
So, he is wrong

Question 14.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You check 20 laser pointers at random. Three of the laser pointers are defective. What is the experimental probability that a laser pointer is defective?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 14
Answer: 0.3
Experimental probability = P(T)=(Number of times an event occurs)/ (Total number of trails)
Total number of lasers = 20
Number of defective lasers =3
P(T) = 3/20
= 0.3
Therefore, the experimental probability that a laser pointer is defective is 0.3

FINDING A THEORETICAL PROBABILITY Use the spinner to find the theoretical probability of the event.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 15
Question 15.
spinning red
Answer: 0.33

Explanation:
The spinner is divided into 6 equal parts.
So, the total number of outcomes of a spinner = 6
In which 2 parts are red and remaining parts are blue, green , orange and purple
Consider R is the event of getting a red color.
So, the probability of spinning red color P(R) = ( number of favorable outcomes)/(Total number of outcomes)
P(R)= 2/6= 0.33

Question 16.
spinning a 1
Answer: 1/6 = 0.16

Explanation:
The spinner is divided into 6 equal parts.
So, the total number of outcomes of a spinner = 6
{1,2,3,4,5,6}
Consider ,O is the event of getting 1
So, the probability of getting 1 is P(O)=( number of favorable outcomes)/(Total number of outcomes)
P(O)= 1/6 = 0.16
Therefore the probability of spinning a 1= 0.16

Question 17.
spinning an odd number
Answer: 3/6= 0.5

Explanation:
The number of total outcomes of a spinner = 6
They are , {1,2,3,4,5,6}
There are 3 odd numbers, They are {1,3,5}
Consider N is the event of getting an odd number
So, the probability of spinning an odd number P(N) =( number of favorable outcomes)/(Total number of outcomes)
P(N)= 3/6= 0.5.
Therefore, the probability of spinning an odd number = 3/6 =0.5

Question 18.
spinning a multiple of 2
Answer: 3/6= 0.5

Explanation:
The total number of outcomes of a spinner = 6
They are , {1,2,3,4,5,6}
There are 3 multiples of 2 , They are {2,4,6}
Consider M is the event of getting an odd number
So, the probability of spinning a multiple of 2is  P(M) =( number of favorable outcomes)/(Total number of outcomes)
P(M)= 3/6= 0.5.
Therefore, the probability of spinning a multiple of 2 = 3/6 =0.5

Question 19.
spinning a number less than 7
Answer: 1

Explanation:
The spinner is divided into 6 equal parts.
So, the total number of outcomes of a spinner = 6
{1,2,3,4,5,6}
Consider, S is the event of spinning a number less than 7
So, the probability of spinning a number less than 7 P(S) =( number of favorable outcomes)/(Total number of outcomes)
P(S)= 6/6 =1
So, the probability of spinning a number less than 7 = 1

Question 20.
spinning a 9
Answer: 0
The spinner is divided into 6 equal parts numbering from 1 to 6
={1,2,3,4,5,6}
There is no 9 in the spinner
So, the probability of spinning 9 is 0
It is also called as impossible event .

Question 21.
REASONING
Each letter of the alphabet is printed on an index card. What is the theoretical probability of randomly choosing any letter except Z?
Answer: 25/26 =0.96

Explanation:
We know that, there are 26 alphabets.
Also, the number of  alphabets other than Z are: 25
Let us consider Z is the event of choosing any letter except Z .
P(Z)= (number of favorable outcomes) / (Total number of outcomes )
p(Z)= 25/ 26 =0.96
Therefore, the theoretical probability of choosing a letter except Z is 25/26 = 0.96

COMPARING PROBABILITIES The bar graph shows the results of spinning the spinner below 200 times. Compare the theoretical and experimental probabilities of the event.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 16.
Question 22.
spinning a 4
Answer:
Theoretical probability:
Total number of outcomes = 5
Consider F be the event of spinning 4
Theoretical probability P(F)= (Number of favorable outcome )/(Total number of outcomes)
P(F)= 1/5= 0.2
Experimental probability :
Total number of spins = 200
Number of times 4 spun =37
Consider F be the event of spinning 4
Experimental probability = P(F)=(Number of times an event occurs)/ (Total number of trails)
P(F)= 37/200= 0.185
Therefore, the theoretical probability = 0.2
The experimental probability = 0.18

Question 23.
spinning a 3
Answer:
Theoretical probability:
Total number of outcomes = 5
Consider T be the event of spinning 3
Theoretical probability P(T)= (Number of favorable outcome )/(Total number of outcomes)
P(T)= 1/5= 0.2
Experimental probability :
Total number of spins = 200
Number of times 3 spun = 39
Consider T be the event of spinning 3
Experimental probability = P(T)=(Number of times an event occurs)/ (Total number of trails)
P(T)= 39/200= 0.195
Therefore, the theoretical probability = 0.16
The experimental probability = 0.195

Question 24.
spinning a number greater than 4
Answer:
Theoretical probability:
Total number of outcomes = 5
Consider N be the event of spinning a number greater than 4
Numbers greater than 4 = {5}
Theoretical probability P(T)= (Number of favorable outcome )/(Total number of outcomes)
P(T)= 1/5= 0.2
Experimental probability :
Total number of spins = 200
Consider N be the event of spinning a number greater than 4
Number of times 5 spun =40
Experimental probability = P(T)=(Number of times an event occurs)/ (Total number of trails)
P(T)= 40/200= 0.2
Therefore, the theoretical probability = 0.2
The experimental probability = 0.2

Question 25.
spinning an odd number
Answer:
Theoretical probability:
Total number of outcomes = 5
Consider S be the event of spinning an odd number
Total odd numbers = 3
They are {1,3,5}
Theoretical probability P(T)= (Number of favorable outcome )/(Total number of outcomes)
P(T)= 3/5= 0.6
Experimental probability :
Total number of spins = 200
Consider S be the event of spinning an odd number
The number of time 1 spun=41
The number of time 3 spun=39
The number of time 5 spun=40
Total : 41+39+40= 120
Experimental probability = P(T)=(Number of times an event occurs)/ (Total number of trails)
P(T)= 120/200= 0.6
Therefore, the theoretical probability = 0.6
The experimental probability = 0.6

Question 26.
REASONING
Should you use theoretical or experimental probability to predict the number of times you will spin a 3 in 10,000 spins? Explain.
Answer: theoretical probability

Explanation:
Theoretical probability of event =
Theoretical probability = P(T)=(Number of favorable outcomes)/ (Total number of outcomes)
Now,
Consider T be the event of spinning 3
P(T)= 1/6.

Question 27.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A board game uses a bag of 105 lettered tiles. You randomly choose a tile and then return it to the bag. The table shows the number of vowels and the number of consonants after 50 draws. Predict the number of vowels in the bag.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 16
Answer:
let , X be the number of vowels in the bag.
Total number of tiles = 105
Number of vowels after 50 draws = 18
Now, the number of vowels in the bag =
X/150 = 18/50
50X=2700
X = 2700/50
X = 54
Therefore, 54  vowels are expected to be in the bag.

Question 28.
MODELING REAL LIFE
On a game show, a contestant randomly draws a chip from a bag and replaces it. Each chip says either win or lose. The theoretical probability of drawing a winning chip is \(\frac{3}{10}\). The bag 10contains 9 winning chips.
a. How many chips are in the bag?
b. Out of 20 contestants, how many do you expect to draw a winning chip?
Answer:
Given , the probability of drawing a winning chip = 3/10
Consider , x be the number of chips in the bag
The number of chips = 9
The ration of strikes in the bag = 9/x
3/10 = 9/x
3x = 90
x= 30
Therefore , there are 30 chips in the bag

Question 29.
PROBLEM SOLVING
There are 8 females and 10 males in a class.
a. What is the theoretical probability that a randomly chosen student is female?
b. One week later, there are 27 students in the class. The theoretical probability that a randomly chosen student is a female is the same as last week. How many males joined the class?
Answer:

a.Number of females=8
Total number of students = 8+10= 18
The theoretical probability that a randomly chosen student is female
Consider F be the event of chosen a female =
P(F)= Number of favorable outcomes / Total number of outcomes
P(F)= 8/18 =0.44

b.Initially,
Total number of students = 18
In which , number of females =8
Number of males =10
one week later , the total number of students = 27
Given, the theoretical probability for choosing girl is same
So, Number of males joined = 27 -18 = 9
Therefore, 9 males joined

Question 30.

NUMBER SENSE
The table at the right shows the results of flipping two coins 12 times each.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 17
a. What is the experimental probability of flipping two tails? Using this probability, how many times can you expect to flip two tails in 600 trials?
b. The table at the left shows the results of flipping the same two coins 100 times each. What is the experimental probability of flipping two tails? Using this probability, how many times can you expect to flip two tails in 600 trials?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 18
c. Why is it important to use a large number of trials when using experimental probability to predict results?
Answer:

a.Explanation:
According to table,
Number of turns = 12
Frequency of flipping 2 tails = 1
The probability of flipping two tails in 600 trails =
1/12 = x/600
12x =600
x = 600/ 12
x = 50
In 600 trails , flipping 2 tails is expected to be 50 times.

b.Explanation:
According to table,
Number of turns = 100
Frequency of flipping 2 tails = 22
The probability of flipping two tails in 600 trails =
22/100= x/600
100x =13,200
x = 13200/100
x = 132
In 600 trails , flipping 2 tails is expected to be 132 times.

c.In experimental probability, as the number of trials increases, the experimental probability gets closer to the theoretical probability.
So, it is important to use a large number of trails.

Question 31.
COMPARING PROBABILITIES
The table shows the possible outcomes of rolling a pair of number cubes. You roll a pair of number cubes 60 times and record your results in the bar graph shown.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 19
a. Compare the theoretical and experimental probabilities of rolling each sum.
b. Which sum do you expect to be most likely after 500 trials? 1000 trials? Explain your reasoning.
c. Predict the experimental probability of rolling each sum after 10,000 trials. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

a.

b. 6 sum is more likely to happen after after 500 trials, 1000 trials, and even after 10,000 trails because the the number of times 6 rolled is greater than other numbers sum.

Question 32.
PROJECT
When you toss a paper cup into the air, there are three ways for the cup to land: open-end up, open-end down, or on its side.
a. Toss a paper cup 100 times and record your results. Do the outcomes for tossing the cup appear to be equally likely? Explain.
b. Predict the number of times each outcome will occur in 1000 tosses. Explain your reasoning.
c. Suppose you tape a quarter to the bottom of the cup. Do you think the cup will be more likely less likely or to land open-end up? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability 7.2 20
Answer:
The answer will vary

a. The results of tossing a cup 100 times are :
Open end up      = 18
Open end down = 31
On its side           = 51
The events of tossing the cup are not equally likely.

b.The probability of the events in 1000 tosses
open end up =18/ 100 x 1000 =180
Open end down = 31/100 x 1000 =310
On its side = 51 / 100 x1000 =510

c.If you tape quarter to the bottom, it will probably be more likely to land open end up since the weight of the bottom
will pull the bottom of the cup down and the top of the cap up.

Lesson 7.3 Compound Events

EXPLORATION 1

Comparing Combination Locks
Work with a partner. You are buying a combination lock. You have three choices.
a. One lock has 3 wheels. Each wheel is numbered from 0 to 9. How many possible outcomes are there for each wheel? How many possible combinations are there?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 1
b. How can you use the number of possible outcomes on each wheel to determine the number of possible combinations?
c. Another lock has one wheel numbered from 0 to 39. Each combination uses a sequence of three numbers.How many possible combinations are there?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 2
d. Another lock has 4 wheels as described. How many possible combinations are there?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 3
e. For which lock are you least likely to guess the combination? Why?
Answer:

The set of all possible outcomes of one or more events is called the sample space. You can use tables and tree diagrams to find the sample space of two or more events.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 4

Try It

Question 1.
WHAT IF?
The sandwich shop adds a multi-grain bread. Find the sample space. How many sandwiches are possible?
Answer: sample space = {Sandwich , multi grain bread }

Question 2.
Find the total number of possible outcomes of spinning the spinner and randomly choosing a number from 1 to 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 5
Answer:
Number of colors in the spinner(a) =4
They are {red, blue, green, yellow}
Total numbers (b)= 5
{1,2,3,4,5}
Total number of possible outcomes =
According to fundamental principle ,(a x b)=
4 x 5 = 20
Therefore , total number of outcomes = 20

Question 3.
How many different outfits can you make from 4 T-shirts, 5 pairs of jeans, and 5 pairs of shoes?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 6

Answer: 100

Explanation:
Number of T-shirts(a) = 4
Number of jeans pairs(b) = 5
Number of pair of shoes (C)= 5
According to fundamental principle,
Total number of outcomes = a x b x c
=4 x 5 x5
=100
Therefore , about 100 outfits can be made .

Question 4.
In Example 2, what is the probability of rolling at most 4 and flipping heads?
Answer:

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
FINDING THE SAMPLE SPACE
You randomly choose a flower and ornament for a display case. Find the sample space. How many different displays are possible?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 7

Answer:
Total number of flowers =3
They are {daffodil, hyacinth, tulip}
Total number of ornament =2
They are {figurine, trophy}
Total number of outcomes = 3 x 2 = 6
sample space =
{daffodil, figurine} {daffodil, trophy}
{hyacinth, figurine } {hyacinth, trophy }
{tulip, figurine}{tulip, trophy }.

Question 6.
FINDING THE TOTAL NUMBER OF POSSIBLE OUTCOMES
You randomly choose a number from 1 to 5 and a letter from A to D. Find the total number of possible outcomes.
Answer: 20
Total numbers (a) = 5
They are {1,2,3,4,5}
Total number of letters (b)=4
They are {A,B,C,D}
According to fundamental theory ,
Total number of possible outcomes = a x b
= 4 x 5
=20
Therefore , the total number of possible outcomes = 20

Question 7.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
You roll a number cube and flip a not coin. Which probability does belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 8
Answer: P(greater than 2 and tails ) probability does not belong with the other three.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 8.
A tour guide organizes vacation packages at a beach side town. There are 7 hotels, 5 cabins, 4 meal plans, 3 escape rooms, and 2 amusement parks. The tour guide chooses either a hotel or a cabin and then selects one of each of the remaining options. Find the total number of possible vacation packages.
Answer:
Given, the tour guide chooses either a hotel or a cabin and then selects one of each of the remaining options.
Event 1 :
If the tour guide choose hotel , the total number of possible vacation packages.
According to fundamental counting principle ,
7 hotels x 4 meal plans x 3 escape rooms x 2 amusement parks =168
Therefore, The total number of possible vacation packages = 168
Event 2 :
If the tour guide choose cabin , the total number of possible vacation packages.
According to fundamental counting principle ,
5 cabins x4 meal plans x 3 escape rooms x 2 amusement parks =120
Therefore, The total number of possible vacation packages = 120

Question 9.
DIG DEEPER!
A fitness club with 100 members offers one free training session per member in either running, swimming, or weightlifting. Thirty of the fitness center members sign up for the free session. The running and swimming sessions are each twice as popular as the weightlifting session. What is the probability that a randomly chosen fitness club member signs up for a free running session?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 9
Answer:
Total number of fitness club = 100
The number of members signed for free up session = 30
Given , the running and swimming sessions are each twice as popular as the weightlifting session
let , x be the event of weight lifting and 2x be the event of running and swimming
2x + 2x + x = 30
5x = 30
x = 6
Now,
the probability that a randomly chosen fitness club member signs up for a free running session=
P(R) =2x /30
= 2×6/ 30
= 12/30
P(R) = 0.4
Therefore , the probability of that a randomly chosen fitness club member signs up for a free running session= 0.4

Compound Events Homework & Practice 7.3

Review & Refresh

Use the bar graph to find the experimental probability of the event.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 10
Question 1.
rolling a 5
Answer:

Explanation:
Total number of spins =100
Total number of times 5 rolled= 19
Consider T be the event of rolling a 5
Experimental probability = P(T)=(Number of times an event occurs)/ (Total number of trails)
P(T)= 19/100=0.19
Therefore, the probability of rolling 5 =19/100=0.19

Question 2.
rolling a 2 or 6
Answer:
Total number of spins =100
The number of times 2 rolled =16
The probability of rolling 2 = 16 /100 =0.16
The number of times 6 rolled = 20
The probability of rolling 6 = 20/100 =0.20

Question 3.
rolling at least a 3
Answer:

Explanation:
The number of spins = 100
The number of times 3 =15
Consider S be the event of spinning at least 3 =
P(S) = 15/100
P(S) = 0.15

Question 4.
rolling a number less than or equal to 4
Answer: 0.6

Explanation:
Total number of spins =100
Total number of times 1 rolled = 12
Total number of times 2 rolled= 16
Total number of times 3 rolled = 15
Total number of times 4 rolled= 17
Total : 12 + 16 + 15 +17 = 60
Consider L be the event of rolling a number less than or equal to 4
Experimental probability = P(T)=(Number of times an event occurs)/ (Total number of trails)
P(T)= 60 /100=0.6
Therefore, the probability of rolling a number less than or equal to 4 = 0.6

Find the product.
Question 5.
3 . 2
Answer: 6

Question 6.
5(- 3)
Answer:
= -12

Question 7.
– 6(- 2)
Answer:
= 12

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

COMPARING PASSWORDS Determine which password is less likely to be guessed. (See Exploration 1, p. 299.)
Question 8.
a password with 3 numbers or a password with 3 capital letters
Answer: the likelihood of the event is certain to happen with the passwords

Question 9.
a password with 6 numbers or a password with 4 capital letters
Answer: The password with 4 capital letters is more likely to guess than the password with 6 numbers .

USING A TREE DIAGRAM Use a tree diagram to find the sample space and the total number of possible outcomes.
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 11

Answer:

Total number of possible outcomes = 3x 2 =6

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 12
Answer:

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 13
Answer:

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 14
Answer:

Question 14.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
Your friend finds the total number of ways that you can answer a quiz with five true-false questions. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 15
Answer: No,

Explanation ,
The number of outcomes for each question =
Possible answers for question number 1 = 2
Possible answers for question number 2 = 2
Possible answers for question number 3= 2
Possible answers for question number 4= 2
Possible answers for question number 5 = 2
According to fundamental counting principle ,
Total number of outcomes = 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 x 2 = 32
Therefore , You can answer the quiz in 32 different ways

USING THE FUNDAMENTAL COUNTING PRINCIPLE Use the Fundamental Counting Principle to find the total number of possible outcomes.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 16
Answer: 12

Explanation:
Total number of sizes (a) = 3
Number of flavors (b) = 4
By using fundamental counting principle ,(a x b)
The total number of possible outcomes = 3 x 4 = 12
Therefore, total number of outcomes = 12

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 17
Answer:20

Explanation:
Number of batteries (a)= 4
Number of colors (b)= 5
By using fundamental counting principle ,( a x b)
The total number of possible outcomes = 4 x 5 = 20
Therefore, total number of outcomes = 20

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 18
Answer:24

Explanation:
Number of suits (a)= 3
Number of wigs (b)= 2
Number of talents (c)= 4
By using fundamental counting principle ,( a x b x c)
The total number of possible outcomes = 3 x 2 x 4=24
Therefore, total number of outcomes = 24

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 19
Answer:36

Explanation:
Number of appetizer (a)= 3
Number of Entre (b)= 4
Number of dessert (c)= 3
By using fundamental counting principle ,( a x b x c)
The total number of possible outcomes = 3 x 4 x 3 = 36
Therefore, total number of outcomes = 36

Question 19.
CHOOSE TOOLS
You randomly choose one of the marbles. Without replacing the first marble, you choose a second marble.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 20
a. Name two ways you can find the total number of possible outcomes.
b. Find the total number of possible outcomes.
Answer:

a. Explanation:
The tree diagram and fundamental counting principle

b.There are 12 number of possible outcomes
Total number of balls = 4
Therefore, there are 4 possible outcomes
without replacing the first ball, the number of possible outcomes =3
According to fundamental principle ,( a x b )
= 4 x 3 = 12
Therefore there are 12 number of outcomes
Tree diagram:

Question 20.
FINDING A PROBABILITY
You roll two number cubes. What is the probability of rolling double threes?
Answer:
Number of cubes =2
{1,2,3,4,5,6} , {1,2,3,4,5,6}
Total number of  possible outcomes = 6 x 6 = 36
The probability of rolling double threes =
P(T) = 2/36 = 0.05
Therefore, the probability of rolling double threes = 0.05

FINDING THE PROBABILITY OF A COMPOUND EVENT You spin the spinner and flip a coin. Find the probability of the compound event.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 21
Question 21.
spinning a 1 and flipping heads
Answer: 0.1

Explanation:
The spinner is divided into 5 equal parts
They are {12,3,4,5}
Total number of outcomes =5
Consider O be the event of spinning a 1
P(O)= (Number of favorable outcomes )/ (Total number of outcomes)
P(O)= 1/ 5
Total number of outcomes for a coin =2
They are {Heads, Tails}
The probability of flipping a heads
P(H)= 1/2
The probability of compound event =
1/5 x 1/2 = 1/10 =0.1
Therefore ,the probability of compound event = 1/10

Question 22.
spinning an even number and flipping heads
Answer: 0.2

Explanation:
Number of even numbers = 2
They are {2,4}
Total number of outcomes = 5
Consider E be the event of spinning an even number
P(E) = 2/5
Total number of outcomes for a coin =2
They are {Heads, Tails}
The probability of flipping a heads
P(H)= 1/2
The probability of compound event (a x b)=
2/5 x 1/2 = 2/10 =0.2
Therefore, the probability of compound event = 0.2

Question 23.
spinning a number less than 3 and flipping tails
Answer: 0.2

Explanation:
Total number of outcomes = 5
Number of numbers less than 3 =2
They are {1,2}
Consider, S be the event of spinning a number less than 3
P(S) = 2/5
Total number of outcomes for a coin =2
They are {Heads, Tails}
The probability of flipping a heads
P(H)= 1/2
The probability of compound event (a x b)=
2/5 x 1/2 =2/10 =0.2
Therefore the probability of compound event = 0.2

Question 24.
spinning a 6 and flipping tails
Answer: 0

Explanation:
The spinner is divided into 5 equal parts
They are {12,3,4,5}
Total number of outcomes =5
Consider O be the event of spinning a 6
P(O)= (Number of favorable outcomes )/ (Total number of outcomes)
P(O)= 0
Therefore it is impossible to spin 6
Total number of outcomes for a coin =2
They are {Heads, Tails}
The probability of flipping a tails
P(H)= 1/2
The probability of compound event =
0 x 1/2 =0
Therefore ,the probability of compound event =0

Question 25.
not spinning a 5 and flipping heads
Answer:0.4

Explanation:
The spinner is divided into 5 equal parts
They are {12,3,4,5}
Total number of outcomes =5
Consider N be the event of  not spinning a 5
Favorable outcomes = 4 .They are {1,2,3,4}
P(N)= (Number of favorable outcomes )/ (Total number of outcomes)
P(N)= 4/ 5
Total number of outcomes for a coin =2
They are {Heads, Tails}
The probability of flipping a heads
P(H)= 1/2
The probability of compound event =
4/5 x 1/2 = 4/10 =0.4
Therefore ,the probability of compound event = 0.4

Question 26.
spinning a prime number and not flipping heads
Answer:0.3

Explanation:
Total number of outcomes = 5
Number of prime numbers = 3
They are {2,3,5}
Consider P be the event of spinning a prime number
P(P) = (Number of favorable outcomes )/ (Total number of outcomes)
P(P) = 3/5
Total number of outcomes for a coin =2
They are {Heads, Tails}
The probability of not flipping a heads
P(H)= 1/2
The probability of compound event =
3/5 x 1/2 = 3/10 =0.3
Therefore ,the probability of compound event = 0.3

FINDING THE PROBABILITY OF A COMPOUND EVENT You spin the spinner, flip a coin, and then spin the spinner again. Find the probability of the compound event.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 22
Question 27.
spinning blue, flipping heads, then spinning a 1
Answer:
The spinner is divided into 3 equal parts
Indicated numerally as {1,2,3} also colored in {red, blue , yellow}
Consider B be the event of spinning blue
P(B) = 1/3
Number of outcomes for a coin =2
They are {Heads , Tails }
Consider H be the event of flipping heads
P(H) = 1/2
Consider O be the event of spinning 1
P(O)= 1/3
The compound probability of compound event =
= 1/3 x 1/2 x1/3
= 1/18
Therefore , the compound probability of the event is 1/18.

Question 28.
spinning an odd number, flipping heads, then spinning yellow
Answer:
The spinner is divided into 3 equal parts
Indicated numerally as {1,2,3} also colored in {red, blue , yellow}
Consider Y be the event of spinning yellow
P(Y) = 1/3
Number of outcomes for a coin =2
They are {Heads , Tails }
Consider H be the event of flipping heads
P(H) = 1/2
Consider O be the event of spinning Odd  number
Number of odd numbers = 2
They are {1,3}
P(O)= 2/3
The compound probability of compound event =
= 1/3 x 1/2 x2/3
= 2/18 =0.11
Therefore , the compound probability of the event is 2/18.

Question 29.
spinning an even number, flipping tails, then spinning an odd number
Answer:
The spinner is divided into 3 equal parts
Indicated numerally as {1,2,3} also colored in {red, blue , yellow}
Consider E be the event of spinning an even number
Number of even numbers =1
They are {2}
P(B) = 1/3
Number of outcomes for a coin =2
They are {Heads , Tails }
Consider T be the event of flipping Tails
P(T) = 1/2
Consider O be the event of spinning an odd number
Number of odd numbers =2
They are {1,3}
P(O)= 2/3
The compound probability of compound event =
= 1/3 x 1/2 x2/3
= 2/18 =0.11
Therefore , the compound probability of the event is 2/18.

Question 30.
not spinning red, flipping tails, then not spinning an even number
Answer:
The spinner is divided into 3 equal parts
Indicated numerally as {1,2,3} also colored in {red, blue , yellow}
Consider R be the event of  not spinning red
The colors other than red are {blue , yellow}
P(R) = 2/3
Number of outcomes for a coin =2
They are {Heads , Tails }
Consider T be the event of flipping tails
P(T) = 1/2
Consider E be the event of not spinning an even number
number of not even numbers =2
They are {1,3}
P(E)= 2/3
The compound probability of compound event =
= 2/3 x 1/2 x2/3
= 4/18 =0.22
Therefore , the compound probability of the event is 0.22

Question 31.
REASONING
You randomly guess the answers to two questions on a multiple-choice test. Each question has three choices: A,B, and C.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 23
a. What is the probability that you guess the correct answers to both questions?
b. Suppose you can eliminate one of the choices for each question. How does this change the probability that both of your guesses are correct?
Answer:
Probability of an event = Number of favorable outcomes / Total number of outcomes
There is one correct answer for each question.
So, the number of favorable outcomes = 2
Given that, there are 3 choices {a, b, c} for each question
So, total number of outcomes = 6
Consider, C be event that you guess the correct answers to both questions=
P(C)= 2/6 = 1/3
Therefore, the probability that you guess the correct answers to both questions =1/3

b.
Answer:
There is a correct answer for each question
So, the favorable outcomes =2
If you eliminate one of the choices for each question ,
Now, the choices for the questions are {a, b}
So, the total number of outcomes =4
Consider, S be the event of choosing correct answer
P(S) = 2/4
= 0.5
Therefore, the probability of choosing a correct answer is 0.5

Question 32.
REASONING
You forget the last two digits of your cell phone password.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 24
a. What is the probability that you randomly choose the correct digits?
b. Suppose you remember that both digits are even. How does this change the probability that you choose the correct digits?
Answer:

a.Number of digits to be guessed = 2
There are 10 possible numbers from 0 to 9
By using fundamental counting principle,
Number of possible outcomes = 10 x 10 =100
Each digit has one correct answer
So, the number of favorable outcomes = 2
Probability = Number of favorable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes
Consider C be the event of choosing correct digits
P(C) = 2/100 =1/50
Therefore the probability of choosing correct digits is 1/50

b.Given that, the two digits to be guessed are even numbers
The number of even numbers from 0 to 9 = 5
They are {0,2,4,6,8}
According to fundamental counting principle ,
So, total number of possible outcomes = 5 x 5= 25
Each digit has only one correct answer,
So number of favorable outcomes = 2
Consider S be the event of choosing correct digits
P(S) = 2/25 =0.08
Therefore, the probability of choosing correct answer = 0.08

Question 33.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A combination lock has 3 wheels, each numbered from 0 to 9. You try to guess the combination by writing five different numbers from 0 to 999 on a piece of paper. Find the probability that the correct combination is written on the paper.
Answer:
The number of digits numbered from 0 to 9 = 10
You get to try 5 of the 1000 possible combinations
So, the probability of getting them all right is 5/1000 or 1/200
Therefore ,5 tries, with a 1/1000 chance each time = 5/1000 = 1/200

Question 34.

MODELING REAL LIFE
A train has one engine and six train cars. Find the total number of ways an engineer can arrange the train. (The engine must be first.)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.3 25
Answer:
Total number of train cars = 6
The engine must be first So, the total outcomes for train cars
So , there are 6 possible places for the train cars
Number of possible outcomes for the first train car = 6
Number of possible outcomes for the second train car =5
Number of possible outcomes for the third train car = 4
Number of possible outcomes for the fourth train car = 3
Number of possible outcomes for the fifth train car = 2
Number of possible outcomes for the sixth train car = 1
According to fundamental principle ,
6 x 5 x 4 x 3 x 2 x 1 = 720
Therefore, the number of ways you can arrange the train = 720

Question 35.
REPEATED REASONING
You have been assigned a nine-digit identification number.
a. Should you use the Fundamental Counting Principle or a tree diagram to find the total number of possible identification numbers? Explain.
b. How many identification numbers are possible?
c. RESEARCH Use the Internet to find out why the possible number of Social Security numbers is not the same as your answer to part(b).
Answer:

a.It is difficult to use tree diagram to find the total number of possible identification numbers because, the total number of identification is very large . So, it is impossible to use tree diagram
Therefore , it is easy to easy to use the fundamental counting principle .

b.Total number of identification digits are from 0 to 9
They are {0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}
The number of possible numbers from 0 to 9 for first digit = 10
The number of possible numbers from 0 to 9 for second digit = 10
The number of possible numbers from 0 to 9 for third  digit = 10
The number of possible numbers from 0 to 9 for fourth digit = 10
The number of possible numbers from 0 to 9 for fifth digit = 10
The number of possible numbers from 0 to 9 for sixth digit = 10
The number of possible numbers from 0 to 9 for seventh digit = 10
The number of possible numbers from 0 to 9 for eighth digit = 10
The number of possible numbers from 0 to 9 for ninth digit = 10
According to fundamental principle
10x10x10x10x10x10x10x10x10 = 1,000,000,000
Therefore there are 1,000,000,000 possible identification numbers

c.The possible number of Social Security numbers is not the same as your answer to part(b)
Because , some special numbers are never allocated.

Question 36
DIG DEEPER!
A social media account password includes a number from 0 to 9, an uppercase letter, a lowercase letter, and a special character, in that order.
a. There are 223,080 password combinations. How many special characters are there?
b. What is the probability of guessing the account password if you know the number and uppercase letter, but forget the rest?
Answer:

a.From 0 to 9, there are a total of 10 values.
For uppercase letters, there are a total of 26 values from A, B, C, D …Z
For lower case letters, there are also a total of 26 values from a, b, c, d …z.
So out of these three characters, we have a total of 10 × 26 × 26 = 6,760 different combinations.
If there are 223,080 password combinations
We need to divide this by 6,760 to calculate the possible values of the special characters.
6,760 × Number of possible special characters = 223,080,
Number of special characters = 223,080 / 6760= 33.
So there are 33 special characters.
If the number and uppercase values are known then the various lowercase letters and special characters are the unknown values.
The number of possible combinations = number of lowercase letters × number of special characters = 26 × 33 = 858.
So the probability of guessing the password is 1 out of 858 combinations.

Question 37.
PROBLEM SOLVING
From a group of 5 scientists, an environmental committee of 3 people is selected. How many different committees are possible?
Answer:
Let,
The 5 scientists be indicated as A,B,C,D,E
The environmental committee of three people =
ABC, ABD, ABE ,ACD,ACE , ADE
BCD,BCE, BDE,CDE .
Therefore, there are 10 different ways to form a committee.

Lesson 7.4 Simulations

EXPLORATION 1

Using a Simulation
Work with a partner. A basketball player makes 80% of her free throw attempts.
a. Is she likely to make at least two of her next three free throws? Explain your reasoning.
b. The table shows 30 randomly generated numbers from 0 to 999. Let each number represent three shots. How can you use the digits of these numbers to represent made shots and missed shots?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.4 1
c. Use the table to estimate the probability that of her next three free throws, she makes

  • exactly two free throws.
  • at most one free throw.
  • at least two free throws.
  • at least two free throws in a row.

d. The experiment used in parts (b) and (c) is called a simulation. Another player makes \(\frac{3}{5}\) of her free throws. Describe a simulation that can be 5used to estimate the probability that she makes three of her next four free throws.
Answer:
A simulation is an experiment that is designed to reproduce the conditions of a situation or process.Simulations allow you to study situations that are impractical to create in real life.

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.4 2

Try It

Question 1.
You randomly guess the answers to four true-false questions.
a. Design a simulation that you can use to model the answers.
b. Use your simulation to find the experimental probability that you answer all four questions correctly.

Answer:a.  There are two answers in a true-false question.
There is an equal chance of being correct or incorrect.
Therefore, we can use a coin to simulate answers where heads is correct and tails is incorrect.
Flip 4 coins in each trial to simulate the four answers. Run the simulation 50 times.

b.The table below shows the  results of simulation 50 times
Out of 50 trails , there are only 4 times all the answers are correct
So, the probability that you answer all four questions correct =
Consider C be the event of answer all four questions correct
P(C) =4 /50 = 0.08

   

Question 2.
A baseball team wins 70% of the time. Design and use a simulation to estimate the probability that the team wins the next three games.
Answer:
Given that there is 70% chance of winning
let us use numbers to determine the win or lose of game
Assume 0-6 numbers to represent win and 7-9 numbers represent lose since, there is 70% chance of winning.
The table below shows the possible results after simulation 3 numbers 50 times on a random number on a graphing calculator.
Out of 50 trails , 19 of them had three wins
Therefore, the probability = 19/50 =0.38

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 3.
SIMULATING OUTCOMES
Four multiple-choice questions on a quiz each have five answer choices. You randomly guess the answer to each question. Design and use a simulation to find the experimental probability that you answer all of the questions correctly.
Answer:
Given , the number of questions = 4
The number of answer choices for each question = 5
The experimental probability that you answer all of the questions correctly = 0.5%

Question 4.
SIMULATING OUTCOMES
You select a marble from a bag and a chip from a box. You have a 20% chance of choosing a green marble and a 90% chance of choosing a red chip. Estimate the probability that you choose a green marble and a red chip.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.4 3
Answer:
Given ,
The chance of  choosing green marble = 20%
The chance of choosing a red chip =90%
The simulation about the probability that you choose green marble and red marble
88  5  86  13  31  49  33  21  99  97
30  62  18  4  63  3  32  94  8  77
24  87  74  56  19  42  61  75  81
45  84  51  17  15  46  66  69  34  28
36  9  64  53  59  10  58  57  39  43  93
The digits from 1 through 2 in tens place indicate green marble
The digits from 1 through 9 in tens place indicates red chip
The experimental probability of choosing green marble and red marble
P(B) = 8/50 = 0.16

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
Each day there is a 50% chance that your tablet overheats. Estimate the probability that your tablet overheats on exactly 2 of the next 3 days.
Answer:
Given that ,
The percent of  tablet overheats each day = 50%
The digits from 1 through 5 in the numbers
460  677  330  467  654  942  875  217  734  692
646  421  222  804  399  380  103  977  991  996
367  337  760  495  280  359  726  349  605  649
573  836  413  196  475  470  315  911  122  970
369  666  908  431  396  230  885  863  333  762
The digits 1 through 5 at least two in a three digit number indicate that your tablet overheats on exactly 2 of the next 3 days.
The experimental probability that your tablet overheats on exactly 2 of the next 3 days
P(S) = 15/ 50 = 0.3

Question 6.
DIG DEEPER
The probability that a homeowner needs a plumber this year is 22%. The probability that the homeowner needs a septic tank specialist is 14%. Estimate the probability that the homeowner needs a plumber, but not a septic tank specialist.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.4 4
Answer:
Given that,
The probability home owner needs a plumber this year = 22%
The probability that home owner needs septic tank specialist = 14%
The probability that the home owner needs plumber but not septic tank specialist
80  52  96  94  77  49  74  16  79  68
45  98  34  47  48  57  12  62  21  71
60  82  78  11  64  28  43  22  75  19
76  65  17  81  87  14  38  27  6  42
37  40  51  15  2  13  92  90  73  7
The numbers 1 through 2 in tens place indicates owner needs plumber
The number 2 through 9 in once place  indicate owner does not needs tank specialist
P(S) = 11 / 50 = 0.22

Simulations Homework & Practice 7.4

Review & Refresh
You flip a coin and roll the 20-sided figure. Find the probability of the compound event.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.4 5
Question 1.
Flipping tails and rolling at least a 14
Answer:
The total numbers of outcomes for a coin = 2
They are {Tails, heads }
Consider T be the event of flipping tails
P(T) = 1/2
The number of outcomes for a 20 sided figure  = 20
The probability of rolling at least a 14
Consider F be the event of rolling at least a 14
P(F) = 1/ 20
Compound event ( a x b )
= 1/2 x 1/20 = 1/40

Question 2.
Flipping heads and rolling less than 3
Answer:
The total numbers of outcomes for a coin = 2
They are {Tails, heads }
Consider H be the event of flipping heads
P(H ) = 1/2
The number of outcomes for a 20 sided figure  = 20
Consider L be the event of rolling less than 3
Number of numbers less than 3 = 2
They are {1,2}
P(L) = 2/ 20 = 1/10
Compound event ( a x b )
= 1/2 x 1/10 = 1/20

Simplify the expression.
Question 3.
5(a – 2)
Answer:
5(a – 2) =0
5a -10 =0
5a =10
a=10/5
a =2

Question 4.
– 7(1 + 3x)
Answer:
– 7(1 + 3x) =0

-7 – 21x=0
-21x= 7
x= 7/-21
x = -0.33

Question 5.
– 1(3p – 8)
Answer:
– 1(3p – 8) =0
-3p +8 =0
p =-8/-3  =-2.6

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

USING A SIMULATION A medicine is effective for 80% of patients. The table shows 30 randomly generated numbers from 0 to 999. Use the table to estimate the probability of the event. (See Exploration 1, p. 307.)
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.4 6
Question 6.
The medicine is effective on each of three patients.
Answer:
Let the, digits 1 through 8 in the tens place represent the medicine is effective
P(E) = 24/30

Question 7.
The medicine is effective on fewer than two of the next three patients.
Answer:
P(N) = 6/30 = 0.2

SIMULATING OUTCOMES Design and use a simulation to find the experimental probability.
Question 8.
In your indoor garden, 50% of seeds sprout. What is the experimental probability that at least one of your next three seeds sprouts?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.4 7
Answer:
Use the random number generator on a graphing calculator.
Randomly generate 50 numbers from 0 to 99. The table below shows the results.
Let the digits 1 through 5 in the tens place represent the seeds are sprout

P(rain both days) =6/50
The experimental probability is 6/50 = 0.12, or 12%.

Question 9.
An archer hits a target 50% of the time. What is the experimental probability that the archer hits the target exactly four of the next five times?
Answer:
Given , the archer hits the target = 50%
25  82  53  49  24  95  31  66  40  90
42  30  9  78  4  80  16  99  23  85  39
44  6  61  46  5  87  64  36  21  57  58
98  81  13  97  29  18  92  22  77  35
55  14  60  28  38  89  56  69
Because, the makes 50 % of shots 1 to 50 represents successful shots .
the experimental probability that the archer hits the target exactly four of the next five times
P(X) = 25/50 =0.5 = 50%.

Question 10.
A bank randomly selects one of four free gifts to send to each new customer. Gifts include a calculator, a key chain, a notepad, and a pen. What is the experimental probability that the next two new customers both receive calculators? that neither receives a calculator?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.4 8
Answer:
Given that ,
Gifts include a calculator, a key chain, a notepad, and a pen.
The experimental probability that the next two new customers both receive calculators=
P(C) =1/4 x1/4 = 1/16
The experimental probability that the next two new customers both neither receive calculators=
P(N) = 3/4 x 3/4 = 9/16

Question 11.
Employees spin a reward wheel. The wheel is equally likely to stop on each of six rewards labeled A–F. What is the experimental probability that fewer than two of the next three spins land on reward A?
Answer:
Given , The six rewards are labelled as {A,B,C,D,E,F}
What is the experimental probability that fewer than two of the next three spins land on reward A
92  72  41  33  83  4  60  32  6  81
1  12  61  57  93  27  46  29  42  47
21  79  23  45  16  63  26  87  14  68
75  38  94  24  20  86  82  70  8  97
39  59  19  64  55  25  77  9  88  37
the experimental probability that fewer than two of the next three spins land on reward A = 4/50

USING NUMBER CUBES Design and use a simulation with number cubes to estimate the probability.
Question 12.
Your lawnmower does not start on the first try \(\frac{1}{6}\) of the time. Estimate the probability that your lawnmower will not start on the first try exactly one of the next two times you move the lawn.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.4 9
Answer:
Given the probability of the event is 1/6 = 16
The simulation of random generate calculator about 50 numbers
The digits from 1 through 16 indicates the event
50  99  88  6  98  76  63  21  65  42
96  84  92  37  27  33  11  57  69  68
48  40  10  30  24  26  67  47  60  34
59  87  18  78  7  79  12  95  9  8  1
86  38  45  93  44  4  15  73  39
The experimental probability of the event is 10/50
P(S) = 0.2

Question 13.
An application on your phone correctly identifies four out of every six songs. Estimate the probability that at least three of the next four songs are correctly identified.
Answer:

SIMULATING OUTCOMES Design and use a simulation to find the experimental probability.
Question 14.
Two beakers are used in a lab test. What is the experimental probability that there are reactions in both beakers during the lab test?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.4 10
Answer:
The simulation of beaker 1 and beaker 2 have reactions
The digits 1 through 8 in tens place indicate probability of beaker 1
The digits 1 through 5 in once place indicate probability of beaker 2
52 66 73 68 75 28 35 47 48 2
16 68 49 3 77 35 92 78 6 6
58 18 89 39 24 80 32 41 77 21
32 40 96 59 86 1 12 0 94 73
40 71 28 61 1 24 37 25 3 25
The experimental probability that there are reactions in both beakers during the lab test
P(R) =32/50 = 0.64

Question 15.
You use a stain remover on two separate stains on a shirt. What is the experimental probability that the stain remover removes both the mud stain and the food stain?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.4 11
Answer:
The simulation of random generator calculator is as follows:
The digits 1 through 9 in tens place indicate the event in mud
The digits 1 through 8 in once place indicate the event of stain removal in food
62  35  50  43  96  37  70  31  59  40
55  92  89  14  10  41  87  95  11  99
12  53  71  26  38  24  80  36  16  42
85  32  3  33  47  1  49  51  8  23  88
69  15  64  84  81  60  66  72  74
The experimental probability that the stain remover removes both the mud stain and the food stain
P(S) = 41/50 = 0.82

Question 16.
DIG DEEPER!
The probability that a computer crashes one or more times in a month is 10%. Estimate the probability that the computer crashes at least one or more times per month for two months in a row during the first half of the year.
Answer:

Question 17.
MODELING REAL LIFE
You visit an orchard. The probability that you randomly select a ripe apple is 92%. The probability that you randomly select a ripe cherry is 86%. Estimate the probability that you pick an apple that is ripe and a cherry that is not ripe.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability 7.4 12
Answer:
Given , the probability that you randomly select a ripe apple = 92%
The probability  that you pick a ripe cherry = 86%
The digits from 1 through 8 in tens place indicates event of choosing a ripe apple
The digits 9  in once place indicates event of not choosing a ripe cherry
75  99  69  33  67  1  22  17  18  37
29  27  9  12  54  7  31  39  26  87
10  72  82  42  36  85  74  3  5  92
29  11  21  81  76  77  52  13  90
15  73  69  70  8  23  53  59  51  44  48
The probability that you pick an apple that is ripe and a cherry that is not ripe = 9/50

Question 18
CRITICAL THINKING
You use a simulation to find an experimental probability. How does the experimental probability compare to the theoretical probability as the number of trials increases?
Answer:
Experimental probability is the result of an experiment. Theoretical probability is what is expected to happen.
In experimental probability, as the number of trials increases, the experimental probability gets closer to the theoretical probability.

Question 19.
LOGIC
At a restaurant,30% of customers donate to charity in exchange for a coupon. Estimate the probability that it will take at least four customers to find one who donates.
Answer:

Probability Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
Question 1.
In an Internet contest, gift cards and bicycles are given as prizes in the ratio 9 : 1. Estimate the probability that at least two of three randomly selected winners receive bicycles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability cc 1
Understand the problem.
You know the ratio of gift cards to bicycles awarded in the contest. You want to find the probability that atleast two of three randomly selected winners receive bicycles.
Make a plan.
Use the ratio to find the theoretical probability that a randomly selected winner receives a bicycle. Then use a simulation involving 50 randomly generated three-digit numbers to estimate the probability that at least two of three randomly selected winners receive bicycles.
Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.

Answer:

Question 2.
A board game uses the spinner shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability cc 2
a. Use theoretical probability to predict the number of times you will spin a number greater than or equal to 8 in 30 spins.
b. You play the game and record the results of 30 spins. Find the percent error of your prediction in part(a).
Answer:
a. Theoretical probability = number of favorable/ outcomes by total number of outcomes
Total number of outcomes = 10
The probability of spinning a number greater than or equal to 8 P(S) = 3/8 = 0.375
b. The experimental probability =
P(S) = 12/30= 0.4

Question 3.
The tiles shown are placed in a bag. You randomly select one of the tiles, return it to the bag, and then randomly select another tile. What is the probability that the product of the numbers on the tiles selected is greater than zero? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability cc 3
Answer:
Total number of tiles = 5
= 5×5 = 25 total number of outcomes
The probability that the product of the numbers on the tiles selected is greater than zero
P(Z) = 2/ 25
They are {1 x 2= 2 } and {2x 1 = 2 }
Therefore the probability of the product of the numbers on the tiles selected is greater than zero = 2/25 = 0.08

Performance Task

Fair and Unfair Carnival Games
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Massively Multi player Rock Paper Scissors.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability cc 4

Probability Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability cr 1

Graphic Organizers

You can use a Four Square to organize information about a concept. Each of the four squares can be a category, such as definition, vocabulary, example, non-example, words, algebra, table, numbers, visual, graph,or equation. Here is an example of a Four Square for probability.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability cr 2
Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability cr 3
1. favorable outcomes
2. relative frequency
3. experimental probability
4. theoretical probability
5. Fundamental Counting Principle
6. compound event
7. simulation

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability cr 4

7.1 Probability (pp. 283–290)
Learning Target: Understand how the probability of an event indicates its likelihood.

You randomly choose one toy race car.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability cr 5
Question 1.
How many possible outcomes are there?
Answer:
There are 5 green cars , one blue car and one red car
So the possible outcomes are 7
They are {green , red, blue}

Question 2.
What are the favorable outcomes of choosing a car that is not green?
Answer: 2
Number of green cars = 5
Number of cars that is not green = 2
They are {blue , red}
Therefore the possible outcomes of choosing a car that is not green = 2

Question 3.
In how many ways can choosing a green car occur?
Answer: 5
Number of green cars = 5
So, choosing a green car can occur in 5 ways
You spin the spinner. (a) Find the number of ways the event can occur. (b) Find the favorable outcomes of the event.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability cr 6
Question 4.
spinning a 1
Answer:
The spinner is divided into 8 equal parts
numbered with two 1s , three 2s and three 3s
{1,1,2,2,2,3,3,3}
The number of favorable outcomes of spinning a 1 = 2
Total number of outcomes = 8
Consider O be the event of spinning a 1
Probability P(O) = Number of favorable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes
P(O) = 2/8 =1/4
So, the probability of spinning a 1 is 0.25

Question 5.
spinning a 3
Answer:
The spinner is divided into 8 equal parts
numbered with two 1s , three 2s and three 3s
{1,1,2,2,2,3,3,3}
The number of favorable outcomes of spinning a 3 = 3
Total number of outcomes = 8
Consider T be the event of spinning a 3
Probability P(T) = Number of favorable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes
P(T) = 3/8 = 0.37
Therefore, the probability of spinning a 3 = 0.37

Question 6.
spinning an odd number
Answer:
The spinner is divided into 8 equal parts
numbered with two 1s , three 2s and three 3s
{1,1,2,2,2,3,3,3}
The number of favorable outcomes of spinning an odd number  = 5
They are {1,1,3,3,3}
Total number of outcomes = 8
Consider O be the event of spinning an odd number
Probability P(O) = Number of favorable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes
P(O) = 5/8 =0.62
Therefore , the probability of spinning an odd number = 0.62

Question 7.
spinning an even number
Answer:
The spinner is divided into 8 equal parts
numbered with two 1s , three 2s and three 3s
{1,1,2,2,2,3,3,3}
The number of favorable outcomes of spinning an even number = 3
They are {2,2,2}
Total number of outcomes = 8
Consider E be the event of spinning an even number
Probability P(E) = Number of favorable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes
P(E) = 3/8 = 0.37

Question 8.
spinning a number greater than 0
Answer:
The spinner is divided into 8 equal parts
numbered with two 1s , three 2s and three 3s
{1,1,2,2,2,3,3,3}
The number of favorable outcomes of spinning a number greater than 0 =8
They are {1,1,2,2,2,3,3,3}
Total number of outcomes = 8
Consider S be the event of spinning a 1
Probability P(S) = Number of favorable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes
P(S) = 8/8 =1

Question 9.
spinning a number less than 3
Answer:
The spinner is divided into 8 equal parts
numbered with two 1s , three 2s and three 3s
{1,1,2,2,2,3,3,3}
The number of favorable outcomes of spinning a number less than a 3 = 5
They are {1,1,2,2,2}
Total number of outcomes = 8
Consider T be the event of spinning a number less than a 3
Probability P(T) = Number of favorable outcomes/ Total number of outcomes
P(T) = 5/8 = 0.62

Describe the likelihood of the event given its probability.
Question 10.
There is a 0% chance of snow in July for Florida.
Answer:
Given , the probability = 0
So the likelihood of the event is impossible

Question 11.
The probability that you are called on to answer a question in class is \(\frac{1}{25}\).
Answer:

Question 12.
There is an 85% chance the bus is on time.
Answer:
Given, 85% chance = 0.85
So, the probability is more likely to happen

Question 13.
The probability of flipping heads on a coin is 0.5.
Answer:
Given 0.5 = 50%
So, the probability of flipping heads is may or may not occur

Question 14.
During a basketball game, you record the number of rebounds from missed shots for each team. (a)Describe the likelihood that your team rebounds the next missed shot. (b) How many rebounds should your team expect to have in 15 missed shots?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability cr 7
Answer:
a.Total number of shots = 10
Consider M be the event of rebounds the next missed shot
The probability  = Number of missed shots / total number of trails
P(M) = 7/10 = 0.7
Therefore , the likelihood that your team rebounds the next missed shot is likely to happen

b.Total number of shots = 15
Consider S be the event of rebounds the your team misses the shot
probability P(S) = Number of rebounds / total number of trails
P(S) = 7/15 = 0.46
Therefore, the likelihood that the rebounds are expected to happen in 15 shots is not likely to occur

7.2 Experimental and Theoretical Probability (pp. 291–298)
Learning Target :Develop probability models using experimental and theoretical probability.

The bar graph shows the results of spinning a spinner 100 times. Use the bar graph to find the experimental probability of the event.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability cr 15
Question 15.
spinning a 2
Answer: 0.18

Explanation :
Total number of spins = 100
The number of times 2 spun = 18
Experimental probability = Number of times an event occur / Total number of spins
Consider T be the event of spinning a 2
P(T) = 18/100 =0.18
Therefore , experimental probability of spinning a 2 = 0.18

Question 16.
spinning an even number
Answer: 0.39

Explanation:
Total number of spins = 100
Number of even numbers = 2
They are {2,4}
The number of times 2 spun = 18
The number of times 4 spun = 21
Total : 18+21 = 39
Experimental probability = Number of times an event occur / Total number of spins
Consider T be the event of spinning an even number
P(T) = 38/100 =0.39
Therefore , experimental probability of spinning an even number = 0.39

Question 17.
not spinning a 5
Answer: 0.81
Total number of spins = 100
Number of numbers other than 5 = 4
They are {1,2,3,4}
The number of times 1 spun = 20
The number of times 2 spun = 18
The number of times 3 spun = 22
The number of times 4 spun = 21
Total : 81
Experimental probability = Number of times an event occur / Total number of spins
Consider F be the event of not spinning a 5
P(F) = 81/100 =0.81
Therefore , experimental probability of not spinning a 5 = 0.81

Question 18.
spinning a number less than 3
Answer:
Total number of spins = 100
The numbers less than 3 = 2
They are {1,2}
The number of times 1 spun = 20
The number of times 2 spun = 18
Total : 18 + 20 = 38
Experimental probability = Number of times an event occur / Total number of spins
Consider T be the event of spinning a number less than 3
P(T) = 38/100 =0.38
Therefore , experimental probability of spinning a number less than 3  = 0.38

Question 19.
In Exercise 16, how does the experimental probability of spinning an even number compare with the theoretical probability?
Answer:

Use the spinner to find the theoretical probability of the event.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability cr 20
Question 20.
spinning blue
Answer:
The spinner is divided into 8 equal parts
They are numbered with three 1 s ,one 2 ,one 4 ,one 6 , one 8 , and one 10
And colored in 2 red , 2 blue , 2 purple and 2 orange in color
Consider , B be the event of spinning a blue
P(B) = 2/8
P(B) = 0.25

Question 21.
spinning a 1
Answer:
The spinner is divided into 8 equal parts
They are numbered with three 1 s ,one 2 ,one 4 ,one 6 , one 8 , and one 10
Consider , O be the event of spinning a 1
P(O) = 3/8
P(O) = 0.37

Question 22.
spinning an even number
Answer:
The spinner is divided into 8 equal parts
They are numbered with three 1 s ,one 2 ,one 4 ,one 6 , one 8 , and one 10
Total number of even numbers = 5
They are {2,4,6,8,10}
Consider , E be the event of spinning an even number
P(E) = 5/8
P(E) = 0.62

Question 23.
spinning a 4
Answer:
The spinner is divided into 8 equal parts
They are numbered with three 1 s ,one 2 ,one 4 ,one 6 , one 8 , and one 10
Consider , F be the event of spinning a blue
P(F) = 1/8
P(F) = 0.125

Question 24.
The theoretical probability of choosing a red grape from a bag of grapes is \(\frac{2}{9}\). There are 8 red grapes in the bag. How many grapes are in the bag?
Answer:
Given theoretical probability = 2/9
Number of red grapes = 8
Total number of grapes = x
8/x = 2/9
72 = 2x
x = 72/2
x = 35

Question 25.
The theoretical probability of choosing Event A is \(\frac{2}{7}\). What is the theoretical probability of not choosing Event A? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

7.3 Compound Events (pp. 299–306)
Learning Target: Find sample spaces and probabilities of compound events.

Question 26.
You have 6 bracelets and 15 necklaces. Find the number of ways you can wear one bracelet and one necklace.
Answer:
Number of bracelets = 6
Number of necklaces = 15
According to fundamental counting principle,
a x b = 6 x 15 = 90
Therefore, In 90 ways you can wear one bracelet and one necklace

Question 27.
Use a tree diagram to find how many different home theater systems you can make from 6 DVD players,8 TVs, and 3 brands of speakers.
Answer:
Number of DVDs = 6
Number of TVs = 8
Number of brands of speaker = 3
Total number of outcomes = 6 x 8 x 3 = 144

Question 28.
A red, green, and blue book are on a shelf. You randomly pick one of the books. Without replacing the first book, you choose another book. What is the probability that you picked the red and blue book?
Answer:
Number of books in shelf = 3

Question 29.
You flip two coins and roll a number cube. What is the probability of flipping two tails and rolling an even number?
Answer:
number of total outcomes for coin = 2
The probability of flipping tails P(T ) = 1/2
For two coins , probability of flipping tails = 1/2 x 2 = 1/4
The number of total outcomes for 6
even numbers = {2,4,6}
The probability for flipping an even number = 3/6 = 1/2
So, the probability of flipping two tails and rolling an even number
= 1/4 x 1/2 = 1/8

Question 30.
Describe a compound event that has a probability between 50% and 80%.
Answer:

Question 31.
Your science teacher sets up six flasks. Two of the flasks contain water and four of the flasks contain hydrogen peroxide. A reaction occurs when you add yeast to hydrogen peroxide. You add yeast to two of the flasks. What is the probability that at least one reaction will occur?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability cr 31
Answer:

7.4 Simulations (pp. 307–312)
Learning Target: Design and use simulations to find probabilities of compound events.

Question 32.
You select a marble from two different bags. You have a 30% chance of choosing a blue marble from the first bag and a 70% chance of choosing a blue marble from the second bag. Design and use a simulation to estimate the probability that you choose a blue marble from both bags.
Answer:
Given , the chance of choosing blue marble from first bag =30%
The chance of choosing blue marble from second bag = 70%
82  4  90  96  18  65  11  71  97  53
48  63 32  54  52  17  14  5  83  50
61  36  10  81 58  84  9  80  94  95
15  42  2  45  68  64  33 38  12  60
35  16  21  99  59  55  22  20  37  87
Let the digits 1 through 3 in the tens place represents choosing blue marble from first bag
the digits 1 and 7 in the ones place represent choosing blue marble from second bag
let P(S) be the event choosing both blue marbles from both bags = 18/50
Therefore, the experimental probability = 0.36 = 36%

Question 33.
A cereal company is including a prize in each box. There are 5 different prizes, all of which are equally likely.
a. Describe a simulation involving 50 trials that you can use to model the prizes in the next 3 boxes of cereal you buy.
b. Use your simulation to find the experimental probability that all three boxes contain a different prize.
Answer:
Given ,
There are 5 different prizes, all of which are equally likely.

Question 34.
In the past month, your cell phone has lost its entire charge on 40% of days. Design and use a simulation to estimate the experimental probability that your cell phone loses its entire charge on exactly 2 of the next 5 days.
Answer:
Given,
Cell phone has lost its entire charge on 40%
Let the numbers 1 through 40 represents possible
6  79  3  23  82
84  67  14  59 88
11  47  26 68  18
 69  91  51  56  42
 15  99  58  92  62
 13  41  55  17  35
 28  54  85  97  65
 98  57  71  73  38
 89  90  87  39  72
 19  8  21  45  31
There are 2 or more successes in trails {1,3,6,10 }
The experimental probability that your cell phone loses its entire charge on exactly 2 of the next 5 days = 4/50
P(S) = 0.08 = 8%

Question 35.
You and your friends form a team in gym class. You have an 80% chance of winning a game of basketball and a 10% chance of winning a game of soccer. Design and use a simulation involving 50 randomly generated numbers to estimate the probability of winning both games.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 7 Chapter 7 Probability cr 35
Answer:
Given , The chance of winning a game of basket ball = 80%
The probability of winning a soccer game = 10%
33  91  74  87  53  67  63  9  47  52  17  8
40  58  100  11  44  20  49  72  60  66  79  51
69  73  76  43  77  97  2  93  12  36  6  86  92 59
 84  29  15  85  88  96  32  38  64  71  98  34
Let the digits 1 through 8 in the tens place represents winning a basketball
Let digits 1 and 2 in the ones place represent winning a soccer game.
let P(S) be the event of winning both the games = 7/50
Therefore, the experimental probability = 0.14 = 14%

Probability Practice Test

You randomly choose one game piece. (a) Find the number of ways the event can occur. (b) Find the favorable outcomes of the event.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability pt 1
Question 1.
choosing green
Answer:
Number of game pieces = 10
In which , 3 are yellow , 2 blue , 2 red and 1 are green in color
Probability P(G)= Number of favorable outcomes / Total number of outcomes
Consider G be the event of choosing green
P(G) = 1 / 10= 0..1
Therefore, the probability of choosing green = 0.1

Question 2.
choosing not yellow
Answer:
Number of game pieces = 10
In which , 3 are yellow , 2 blue , 2 red and 1 are green in color
Number of not yellow colors = 5
They are { blue , green , red }
P(N) = Number of favorable outcomes / Total umber of outcomes
P(N) = 5/10 = 0.5
Therefore, the probability of not choosing yellow= 0.5

Find the sample space and the total number of possible outcomes.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability pt 3
Answer:
Number of SPF = 5
Number of types = 3
The total number of outcomes = 5 x 3 =15
Therefore number of possible outcomes = 15
{10,lotion} {15,lotion} {30, lotion} {45, lotion} {50, lotion}
{10, spray } {15, spray} {30, spray } {45, spray} {50, spray}
{10,gel} {15, gel} {30 , gel} {45 ,gel} {50 , gel}

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability pt 4
Answer:
Number of types = 4
Number of colors = 3
Total number of possible outcomes = 4 x3 = 12
{Basic display, Black  } {Basic display, white } {Basic display , silver}
{Scientific, Black} {Scientific, white} {Scientific , silver}
{Graphing ,black } {Graphing , white} {Graphing , silver}

Use the bar graph to find the experimental probability of the event.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability pt 5
Question 5.
rolling a 1 or a 2
Answer:
Total Number of rolls = 90
The number of times 1 rolled = 12
The number of times 2 rolled = 18
Total = 30
The probability of rolling a 1 or a 2 =
P(R) = 30/90
P(R) = 0.33

Question 6.
rolling an odd number
Answer:
The number of odd numbers = 3
They are {1,3,5}
Number of times 1 rolled = 12
Number of times 3 rolled = 14
Number of times 5 rolled =  16
Total : 12 + 14 + 16 =42
Consider O be the event of spinning an odd number
P(O) = 42/90 = 0.46

Question 7.
not rolling a 5
Answer:
The total number of rolls = 90
The number of  numbers other than 5 are =5
They are 1,2,3,4,6
The number of times 1 rolled = 12
The number of times 2 rolled = 18
The number of times 3 rolled = 14
The number of times 4 rolled = 17
The number of times 6 rolled = 13
Total = 74
The probability of rolling not 5 = 74/ 90
P(G) = 0.82

Question 8.
rolling a number less than 7
Answer:
The total number of rolls = 90
The number of  numbers less than 7 are = 6
They are 1,2,3,4,5,6
The number of times 1 rolled = 12
The number of times 2 rolled = 18
The number of times 3 rolled = 14
The number of times 4 rolled = 17
The number of times 5 rolled = 16
The number of times 6 rolled = 13
Total = 90
The probability of rolling a number less than 7 = 90/ 90
P(L) =1

Use the spinner to find the theoretical probability 93of the event(s).
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability pt 9
Question 9.
spinning an even number
Answer:
The spinner is divided into 9 equal parts
Numbered as {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}
So, total number of outcomes = 9
Number of even numbers = 4
They are {2,4,6,8}
Theoretical probability = Number of favorable outcomes / Total number of outcomes
Consider , E be the event of choosing an even number
P(E) = 4/ 9 = 0.44
Therefore , the probability for spinning an even number =0.44

Question 10.
spinning a 1 and then a 2
Answer:
The spinner is divided into 9 equal parts
Numbered as {1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9}
So, total number of outcomes = 9
The probability of spinning 1 = 1/9
Then the probability of spinning 2 = 1/9
Total probability of the event spinning a 1 and then 2 = 1/9 x 1/9
Total P(B) = 1/ 81
Therefore , the probability of spinning a 1 and then 2 = 0.012

Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability pt 11
Question 11.
You randomly choose one of the pens shown. What is the theoretical probability of choosing a black pen?
Answer:
Theoretical probability = Number of favorable outcomes / Total number of outcomes
Total number of pens = 5
Number of black pens = 2
Consider B be the event of choosing a black pen
P(B) = 2/5 = 0.4
Therefore, the theoretical probability of choosing a black pen = 0.4

Question 12.
You randomly choose one of the pens shown. Your friend randomly chooses one of the remaining pens. What is the probability that you and your friend both choose a blue pen?
Answer:
Total number of pens = 5
Number of blue pens = 2
The probability that you and your friend both choose a blue pen
P(B) = 2/5
P(B) = 0.4

Question 13.
There is an 80% chance of a thunderstorm on Saturday. Describe the likelihood that there is not a thunderstorm on Saturday.
Answer:
Given probability 80% = 0.8
Not thunder storm probability = 20 % = 0.2
The likelihood of the event is not likely to happen

Probability Cumulative Practice

Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability cp 1
Question 1.
A school athletic director asked each athletic team member to name his or her favorite professional sports team. The results are below:

  • D.C.United: 3
  • Florida Panthers: 8
  • Jacksonville Jaguars: 26
  • Jacksonville Sharks: 7
  • Miami Dolphins: 22
  • Miami Heat: 15
  • Miami Marlins: 20
  • Minnesota Lynx: 4
  • New YorkKnicks: 5
  • Orlando Magic: 18
  • Tampa Bay Buccaneers: 17
  • Tampa Bay Lightning: 12
  • Tampa Bay Rays: 28
  • Other: 6

One athletic team member is picked at random. What is the likelihood that this team member’s favorite professional sports team is not located in Florida?
A. certain
B. likely, but not certain
C. unlikely, but not impossible
D. impossible
Answer: B
13/14 = 0.92
The likelihood of the event is likely, but not certain

Question 2.
Each student in your class voted for his or her favorite day of the week. Their votes are shown in the circle graph:
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability cp 2
A student from your class is picked at random. What is the probability that this student’s favorite day of the week is Sunday?
Answer:
Total number of students =30
Total number of Sunday = 6
The probability of that this student’s favorite day of the week is Sunday
P(S) = 6/30
= 0.2

Question 3.
What value makes the equation 11 – 3x = – 7 true?
F. – 6
G. \(-\frac{4}{3}\)
H. 6
I. 54
Answer:  F

Explanation:
11 – 3x = -7
Consider the value of x = -6
L.H.S  = 11-3X
11 – 3 (-6)
11 – 18
= -4
L.H.S = R.H.S
Therefore, the value of x =-6

Question 4.
Your friend solved the proportion in the box below.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability cp 4
What should your friend do to correct the error that he made?
A. Add 40 to 16 and 27 to p.
B. Subtract 16 from 40 and 27 from p.
C. Multiply 16 by 27 and p by 40.
D. Divide 16 by 27 and p by 40.
Answer: C
Multiply 16 by 27 and p by 40

Question 5.
Which value is a solution of the inequality?
3 – 2y < 7
F. – 6
G. – 3
H. – 2
I. – 1
Answer: H
3- 2y < 7 =0
3-2y >7
-2y > 7-3
-2y >4
y > -4/2
y > -2

Question 6.
A spinner is divided into eight equal sections, as shown. You spin the spinner twice. What is the probability that the arrow will stop in a yellow section both times?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability cp 6
Answer:
The spinner is divided 8 equal parts
In which , 3 are red , 2 are blue, 2 are yellow and 1 part is in pink color
so the probability of landing on yellow would be
P(Y) = 3/8 on first spun.
Therefore, for spinning the spinner twice then the probability of landing it on yellow would be
P(Y) = (3/8)/2
P(Y) =3/16

Question 7.
A pair of running shoes is on sale for 25% off the original price. Which price is closest to the sale price of the running shoes?
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability cp 7
A. $93
B. $99
C. $124
D. $149
Answer: A

Explanation :
Original price = $122.76
Percent of discount = 25% = 0.25
The amount of discount :
Amount of discount = Discount x original price
= 0.25 x $125
= $30.39
Sale price :
Sale price = Original price – discount
= $122.76 – $30.39
= $92.07
It is very close to the sale price of the running shoes = $ 93

Question 8.
The value of a baseball card was $6 when it was sold. The value of this card is now $15. What is the percent increase in the value of the card?
F. 40%
G. 90%
H. 150%
I. 250%
Answer: H
Given,
Original price of the basket ball  = $6
New price = $15
The original price increases so, the percent of change is called percent of increase
Percent of increase = New price – original price/ Original price
On substituting ,
= 15 – 6/ 6
= 9 / 6
=3/2
On multiplying with 100
= 3/2 x 100
= 150%
Therefore , the percent increase in the value of the card = 150%

Question 9.
You roll a number cube twice. You want to roll two even numbers.
Big Ideas Math Answers 7th Grade Chapter 7 Probability cp 9
Part A Find the number of favorable outcomes and the number of possible outcomes of each roll.
Part B Find the probability of rolling two even numbers. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Part A :
The even numbers on a number cube are 2, 4, and 6
The favorable outcomes for 2 are =3
They are : 2 and 2 , 2 and 4 , 2 and 6
The favorable outcomes for 4 are =3
They are : 4 and 2 , 4 and 4 , 4 and 6
The favorable outcomes for 6 are =3
They are : 6 and 2 , 6 and 4 , 6 and 6
So,  total number favorable outcomes = 9
There are 6 outcomes for each cube so there are 6(6) = 36 total outcomes.

Part B :
There are 9 favorable outcomes of a total of 36 outcomes
So, the probability is 9/36 = 1/4

Question 10.
You put $600 into an account. The account earns 5% simple interest per year. What is the balance after 4 years?
A. $120
B. $720
C. $1800
D. $12,600
Answer: B
Simple interest = principle x annual rate of interest x Time
I = P x r x t
5% = 0.5
I = 600 x 0.05 x 4
I = $120
The interest earned = $120
The balance after 4 years = principle + Interest
= 600 + 120
=$720

Question 11.
You are comparing the prices of four boxes of cereal. Two of the boxes contain free extra cereal.

  • Box F costs $3.59 and contains 16 ounces.
  • Box G costs $3.79 and contains 16 ounces, plus an additional 10% for free.
  • Box H costs $4.00 and contains 500 grams.
  • Box  I costs $4.69 and contains 500 grams, plus an additional 20% for free.

Which box has the least unit cost?
F. Box F
G. Box G
H. Box H
I. Box I
Answer: Box G

Explanation :
Box F
The unit cost of box F = 3.59/16
The unit cost = $0.224 per ounces
Box G
Given 10% free
Which means, 10% = 16.01 = 0.6 ounces
The unit cost box G = $3.79 / 16 +0.6
=$0.215 ounces
Box H
Given, 500 grams
Which means , 500/28.35 = 17. 64 ounces

The unit cost for box H = $4.00/ 17.64
= 0.227 ounces
Box I
Given 500 grams and 20 % additional
Which means , 500/28.35 = 17. 64 ounces
20% = 17.64 .02 = 3.53 ounces
The unit cost = 4.69/ 17.64+3.54
= 0.222 ounces
Therefore, Box G has the least unit cost .
Chapter 7
Final Words:
The data that is prevailed here is the best material for the students of 7th grade to score maximum marks in the exam. Maximize your scores with the help of Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 7 Probability Pdf. We clear all your doubts regarding the probability concept and also exam in the below comment section. All the candidates must have a look at the above-mentioned article and become perfect for the exam.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry

Are you stressed to make your kid more intelligent and math proficient? Don’t worry at all as we have come up with the best solution that gives you relief from your stress. Here is the best preparation guide that aids your kids & makes them focused on the concepts of the respective Grade. Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry is the one that we are discussing in the above lines. By using the BIM Geometry Ch 9 Solution Key, you can quickly gain the subject skills and score the highest marks in the exams. Fun & Activity-based learnings are easy & the simplest way to understand the concepts thoroughly and clarify your doubts within minimal time.

Big Ideas Math Book Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry

Want to score more marks in Ch 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry? Download the BIM Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry Answer key Pdf for free from the below available links. After downloading the lesson-wise big ideas math book solution key for geometry ch 9, students need to begin their preparation efficiently and revise them frequently. Check out the links available here and tap on the respective lesson link of the high school Big Ideas Math Geometry ch 9 Solution Book to learn the questions covered in the practice tests, chapter tests, assessments, etc. of Right Triangles and Trigonometry concepts.

Right Triangles and Trigonometry Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the expression.

Question 1.
√75

Answer:
square root of 75 = 5,625.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
√75.
square root of 75 = 75 x 75.
75 x 75 = 5,625.
√75 = 5,625.

Question 2.
√270

Answer:
square root of 270 = 72,900.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
√270.
square root of 270 = 270 x 270.
270 x 270 = 72900.
√270 = 72900.

Question 3.
√135

Answer:
square root of 135 = 18225.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
√135.
square root of 135 = 135 x 135.
135 x 135 = 18225.
√135 = 18,225.

Question 4.
\(\frac{2}{\sqrt{7}}\)

Answer:
2/49 = 0.04.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
square root of 7 = 7 x 7.
7 x 7 = 49.
\(\frac{2}{\sqrt{7}}\).
2/49 = 0.04.

Question 5.
\(\frac{5}{\sqrt{2}}\)

Answer:
5/4 = 1.25.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
square root of 2 = 2 x 2.
2 x 2 = 4.
\(\frac{5}{\sqrt{2}}\).
5/4 = 1.25.

Question 6.
\(\frac{12}{\sqrt{6}}\)

Answer:
12/36 = 0.33.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
square root of 6 = 6 x 6.
6 x 6 = 36.
\(\frac{12}{\sqrt{6}}\).
12/36 = 0.33.

Solve the proportion.

Question 7.
\(\frac{x}{12}=\frac{3}{4}\)

Answer:
x = 9.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
\(\frac{x}{12}=\frac{3}{4}\)
x/12 = 3/4.
4x = 12 x 3.
4x = 36.
x = 36/4.
x = 9.

Question 8.
\(\frac{x}{3}=\frac{5}{2}\)

Answer:
x = 7.5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
\(\frac{x}{3}=\frac{5}{2}\)
x/3 = 5/2.
2x = 5 x 3.
2x = 15.
x = 15/2.
x = 7.5.

Question 9.
\(\frac{4}{x}=\frac{7}{56}\)

Answer:
x = 32.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
\(\frac{4}{x}=\frac{7}{56}\)
4/x = 7/56.
7x = 56 x 4.
7x = 224.
x = 224/7.
x = 32.

Question 10.
\(\frac{10}{23}=\frac{4}{x}\)

Answer:
x = 9.2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
\(\frac{10}{23}=\frac{4}{x}\)
x/4 = 10/23.
10x = 23 x 4.
10x = 92.
x = 92/10.
x = 9.2.

Question 11.
\(\frac{x+1}{2}=\frac{21}{14}\)

Answer:
x = 135.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
\(\frac{x + 1}{2}=\frac{21}{14}\)
x+12 x 2 = 21×14.
2x + 24= 294 .
2x = 294 – 24.
2x = 270.
x = 270/2.
x = 135.

Question 12.
\(\frac{9}{3 x-15}=\frac{3}{12}\)

Answer:
x = 6.33.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
\(\frac{9}{3 x-15}=\frac{3}{12}\)
27x – 135 = 3×12.
27x = 36 + 135.
27x = 171.
x = 171/27.
x = 6.33.

Question 13.
ABSTRACT REASONING
The Product Property of Square Roots allows you to simplify the square root of a product. Are you able to simplify the square root of a sum? of a diffrence? Explain.

Answer:
Yes, I am able to simplify the square root of a sum.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The product property of square roots allows you to simplify the square root of a product.
√3 + 1 = √4.
√4 = 4 x 4.
16.
√3 – 1 = √2.
√2 = 2 x 2.
4.

Right Triangles and Trigonometry Mathematical practices

Monitoring progress

Question 1.
Use dynamic geometry software to construct a right triangle with acute angle measures of 30° and 60° in standard position. What are the exact coordinates of its vertices?

Answer:

Question 2.
Use dynamic geometry software to construct a right triangle with acute angle measures of 20° and 70° in standard position. What are the approximate coordinates of its vertices?
Answer:

9.1 The Pythagorean Theorem

Exploration 1

Proving the Pythagorean Theorem without Words

Work with a partner.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 1

a. Draw and cut out a right triangle with legs a and b, and hypotenuse c.

Answer:

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
proving the Pythagorean theorem without words.
a2 + b2 = c2.
Bid-Ideas-Math-Book-Geometry-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Right Triangles and Trigonometry- 1

b. Make three copies of your right triangle. Arrange all tour triangles to form a large square, as shown.

Answer:
a2 + b2 = c2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
make three copies of your right triangle.
a2 + b2 = c2.

c. Find the area of the large square in terms of a, b, and c by summing the areas of the triangles and the small square.

Answer:
The area of the large square = a2 x b2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the area of the square = l x b.
where l = length, and b = breadth.
the area of the square = a x b.
area = a2 x b2.

d. Copy the large square. Divide it into two smaller squares and two equally-sized rectangles, as shown.

Answer:

e. Find the area of the large square in terms of a and b by summing the areas of the rectangles and the smaller squares.
Answer:

f. Compare your answers to parts (c) and (e). Explain how this proves the Pythagorean Theorem.

Answer:
a2 + b2 = c2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
The length of the a and b is equal to the hypotenuse.
a2 + b2 = c2.
where a = one side and b = one side.

Exploration 2

Proving the Pythagorean Theorem

Work with a partner:

a. Draw a right triangle with legs a and b, and hypotenuse c, as shown. Draw the altitude from C to \(\overline{A B}\) Label the lengths, as shown.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 2

Answer:
a2 + b2 = c2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
a2 + b2 = c2.

Bid-Ideas-Math-Book-Geometry-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Right Triangles and Trigonometry- 2

b. Explain why ∆ABC, ∆ACD, and ∆CBD are similar.

Answer:
In a right-angle triangle all the angle are equal.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
∆ABC, ∆ACD, and ∆CBD are similar.
In a right-angle triangle all the angles are equal.

REASONING ABSTRACTLY
To be proficient in math, you need to know and flexibly use different properties of operations and objects.
Answer:

c. Write a two-column proof using the similar triangles in part (b) to prove that a2 + b2 = c2

Answer:
a2 + b2 = c2

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
In the pythagorean theorem.
a2 + b2 = c2
the length of the hypotenuse ie equal to the two side lengths.
a2 + b2 = c2

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you prove the Pythagorean Theorem?

Answer:
a2 + b2 = c2

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
In the pythagorean theorem,
the length of the hypotenuse is equal to the length of the other two sides.
hypotenuse = c.
length = a.
the breadth = b.
a2 + b2 = c2

Question 4.
Use the Internet or sonic other resource to find a way to prove the Pythagorean Theorem that is different from Explorations 1 and 2.
Answer:

Lesson 9.1 The Pythagorean Theorem

Monitoring Progress

Find the value of x. Then tell whether the side lengths form a Pythagorean triple.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 3

Answer:
x = √52.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 6 and 4.
a2 + b2 = c2
6 x 6 + 4 x 4 = c2
36 + 16 = c2
52 = c2.
c = √52.

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 4
Answer:
x = 4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 3 and 5.
x2 + 3 x 3 = 5 x 5.
x2 + 9 = 25.
x2 = 25 – 9.
x2 = 16.
x = 4.

Question 3.
An anemometer is a device used to measure wind speed. The anemometer shown is attached to the top of a pole. Support wires are attached to the pole 5 feet above the ground. Each support wire is 6 feet long. How far from the base of the pole is each wire attached to the ground?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 5

Answer:
x = √11.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
An anemometer is a device used to measure wind speed.
support wires are attached to the pole 5 feet above the ground.
Each support wire is 6 feet long.
d2 + 6  x 6 = 5 x 5.
d2 + 36 = 25.
d2 = 25 – 36.
d2 = 11.
d
= √11.

Tell whether the triangle is a right triangle.

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 6

Answer:
Yes the triangle is a right triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the hypotenuse = 3 √34.
one side = 15.
the other side = 9.
so the triangle is a right triangle.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 7

Answer:
Yes, the triangle is a actute triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the hypotenuse = 22.
one side = 26.
the other side = 14.
so the triangle is a acute triangle.

Question 6.
Verify that segments with lengths of 3, 4, and 6 form a triangle. Is the triangle acute, right, or obtuse?

Answer:
Yes the lengths of the triangle form a acute triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lenths of 3, 4, and 6 form a triangle.
6 x 6 = 3 x 3 + 4 x 4.
36 = 9 + 16.
36 = 25.
so the length of the triangle forms a acute triangle.

Bid-Ideas-Math-Book-Geometry-Answer-Key-Chapter-9-Right Triangles and Trigonometry- 3

Question 7.
Verify that segments with lengths of 2, 1, 2, 8, and 3.5 form a triangle. Is the triangle acute, right, or obtuse?
Answer:

Exercise 9.1 The Pythagorean Theorem

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
What is a Pythagorean triple?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 8
Find the length of the longest side.

Answer:
The length of the longest side = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 3 and 4.
in the pythagorean threoem,
the longest side is equal to the side lengths.
X = 4 x 4 + 3 x 3.
X x X = 16 + 9.
X x X = 25.
X = 5.

Find the length of the hypotenuse

Answer:
The length of the hypotenuse = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 3 and 4.
in the Pythagorean theorem,
the longest side is equal to the side lengths.
X = 4 x 4 + 3 x 3.
X x X = 16 + 9.
X x X = 25.
X = 5.

Find the length of the longest leg.

Answer:
The length of the longest leg = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 3 and 4.
in the pythagorean threoem,
the longest side is equal to the side lengths.
X = 4 x 4 + 3 x 3.
X x X = 16 + 9.
X x X = 25.
X = 5.

Find the length of the side opposite the right angle.

Answer:
The length of the side opposite to the right angle = 5.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 3 and 4.
in the pythagorean threoem,
the longest side is equal to the side lengths.
X = 4 x 4 + 3 x 3.
X x X = 16 + 9.
X x X = 25.
X = 5.

Monitoring progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3-6, find the value of x. Then tell whether the side lengths form a Pythagorean triple.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 10

Answer:
The length of the x = 34.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 30 and 16.
in the pythagorean threoem,
the longest side is equal to the side lengths.
X = 16 x 16 + 30 x 30.
X x X = 256 + 900.
X x X = 1156.
X = 34.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 11
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 12

Answer:
The length of the x = 7.2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 6 and 4.
in the pythagorean threoem,
the longest side is equal to the side lengths.
X = 4 x 4 + 6 x 6.
X x X = 16 + 36.
X x X = 52.
X = 7.2.

In Exercises 7 – 10, find the value of x. Then tell whether the side lengths form a Pythagorean triple.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 14

Answer:
The length of the X = 25.6.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 24 and 9.
in the pythagorean threoem,
the longest side is equal to the side lengths.
X = 24 x 24 + 9 x 9.
X x X = 576 + 81.
X x X = 657.
X = 25.6.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 16

Answer:
The length of the x = 11.4.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 7 and 9.
in the pythagorean threoem,
the longest side is equal to the side lengths.
X = 7 x 7 + 9 x 9.
X x X = 49 + 81.
X x X = 130.
X = 11.4.

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 11 and 12, describe and correct the error in using the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9.1).

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 18

Answer:
x = 24.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 26 and 10.
26 x 26 = a x a + 10 x 10.
676 = a x a + 100.
676 – 100 = a x a.
576 = a x a.
a = 24.
x = 24.

Question 13.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The fire escape forms a right triangle, as shown. Use the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9. 1) to approximate the distance between the two platforms. (See Example 3.)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 19
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 13

Question 14.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The backboard of the basketball hoop forms a right triangle with the supporting rods, as shown. Use the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9.1) to approximate the distance between the rods where the meet the backboard.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 20

Answer:
x = 9.1.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 13.4 and 9.8.
13.4 x 13.4 = X x X + 9.8 x 9.8.
179.56 = X x X + 96.04.
179.56 – 96.04 = X x X.
83.52 = X x X.
X = 9.1.
In Exercises 15 – 20, tell whether the triangle is a right triangle.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 21
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 22

Answer:
No, the triangle is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 23 and 11.4.
the hypotenuse = 21.2.
21.2 x 21.2 = 23 x 23 + 11.4 x 11.4.
449.44 = 529 + 129.96.
449.44 = 658.96.
449 is not equal to 658.96.
so the triangle is not a right triangle.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 23
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 24

Answer:
No, the triangle is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 5 and 1.
the hypotenuse = √26.
26 x 26 = 5 x 5 + 1 x 1.
676 = 25 + 1.
676 = 26.
676 is not equal to 26.
so the triangle is not a right triangle.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 26

Answer:
Yes, the triangle forms a right triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 80 and 39.
the hypotenuse = 89.
89 x 89 = 80 x 80 + 39 x 39.
7921 = 6400 + 1521.
7921 = 7921.
7921 is equal to 7921.
so the triangle forms a right triangle.

In Exercises 21 – 28, verify that the segment lengths form a triangle. Is the triangle acute, right, or obtuse?

Question 21.
10, 11, and 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 21

Question 22.
6, 8, and 10

Answer:
Yes, the triangle is forming a right triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 8 and 6.
the hypotenuse = 10.
10 x 10 = 8 x 8 + 6 x 6.
100 = 64 + 36.
100 = 100.
100 is  equal to 100.
so the triangle is forming a right triangle.

Question 23.
12, 16, and 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 23

Question 24.
15, 20, and 36

Answer:
Yes, the triangle is obtuse triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 15 and 20.
the hypotenuse = 36.
36 x 36 = 20 x 20 + 15 x 15.
1296 = 400 + 225.
1296 > 625.
1296 is greater than 625.
so the triangle is not a obtuse triangle.

Question 25.
5.3, 6.7, and 7.8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 25

Question 26.
4.1, 8.2, and 12.2

Answer:
No, the triangle is obtuse triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 4.1 and 8.2.
the hypotenuse = 12.2.
12.2 x 12.2 = 4.1 x 4.1 + 8.2 x 8.2`.
148.84 = 16.81 + 67.24.
148.84 > 84.05.
148.84 is greater than 84.05.
so the triangle is obtuse triangle.

Question 27.
24, 30, and 6√43
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 27

Question 28.
10, 15 and 5√13

Answer:
Yes, the triangle is an acute triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 10 and 5√13.
the hypotenuse = 15.
15 x 15 = 10 x 10 + 5√13 x 5√13.
225 = 100 + 34.81.
225 < 134.81.
225 is less than 134.81.
so the triangle is acute triangle.

Question 29.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In baseball, the lengths of the paths between consecutive bases are 90 feet, and the paths form right angles. The player on first base tries to steal second base. How far does the ball need to travel from home plate to second base to get the player out?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 29

Question 30.
REASONING
You are making a canvas frame for a painting using stretcher bars. The rectangular painting will be 10 inches long and 8 inches wide. Using a ruler, how can you be certain that the corners of the frame are 90°
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 27

Answer:
x = 12.8.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 10 and 8.
the hypotenuse = x.
X x X = 10 x 10 + 8 x 8.
X = 100 + 64.
X = 12.8.
In Exercises 31 – 34, find the area of the isosceles triangle.

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 28
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 29

Answer:
The area of the Isosceles triangle = 12 ft.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
base = 32 ft.
hypotenuse = 20ft.
a2 + b2 = c2
h x h + 16 x 16 = 20 x 20.
h x h + 256 = 400.
h x h = 400 – 256.
h x h = 144.
h = 12 ft.
so the area of the isosceles triangle = 12 ft.

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 33

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 31

Answer:
The area of the Isosceles triangle = 48 m.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
base = 28 m.
hypotenuse = 50 m.
a2 + b2 = c2
h x h + 14 x 14 = 50 x 50.
h x h + 196 = 2500.
h x h = 2500 – 196.
h x h = 2304.
h = 48 m.
so the area of the isosceles triangle = 48 m.

Question 35.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Justify the Distance Formula using the Pythagorean Theorem (Thin. 9. 1).
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 35

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
How do you know ∠C is a right angle without using the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9.1) ?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 32

Answer:
Yes, the triangle is forming a right triangle.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
the side lengths are 8 and 6.
the hypotenuse = 10.
10 x 10 = 8 x 8 + 6 x 6.
100 = 64 + 36.
100 = 100.
100 is  equal to 100.
so the triangle is forming a right triangle.

Question 37.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are making a kite and need to figure out how much binding to buy. You need the binding for the perimeter of the kite. The binding Comes in packages of two yards. How many packages should you buy?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 33
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 37

Question 38.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9. 1) to prove the Hypotenuse-Leg (HL) Congruence Theorem (Theorem 5.9).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 34
Answer:

Question 39.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Converse of the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9.2). (Hint: Draw ∆ABC with side lengths a, b, and c, where c is the length of the longest side. Then draw a right triangle with side lengths a, b, and x, where x is the length of the hypotenuse. Compare lengths c and x.)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 39

Question 40.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Consider two integers m and n. where m > n. Do the following expressions produce a Pythagorean triple? If yes, prove your answer. If no, give a counterexample.
2mn, m2 – n2, m2 + n2

Answer:

Question 41.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims 72 and 75 Cannot be part of a pythagorean triple because 722 + 752 does not equal a positive integer squared. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 41

Question 42.
PROVING A THEOREM
Copy and complete the proof of the pythagorean Inequalities Theorem (Theorem 9.3) when c2 < a2 + b2.
Given In ∆ABC, c2 < a2 + b2 where c is the length
of the longest side.
∆PQR has side lengths a, b, and x, where x is the length of the hypotenuse, and ∠R is a right angle.
Prove ∆ABC is an acute triangle.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 35

StatementsReasons
1. In ∆ABC, C2 < (12 + h2, where c is the length of the longest side. ∆PQR has side lengths a, b, and x, where x is the length of the hypotenuse, and ∠R is a right angle.1. _____________________________
2. a2 + b2 = x22. _____________________________
3. c2 < r23. _____________________________
4. c < x4. Take the positive square root of each side.
5. m ∠ R = 90°5. _____________________________
6. m ∠ C < m ∠ R6. Converse of the Hinge Theorem (Theorem 6.13)
7. m ∠ C < 90°7. _____________________________
8. ∠C is an acute angle.8. _____________________________
9. ∆ABC is an acute triangle.9. _____________________________

Answer:

Question 43.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Pythagorean Inequalities Theorem (Theorem 9.3) when c2 > a2 + b2. (Hint: Look back at Exercise 42.)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 43.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 43.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the expression by rationalizing the denominator.

Question 44.
\(\frac{7}{\sqrt{2}}\)

Answer:
7/√2 = 7√2 /2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
\(\frac{7}{\sqrt{2}}\) = 7/√2.
7/√2 = 7/√2  x √2 /√2 .
7 √2 /√4.
7√2 /2.

Question 45.
\(\frac{14}{\sqrt{3}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 45

Question 46.
\(\frac{8}{\sqrt{2}}\)

Answer:
8/√2 = 8√2 /2.

Explanation:
In the above-given question,
given that,
\(\frac{8}{\sqrt{2}}\) = 8/√2.
8/√2 = 8/√2  x √2 /√2 .
8 √2 /√4.
8√2 /2.

Question 47.
\(\frac{12}{\sqrt{3}}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.1 Ans 47

9.2 Special Right Triangles

Exploration 1

Side Ratios of an Isosceles Right Triangle

Work with a partner:

Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 36

a. Use dynamic geometry software to construct an isosceles right triangle with a leg length of 4 units.
Answer:

b. Find the acute angle measures. Explain why this triangle is called a 45° – 45° – 90° triangle.
Answer:

c. Find the exact ratios of the side lenghts (using square roots).
\(\frac{A B}{A C}\) = ____________
\(\frac{A B}{B C}\) = ____________
\(\frac{A B}{B C}\) = ____________
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
To be proficient in math, you need to express numerical answers with a degree of precision appropriate for the problem context.
Answer:

d. Repeat parts (a) and (c) for several other isosceles right triangles. Use your results to write a conjecture about the ratios of the side lengths of an isosceles right triangle.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Work with a partner.

a. Use dynamic geometry software to construct a right triangle with acute angle measures of 30° and 60° (a 30° – 60° – 90° triangle), where the shorter leg length is 3 units.

b. Find the exact ratios of the side lengths (using square roots).
\(\frac{A B}{A C}\) = ____________
\(\frac{A B}{B C}\) = ____________
\(\frac{A B}{B C}\) = ____________
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 37
Answer:

C. Repeat parts (a) and (b) for several other 30° – 60° – 90° triangles. Use your results to write a conjecture about the ratios of the side lengths of a 30° – 60° – 90° triangle.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What is the relationship among the side lengths of 45°- 45° – 90° triangles? 30° – 60° – 90° triangles?
Answer:

Lesson 9.2 Special Right Triangles

Monitoring Progress

Find the value of the variable. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 38

Answer:
x = 4

Explanation:
(2√2)² = x² + x²
8 = 2x²
x² = 4
x = 4

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 39

Answer:
y = 2

Explanation:
y² = 2 + 2
y² = 4
y = 2

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 40

Answer:
x = 3, y = 2√3

Explanation:
longer leg = shorter leg • √3
x = √3 • √3
x = 3
hypotenuse = shorter leg • 2
= √3 • 2 = 2√3

Question 4
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 41

Answer:
h = 2√3

Explanation:
longer leg = shorter leg • √3
h = 2√3

Question 5.
The logo on a recycling bin resembles an equilateral triangle with side lengths of 6 centimeters. Approximate the area of the logo.

Answer:
Area is \(\frac { 1 }{ 3√3 } \)

Explanation:
Area = \(\frac { √3 }{ 4 } \) a²
= \(\frac { √3 }{ 4 } \)(6)²
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 3√3 } \)

Question 6.
The body of a dump truck is raised to empty a load of sand. How high is the 14-foot-long body from the frame when it is tipped upward by a 60° angle?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 42

Answer:
28/3 ft high is the 14-foot-long body from the frame when it is tipped upward by a 60° angle.

Explanation:
Height of body at 90 degrees = 14 ft
Height of body at 1 degree = 14/90
Height of body at 60 degrees = 14 x 60/90
= 14 x 2/3
= 28/3 ft

Exercise 9.2 Special Right Triangles

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
Name two special right triangles by their angle measures.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain why the acute angles in an isosceles right triangle always measure 45°.

Answer:
Because the acute angles of a right isosceles triangle must be congruent by the base angles theorem and complementary, their measures must be 90°/2 = 45°.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, find the value of x. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 43
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 44

Answer:
x = 10

Explanation:
hypotenuse = leg • √2
x = 5√2 • √2
x = 10

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 46
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 46

Answer:
x = \(\frac { 9 }{ √2 } \)

Explanation:
hypotenuse = leg • √2
9 = x • √2
x = \(\frac { 9 }{ √2 } \)

In Exercises 7 – 10, find the values of x and y. Write your answers in simplest form.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 47
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 48

Answer:
x = 3, y = 6

Explanation:
hypotenuse = 2 • shorter leg
y = 2 • 3
y = 6
longer leg = √3 • shorter leg
3√3 = √3x
x = 3

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 49
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 50

Answer:
x = 18, y = 6√3

Explanation:
hypotenuse = 2 • shorter leg
12√3 = 2y
y = 6√3
longer leg = √3 • shorter leg
x = √3 . 6√3
x = 18

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 11 and 12, describe and correct the error in finding the length of the hypotenuse.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 51
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 52

Answer:
hypotenuse = leg • √2 = √5 . √2 = √10

In Exercises 13 and 14. sketch the figure that is described. Find the indicated length. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 13.
The side length of an equilateral triangle is 5 centimeters. Find the length of an altitude.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 13

Question 14.
The perimeter of a square is 36 inches. Find the length of a diagonal.

Answer:
The length of a diagonal is 9√2

Explanation:
Side of the square = 36/4 = 9
square diagonal = √2a = √2(9) = 9√2

In Exercises 15 and 16, find the area of the figure. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 53
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 54

Answer:
Area is 40√(1/3) sq m

Explanation:
longer leg = √3 • shorter leg
4 = √3 • shorter leg
shorter leg = 4/√3
h² = 16/3 + 16
h² = 16(4/3)
h = 8√(1/3)
Area of the parallelogram = 5(8√(1/3)) = 40√(1/3) sq m

Question 17.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Each half of the drawbridge is about 284 feet long. How high does the drawbridge rise when x is 30°? 45°? 60°?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 55
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 17

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A nut is shaped like a regular hexagon with side lengths of 1 centimeter. Find the value of x. (Hint: A regular hexagon can be divided into six congruent triangles.)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 56

Answer:
Side length = 1cm
A regular hexagon has six equal the side length. A line drawn from the centre to any vertex will have the same length as any side.
This implies the radius is equal to the side length.
As a result, when lines are drawn from the centre to each of the vertexes, a
regular hexagon is said to be made of six equilateral triangles.
From the diagram, x = 2× apothem
Apothem is the distance from the centre of a regular polygon to the midpoint of side.
Using Pythagoras theorem, we would get the apothem
Hypotenuse² = opposite² + adjacent²
1² = apothem² + (½)²
Apothem = √(1² -(½)²)
= √(1-¼) = √¾
Apothem = ½√3
x = 2× Apothem = 2 × ½√3
x = √3

Question 19.
PROVING A THEOREM
Write a paragraph proof of the 45°- 45°- 90° Triangle Theorem (Theorem 9.4).
Given ∆DEF is a 45° – 45° – 90° triangle.
Prove The hypotenuse is √2 times as long as each leg.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 57
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 19

Question 20.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The diagram shows part of the wheel of Theodorus.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 58
a. Which triangles, if any, are 45° – 45° – 90° triangles?

Answer:

b. Which triangles, if any, are 30° – 60° – 90° triangles?

Answer:

Question 21.
PROVING A THEOREM
Write a paragraph proof of the 30° – 60° – 90° Triangle Theorem (Theorem 9.5).
(Hint: Construct ∆JML congruent to ∆JKL.)
Given ∆JKL is a 30° 60° 9o° triangle.
Prove The hypotenuse is twice as long as the shorter leg, and the longer leg is √3 times as long as the shorter leg.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 59
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 21.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 21.2

Question 22.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
A special right triangle is a right triangle that has rational angle measures and each side length contains at most one square root. There are only three special right triangles. The diagram below is called the Ailles rectangle. Label the sides and angles in the diagram. Describe all three special right triangles.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 60

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 1

Question 23.
WRITING
Describe two ways to show that all isosceles right triangles are similar to each other.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 23

Question 24.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Each triangle in the diagram is a 45° – 45° – 90° triangle. At Stage 0, the legs of the triangle are each 1 unit long. Your brother claims the lengths of the legs of the triangles added are halved at each stage. So, the length of a leg of a triangle added in Stage 8 will be \(\frac{1}{256}\) unit. Is your brother correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 61
Answer:

Question 25.
USING STRUCTURE
ΔTUV is a 30° – 60° – 90° triangle. where two vertices are U(3, – 1) and V( – 3, – 1), \(\overline{U V}\) is the hypotenuse. and point T is in Quadrant I. Find the coordinates of T.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 25.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 25.2

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the Value of x.

Question 26.
ΔDEF ~ ΔLMN
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 62

Answer:
x = 18

Explanation:
\(\frac { DE }{ LM } \) = \(\frac { DF }{ LN } \)
\(\frac { 12 }{ x } \) = \(\frac { 20 }{ 30 } \)
\(\frac { 12 }{ x } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 3 } \)
x = 12(\(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \)) = 18

Question 27.
ΔABC ~ ΔQRS
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 63
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.2 Ans 27

9.3 Similar Right Triangles

Exploration 1

Writing a Conjecture

a. Use dynamic geometry software to construct right ∆ABC, as shown. Draw \(\overline{C D}\) so that it is an altitude from the right angle to the hypotenuse of ∆ABC.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 64
Answer:

b. The geometric mean of two positive numbers a and b is the positive number x that satisfies
\(\frac{a}{x}=\frac{x}{b}\)
x is the geometric mean of a and b.
Write a proportion involving the side lengths of ∆CBD and ∆ACD so that CD is the geometric mean of two of the other side lengths. Use similar triangles to justify your steps.
Answer:

c. Use the proportion you wrote in part (b) to find CD.
Answer:

d. Generalize the proportion you wrote in part (b). Then write a conjecture about how the geometric mean is related to the altitude from the right angle to the hypotenuse of a right triangle.
CONSTRUCTING VIABLE ARGUMENTS
To be proficient in math, you need to understand and use stated assumptions, definitions, and previously established results in constructing arguments.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Comparing Geometric and Arithmetic Means

Work with a partner:
Use a spreadsheet to find the arithmetic mean and the geometric mean of several pairs of positive numbers. Compare the two means. What do you notice?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 65
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How are altitudes and geometric means of right triangles related?
Answer:

Lesson 9.3 Similar Right Triangles

Monitoring progress

Identify the similar triangles.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 66

Answer:
△QRS ~ △ QST

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 67
Answer:
△EFG ~ △ EHG

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 68

Answer:
△EGH ~ △EFG
\(\frac { EF }{ EG } \) = \(\frac { GF }{ GH } \)
\(\frac { 5 }{ 3 } \) = \(\frac { 4 }{ x } \)
x = 2.4

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 69
Answer:
△JLM ~ △LMK
\(\frac { JL }{ LM } \) = \(\frac { JM }{ KM } \)
\(\frac { 13 }{ 5 } \) = \(\frac { 12 }{ x } \)
x = 4.615

Find the geometric mean of the two numbers.

Question 5.
12 and 27

Answer:
x = √(12 x 27)
x = √324 = 18

Question 6.
18 and 54

Answer:
x = √(18 x 54) = √(972)
x = 31.17

Question 7.
16 and 18

Answer:
x = √(16 x 18) = √(288)
x = 16.970

Question 8.
Find the value of x in the triangle at the left.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 70

Answer:
x = √(9 x 4)
x = 6

Question 9.
WHAT IF?
In Example 5, the vertical distance from the ground to your eye is 5.5 feet and the distance from you to the gym wall is 9 feet. Approximate the height of the gym wall.

Answer:
9² = 5.5 x w
81 = 5.5 x w
w = 14.72
The height of the wall = 14.72 + 5.5 = 20.22

Exercise 9.3 Similar Right Triangles

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
If the altitude is drawn to the hypotenuse of a right triangle, then the two triangles formed are similar to the original triangle and ____________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
In your own words, explain geometric mean.

Answer:
The geometric mean is the average value or mean that signifies the central tendency of set of numbers by finding the product of their values.

Monitoring progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 and 4, identify the similar triangles.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 71
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 72

Answer:
△LKM ~ △LMN ~ △MKN

In Exercises 5 – 10, find the value of x.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 73
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 74

Answer:
x = 9.6

Explanation:
\(\frac { QR }{ SR } \) = \(\frac { SR }{ TS } \)
\(\frac { 20 }{ 16 } \) = \(\frac { 12 }{ x } \)
1.25 = \(\frac { 12 }{ x } \)
x = 9.6

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 75
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 76

Answer:
x = 14.11

Explanation:
\(\frac { AB }{ AC } \) = \(\frac { BD }{ BC } \)
\(\frac { 16 }{ 34 } \) = \(\frac { x }{ 30 } \)
x = 14.11

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 77
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 78

Answer:
x = 2.77

Explanation:
\(\frac { 5.8 }{ 3.5 } \) = \(\frac { 4.6 }{ x } \)
x = 2.77

In Exercises 11 – 18, find the geometric mean of the two numbers.

Question 11.
8 and 32
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 11

Question 12.
9 and 16

Answer:
x = √(9 x 16)
x = 12

Question 13.
14 and 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 13

Question 14.
25 and 35

Answer:
x = √(25 x 35)
x = 29.5

Question 15.
16 and 25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 15

Question 16.
8 and 28

Answer:
x = √(8 x 28)
x = 14.96

Question 17.
17 and 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 17

Question 18.
24 and 45

Answer:
x = √(24 x 45)
x = 32.86

In Exercises 19 – 26. find the value of the variable.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 79
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 80

Answer:
y = √(5 x 8)
y = √40
y = 2√10

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 81
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 82

Answer:
10 • 10 = 25 • x
100 = 25x
x = 4

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 83
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 84

Answer:
b² = 16(16 + 6)
b² = 16(22) = 352
b = 18.76

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 85
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 86

Answer:
x² = 8(8 + 2)
x² = 8(10) = 80
x = 8.9

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 27 and 28, describe and correct the error in writing an equation for the given diagram.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 87
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 88

Answer:
d² = g • e

MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
In Exercises 29 and 30, use the diagram.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 89

Question 29.
You want to determine the height of a monument at a local park. You use a cardboard square to line up the top and bottom of the monument, as shown at the above left. Your friend measures the vertical distance from the ground to your eye and the horizontal distance from you to the monument. Approximate the height of the monument.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 29

Question 30.
Your classmate is standing on the other side of the monument. She has a piece of rope staked at the base of the monument. She extends the rope to the cardboard square she is holding lined up to the top and bottom of the monument. Use the information in the diagram above to approximate the height of the monument. Do you get the same answer as in Exercise 29? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 31 – 34. find the value(s) of the variable(s).

Question 31.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 90
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 91

Answer:
\(\frac { 6 }{ b + 3 } \) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 6 } \)
36 = 8(b + 3)
36 = 8b + 24
8b = 12
b = \(\frac { 3 }{ 2 } \)

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 92
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 33

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 93

Answer:
x = 42.66, y = 40, z = 53

Explanation:
\(\frac { 24 }{ 32 } \) = \(\frac { 32 }{ x } \)
0.75 = \(\frac { 32 }{ x } \)
x = 42.66
y = √24² + 32²
y = √576 + 1024 = 40
z = √42.66² + 32² = √1819.87 + 1024 = 53

Question 35.
REASONING
Use the diagram. Decide which proportions are true. Select all that apply.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 94
(A) \(\frac{D B}{D C}=\frac{D A}{D B}\)
(B) \(\frac{B A}{C B}=\frac{C B}{B D}\)
(C) \(\frac{C A}{B \Lambda}=\frac{B A}{C A}\)
(D) \(\frac{D B}{B C}=\frac{D A}{B A}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 35

Question 36.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
You are designing a diamond-shaped kite. You know that AD = 44.8 centimeters, DC = 72 centimeters, and AC = 84.8 centimeters. You Want to use a straight crossbar \(\overline{B D}\). About how long should it be? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 95

Answer:
BD = 76.12

Explanation:
AD = 44.8 cm, DC = 72 cm, and AC = 84.8 cm
Two disjoint pairs of consecutive sides are congruent.
So, AD = AB = 44.8 cm
DC = BC = 72 cm
The diagonals are perpendicular.
So, AC ⊥ BD
AC = AO + OC
AX = x + y = 84.8 — (i)
Perpendicular bisects the diagonal BD into equal parts let it be z.
BD = BO + OD
BD = z + z
Using pythagorean theorem
44.8² = x² + z² —- (ii)
72² = y² + z² —– (iii)
Subtract (ii) and (iii)
72² – 44.8² = y²+ z² – x² – z²
5184 – 2007.04 = (x + y) (x – y)
3176.96 = (84.8)(x – y)
37.464 = x – y —- (iv)
Add (i) & (iv)
x + y + x – y = 84.8 + 37.464
2x = 122.264
x = 61.132
x + y = 84.8
61.132 + y = 84.8
y = 23.668
44.8² = x² + z²
z = 38.06
BD = z + z
BD = 76.12

Question 37.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
Use the Geometric Mean Theorems (Theorems 9.7 and 9.8) to find AC and BD.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 96
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 37.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 37.2

Question 38.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
In which of the following triangles does the Geometric Mean (Altitude) Theorem (Theorem 9.7) apply?
(A)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 97
(B)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 98
(C)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 99
(D)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 100

Answer:

Question 39.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the diagram of ∆ABC. Copy and complete the proof of the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9. 1).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 101
Given In ∆ABC, ∆BCA is a right angle.
Prove c2 = a2 + b2

StatementsReasons
1. In ∆ABC, ∠BCA is a right angle.1. ________________________________
2. Draw a perpendicular segment (altitude) from C to \(\overline{A B}\).2. Perpendicular Postulate (Postulate 3.2)
3. ce = a2 and cf = b23. ________________________________
4. ce + b2 = ___  + b24. Addition Property of Equality
5. ce + cf = a2 + b25. ________________________________
6. c(e + f) a2 + b26. ________________________________
7. e + f = ________7. Segment Addition Postulate (Postulate 1.2)
8. c  • c = a2 + b28. ________________________________
9. c2 = a2 + b29. Simplify.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 39.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 39.2

Question 40.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims the geometric mean of 4 and 9 is 6. and then labels the triangle, as shown. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 102

Answer:
G.M = √(4 x 9) = √36 = 6
My friend is correct.

In Exercises 41 and 42, use the given statements to prove the theorem.

Gien ∆ABC is a right triangle.
Altitude \(\overline{C D}\) is dravn to hypotenuse \(\overline{A B}\).

Question 41.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Geometric Mean (Altitude) Theorem (Theorem 9.7) b showing that CD2 = AD • BD.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 41.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 41.2

Question 42.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Geometric Mean ( Leg) Theorem (Theorem 9.8) b showing that CB2 = DB • AB and AC2 = AD • AB.

Answer:

Question 43.
CRITICAL THINKING
Draw a right isosceles triangle and label the two leg lengths x. Then draw the altitude to the hypotenuse and label its length y. Now, use the Right Triangle Similarity Theorem (Theorem 9.6) to draw the three similar triangles from the image and label an side length that is equal to either x or y. What can you conclude about the relationship between the two smaller triangles? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 43

Question 44.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
The arithmetic mean and geometric mean of two nonnegative numbers x and y are shown.
arithmetic mean = \(\frac{x+y}{2}\)
geometric mean = \(\sqrt{x y}\)
Write an inequality that relates these two means. Justify your answer.

Answer:

Question 45.
PROVING A THEOREM
Prove the Right Triangle Similarity Theorem (Theorem 9.6) by proving three similarity statements.
Given ∆ABC is a right triangle.
Altitude \(\overline{C D}\) is drawn to hvpotenuse \(\overline{A B}\).
Prove ∆CBD ~ ∆ABC, ∆ACD ~ ∆ABC,
∆CBD ~ ∆ACD
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 45.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 45.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 45.3

Maintaining Mathematical proficiency

Solve the equation for x.

Question 46.
13 = \(\frac{x}{5}\)

Answer:
13 = \(\frac{x}{5}\)
x = 65

Question 47.
29 = \(\frac{x}{4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 47

Question 48.
9 = \(\frac{78}{x}\)

Answer:
9 = \(\frac{78}{x}\)
9x = 78
x = 8.6

Question 49.
30 = \(\frac{115}{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.3 Ans 49

9.1 to 9.3 Quiz

Find the value of x. Tell whether the side lengths form a Pythagorean triple.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 103
Answer:
x = 15

Explanation:
x² = 9² + 12²
x² = 81 + 144
x² = 225
x = 15

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 104

Answer:
x = 10.63

Explanation:
x² = 7² + 8² = 49 + 64
x = √113
x = 10.63

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 105
Answer:
x = 4√3

Explanation:
8² = x² + 4²
64 = x² + 16
x² = 48
x = 4√3

Verify that the segment lengths form a triangle. Is the triangle acute, right, or obtuse?
(Section 9.1)
Question 4.
24, 32, and 40

Answer:
Triangle is a right angle trinagle.

Explanation:
40² = 1600
24² + 32² = 576 + 1024 = 1600
40² = 24² + 32²
So, the triangle is a right angle trinagle.

Question 5.
7, 9, and 13

Answer:
Triangle is an obtuse trinagle.

Explanation:
13² = 169
7² + 9² = 49 + 81 = 130
13² > 7² + 9²
So, the triangle is an obtuse trinagle.

Question 6.
12, 15, and 10√3

Answer:
Triangle is an acute trinagle.

Explanation:
15² = 225
12² + (10√3)² = 144 + 300 = 444
15² < 12² + (10√3)²
So, the triangle is an acute trinagle.

Find the values of x and y. Write your answers in the simplest form.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 106

Answer:
x = 6, y = 6√2

Explanation:
x = 6
hypotenuse = leg • √2
y = 6√2

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 107

Answer:
y = 8√3, x = 16

Explanation:
longer leg = shorter leg • √3
y = 8√3
x² = 8² + (8√3)² = 64 + 192
x = 16

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 108

Answer:
x = 5√2, y = 5√6

Explanation:
longer leg = shorter leg • √3
y = x√3
y = 5√6
hypotenuse = shorter leg • 2
10√2 = 2x
x = 5√2

Find the geometric mean of the two numbers.
Question 10.
6 and 12

Answer:
G.M = √(6 • 12) = 6√2

Question 11.
15 and 20

Answer:
G.M = √(15 • 20) = 10√3

Question 12.
18 and 26

Answer:
G.M = √(18 • 26) = 6√13

Identify the similar right triangles. Then find the value of the variable.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 109

Answer:
x = √(8 • 4)
x = 4√2

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 110

Answer:
y = √(9 • 6) = 3√6

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 111

Answer:

Question 16.
Television sizes are measured by the length of their diagonal. You want to purchase a television that is at least 40 inches. Should you purchase the television shown? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 112

Answer:
x² = 20.25² + 36²
x² = 410.0625 + 1296 = 1706.0625
x = 41.30
Yes, i will purchase the television.

Question 17.
Each triangle shown below is a right triangle.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 113
a. Are any of the triangles special right triangles? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
A is a similar triangle.

b. List all similar triangles. if any.
Answer:
B, C and D, E are similar triangles.

c. Find the lengths of the altitudes of triangles B and C.
Answer:
B altitude = √(9 + 27) = 6
C altitude = √(36 + 72) = 6√3

9.4 The Tangent Ratio

Exploration 1

Calculating a Tangent Ratio

Work with a partner

a. Construct ∆ABC, as shown. Construct segments perpendicular to \(\overline{A C}\) to form right triangles that share vertex A and arc similar to ∆ABC with vertices, as shown.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 114
Answer:

b. Calculate each given ratio to complete the table for the decimal value of tan A for each right triangle. What can you Conclude?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 115
Answer:

Exploration 2

Using a calculator

Work with a partner: Use a calculator that has a tangent key to calculate the tangent of 36.87°. Do you get the same result as in Exploration 1? Explain.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
To be proficient in math, you need to express numerical answers with a degree of precision appropriate for the problem context.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
Repeat Exploration 1 for ∆ABC with vertices A(0, 0), B(8, 5), and C(8, 0). Construct the seven perpendicular segments so that not all of them intersect \(\overline{A C}\) at integer values of x. Discuss your results.
Answer:

Question 4.
How is a right triangle used to find the tangent of an acute angle? Is there a unique right triangle that must be used?
Answer:

Lesson 9.4 The Tangent Ratio

Monitoring progress

Find tan J and tan K. Write each answer as a fraction and as a decimal rounded to four places.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 116

Answer:
tan K = \(\frac { opposite side }{ adjacent side } \) = \(\frac { JL }{ KL } \)
= \(\frac { 32 }{ 24 } \) = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \) = 1.33
tan J = \(\frac { KL }{ JL } \) = \(\frac { 24 }{ 32 } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 4 } \) = 0.75

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 117

Answer:
tan K = \(\frac { LJ }{ LK } \) = \(\frac { 15 }{ 8 } \)
tan J = \(\frac { LK }{ LJ } \) = \(\frac { 8 }{ 15 } \)

Find the value of x. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 118

Answer:
Tan 61 = \(\frac { 22 }{ x } \)
1.804 = \(\frac { 22 }{ x } \)
x = 12.1951

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 119

Answer:
tan 56 = \(\frac { x }{ 13 } \)
1.482 = \(\frac { x }{ 13 } \)
x = 19.266

Question 5.
WHAT IF?
In Example 3, the length of the shorter leg is 5 instead of 1. Show that the tangent of 60° is still equal to √3.

Answer:
longer leg = shorter leg • √3
= 5√3
tan 60 = \(\frac { 5√3 }{ 5 } \)
= √3

Question 6.
You are measuring the height of a lamppost. You stand 40 inches from the base of the lamppost. You measure the angle ot elevation from the ground to the top of the lamppost to be 70°. Find the height h of the lamppost to the nearest inch.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 120

Answer:
tan 70 = \(\frac { h }{ 40 } \)
2.7474 = \(\frac { h }{ 40 } \)
h = 109.896 in

Exercise 9.4 The Tangent Ratio

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The tangent ratio compares the length of _________ to the length of ___________ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain how you know the tangent ratio is constant for a given angle measure.

Answer:
When two triangles are similar, the corresponding sides are proportional which makes the ratio constant for a given acute angle measurement.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6, find the tangents of the acute angles in the right triangle. Write each answer as a fraction and as a decimal rounded to four decimal places.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 121
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 122

Answer:
tan F = \(\frac { DE }{ EF } \) = \(\frac { 24 }{ 7 } \)
tan D = \(\frac { EF }{ DE } \) = \(\frac { 7 }{ 24 } \)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 123
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 124

Answer:
tan K = \(\frac { JL }{ LK } \) = \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } \)
tan J = \(\frac { LK }{ JL } \) = \(\frac { 5 }{ 3 } \)

In Exercises 7 – 10, find the value of x. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 125
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 126

Answer:
tan 27 = \(\frac { x }{ 15 } \)
0.509 = \(\frac { x }{ 15 } \)
x = 7.635

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 127
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 128

Answer:
tan 37 = \(\frac { 6 }{ x } \)
0.753 = \(\frac { 6 }{ x } \)
x = 7.968

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 11 and 12, describe the error in the statement of the tangent ratio. Correct the error if possible. Otherwise, write not possible.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 129
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 130

Answer:

In Exercises 13 and 14, use a special right triangle to find the tangent of the given angle measure.

Question 13.
45°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 13

Question 14.
30°

Answer:
tan 30° = \(\frac { 1 }{ √3 } \)

Question 15.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A surveyor is standing 118 Feet from the base of the Washington Monument. The surveyor measures the angle of elevation from the ground to the top of the monument to be 78°. Find the height h of the Washington Monument to the nearest foot.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 131
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 15

Question 16.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Scientists can measure the depths of craters on the moon h looking at photos of shadows. The length of the shadow cast by the edge of a crater is 500 meters. The angle of elevation of the rays of the Sun is 55°. Estimate the depth d of the crater.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 132

Answer:
tan 55 = \(\frac { d }{ 500 } \)
1.428 = \(\frac { d }{ 500 } \)
d = 714 m
The depth of the crater is 714 m

Question 17.
USING STRUCTURE
Find the tangent of the smaller acute angle in a right triangle with side lengths 5, 12, and 13.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 17

Question 18.
USING STRUCTURE
Find the tangent 0f the larger acute angle in a right triangle with side lengths 3, 4, and 5.

Answer:
tan x = \(\frac { 4 }{ 3 } \)

Question 19.
REASONING
How does the tangent of an acute angle in a right triangle change as the angle measure increases? Justify your answer.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 19

Question 20.
CRITICAL THINKING
For what angle measure(s) is the tangent of an acute angle in a right triangle equal to 1? greater than 1? less than 1? Justify your answer.

Answer:
In order for the tangent of an angle to equal 1, the opposite and adjacent sides of a right triangle must be the same. This means the right triangle is an isosceles right triangle so the angles are 45 – 45 – 90. The acute angle must be 1. In order for the tangent to be greater than 1, the opposite side must be greater than the adjacent side. This means the angle must be between 45 and 90 degrees. If the tangent is less than 1, this means the opposite side must be smaller than the adjacent side. The acute angle must be between 0 and 45.

Question 21.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your family room has a sliding-glass door. You want to buy an awning for the door that will be just long enough to keep the Sun out when it is at its highest point in the sky. The angle of elevation of the rays of the Sun at this points is 70°, and the height of the door is 8 feet. Your sister claims you can determine how far the overhang should extend by multiplying 8 by tan 70°. Is your sister correct? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 133
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 21

Question 22.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Write expressions for the tangent of each acute angle in the right triangle. Explain how the tangent of one acute angle is related to the tangent of the other acute angle. What kind of angle pair is ∠A and ∠B?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 134

Answer:
tan A = \(\frac { BC }{ AC } \) = \(\frac { a }{ b } \)
tan B = \(\frac { AC }{ BC } \) = \(\frac { b }{ a } \)

Question 23.
REASONING
Explain why it is not possible to find the tangent of a right angle or an obtuse angle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 23

Question 24.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
To create the diagram below. you begin with an isosceles right triangle with legs 1 unit long. Then the hypotenuse of the first triangle becomes the leg of a second triangle, whose remaining leg is 1 unit long. Continue the diagram Until you have constructed an angle whose tangent is \(\frac{1}{\sqrt{6}}\). Approximate the measure of this angle.

Answer:

Question 25.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Your class is having a class picture taken on the lawn. The photographer is positioned 14 feet away from the center of the class. The photographer turns 50° to look at either end of the class.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 135
a. What is the distance between the ends of the class?
b. The photographer turns another 10° either way to see the end of the camera range. If each student needs 2 feet of space. about how many more students can fit at the end of each row? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 25

Question 26.
PROBLEM SOLVING
Find the perimeter of the figure. where AC = 26, AD = BF, and D is the midpoint of \(\overline{A C}\).
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 136

Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical proficiency

Find the value of x.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 137
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 138
Answer:
longer side = shorter side • √3
7 = x√3
x = \(\frac { 7 }{ √3 } \)
x = 4.04

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 139
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.4 Ans 29

9.5 The Sine and Cosine Ratios

Exploration 1

Work with a partner: Use dynamic geometry software.

a. Construct ∆ABC, as shown. Construct segments perpendicular to \(\overline{A C}\) to form right triangles that share vertex A arid are similar to ∆ABC with vertices, as shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 140
Answer:

b. Calculate each given ratio to complete the table for the decimal values of sin A and cos A for each right triangle. What can you conclude?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 141
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
How is a right triangle used to find the sine and cosine of an acute angle? Is there a unique right triangle that must be used?
Answer:

Question 3.
In Exploration 1, what is the relationship between ∠A and ∠B in terms of their measures’? Find sin B and cos B. How are these two values related to sin A and cos A? Explain why these relationships exist.
LOOKING FOR STRUCTURE
To be proficient in math, you need to look closely to discern a pattern or structure.
Answer:

Lesson 9.5 The Sine and Cosine Ratios

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
Find sin D, sin F, cos D, and cos F. Write each answer as a fraction and as a decimal rounded to four places.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 142
Answer:
sin D = \(\frac { 7 }{ 25 } \)
sin F = \(\frac { 24 }{ 25 } \)
cos D = \(\frac { 24 }{ 25 } \)
cos F = \(\frac { 7 }{ 25 } \)

Explanation:
sin D = \(\frac { EF }{ DF } \) = \(\frac { 7 }{ 25 } \)
sin F = \(\frac { DE }{ DF } \) = \(\frac { 24 }{ 25 } \)
cos D = \(\frac { DE }{ DF } \) = \(\frac { 24 }{ 25 } \)
cos F = \(\frac { EF }{ DF } \) = \(\frac { 7 }{ 25 } \)

Question 2.
Write cos 23° in terms of sine.

Answer:
cos X = sin(90 – X)
cos 23° = sin (90 – 23)
= sin(67)
So, cos 23° = sin 67°

Question 3.
Find the values of u and t using sine and cosine. Round your answers to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 143
Answer:
t = 7.2, u = 3.3

Explanation:
sin 65 = \(\frac { t }{ 8 } \)
0.906 = \(\frac { t }{ 8 } \)
t = 7.2
cos 65 = \(\frac { u }{ 8 } \)
0.422 x 8 = u
u = 3.3

Question 4.
Find the sine and cosine of a 60° angle.

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 1
sin 60° = \(\frac { √3 }{ 2 } \)
cos 60° = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)

Question 5.
WHAT IF?
In Example 6, the angle of depression is 28°. Find the distance x you ski down the mountain to the nearest foot.

Answer:
sin 28° = \(\frac { 1200 }{ x } \)
x = \(\frac { 1200 }{ 0.469 } \)
x = 2558.6

Exercise 9.5 The Sine and Cosine Ratios

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
VOCABULARY
The sine raio compares the length of ______________ to the length of _____________
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which ratio does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 144
sin B

Answer:
sin B = \(\frac { AC }{ BC } \)

cos C

Answer:
cos C = \(\frac { AC }{ BC } \)

tan B

Answer:
tan B = \(\frac { AC }{ AB } \)

\(\frac{A C}{B C}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{A C}{B C}\) = sin B

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 8, find sin D, sin E, cos D, and cos E. Write each answer as a Fraction and as a decimal rounded to four places.

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 145
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 3

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 146

Answer:
sin D = \(\frac { 35 }{ 37 } \)
sin E = \(\frac { 12 }{ 37 } \)
cos D = \(\frac { 12 }{ 37 } \)
cos E = \(\frac { 35 }{ 37 } \)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 147
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 148

Answer:
sin D = \(\frac { 36 }{ 45 } \)
sin E = \(\frac { 27 }{ 45 } \)
cos D = \(\frac { 27 }{ 45 } \)
cos E = \(\frac { 36 }{ 45 } \)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 149
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 150

Answer:
sin D = \(\frac { 8 }{ 17 } \)
sin E = \(\frac { 15 }{ 17 } \)
cos D = \(\frac { 15 }{ 17 } \)
cos E = \(\frac { 8 }{ 17 } \)

In Exercises 9 – 12. write the expression in terms of cosine.

Question 9.
sin 37°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 9

Question 10.
sin 81°

Answer:
sin 81° = cos(90° – 81°) = cos9°

Question 11.
sin 29°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 11

Question 12.
sin 64°

Answer:
sin 64° = cos(90° – 64°) = cos 26°

In Exercise 13 – 16, write the expression in terms of sine.

Question 13.
cos 59°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 13

Question 14.
cos 42°

Answer:
cos 42° = sin(90° – 42°) = sin 48°

Question 15.
cos 73°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 15

Question 16.
cos 18°

Answer:
cos 18° = sin(90° – 18°) = sin 72°

In Exercises 17 – 22, find the value of each variable using sine and cosine. Round your answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 151
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 152

Answer:
p = 30.5, q = 14.8

Explanation:
sin 64° = \(\frac { p }{34 } \)
p = 0.898 x 34
p = 30.5
cos 64° = \(\frac { q }{ 34 } \)
q = 0.4383 x 34
q = 14.8

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 153
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 154

Answer:
s = 17.7, r = 19

Explanation:
sin 43° = \(\frac { s }{26 } \)
s = 0.681 x 26
s = 17.7
cos 43° = \(\frac { r }{ 26 } \)
r = 0.731 x 26
r = 19

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 155
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 156

Answer:
m = 6.7, n = 10.44

Explanation:
sin 50° = \(\frac { 8 }{n } \)
0.766 = \(\frac { 8 }{n } \)
n = 10.44
cos 50° = \(\frac { m }{ n } \)
0.642 = \(\frac { m }{ 10.44 } \)
m = 6.7

Question 23.
REASONING
Which ratios are equal? Select all that apply.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 157
sin X

cos X

sin Z

cos Z
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 23

Question 24.
REASONING
Which ratios arc equal to \(\frac{1}{2}\) Select all
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 158
sin L

Answer:
sin L = \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)

cos L

Answer:
cos L = \(\frac { 2√3 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { √3 }{ 2 } \)

sin J

Answer:
sin J = \(\frac { 2√3 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { √3 }{ 2 } \)

cos J

Answer:
cos J = \(\frac { 2 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \)

Question 25.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding sin A.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 159
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 25

Question 26.
WRITING
Explain how to tell which side of a right triangle is adjacent to an angle and which side is the hypotenuse.
Answer:

Question 27.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The top of the slide is 12 feet from the ground and has an angle of depression of 53°. What is the length of the slide?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 160
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 27

Question 28.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Find the horizontal distance x the escalator covers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 161

Answer:
cos 41 = \(\frac { x }{ 26 } \)
0.754 = \(\frac { x }{ 26 } \)
x = 19.6 ft

Question 29.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are flying a kite with 20 feet of string extended. The angle of elevation from the spool of string to the kite is 67°.
a. Draw and label a diagram that represents the situation.
b. How far off the ground is the kite if you hold the spool 5 feet off the ground? Describe how the height where you hold the spool affects the height of the kite.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 29

Question 30.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Planes that fly at high speeds and low elevations have radar s sterns that can determine the range of an obstacle and the angle of elevation to the top of the obstacle. The radar of a plane flying at an altitude of 20,000 feet detects a tower that is 25,000 feet away. with an angle of elevation of 1°
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 162
a. How many feet must the plane rise to pass over the tower?

Answer:
sin 1 = \(\frac { h }{ 25000 } \)
0.017 = \(\frac { h }{ 25000 } \)
h = 425 ft
425 ft the plane rise to pass over the tower

b. PIanes Caillot come closer than 1000 feet vertically to any object. At what altitude must the plane fly in order to pass over the tower?

Answer:

Question 31.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend uses che equation sin 49° = \(\frac{x}{16}\) to find BC. Your cousin uses the equation cos 41° = \(\frac{x}{16}\) to find BC. Who is correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 163
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 31

Question 32.
WRITING
Describe what you must know about a triangle in order to use the sine ratio and what you must know about a triangle in order to use the cosine ratio

Answer:
sin = \(\frac { opposite side }{ hypotenuse } \)
cos = \(\frac { adjacent side }{ hypotenuse } \)

Question 33.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
If ∆EQU is equilateral and ∆RGT is a right triangle with RG = 2, RT = 1. and m ∠ T = 90°, show that sin E = cos G.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 33

Question 34.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
Submarines use sonar systems, which are similar to radar systems, to detect obstacles, Sonar systems use sound to detect objects under water.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 164

a. You are traveling underwater in a submarine. The sonar system detects an iceberg 4000 meters a head, with an angle of depression of 34° to the bottom of the iceberg. How many meters must the submarine lower to pass under the iceberg?

Answer:
tan 34 = \(\frac { x }{ 4000 } \)
.674 = \(\frac { x }{ 4000 } \)
x = 2696

b. The sonar system then detects a sunken ship 1500 meters ahead. with an angle of elevation of 19° to the highest part of the sunken ship. How many meters must the submarine rise to pass over the sunken ship?

Answer:
tan 19 = \(\frac { x }{ 1500 } \)
0.344 = \(\frac { x }{ 1500 } \)
x = 516 m

Question 35.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Make a conjecture about how you could use trigonometric ratios to find angle measures in a triangle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 35

Question 36.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Using only the given information, would you use a sine ratio or a cosine ratio to find the length of the hypotenuse? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 166

Answer:
sin 29 = \(\frac { 9 }{ x } \)
0.48 = \(\frac { 9 }{ x } \)
x = 18.75
The length of hypotenuse is 18.75

Question 37.
MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS
You are standing on a cliff above an ocean. You see a sailboat from your vantage point 30 feet above the ocean.

a. Draw and label a diagram of the situation.
b. Make a table showing the angle of depression and the length of your line of sight. Use the angles 40°, 50°, 60°, 70°, and 80°.
c. Graph the values you found in part (b), with the angle measures on the x-axis.
d. Predict the length of the line of sight when the angle of depression is 30°.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 37.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 37.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 37.3

Question 38.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
One of the following infinite series represents sin x and the other one represents cos x (where x is measured in radians). Which is which? Justify your answer. Then use each series to approximate the sine and cosine of \(\frac{\pi}{6}\).
(Hints: π = 180°; 5! = 5 • 4 • 3 • 2 • 1; Find the values that the sine and cosine ratios approach as the angle measure approaches zero).
a.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 166

Answer:
For x = 0
0 – \(\frac { 0³ }{ 3! } \) + \(\frac { 0⁵ }{ 5! } \) – \(\frac { 0⁷ }{ 7! } \) + . . . = 0
sin x = x – \(\frac { x³ }{ 3! } \) + \(\frac { x⁵ }{ 5! } \) – \(\frac { x⁷ }{ 7! } \) + . . .
sin \(\frac { π }{ 6 } \) = 0.5

b.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 167

Answer:
1 – \(\frac { 1² }{ 2! } \) + \(\frac { 1⁴ }{ 4! } \) – \(\frac { 1⁶ }{ 6! } \) + . .  = 1
cos x =x1 – \(\frac { x² }{ 2! } \) + \(\frac { x⁴ }{ 4! } \) – \(\frac { x⁶ }{ 6! } \) + . .
cos \(\frac { π }{ 6 } \) = 0.86

Question 39.
CRITICAL THINKING
Let A be any acute angle of a right triangle. Show that
(a) tan A = \(\frac{\sin A}{\cos A}\) and
(b) (sin A)2 + (cos A)2 = 1.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 39

Question 40.
CRITICAL THINKING
Explain why the area ∆ ABC in the diagram can be found using the formula Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\) ab sin C. Then calculate the area when a = 4, b = 7, and m∠C = 40°:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 168
Answer:
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\) ab sin C
= \(\frac{1}{2}\) (4 x 7) sin 40°
= 14 x 0.642
= 8.988

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the value of x. Tell whether the side lengths form a Pythagorean triple.

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 169
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 41

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 170
Answer:
x = 12√2

Explanation:
c² = a² + b²
x² = 12² + 12²
x² = 144 + 144
x² = 288
x = 12√2

Question 43.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 171
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.5 Ans 43

Question 44.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 172

Answer:
x = 6√2

Explanation:
c² = a² + b²
9² = x² + 3²
81 = x² + 9
x² = 81 – 9
x = 6√2

9.6 Solving Right Triangles

Exploration 1

Solving Special Right Triangles

Work with a partner. Use the figures to find the values of the sine and cosine of ∠A and ∠B. Use these values to find the measures of ∠A and ∠B. Use dynamic geometry software to verify your answers.
a.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 173
Answer:

b.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 174
Answer:

Exploration 2

Solving Right Triangles

Work with a partner: You can use a calculator to find the measure of an angle when you know the value of the sine, cosine, or tangent of the rule. Use the inverse sine, inverse cosine, 0r inverse tangent feature of your calculator to approximate the measures of ∠A and ∠B to the nearest tenth of a degree. Then use dynamic geometry software to verify your answers.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
To be proficient in math, you need to calculate accurately and efficiently, expressing numerical answers with a degree of precision appropriate for the problem context.
a.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 175
Answer:

b.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 176
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
When you know the lengths of the sides of a right triangle, how can you find the measures of the two acute angles?
Answer:

Question 4.
A ladder leaning against a building forms a right triangle with the building and the ground. The legs of the right triangle (in meters) form a 5-12-13 Pythagorean triple. Find the measures of the two acute angles to the nearest tenth of a degree.
Answer:

Lesson 9.6 Solving Right Triangles

Determine which of the two acute angles has the given trigonometric ratio.

Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 177

Question 1.
The sine of the angle is \(\frac{12}{13}\).

Answer:
Sin E = \(\frac{12}{13}\)
m∠E = sin-1(\(\frac{12}{13}\)) = 67.3°

Question 2.
The tangent of the angle is \(\frac{5}{12}\)

Answer:
tan F = \(\frac{5}{12}\)
m∠F = tan-1(\(\frac{5}{12}\)) = 22.6°

Let ∠G, ∠H, and ∠K be acute angles. Use a calculator to approximate the measures of ∠G, ∠H, and ∠K to the nearest tenth of a degree.

Question 3.
tan G = 0.43

Answer:
∠G = inverse tan of 0.43 = 23.3°

Question 4.
sin H = 0.68

Answer:
∠H = inverse sin of 0.68 = 42.8°

Question 5.
cos K = 0.94

Answer:
∠K = inverse cos of 0.94 = 19.9°

Solve the right triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 178

Answer:
DE = 29, ∠D = 46.05°, ∠E = 42.84°

Explanation:
c² = a² + b²
x² = 20² + 21²
x² = 400 + 441
x² = 841
x = 29
sin D = \(\frac { 21 }{ 29 } \)
∠D = 46.05
sin E = \(\frac { 20 }{ 29 } \)
∠E = 42.84

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 179

Answer:
GJ = 60, ∠G = 56.09°, ∠H = 33.3°

Explanation:
c² = a² + b²
109² = 91² + x²
x² = 11881 – 8281
x² = 3600
x = 60
sin G = \(\frac { 91 }{ 109 } \)
∠G = 56.09
sin H = \(\frac { 60 }{ 109 } \)
∠H = 33.3

Question 8.
Solve the right triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 180

Answer:
XY = 13.82, YZ = 6.69, ∠Y = 37.5

Explanation:
cos 52 = \(\frac { 8.5 }{ XY } \)
0.615 = \(\frac { 8.5 }{ XY } \)
XY = 13.82
sin 52 = \(\frac { YZ }{ XY } \)
0.788 = \(\frac { YZ }{ 8.5 } \)
YZ = 6.69
sin Y = \(\frac { 8.5 }{ 13.82 } \)
∠Y = 37.5

Question 9.
WHAT IF?
In Example 5, suppose another raked stage is 20 feet long from front to back with a total rise of 2 feet. Is the raked stage within your desired range?

Answer:
x = inverse sine of \(\frac { 2 }{ 20 } \)
x = 5.7°

Exercise 9.6 Solving Right Triangles

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
To solve a right triangle means to find the measures of all its ________ and _______ .
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 1

Question 2.
WRITING
Explain when you can use a trigonometric ratio to find a side length of a right triangle and when you can use the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9.1 ).
Answer:

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 6. determine which of the two acute angles has the given trigonometric ratio.

Question 3.
The cosine of the angle is \(\frac{4}{5}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 181
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 3

Question 4.
The sine of the angle is \(\frac{5}{11}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 182

Answer:
Sin(angle) = \(\frac { opposite }{ hypo } \)
sin A = \(\frac{5}{11}\)
The acute angle that has a sine of the angle is \(\frac{5}{11}\) is ∠A.

Question 5.
The sine of the angle is 0.95.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 183
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 5

Question 6.
The tangent of the angle is 1.5.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 184

Answer:
tan(angle) = \(\frac { opposite }{ adjacent } \)
1.5 = \(\frac { 18 }{ 12 } \)
tan C = 1.5
The acute angle that has a tangent of the angle is 1.5 ∠C.

In Exercises 7 – 12, let ∠D be an acute angle. Use a calculator to approximate the measure of ∠D to the nearest tenth of a degree.

Question 7.
sin D = 0.75
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 7

Question 8.
sin D = 0.19

Answer:
sin D = 0.19
∠D = inverse sine of 0.19
∠D = 10.9°

Question 9.
cos D = 0.33
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 9

Question 10.
cos D = 0.64

Answer:
cos D = 0.64
∠D = inverse cos of 0.64
∠D = 50.2°

Question 11.
tan D = 0.28
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 11

Question 12.
tan D = 0.72

Answer:
tan D = 0.72
∠D = inverse tan of 0.72
∠D = 35.8°

In Exercises 13 – 18. solve the right triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 185
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 186
Answer:
ED = 2√65, ∠E = 59.3, ∠D = 29.7

Explanation:
c² = 8² + 14²
x² = 64 + 196
x² = 260
x = 2√65
sin E = \(\frac { 14 }{ 2√65 } \)
∠E = 59.3
sin D = \(\frac { 8 }{ 2√65 } \)
∠D = 29.7

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 187
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 188
Answer:
HJ = 2√15, ∠G = 28.9, ∠J = 61

Explanation:
c² = a² + b²
16² = 14² + x²
x² = 256 – 196
x² = 60
x = 2√15
sin G = \(\frac { 2√15 }{ 16 } \)
∠G = 28.9
sin J = \(\frac { 14 }{ 16 } \)
∠J = 61

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 189
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 190

Answer:
RT = 17.8, RS = 9.68, ∠T = 32.8

Explanation:
sin 57 = \(\frac { 15 }{ x } \)
0.838 = \(\frac { 15 }{ x } \)
x = 17.899
RT = 17.8
cos 57 = \(\frac { x }{ 17.8 } \)
0.544 = \(\frac { x }{ 17.8 } \)
x = 9.68
RS = 9.68
sin T = \(\frac { 9.68 }{ 17.8 } \)
∠T = 32.8

Question 19.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in using an inverse trigonometric ratio.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 191
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 19

Question 20.
PROBLEM SOLVING
In order to unload clay easily. the body of a dump truck must be elevated to at least 45° The body of a dump truck that is 14 feet long has been raised 8 feet. Will the clay pour out easily? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
Angle of elevation: sin x = \(\frac { 8 }{ 14 } \)
x = inverse sine of \(\frac { 8 }{ 14 } \) = 34.9
The clay will not pour out easily.

Question 21.
PROBLEM SOLVING
You are standing on a footbridge that is 12 feet above a lake. You look down and see a duck in the water. The duck is 7 feet away from the footbridge. What is the angle of elevation from the duck to you
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 192
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 21

Question 22.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Write three expressions that can be used to approximate the measure of ∠A. Which expression would you choose? Explain your choice.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 193

Answer:
Three expressions are ∠A = inverse tan of (\(\frac { 15 }{ 22 } \)) = 34.2°
∠A = inverse sine of (\(\frac { 15 }{ BA } \))
∠A = inverse cos of (\(\frac { 22 }{ BA } \))

Question 23.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The Uniform Federal Accessibility Standards specify that awheel chair ramp may not have an incline greater than 4.76. You want to build a ramp with a vertical rise of 8 inches. you want to minimize the horizontal distance taken up by the ramp. Draw a diagram showing the approximate dimensions of your ramp.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 23

Question 24.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The horizontal part of a step is called the tread. The vertical part is called the riser. The recommended riser – to – tread ratio is 7 inches : 11 inches.

a. Find the value of x for stairs built using the recommended riser-to-tread ratio.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 194

Answer:

b. you want to build stairs that are less steep than the stairs in part (a). Give an example of a riser – to – tread ratio that you could use. Find the value of x for your stairs.
Answer:

Question 25.
USING TOOLS
Find the measure of ∠R without using a protractor. Justify your technique.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 195
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 25

Question 26.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend claims that tan-1x = \(\frac{1}{\tan x}\). Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
No
For example
tan-1(√3) = 60
\(\frac{1}{\tan √3}\) = 33.1

USING STRUCTURE
In Exercises 27 and 28, solve each triangle.

Question 27.
∆JKM and ∆LKM
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 196
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 27.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 27.2

Question 28.
∆TUS and ∆VTW
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 197

Answer:
TS = 8.2, UT = 7.3, ∠T = 28.6
TV = 13.2, TW = 9.6, ∠V = 46, ∠T = 42.84

Explanation:
tan 64 = \(\frac { TS }{ 4 } \)
TS = 2.05 x 4
TS = 8.2
sin 64 = \(\frac { UT }{ 8.2 } \)
0.898= \(\frac { UT }{ 8.2 } \)
UT = 7.3
sin T = \(\frac { 4 }{ 8.2 } \)
∠T = 28.6
TV = TS + SV
TV = 8.2 + 5 = 13.2
13.2² = TW² + 9²
TW² = 174.24 – 81
TW = 9.6
sin V = \(\frac { 9.6 }{ 13.2 } \)
∠V = 46
sin T = \(\frac { 9 }{ 13.2 } \)
∠T = 42.84

Question 29.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Write an expression that can be used to find the measure of the acute angle formed by each line and the x-axis. Then approximate the angle measure to the nearest tenth of a degree.
a. y = 3x
b. y = \(\frac{4}{3}\)x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 29

Question 30.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Simplify each expression. Justify your answer.
a. sin-1 (sin x)

Answer:
sin-1 (sin x) = x

b. tan(tan-1 y)

Answer:
tan(tan-1 y) = y

C. cos(cos-1 z)

Answer:
cos(cos-1 z) = z

Question 31.
REASONING
Explain why the expression sin-1 (1.2) does not make sense.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 31

Question 32.
USING STRUCTURE
The perimeter of the rectangle ABCD is 16 centimeters. and the ratio of its width to its length is 1 : 3. Segment BD divides the rectangle into two congruent triangles. Find the side lengths and angle measures of these two triangles.

Answer:
The perimeter of the rectangle ABCD is 16 centimeters
2(l + b) = 16
l + b = 8
b : l = 1 : 3
4x = 8
x = 2
l = 6, b = 2
BD = √(6² + 2²) = √40 = 2√10
sin B = \(\frac { AD }{ BD } \) = \(\frac { 2 }{ 2√10 } \)
∠ABD = 18.4
∠CBD = 71.6
sin D = \(\frac { AB }{ BD } \) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 2√10 } \)
∠ADB = 71
∠CDB = 19

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the equation

Question 33.
\(\frac{12}{x}=\frac{3}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 33

Question 34.
\(\frac{13}{9}=\frac{x}{18}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{13}{9}=\frac{x}{18}\)
x = 1.44 x 18
x = 26

Question 35.
\(\frac{x}{2.1}=\frac{4.1}{3.5}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.6 Ans 35

Question 36.
\(\frac{5.6}{12.7}=\frac{4.9}{x}\)

Answer:
\(\frac{5.6}{12.7}=\frac{4.9}{x}\)
0.44 = 4.9/x
x = 11.13

9.7 Law of Sines and Law of Cosines

Exploration 1

Discovering the Law of Sines

Work with a partner.

a. Copy and complete the table for the triangle shown. What can you conclude?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 198
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 199
Answer:

b. Use dynamic geometry software to draw two other triangles. Copy and complete the table in part (a) for each triangle. Use your results to write a conjecture about the relationship between the sines of the angles and the lengths of the sides of a triangle.
USING TOOLS STRATEGICALLY
To be proficient in math, you need to use technology to compare predictions with data.
Answer:

Exploration 2

Discovering the Law of Cosines

Work with a partner:

a. Copy and complete the table for the triangle in Exploration 1 (a). What can you conclude?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 200
Answer:

b. Use dynamic geometry software to draw two other triangles. Copy and complete the table in part (a) for each triangle. Use your results to write a conjecture about what you observe in the completed tables.
Answer:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What are the Law of Sines and the Law of Cosines?
Answer:

Question 4.
When would you use the Law of Sines to solve a triangle? When would you use the Law of Cosines to solve a triangle?
Answer:

Lesson 9.7 Law of Sines and Law of Cosines

Monitoring Progress

Use a calculator to find the trigonometric ratio. Round your answer to four decimal places.

Question 1.
tan 110°

Answer:
tan 110° = -2.7474

Question 2.
sin 97°

Answer:
sin 97° = 0.9925

Question 3.
cos 165°

Answer:
cos 165° = -0.9659

Find the area of ∆ABC with the given side lengths and included angle. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Question 4.
m ∠ B = 60°, a = 19, c = 14

Answer:
Area = 155.18

Explanation:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) ac sin B
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) (19 x 14) sin 60°
= 133 x 0.866
= 155.18

Question 5.
m ∠ C = 29°, a = 38, b = 31

Answer:
Area = 282.72

Explanation:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) ab sin C
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) (38 x 31) sin 29
= 598 x 0.48
= 282.72

Solve the triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 201

Answer:
∠C = 46.6, ∠B = 82.4, AC = 23.57

Explanation:
Using law of sines
\(\frac { c }{ sin C } \) = \(\frac { a }{ sin A } \)
\(\frac { 17 }{ sin C } \) = \(\frac { 18 }{ sin 51 } \)
\(\frac { 17 }{ sin C } \) = \(\frac { 18 }{ 0.77 } \)
sin C = 0.7274
∠C = 46.6
∠A + ∠B + ∠C  = 180
51 + 46.6 + ∠B = 180
∠B = 82.4
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ a } \)
\(\frac { 0.99 }{ b } \) = \(\frac { 0.77 }{ 18 } \)
b = 23.57

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 202

Answer:
∠B = 31.3, ∠C  = 108.7, c = 23.6

Explanation:
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ a } \)
\(\frac { sin B }{ 13 } \) = \(\frac { sin 40 }{ 16 } \)
sin B = \(\frac { .64 }{ 16 } \) x 13
sin B = 0.52
∠B = 31.3
∠A + ∠B + ∠C  = 180
40 + 31.3 + ∠C  = 180
∠C  = 108.7
\(\frac { c }{ sin C } \) = \(\frac { a }{ sin A } \)
\(\frac { c }{ sin 108.7 } \) = \(\frac {16 }{ sin 40 } \)
c = \(\frac {16 }{ .64 } \) x 0.947
c = 23.6

Solve the triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 203

Answer:
∠C = 66, a = 4.36, c = 8.27

Explanation:
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
29 + 85 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 66
\(\frac { a }{ sin A } \) = \(\frac { b }{ sin B } \) = \(\frac { c }{ sin C } \)
\(\frac { a }{ sin 29 } \) = \(\frac { 9 }{ sin 85 } \)
\(\frac { a }{ 0.48 } \) = \(\frac { 9 }{ 0.99 } \)
a = 4.36
\(\frac { b }{ sin B } \) = \(\frac { c }{ sin C } \)
\(\frac { 9 }{ sin 85 } \) = \(\frac { c }{ sin 66 } \)
\(\frac { 9 }{ 0.99 } \) = \(\frac { c }{ 0.91 } \)
c = 8.27

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 204

Answer:
∠A = 29, b = 19.37, c = 20.41

Explanation:
∠A + ∠B + ∠C  = 180
∠A + 70 + 81 = 180
∠A = 29
\(\frac { a }{ sin A } \) = \(\frac { b }{ sin B } \) = \(\frac { c }{ sin C } \)
\(\frac { 10 }{ sin 29 } \) = \(\frac { b }{ sin 70 } \)
\(\frac { 10 }{ 0.48 } \) = \(\frac { b }{ 0.93 } \)
b = 19.37
\(\frac { a }{ sin A } \) = \(\frac { c }{ sin C } \)
\(\frac { 10 }{ sin 29 } \) = \(\frac { c }{ sin 81 } \)
\(\frac { 10 }{ 0.48 } \) = \(\frac { c }{ 0.98 } \)
c = 20.41

Question 10.
WHAT IF?
In Example 5, what would be the length of a bridge from the South Picnic Area to the East Picnic Area?

Answer:
The length of a bridge from the South Picnic Area to the East Picnic Area is 188 m.

Explanation:
\(\frac { a }{ sin A } \) = \(\frac { b }{ sin B } \) = \(\frac { c }{ sin C } \)
\(\frac { a }{ sin 71 } \) = \(\frac { 150 }{ sin 49 } \)
a = 188

Solve the triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 205

Answer:
b = 61.3, ∠A = 46, ∠C  = 46

Explanation:
b² = a² + c² − 2ac cos B
b² = 45² + 43² – 2(45)(43) cos 88
b² = 2025 + 1849 – 3870 x 0.03 = 3757.9
b = 61.3
\(\frac { sin A }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ b } \)
\(\frac { sin A }{ 45 } \) = \(\frac { sin 88 }{ 61.3 } \)
sin A = 0.72
∠A = 46
∠A + ∠B + ∠C  = 180
46 + 88 + ∠C  = 180
∠C  = 46

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 206

Answer:
a = 41.1, ∠C  = 35.6, ∠B = 30.4

Explanation:
a² = b² + c² − 2bc cos A
a² = 23² + 26² – 2(23)(26) cos 114
a² = 529 + 676 – 1196 x -0.406
a² = 1690.5
a = 41.1
\(\frac { sin 114 }{ 41.1 } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ 23 } \)
0.02 = \(\frac { sin B }{ 23 } \)
sin B = 0.507
∠B = 30.4
∠A + ∠B + ∠C  = 180
114 + 30.4 + ∠C  = 180
∠C  = 35.6

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 207
Answer:
∠A = 41.4, ∠B = 81.8, ∠C  = 56.8

Explanation:
a² = b² + c² − 2bc cos A
4² = 6² + 5² – 2(6)(5) cos A
16 = 36 + 25 – 60 cos A
-45 = – 60 cos A
cos A = 0.75
∠A = 41.4
\(\frac { sin 41.4 }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ 6 } \)
0.165 = \(\frac { sin B }{ 6 } \)
sin B = 0.99
∠B = 81.8
∠A + ∠B + ∠C  = 180
41.4 + 81.8 + ∠C  = 180
∠C  = 56.8

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 208

Answer:
∠B = 81.8, ∠A = 58.6, ∠C  = 39.6

Explanation:
a² = b² + c² − 2bc cos A
23² = 27² + 16² – 2(27)(16) cos A
529 = 729 + 256 – 864 cos A
456 = 864 cos A
cos A = 0.52
∠A = 58.6
\(\frac { sin 58.6 }{ 23 } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ 27 } \)
0.03 = \(\frac { sin B }{ 27 } \)
sin B = 0.99
∠B = 81.8
∠A + ∠B + ∠C  = 180
58.6 + 81.8 + ∠C  = 180
∠C  = 39.6

Exercise 9.7 Law of Sines and Law of Cosines

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
What type of triangle would you use the Law of Sines or the Law of Cosines to solve?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
What information do you need to use the Law of Sines?

Answer:

Monitoring progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3 – 8, use a calculator to find the trigonometric ratio, Round your answer to four decimal places.

Question 3.
sin 127°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 3

Question 4.
sin 98°

Answer:
sin 98° = 0.9902

Question 5.
cos 139°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 5

Question 6.
cos 108°

Answer:
cos 108° = -0.309

Question 7.
tan 165°
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 7

Question 8.
tan 116°

Answer:
tan 116° = -2.0503

In Exercises 9 – 12, find the area of the triangle. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 209
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 210

Answer:
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\)bc sin A
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(28)(24) sin83
Area = 332.64

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 211
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 212

Answer:
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\)ab sin C
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\)(15)(7) sin 96
Area = 51.9

In Exercises 13 – 18. solve the triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 213
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 214

Answer:
∠B = 38.3, ∠A = 37.7, a = 15.7

Explanation:
\(\frac { sin B }{16 } \) = \(\frac { sin 104 }{ 25 } \)
sin B = 0.62
∠B = 38.3
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
∠A + 38.3 + 104 = 180
∠A = 37.7
\(\frac { sin 37.7 }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin 104 }{ 25 } \)
\(\frac { 0.61 }{ a } \) = 0.0388
a = 15.7

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 215
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 216

Answer:
∠B = 65, b = 33.55, a = 24.4

Explanation:
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
42 + 73 + ∠B = 180
∠B = 65
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ c } \)
\(\frac { sin 65 }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin 73 }{ 34 } \)
b = 33.55
\(\frac { sin A }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ c } \)
\(\frac { sin 42 }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin 73 }{ 34 } \)
a = 24.4

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 217
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 218

Answer:
∠C = 90, b = 39.56, a = 17.6

Explanation:
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
24 + 66 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 90
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ c } \)
\(\frac { sin 66 }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin 90 }{ 43 } \)
\(\frac { .91 }{ b } \) = 0.023
b = 39.56
\(\frac { sin A }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ c } \)
\(\frac { sin 24 }{a } \) = \(\frac { sin 90 }{ 43 } \)
\(\frac { 0.406 }{a } \) = 0.023
a = 17.6

In Exercises 19 – 24, solve the triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 219
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 220

Answer:
b = 29.9, ∠A = 26.1, ∠C = 15.07

Explanation:
b² = a² + c² – 2ac cos B
b² = 20² + 12² – 2(12)(20) cos 138
b² = 400 + 144 – 480 (-0.74)
b² = 899.2
b = 29.9
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ a } \)
\(\frac { sin 138 }{ 29.9 } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ 20 } \)
\(\frac { 0.66 }{ 29.9 } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ 20 } \)
sin A = 0.44
∠A = 26.1
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ c } \)
\(\frac { sin 138 }{ 29.9 } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ 12 } \)
sin C = 0.26
∠C = 15.07

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 221
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 222

Answer:
∠A = 107.3, ∠B = 51.6, ∠C = 21.1

Explanation:
b² = a² + c² – 2ac cos B
28² = 18² + 13² – 2(18)(13) cos B
784 = 324 + 169 – 468 cos B
291 = 468 cos B
cos B = 0.62
∠B = 51.6
\(\frac { sin C }{ c } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ b } \)
\(\frac { sin C }{ 13 } \) = \(\frac { sin 51.6 }{ 28 } \)
sin C = 0.36
∠C = 21.1
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
51.6 + 21.1 + ∠A = 180
∠A = 107.3

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 223
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 224

Answer:
∠A = 23, ∠B = 132.1, ∠C = 24.9

Explanation:
b² = a² + c² – 2ac cos B
5² = 12² + 13² – 2(12)(13) cos B
25 = 144 + 169 – 312 cos B
288 = 312 cos B
cos B = 0.92
∠B = 23
\(\frac { sin C }{ c } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ b } \)
\(\frac { sin C }{ 13 } \) = \(\frac { sin 23 }{ 5 } \)
sin C = 1.014
∠C = 24.9
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
23 + 24.9 + ∠B = 180
∠B = 132.1

Question 25.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding m ∠ C.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 225
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 25

Question 26.
ERROR ANALYSIS
Describe and correct the error in finding m ∠ A in ∆ABC when a = 19, b = 21, and c = 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 226

Answer:
a² = b² + c² – 2bc cos A
19² = 21² + 11² – 2(21)(11) cos A
361 = 441 + 121 – 462 cosA
201 = 462 cosA
cos A = 0.43
∠A = 64.5

COMPARING METHODS

In Exercise 27 – 32. tell whether you would use the Law of Sines, the Law of Cosines. or the Pythagorean Theorem (Theorem 9.1) and trigonometric ratios to solve the triangle with the given information. Explain your reasoning. Then solve the triangle.

Question 27.
m ∠ A = 72°, m ∠ B = 44°, b = 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 27

Question 28.
m ∠ B = 98°, m ∠ C = 37°, a = 18

Answer:
∠A = 45, b = 25.38, c = 15.38

Explanation:
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
∠A + 98 + 37 = 180
∠A = 45
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ a } \)
\(\frac { sin 98 }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin 45 }{ 18 } \)
\(\frac { 0.99 }{ b } \) = 0.039
b = 25.38
\(\frac { sin A }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ c } \)
\(\frac { sin 45 }{ 18 } \) = \(\frac { sin 37 }{ c } \)
0.039 = \(\frac { sin 37 }{ c } \)
c = 15.38

Question 29.
m ∠ C = 65°, a = 12, b = 21
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 29

Question 30.
m ∠ B = 90°, a = 15, c = 6

Answer:
b = 3√29, ∠A = 66.9, ∠C = 23.1

Explanation:
b² = a² + c²- 2ac cos B
b² = 15² + 6² – 2(15)(6) cos 90
= 225 + 36 – 180(0)
b² = 261
b = 3√29
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ a } \)
\(\frac { sin 90 }{ 3√29 } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ 15 } \)
sin A = 0.92
∠A = 66.9
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
66.9 + 90 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 23.1

Question 31.
m ∠ C = 40°, b = 27, c = 36
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 31

Question 32.
a = 34, b = 19, c = 27

Answer:
∠B = 33.9, ∠A = 78.5, ∠C = 67.6

Explanation:
b² = a² + c²- 2ac cos B
19² = 34² + 27²- 2(34)(27) cos B
361 = 1156 + 729 – 1836 cos B
cos B = 0.83
∠B = 33.9
\(\frac { sin 33.9 }{ 19 } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ 34 } \)
sin A = 0.98
∠A = 78.5
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
78.5 + 33.9 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 67.6

Question 33.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You and your friend are standing on the baseline of a basketball court. You bounce a basketball to your friend, as shown in the diagram. What is the distance between you and your friend?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 227
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 33

Question 34.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A zip line is constructed across a valley, as shown in the diagram. What is the width w of the valley?
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 228

Answer:
w = 92.5 ft

Explanation:
w² = 25² + 84² – 2(25)(84) cos 102
w² = 7681 – 4200 cos 102
w = 92.5 ft

Question 35.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are on the observation deck of the Empire State Building looking at the Chrysler Building. When you turn 145° clockwise, you see the Statue of Liberty. You know that the Chrysler Building and the Empire Slate Building arc about 0.6 mile apart and that the Chrysler Building and the Statue of Liberty are about 5.6 miles apart. Estimate the distance between the Empire State Building and the Statue of Liberty.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 35.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 35.2

Question 36.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The Leaning Tower of Pisa in Italy has a height of 183 feet and is 4° off vertical. Find the horizontal distance d that the top of the tower is off vertical.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 229

Answer:

Question 37.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that the Law of Sines can be used to find JK. Your cousin says that the Law of Cosines can be used to find JK. Who is correct’? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 230
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 37

Question 38.
REASONING
Use ∆XYZ
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 231
a. Can you use the Law of Sines to solve ∆XYZ ? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

b. Can you use another method to solve ∆XYZ ? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 39.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend calculates the area of the triangle using the formula A = \(\frac{1}{2}\)qr sin S and says that the area is approximately 208.6 square units. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 232
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 39

Question 40.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are fertilizing a triangular garden. One side of the garden is 62 feet long, and another side is 54 feet long. The angle opposite the 62-foot side is 58°.
a. Draw a diagram to represent this situation.
b. Use the Law of Sines to solve the triangle from part (a).
c. One bag of fertilizer covers an area of 200 square feet. How many bags of fertilizer will you need to cover the entire garden?

Answer:
C = 47.6, A = 74.4, a = 70.4
9 bags of fertilizer.

Question 41.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A golfer hits a drive 260 yards on a hole that is 400 yards long. The shot is 15° off target.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 233
a. What is the distance x from the golfer’s ball to the hole?
b. Assume the golfer is able to hit the ball precisely the distance found in part (a). What is the maximum angle θ (theta) by which the ball can be off target in order to land no more than 10 yards fr0m the hole?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 41.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 41.2

Question 42.
COMPARING METHODS
A building is constructed on top of a cliff that is 300 meters high. A person standing on level ground below the cliff observes that the angle of elevation to the top of the building is 72° and the angle of elevation to the top of the cliff is 63°.
a. How far away is the person from the base of the cliff?

Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 1

b. Describe two different methods you can use to find the height of the building. Use one of these methods to find the building’s height.

Answer:
Consider △SYZ and evaluate d using tangent function
tan SYZ = \(\frac { 300 }{ d } \)
d = \(\frac { 300 }{ tan 63 } \)
d = 152.86
The person is standing 152.86 m away from the base of the cliff.
Consider △XYS and evaluate h + 300
tan XYZ = \(\frac { h + 300 }{ d } \)
h = 152.86 x tan 72 – 300
h = 170.45
The building is 170.45 m high.

Question 43.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Find the values of x and y.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 234
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 43.1

Question 44.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
Would you use the Law of Sines or the Law of Cosines to solve the triangle?
Answer:

Question 45.
REWRITING A FORMULA
A Simplify the Law of Cosines for when the given angle is a right angle.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 45

Question 46.
THOUGHT PROVOKING
Consider any triangle with side lengths of a, b, and c. Calculate the value of s, which is half the perimeter of the triangle. What measurement of the triangle is represented by \(\sqrt{s(s-a)(s-b)(s-c)} ?\)
Answer:

Question 47.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
The ambiguous case of the Law of Sines occurs when you are given the measure of one acute angle. the length of one adjacent side, and the length of the side opposite that angle, which is less than the length of the adjacent side. This results in two possible triangles. Using the given information, find two possible solutions for ∆ABC
Draw a diagram for each triangle.
(Hint: The inverse sine function gives only acute angle measures. so consider the acute angle and its supplement for ∠B.)
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 235
a. m ∠ A = 40°, a = 13, b = 16
b. m ∠ A = 21°, a = 17, b = 32
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 47.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 47.2
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 47.3

Question 48.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Use the Law of Cosines to show that the measure of each angle of an equilateral triangle is 60°. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a² = b² + c²- 2bc cos A
a² = a² + a² – 2 aa cos A
a² = 2a² coas A
cos A = 1/2
∠A = 60

Question 49.
CRITICAL THINKING
An airplane flies 55° east of north from City A to City B. a distance of 470 miles. Another airplane flies 7° north of east from City A to City C. a distance of 890 miles. What is the distance between Cities B and C?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 49

Question 50.
REWRITING A FORMULA
Follow the steps to derive the formula for the area of a triangle.
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\)ab sin C.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 236
a. Draw the altitude from vertex B to \(\overline{A C}\). Label the altitude as h. Write a formula for the area of the triangle using h.
Answer:

b. Write an equation for sin C
Answer:

c. Use the results of parts (a) and (b) to write a formula for the area of a triangle that does not include h.
Answer:

Question 51.
PROVING A THEOREM
Follow the steps to use the formula for the area of a triangle to prove the Law of Sines (Theorem 9.9).

a. Use the derivation in Exercise 50 to explain how to derive the three related formulas for the area of a triangle.
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\)bc sin A,
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\)ac sin B,
Area = \(\frac{1}{2}\)ab sin C
b. why can you use the formulas in part (a) to write the following statement?
\(\frac{1}{2}\)bc sin A = \(\frac{1}{2}\)ac sin B = \(\frac{1}{2}\)ab sin C
c. Show how to rewrite the statement in part (b) to prove the Law of Sines. Justify each step.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 51.1
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 51.2

Question 52.
PROVING A THEOREM
Use the given information to complete the two – column proof of the Law of Cosines (Theorem 9.10).
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 237
Given \(\overline{B D}\) is an altitude of ∆ABC.
Prove a2 = b2 + c2 – 2bc cos A

StatementsReasons
1. \(\overline{B D}\) is an altitude of ∆ABC.1. Given
2. ∆ADB and ∆CDB are right triangles.2. _______________________
3. a2 = (b – x)2 + h23. _______________________
4. _______________________4. Expand binomial.
5. x2 + h2 = c25. _______________________
6. _______________________6. Substitution Property of Equality
7. cos A = \(\frac{x}{c}\)7. _______________________
8. x = c cos A8. _______________________
9. a2 = b2 + c2 – 2bc Cos A9. _______________________

Answer:

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the radius and diameter of the circle.

Question 53.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 238
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 53

Question 54.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 239

Answer:
The radius is 10 in and the diameter is 20 in.

Question 55.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 240
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answers Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 9.7 Ans 55

Question 56.
Big Ideas Math Answers Geometry Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 241

Answer:
The radius is 50 in and the diameter is 100 in.

Right Triangles and Trigonometry Review

9.1 The Pythagorean Theorem

Find the value of x. Then tell whether the side lengths form a Pythagorean triple.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 242

Answer:
x = 2√34
The sides will not form a Pythagorean triple.

Explanation:
x² = 6² + 10²
x²= 36 + 100
x = 2√34

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 243

Answer:
x = 12
The sides form a Pythagorean triple.

Explanation:
20² = 16²+ x²
400 = 256 + x²
x² = 144
x = 12

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 244

Answer:
x = 2√30
The sides will not form a Pythagorean triple.

Explanation:
13² = 7² + x²
169 = 49 + x²
x = 2√30

Verify that the segments lengths form a triangle. Is the triangle acute, right, or obtuse?

Question 4.
6, 8, and 9

Answer:
9² = 81
6² + 8² = 36 + 64 = 100
9² < 6² + 8²
So, the triangle is acute

Question 5.
10, 2√2, and 6√3

Answer:
10² = 100
(2√2)² + (6√3)² = 8 + 108 = 116
So, the triangle is acute.

Question 6.
13, 18 and 3√55

Answer:
18² = 324
13² + (3√55)² = 169 + 495 = 664
So, the triangle is acute.

9.2 Special Right Triangles

Find the value of x. Write your answer in simplest form.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 245

Answer:
hypotenuse = leg • √2
x = 6√2

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 246

Answer:
longer leg = shorter leg • √3
14 = x • √3
x = 8.08

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 247

Answer:
longer leg = shorter leg • √3
x = 8√3 • √3
x = 24

9.3 Similar Right Triangles

Identify the similar triangles. Then find the value of x.

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 248

Answer:
9 = √(6x)
81 = 6x
x = \(\frac { 27 }{ 2 } \)

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 249

Answer:
x = √(6 x 4)
x = 2√6

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 250

Answer:
\(\frac { RP }{ RQ } \) = \(\frac { SP }{ RS } \)
\(\frac { 9 }{ x } \) = \(\frac { 6 }{ 3 } \)
x = 3.5

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 251

Answer:
\(\frac { SU }{ ST } \) = \(\frac { SV }{ VU } \)
\(\frac { 16 }{ 20 } \) = \(\frac { x }{ (x – 16) } \)
4(x – 16) = 5x
x = 16

Find the geometric mean of the two numbers.

Question 14.
9 and 25

Answer:
mean = √(9 x 25)
= 15

Question 15.
36 and 48

Answer:
mean = √(36 x 48)
= 24√3

Question 16.
12 and 42

Answer:
mean = √(12 x 42)
= 6√14

9.4 The Tangent Ratio

Find the tangents of the acute angles in the right triangle. Write each answer as a fraction and as a decimal rounded to four decimal places.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 253

Answer:
tan J = \(\frac { Opposite side }{ Adjacent side } \)
tan J = \(\frac { LK }{ JK } \) = \(\frac { 11 }{ 60 } \)
tan L = \(\frac { JK }{ LK } \) = \(\frac { 60 }{ 11 } \)

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 253

Answer:
tan P = \(\frac { MN }{ MP } \) = \(\frac { 35 }{ 12 } \)
tan N = \(\frac { MP }{ MN } \) = \(\frac { 12 }{ 35 } \)

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 254

Answer:
tan A = \(\frac { BC }{ AC } \) = \(\frac { 7 }{ 4√2 } \)
tan B = \(\frac { AC }{ BC } \) = \(\frac { 4√2 }{ 7 } \)

Find the value of x. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 255

Answer:
tan 54 = \(\frac { x }{ 32 } \)
1.37 = \(\frac { x }{ 32 } \)
x = 43.8

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 256

Answer:
tan 25 = \(\frac { x }{ 20 } \)
0.46 x 20 = x
x = 9.2

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 257

Answer:
tan 38 = \(\frac { 10 }{ x } \)
x = 12.82

Question 23.
The angle between the bottom of a fence and the top of a tree is 75°. The tree is 4 let from the fence. How tall is the tree? Round your answer to the nearest foot.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 258

Answer:
tan 75 = \(\frac { x }{ 4 } \)
x = 14.92

9.5 The Sine and Cosine Ratios

Find sin X, sin Z, cos X, and cos Z. Write each answer as a fraction and as a decimal rounded to four decimal places.

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 259

Answer:
sin X = \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } \)
sin Z = \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } \)
cos X = \(\frac { 4 }{ 5 } \)
cos Z = \(\frac { 3 }{ 5 } \)

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 260

Answer:
sin X = \(\frac { 7 }{ √149 } \)
sin Z = \(\frac { 10 }{ √149 } \)
cos X = \(\frac { 10 }{ √149 } \)
cos Z = \(\frac { 7 }{ √149 } \)

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 261

Answer:
sin X = \(\frac { 55 }{ 73 } \)
sin Z = \(\frac { 48 }{ 73 } \)
cos X = \(\frac { 48 }{ 73 } \)
cos Z = \(\frac { 55 }{ 73 } \)

Find the value of each variable using sine and cosine. Round your answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 262

Answer:
sin 23 = \(\frac { t }{ 34 } \)
t = 13.26
cos 23 = \(\frac { s }{ 34 } \)
s = 31.28

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 263

Answer:
sin 36 = \(\frac { s }{ 5 } \)
s = 2.9
cos 36 = \(\frac { r }{ 5 } \)
r = 4

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 264

Answer:
sin 70 = \(\frac { v }{ 10 } \)
v = 9.39
cos 70 = \(\frac { w }{ 10 } \)
w = 3.42

Question 30.
Write sin 72° in terms of cosine.

Answer:
sin 72 = cos(90 – 72)
= cos 18 = 0.95

Question 31.
Write cos 29° in terms of sine.

Answer:
sin 29 = cos(90 – 29)
= cos 61 = 0.48

9.6 Solving Right Triangles

Let ∠Q be an acute angle. Use a calculator to approximate the measure of ∠Q to the nearest tenth of a degree.

Question 32.
cos Q = 0.32

Answer:
cos Q = 0.32
∠Q = inverse cos of .32
∠Q = 71.3

Question 33.
sin Q = 0.91

Answer:
sin Q = 0.91
∠Q = inverse sin of 0.91
∠Q = 65.5

Question 34.
tan Q = 0.04

Answer:
tan Q = 0.04
∠Q = inverse tan of 0.04
∠Q = 2.29

Solve the right triangle. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 35.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 265

Answer:
a = 5√5, ∠A = 47.7, ∠B = 42.3

Explanation:
c² = a² + b²
15² = a² + 10²
a² = 125
a = 5√5
sin A = \(\frac { 5√5 }{ 15 } \) = 0.74
∠A = 47.7
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
47.7 + ∠B + 90 = 180
∠B = 42.3

Question 36.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 266

Answer:
NL = 7.59, ∠L = 53, ML = 4.55

Explanation:
cos 37 = \(\frac { 6 }{ NL } \)
NL = 7.59
∠N + ∠M + ∠L = 180
37 + 90 + ∠L = 180
∠L = 53
sin 37 = \(\frac { ML }{ 7.59 } \)
ML = 4.55

Question 37.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 267

Answer:
XY = 17.34, ∠X = 46, ∠Z = 44

Explanation:
c² = a² + b²
25² = 18²+ b²
b² = 301
b = 17.34
sin X = \(\frac { 18 }{ 25 } \)
∠X = 46
sum of angles = 180
46 + 90 + ∠Z = 180
∠Z = 44

9.7 Law of Sines and Law of Cosines

Find the area of ∆ABC with the given side lengths and included angle.

Question 38.
m ∠ B = 124°, a = 9, c = 11

Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) ac sin B
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) (9 x 11) sin 124
= 40.59

Question 39.
m ∠ A = 68°, b = 13, c = 7

Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) bc sin A
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) (13 x 7) sin 68
= 41.86

Question 40.
m ∠ C = 79°, a = 25 b = 17

Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) ab sin C
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) (25 x 17) sin 79
= 208.25

Solve ∆ABC. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 41.
m ∠ A = 112°, a = 9, b = 4

Answer:
∠B = 24, ∠C = 44, c = 6.76

Explanation:
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin A }{ a } \)
\(\frac { sin B }{ 4 } \) = \(\frac { sin 112 }{ 9 } \)
sin B = 0.408
∠B = 24
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
112 + 24 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 44
\(\frac { sin 112 }{ 9 } \) = \(\frac { sin 44 }{ c } \)
c = 6.76

Question 42.
m ∠ 4 = 28°, m ∠ B = 64°, c = 55

Answer:
∠C = 88, b = 49.4, a = 25.5

Explanation:
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
28 + 64 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 88
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ c } \)
\(\frac { sin 64 }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin 88 }{ 55 } \)
\(\frac { sin 64 }{ b } \) = 0.018
b = 49.4
\(\frac { sin 28 }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin 88 }{ 55 } \)
a = 25.5

Question 43.
m ∠ C = 48°, b = 20, c = 28

Answer:
∠B = 31.3, ∠A = 100.7, a = 37.6

Explanation:
\(\frac { sin B }{ b } \) = \(\frac { sin C }{ c } \)
\(\frac { sin B }{ 20 } \) = \(\frac { sin 48 }{ 28 } \)
\(\frac { sin B }{ 20 } \) = 0.026
sin B = 0.52
∠B = 31.3
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
∠A + 31.3 + 48 = 180
∠A = 100.7
\(\frac { sin 100.7 }{ a } \) = \(\frac { sin 48 }{ 28 } \)
a = 37.6

Question 44.
m ∠ B = 25°, a = 8, c = 3

Answer:
b = 5.45, ∠A = 37.5, ∠C = 117.5

Explanation:
b² = a² + c²- 2ac cos B
b² = 8² + 3² – 2(8 x 3) cos 25 = 73 – 43.2 = 29.8
b = 5.45
\(\frac { sin A }{ 8 } \) = \(\frac { sin 25 }{ 5.45 } \)
sin A = 0.61
∠A = 37.5
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
37.5 + 25 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 117.5

Question 45.
m ∠ B = 102°, m ∠ C = 43°, b = 21

Answer:
∠A = 35, c = 14.72, a = 12.3

Explanation:
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
∠A + 102 + 43 = 180
∠A = 35
\(\frac { sin 102 }{ 21 } \) = \(\frac { sin 43 }{ c } \)
0.046 = \(\frac { sin 43 }{ c } \)
c = 14.72
\(\frac { sin 102 }{ 21 } \) = \(\frac { sin 35 }{ a } \)
0.046 = \(\frac { sin 35 }{ a } \)
a = 12.3

Question 46.
a = 10, b = 3, c = 12

Answer:
∠B = 11.7, ∠C = 125.19, ∠A = 43.11

Explanation:
b² = a² + c²- 2ac cos B
3² = 10² + 12²- 2(10 x 12) cos B
9 = 100 + 144 – 240 cos B
cos B = 0.979
∠B = 11.7
a² = b² + c²- 2bc cos A
100 = 9 + 144 – 72 cos A
cos A = 0.73
∠A = 43.11
∠A + ∠B + ∠C = 180
43.11 + 11.7 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 125.19

Right Triangles and Trigonometry Test

Find the value of each variable. Round your answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 268
Answer:
sin 25 = \(\frac { t }{ 18 } \)
t = 7.5
cos 25 = \(\frac { s }{ 18 } \)
s = 16.2

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 269
Answer:
sin 22 = \(\frac { 6 }{ x } \)
x = 16.21
cos 22 = \(\frac { y }{ 16.21 } \)
y = 14.91

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 270
Answer:
tan 40 = \(\frac { k }{ 10 } \)
k = 8.3
cos 40 = \(\frac { 10 }{ j } \)
j = 13.15

Verity that the segment lengths form a triangle. Is the triangle acute, right, or obtuse?

Question 4.
16, 30, and 34

Answer:
34²= 16² + 30²
So, the triangle is a right-angled triangle.

Question 5.
4, √67, and 9

Answer:
9² = 81
4² + (√67)² = 83
So the triangle is acute

Question 6.
√5. 5. and 5.5

Answer:
5.5² = 30.25
√5² + 5² = 30
So the triangle is obtuse

Solve ∆ABC. Round decimal answers to the nearest tenth.

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 271
Answer:
c = 12.08, ∠A = 24.22, ∠C = 65.78

Explanation:
tan A = \(\frac { 5 }{ 11 } \)
∠A = 24.22
c² = 11²+ 5²
c = 12.08
24.22 + 90 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 65.78

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 272

Answer:
∠B = 35.4, ∠C = 71.6, c = 17.9

Explanation:
\(\frac { sin 73 }{ 18 } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ 11 } \)
sin B = 0.58
∠B = 35.4
73 + 35.4 + ∠C = 180
∠C = 71.6
\(\frac { sin 73 }{ 18 } \) = \(\frac { sin 71.6 }{ c } \)
c = 17.9

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 273

Answer:
BC = 4.54, ∠B = 59.3, ∠A = 30.7

Explanation:
9.2² = 8² + x²
x = 4.54
\(\frac { sin 90 }{ 9.2 } \) = \(\frac { sin B }{ 8 } \)
sin B = 0.86
∠B = 59.3
∠A + 59.3 + 90 = 180
∠A = 30.7

Question 10.
m ∠ A = 103°, b = 12, c = 24

Answer:
a = 29, ∠B = 53.5

Explanation:
a² = b² + c²- 2bc cos A
a² = 144 + 24² – 2(12 x 24) cos 103
a = 29
\(\frac { sin B }{ 12 } \) = \(\frac { sin 103 }{ 29 } \)
∠B = 23.5
∠C = 180 – (103 + 23.5) = 53.5

Question 11.
m ∠ A = 26°, m ∠ C = 35°, b = 13

Answer:
∠B = 119, a = 6.42, c = 8.5

Explanation:
∠B + 26 + 35 = 180
∠B = 119
\(\frac { sin 119 }{ 13 } \) = \(\frac { sin 26 }{ a } \)
a = 6.42
\(\frac { sin 119 }{ 13 } \) = \(\frac { sin 35 }{ c } \)
c = 8.5

Question 12.
a = 38, b = 31, c = 35

Answer:
∠B=50.2, ∠C = 59.8, ∠A = 70

Explanation:
b² = a² + c²- 2ac cos B
31² = 38²+ 35²- 2(35 x 38) cos B
cos B = 0.64
∠B=50.2
a² = b² + c²- 2bc cos A
38² = 31²+ 35²- 2(31 x 35) cos A
cos A = 0.341
∠A = 70
∠C = 59.8

Question 13.
Write cos 53° in terms of sine.

Answer:
cos 53° = sin (90 – 53) = sin 37

Find the value of each variable. Write your answers in simplest form.

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 274
Answer:
sin 45 = \(\frac { 16 }{ q } \)
q = 22.6
cos 45 = \(\frac { r }{ q } \)
r = 16

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 275
Answer:

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 276
Answer:
sin 30 = \(\frac { f }{ 9.2 } \)
f = 4.6
cos 30 = \(\frac { 8 }{ h } \)
h = 9.2

Question 17.
In ∆QRS, m ∠ R = 57°, q = 9, and s = 5. Find the area of ∆QRS.

Answer:
Area = \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) qs sin R
= \(\frac { 1 }{ 2 } \) (9 x 5) sin 57 = 18.675

Question 18.
You are given the measures of both acute angles of a right triangle. Can you determine the side lengths? Explain.

Answer:
No.

Question 19.
You are at a parade looking up at a large balloon floating directly above the street. You are 60 feet from a point on the street directly beneath the balloon. To see the top of the balloon, you look up at an angle of 53°. To see the bottom of the balloon, you look up at an angle of 29°. Estimate the height h of the balloon.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 277

Answer:

Question 20.
You warn to take a picture of a statue on Easter Island, called a moai. The moai is about 13 feet tall. Your camera is on a tripod that is 5 feet tall. The vertical viewing angle of your camera is set at 90°. How far from the moai should you stand so that the entire height of the moai is perfectly framed in the photo?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Answer Key Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 278

Answer:

Right Triangles and Trigonometry Cummulative Assessment

Question 1.
The size of a laptop screen is measured by the length of its diagonal. you Want to purchase a laptop with the largest screen possible. Which laptop should you buy?
(A)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 279
(B)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 280
(C)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 281
(D)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 282
Answer:
(B)

Explanation:
(a) d = √9² + 12² = 15
(b) d = √11.25² + 20² = 22.94
(c) d = √12² + 6.75² = 13.76
(d) d = √8² + 6² = 10

Question 2.
In ∆PQR and ∆SQT, S is between P and Q, T is between R and Q, and \(\) What must be true about \(\overline{S T}\) and \(\overline{P R}\)? Select all that apply.
\(\overline{S T}\) ⊥ \(\overline{P R}\)      \(\overline{S T}\) || \(\overline{P R}\)    ST = PR        ST = \(\frac{1}{2}\)PR
Answer:

Question 3.
In the diagram, ∆JKL ~ ∆QRS. Choose the symbol that makes each statement true.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 283
<      =       >
sin J ___________ sin Q                 sin L ___________ cos J                   cos L ___________ tan Q
cos S ___________ cos                  J cos J ___________ sin S                 tan J ___________ tan Q
tan L ___________ tan Q               tan S ___________ cos Q                sin Q ___________ cos L
Answer:
sin J = sin Q                 sin L = cos J                   cos L = tan Q
cos S > cos J                  cos J > sin S                 tan J = tan Q
tan L < tan Q               tan S > cos Q                sin Q = cos L

Question 4.
A surveyor makes the measurements shown. What is the width of the river.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 284

Answer:
tan 34 = \(\frac { AB }{ 84 } \)
AB = 56.28

Question 5.
Create as many true equations as possible.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 285

____________ = ______________

sin X            cos X           tan x           \(\frac{X Y}{X Z}\)           \(\frac{Y Z}{X Z}\)

Sin Z            cos Z           tan Z           \(\frac{X Y}{Y Z}\)           \(\frac{Y Z}{X Y}\)

Answer:
sin X = \(\frac{Y Z}{X Z}\) = cos Z
cos X = \(\frac{X Y}{X Z}\) = sin Z
tan x = \(\frac{Y Z}{X Y}\)
tan Z = \(\frac{X Y}{Y Z}\)

Question 6.
Prove that quadrilateral DEFG is a kite.
Given \(\overline{H E} \cong \overline{H G}\), \(\overline{E G}\) ⊥ \(\overline{D F}\)
Prove \(\overline{F E} \cong \overline{F G}\), \(\overline{D E} \cong \overline{D G}\)
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 286
Answer:

Question 7.
What are the coordinates of the vertices of the image of ∆QRS after the composition of transformations show?
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 287
(A) Q’ (1, 2), R'(5, 4), S'(4, -1)
(B) Q'(- 1, – 2), R’ (- 5, – 4), S’ (- 4, 1)
(C) Q'(3, – 2), R’ (- 1, – 4), S’ (0, 1)
(D) Q’ (-2, 1), R'(- 4, 5), S'(1, 4)
Answer:

Question 8.
The Red Pyramid in Egypt has a square base. Each side of the base measures 722 feet. The height of the pyramid is 343 fee.
Big Ideas Math Geometry Solutions Chapter 9 Right Triangles and Trigonometry 288

a. Use the side length of the base, the height of the pyramid, and the Pythagorean Theorem to find the slant height, AB, of the pyramid.

Answer:
343² = h² + 722²
h = 635.3

b. Find AC.
Answer:
AC = 343

c. Name three possible ways of finding m ∠ 1. Then, find m ∠ 1.
Answer:
Three possible ways are sin 1, cos 1 and tan 1
tan 1 = \(\frac { 722 }{ 635.3 } \)
∠1 = 48

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Ch 10 Volume and Similar Solids helps you to have strong fundamentals of concepts underlying. Learn the associated lessons of Volume and Similar Solids easily and quickly taking the help of the BIM Book Grade 8 Chapter 10 Answers. All the Big Ideas Math Grade 8 Answers Chapter 10 Concepts are sequenced as per the BIM Textbooks. Resolve all your queries taking the help of the Step by Step Solutions provided for Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Questions and attempt the exam with utmost confidence.

Big Ideas Math Book 8th Grade Answer Key Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids

Big Ideas Math Book Grade 8 Answer Key Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids is given by subject experts after extensive research and meets the Common Core State Standards Curriculum. Refer to the below links available for BIM Textbook 8th Grade Ch 10 Volume and Similar Solids Solution Key and clear all your concerns in no time. Download the Volume and Similar Solids Big Ideas Math 8th Grade Answers for free of cost.

Performance Task

Lesson: 1 Volumes of Cylinders

Lesson: 2 Volumes of Cones

Lesson: 3 Volumes of Spheres

Lesson: 4 Surface Areas and Volumes of Similar Solids

Chapter: 10 – Volume and Similar Solids

Volume and Similar Solids STEAM Video/Performance Task

STEAM Video

Canning Salsa
You can estimate the volumes of ingredients to predict the total volume of a finished recipe. In what other real-life situations is it helpful to know the volumes of objects?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 1
Watch the STEAM Video “Canning Salsa.” Then answer the following questions.
1. You can approximate the volumes of foods by comparing them to common solids. A cube of cheese has side lengths of 3 centimeters. What is the volume of the cheese?
2. The table shows the amounts x (in cubic inches) of tomato used to make y cubic inches of salsa.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 2
a. Is there a proportional relationship between x and y? Justify your answer.
b. How much tomato do you need to make 15 cubic inches of salsa?

Answer:
1. The volume of the cheese = 27 cubic centimeters.
2. a = 1: 3 relationship.
b. 5 tomatoes are used to make 15 cubic inches of salsa.

Explanation:
1. Given that a cube of cheese has a side length of 3 centimeters.
the volume of cube = s³
volume = side x side x side
volume = 3 x 3 x 3
volume = 27 cubic centimeters.
2. The relationship given in the above table is a 1: 3  ratio.
1 x 3 = 3
2 x 3 = 6
3 x 3 = 9
4 x 3 = 12.
b. The tomatoes  used to make 15 cubic inches of salsa = 5
5 x 3 = 15

Performance Task

Packaging Salsa
After completing this chapter, you will be able to use the concepts you learned to answer the questions in the STEAM Video Performance Task. You will be given the dimensions of a jar and a shipping box.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 3
You will be asked questions about how to package jars of salsa. Why is it helpful to know how many jars of salsa fit in one box?

Volume and Similar Solids Getting Ready for Chapter 10

Chapter Exploration
1. Work with a partner.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 4
a. How does the volume of the stack of dimes compare to the volume of a single dime?
b. How does the volume of the stack of nickels compare to the volume of the stack of dimes? Explain your reasoning. (The height of each stack is identical.)
c. How does the volume of each stack change when you double the number of coins?
d. LOGIC Your friend adds coins to both stacks so that the volume of the stack of dimes is greater than the volume of the stack of nickels. What can you conclude about the number of coins added to each stack? Explain your reasoning.

Vocabulary

The following vocabulary terms are defined in this chapter. Think about what each term might mean and record your thoughts.
cone
hemisphere
sphere
similar solids

Answer:
cone = A solid or hollow object which tapers from a circular or roughly circular base to a point.
hemisphere = a half of the celestial sphere as divided into two halves by the horizon.
sphere = a round solid figure, or its surface, with every point on its surface equidistant from its center.
similar solids = two solids are similar if they are the same type of solid and their corresponding radii, heights, base lengths, widths, etc. are proportional.

Lesson 10.1 Volumes of Cylinders

EXPLORATION 1

Exploring Volume
Work with a partner.
a. Each prism shown has a height of h units and bases with areas of B square units. Write a formula that you can use to find the volume of each prism.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 1
b. How can you find the volume of a prism with bases that each have 100 sides?
c. Make a conjecture about how to find the volume of a cylinder. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. Volume of triangular prism = (bhl/2)
rectangular prism = lwh
pentagonal prism =(1/2)(5 s x a) h
Hexagonal prism = BH
octagonal prism = (A x H)/2
b. volume of prism = 5,00,000
c. volume of cylinder = πr² h

Explanation:
a. volume of traingular prism = (bhl/2)
where b = base, h = height, l= length.
rectangular prism = lwh
where l = length, w= width, h= height.
pentagonal prism = (1/2) x (5 s x a) h
where s = side , a= area , h= height.
hexagonal prism = BH
where b = base h = height
octagonal prism = (A X H)/2
A = area , H = height
volume of triangular prism = (bhl/2)
volume = (100 x 100 x 100/2)
volume = (100x 100 x 50)
volume = 5,00,000
volume of cylinder =πr² h
where r = radius and h = height.

EXPLORATION 2

Finding Volume Experimentally
Work with a partner. Draw a net for a cylinder. Then cut out the net and use tape to form an open cylinder. Repeat this process to form an open cube. The edge length of the cube should be greater than the diameter and the height of the cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 2
a.Use your conjecture in Exploration 1 to find the volume of the cylinder.
b. Fill the cylinder with rice. Then pour the rice into the open cube. Find the volume of rice in the cube. Does this support your answer in part(a)? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. volume of cylinder = πr² h
b. we did not find the volume of rice in the cube.

Explanation:
a. volume of cylinder  = πr² h
where r = radius , h = height
b. we did not find the volume of rice in the cube because they did not give the value for the volume of rice.

Try It

Question 1.
Find the volume of a cylinder with a radius of 4 feet and a height of 15 feet. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Answer:
volume of cylinder =  753.6 cubic feet.

Explanation:
volume of cylinder =πr² h
where r = radius and h = height.
r = 4 feet , h = 15 feet π = 3.14 given.
v = π x 4 x 4 x 15
v = 3.14 x 16 x 15
v = 753.6 cubic feet.

Question 2.
Find the height of the cylinder at the left. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 3

Answer:
height of the cylinder =0.28545 cm

Explanation:
volume of cylinder =πr² h
where r = radius and h = height.
r = 4 cm , v = 176  π = 3.14 given.
176= π x 4  x 4 x h
176= 3.14 x 16 h
176 = 50.24 h
h = (50.24/176)
h = 0.28545 cm

Find the radius of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 4

Answer:
radius of the cylinder = 0.2242 m²

Explanation:
volume of cylinder =πr² h
where r = radius and h = height.
h = 4 m , v = 28  π = 3.14 given.
28= π x r  x r x 4
28= 3.14 x 4 r²
28 = 12.56 r²
r² = (12.56/28)
r² = 0.44857143 m⁴
r = 0.2242 m²

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 5

Answer:
radius of the cylinder =0.01183067 mm²

Explanation:
volume of cylinder =πr² h
where r = radius and h = height.
h = 4.25mm , v = 564  π = 3.14 given.
564= π x r  x r x 4.25
564= 3.14 x 4.25 r²
564= 13.345 r²
r² = (13.345/564)
r² = 0.02366135.
r = 0.01183067 mm²

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
FINDING THE VOLUME OF A CYLINDER
Find the volume of the cylinder at the left. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 6

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 43.96 cu yds

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  diameter = 4 given
so radius = (d/2)
r = (4/2)
r = 2 , h = 3.5
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x 3.5
v = 6.28 x 2 x 3.5
v = 12.56 x 3.5
v = 43.96 cu yds

Question 6.
FINDING THE HEIGHT OF A CYLINDER
Find the height of the cylinder at the right. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 7

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 43.96 cu yds

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  diameter = 4 given
so radius = (d/2)
r = (4/2)
r = 2 , h = 3.5
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x 3.5
v = 6.28 x 2 x 3.5
v = 12.56 x 3.5
v = 43.96 cu yds

Question 7.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 8

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 942 cu cm

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 5 cm
r = 5 , h = 12 given
v = 3.14 x 5 x 5 x 12
v = 3.14 x 25 x 12
v = 78.5 x 12
v = 942 cu cm

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 8.
How much salsa is missing from the jar? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 9

Answer:
The salsa missing from the jar = 6 cm

Explanation:
Given that the jar height = 10 cm
salsa filled is 4 cm
salsa missing from the jar = 10 – 4
salsa missing from the jar = 6 cm

Question 9.
A cylindrical swimming pool has a circumference of 18π feet and a height of 4 feet. About how many liters of water are needed to fill the swimming pool to 85% of its total volume? Justify your answer. (1 ft3 ≈ 28.3 L)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 10

Answer:
The total amount of water needed to fill the swimming pool = 9 feet

Explanation:
No of liters of water = volume of cylinder = πr² h
h = 4 feet given,
circumference = 18 π feet given
2 πr = 18 π
π get canceled on both sides.
2r = 18
r = 9 feet

Question 10.
DIG DEEPER!
A company creates two designs for a cylindrical soup can. Can A has a diameter of 3.5 inches and a height of 3.6 inches. Can B has a height of 4.9 inches. Each can holds the same amount of soup. Which can requires less material to make? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
can B requires less material to make.

Explanation:
volume of the cylinder = πr² h
volume of can A = πr² h
h = 3.6 in,diameter = 3.5 in given where r = (d/2)
r = (3.5/2) = 1.75 in
v = 3.14 x 1.75 x 1.75 x 3.6
v = 3.14 x 3.0625 x 3.6
v = 3.14 x 11.025
v = 34.6185 cu in
volume of can B = πr² h
h = 4.9 in,diameter = 3.5 in given where r = (d/2)
r = (3.5/2) = 1.75 in
v = 3.14 x 3.5 x 3.5 x 3.6
v = 3.14 x 12.25 x 3.6
v = 3.14 x 44.1
v = 138.474 cu in

Volumes of Cylinders Homework & Practice 10.1

Review & Refresh

Tell whether the triangle with the given side lengths is a right triangle.
Question 1.
20 m, 21 m, 29 m

Answer:
Yes, the given side lengths form a right triangle.

Explanation:
The length of any sides of right triangle = a² + b² = c²
a² + b² = c² = a² + 2b= c²
a = 20 , b = 21, c = 29
400 + 441 = 841
841 is equal to 841

Question 2.
1 in., 2.4 in., 2.6 in.

Answer:
the given side lengths is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
The length of any sides of right triangle = a² + b² = c²
a² + b² = c² = a² + 2b= c²
a = 1 , b = 2.4, c = 2.6
1+ 2.4 x 2 = 6.76
5.8 = 6.76
5.8 is not equal to 6.76

Question 3.
5.6 ft, 8 ft, 10.6 ft

Answer:
the given side lengths is not a right triangle.

Explanation:
The length of any sides of right triangle = a² + b² = c²
a² + b² = c² = a² + 2b= c²
a = 5.6 , b = 8, c = 10.6
5.6 x 5.6 + 8 x 2 = 10.6 x 10.6
31.36 + 16 = 112.36
47.36 = 112.36
47.36 is not equal to 112.36

Write the number in standard form.
Question 4.
3.9 × 106

Answer:
3.9000000

Explanation:
3.9 x 10⁶
3.9 x (10⁵ x 10⁶)
3.9 x (10 ⁵⁺⁶)
using aᵐx aᵑ = aᵐ⁺ᵑ
3.9 x (10 ¹¹)
3.9 x 10¹¹
3.900000000000

Question 5.
6.7 × 10-5

Answer:
0.000067

Explanation:
6.7x 10-5
6.7 x 10-⁴ x 10-5
6.7 x (10-⁴- ⁵)
6.7 x 10-⁹
0.000067

Question 6.
6.24 × 1010

Answer:
6.240000000000

Explanation:
6.24 x 10¹⁰
6.24 x (10⁹ x 10¹⁰)
6.24 x (10⁹ ⁺¹⁰)
using aᵐx aᵑ = aᵐ⁺ᵑ
6.24 x (10 ¹⁹ )
6.24 x 10¹⁹
6.240000000000000000000

Question 7.
Which ordered pair is the solution of the linear system 3x + 4y = -10 and 2x – 4y = 0?
A. (6, 2)
B. (2, 6)
C. (2, 1)
D. (1, 2)

Answer:
option c is correct.

Explanation:
3x + 4y = -10
3 (2) + 4 (1) = -10
6 + 4 = -10
2x – 4y = 0
2 (2) – 4 (1) = 0
4 – 4 = 0

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

FINDING VOLUME The height h and the base area B of a cylinder are given. Find the volume of the cylinder. Write your answer in terms of π. (See Explorations 1 and 2, p. 427.)
Question 8.
h = 5 units
B = 4π square units

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 251.2 π cubic units

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 4π
r = 4π , h = 5 given
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4 x 5
v = 3.14 x 16 x 5
v = 251.2
v = 251.2 π cubic  units

Question 9.
h = 2 units
B = 25π square units

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 50 π cubic units

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 25π
r = 25π , h = 2 given
v = 3.14 x 25x 25 x 2
v = 3.14 x 25 x 2
v = 3.14 x 50
v = 50 π cu. units

Question 10.
h = 4.5 units
B = 16π square units

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 3,617.28 π cu. units

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 16π
r = 16π , h = 4.5 given
v = 3.14 x 16 x 16 x 4.5
v = 3.14 x 256 x 4.5
v = 3.14 x 1152
v = 3,617.28  π cu. units

FINDING THE VOLUME OF A CYLINDER Find the volume of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 11

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 1,526.04 cu. feet

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 9
r = 9 , h = 6 given
v = 3.14 x 9 x 9 x 6
v = 3.14 x 81 x 6
v = 3.14 x 486
v = 1,526.04 cu. feet

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 12

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 791.28 cu. in

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 6
r = 6 , h = 7 given
v = 3.14 x 6 x 6 x 7
v = 3.14 x 36 x 7
v = 3.14 x 252
v = 791.28 cu. in

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 13

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 769.3 cu feet

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 7
r = 7 , h = 5 given
v = 3.14 x 7 x 7 x 5
v = 3.14 x 49 x 5
v = 3.14 x 245
v = 769.3 cu feet

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 14

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 785 cu. feet

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 5 ft
r = 5 , h = 10 given
v = 3.14 x 5 x 5 x 10
v = 3.14 x 25 x 10
v = 3.14 x 250
v = 785 cu. feet

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 15

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 804.2 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 8 cm
r = 8 , h = 16 given
v = 3.14 x 8 x 8 x 16
v = 3.14 x 64 x 16
v = 3.14 x 1,024
v = 804.2 cu. cm

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 16

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 883.125 cu. m

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  d = 15 r = (d/2)
r = 7.5 , h = 5 given
v = 3.14 x 7.5 x 7.5 x 5
v = 3.14 x 56.25 x 5
v = 3.14 x 281.25
v = 883.125 cu. m

Question 17.
REASONING
Without calculating, which of the solids has the greater volume? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 17

Answer:
the cube has a greater volume.

Explanation:
the volume of square prism = s³
v = side x side x side
v = 8 x 8 x 8
v = 64 x 8
v = 512 cubic inches
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  r = 4 cm
r = 4 , h = 8 given
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4 x 8
v = 3.14 x 16 x 8
v = 3.14 x 128
v = 401.92 cu. in

FINDING A MISSING DIMENSION Find the missing dimension of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest whole number.
Question 18.
Volume = 10,000 π in.3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 18

Answer:
height of cylinder = 0.080384 in

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  d = 32 r = (d/2)
r = 16 , v = 10,000
10,000 = 3.14 x 16 x 16 x h
10,000 = 3.14 x 256 h
10,000= 803.84  h
h = (803.84/10,000)
h = 0.080384 in

Question 19.
Volume = 3785 cm3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 19

Answer:
radius of cylinder = 8 cm

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  h = 19
v = 3785
3785 = 3.14 x r x r x 19
3785 = 3.14 x 19r²
3785= 59.66 r²
r² = (3785/59.66)
r² =64
r = 8 cm

Question 20.
Volume = 600,000 cm3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 20

Answer:
Radius of cylinder = 0.00198867 cm

Explanation:
Volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  h = 76 cm given
, v = 600,000
600,000 = 3.14 x r x r x 76
600,000 = 3.14 x 76r²
600,000= 238.64r²
r² = (238.64/600,000)
r² = 0.00397733
r = 0.00198867 cm

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A cylindrical hazardous waste container has a diameter of 1.5 feet and a height of 1.6 feet. About how many gallons of hazardous waste can the container hold? (1 ft3 ≈ 7.5 gal)

Answer:
Hazardous waste can hold the container = 21.195 gal

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  d = 1.5 r = (d/2)
r = 0.75 , h = 1.6 feet
v = 3.14 x 0.75 x 0.75 x 1.6
v = 3.14 x 0.5625 x 1.6
v= 3.14 x 0.9
h = 2.826
h = 2.826 x 7.5
h = 21.195 gal

Question 22.
CRITICAL THINKING
How does the volume of a cylinder change when its diameter is halved? Explain.

Answer:
the volume of the cylinder change when its diameter is halved.

Explanation:
If the diameter is halved it is the same as a radius.
d = (r/2)
(d/2)
so the volume of the cylinder change when its diameter is halved.

Question 23.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A traditional “square” bale of hay is actually in the shape of a rectangular prism. Its dimensions are 2 feet by 2 feet by4 feet. How many square bales contain the same amount of hay as one large “round” bale?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 21

Answer:
The square bales contain the same amount of hay as one large round bale = 4 squares bale

Explanation:
The surface area of rectangular prism = 2(lw + lh +wh)
given that l = 2, w=2 h = 4
area = 2(2 x 2 + 2 x 4 +4 x 2)
area = 2(4 + 8 + 8)
area = 2(2)
area = 4 sq ft

Question 24.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A tank on a road roller is filled with water to make the roller heavy. The tank is a cylinder that has a height of 6 feet and a radius of 2 feet. About how many pounds of water can the tank hold? (One cubic foot of water weighs about 62.5 pounds.)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 22

Answer:
The pounds of water can hold the tank = 4,710 pounds

Explanation:
Volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  h = 6 ft given
r = 2 ft
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x 6
v = 3.14 x 4 x 6
v= 3.14 x 24
v = 75.36 cu. feet
v = 75.36 x 62.5
v = 4,710 pounds

Question 25.
REASONING
A cylinder has a surface area of 1850 square meters and a radius of 9 meters. Estimate the volume of the cylinder to the nearest whole number.

Answer:
Volume of the cylinder = 6035 cubic meters.

Explanation:
volume of the cylinder= πr²h
volume = 3.14 x 9 x 9 x 1850
volume = 8325 – 729 π
v = 8325 – 729 x 3.14
v = 8325 – 102.06
v = 8222.94
the nearest whole number to the 8222.94 is 6035 cubic meters.

Question 26.
DIG DEEPER!
Water flows at 2 feet per second through a cylindrical pipe with a diameter of 8 inches. A cylindrical tank with a diameter of 15 feet and a height of 6 feet collects the water.
a. What is the volume (in cubic inches) of water flowing out of the pipe every second?
b. What is the height (in inches) of the water in the tank after 5 minutes?
c. How many minutes will it take to fill 75% of the tank?

Answer:
a. Volume of water flowing out of the pipe every second = 100.48 cu. in
b. The height of the water in tank after 5 minutes = 1,059.75 sq ft
c. 75% of water to fill tank = 25

Explanation:
a. Volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  h = 2 ft given
r = 4
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4 x 2
v = 3.14 x 16 x 2
v= 3.14 x 32
v = 100.48 cu. in
b. Volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  h = 6 ft given
r = 7.5
v = 3.14 x 7.5 x 7.5 x 6
v = 3.14 x 56.25 x 6
v= 3.14 x 337.5
v = 1,059.75 cu. ft
c. 100 – 75
25 %

Question 27.
PROJECT
You want to make and sell three different sizes of cylindrical candles. You buy 1 cubic foot of candle wax for $20 to make 8 candles of each size.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.1 23
a. Design the candles. What are the dimensions of each size of candle?
b. You want to make a profit of $100. Decide on a price for each size of candle. Explain how you set your prices.

Answer:
a. The dimensions of each size of candle = 20cm
b. price for each size of candle = $ 30

Explanation:
$ x 80 candles given
20 x 3 = 60
each candle has a dimension of 20 cm
b. price for each side = $ 30

Lesson 10.2 Volumes of Cones

You already learned how the volume of a pyramid relates to the volume of a cone prism. In this exploration, you will discover how the volume of a relates to the volume of a cylinder.
A cone is a solid that has one circular base and one vertex.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 1

EXPLORATION 1

Finding a Formula Experimentally
Work with a partner.Use a paper cup that is shaped like a cone. Measure the height of the cup and the diameter of the circular base. Use these measurements to draw a net for a cylinder with the same base and height as the paper cup. Then cut out the net and use tape to form an open cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 2
a. Find the volume of the cylinder.
b. Fill the paper cup with rice. Then pour the rice into the cylinder. Repeat this until the cylinder is full. How many cones does it take to fill the cylinder?
c. Use your result to write a formula for the volume of a cone.
d. Use your formula in part(c) to find the volume of the cone. How can you tell whether your answer is correct?
e. Do you think your formula for the volume of a cone oblique is also true for cones? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. volume of cylinder = πr² h
b. 2 cones will take to fill the cylinder.
c. volume of cone = πr²( h/3)
d. yes the answer is correct.
e. volume of cone oblique is true for cones.

Explanation:
a.volume of cylinder = πr² h
where r = radius , h= height
b. 2 cones = 1 cylinder
c. . volume of cone = πr²( h/3)
where r = radius , h= height
d. Yes the answer is correct.

Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 3

Try It

Question 1.
Find the volume of a cone with a radius of 6 centimeters and a height of 15 centimeters. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Answer:
volume of cone = 565.2 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 6 ,h=15
v = 3.14 x 6 x 6 x (15/3)
v = 3.14 x 36 x 5
v=3.14 x 180
v= 565.2 cu. cm

Question 2.
Find the height of the cone at the left. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 4

Answer:
height of cone = 0.03270833 yd

Explanation:
volume of cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 15 ,v = 7200
7200 = 3.14 x 15 x 15 x (h/3)
7200 = 3.14 x 15 x 5h
7200=3.14 x 75h
7200= 235.5 h
h = (235.5/7200)
h = 0.03270833

Find the radius of the cone. Round your answer to the nearest whole number.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 5

Answer:
radius of cone = 12.4887397 feet

Explanation:
volume of cone =πr² (h/3)
given that h = 7 ,v = 183
183 = 3.14 x r x r x (7/3)
183 = 3.14 x r² x 2.33
183=3.14 x 2.33 r²
183= 7.32666 r²
r² = (183/7.32666)
r²  = 24.97747
r=12.4887397 feet

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 6

Answer:
radius of cone = 1.78594585 meter

Explanation:
volume of cone =πr² (h/3)
given that h = 2.75 ,v = 46
46 = 3.14 x r x r x (2.75/3)
46 = 3.14 x r² x 0.9166
46 = 12.87833 r²
r² = (46/12.87833)
r²  = 3.57189
r=1.78594585 meter

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
FINDING THE VOLUME OF A CONE
Find the volume of a cone with a diameter of 10 yards and a height of 12 yards. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Answer:
volume of cone = 314 cu. yards.

Explanation:
volume of cone =πr² (h/3)
given that d = 10 r=(d/2) r = (10/2) r = 5 ,h=12
v = 3.14 x 5 x 5 x (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 25 x 4
v=3.14 x 100
v= 314 cu. yards

FINDING A MISSING DIMENSION OF A CONE Find the missing dimension of the cone. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 7

Answer:
height of cone = 66.6666 in

Explanation:
volume of cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 6 ,v = 2,512
2512 = 3.14 x 6 x 6 x (h/3)
2512 = 3.14 x 6 x 2h
2512 =3.14 x 12h
2512= 37.68h
h = (2512/37.68)
h = 66.6666 in

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 8

Answer:
radius of cone = 25.12 centimeter

Explanation:
volume of cone =πr² (h/3)
given that h = 5 ,v = 16.5
16.5 = 3.14 x r x r x (5/3)
16.5 = 3.14 x r² x 1.666
16.5 = 5.23333 r²
r² = (16.5/5.23333)
r²  = 3.152868
r= 8π centimeter

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 8.
A stalactite is a mineral formation that hangs from the ceiling of a cave. A cone-shaped stalactite has a height of 48 centimeters and a base circumference of 3.5π centimeters. What is the volume of the stalactite?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 9

Answer:
volume of cone = 615.44 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r =3.5 ,h=48
v = 3.14 x 3.5 x 3.5 x (48/3)
v = 3.14 x 12.25 x 16
v=3.14 x 196
v= 615.44 cu. cm

Question 9.
A store sells two cone-shaped funnels. What is the height of each funnel? (1 pt = 28.875 in.3)
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 10

Answer:
height of ist funnel =2.72469922 in
height of 2nd funnel = 3.06528662 in

Explanation:
volume of 1st cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r= (d/2)r = (4.5/2) r = 2.25 ,v = 0.5
0.5 = 3.14 x 2.25 x 2.25 x (h/3)
0.5 = 3.14 x 5.0625 x (h/3)
0.5 =3.14 x 1.6875h
0.5= 5.29875 h
h = (0.5/5.29875)
h = 0.09436188
h = 0.09436188 x 28.875
h = 2.72469922
volume of 2nd cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r= (d/2)r = (6/2) r=3 ,v = 1
1 = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x (h/3)
1 = 3.14 x 3x h
1 =3.14 x 3h
1= 9.42 h
h = (1/9.42)
h = 0.10615711 x 28.875
h = 3.0652866

Question 10.
You fill cone-shaped pastry bags with icing to a height of 1 foot and a diameter of 3.5 inches. You use about 1.35 cubic inches of icing per cupcake. About how many cupcakes can you decorate with 2 bags of icing?

Answer:
Cupcakes can decorate with 2 bags of icing = 6.410833 sq in

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r= (d/2)r = (3.5/2) r=1.75 ,h = 1
v = 3.14 x 1.75 x 1.75 x (1/3)
v = 3.14 x 3.0625 x (1/3)
v =3.14 x 3.0625 x 0.333
v= 3.14 x 1.0208333
v = 3.20541667 inches
for 2 bags of icing = 6.4108333

Volumes of Cones Homework & Practice 10.2

Review & Refresh

Find the volume of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 11

Answer:
volume of  cone = 65.94 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r=3 ,h = 7
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x (7/3)
v = 3.14 x 9 x (7/3)
v =3.14 x 9 x 2.33
v= 3.14 x 21
v = 65.94 cu. cm

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 12

Answer:
volume of  cone = 16.7466 cu. ft

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r=2 ,h = 4
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x (4/3)
v = 3.14 x 4 x (4/3)
v =3.14 x 4 x 1.33
v= 3.14 x 5.333
v = 16.7466 cu. ft

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 13

Answer:
volume of  cone = 523.333 cu. yds

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r=10 ,h = 5
v = 3.14 x 10 x 10 x (5/3)
v = 3.14 x 100 x (5/3)
v =3.14 x 100 x 1.666
v= 3.14 x 166.66
v = 523.333 cu. yds

Solve the equation.
Question 4.
x3 = 27

Answer:
x = 3

Explanation:
x³ = 27
x³ = 3³
when power are equal exponents must be equal.
x = 3

Question 5.
– 6 = y3 + 2

Answer:
y = – 2

Explanation:
-6 = y³ + 2
y³ = 2 + 6
y³ = 8
y³ = 2³
y = -2

Question 6.
2h3 – 33 = 95

Answer:
h = 4

Explanation:
2h³ – 33 = 95
2h³ = 95 + 33
2h³ = 128
h³ = (128/2)
h³ = 64
h³ = 4³
h = 4

Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

FINDING A VOLUME The height h and the base B area of a cone are given. Find the volume of the cone. Write your answer in terms of π. (See Exploration 1, p. 433.)
Question 7.
h = 6 units
B = 4π square units

Answer:
volume of  cone = 8 π cubic units

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r=4 ,h = 6
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4 x (6/3)
v = 3.14 x 16 x (6/3)
v =3.14 x 4 x 2
v= 8 x π
v = 25.12 cubic units

Question 8.
h = 9 units
B = 5π square units

Answer:
volume of  cone = 235.5 cubic units

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r=5 ,h = 9
v = 3.14 x 5 x 5 x (9/3)
v = 3.14 x 25 x (9/3)
v =3.14 x 25 x 3
v= 3.14 x 75
v = 235.5 cubic units

FINDING THE VOLUME OF A CONE Find the volume of the cone. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 14

Answer:
volume of  cone = 16.7466 cu. in

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r=2 ,h = 4
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x (4/3)
v = 3.14 x 4 x (4/3)
v =3.14 x 4 x 1.33
v= 3.14 x 5.33
v = 16.7466 cu. in

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 15

Answer:
volume of  cone = 28.26 cu. m

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r=(d/2) (6/2)=3 ,h = 3
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x (3/3)
v = 3.14 x 9 x (3/3)
v =3.14 x 9 x 1
v= 3.14 x 9
v = 28.26 cu. m

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 16

Answer:
volume of  cone =261.66 cu. mm

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 5 ,h = 10
v = 3.14 x 5 x 5 x (10/3)
v = 3.14 x 25 x (10/3)
v =3.14 x 25 x 3.33
v= 3.14 x 83.333
v = 261.66 cu. mm

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 17

Answer:
volume of  cone =2.093333 cu. ft

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 1 ,h = 2
v = 3.14 x 1 x 1 x (2/3)
v = 3.14 x 1 x (2/3)
v =3.14 x 1 x 0.6666
v= 3.14 x 0.666
v = 2.093333 cu. ft

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 18

Answer:
volume of  cone = 804.2 cubic cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 5 ,h = 8
v = 3.14 x 5 x 5 x (8/3)
v = 3.14 x 25 x (8/3)
v =3.14 x 25 x 2.6666
v= 3.14 x 256
v = 804.2 cubic cm

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 19

Answer:
volume of  cone = 115.395 cu. yd

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r =(d/2) = (7/2) = 3. 5 ,h = 9
v = 3.14 x 3.5 x 3.5 x (9/3)
v = 3.14 x 12.25 x (9/3)
v =3.14 x 12.25 x 3
v= 3.14 x 36.75
v = 115.395 cu. yd

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 20

Answer:
volume of  cone =117.226667 cu. ft

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 4 ,h = 7
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4 x (7/3)
v = 3.14 x 16 x (7/3)
v =3.14 x 16 x 2.3333
v= 3.14 x 37.33333
v = 117.226667 cu. ft

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 21

Answer:
volume of  cone =65.416666 cu. in

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 2.5 ,h = 10
v = 3.14 x 2.5 x 2.5 x (10/3)
v = 3.14 x 6.25 x (10/3)
v =3.14 x 6.25 x 3.33
v= 3.14 x 20.8333
v = 65.416666 cu. in

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 22

Answer:
volume of  cone =1.5 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 2 ,h = 8
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2x (8/3)
v = 3.14 x 4 x (8/3)
v =3.14 x 4 x 2.666
v= 3.14 x 10.6666
v = 1.5 cu. cm

Question 18.

STRUCTURE
The inside of each glass is shaped like a cone. Which glass can hold more liquid? How much more?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 23

Answer:
Glass A can hold more liquid than glass B.

Explanation:
volume of  Glass A =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 4 ,h = 8
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4 x (8/3)
v = 3.14 x 16 x (8/3)
v =3.14 x 16 x 2.666
v= 3.14 x 42.656
v = 42.656 cu. cm
volume of  Glass A =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 3 ,h = 10
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x (10/3)
v = 3.14 x 9 x (10/3)
v =3.14 x 9 x 3.33
v= 3.14 x 30
v = 94.2 cu. cm

FINDING A MISSING DIMENSION OF A CONE Find the missing dimension of the cone. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 24

Answer:
volume of cone = 9203 cubic cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that  r=0.33 ,v = (1/18) ,v = 0.055
0.055 = 3.14 x 0.33 x 0.33 x (h/3)
0.055 = 3.14 x 0.1089h
0.055 =0.341946 h
h =(8788/3) x 3.14
h = 2929.33 x 3.14
h = 9203 cubic cm

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 25

Answer:
volume of cone = 0.1162963 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that  r=5 ,v = 225
225 = 3.14 x 5 x 5 x (h/3)
225 = 3.14 x 5 x 1.666 h
225 =8.3333 x 3.14 h
225 = 26.1666666 h
h = (26.1666666/225)
h = 0.1162963 sq cm

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 26

Answer:
radius of cone =  3.15 cubic in

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that  h= 4.2 ,v = 3.6
3.6 = 3.14 x r x r x (4.2/3)
3.6 = 3.14 x r²   x 1.4
3.6  =( 4.396 / r² )
r²  = 3/4 x h
r = 0.75 x 4.12
r = 3.15  cubic in

Question 22.
FINDING A MISSING DIMENSION OF A CONE
The volume of a cone with a height of 10 meters is 20π cubic meters. What is the diameter of the cone?

Answer:
diameter of cone = 0.333 meters

Explanation:
volume of  cone =πr² (h/3)
given that  h= 10 ,v = 20
20 = 3.14 x r x r x (10/3)
20 = 3.14 x r²   x3.33
20  = 10.46666 r²
r²  = 0.1665  x 2
r = 0.333 meters.

Question 23.
MODELING REAL LIFE
Water leaks from a crack in a cone-shaped vase at a rate of 0.5 cubic inch per minute. The vase has a height of 10 inches and a diameter of 4.8 inches. How long does it take for 20% of the water to leak from the vase when it is full of water?

Answer:
20% of water to leak from the vase when it is full of water = 1206.4

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 2.4 ,h = 10
v = 3.14 x 2.4 x 2.4 x (10/3)
v = 3.14 x 5.76  x (10/3)
v =3.14 x 5.76 x 3.33
v= 3.14 x 384
v = 1206.4
20% of water to leak from the vase when it was full of water
1206.4

Question 24.
DIG DEEPER!
You have 10 gallons of lemonade to sell. (1 gal ≈ 3785 cm3)
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 27
a. Each customer uses 1 paper cup. The cups are sold in packages of 50. How many packages should you buy?
b. How many cups will be left over if you sell 80% of the lemonade?

Answer:
a. the no of packages should buy = 25
b. 20 cups will be left over if we sell 80% of lemonade.

Explanation:
a. the no of packages = 25
In the question given that the cups are sold in the packages of 50
b. 80% of cups will be left in the lemonade = 20
100 – 80 =  20

Question 25.
STRUCTURE
The cylinder and the cone have the same volume. What is the height of the cone?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 28

Answer:
The height of the cone = 54 π

Explanation:
Given that the cone and the cylinder have the same volume.
The height of the cone = 54 π
54 x 3.14
169.56
170 cubic cm

Question 26.
CRITICAL THINKING
In Example 4, you use a different timer with the same dimensions. The sand in this timer has a height of 30 millimeters. How much time do you have to answer the question?

Answer:
300 minutes will take to answer the question.

Explanation:
The sand in this timer has a height of 30 mm
time to answer the question = 5 x 6
5 hrs
300 minutes will take to answer the question.

Question 27.
REASONING
A vapor cone is a cloud of condensed water that forms when an aircraft breaks the sound barrier. How does doubling both the diameter and the height affect the volume of the vapor cone?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.2 29

Answer:
The volume of the vapor cone is changed.

Explanation:
the volume of the cone = 4/3 πr³
v =4/3 πr³
r = 3√ 435,750,000
3200 + 3√ 435,750,000
3958

Lesson 10.3 Volumes of Spheres

A sphere is the set of all points in space that are the same distance from a point called the center. The radius r is the distance from the center to any point on the sphere. A sphere is different from the other solids you have studied so far because it does not have a base.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 1

EXPLORATION 1

Finding a Formula Experimentally
Work with a partner. Use a plastic ball similar to the one shown. Draw a net for a cylinder with a diameter and a height equal to the diameter of the ball. Then cut out the net and use tape to form an open cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 2
a. How is the height h of the cylinder related to the radius r of the ball?
b. Cover the ball with aluminum foil or tape. Leave one hole open. Fill the ball with rice. Then pour the rice into the cylinder. What fraction of the cylinder is filled with rice?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 3
c. Use your result in part(b) and the formula for the volume of a cylinder to write a formula for the volume of a sphere. Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. Height of the cylinder is proportional to the radius of the ball.
c. volume of cylinder = πr²h
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 4

Try It

Find the volume of the sphere. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 5

Answer:
volume of the sphere = 33.49333 cubic mm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v = (4/3) x 3.14 x 2 x 2 x2
where r = 2 given
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 8
v= 4.18666 x 8
v = 33.49333 cubic mm

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 6

Answer:
volume of the sphere =2,138.2144 sq ft

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v = (4/3) x 3.14 x 8 x 8 x8
where r = 8  given
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 512
v= 1.33 x 1,607.68
v = 2,138.2144 cu. ft

Find the radius of the sphere. Round your answer to the nearest tenth if necessary.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 7

Answer:
radius of the sphere=0.333055310396 m

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
36  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where v = 36
36 = 1.33r³
r³ = (1.33/36)
r³ = 0.036944
r =0.333055310396 m

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 8

Answer:
radius of the sphere= 0.6681660696 in

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
14  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where v = 14
14 = 1.33 x 3.14 r³
14 = 4.1762 r³
r³ = (4.1762/14)
r³ = 0.2983 cubic in
r = 0.6681660696 in

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 5.
FINDING THE VOLUME OF A SPHERE
Find the volume of the sphere. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 9

Answer:
volume of the sphere =17,105.7552 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v = (4/3) x 3.14 x 16 x 16 x 16
where r = 16  given
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 4,096
v= 1.33 x 12,861.44
v = 17,105.7552 cu. cm

Question 6.
FINDING THE RADIUS OF A SPHERE
Find the radius of a sphere with a volume of 4500π cubic yards.

Answer:
radius of the sphere= 0.00029556 sq yds

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
4500  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where v = 4500
4500 = 1.33 x 3.14 r³
4500 = 1.33 r³
r³ = (1.33/4500)
r³ = 0.00029556

Question 7.
WHICH ONE DOESN’T BELONG?
Which figure does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 10

Answer:
sphere does not belong with the other three.

Explanation:
pyramid, prism, cylinder have bases.
sphere does not have a base.

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 8.
In sphering, a person is secured inside a small, hollow sphere that is surrounded by a larger sphere. The space between the spheres is inflated with air. What is the volume of the inflated space? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 11

Answer:
The volume of the inflated surface = 79.54649 cu. m

Explanation:
The volume of larger sphere = (4/3) πr³
v = (4/3) x 3.14 x 3³
v = 1.333 x 3.14 x 27
v = 4.18666 x 27
v = 113.03982 cu. m
The volume of hollow sphere = (4/3) πr³
v = (4/3) x 3.14 x 2³
v = 1.333 x 3.14 x 8
v = 4.18666 x 8
v = 33.49333 cu. m
inflated space = larger sphere – hollow sphere
inflated space = 79.54649

Question 9.

DIG DEEPER!
A vendor sells cones filled with frozen yogurt, as shown. The vendor has 4 cylindrical containers of frozen yogurt, each with a diameter of 18 centimeters and a height of 15 centimeters. About how much money will the vendor make when all of the frozen yogurt is sold? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 12

Answer:
volume of  cone= 113.04 cu. cm

Explanation:
the volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 3 ,h = 12
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 9  x (12/3)
v =3.14 x 9 x 4
v= 3.14 x 36
v = 113.04 cu. cm

Volumes of Spheres Homework & Practice 10.3

Review & Refresh

Find the volume of the cone. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 13

Answer:
volume of  cone= 25.12 cu. ft

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 2 ,h = 6
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x (6/3)
v = 3.14 x 4  x (6/3)
v =3.14 x 4 x 2
v= 3.14 x 8
v = 25.12 cu. ft

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 14

Answer:
volume of  cone= 47.1 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 3 ,h = 5
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x (5/3)
v = 3.14 x 9  x (5/3)
v =3.14 x 9 x 1.666
v= 3.14 x 15
v = 47.1 cu. cm

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 15

Answer:
volume of  cone=84.78 cu. m

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 4.5 ,h = 4
v = 3.14 x 4.5 x 4.5 x (4/3)
v = 3.14 x 20.25 x (4/3)
v =3.14 x 20.25 x 1.333
v= 3.14 x 27
v = 84.78 cu. m

Evaluate the expression. Write your answer in scientific notation.
Question 4.
(4.6 × 109) + (3.9 × 109)

Answer:
85,00,00,00000

Explanation:
(4.6 × 109) + (3.9 × 109)
4.6 x 1000000000 + 3.9 x 1000000000
85,00,00,00000

Question 5.
(1.4 × 10-4) ÷ (2.8 × 106)

Answer:
5e – 12

Explanation:
0.00014 / 28000000
5e – 12

Question 6.
A person who is 5 feet tall casts a 6-foot-long shadow. A nearby flag pole casts a 30-foot-long shadow. What is the height of the flagpole?
A. 25 ft
B. 29 ft
C. 36 ft
D. 40 ft
Answer:
Option B is correct.

Explanation:
Given that person who is 5 feet tall casts a 6-foot-long shadow.
A nearby flag pole casts a 30-foot-long shadow.
the height of the flagpole is 29 ft

Concepts, Skills, &Problem Solving

FINDING VOLUME The radius of a sphere is given. Find the volume of the sphere. Write your answer in terms of π. (See Exploration 1, p. 439.)
Question 7.
r = 6 units

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 902.0592 units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =6
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 6 x 6 x 6
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 216
v = 1.33 x 678.24
v = 902.0592 units

Question 8.
r = 12 units

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 7,216.4736 units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =12
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 12 x 12 x 12
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 1,728
v = 1.33 x 5,425.92
v = 7,216.4736 units

Question 9.
r = 10 units

Answer:
volume of the sphere=4,176.2 units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =10
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 10 x 10 x 10
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 1000
v = 1.33 x 3140
v = 4,176.2 units

FINDING THE VOLUME OF A SPHERE Find the volume of the sphere. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 16

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 522.025 cu. units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =5
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 5 x 5 x 5
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 125
v = 1.33 x 3.92.5
v = 522.025 cu. units

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 17

Answer:
volume of the sphere=1,432.4366 cu. units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =7
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 7 x 7 x 7
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 343
v = 1.33 x 1,077.02
v = 1,432.4366 cu. units

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 18

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 3,044.4498 units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =9
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 9 x 9 x 9
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 729
v = 1.33 x 2,289.06
v = 3,044.4498 cu. units

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 19

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 300.6864 cu. units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =6
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 6 x 6 x 6
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 72
v = 1.33 x 226.08
v = 300.6864 cu. units

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 20

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 112.7574 cu. units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =3
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 3 x 3 x 3
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 27
v = 1.33 x 84.78
v = 112.7574 cu. units

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 21

Answer:
volume of the sphere=11,459.4928 cu. units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =14
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 14 x 14 x 14
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 2744
v = 1.33 x 8,616.16
v = 11,459.4928 cu. units

FINDING THE RADIUS OF A SPHERE Find the radius of a sphere with the given volume. Round your answer to the nearest tenth if necessary.
Question 16.
Volume = 972π mm3

Answer:
radius of the sphere= 0.0004561 cubic mm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
972  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where v = 972
972 = 1.33 x 3.14 r³
972 = 1.33 r³
r³ = (1.33/972)
r³ = 0.00136831 cubic mm
r = 0.0004561

Question 17.
Volume = 4.5π cm3

Answer:
radius of the sphere= 0.09851852 cubic cm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
4.5  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where v = 4.5
4.5 = 1.33 x 3.14 r³
4.5 = 1.33 r³
r³ = (1.33/4.5)
r³ = 0.29555555 cubic mm
r = 0.09851852 cubic cm

Question 18.
Volume = 180 ft3

Answer:
radius of the sphere=0.0077337 cubic ft

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
180 = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where v = 180
180 = 1.33 x 3.14 r³
180 = 1.33  x 3.14r³
180 = 4.1762 r³
r³ = (4.1762/180)
r³ = 0.02320111 cubic ft
r = 0.0077337 cubic ft

Question 19.
MODELING REAL LIFE
The globe of the moon has a radius of 13 centimeters. Find the volume of the globe. Round your answer to the nearest whole number.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 22

Answer:
Volume of the globe =9,175.1114 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of the globe=11,459.4928 units

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =13
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 13 x 13 x 13
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 2,197
v = 1.33 x 6,898.58
v = 9,175.1114 cu. cm

Question 20.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A softball has a volume of about 29 cubic inches. Find the radius of the softball. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Answer:
radius of the softball= 0.0480023 ft

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
29= (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where v = 29
29 = 1.33 x 3.14 r³
29 = 1.33  x 3.14r³
29 = 4.1762 r³
r³ = (4.1762/29)
r³ = 0.1440069 cubic ft
r = 0.0480023 ft

Question 21.
REASONING
A sphere and a right cylinder have the same radius and volume. Find the radius r in terms of the height h of the cylinder.

Answer:
The volume of sphere = (4/3) π h³
the volume of cylinder = πr²  r

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) π r³
They said to find the radius r in terms of height h.
the volume of sphere = (4/3) π h³
the volume of cylinder = πr² r

FINDING VOLUME Find the volume of the composite solid. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 23

Answer:
volume = 256 cubic cm

Explanation:
volume of rectangular prism = lwh
where l= length, w = weight, h= height
l = 8 ,w = 8 , h = 8 given
v= 8 x 8 x 8
v = 64 x 4
v =  256 cubic cm

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 24

Answer:
volume = 192 cubic feet

Explanation:
volume of triangular prism = (bhl/2)
b = 16 , h = 6 , l = 4 given
v = (16 x 6 x 4/2)
v = (16 x 24/2)
v = 16 x 12
v = 192 cubic feet

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 25

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 310.86 cu. in

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x 11
v = 3.14 x 9 x 11
v = 3.14 x 99
v = 310.86 cu. in

Question 25.
PROBLEM SOLVING
A cylindrical container of three rubber balls has a height of 18 centimeters and a diameter of 6 centimeters. Each ball in the container has a radius of 3 centimeters. Find the amount of space in the container that is not occupied by rubber balls. Round your answer to the nearest whole number.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 26
Answer:
The amount of space in the container that is not occupied by the rubber balls = 2,034.72 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
v = 3.14 x 6 x 6 x 18
v = 3.14 x 36 x 18
v = 3.14 x 648
v =2,034.72 cu. cm

Question 26.
DIG DEEPER!
The basketball shown is packaged in a box that is in the shape of a cube. The edge length of the box is equal to the diameter of the basketball. What are the surface area and the volume of the box?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 27

Answer:
The volume of sph0.01646091 cubic in

Explanation:
the volume of sphere = 4 πr²
121.5 π = 4 π r²
121.5 = 4 r²
r² = (4/121.5)
r² = 0.03292181
r = 0.01646091 cubic in

Question 27.
PROBLEM SOLVING
The inner core of Earth begins about 3200 miles below the surface of Earth and has a volume of about 581,000,000π cubic miles. Approximate the radius of Earth. Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.3 28

Answer:
radius  of earth = 0.00240199 miles.

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) π r³
581,000,000 π  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
581,000,000= 1.3333 x 3.14 x r³
581,000,000= 4.18666667  r³
r³ = (4.18666667/581.000,000)
r³ = 0.00720597
r = 0.00240199 miles,

Question 28.
LOGIC
Your friend says that the volume of a sphere with radius r is four times the volume of a cone with radius r. When is this true? Justify your answer.
Answer:
No my friend is wrong.

Explanation:
volume of cone = πr² (h/3)
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
when the radius is equal to the height h
then the volume of a sphere with radius r is four times the volume of a cone with a radius r.

Lesson 10.4 Surface Areas and Volumes of Similar Solids

EXPLORATION 1

Comparing Similar Solids
Work with a partner.
a.You multiply the dimensions of the smallest cylinder by different factors to create the other four cylinders. Complete the table. Compare the surface area and volume of each cylinder with the surface area and volume of the smallest cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 1
b. Repeat part(a) using the square pyramids and table below.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 2

Answer:
a.  surface area of cylinder  1 = 12.56
b. surface area of cylinder  2 = 50.24
c. surface area of cylinder  3 = 113.04
d. surface area of cylinder  4 = 200.96
e.. surface area of cylinder  5 = 314

Explanation:
a. surface area of cylinder  1 = 2 πr² + 2 πrh
A = 2 x 3.14 x 1 + 2 x 3.14 x 1 x 1
A = 6.28 + 6.28
A = 12.56
volume of cylinder = πr²h
v = 3.14 x 1 x 1
v = 3.14
b. surface area of cylinder  2 = 2 πr² + 2 πrh
A = 2 x 3.14 x 2 x 2 + 2 x 3.14 x 2 x 2
A = 6.28 x 4 + 6.28 x 4
A = 25.12 + 25.12
A = 50.24
volume of cylinder = πr²h
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2
v = 3.14 x 4
v = 12.56
c. surface area of cylinder  1 = 2 πr² + 2 πrh
A = 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 3 + 2 x 3.14 x 3 x 3
A = 6.28 x 9 + 6.28 x 9
A = 56.52 +56.52
A = 113.04
volume of cylinder = πr²h
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3
v = 3.14 x 9
v = 28.26
d. surface area of cylinder  1 = 2 πr² + 2 πrh
A = 2 x 3.14 x 4 x 4 + 2 x 3.14 x 4 x 4
A = 6.28 x 16 + 6.28 x 16
A = 100.48 + 100.48
A = 200.96
volume of cylinder = πr²h
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4
v = 3.14 x 16
v = 50.24
e. surface area of cylinder  1 = 2 πr² + 2 πrh
A = 2 x 3.14 x 5 x 5 + 2 x 3.14 x 5 x 5
A = 6.28 x 25 + 6.28 x 25
A = 157 + 157
A = 314
volume of cylinder = πr²h
v = 3.14 x 5 x 5
v = 3.14 x 25
v = 78.5

Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 3

Try It

Question 1.
Cylinder D has a radius of 7.5 meters and a height of 4.5 meters. Which cylinder in Example 1 is similar to Cylinder D?

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 794.8125 cu. meters.

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr²h
v = 3.14 x 7.5 x 7.5 x 4.5
v = 3.14 x 56.25 x 4.5
v = 3.14 x 253.125
v = 794.8125 cu. meters.

Question 2.
The prisms at the right are similar. Find the missing width and length.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 4

Answer:
volume = 1760 cubic in

Explanation:
the volume of rectangular prism = lwh
where l= length, w = weight, h= height
l = 11,w = 8 , h = 20 given
v= 11 x 8 x 20
v = 88 x 20
v =  1760 cubic in

The solids are similar. Find the surface area of the red solid. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 5

Answer:
volume = 440 cubic m

Explanation:
volume of rectangular prism = lwh
where l= length, w = weight, h= height
l  = 11,w = 8 , h = 5 given
v= 11 x 8x 5
v = 11 x 40
v =  440 cubic m

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 6

Answer:
Volume of cylinder= 0.17840909 cu. cm

Explanation:
Volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
r = 2.5
110 = 3.14 x 2.5 x 2.5 x h
110 = 3.14 x 6.25 h
110= 19.625 h
h = (19.625/110)
h = 0.17840909 sq cm

Question 5.
The pyramids at the left are similar. Find the volume of the red pyramid. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 7

Answer:
volume of red pyramid = 0.444 cubic in

Explanation:
the volume of the pyramid =( l x w x h/3)
v = 9 given, width = 4 h = 3
9=( 4 x 3h /3)
9 = 4h
h = (4/9)
h = 0.444 cubic in

Self-Assessment for Concepts & Skills
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 6.
IDENTIFYING SIMILAR SOLIDS
Cone A and Cone B are right cones. Cone B has a radius of 1.25 feet and a height of 3 feet. Are the cones similar?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 8

Answer:
No the cones are not similar.

Explanation:
volume of  cone  A =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 5 ,h = 12
v = 3.14 x 5 x 5 x (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 25 x (12/3)
v =3.14 x 25 x 4
v= 3.14 x100
v = 314  cu. ft
volume of  cone  B =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 1.25 ,h = 3
v = 3.14 x 1.25 x 1.25 x (3/3)
v = 3.14 x 1.5625 x (3/3)
v =3.14 x 1.5625 x 1
v= 3.14 x1.5625
v = 4.90625 cu. ft

Question 7.
FINDING A MISSING MEASURE
A cylinder with a radius of 4 inches r and a height of 6 inches is similar to a cylinder with a radius of r inches and a height of 9 inches. What is the value of r?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 9

Answer:
The value of r = 3 yds

Explanation:
volume of  cylinder  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 4 ,h = 6
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4 x (6/3)
v = 3.14 x 16 x (6/3)
v =3.14 x 16 x 2
v= 3.14 x 32
v = 100.48

Question 8.
FINDING SURFACE AREA AND VOLUME
The rectangular prisms shown are similar. Find the surface area and volume of the red rectangular prism .

Answer:
The surface area of rectangular prism =2(lw +lh +wh)
the volume of rectangular prism = lwh

Explanation:
The surface area of rectangular prism =2(lw +lh +wh)
where h = height, w = width, l = length
the volume of rectangular prism = lwh

Self-Assessment for Problem Solving
Solve each exercise. Then rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.

Question 9.
Two snails have shells that are similar in shape. The younger snail has a shell with a height of 3.9 centimeters and a volume of 3 cubic centimeters. The older snail has a shell with a volume of 10 cubic centimeters. Estimate the height of the older snail’s shell.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 10

Answer:
The height of the older snails shell = 0.942 cm

Explanation:
the volume of  cylinder  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 3 ,v = 10
10 = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x (h/3)
10 = 3.14 x 3 x h
10 =3.14 x 3h
10= 9.42 h
h = (9.42/10)
h = 0.942 cm

Question 10.
Two barrels filled with sand are similar in shape. The smaller barrel has a height of 4 feet and a volume of 4.5 cubic feet. The larger barrel has a height of 6 feet. What is the weight of the sand in the larger barrel? Round your answer to the nearest tenth.(One cubic foot of sand weighs about 110 pounds.)

Answer:
The weight of the sand in the larger barrel  = 18 cubic feet

Explanation:
Given that the smaller barrel h = 4 ft and v = 4.5 cubic ft
weight = 4 x 4.5
weight = 18 cubic feet
larger barrel h =  6feet, v= 3 cubic feet,
weight = 3 x 6
weight = 18 cubic feet
1 cubic ft = 110 pounds

Question 11.
Two trunks are similar in shape. The larger trunk has a length of 6 feet and a surface area of 164.25 square feet. The smaller trunk has a length of 4 feet. The materials needed to manufacture each trunk cost $0.60 per square foot. What is the total cost of the materials needed to manufacture the smaller trunk?
Answer:

Surface Areas and Volumes of Similar Solids Homework & Practice 10.4

Review & Refresh

Find the volume of the sphere. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 11

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 5,558.52222 cubic cm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =11
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 11 x 11 x 11
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 1,331
v = 1.33 x 4,179.34
v = 5,558.52222 cubic cm

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 12

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 380.556225 cubic ft

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =4.5
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 4.5 x 4.5 x 4.5
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 91.125
v = 1.33 x 286.1325
v = 380.556225 cubic ft

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 13

Answer:
volume of the sphere=902.0592 cubic mm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =6
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 6 x 6 x 6
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 216
v = 1.33 x 678.24
v = 902.0592 cubic mm

Question 4.
Which system of linear equations has no solution?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 14
Answer:
Option c has no solution.

Explanation:
if we take x = 2
A. y = 4x + 1 = 4(2) + 1= 9 , y = – 4x + 1 = -8 + 1= -7
b. Y = 2x – 7 = 4 – 7 = -3 , y = 2x + 7 = 4 + 7 = 11
c. 3x + y = 1 , y = 1 – 6 y = -5 , 6x + 2y = 2 = 12 + 2y = 2,2y =- 10  y = -5
Concepts, Skills, & Problem Solving

COMPARING SIMILAR SOLIDS All of the dimensions of the solid are multiplied by a factor of k. How many times greater is the surface area of the new solid? How many times greater is the volume of the new solid? (See Exploration 1, p. 445.)
Question 5.
k = 5
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 15

Answer:
25 times greater.
volume of new solid = 125 cubic ft

Explanation:
volume of  prism = lwh
where l= length, w = weight, h= height
l = 5 ,w = 5 , h = 5 given
v= 5 x 5 x 5
v = 5 x 25
v =  125  cubic ft

Question 6.
k = 10
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 16

Answer:
volume of  new cone= 1,046.666 cubic cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 10 ,h = 10
v = 3.14 x 10 x 10 x (10/3)
v = 3.14 x 100 x (10/3)
v =3.14 x 100 x 3.33
v= 3.14 x 333.33
v = 1,046.666 cubic cm

IDENTIFYING SIMILAR SOLIDS Determine whether the solids are similar.
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 17

Answer:
The solida are  similar

Explanation:
volume of  small prism = lwh
where l= length, w = weight, h= height
l = 2 ,w = 1 , h = 3 given
v= 2 x 1 x 3
v = 2 x 3
v =  6  cubic in
volume of  large prism = lwh
where l= length, w = weight, h= height
l = 6 ,w = 3 , h = 9 given
v= 6 x 3 x 9
v = 2 x 27
v =  54 cubic in

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 18

Answer:
The solida are not similar

Explanation:
surface area  of  large prism =2 (lw + wh +1h)
where l= length, w = weight, h= height
l = 4 ,w = 2 , h = 4 given
v=2( 4 x 2 + 2 x 4 + 4 x 4)
v = 2 (8 + 8+ 16)
v =  2( 32)
v = 64 cubic in
surface area  of small prism =2 (lw + wh +1h)
where l= length, w = weight, h= height
l = 2 ,w = 1 , h = 4 given
v=2( 2 x 1 + 1 x 4 + 2 x 4)
v = 2 (2 + 4+ 8)
v =  2( 16)
v = 32 cubic in

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 19

Answer:
The pyramids are  similar.

Explanation:
surface area of triangular pyramid 1 = area of faces + base
area of face 1 = 5
area of face 2 = 5
area of face 3 = 6.5
area of face 4 = 6
area of base = 5
A= 5 + 5 + 6.5 + 6 + 5
A = 10 + 6.5 + 11
A = 21 + 6.5
A = 27.5
surface area of triangular pyramid 2 = area of faces + base
area of face 1 = 10
area of face 2 = 10
area of face 3 = 13
area of face 4 = 12
area of base = 10
A= 10 + 10 + 13 + 12 + 10
A = 20 + 13 + 22
A = 42 + 13
A = 55

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 20

Answer:
Two solids are not similar.

Explanation:
volume of  cone 1 =πr² (h/3)
given that  r=9 ,h = 12
v = 3.14 x 9 x 9 x (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 9 x9 x 4
v =3.14 x 81 x 4
v = 3.14 x 324
h = 1,017.36sq m
volume of  cone 2 =πr² (h/3)
given that  r=20 ,h = 21
v = 3.14 x 20 x 20 x (21/3)
v = 3.14 x20 x 20 x 7
v =3.14 x 400 x 7
v = 3.14 x 2800
h =  8,792 sq m

FINDING MISSING MEASURES IN SIMILAR SOLIDS The solids are similar. Find the missing measure(s).
Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 21

Answer:
volume of the sphere=2.5 cu. feet

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =5
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 5 x 5 x 5
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 125
v = 1.33 x 392.5
v = 2.5 cu. feet

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 22

Answer:
surface area of triangular pyramid  = 54 cubic m

Explanation:
surface area of triangular pyramid  = area of faces + base
area of face 1 = 12
area of face 2 = 6
area of face 3 = 13
area of face 4 = 5
area of base = 18
A= 12 + 6 + 13 + 5 + 18
A = 18 + 13 + 23
A = 18 + 36
A = 54  cubic m

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 23

Answer:
volume = 11.5 cu. mm

Explanation:
volume of triangular prism = (bhl/2)
b = 4.6 , h = 4.6 , l = 6.4 given
v = (4.6 x 4.6 x 6.4/2)
v = (21.16 x 6.4/2)
v = (135.424/2)
v = 11.5 cu. mm

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 24

Answer:
volume of cone = 8.0384 cu. in

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that  r=1.6 ,h = 3
v = 3.14 x 1.6 x 1.6 x (3/3)
v = 3.14 x 1.6  x1.6  x 1
v =3.14 x 2.56 x 1
v = 3.14 x 2.56
v = 8.0384 cu. in

FINDING SURFACE AREA The solids are similar. Find the surface area of the red solid. Round your answer to the nearest tenth if necessary.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 25
Answer:
The surface area of the red solid = 90 sq m

Explanation:
Given that the surface area of blue solid = 40 sq m
s0 the surface area of the red solid = 60 sq m
4  x 10 = 40
9 x 10 = 90 sq m

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 26

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 14,094 cu. in

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =15
v = 1.33 x 3.14  x 15 x 15 x 15
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 3375
v = 1.33 x 10,597.5
v = 14,094.675 cu. in

Question 17.
FINDING SURFACE AREA
The ratio of the corresponding linear measures of two similar cans is 4 to 7. The smaller can has a surface area of 220 square centimeters. Find the surface area of the larger can.

Answer:
The surface area of larger can = 55 sq cm

Explanation:
Given that the smaller can has a surface area of 220 sq cm
The ratio of two similar cans is 4: 7
(220/5) = 55 sq cm

FINDING VOLUME The solids are similar. Find the volume of the red solid.
Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 27

Answer:
The volume of red soil =  70 cu. mm

Explanation:
surface area of triangular pyramid  = area of faces + base
area of face 1 = 21
area of face 2 = 21
area of face 3 = 7
area of face 4 = 7
area of base = 14
A= 21 + 21 + 7 + 7 + 14
A = 42 + 14 + 14
A = 42 + 28
A = 70 cu. mm

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 28

Answer:
height  of cylinder=13,564.8 ft

Explanation:
Volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
r = 12
v = 3.14 x 12 x 12 x h
7850 = 3.14 x 144 h
7850= 452.16 h
h = (452.16/7850)
h = 13,564.8 sq ft

Question 20.
YOU BE THE TEACHER
The ratio of the corresponding linear measures of two similar solids is 3:5. The volume of the smaller solid is 108 cubic inches. Your friend finds the volume of the larger solid. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 29

Answer:
Yes my friend is correct.

Explanation:
the volume of smaller solid is 108 cubic inches.
(108/v) = (3/5) x (3/5)
(108/v) = (9/25)
v = 300 cubic in

Question 21.
MODELING REAL LIFE
A hemisphere-shaped mole has a diameter of 5.7 millimeters and a surface area of about 51 square millimeters. The radius of the mole doubles. Estimate the new surface area of the mole.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 30

Answer:
The new surface area of the mole = 19.742 sq. mm

Explanation:
surface area of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
A = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r = 2.85
A = 1.33 x 3.14  x 2.85 x 2.85
A= 1.33 x 3.14 x 8.1225
A = 1.33 x 25.50465
A = 19.742 sq. mm

Question 22.
REASONING
The volume of a 1968 Ford Mustang GT engine is 390 cubic inches. Which scale model of the Mustang has the greater engine volume, a 1 : 18 scale model or a 1 : 24 scale model? How much greater is it?
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 31
Answer:

Question 23.
DIG DEEPER!
You have a small marble statue of Wolfgang Mozart. It is 10 inches tall and weighs 16 pounds. The original marble statue is 7 feet tall.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 32
a. Estimate the weight of the original statue. Explain your reasoning.
b. If the original statue were 20 feet tall, how much would it weigh?

Answer:
a. The weight of the original statue = 84/10 cubic pounds
b. The original statue weight = 221 lb

Explanation:
a. The weight of the original statue = 7 ft
1 ft = 12 pounds
7 x 12 / 10 = 84/10 cubic pounds.
b. given that the original statue was 20 ft
221,184 lb

Question 24.
REPEATED REASONING
The nesting dolls are similar. The largest doll is 7 inches tall. Each of the other dolls is 1 inch shorter than the next larger doll. Make a table that compares the surface areas and the volumes of the seven dolls.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 33

Answer:

Explanation:
In the above given figure the larger doll is 7 inches tall.
Each of the other doll is 1 inch shorter than the next larger doll.

Question 25.
PRECISION
You and a friend make paper cones to collect beach glass. You cut out the largest possible three-fourths circle from each piece of paper.
Big Ideas Math Solutions Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids 10.4 34
a. Are the cones similar? Explain your reasoning.
b. Your friend says that because your sheet of paper is twice as large, your cone will hold exactly twice the volume of beach glass. Is this true? Explain your reasoning.

Answer:
a. Yes, the cones are similar.
b.No my friend is correct.

Explanation:
a. all circles are similar, the slant height and the circumference of the base of the cones are proportional .
b. my cone holds about 2 times as much my friend cone.

Volume and Similar Solids Connecting Concepts

Using the Problem-Solving Plan
Question 1.
A yurt is a dwelling traditionally used in Mongolia and surrounding regions. The yurt shown is made of a cylinder and a cone. What is the volume of the yurt?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cc 1
Understand the problem
You know that the yurt is made of a cylinder and a cone. You also know several dimensions. You are asked to find the volume of the yurt.
Make a plan.
Use the Pythagorean Theorem to find the height of the cone. Then use the formulas for the volume of a cylinder and the volume of a cone to find the volume of the yurt.
Solve and check.
Use the plan to solve the problem. Then check your solution.

Answer:
volume of hurt = 4855 cu. ft

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that  r = 15 ,h = 7
v = 3.14 x 15 x 15 x (17/3)
v = 3.14 x 225  x (17/3)
v =3.14 x 225 x 5.666
v = 3.14 x 1275
v = 4,003
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  d =
r = 3 , h = 30
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x 30
v = 3.14 x 9 x 30
v= 3.14 x 270
h = 847.8
4008 +847 =4855

Question 2.
supervoidA spherical , a region in space that is unusually empty, has a diameter of 1.8 × 19 0light-years. What is the volume of the supervoid? Use 3.14 for π. Write your answer in scientific notation.

Answer:
volume of supervoid =3.75858000000000 light years

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr³
v = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 0.9
v = 2.826 x 1.33
v = 3.75858000000000 light years

Question 3.
The cylinders are similar. The volume of Cylinder A is \(\frac{8}{27}\) times the volume of Cylinder B. Find the volume of each cylinder. Round your answers to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cc 2

Answer:
volume of cylinder = 452.16 cu. cm

Explanation:
the volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
r = 4 , h = 9
v = 3.14 x 4 x 4 x 9
v = 3.14 x 16 x 9
v= 3.14 x 144
h = 452.16 sq cm

Performance Task

Packaging Salsa
At the beginning of this chapter, you watched a STEAM Video called “Canning Salsa.” You are now ready to complete the performance task related to this video, available at BigIdeasMath.com. Be sure to use the problem-solving plan as you work through the performance task.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cc 3

Volume and Similar Solids Chapter Review

Review Vocabulary

Write the definition and give an example of each vocabulary term.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 1

Graphic Organizers

You can use a Summary Triangle to explain a concept. Here is an example of a Summary Triangle for volume of a cylinder.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 2

Choose and complete a graphic organizer to help you study the concept.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 3
1. volume of a cone
2. volume of a sphere
3. volume of a composite solid
4. surface areas of similar solids
5. volumes of similar solids

Answer:
cone = A solid or hollow object which tapers from a circular or roughly circular base to a point.
hemisphere = a half of the celestial sphere as divided into two halves by the horizon.
sphere = a round solid figure, or its surface, with every point on its surface equidistant from its center.
similar solids = two solids are similar if they are the same type of solid and their corresponding radii, heights, base lengths, widths, etc. are proportional.

Chapter Self-Assessment

As you complete the exercises, use the scale below to rate your understanding of the success criteria in your journal.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 4

10.1 Volumes of Cylinders (pp. 427–432)
Learning Target: Find the volume of a cylinder. Find the volume of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 5

Answer:
volume of cylinder =1,236.375 cu. ft

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14  d = 15 r = (d/2)
r = 7.5 , h = 7 given
v = 3.14 x 7.5 x 7.5 x 7
v = 3.14 x 56.25 x 7
v = 3.14 x 393.75
v = 1,236.375 cu. ft

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 6

Answer:
volume of cylinder =62.8 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
r = 2 , h = 5 given
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x 5
v = 3.14 x 4 x 5
v = 3.14 x 20
v = 62.8 cu. cm

Find the missing dimension of the cylinder. Round your answer to the nearest whole number.
Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 7

Answer:
height of cylinder = 0.25232143 sq in

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
r = 1.5 , v = 28 given
28 = 3.14 x 1.5 x 1.5 x h
28= 3.14 x 2.25h
28 = 7.065 h
h = 7.065/28
h = 0.25232143 sq in

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 8

Answer:
radius of cylinder =60.501 sq m

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
h = 20 m, v = 7599 given
7599= 3.14 x r x r x 20
7599= 3.14 x 20 r²
7599 = 62.8 r²
r² = 7599/62.8
r² = 121.00 m
r = 60.501 sq m

Question 5.
You are buying two cylindrical cans of juice. Each can holds the same amount of juice.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 9
a. What is the height of Can B?
b. About how many cups of juice does 3≈each can hold? (1 in.3 ≈ 0.07 cup)

Answer:
a.The height of can B = 0.074 in
b. The cups of juice does 3 each can hold = 21 cups

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
h = 6, r = 3given
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x 6
v= 3.14 x 9 x 6
v = 3.14 x 54
v = 169.56 sq in
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
v = 169.56, r = 2given
169.56 = 3.14 x 2 x 2 h
169.56= 3.14 x 4 h
169.56= 12.56 h
h = 0.074 in
b. 3 x 0.07
0.21
21 cups.

Question 6.
You triple the radius of a cylinder. How many times greater is the volume of the new cylinder? Explain.

Answer:
3 times greater than the volume of the new cylinder.

Explanation:
Given that the radius is tripled.
volume of cylinder = πr⁵ h

10.2 Volumes of Cones (pp. 433–438)
Learning Target: Find the volume of a cone.

Find the volume of the cone. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 10

Answer:

volume of  cone= 803.84 cu. m

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 8 ,h = 12
v = 3.14 x 8 x 8 x (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 64 x (12/3)
v =3.14 x 64 x 4
v= 3.14 x 256
v = 803.84 cu. m

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 11

Answer:
volume of  cone= 41.8666 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 2 ,h = 10
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x (10/3)
v = 3.14 x 4 x (10/3)
v =3.14 x 4 x 3.33
v= 3.14 x 13.33
v = 41.8666 cu. cm

Find the missing dimension of the cone. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 12

Answer:
radius of  cone= 0.006173  in

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that ,h = 36
3052= 3.14 x r x r (36/3)
3052 = 3.14 x 12 r²
3052 =37.68 r²
r²= 0.012346
v = 0.006173 cu. in

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 13

Answer:
height of  cone=0.041866 sq mm

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that ,r =6
900= 3.14 x 6 x 6 (h/3)
900 = 3.14 x 12 h
900 =37.68 h
h= (37.68/900)
h  = 0.041866 sq mm

Question 11.
The paper cup can hold 84.78 cubic centimeters of water. What is the height of the cup?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 14

Answer:
height of  cone=  0.111111 cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that ,r =3
84.78= 3.14 x 3 x 3 (h/3)
84.78 = 3.14 x 3 h
84.78 =9.42 h
h= (9.42/84.78)
h  = 0.111111 cm

10.3 Volumes of Spheres (pp. 439–444)
Learning Target: Find the volume of a sphere.

Find the volume of the sphere. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 15

Answer:
volume of the sphere=7,216.4736 cubic ft

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =12
v = 1.33 x 12  x 12 x 12 x 3.14
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 1728
v = 1.33 x 5,425.92
v = 7,216.4736 cubic ft

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 16

Answer:
volume of the sphere= 5,558.52222 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =11
v = 1.33 x 11  x 11 x 11 x 3.14
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 1331
v = 1.33 x 4,179.34
v = 5,558.52222 cu. cm

Question 14.
The volume of a water walking ball is \(\frac{4}{3}\)π cubic meters. Find the diameter of the water walking ball.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 17
Answer:

Find the volume of the composite solid. Round your answer to the nearest tenth if necessary.
Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 18

Answer:
volume of  cone=  452.16 cu. m

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that ,r = 6, h = 12
v= 3.14 x 6 x 6 (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 36 x (12/3)
v =3.14 x 36 x 4
v= 3.14 x 144
v  = 452.16 cu. m

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 19

Answer:
The volume of solid=  31 cu. ft

Explanation:
surface area of triangular pyramid  = area of faces + base
area of face 1 = 6
area of face 2 = 6
area of face 3 = 2
area of face 4 = 5
area of base = 12
A= 6 + 6 + 2 + 5 + 12
A = 12 + 7 + 12
A = 24 + 7
A = 31   sq ft

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 20.1

Answer:
volume of cylinder =50.24 cu. cm

Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
r = 2 , h = 4 given
v = 3.14 x 2 x 2 x 4
v = 3.14 x 16
v= 50.24 cu. cm

Question 18.
The volume of water that a submerged object displaces is equal to the volume of the object. Find the radius of the sphere. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.(1 mL = 1 cm3)
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 20
Answer:

10.4 Surface Areas and Volumes of Similar Solids (pp. 445–452)
Learning Target: Find the surface areas and volumes of similar solids.

Question 19.
Determine whether the solids are similar.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 21

Answer:
Volume of cylinder= 0.17840909 cu. cm

Explanation:
Volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
r = 2.5
110 = 3.14 x 2.5 x 2.5 x h
110 = 3.14 x 6.25 h
110= 19.625 h
h = (19.625/110)
h = 0.17840909 sq cm

Question 20
The prisms are similar. Find the missing measures.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 22

Answer:

Question 21.
The prisms are similar. Find the surface area of the red prism. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 23
Answer:
volume = 67.712 cubic cm

Explanation:
volume of triangular prism = (bhl/2)
b = 4.6 , h = 4.6 , l = 6.4 given
v = (4.6 x 4.6 x 6.4/2)
v = (21.16 x 6.4/2)
v = (135.424/2)
v = 67.712 cubic  cm

Question 22.
The pyramids are similar. Find the volume of the red pyramid.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cr 24

Answer:
The volume of red soil =  70 cu. mm

Explanation:
surface area of triangular pyramid  = area of faces + base
area of face 1 = 21
area of face 2 = 21
area of face 3 = 7
area of face 4 = 7
area of base = 14
A= 21 + 21 + 7 + 7 + 14
A = 42 + 14 + 14
A = 42 + 28
A = 70  sqmm

Question 23.
The ratio of the corresponding linear measures of two similar jewelry boxes is 2 to 3. The larger jewelry box has a volume of 162 cubic inches. Find the volume of the smaller jewelry box.

Answer:
volume of the jewelry box = 36.4 cubics in

Explanation:
given that 2: 3 ratio
(162/v) = (2/3) x (2/3)
(162/v) = (4/9)
4v = 1458
v = (1458/4)
v = 36.4 cubic in

Volume and Similar Solids Practice Test

Find the volume of the solid. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids pt 1

Answer:
volume of the sphere=33,409.6 cu. mm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =20
v = 1.33 x 20 x 20 x 20 x 3.14
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 8000
v = 1.33 x 25,120
v = 33,409.6 cu. mm

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids pt 2

Answer:
volume of  cone=  452.16 cu. m

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that ,r = 6, h = 12
v= 3.14 x 6 x 6 (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 36 x (12/3)
v =3.14 x 36 x 4
v= 3.14 x 144
v  = 452.16 cu. m

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids pt 3

Answer:
volume of the sphere=33,409.6 cu. mm

Explanation:
volume of sphere = (4/3) πr² x r
v  = (4/3) x 3.14 x r³
where r =20
v = 1.33 x 20 x 20 x 20 x 3.14
v = 1.33 x 3.14 x 8000
v = 1.33 x 25,120
v = 33,409.6 cu. mm

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids pt 4
Answer:
volume of  cone=  452.16 cu. m

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that ,r = 6, h = 12
v= 3.14 x 6 x 6 (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 36 x (12/3)
v =3.14 x 36 x 4
v= 3.14 x 144
v  = 452.16 cu. m

Question 5.
The pyramids are similar.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids pt 5
a. Find the missing measures.
b. Find the surface area of the red pyramid.

Answer:
The volume of red soil =  70 cu. mm

Explanation:
surface area of triangular pyramid  = area of faces + base
area of face 1 = 21
area of face 2 = 21
area of face 3 = 7
area of face 4 = 7
area of base = 14
A= 21 + 21 + 7 + 7 + 14
A = 42 + 14 + 14
A = 42 + 28

Question 6.
You are making smoothies. You will use either the cone-shaped glass or the cylindrical glass. Which glass holds more? About how much more?
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids pt 6
Answer:
volume of  cone=  452.16 cu. m

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that ,r = 6, h = 12
v= 3.14 x 6 x 6 (12/3)
v = 3.14 x 36 x (12/3)
v =3.14 x 36 x 4
v= 3.14 x 144
v  = 452.16 cu. m

Question 7.
The ratio of the corresponding linear measures of two similar waffle cones is 3 to 4. The smaller cone has a volume of about 18 cubic inches. Find the volume of the larger cone. Round your answer to the nearest tenth.

Answer: 24 cubic inches.

Explanation:
(18/v) = (3/4)
3v = 18 x 4
3v = 72
v = 24 cubic in

Question 8.
Draw two different composite solids that have the same volume but different surface areas.Explain your reasoning.
Answer:

Question 9.
There are 13.5π cubic inches of blue sand and 9π cubic inches of red sand in the cylindrical container. How many cubic inches of white sand are in the container? Round your answer to the nearest tenth.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids pt 9
Answer:
v = 169.56 cu. in
Explanation:
volume of cylinder = πr² h
where π = 3.14
h = 6, r = 3given
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x 6
v= 3.14 x 9 x 6
v = 3.14 x 54
v = 169.56 cu. in

Question 10.
Without calculating, determine which solid has the greater volume. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers 8th Grade Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids pt 10

Answer:
prism has great volume.

Explanation:
the volume of the sphere is less than the volume of a prism.

Volume and Similar Solids Cumulative Practice

Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 1
Question 1.
What is the value of 14 – 2\(\sqrt [ 3 ]{ 64 } \) ?
A. – 50
B. – 2
C. 6
D. 48
Answer:
option A Is correct

Explanation:
14 – 2 (3/64 x 100)
12 (150/32)
12 x (75/16)
-50

Question 2.
What is the volume of the cone? (Use \(\frac{22}{7}\) for π.)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 2

Answer:
volume of  cone=  4098. 8304 cubic cm

Explanation:
volume of  cone  =πr² (h/3)
given that ,r = 14, h = 20
v= 3.14 x 14 x 14 (20/3)
v = 3.14 x196 x (20/3)
v =3.14 x 196 x 6.66
v= 3.14 x 1305.36
v  = 4098. 8304

Question 3.
The cylinders are similar. What is the volume of the red cylinder?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 3
A. 6 cm
B. 150.75 cm3
C. 301.5 cm3
D. 603 cm3

Answer:
option D is correct.

Explanation:
(1206/2 ) = 603
large cylinder is 2 times greater than small cylinder.

Question 4.
A rectangle is graphed in the coordinate plane.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 4.1
Which of the following shows Rectangle E’F’G’H’, the image of Rectangle EFGH after it is reflected in the -axis?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 4

Answer:
option  I is correct.

Explanation:
EFGH  is reflected in the -ve axis.

Question 5.
What are the ordered pairs shown in the mapping diagram?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 5
A. (2, 5), (4, – 2), (6, – 7), (8, 1)
B. (2, – 7), (4, – 2), (6, 1), (8, 5)
C. (2, 5), (4, 1), (6, – 2), (8, – 7)
D. (5, 2), (- 2, 4), (- 7, 6), (1, 8)

Answer:
option A is correct.

Explanation:
(2, 5)
(4, -2)
(6, -7)
(8, 1)

Question 6.
What is \(0 . \overline{75}\) written as a fraction?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 6

Answer:

Question 7.
Solve the formula A = P + PI for I.
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 7

Answer:
option I is correct.

Explanation:
A = P + PI
I = (A – P/P)
A = P + P (A – P/P)
A = A.

Question 8.
A cylinder has a volume of 1296 cubic inches. If you divide the radius of the cylinder by 12, what is the volume (in cubic inches) of the smaller cylinder?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 6

Answer:
The volume =0.1162963 cubic in

Explanation:
volume of  cylinder  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 12 , v = 1296
1296 = 3.14 x 12 x 12 x (h/3)
1296 = 3.14 x 12x 4h
1296 =3.14 x  48 h
1296= 150.72 h
h =(150.72/1296)
h = 0.1162963 cubic in

Question 9.
The cost y (in dollars) for pounds of grapes is represented by y = 2x. Which graph represents the equation?
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 9

Answer:
Option c is correct.

Explanation:
y = 2x
on the x axis the graph represents the straight line on x – axis.

Question 10.
You are making a giant crayon. What is the volume (in cubic centimeters) of the entire crayon? Show your work and explain your reasoning. (Use 3.14 for π.)
Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Chapter 10 Volume and Similar Solids cp 10
Answer:
The volume = =75.34116 cubic cm

Explanation:
the volume of  cylinder  =πr² (h/3)
given that r = 3 ,h = 8
v = 3.14 x 3 x 3 x (8/3)
v = 3.14 x 9 x (8/3)
v =3.14 x 9 x 2.666
v= 3.14 x 23.994
v = 75.34116 cubic cm

Conclusion

We wish the knowledge shared regarding the Big Ideas Math Answers Grade 8 Ch 10 Volume and Similar Solids has helped you in your preparation. In case of any queries, do leave us your suggestions via the comment section and we will get back to you.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions

Kids who are passionate about solving math calculations and enhance their math skills can refer to this guide. Here we have shared the Topic wise Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions free pdf. In this BIM Textbook Solution Key of Algebra 1 Ch 3 Graphing Linear functions, you can find various prep resources like Questions from Lessons 3.1 to 3.7 Exercises, practice test questions, chapter tests, cumulative assessments, etc. By using Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Answer Key, you can answer all types of questions related to Graphing Linear Functions topics.

Big Ideas Math Book Algebra 1 Answer Key Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions

Available below links help you to browse step-by-step solutions for all the questions covered in Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answer Book. Here, you can see more benefits after referring to the ultimate guide of BIM Algebra 1 Ch 3 Solution Key. Also, students can improve their subject knowledge and problem-solving skills by learning the concepts explained in BIM Math Book Algebra 1 Ch 3 Solutions. Simply click on the provided direct links and practice exercise-wise ch 3 graphing linear function questions of common core 2019 curriculum BIM Textbook to score well.

Graphing Linear Functions Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Plot the point in a coordinate plane. Describe the location of the point.

Question 1.
A(3, 2)
Answer:
The given point is: A (3,2)
Compare the given point with (x, y)
So,
x = 3 and y = 2
Hence,
The representation of the point in the coordinate plane is:

Question 2.
B(-5, 1)
Answer:
The given point is: B (-5,1)
Compare the given point with (x, y)
So,
x = -5 and y = 1
Hence,
The representation of the given point in the coordinate plane is:

Question 3.
C(0, 3)
Answer:
The given point is: c (0,3)
Compare the given point with (x,y)
So,
x = 0 and y = 3
Hence,
The representation of the given point in the coordinate plane is:

Question 4.
D(-1, -4)
Answer:
The given point is: D (-1,-4)
Compare the given point with (x,y)
So,
x = -1 and y = -4
Hence,
The representation of the given point in the coordinate plane is:

Question 5.
E(-3, 0)
Answer:
The given point is: E (-3,0)
Compare the given point with (x,y)
So,
x = -3 and y = 0
Hence,
The representation of the given point in the coordinate plane is:

Question 6.
F(2, -1)
Answer:
The given point is: F (2,-1)
Compare the given point with (x,y)
So,
x = 2 and y = -1
Hence,
The representation of the given point in the coordinate plane is:

Evaluate the expression for the given value of x.

Question 7.
3x – 4; x = 7
Answer:
The value of the expression for the given value of x is: 17

Explanation:
The given expression is:
3x – 4 with x = 7
Hence,
The value of the expression is:
3 (7) – 4 = 21 – 4 = 17
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of the expression for the given value of x is: 17

Question 8.
-5x + 8; x = 3
Answer:
The value of the expression for the given value of x is: -7

Explanation:
The given expression is:
-5x + 8 with x = 3
Hence,
The value of the expression is:
-5 (3) + 8 = -15 + 8 = -7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of the expression for the given value of x is: -7

Question 9.
10x + 18; x = 5
Answer:
The value of the expression for the given value of x is: 68

Explanation:
The given expression is:
10x + 18 with x = 5
Hence,
The value of the expression is:
10 (5) + 18 = 50 + 18 = 68
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of the expression for the given value of x is: 68

Question 10.
-9x – 2; x = -4
Answer:
The value of the expression for the given value of x is: 34

Explanation:
The given expression is:
-9x – 2 with x = -4
Hence,
The value of the expression is:
-9 (-4) – 2 = 36 – 2 = 34
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of the expression for the given value of x is: 34

Question 11.
24 – 8x; x = -2
Answer:
The value of the expression for the given value of x is: 40

Explanation:
The given expression is:
24 – 8x with x = -2
Hence,
The value of the expression is:
24 – 8 (-2) = 24 + 16 = 40
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of the expression for the given value of x is: 40

Question 12.
15x + 9; x = -1
Answer:
The value of the expression for the given value of x is: -6

Explanation:
The given expression is:
15x + 9 with x = -1
Hence,
The value of the expression is:
15 (-1) + 9 = -15 + 9 = -6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of the expression for the given value of x is: -6

Question 13.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Let a and b be positive real numbers. Describe how to plot (a, b), (-a, b), (a, -b), and (-a, -b).
Answer:
It is given that a and b are positive real numbers
The given points are (a, b), (-a, b), (a, -b) and (-a, -b)
Let the names of the points be:
A (a, b), B (-a, b), C (a, -b), and D (-a, -b)
We know that,
The coordinate plane is divided into 4 parts. These parts are called  “Quadrants”
So,
The representation of a and b in the 4 quadrants are:
1st Quadrant: (a, b)
2nd Quadrant: (-a, b)
3rd Quadrant: (-a, -b)
4th Quadrant: (a, -b)
Hence,
The representation of the given points in the coordinate plane is:

Graphing Linear Functions Mathematical Practices

Monitoring Progress

Determine whether the viewing window is square. Explain.

Question 1.
-8 ≤ x ≤ 7, -3 ≤ y ≤ 7

Question 2.
-6 ≤ x ≤ 6, -9 ≤ y ≤ 9

Question 3.
-18 ≤ x ≤ 18, -12 ≤ y ≤ 12

Use a graphing calculator to graph the equation. Use a square viewing window.

Question 4.
y = x + 3
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = x + 3
Now,
We can find the values of x and y by putting the values 0, 1, 2…..
Hence,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

Question 5.
y = -x – 2
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = -x – 2
Now,
We can find the values of x and y by putting the values 0, 1, 2…..
Hence,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

Question 6.
y = 2x – 1
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = 2x – 1
Now,
We can find the values of x and y by putting the values 0, 1, 2…..
Hence,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

Question 7.
y = -2x + 1
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = -2x + 1
Now,
We can find the values of x and y by putting the values 0, 1, 2…..
Hence,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

Question 8.
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 4
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 4
Now,
We can find the values of x and y by putting the values 0, 1, 2…..
Hence,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

Question 9.
y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 2
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 2
Now,
We can find the values of x and y by putting the values 0, 1, 2…..
Hence,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

Question 10.
How does the appearance of the slope of a line change between a standard viewing window and a square viewing window?
Answer:
A typical graphing calculator screen has a height to width ratio of 2 to 3. This means that when you use the standard viewing window of -10 to 10 ( on each axis ), the graph will not be in its true perspective.
To see a graph in its true perspective, you need to use a square viewing window, in which the tick marks on the x-axis are spaced the same as the tick marks on the y-axis.

Lesson 3.1 Functions

Essential Question

A relation pairs inputs with outputs. When a relation is given as ordered pairs, the x-coordinates are inputs and the y-coordinates are outputs. A relation that pairs each input with exactly one output is a function.

EXPLORATION 1
Describing a Function
Work with a partner.
Functions can be described in many ways.

  • by an equation
  • by an input-output table
  • using words
  • by a graph
  • as a set of ordered pairs

a. Explain why the graph is shown represents a function.
Answer:
The vertical line test can be used to determine whether a graph represents a function. If we can draw any vertical line that intersects a graph more than once, then the graph does not define a function because that x value has more than one output. A function has only one output value for each input value.

b. Describe the function in two other ways.
Answer:
The function can be described in 4 ways. They are:
a. A function can be represented verbally.
Example:
The circumference of a square is four times one of its sides.
b. A function can be represented algebraically.
Example:
3 x + 6 .
c. A function can be represented numerically.
d. A function can be represented graphically.

EXPLORATION 2

Identifying Functions
Work with a partner. Determine whether each relation represents a function. Explain your reasoning.

Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 1.1
e. (-2, 5), (-1, 8), (0, 6), (1, 6), (2, 7)
f. (-2, 0), (-1, 0), (-1, 1), (0, 1), (1, 2), (2, 2)
g. Each radio frequency x in a listening area has exactly one radio station y.
h. The same television station x can be found on more than one channel y.
i. x = 2
j. y = 2x + 3
Answer:
We know that,
Functions can be described in different ways. They are:
a. By an equation
b. By an input-output table
c. Using words
d. By a graph
e. As a set of ordered pairs
We know that,
A function has only a single input for each or multiple outputs
Hence,
The given Exercises above i.e., a, e, g,  j are the relations that represent a function and the remaining relations are not functions

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
What is a function? Give examples of relations, other than those in Explorations 1 and 2, that (a) are functions and (b) are not functions.
Answer:
Definition of Function:
A relation from a set of inputs to a set of possible outputs where each input is related to exactly one output is known as ” Function”
Examples of relation that is a function:
a. y = x + 3
b. y = -x² + 1
Example of relation that is not a function:

We know that,
A relation is a set of inputs for specific outputs.
But from the above,
A single input has multiple outputs

3.1 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Determine whether the relation is a function. Explain.

Question 1.
(-5, 0), (0, 0), (5, 0), (5, 10)
Answer:
The given relation is:
(-5, 0), (0, 0), (5, 0), (5, 10)
From the given relation,
We know that,
x represents the input
y represents the output
We know that,
For a function, each input should correspond with only one output
But,
When we observe the given relation, there are 2 outputs for a single input
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given relation is not a function

Question 2.
(-4, 8), (-1, 2), (2, -4), (5, -10)
Answer:
The given relation is:
(-4, 8), (-1, 2), (2, -4), (5, -10)
From the given relation,
We know that,
x represents the input
y represents the output
We know that,
For a function, each input should correspond with only one output
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given relation is a function

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 2
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 2
The representation of the table in the form of relation is:
(2, 2.6), (4, 5.2), (6, 7.8)
From the given relation,
We know that,
x represents the input
y represents the output
We know that,
For a function, each input should correspond with only one output
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given relation is a function

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3
The representation of the given figure in the form of relation is:
(1, -2), (1, 0), (2, 4)
From the given relation,
We know that,
x represents the input
y represents the output
We know that,
For a function, each input should correspond with only one output
But,
When we observe the given relation, there are 2 outputs for a single input
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given relation is not a function

Monitoring Progress

Determine whether the graph represents a function. Explain.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 4
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 4
The representation of the points from the graph is:
(0, 3), (1, 3), (2, 3), (3, 3), (4, 3), (5, 3)
From the given relation,
We know that,
x represents the input
y represents the output
We know that,
For a function, each input should correspond with only one output
We have to remember that the inputs must be different but outputs may be the same or different
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given graph is a function

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 5
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 5
From the graph,
The representation of the points are:
(2, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (0.5, 5), (0.5, 6), (3, 0), (4, 1), (4.2, 2), (4.8, 3), (5, 4), (5.1, 5), (5.1, 6)
From the points,
We can observe that the output is different for the same input
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given graph is not a function

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 6
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 6
From the given graph,
We can observe that for the same value of x, there are different values of y
Where,
x represents the input
y represents the output
We know that,
For a function, each input must be matched with a single output
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given graph is not a function

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 7
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 7
From the graph,
We can observe that there are multiple outputs for a single input
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given graph is not a function

Monitoring Progress

Find the domain and range of the function represented by the graph.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 8

Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 8
We know that,
“Domain” is defined as the set of all values present in the x-axis
“Range” is defined as the set of all values present in the y-axis
Hence,
The domain of the given graph is: -2, -1, 0, 1, 2
The range of the given graph is: 1, 2, 3,  4

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 9
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 9
We know that,
“Domain” is defined as the set of all values present in the x-axis
“Range” is defined as the set of all values present in the y-axis
Hence,
The domain of the given graph is: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
The range of the given graph is: 0, 1, 2, 3,  4

Monitoring Progress

Question 11.
The function a = -4b + 14 represents the number ‘a’ of avocados you have left after making b batches of guacamole.
a. Identify the independent and dependent variables.
Answer:
The “Independent variable” represents the input values of a function and can be any value in the domain.
The dependent variable represents the output values of the function and depends on the value of the independent variable
Hence, from the above,
The independent variable is: b (batches of guacamole)
The dependent variable is: a ( The number of avocados )

b. The domain is 0, 1, 2, and 3. What is the range?
Answer:
The given function is:
a = -4b + 14
In the given function,
Input: b
Output: a
We know that,
The “Domain” is defined as the set of all values present in the input or the x-axis
The given Domain is: 0, 1, 2, and 3
So,
To find the range, we have to find the values of b for each value present in the domain
So,
a = -4 (0) + 14 = 14
a = -4 (1) + 14 = 10
a = -4 (2) + 14 = 6
a = -4 (3) + 14 = 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the range for the given equation is: 2,  6, 10, and 14

Question 12.
The function t = 19m + 65 represents the temperature t (in degrees Fahrenheit) of an oven after preheating for m minutes.
a. Identify the independent and dependent variables.
Answer:
The “Independent variable” represents the input values of a function and can be any value in the domain.
The dependent variable represents the output values of the function and depends on the value of the independent variable
Hence, from the above,
The independent variable is: Minutes
The dependent variable is: Temperature

b. A recipe calls for an oven temperature of 350°F. Describe the domain and range of the function.
Answer:
The given function is:
t = 19m + 65
Compare the given function with
y = mx + c
It is given that a recipe calls for an oven temperature of 350°F
So,
350 = 19m + 65
19m = 350 – 65
19m = 285
m = 285 / 19
m = 15 minutes
So,
t = 19 (15) + 350
t = 285 + 65
t = 350°F
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The domain of the given function is: 0 ≤ m ≤ 15 [ Since the minutes will not be -ve ]
The range of the given function is: 65 ≤ t ≤ 350 [ Since the  minimum temperature is the value of c ]

Functions 3.1 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
How are independent variables and dependent variables different?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 1

Question 2.
DIFFERENT WORDS, SAME QUESTION
Which is different? Find “both” answers.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 9.1
Answer:
The given statements are:
a. Find the range of the function represented by the table?
b. Find the inputs of the function represented by the table?
c. Find the x values of the function represented by (-1, 7), (0, 5), and (1, -1)?
d. Find the domain of the function represented by (-1, 7), (0, 5), and (1, -1)?
Now,
From the given table,
The values of x are: -1, 0, 1
The values of y are: 7, 5, -1
We know that,
For a function,
The x values represent the input and the domain
The y values represent the output and the range
So,
a.
The range of the function represented by the table is: 7, 5, -1
b.
The inputs of the function represented by the table are: -1, 0, 1
c.
The x values of the function represented by the given points are: -1, 0, 1
d.
The domain of the function represented by the given points are: -1, 0, 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that all the given four are the same

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–8, determine whether the relation is a function. Explain.

Question 3.
(1, -2), (2, 1), (3, 6), (4, 13), (5, 22)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 3

Question 4.
(7, 4), (5, -1), (3, -8), (1, -5), (3, 6)
Answer:
The given points are:
(7, 4), (5, -1), (3, -8), (1, -5), (3, 6)
We know that,
For a function, each input has only a single output
But from the above,
We can observe that 3 has multiple outputs
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given relation is not a function

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 11
Answer:
The given relation is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 11
We know that,
For a function, a single input has a single output
Hence, from the above,
We can say that each input has only 1 output
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given relation is a function

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 13
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 13
From the given table,
We can observe that each input has a single output
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given relation is a function

In Exercises 9–12, determine whether the graph represents a function. Explain.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 14
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 15
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 15
From the given graph,
We can observe that the vertical line can be drawn through more than one point on the graph i.e., input 2 has repeated 2 times i.e., (2, 1) and (2, 5)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given graph is not a function

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 17
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 17
From the given graph,
We can observe that each input corresponds to a single output
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given graph is a function

In Exercises 13–16, find the domain and range of the function represented by the graph.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 19
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 19
From the given graph,
The ordered pairs are: (0, 4), (-2, 4), (2, 4), (4, 4)
Hence,
The domain of the given graph is: 0, -2, 2, 4
The range of the given graph is: 4

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 20
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 21
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 21
From the given graph,
Identify the x and y values
So,
The values of x range from 2 to 7 excluding 2 and 7
The values of y range from 1 to 6 excluding 1 and 6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The domain of the given graph is: 2 < x < 7
The range of the given graph is: 1 < y < 6

Question 17.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The function y = 25x + 500 represents your monthly rent y (in dollars) when you pay x days late.
a. Identify the independent and dependent variables.
b. The domain is 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. What is the range?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 17

Question 18.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The function y = 3.5x + 2.8 represents the cost y (in dollars) of a taxi ride of x miles.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 22
a. Identify the independent and dependent variables.
Answer:
The given function is:
y = 3.5x + 2.8
From the above function,
The independent variable is: x which represents the number of miles
The dependent variable is: y which represents the cost in dollars

b. You have enough money to travel at most 20 miles in a taxi. Find the domain and range of the function.
Answer:
The given function is:
y = 3.5x + 2.8
It is given that you have enough money to travel at most 20 miles i.e., the value of x in a taxi i.e.,
x ≥ 0 and x ≤ 20
So,
The value of x ranges from 0 ≤ x ≤ 20
Now,
y = 3.5 (20) + 2.8
y = 7 + 2.8
y = $9.8
y = 3.5 (0) + 2.8
y = 0 + 2.8
y = $2.8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The domain of the given function is: 0 ≤ x ≤ 20 miles
The range of the given function is: $2.8 ≤ y ≤ $9.8

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 19 and 20, describe and correct the error in the statement about the relation shown in the table.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 23

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 25
Answer:
It is given that the relation is a function and the range is 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5
We know that,
The relation is a function only when a single input pairs with an output
For the function, the domain, and the range exist
From the given table,
The domain is: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
The range is: 6, 7, 8, 6, 9
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given statement is not correct

ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
In Exercises 21 and 22, identify the independent and dependent variables.

Question 21.
The number of quarters you put into a parking meter affects the amount of time you have on the meter.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 21

Question 22.
The battery power remaining on your MP3 player is based on the amount of time you listen to it.
Answer:
The given statement is:
The battery power remaining on your MP3 player is based on the amount of time you listen to it.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The Independent variable: Amount of time
The dependent variable: Battery power

Question 23.
MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS
The balance y (in dollars) of your savings account is a function of the month x.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 26
a. Describe this situation in words.
b. Write the function as a set of ordered pairs.
c. Plot the ordered pairs in a coordinate plane.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 23

Question 24.
MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS
The function 1.5x + 0.5y = 12 represents the number of hardcover books x and softcover books y you can buy at a used book sale.
a. Solve the equation for y.
Answer:
The given function is:
1.5x + 0.5y = 12
So,
0.5y = 12 – 1.5x
y = \(\frac{12 – 1.5x}{0.5}\)
y = \(\frac{12}{0.5}\) – \(\frac{1.5x}{0.5}\)
y = 24 – 3x
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the equation for y is:
y = 24 – 3x

b. Make an input-output table to find ordered pairs for the function.
Answer:
From part (a),
The equation for y is:
y = 24 – 3x
Now,
Put the values of 0, 1, 2, 3 in x
So,
y = 24 – 3(0) = 24
y = 24 – 3(1) = 21
y = 24 – 3(2) = 18
y = 24 – 3 (3) = 15
Hence,
The input-output table for the given equation of y is:

c. Plot the ordered pairs in a coordinate plane.
Answer:
From part (b),
The table is:

We know that,
The ordered pair is in the form of (x, y)
From the table,
The ordered pairs are:
(0, 24), (1, 21), (2, 18), (3, 15)
Hence,
The representation of the ordered pairs in the coordinate plane is:

Question 25.
ATTENDING TO PRECISION
The graph represents a function. Find the input value corresponding to an output of 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 27
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 25

Question 26.
OPEN-ENDED
Fill in the table so that when t is the independent variable, the relation is a function, and when t is the dependent variable, the relation is not a function.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 28
Answer:
Let the function in terms of t and v  such as t is the independent variable and v is the dependent variable is:
v = t + 4 ———–(1)
Let the function in terms of t and v  such as v is the independent variable and t is the dependent variable is:
t = 4v ———–(2)
Now,
place the values 0, 1, 2, 3 …….. in the independent variables of both functions
Now,
In equation (1),
v = 0 + 4 = 4
v = 1 + 4 = 5
v = 2 + 4 = 6
v = 3 + 4 = 7
In equation (2),
t = 4(0) = 0
t = 4(1) = 4
t = 4(2) = 8
t = 4(3) = 12
Hence,
     
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that equation (1) is a function and equation (2) is not a function

Question 27.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
You select items in a vending machine by pressing one letter and then one number.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 29
a. Explain why the relation that pairs letter-number combinations with food or drink items is a function.
b. Identify the independent and dependent variables.
c. Find the domain and range of the function
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 27

Question 28.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The graph represents the height h of a projectile after t seconds.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 30
a. Explain why h is a function of t.
b. Approximate the height of the projectile after 0.5 seconds and after 1.25 seconds.
c. Approximate the domain of the function.
d. Is t a function of h? Explain.
Answer:
a.
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 30
From the graph,
We can observe that when we draw the vertical lines, each vertical line corresponds to only 1 value.
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that h is a function of t by using the vertical line method

b.
From the given graph,
We can observe that the height of the projectile after 0.5 seconds increases and after some time, the height of the projectile decreases
We can observe that the height of the projectile after 1.25 seconds decreases steadily
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The approximate maximum height after 0.5 seconds is: 30 feet
The approximate maximum height after 1.25 seconds is: 25 feet

c.
From the given graph,
The values of t in the x-axis vary from 0 to 2.5
Hence,
The domain of the given graph is: 0 ≤ t ≤ 2.5 seconds

d.
t is not a function of h
Reason:
When we observe the graph,
We can see that for a single value of t, there are multiple values of h.
We know that a relation can be considered as a function only when a single input pairs with a single output
hence, from the above,
We can conclude that that t is not a function of h

Question 29.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that a line always represents a function. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 29

Question 30.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
Write a function in which the inputs and/or the outputs are not numbers. Identify the independent and dependent variables. Then find the domain and range of the function.
Answer:
It is given that the inputs and/or the outputs will not be numbers.
So,
The given function in which the inputs and/or the outputs are not numbers is:
°C = 32 + °F
From the given function,
The independent variable is: °F
The dependent variable is: °C
Now,
From the given function,
We can observe that the values of °F vary from -∞ to ∞
Now,
Place the values of -∞ to ∞ in the place of °F
So,
°C = 32 + 0 = 32°F
°C = 32 + 1 = 33°F
°C = 32 – 1 = 31°F
°C = 32 – 40 = -8°F
Hence, from the above values,
We can observe that the values of °C vary from -∞ to ∞
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The domain of the function is: -∞ to ∞
The range of the function is: -∞ to ∞

ATTENDING TO PRECISION In Exercises 31–34, determine whether the statement uses the word function in a way that is mathematically correct. Explain your reasoning.

Question 31.
The selling price of an item is a function of the cost of making the item.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 31

Question 32.
The sales tax on a purchased item in a given state is a function of the selling price.
Answer:
The given statement is:
The sales tax on a purchased item in a given state is a function of the selling price
We know that,
The sales tax is a percentage applied to the selling price
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given statement uses the word function in a way that is mathematically correct.

Question 33.
A function pairs each student in your school with a homeroom teacher.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 33

Question 34.
A function pairs each chaperone on a school trip with 10 students.
Answer:
The given statement is:
A function pairs each chaperone on a school trip with 10 students.
We know that,
Each chaperone on a school trip pairs with more than 1 student i.e., the number may be 2 or ∞ but not exactly 10
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given statement does not use the word function in a way that is mathematically correct.

REASONING
In Exercises 35–38, tell whether the statement is true or false. If it is false, explain why.

Question 35.
Every function is a relation.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 35

Question 36.
Every relation is a function.
Answer:
The given statement is false

Explanation:
We know that,
Every function is a relation that has only 1 output for a single input
But we can not say that every relation has a single output for a single input
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given statement is false

Question 37.
When you switch the inputs and outputs of any function, the resulting relation is a function.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 37

Question 38.
When the domain of a function has an infinite number of values, the range always has an infinite number of values.
Answer:
The given statement is false

Explanation:
We know that,
The domain is defined as the set of all the values of x
The range is defined as the set of all the values of y
Now, consider an example
Let the input be x
Let the output be a constant
Now,
The domain of the input can vary from -∞ to ∞
But the range of the output is only a constant even though we put any value of x
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given statement is false

Question 39.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Consider the triangle shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 31
a. Write a function that represents the perimeter of the triangle.
b. Identify the independent and dependent variables.
c. Describe the domain and range of the function. (Hint: The sum of the lengths of any two sides of a triangle is greater than the length of the remaining side.)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 39

REASONING
In Exercises 40–43, find the domain and range of the function.

Question 40.
y = | x |
Answer:
The given function is:
y = | x |
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
We can put the values of x from -∞ to ∞
So,
The values of x vary from 0 to ∞ since x can’t be negative
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The domain of the given function is: -∞ to ∞
The range of the given function is: 0 to ∞

Question 41.
y = – | x |
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 41

Question 42.
y = | x | – 6
Answer:
The given function is:
y = | x | – 6
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
We can vary the values of x from -∞ to ∞
The values of y vary from -6 to ∞
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The domain of the given function is: -∞ to ∞
The range of the given function is: y ≥ -6

Question 43.
y = 4 – | x |
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 43

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Write the sentence as an inequality. (Section 2.1)

Question 44.
A number y is less than 16.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
A number y is less than 16
Hence,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
y < 16

Question 45.
Three is no less than a number x.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 45

Question 46.
Seven is at most the quotient of a number d and -5.
Answer:
The given worded form is:
Seven is at most the quotient of a number d and -5
Hence,
The representation of the given worded form in the form of inequality is:
7 ≤ d ÷ (-5)

Question 47.
The sum of a number w and 4 is more than -12.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 47

Evaluate the expression.

Question 48.
112
Answer:
The product of 11² is:
11² = 11 × 11 = 121

Question 49.
(-3)4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 49

Question 50.
-52
Answer:
The product of -5² is:
-5² = -5 × -5 = 25 [ We know that – × – = + ]

Question 51.
25
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 Question 51

Lesson 3.2 Linear Functions

Essential Question

How can you determine whether a function is linear or non-linear?
Answer:
Simplify the equation as closely as possible to the form of y = mx + c.
Check to see if your equation has exponents.
If it has exponents, it is nonlinear. If your equation has no exponents, it is linear.

EXPLORATION 1
Finding Patterns for Similar Figures

Work with a partner. Copy and complete each table for the sequence of similar figures. (In parts (a) and (b), use the rectangle shown.) Graph the data in each table. Decide whether each pattern is linear or nonlinear. Justify your conclusion.
a. perimeters of similar rectangles
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 32
Answer:
We know that,
The perimeter of the rectangle (P) = 2 (Length + Width)
P = 2 (x + 2x)
P = 2 (3x)
P = 6x
Hence,
The completed table for the perimeters of similar rectangles is:

The representation of the perimeters of the similar rectangles in the coordinate plane is:

b. areas of similar rectangles
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 32
Answer:
We know that,
Area of the rectangle (A) = Length × Width
A = x × (2x)
A = 2x²
Hence,
The complete table for the area of the similar rectangles is:

The representation of the areas of the similar rectangles in the coordinate plane is:

c. circumferences of circles of radius r
Answer:
We know that,
The circumference of circle = 2πr
Take the value of π as 3
Hence,
The complete table for the circumferences of circles of radius r is:

The representation of the circumferences of the circles in the coordinate plane is:

d. areas of circles of radius r
Answer:
We know that,
The area of the circle = πr²
Take the value of π as 3
Hence,
The complete table for the areas of the similar circles is:


The representation of the areas of the similar circles is:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
How do you know that the patterns you found in Exploration 1 represent functions?
Answer:
In Exploration 1,
From the graphs,
We can observe that from the vertical test, only one point passes through each vertical line i.e., each input hs only 1 output
Our observation coincides with the definition of function
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given patterns in Exploration 1 represent functions

Question 3.
How can you determine whether a function is linear or nonlinear?
Answer:
Simplify the equation as closely as possible to the form of y = mx + c.
Check to see if your equation has exponents.
If it has exponents, it is nonlinear. If your equation has no exponents, it is linear.

Question 4.
Describe two real-life patterns: one that is linear and one that is nonlinear. Use patterns that are different from those described in Exploration 1.
Answer:
The real-life pattern that is linear is:
The distance you travel when you go for a jog, you can graph the function and make some assumptions with only two points. The slope of a function is the same as the rate of change for the dependent variable (y), For instance, if you’re graphing distance Vs
The real-life pattern that is non-linear is:
Triangulation of GPS signals
Example:
A device like your cellphone receives signals from GPS satellites, which have known orbital positions around the Earth.

3.2 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Does the graph or table represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 36
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 36
The graph represents a straight line
We know that,
The straight line will be in the form of
y = mx + c or y = mx
Where,
m is the slope-intercept
c is the y-intercept that cuts through the y-axis
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given graph is linear function

Question 2.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 37
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 37
From the given graph,
We can observe that the graph is not a straight line i.e., it is not linear
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given graph is a non-linear function

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 38
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 38
From the given table,
We can observe that
There is a constant difference of 1 between the values of x and there is a constant difference of 2 between the values of y
The difference is constant for both the values of x and y
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given table is a linear function

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 39
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 39
From the given table,
We can observe that
There is a constant difference of 1 between the values of x and there is a constant ratio of 2 between the values of y.
Since the operations are different between the values of x and y,
We can conclude that the given table is a non-linear function

Does the equation represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.

Question 5.
y = x + 9
Answer:
The given equation represents the linear function

Explanation:
The given function is:
y = x + 9
We know that,
The standard representation of the linear function is:
y = mx + c
When we compare the given equation with the standard representation of linear function,
We can conclude that the given equation is a linear function

Question 6.
y = \(\frac{3 x}{5}\)
Answer:
The given equation represents a linear function

Explanation:
The given function is:
y = \(\frac{3 x}{5}\)
5y = 3x
3x – 5y = 0
y = \(\frac{3}{5}\)x + 0
We know that,
The standard representation of a linear function is:
y = mx + c
When we compare the above function with the standard representation of a linear function,
We can conclude that the given function is a linear function

Question 7.
y = 5 – 2x²
Answer:
The given equation represents a non-linear function

Explanation:
The given function is:
y = 5 – 2x²
We know that,
The standard representation of a linear function is:
y = mx + c
When we compare the given function with the standard representation of a linear function,
We can conclude that the given function is a non-linear function

Question 8.
The linear function m = 50 – 9d represents the amount m (in dollars) of money you have after buying d DVDs.
(a) Find the domain of the function. Is the domain discrete or continuous? Explain.
Answer:
The given linear function is:
m = 50 – 9d
Where,
m is the amount in dollars you have after buying d DVDs
m is the dependent variable
d is the independent variable
We know that,
The domain is defined for the independent variables
So,
Let
d = 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5……
Now,
m = 50 – 9 (0) = 50
m = 50 – 9 (1) = 41
m = 50 – 9 (2) = 32
m = 50 – 9 (3) = 23
m = 50 – 9 (4) = 14
m = 50 – 9 (5) = 5
m = 50 – 9 (6) = -4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The domain of the given linear function is: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 [ Since from 6, -ve values are coming and the money will not be -ve ]
The domain is discrete [ Since a discrete graph is a series of unconnected points ]

(b) Graph the function using its domain.
Answer:
From part (a),
The domain of the given function is: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5
Hence,
The representation of the domain in the coordinate plane is:

Question 9.
Is the domain discrete or continuous? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 40
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 40
From the given table,
The ordered pairs are:
(1, 12), (2, 24), (3, 36)
Hence,
The representation of the ordered pairs in the coordinate plane is:

From the above graph,
We can say that the points are scattered or discrete and they are unconnected
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the domain for the given table is discrete

Question 10.
A 20-gallon bathtub is draining at a rate of 2.5 gallons per minute. The number g of gallons remaining is a function of the number m of minutes.
a. Does this situation represent a linear function? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that a 20-gallon bathtub is draining at a rate of 2.5 gallons per minute.
Where,
The number g of gallons remaining is a function of the number m of minutes.
So,
From the above,
We can say that the bathtub is draining at the constant rate
We know that,
From the property of linear function, the change will be constantly increasing or decreasing
So,
The representation of the linear function for this situation is:
g = 20 – 2.5x
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given situation is a linear function

b. Find the domain of the function. Is the domain discrete or continuous? Explain.
Answer:
From part (a),
We can conclude that the given situation is a linear function
So,
The domain of the function = \(\frac{Total volume of the bathtub}{The rate of draining}\)
= \(\frac{20}{2.5}\)
= \(\frac{200}{25}\)
= 8
Hence,
The domain of the function is: 0 ≤ x ≤ 8 [ Since the draining rate will not be -ve ]
From the representation of the domain,
We can conclude that the domain is continuous

c. Graph the function using its domain.
Answer:
From part (a),
The linear function is:
g = 20 – 2.5x
We know that,
The domain is: 0 ≤ x ≤ 8
So,
g = 20 – 2.5 (0) = 20
g = 20 – 2.5 (1) = 17.5
g = 20 – 2.5 (2) = 15
g = 20 – 2.5 (3) = 12.5
g = 20 – 2.5 (4) = 10
g = 20 – 2.5 (5) = 7.5
g = 20 – 2.5 (6) = 5
g = 20 – 2.5 (7) = 2.5
g = 20 – 2.5 (8) = 0
Hence,
The representation of the linear function using the domain in the coordinate plane is:

Write a real-life problem to fit the data shown in the graph. Is the domain of the function discrete or continuous? Explain.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 41
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 41
The real-life problem that fits the given graph is:
An escalator moves upwards at a constant rate of 1step/minute.
So,
What is the rate escalator moves upwards after 8 minutes?
From the given graph,
We can say that the points are connected
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the domain of the function is continuous

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 42
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 42
The real-life problem that fits the given graph is:
If one company offers to pay you $450 per week and the other offers $10 per hour, and both ask you to work 40 hours per week, which company is offering the better rate of pay?
From the graph,
We can observe that the points are connected
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the domain is continuous

Linear Functions 3.2 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
A linear equation in two variables is an equation that can be written in the form ________, where m and b are constants.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
Compare linear functions and nonlinear functions.
Answer:
Linear Function:
A Linear function is a relation between two variables that produces a straight line when graphed.
Example:
y = 2x + 3
Non-Linear Function:
A non-linear function is a function that does not form a line when graphed.
Example:
y = 6x³

Question 3.
VOCABULARY
Compare discrete domains and continuous domains.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 3

Question 4.
WRITING
How can you tell whether a graph shows a discrete domain or a continuous domain?
Answer:
A “Discrete domain” is a set of input values that consists of only certain numbers in an interval.
A “continuous domain” is a set of input values that consists of all numbers in an interval.
Sometimes, the set of points that represent the solutions of an equation are distinct, and other times the points are connected.

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–10, determine whether the graph represents a linear or nonlinear function. Explain.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 43
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 44
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 44
From the above graph,
By using the vertical test, there is only one point going through each point and the given graph is a straight line
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given graph is a linear function

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 45
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 46
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 46
From the above graph,
By using the vertical test, each line passes through only one point and the given graph is a straight line
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given graph is a linear function

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 47
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 48
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 48
From the above graph,
By using the vertical test, each line passes through each point and the given graph is not a straight line
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given graph is a non-linear function

In Exercises 11–14, determine whether the table represents a linear or nonlinear function. Explain.

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 49
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 50
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 50
From the above table,
The difference between all the values of x is 2 which is a constant through all the values of x
The difference between all the values of y is not constant
Since the difference between all the values of y is not constant
The given table is a non-linear function

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 51
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 52
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 52
From the above table,
The difference between all the values of x is +1 throughout all the values of x
The difference between all the values of y is -15 throughout all the values of y
Since the differences are constant for all the values of x and y,
The given table is a linear function

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 15 and 16, describe and correct the error in determining whether the table or graph represents a linear function.

Question 15.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 53
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 15

Question 16.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 54
Answer:
By using the vertical test in the graph,
We can say that each line passes through one point and the given graph is a straight line
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given graph is a linear function

In Exercises 17–24, determine whether the equation represents a linear or nonlinear function. Explain.

Question 17.
y = x2 + 13
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 17

Question 18.
y = 7 – 3x
Answer:
The given equation is a linear function

Explanation:
The given equation is:
y = 7 – 3x
Compare the given equation with the standard representation of the given linear function
The standard representation of the linear function is:
y = mx + c
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given equation is a linear function

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 55
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 19

Question 20.
y = 4x(8 – x)
Answer:
The given equation is not a linear function

Explanation:
The given equation is:
y = 4x (8 – x)
so,
y = 4x (8) – 4x (x)
y = 32x – 4x²
Compare the above equation with the standard representation of the linear function
The standard representation of the linear function is:
y = mx + c
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given equation is not a linear function

Question 21.
2 + \(\frac{1}{6}\) y = 3x + 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 21

Question 22.
y – x = 2x – \(\frac{2}{3}\)y
Answer:
The given equation is a linear fraction

Explanation:
The given equation is:
y – x = 2x – \(\frac{2}{3}\)y
So,
y + \(\frac{2}{3}\)y = 2x + x
\(\frac{3y}{3}\) + \(\frac{2y}{3}\) = 3x
\(\frac{5}{3}\)y = 3x
y = 3x × \(\frac{3}{5}\)
y = \(\frac{9}{5}\)x + 0
Compare the above equation with the standard representation of the linear function
The standard representation of the linear function is:
y = mx + c
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given equation is a linear function

Question 23.
18x – 2y = 26
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 23

Question 24.
2x + 3y = 9xy
Answer:
The given equation is not a linear fraction

Explanation:
The given equation is:
2x + 3y = 9xy
2x = 9xy – 3y
2x = y (9x – 3)
y = \(\frac{2}{9x – 3}\)x
Compare the above equation with the standard representation of the linear function
The standard representation of the linear function is:
y = mx + c
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given equation is not a linear function

Question 25.
CLASSIFYING FUNCTIONS
Which of the following equations do not represent linear functions? Explain.
A. 12 = 2x2 + 4y2
B. y – x + 3 = x
C. x = 8
D. x = 9 – \(\frac{3}{4}\)y
E. y = \(\frac{5x}{11}\)
F = \(\sqrt{x}\) + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 25

Question 26.
USING STRUCTURE
Fill in the table so it represents a linear function.
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 56
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Solutions Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 56
From the above table,
we can observe that the difference between all the values of x is 5 which is a constant
Now,
To find the difference between all the values of y which is a constant, we have to use the trial and error method.
Now,
If we add +1 to -1 and continue adding +1 to all the values of y, then
-1 + 1 = 0
0 + 1 = 1
1 + 1 = 2
2 + 1 = 3
But the last value is: 11
Now,
If we add +2 to -1 and continue adding +2 to all the values of y, then
-1 + 2 = 1
1 + 2 = 3
3 + 2 = 5
5 + 2 = 7
But the last value is: 11
Now,
If we add +3 to -1 and continue adding +3 to all the values of y, then
-1 + 3 = 2
2 + 3 = 5
5 + 3 = 8
8 + 3 = 11
The last value is also: 11
Hnece, from the above,
We can conclude that we have to add +3 to make all the values of y constant so that the given table represents a linear function
The completed table is:

In Exercises 27 and 28, find the domain of the function represented by the graph. Determine whether the domain is discrete or continuous. Explain.

Question 27.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 57
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 27

Question 28.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 58
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 58
We know that,
The domain is defined as the range of all the values of x
So,
From the above graph,
The domain is: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the domain of the given graph is: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 7

In Exercises 29–32, determine whether the domain is discrete or continuous. Explain.

Question 29.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 59
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 29

Question 30.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 60
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 60
From the given table,
The difference between the values of x is 1 which is constant throughout all of the values of x
The difference between the values of y is 3 which is constant throughout all of the values of y
Hence,
Since the difference is constant for both the values of x and y,
The domain of the given table is continuous

Question 31.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 61
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 31

Question 32.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 62
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 62
From the above table,
The difference between all the values of x is 1 which is a constant
The difference between all the values of y is 4 which is a constant
Hence,
Since the difference between all the values of x and y is constant,
The given function is a linear function
The domain of the given function is continuous

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 33 and 34, describe and correct the error in the statement about the domain. 33. xy214324682.5 is in the domain.

Question 33.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 63
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 33

Question 34.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 64
Answer:
We know that,
The domain is the range of all the values of x
Now,
From the given graph,
The domain of the given function is: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6
From the given graph,
We can observe that the domain of the given graph is continuous because there are not any unconnected points in the graph

Question 35.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The linear function m = 55 – 8.5b represents the amount m (in dollars) of money that you have after buying b books.
a. Find the domain of the function. Is the domain discrete or continuous? Explain.
b. Graph the function using its domain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 65
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 35.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 35.2

Question 36.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The number y of calories burned after x hours of rock climbing is represented by the linear function y = 650x.
a. Find the domain of the function. Is the domain discrete or continuous? Explain.
b. Graph the function using its domain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 65.1
Answer:
a.
It is given that
The number y of calories burned after x hours of rock climbing is represented by the linear function
y = 650x.
It is given that x is the number of hours
Hence,
The domain of the given function is:
1 ≤ x ≤ 24
Since, the domain of the function is inequality,
The domain of the function is continuous

b.
The given function is:
y = 650x
From part (a),
The domain of the function is: 1 ≤ x ≤ 24
So,
y = 650 (1) = 650
y = 650 (2) = 1300
y = 650 (3) = 1950
.
.
.
.
y = 650 (12) = 7800
Hence,
The representation of the function with the domain in the coordinate plane is:

Question 37.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are researching the speed of sound waves in dry air at 86°F. The table shows the distances d (in miles) sound waves travel in t seconds.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 66
a. Does this situation represent a linear function? Explain.
b. Find the domain of the function. Is the domain discrete or continuous? Explain.
c. Graph the function using its domain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 37

Question 38.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The function y = 30 + 5x represents the cost y (in dollars) of having your dog groomed and buying x extra services.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 67
a. Does this situation represent a linear function? Explain.
Answer:
The given function is:
y = 30 + 5x
We know that,
The standard representation of the linear function is:
y = mx + c
Compare the given function with the standard representation
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given situation represents a linear function

b. Find the domain of the function. Is the domain discrete or continuous? Explain.
Answer:
The given function is:
y = 30 + 5x
Where,
y is the amount in dollars
x is the cost of extra grooming services
From the above,
The maximum number of given extra grooming services is: 5
So,
We can use extra grooming service or not
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The domain of the given function is: 0 ≤ x ≤ 5
Hence,
The domain of the given function is continuous

c. Graph the function using its domain.
Answer:
The given function is:
y = 30 + 5x
We know that,
The domain of the function is: 0 ≤ x ≤ 5
So,
y = 30 + 5(0) = 30
y = 30 + 5 (1) = 35
y = 30 + 5(2) = 40
y = 30 + 5 (3) = 45
y = 30 + 5 (4) = 50
y = 30 + 5 (5) = 55
Hence,
The representation of the function using its domain in the coordinate plane is:

WRITING In Exercises 39–42, write a real-life problem to fit the data shown in the graph. Determine whether the domain of the function is discrete or continuous. Explain.

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 68
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 39

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 69
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 69
From the above graph,
The real-life situation is:
The temperature of a country in the winter season falls by 2°C
The domain of the graph is continuous as there are not any unconnected points

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 70
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 41

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 71
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 71
From the above graph,
The real-life situation is:
The number of ants in a colony increase by 2 times per day. So, the number of ants increases by how many times in 5 days?
The domain of the given graph is continuous since there is not any unconnected point in the graph

Question 43.
USING STRUCTURE
The table shows your earnings y (in dollars) for working x hours.
a. What is the missing y-value that makes the table represent a linear function?
b. What is your hourly pay rate?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 72
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 43

Question 44.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
The linear function d = 50t represents the distance d (in miles) Car A is from a car rental store after t hours. The table shows the distances Car B is from the rental store.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 73
a. Does the table represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 73
From the above table,
The values of x increases at a constant rate of 2 but the value of y increases by 120 1st time and by 130 2nd time
Hence,
We can observe that for the constant difference of the values of x, there is no constant difference of the values of y
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given table is a linear function

b. Your friend claims Car B is moving at a faster rate. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that
The function represented by car A is:
d = 50t
The function represented by car B is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 73
From the above functions,
We can say that the distance traveled by car A increases at a constant rate whereas the distance traveled by car B increases at a random rate
Hence, from the above
We can conclude that the car B is moving at a faster rate when we observe the above table

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 45–48, tell whether the volume of the solid is a linear or nonlinear function of the missing dimension(s). Explain.

Question 45.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 74
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 45

Question 46.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 74.1
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 74.1
From the above figure,
We can observe that the given figure is a prism
We know that,
The volume of a prism = Area × height
= Length × Width × Height
So,
The volume of a prism (V) =3 × b × 4
V = 12b
Compare the above volume with y = mx + c
So,
V = 12b + 0
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the equation represents a Linear function

Question 47.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 74.2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 47

Question 48.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 74.3
Answer:
The given figure is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 74.3
From the above figure,
We can observe that the given figure is a cone
We know that,
The volume of a cone = \(\frac{1}{3}\) πr²h
So,
The volume of a cone (V) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) × \(\frac{22}{7}\) × r² × 15
V = 770r²
Compare the above equation with
y = mx + c
But, the given equation is not in the form of y = mx + c
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the equation represents a non-linear function

Question 49.
REASONING
A water company fills two different-sized jugs. The first jug can hold x gallons of water. The second jug can hold y gallons of water. The company fills A jugs of the first size and B jugs of the second size. What does each expression represent? Does each expression represent a set of discrete or continuous values?
a. x + y
b. A + B
c. Ax
d. Ax + By
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 75
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 49

Question 50.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
You go to a farmer’s market to buy tomatoes. Graph a function that represents the cost of buying tomatoes. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
It is given that you go to a farmer’s market to buy tomatoes.
So,
To draw the graph that represents the cost of buying tomatoes,
The required relation is:
Cost of tomatoes ∝ Quantity or weight of tomatoes
We know that,
∝ represents the direct relation. In a graph, this relation can be represented in a straight line
Hence,
The representation of the relation of cost of buying tomatoes and weight of tomatoes is:

Question 51.
CLASSIFYING A FUNCTION
Is the function represented by the ordered pairs linear or nonlinear? Explain your reasoning.
(0, 2), (3, 14), (5, 22), (9, 38), (11, 46)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 51

Question 52.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
You and your friend go running. The graph shows the distances you and your friend run.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 76
a. Describe your run and your friend’s run. Who runs at a constant rate? How do you know? Why might a person not run at a constant rate?
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 76
From the graph,
The running represented by you is a straight line
The running represented by your friend is not a straight line
We know that,
A straight line has a constant rate
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that you run at a constant rate and your friend does not run at a constant rate

b. Find the domain of each function. Describe the domains using the context of the problem.
Answer:
From part (a),
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 76
We know that,
The domain is defined as the range of the values of x
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The domain of the function related to you is: 0 ≤ x ≤ 50
The domain of the function related to your friend is: 0 ≤ x ≤ 50

WRITING
In Exercises 53 and 54, describe a real-life situation for the constraints.

Question 53.
The function has at least one negative number in the domain. The domain is continuous.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 53

Question 54.
The function gives at least one negative number as an output. The domain is discrete.
Answer:
When you go on a world tour and for some days, you stayed in Antarctica,
The temperatures in Antarctica is at a negative temperature around the year and only for some months in the year, the temperature will be positive

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Tell whether x and y show direct variation. Explain your reasoning.

Question 55.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 77
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 55

Question 56.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 78
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 78
From the graph,
We can observe that it is a straight line and passes through the origin
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that x and y shows direct variation

Question 57.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 79
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 57

Evaluate the expression when x = 2.

Question 58.
6x + 8
Answer:
The given expression is: 6x + 8
When x = 2,
6x + 8 = 6 (2) + 8
= 12 + 8 = 20
Hence,
The value of the expression when x = 2 is: 20

Question 59.
10 – 2x + 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 59

Question 60.
4(x + 2 – 5x)
Answer:
The given expression is: 4 (x + 2 – 5x)
When x = 2,
4 (x + 2 – 5x) = 4 (2 + 2 – 5 (2) )
= 4 (4 – 10 )
= 4 (-6) = -24
Hence,
The value of the expression when x = 2 is: -24

Question 61.
\(\frac{x}{2}\) + 5x – 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.2 Question 61

Lesson 3.3 Function Notation

Essential Question

How can you use function notation to represent a function?
The notation f(x), called function notation, is another name for y. This notation is read as “the value of f at x” or “f of x.” The parentheses do not imply multiplication. You can use letters other than f to name a function. The letters g, h, j, and k are often used to name functions.

EXPLORATION 1
Matching Functions with Their Graphs
Work with a partner.
Match each function with its graph.
a. f (x) = 2x – 3
b. g(x) = -x + 2
c. h(x) = x2 – 1
d. j(x) = 2x2 – 3
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 80
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 81
Answer:
The given equations are:
a. f (x) = 2x – 3
b. g(x) = -x + 2
c. h(x) = x2 – 1
d. j(x) = 2x2 – 3
Now,
a.
The given equation is:
f(x) = 2x – 3
So,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that graph B) matches this equation
b.
The given equation is:
f(x) = 2x – 3
So,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that graph D) matches this equation
c.
The given equation is:
h(x) = x² – 1
So,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that graph A) matches this equation
d.
The given equation is:
j(x) = 2x² – 3
So,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that graph C) matches this equation

EXPLORATION 2
Evaluating a Function
Work with a partner.
Consider the function
f(x) = -x + 3.
Locate the points (x, f(x)) on the graph. Explain how you found each point.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 82
a. (-1, f(-1))
b. (0, f(0))
c. (1, f(1))
d. (2, f(2))
Answer:
The given function is:
f(x) = -x + 3
The graph for the given function is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 82
Now,
The simplified points are:
a.
(-1, f(-1)) = (-1, [-(-1) + 3]) = (-1, 4)
b.
(0, f(0)) = (0, [0 + 3]) = (0, 3)
c.
(1, f(1)) = (1, [-1 + 3]) = (1, 2)
d.
(2, f(2)) = (2, [-2 + 3]) = (2, 1)
So,
The simplified points are:
(-1, 4), (0, 3), (1, 2), (2, 1)
Hence,
The representation of the above points in the graph is:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you use function notation to represent a function? How are standard notation and function notation similar? How are they different?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 82.1
Answer:
“Function notation” is a simpler method of describing a function without a lengthy written explanation. The most frequently used function notation is f(x) which is read as “f” of “x”.
The standard notation and function notation are similar in the way of simplification
Difference betwwen Function notataion and standard notation:
The representation of function notation largely depends on the number of variables present in the function
Ex:
f(x,y) = 2xy + 3
f(x) = x + 3
The representation of the standard notation does not depend on the number of variables present in the equation.

3.3 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Evaluate the function when x = −4, 0, and 3.

Question 1.
f(x) = 2x – 5
Answer:
The given function is:
f(x) = 2x – 5
Now,
When x = -4,
f(-4) = 2 (-4) – 5 = -8 – 5 = -13
When x = 0,
f(0) = 2 (0) – 5 = 0 – 5 = -5
When x = 3,
f(3) = 2 (3) – 5 = 6 – 5 = 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the values of f(x) when x = -4, 0, 3 are: -13, -5, and 1

Question 2.
g(x) = -x – 1
Answer:
The given function is:
g(x) = -x – 1
Now,
When x = -4,
g(-4) = -[-4] – 1 = 4 – 1 = 3
When x = 0,
g(0) = 0 – 1 = -1
When x = 3,
g(3) = -3 – 1 = -4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the values of g(x) when x = -4, 0, 3 are: 3, -1, and -4

Question 3.
WHAT IF? In Example 2, let f(t) be the outside temperature (°F) t hours after 9 A.M. Explain the meaning of each statement.
a. f(4) = 75
b. f(m) = 70
c. f(2) = f(9)
d. f(6) > f(0)

Monitoring Progress

Find the value of x so that the function has the given value.

Question 4.
f(x) = 6x + 9; f(x) = 21
Answer:
The value of x is: 2

Explanation:
The give function is:
f(x) = 6x + 9 with f(x) = 21
So,
21 = 6x + 9
6x = 21 – 9
6x = 12
x = 12 / 6
x = 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x in the given function is: 2

Question 5.
g(x) = \(-\frac{1}{2}\)x + 3; g(x) = -1
Answer:
The value of x is: 8

Explanation:
The given function is:
g(x) = \(-\frac{1}{2}\)x + 3 with g(x) = -1
So,
-1 = \(-\frac{1}{2}\)x + 3
\(-\frac{1}{2}\)x = -1 – 3
\(-\frac{1}{2}\)x = -4
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)x = -4
\(\frac{1}{2}\)x = 4
x = 2(4)
x = 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of x in the given function is: 8

Graph the linear function.

Question 6.
f(x) = 3x – 2
Answer:
The given function is:
f(x) = 3x – 2
Now,
put the values -2, -1, 0, 1, 2 in the place of x and find the values of f(x) toplot a graph [ Remember you can take any value and any number of values]
So,
f(-2) = 3 (-2) – 2 = -6 – 2 = -8
f(-1) = 3(-1) – 2 = -3 – 2 = -5
So,
The completed table for the given function is:

Hence,
The representation of the given function in the coordinate plane is:

Question 7.
g(x) = -x + 4
Answer:
The given function is:
g(x) = -x + 4
Now,
put the values -2, -1, 0, 1, 2 in the place of x and find the values of f(x) toplot a graph [ Remember you can take any value and any number of values]
So,
g(-2) = -[-2] + 4 = 2 + 4 = 6
g(-1) = -[-1] + 4 = 4 + 1 = 5
So,
The completed table for the given function is:

Hence,
The representation of the given function in the coordinate plane is:

Question 8.
h(x) = \(-\frac{3}{4}\)x – 1
Answer:
The given function is:
h(x) = \(-\frac{3}{4}\)x – 1
Now,
put the values -2, -1, 0, 1, 2 in the place of x and find the values of f(x) toplot a graph [ Remember you can take any value and any number of values]
So,
h(-2) = \(-\frac{3}{4}\) (-2) – 1
= \(\frac{3}{2}\) – 1
= \(\frac{1}{2}\)
h(-1) = \(-\frac{3}{4}\) (-1) – 1
= \(\frac{3}{4}\) – 1
= \(-\frac{1}{4}\)
So,
The completed table for the given function is:

Hence,
The representation of the given function in the coordinate plane is:

Question 9.
WHAT IF?
Let f(x) = 250 – 75x represent the second flight, where f(x) is the number of miles the helicopter is from its destination after x hours. Which flight takes less time? Explain.

Function Notation 3.3 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
When you write the function y = 2x + 10 as f(x) = 2x + 10, you are using ______________.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 1

Question 2.
REASONING
Your height can be represented by a function h, where the input is your age. What does h(14) represent?
Answer:
It is given that your height can be represented by a function h, where the input is your age
So,
h (14) means you are 14 years old

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–10, evaluate the function when x = –2, 0, and 5.

Question 3.
f(x) = x + 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 3

Question 4.
g(x) = 3x
Answer:
The given function is:
g (x) = 3x
When x = -2,
g (-2) = 3 (-2) = -6
When x = 0,
g (0) = 3 (0) = 0
When x = 5,
g (5) = 3 (5) = 15
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the values of g (x) when x = -2, 0, 5 is: -6, 0, and 15

Question 5.
h(x) = -2x + 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 5

Question 6.
r(x) = -x – 7
Answer:
The given function is:
r (x) = -x – 7
When x = -2,
r (-2) = -[-2] – 7
= 2 – 7 = -5
When x = 0,
r (0) = 0 – 7 = -7
When x = 5,
r (5) = -5 – 7 = -12
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude taht the values of r (x) when x = 0, -2, 5 is: -5, -7, and -12

Question 7.
p(x) = -3 + 4x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 7

Question 8.
b(x) = 18 – 0.5x
Answer:
The given function is:
b (x) = 18 – 0.5x
When x = -2,
b (-2) = 18 – 0.5 (-2)
= 18 + 1 = 19
When x = 0,
b (0) = 18 – 0.5 (0) = 18
When x = 5,
b (5) = 18 – 0.5 (5)
18 – 2.5 = 15.5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the values of b (x) when x = 0, -2, 5 is: 19, 18, and 15.5

Question 9.
v(x) = 12 – 2x – 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 9

Question 10.
n(x) = -1 – x + 4
Answer:
The given function is:
n (x) = -1 – x + 4
When x = -2,
n (-2) = -1 – [-2] + 4
= -1 + 2 + 4
= 6 – 1
= 5
When x = 0,
n (0) = -1 – 0 + 4
= -1 + 4 = 3
When x = 2,
n (2) = -1 – 2 + 4
= 4 – 3
= 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the values of n (x) when x = -2, 0, 5 is: 5, 3, and 1

Question 11.
INTERPRETING FUNCTION NOTATION
Let c(t) be the number of customers in a restaurant t hours after 8 A.M. Explain the meaning of each statement.
a. c(0) = 0
b. c(3) = c(8)
c. c(n) = 29
d. c(13) < c(12)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 11

Question 12.
INTERPRETING FUNCTION NOTATION
Let H(x) be the percent of U.S. households with Internet use x years after 1980. Explain the meaning of each statement.
a. H(23) = 55
b. H(4) = k
c. H(27) ≥ 61
d. H(17) + H(21) ≈ H(29)
Answer:
It is given that H (x) is the percent of U.S households with internet use x years after 1980
Now,
a.
The given function is:
H (23) = 55
The meaning of the above function is:
23 years after 1980, 55% of U.S households will be using the internet

b.
The given function is:
H(4) = k
The meaning of the above function is:
4 years after 1980, k% of U.S households will be using the internet

c.
The given function is:
H(27) ≥ 61
The meaning of the above function is:
27 years after 1980, more than 61% of U.S households will be using the internet

d.
The given function is:
H(17) + H(21) ≈ H(29)
The meaning of the above function is:
The percentage of U.S households using the internet after 29 years is equal to the sum of percentage of household using the internet after 17 years and 21 years

In Exercises 13–18, find the value of x so that the function has the given value.  

Question 13.
h(x) = -7x; h(x) = 63
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 13

Question 14.
t(x) = 3x; t(x) = 24
Answer:
The given function is:
t (x) = 3x with t (x) = 24
So,
24 = 3x
x = 24 / 3
x = 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of the given function is: 8

Question 15.
m(x) = 4x + 15; m(x) = 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 15

Question 16.
k(x) = 6x – 12; k(x) = 18
Answer:
The given function is:
k (x) = 6x – 12 with k (x) = 18
So,
6x – 12 = 18
6x = 12 + 18
6x = 30
x = 30 / 6
x = 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of the given function is: 5

Question 17.
q(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 3; q(x) = -4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 17

Question 18.
j(x) = –\(\frac{4}{5}\)x + 7; j(x) = -5
Answer:
The given function is:
j (x) = —\(\frac{4}{5}\)x + 7 with j (x) = -5
So,
-5 = –\(\frac{4}{5}\)x + 7
-5 – 7 = –\(\frac{4}{5}\)x
–\(\frac{4}{5}\)x = -12
\(\frac{4}{5}\)x = 12
x = 12 × –\(\frac{5}{4}\)
x = 15
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of the given function is: 15

In Exercises 19 and 20, find the value of x so that f(x) = 7. 

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 83
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 84
Answer:
The given function is:
f (x) = 7
So,
We know that,
y = f (x)
So,
From the above,
We can say that the value of y is: 7
Now,
To find the value of x, observe the location corresponding to the value of y
So,
The value of x is: -2
Hence,
The point of the graph where f (x) = 7 is: (-2, 7)

Question 21.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The function C(x) = 17.5x – 10 represents the cost (in dollars) of buying x tickets to the orchestra with a $10 coupon.
a. How much does it cost to buy five tickets?
b. How many tickets can you buy for $130?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 21

Question 22.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The function d(t) = 300,000t represents the distance (in kilometers) that light travels in t seconds.
a. How far does light travel in 15 seconds?
b. How long does it take light to travel 12 million kilometers?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 85
Answer:
The given function is:
d (t) = 300,000t
represents the distance in kilometers that travels in t seconds
a.
The distance traveled by light in 15 seconds is:
d (15) = 300,000 (15)
= 4,500,000 kilometers
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance traveled by light in 15 seconds is: 4,500,000 kilometers

b.
It is given that the total distance traveled by light is 12 million kilometers
So,
d (t) = 12 million kilometers
So,
12,000,000 = 300,000 (t)
t = 12,000,000 / 300,000
t = 40 seconds
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the time taken by light to travel 12 million kilometers is: 40 seconds

In Exercises 23–28, graph the linear function. 

Question 23.
p(x) = 4x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 23

Question 24.
h(x) = -5
Answer:
The given function is:
h (x) = -5
Now,
put the values -2, -1, 0, 1, 2 in the place of x and find the values of f(x) to plot a graph [ Remember you can take any value and any number of values]
So,
The completed table for the given function is:

Hence,
The representation of the given function in the coordinate plane is:

Question 25.
d(x) = \(-\frac{1}{2} x\) – 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 25

Question 26.
w(x) = \(\frac{3}{5} x\) + 2
Answer:
The given function is:
w (x) = \(\frac{3}{5} x\) + 2
So,
w (x) = \(\frac{3}{5}\) x + 2
Now,
put the values -2, -1, 0, 1, 2 in the place of x and find the values of f(x) to plot a graph [ Remember you can take any value and any number of values]
So,
The completed table for the given function is:

Hence,
The representation of the given function in the coordinate plane is:

Question 27.
g(x) = -4 + 7x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 27

Question 28.
f(x) = 3 – 6x
Answer:
The given function is:
f (x) = 3 – 6x
Now,
put the values -2, -1, 0, 1, 2 in the place of x and find the values of f(x) to plot a graph [ Remember you can take any value and any number of values]
So,
The completed table for the given function is:

Hence,
The representation of the given function in the coordinate plane is:

Question 29.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
The graph shows the percent p(in decimal form) of battery power remaining in a laptop computer after t hours of use. A tablet computer initially has 75% of its battery power remaining and loses 12.5% per hour. Which computer’s battery will last longer? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 86
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 29.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 29.2

Question 30.
PROBLEM-SOLVING
The function C(x) = 25x + 50 represents the labor cost (in dollars) for Certified Remodeling to build a deck, where x is the number of hours of labor. The table shows sample labor costs from its main competitor, Master Remodeling. The deck is estimated to take 8 hours of labor. Which company would you hire? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 87
Answer:
It is given that the given function
C(x) = 25x + 50
represents the labor cost (in dollars) for certified Remodeling to build a deck
Where,
x is the number of hours of labor.
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 87
The given table shows the sample labor costs from its main competitor, Master Remodeling.
It is also given that the deck is estimated to take 8 hours of labor.
Now,
From the given table,
We can observe that the competitor ‘Master Remodeling’ completes the deck in 6 hours whereas for certified Remodeling, it will take 8 hours of labor to complete a deck thereby increases the cost. i.e., the avlue of C(x) also increases when compared to the Master Remodeling
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that we choose “Master Remodeling” company

Question 31.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Let P(x) be the number of people in the U.S. who own a cell phone x years after 1990. Your friend says that P(x + 1) > P(x) for any x because x + 1 is always greater than x. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 31

Question 32.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
Let B(t) be your bank account balance after t days. Describe a situation in which B(0) < B(4) < B(2).
Answer:
The given relation is:
B (0) < B (4) < B (2)
Let us consider
Sunday – Day 0
Monday -Day 1
Tuesday -Day 2
Wednesday – Day 3
Thursday – Day 4
Friday – Day 5
Saturday – Day 6
Now,
By using the above relation,
The situation we can assume is:
A man named A works at a company where he receives his salary every Tuesday (Day 2) of a normal week. He then spends some of his salary paying bills on Thursday (Day 4). On Sunday, he decides to spend all of his remaining salary on food, groceries, and transportation allowance for the following week

Question 33.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Rewrite each geometry formula using function notation. Evaluate each function when r = 5 feet. Then explain the meaning of the result.
a. Diameter, d = 2r
b. Area, A = πr2
c. Circumference, C = 2πr
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 88
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 33

Question 34.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT?
The function y = A(x) represents the attendance at a high school x weeks after a flu outbreak. The graph of the function is shown.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 89
a. What happens to the school’s attendance after the flu outbreak?
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 89
From the above graph,
We can observe that after the flu outbreak, the school’s attendance first decreased and then again steadily increased

b. Estimate A(13) and explain its meaning.
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 89
Now,
We know that
The function notation and the standard notations are similar
So,
y = A (x)
So,
y = A (13)
So,
The value of x is: 13
To find the value of y or the given function, observe the graph for the value of y corresponding to the value of x i.e., 13
So,
From the graph,
y = 430 [Approximately]
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The estimation of A(13) is:
A (13) = 430 {Approximately]

c. Use the graph to estimate the solution(s) of the equation A(x) = 400. Explain the meaning of the solution(s).
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 89
The given equation is:
A (x) = 400
From the above graph,
For the solution of the given equation i.e., the value of x,
Observe the location of 400 in the graph and its corresponding x-value
Hence,
From the graph,
We can observe that the value of x is: 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution of the given equation is: 1

d. What was the least attendance? When did that occur?
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 89
From the above graph,
We can observe that there is deep depreciation in the attendance i.e., least attendance of the students in a week
So,
By observing the graph,
We can say that
The least attendance of the students occurs in the 4th week
The least attendance of the students is: 350
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The week that has the least attendance is: 4th week
The number of students of the least attendance is: 350students

e. How many students do you think are enrolled at this high school? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 89
From the given graph,
We can observe that the y-axis represents the number of students enrolled in the high school
So,
The highest number on the y-axis represents the total number of students enrolled in the high school
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the total number of students in the high school is: 450 students

Question 35.
INTERPRETING FUNCTION NOTATION
Let f be a function. Use each statement to find the coordinates of a point on the graph of f.
a. f(5) is equal to 9.
b. A solution of the equation f(n) = -3 is 5.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 35

Question 36.
REASONING
Given a function f, tell whether the statement f(a + b) = f(a) + f(b) is true or false for all inputs a and b. If it is false, explain why.
Answer:
Let the given function is:
f or f(x) = mx + c
Now,
Let the values of a and b be integers
So,
Let,
a = 0 and b = 1
So,
f( a + b ) = f (1)
So,
f(1) = m + c
Now,
f(a) = f (0) = c
f (b) = f(1) = m + c
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
f (a + b) is not equal to f (a) + f(b)

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution. (Section 2.5)

Question 37.
-2 ≤ x – 11 ≤ 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 37

Question 38.
5a < -35 or a – 14 > 1
Answer:
The given inequality is:
5a < -35 or a – 14 > 1
So,
a < -35 / 5 or a > 1 + 14
a < -7 or a > 15
Hence,
The solutions of the given inequality are:
a < -7 or a > 15
The representation of the solution of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 39.
-16 < 6k + 2 < 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 39

Question 40.
2d + 7 < -9 or 4d – 1 > -3
Answer:
The given inequality is:
2d + 7 < -9 or 4d – 1 > -3
2d < -9 – 7 or 4d > -3 + 1
2d < -16 or 4d > -2
d < -16 / 2 or d > -2 / 4
d < -8 or d > -1 /  2
Hence,
The solutions of the given inequality are:
d < -8 or d > -1 / 2
The representation of the solutions of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 41.
5 ≤ 3y + 8 < 17
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.3 Question 41

Question 42.
4v + 9 ≤ 5 or -3v ≥ -6
Answer:
The given inequality is:
4v + 9 ≤5 or -3v ≥ -6
So,
4v ≤ 5 – 9 or 3v ≥ 6
4v ≤ -4 or v ≥ 6 / 3
v ≤ -4 / 4 or v ≥ 2
v ≤ -1 or v ≥ 2
Hence,
The solutions of the given inequality are:
v ≤ -1 or v ≥ 2
The representation of the solutions of the given inequality is:

Graphing Linear Functions Study Skills: Staying Focused During Class

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 90

Core Concepts
Section 3.1
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 91

Section 3.2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 92

Section 3.3
Using FunctionNotation, p. 122

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
How can you use technology to confirm your answers in Exercises 40–43 on page 110?
Answer:
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
By using the above properties,
We can find the domain and the range of the given Exercises
Hence,
We can confirm the answers in Exercises 40 – 43 on page 110

Question 2.
How can you use patterns to solve Exercise 43 on page 119?
Answer:
In Exercise 43 on page 119,
We can observe from the table that the difference between the values of x and y is constant
So,
By using the above property, we can find the constant difference between the values of x and y to complete the pattern

Question 3.
How can you make sense of the quantities in the function in Exercise 21 on page 125?
Answer:
In Exercise 21 on page 125,
Compare the given function with the standard representation of the linear function y = mx + c
So,
In the above function,
We know that,
m is the cost of x tickets in dollars
c is the constant
f (x) or y is the function notation of Cost function

Study Skills

Staying Focused during Class

As soon as class starts, quickly review your notes from the previous class and start thinking about math.
Repeat what you are writing in your head.
When a particular topic is difficult, ask for another example.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 94

Graphing Linear Functions 3.1 – 3.3 Quiz

Determine whether the relation is a function. Explain. (Section 3.1)

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 95
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 95
We know that for a relationship to be a function,
Each input value has to match with each output value
Hence,
From the above table,
We can conclude that the given table is a function since each input value matches with each output value

Question 2.
(-10, 2), (-8, 3), (-6, 5), (-8, 8), (-10, 6)
Answer:
The given ordered pairs are:
(-10, 2), (-8, 3), (-6, 5), (-8, 8), (-10, 6)
We know that,
A relation is said to be a function if each input matches with only 1 output
So,
By observing the above-ordered pairs,
We can say that the input -8 comes 2 times
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given ordered pairs do not represent a function

Find the domain and range of the function represented by the graph. (Section 3.1)

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 96
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 96
We know that,
The domain is the set of all x-values
The range is the set of all y-values
So,
The domain of the given graph is: {0, 1, 2, 3, 4}
The range of the given graph is: {1, -1, -3}

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 97
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 97

We know that,
The domain is the set of all x-values
The range is the set of all y-values
So,
The domain of the given graph is: {-1, -2, 1, 2}
The range of the given graph is: {-2, -1, 0, 1, 2}

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 98
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 98
We know that,
The domain is the set of all x-values
The range is the set of all y-values
So,
The domain of the given graph is: {-3, -2, -1, 1, 2, 3}
The range of the given graph is: {-1, 0, 1, 2, 3}

Determine whether the graph, table, or equation represents a linear or nonlinear function. Explain. (Section 3.2)

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 99
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 99
We know that,
A linear function must always represent a straight line irrespective of the straight line passes through the origin or passes through any other point
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given graph is a linear function

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 100
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 100
The representation of the values of x and y in the table in the form of ordered pairs is:
(-5, 3), (0, 7), and (5, 10)
Represent the ordered pairs in the coordinate plane
The representation of the ordered pairs in the coordinate plane is:

From the above points, we can say it forms a straight line
A linear function must always represent a straight line irrespective of the straight line passes through the origin or passes through any other point
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given table represents a linear function

Question 8.
y = x(2 – x)
Answer:
The given function is:
y = x (2 – x)
So,
y = 2 (x) – x (x)
y = 2x – x²
Compare the above function with the standard representation of the linear function
The standard representation of the linear function is:
y = mx + c
Hence, from the above comparison,
We can conclude that the given function is a non-linear function

Determine whether the domain is discrete or continuous. Explain. (Section 3.2)

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 101
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 101
From the above table,
The values of x have specific values of y
We know that,
The domain is defined as the set of all the values of x
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the domain of the given table is discrete

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 102
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 102
From the above table
We can observe that the values of x have specific values of y
We know that,
The domain is defined as the set of all the values of x
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the domain of the given table is discrete

Question 11.
For w(x) = -2x + 7, find the value of x for which w(x) = -3. (Section 3.3)
Answer:
The given function is:
w (x) = -2x + 7 with w (x)  = -3
So,
-3 = -2x + 7
-2x = -3 – 7
-2x = -10
2x = 10
x = 10 / 5
x = 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of the given function is: 2

Graph the linear function. ( Section 3.3)

Question 12.
g(x) = x + 3
Answer:
The given function is:
g (x) = x + 3
Now,
put the values -2, -1, 0, 1, 2 in the place of x and find the values of f(x) toplot a graph [ Remember you can take any value and any number of values]
So,
The completed table for the given function is:

Hence,
The representation of the given function in the coordinate plane is:

Question 13.
p(x) = -3x – 1
Answer:
The given function is:
p (x) = -3x – 1
Now,
put the values -2, -1, 0, 1, 2 in the place of x and find the values of f(x) toplot a graph [ Remember you can take any value and any number of values]
So,
The completed table for the given function is:

Hence,
The representation of the given function in the coordinate plane is:

Question 14.
m(x) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x
Answer:
The given function is:
m (x) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x
Now,
put the values -2, -1, 0, 1, 2 in the place of x and find the values of f(x) to plot a graph [ Remember you can take any value and any number of values]
So,
The completed table for the given function is:

Hence,
The representation of the given function in the coordinate plane is:

Question 15.
The function m = 30 – 3r represents the amount m (in dollars) of money you have after renting r video games. (Section 3.1 and Section 3.2)
a. Identify the independent and dependent variables.
Answer:
The given function is:
m = 30 – 3r
We know that,
The independent variables are the values of x
The dependent variables are the values of y
Now,
Compare the given function with
y = mx + c
Hence,
The independent variable of the given function is: r
The dependent variable of the given function is: m

b. Find the domain and range of the function. Is the domain discrete or continuous? Explain.
Answer:
The given function is:
m = 30 – 3r
Now,
put the values -2, -1, 0, 1, 2 in the place of x and find the values of f(x) to plot a graph [ Remember you can take any value and any number of values]
So,
The completed table of the given function is:

We know that,
The domain is defined as the set of all the values of x
the range is defined as the set of all the values of y
Hence,
The domain of the given function is: {-2, -1, 0, 1, 2}
The range of the given function is: {36, 33, 30, 27, 24, 21}

c. Graph the function using its domain.
Answer:
The completed table for the given function from part (b) is:

Hence,
The representation of the given function using its domain in the coordinate plane is:

Question 16.
The function d(x) = 1375 – 110x represents the distance (in miles) a high-speed train is from its destination after x hours. (Section 3.3)
a. How far is the train from its destination after 8 hours?
Answer:
The given function is:
d (x) = 1375 – 110x
Where,
d (x) represents the distance (in miles)
x represents the time
Now,
It is given that we have to find the distance traveled by train after 8 hours i.e., the value of x is given
So,
d (x) = 1375 – 110 (8)
= 1375 – 880
= 495 miles
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the distance traveled by train after 8 hours is: 495 miles

b. How long does the train travel before reaching its destination?
Answer:
The given function is:
d (x) = 1375 – 110x
From part (a),
We find the value of d (x) as: 495 miles
So,
495 = 1375 – 110x
110x = 1375 – 495
110x = 880
x = 880 /110
x = 8 hours
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that train travel for 8 hours before reaching its destination

Lesson 3.4 Graphing Linear Equations in Standard Form

Essential Question
How can you describe the graph of the equation Ax + By = C?
Answer:
When A and B are not both zero,
The graph of Ax + By = C is always a line.
Now,
Divide both sides by B
Because the form Ax + By = C can describe any line,
It is called the standard form of an equation for a line.

EXPLORATION 1
Using a Table to Plot Points
Work with a partner.
You sold a total of $16 worth of tickets to a fundraiser. You lost track of how many of each type of ticket you sold. Adult tickets are $4 each. Child tickets are $2 each.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 102.1
a. Let x represent the number of adult tickets. Let y represent the number of child tickets. Use the verbal model to write an equation that relates to x and y.
Answer:
It is given that you sold a total of $16 worth of tickets to a fundraiser. You lost track of how many of each type of ticket you sold. Adult tickets are $4 each. Child tickets are $2 each.
It is also given that
Let x be the number of adult tickets
Let y be the number of child tickets
So,
The total cost of tickets = (The cost of the child tickets + The cost of the adult tickets)
The total cost of tickets = (The number of children) × ( The cost of each child ticket ) + ( The numebr of adults ) × ( The cost of each adult ticket )
So,
16 = 2x + 4y
2 (x + 2y) = 16
x + 2y = 16 / 2
So,
x + 2y = 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the equation that relates x and y is:
x + 2y = 8

b. Copy and complete the table to show the different combinations of tickets you might have sold.
Answer:
The equation that represents the number of different tickets sold is:
x + 2y = 8
2y = 8 – x
y = \(\frac{8 – x}{2}\)
So,
The completed table that shows the different combinations of tickets you might have sold is:

c. Plot the points from the table. Describe the pattern formed by the points.
Answer:
The completed table that shows the different combinations of tickets you might have sold is from part (b) is:

The representation of the ordered pairs from the above table is:
(1, 4), (2, 3), (3, 3), (4, 2), (5, 2)
Hence,
The representation of the points from the table in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the graph,
We can observe that the pattern drawn by the points is a straight line

d. If you remember how many adult tickets you sold, can you determine how many child tickets you sold? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 104
Answer:
The given function from part (a) is in the form of
y = mx + c
Where,
y is the number of adult tickets
x is the number of child tickets
So,
If we know the number of adult tickets you sold, i.e., the value of y, then we can find the number of child tickets, i.e., the value of x by putting the value of y in the equation
y = mx + c
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that if we know the number of adult tickets you sold, then we can find the number of child tickets you sold

EXPLORATION 2
Rewriting and Graphing an Equation
Work with a partner.
You sold a total of $48 worth of cheese. You forgot how many pounds of each type of cheese you sold. Swiss cheese costs $8 per pound. Cheddar cheese costs $6 per pound.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 105
a. Let x represent the number of pounds of Swiss cheese. Let y represent the number of pounds of cheddar cheese. Use the verbal model to write an equation that relates to x and y.
Answer:
it is given that you sold a total of $48 worth of cheese. You forgot how many pounds of each type of cheese you sold. Swiss cheese costs $8 per pound. Cheddar cheese costs $6 per pound.
It is also given that,
x represents the number of pounds of Swiss cheese
y represents the number of pounds of Cheddar cheese
Now,
The total cost = ( The cost of Swiss Cheese ) + ( The cost of Cheddar Cheese )
The total cost = ( The number of pounds of Swiss cheese ) × ( The cost of Swiss cheese ) + ( The number of pounds of Cheddar cheese ) × ( The cost of Cheddar cheese )
48 = 8x + 6y
8x + 6y = 48
2 (4x + 3y) = 48
4x + 3y = 48 / 4
4x + 3y = 12
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the equation that relates both x and y is:
4x + 3y = 12

b. Solve the equation for y. Then use a graphing calculator to graph the equation. Given the real-life context of the problem, find the domain and range of the function.
Answer:
The equation that relates to x and y from part (a) is:
4x + 3y = 12
3y = 12 – 4x
y = \(\frac{12 – 4x}{3}\)
So,
The representation of the equation in the coordinate plane is:

We know that,
The domain is the set of all the values of x in the graph
The range is the set of all the values of y in the graph
Now,
From the graph,
The domain of the equation is: { -4, -3, -2, -1, 0, 1, 2, 3 }
The range of the given equation is: {-1, -2, -3, -4, -5, -6, -7, -8, -9, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10}

c. The x-intercept of a graph is the x-coordinate of a point where the graph crosses the x-axis. The y-intercept of a graph is the y-coordinate of a point where the graph crosses the y-axis. Use the graph to determine the x- and y-intercepts.
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = \(\frac{12 – 4x}{3}\)
It is given that the x-intercept of a graph is the x-coordinate of a point where the graph crosses the x-axis. The y-intercept of a graph is the y-coordinate of a point where the graph crosses the y-axis.
Now,
The graph from part (b) is:

Hence,
By observing the graph,
We can conclude that
The x-intercept is: 3
The y-intercept is: 4

d. How could you use the equation you found in part (a) to determine the x- and y-intercepts? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = \(\frac{12 – 4x}{3}\)
We know that,
We can obtain the x-intercept by making y term zero
We can obtain the y-intercept making x term zero
So,
The x-intercept is:
0 = \(\frac{12 – 4x}{3}\)
12 – 4x = 0
4x = 12
x = 12 / 4
x = 3
Hence,
The x-intercept is: 3
The y-intercept is:
y = \(\frac{12 – 4(0)}{3}\)
y = 12 / 3
y = 4
Hence,
The y-intercept is: 4

e. Explain the meaning of the intercepts in the context of the problem.
Answer:
An intercept of any function is a point where the graph of the function crosses, or intercepts, the x-axis or y-axis.  When the linear function is used to represent a real-world situation, the intercepts have significant meaning in the context of the problem.

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you describe the graph of the equation Ax + By = C?
Answer:
When A and B are not both zero,
The graph of Ax + By = C is always a line.
Now,
Divide both sides by B
Because the form Ax + By = C can describe any line,
It is called the standard form of an equation for a line.

Question 4.
Write a real-life problem that is similar to those shown in Explorations 1 and 2.
Answer:
The real-life problem that is similar to those in Explorations  1 and 2 is:
The age of A is twice the age of B and the sum of the twice the age of A and the age of B is 24

3.4 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Question 1.
y = -2.5
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = -2.5
Hence,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

Question 2.
x = 5
Answer:
The given equation is:
x = 5
Hence,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

Use intercepts to graph the linear equation. Label the points corresponding to the intercepts.

Question 3.
2x – y = 4
Answer:
The given equation is:
2x – y = 4
Rewrite the given equation in the standard form
We know that,
The standard form of the linear equation is:
y = mx + c
So,
y = 2x – 4
To find the value of x-intercept, put y = 0
2x – 4 = 0
2x = 4
x = 4 / 2
x = 2
To find the value of y-intercept, put x = 0
y = 2(0) – 4
y = -4
Hence,
The representation of the given equation corresponding to the intercepts in the coordinate plane is:

Question 4.
x + 3y = -9
Answer:
The given equation is:
x + 3y = -9
Rewrite the given equation in the standard form
We know that,
The standard form of the linear equation is:
y = mx + c
So,
3y = -9 – x
y = (-9 -x ) / 3
Now,
To find the value of x-intercept, put y = 0
-9 – x = 0
x = -9
To find the value of y-intercept, put x = 0
y = (-9 – 0) / 3
t = -9 / 3
y = -3
Hence,
The representation of the given equation corresponding to the intercepts in the coordinate plane is:

Question 5.
WHAT IF? You decide to rent tables from a different company. The situation can be modeled by the equation 4x + 6y = 180, where x is the number of small tables and y is the number of large tables. Graph the equation and interpret the intercepts.
Answer:
It is given that you decide to rent tables from a different company.
The given equation corresponding to the above situation is given as:
4x + 6y = 180
Where,
x is the number of small tables
y is the number of large tables
Now,
Rewrite the given equation in the standard form of the linear equation
We know that,
The standard form of the linear equation is:
y = mx + c
So,
6y = 180 – 4x
y = (180 – 4x) / 6
Now,
To find the value of the x-intercept, put y = 0
180 – 4x = 0
4x = 180
x = 180 / 4
x = 45
To find the value of the y-intercept, put x = 0
y = (180 – 4(0) ) / 6
y = 180 / 6
y = 30
Hence,
The representation of the given equation corresponding to the intercepts in the coordinate plane is:

Graphing Linear Equations in Standard Form 3.4 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
How are x-intercepts and y-intercepts alike? How are they different?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 1

Question 2.
WHICH ONE did DOESN’T BELONG?
Which point does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 105.1
Answer:
The given points are:
a. (0, -3)
b. (0, 0)
c. (4, -3)
d. (4, 0)
From the above points,
We can observe that
(0, -3) belongs to the y-axis
(0, 0) belongs to the origin
(4, -3) does not belong either to the x-axis or y-axis
(4, 0) belongs to the x-axis
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that (4, -3) does not belong with the other three

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 3–6, graph the linear equation.

Question 3.
x = 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 3

Question 4.
y = 2
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = 2
Hence,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

Question 5.
y = -3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 5

Question 6.
x = -1
Answer:
The given equation is:
x = -1
Hence,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

In Exercises 7–12, find the x- and y-intercepts of the graph of the linear equation.

Question 7.
2x + 3y = 12
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 7

Question 8.
3x + 6y = 24
Answer:
The given equation is:
3x + 6y = 24
Now,
To find the value of the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
3x + 0 = 24
3x = 24
x = 24 / 3
x = 8
To find the value of the y-intercept, put x = 0
So,
0 + 6y = 24
6y = 24
y = 24 / 6
y = 4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value of the x-intercept is: 8
The value of the y-intercept is: 4

Question 9.
-4x + 8y = -16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 9

Question 10.
-6x + 9y = -18
Answer:
The given equation is:
-6x + 9y = -18
Now,
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
-6x + 0 = -18
-6x = -18
6x = 18
x = 18 / 6
x = 3
To find the y-intercept, put x = 0
So,
0 + 9y = -18
9y = -18
y = -18 / 9
y = -2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value of the x-intercept is: 3
The value of the y-intercept is: -2

Question 11.
3x – 6y = 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 11

Question 12.
-x + 8y = 4
Answer:
The given equation is:
-x + 8y = 4
Now,
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
-x + 0 = 4
-x = 4
x = -4
To find the y-intercept, put x = 0
So,
0 + 8y = 4
8y = 4
y = 4 / 8
y = 1 / 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value of the x-intercept is: -4
The value of the y-intercept is: 1/2

In Exercises 13–22, use intercepts to graph the linear equation. Label the points corresponding to the intercepts.

Question 13.
5x + 3y = 30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 13

Question 14.
4x + 6y = 12
Answer:
The given equation is:
4x + 6y = 12
Now,
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
4x + 0 = 12
4x = 12
x = 12 / 4
x = 3
To find the y-intercept, put x = 0
0 + 6y = 12
6y = 12
y = 12 / 6
y = 2
Hence,
The representation of the given equation along with the intercepts in the coordinate plane is:

Question 15.
-12x + 3y = 24
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 15

Question 16.
-2x + 6y = 18
Answer:
The given equation is:
-2x + 6y = 18
Now,
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
-2x + 0 = 18
-2x = 18
x = -18 / 2
x = -9
To find the y-intercept, put x = 0
So,
0 + 6y = 18
6y = 18
y = 18 / 6
y = 3
Hence,
The representation of the given equation along with the intercepts in the coordinate plane is:

Question 17.
-4x + 3y = -30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 17

Question 18.
-2x + 7y = -21
Answer:
The given equation is:
-2x + 7y = -21
Now,
To find the value of the x-intercept, put y = 0
-2x + 0 = -21
-2x = -21
2x = 21
x = 21/2
To find the value of the y-intercept, put x = 0
So,
0 + 7y = -21
7y = -21
y = -21 / 7
y = -3
Hence,
The representation of the given equation along with the intercepts in the coordinate plane is:

Question 19.
-x + 2y = 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 19

Question 20.
3x – y = -5
Answer:
The given equation is:
3x – y = -5
Now,
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
3x – 0 = -5
3x =  -5
x = -5/3
To find the y-intercept, put x = 0
So,
0 – y = -5
-y = -5
y = 5
Hence,
The representation of the given equation along with the intercepts in the coordinate plane is:

Question 21.
–\(\frac{5}{2}\)x + y = 10
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 21.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 21.2

Question 22.
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + y = -4
Answer:
The given equation is:
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + y = -4
Now,
To find the x-intercept, put y =0
So,
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 0 = -4
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)x = -4
-x = -4(2)
-x = -8
x = 8
To find the y-intercept, put x = 0
So,
0 + y = -4
y = -4
Hence,
The representation of the given equation along with the intercepts in the coordinate plane is:

Question 23.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A football team has an away game, and the bus breaks down. The coaches decide to drive the players to the game in cars and vans. Four players can ride in each car. Six players can ride in each van. There are 48 players on the team. The equation 4x + 6y = 48 models this situation, where x is the number of cars and y is the number of vans.
a. Graph the equation. Interpret the intercepts.
b. Find four possible solutions in the context of the problem.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 23.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 23.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 23.3

Question 24.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You are ordering shirts for the math club at your school. Short-sleeved shirts cost $10 each. Long-sleeved shirts cost $12 each. You have a budget of $300 for the shirts. The equation 10x + 12y = 300 models the total cost, where x is the number of short-sleeved shirts and y is the number of long-sleeved shirts.
a. Graph the equation. Interpret the intercepts.
Answer:
It is given that you are ordering shirts for the math club at your school. Short-sleeved shirts cost $10 each. Long-sleeved shirts cost $12 each. You have a budget of $300 for the shirts.
The above situation is represented by the equation
10x + 12y = 300
where,
x is the number of short-sleeved shirts
y is the number of long-sleeved shirts.
Now,
The given equation is:
10x + 12y = 300
To find the x-intercept, put y =0
So,
10x + 12 (0) = 300
10x = 300
x = 300 / 10
x = 30
To find the y-intercept, put x = 0
So,
10 (0) + 12y = 300
12y = 300
y = 300 / 12
y = 25
Hence,
The representation of the given equation along with the intercepts in the coordinate plane is:

b. Twelve students decide they want short-sleeved shirts. How many long-sleeved shirts can you order?
Answer:
The given equation is:
10x + 12y = 300
where,
x is the number of short-sleeved shirts
y is the number of long-sleeved shirts.
It is given that 12 students decided they want short-sleeved shirts
So,
The number of short-sleeved shirts = 12
So,
10 (12) + 12y = 300
120 + 12y = 300
12y = 300 – 120
12y = 180
y = 180 / 12
y = 15
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of long-sleeved shirts is: 15

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 25 and 26, describe and correct the error in finding the intercepts of the graph of the equation.

Question 25.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 106
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 25

Question 26.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 107
Answer:
The given equation is:
4x + 10y = 20
Now,
To find the value of the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
4x + 10 (0) = 20
4x = 20
x = 20 / 4
x = 5
To find the value of the y-intercept, put x = 0
So,
4 (0) + 10y = 20
10y = 20
y = 20 / 10
y = 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The x-intercept is: (5, 0)
The y-intercept is: (0, 2)

Question 27.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
You overhear your friend explaining how to find intercepts to a classmate. Your friend says, “When you want to find the x-intercept, just substitute 0 for x and continue to solve the equation.” Is your friend’s explanation correct? Explain.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 27

Question 28.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
You lose track of how many 2-point baskets and 3-point baskets a team makes in a basketball game. The team misses all the 1-point baskets and still scores 54 points. The equation 2x + 3y = 54 models the total points scored, where x is the number of 2-point baskets made and y is the number of 3-point baskets made.
a. Find and interpret the intercepts.
Answer:
It is given that you lose track of how many 2-point baskets and 3-point baskets a team makes in a basketball game.
It is also given that the team misses all the 1-point baskets and still scores 54 points.
The above situation can be described by the equation:
2x + 3y = 54
where,
x is the number of 2-point baskets made
y is the number of 3-point baskets made.
So,
To find the value of the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
2x = 54
x = 54 / 2
x = 27
To find the value of the y-intercept, put x = 0
3y = 54
y = 54 / 3
y = 18
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The value of the x-intercept is: 27
The value of the y-intercept is: 18

b. Can the number of 3-point baskets made be odd? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
From part (a),
The number of 3-point baskets can be represented as: y
So,
To make the 3-point baskets odd, the multiples of 3 must be odd
But, in this scenario, it is not possible
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the number of 3-point baskets made not be odd

c. Graph the equation. Find two more possible solutions in the context of the problem.
Answer:

The given equation is:
2x + 3y = 54
From the graph,
We can observe that there are many solutions like (3, 16), (6, 14), (10, 11) and so on
Now,
To satisfy the above equation, substitute the points we obtained from the graph
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solutions to the given equation are: (3, 16) and (6, 14)

MULTIPLE REPRESENTATIONS
In Exercises 29–32, match the equation with its graph.

Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 108

Question 29.
5x + 3y = 30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 29

Question 30.
5x + 3y = -30
Answer:
The given equation is:
5x + 3y = -30
Now,
To find the value of the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
5x = -30
x = -30 / 5
x = -6
To find the value of the y-intercept, put x = 0
So,
3y = -30
y = -30 / 3
y = -10
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the graph C) matches the given equation

Question 31.
5x – 3y = 30
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 31

Question 32.
5x – 3y = -30
Answer:
The given equation is:
5x – 3y = -30
Now,
To find the value of the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
5x = -30
x = -30 / 5
x = -6
To find the value of the y-intercept, put x = 0
So,
-3y = -30
3y = 30
y = 30 / 3
y = 10
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the graph B) matches the given equation

Question 33.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Graph the equations x = 5, x = 2, y = -2, and y = 1. What enclosed shape do the lines form? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 33

Question 34.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? You are organizing a class trip to an amusement park. The cost to enter the park is $30. The cost to enter with a meal plan is $45. You have a budget of $2700 for the trip. The equation 30x + 45y = 2700 models the total cost for the class to go on the trip, where x is the number of students who do not choose the meal plan and y is the number of students who do choose the meal plan.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 109
a. Interpret the intercepts of the graph.
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 109
We know that,
The x-intercept is the point that cuts the x-axis and y must be 0
The y-intercept is the point that cuts the y-axis and x must be 0
Hence,
From the graph,
We can conclude that
The x-intercept is: (90, 0)
The y-intercept is: (0, 60)

b. Describe the domain and range in the context of the problem.
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 109
We know that,
The domain is defined as the set of all the values of x
The range is defined as the set of all the values of y
Hence,
The domain of the given function is: {0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90}
The range of the given function is: {0, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60}

Question 35.
REASONING
Use the values to fill in the equation Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 110 so that the x-intercept of the graph is -10 and the y-intercept of the graph is 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 110.1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 35

Question 36.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
Write an equation in the standard form of a line whose intercepts are integers. Explain how you know the intercepts are integers.
Answer:
We know that,
The equation in the standard form is:
y = mx + c
Now,
To find the value of the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
mx = -c
x = –\(\frac{c}{m}\)
To find the value of the y-intercept, put x = 0
So,
y = 0 + c
y = c
Now, from the above
We can observe that to make the x and y-intercepts integers, the values of the intercepts must be the multiples of the variable c

Question 37.
WRITING
Are the equations of horizontal and vertical lines written in standard form? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 37

Question 38.
ABSTRACT REASONING
The x- and y-intercepts of the graph of the equation 3x + 5y = k are integers. Describe the values of k. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
The given equation is:
3x + 5y = k
To find the value of the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
3x = k
So,
The values of k so that k become integer is 0, 1, 2, and so on
To find the value of the y-intercept, put x = 0
So,
5y = k
So,
The values of k so that k becomes integer is 0, 1, 2, and so on
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the values of k so that the x and y-intercepts become integers are: 0, 1, 2, and so on

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Simplify the expression.

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 111
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 39

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 112
Answer:
The given expression is:
\(\frac{14 -18}{0 – 2}\)
= \(\frac{-4}{-2}\)
= \(\frac{4}{2}\)
= 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of the given expression is: 2

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 113
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.4 Question 41

Question 42.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 114
Answer:
The given expression is:
\(\frac{12 – 17}{-5 – (-2)}\)
= \(\frac{12 – 17}{-5 + 2}\)
= \(\frac{-5}{-3}\)
= \(\frac{5}{3}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of the given expression is: \(\frac{5}{3}\)

Lesson 3.5 Graphing Linear Equations in Slope-Intercept Form

EXPLORATION 1
Finding Slopes and y-Intercepts
Work with a partner.
Find the slope and y-intercept of each line.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 115
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 115
We know that,
The standard form of a linear equation is:
y = mx + c
Where,
m is the slope
c is the y-intercept
Now,
a.
The given equation is:
y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 2
Now,
Compare the given equation with the standard form of the linear equation
By comparison,
We get,
m = \(\frac{2}{3}\) and c = 2

b.
The given equation is:
y = -2x – 1
Now,
Compare the given equation with the standard form of the linear equation
By comparison,
We get,
m = -2 and c = -1

EXPLORATION 2
Writing a Conjecture
Work with a partner.
Graph each equation. Then copy and complete the table. Use the completed table to write a conjecture about the relationship between the graph of y = mx + b and the values of m and b.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 116
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 117
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 117
Now,
The representation of the given equations in the coordinate plane is as follows:
Now,
a.
The given equation is:
y = –\(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 3
Hence,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

b.
The given equation is:
y = 2x – 2
Hence,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

c.
The given equation is:
y = -x + 1
Hence,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

d.
The given equation is:
y = x – 4
Hence,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

Now,
We know that,
The standard form of a linear equation is:
y = mx + b
Where,
m is the slope
b is the y-intercept
Hence,
The completed table for the above equations’ slopes and y-intercepts is:

Communicate Your Answer

Question 3.
How can you describe the graph of the equation y = mx + b?
a. How does the value of m affect the graph of the equation?
b. How does the value of b affect the graph of the equation?
c. Check your answers to parts (a) and (b) by choosing one equation from Exploration 2 and (1) varying only m and (2) varying only b.
Answer:
The graph of the equation
y = mx + b
is a straight line
Now,
a.
The value of m affects the steepness of the line. It also describes the direction (positive or negative). The value of m defines the constant rate of change of variables

b.
The value of b affects the line to where it should have the point of intersection with the y-axis

c.
The examples of how m and b varies are as follows:
y =-3x – 3
y = 2x + 8
y = -3x + 6
Hence,
The slopes and y-intercepts of the above equations are:
m = -3 and b = -3
m = 2 and b = 8
m = -3 and b = 6

3.5 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Describe the slope of the line. Then find the slope.

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 118
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 118
From the graph,
The given points are:
(-4, 3), (1, 1)
We know that,
The slope of the line when the two points are given is:
m = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
The points are represented as (x, y)
So,
The first point is represented as (x1, y1)
The second point is represented as (x2, y2)
So,
(x1, y1) = (-4, 3) and (x2, y2) = (1, 1)
Hence,
m = \(\frac{1 – 3}{1 – [-4]}\)
m = \(\frac{-2}{1 + 4}\)
m = \(\frac{-2}{5}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the given graph is: \(\frac{-2}{5}\)

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 119
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 119
From the graph,
The given points are:
(3, 3), (-3, 1)
We know that,
The slope of the line when the two points are given is:
m = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
The points are represented as (x, y)
So,
The first point is represented as (x1, y1)
The second point is represented as (x2, y2)
So,
(x1, y1) = (3, 3) and (x2, y2) = (-3, 1)
Hence,
m = \(\frac{1 – 3}{-3 – 3}\)
m = \(\frac{-2}{6}\)
m = \(\frac{-1}{3}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the given graph is: \(\frac{-1}{3}\)

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 120
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 120
From the graph,
The given points are:
(5, 4), (2, -3)
We know that,
The slope of the line when the two points are given is:
m = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
The points are represented as (x, y)
So,
The first point is represented as (x1, y1)
The second point is represented as (x2, y2)
So,
(x1, y1) = (5, 4) and (x2, y2) = (2, -3)
Hence,
m = \(\frac{-3 – 4}{2 – 5}\)
m = \(\frac{-7}{-3}\)
m = \(\frac{7}{3}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the given graph is: \(\frac{7}{3}\)

Monitoring Progress

The points represented by the table lie on a line. How can you find the slope of the line from the table? What is the slope of the line?

Question 4.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 121
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 121
From the above table,
The representations of the values of x and y in the form of ordered pairs are:
(2, 10), (4, 15), (6, 20), (8, 25)
Now,
To find the slope of a line,
Take any 2 ordered pairs and find the slope
Now,
Let,
(x1, y1) = (2, 10) and (x2, y2) = (4, 15)
We know that,
The slope of the line when the two points are given is:
m = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
Hence,
m = \(\frac{15 – 10}{4 – 2}\)
m = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the given graph is: \(\frac{5}{2}\)

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 122
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 122
From the above table,
The representations of the values of x and y in the form of ordered pairs are:
(5, -12), (5, -9), (5, -6), (5, -3)
Now,
To find the slope of a line,
Take any 2 ordered pairs and find the slope
Now,
Let,
(x1, y1) = (5, -12) and (x2, y2) = (5, -9)
We know that,
The slope of the line when the two points are given is:
m = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
Hence,
m = \(\frac{-9 – [-12]}{5 – 5}\)
m = \(\frac{3}{0}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the given graph is: undefined

Find the slope and the y-intercept of the graph of the linear equation.

Question 6.
y = -6x + 1
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = -6x + 1
We know that,
The standard representation of a linear equation is:
y  mx + c
Where,
m is the slope
c is the y-intercept
Now,
Compare the given equation with the standard representation of the linear equation
Hence,
The values of m and c are: -6 and 1

Question 7.
y = 8
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = 8
Rewrite the given equation as:
y = 0x + 8
We know that,
The standard representation of a linear equation is:
y  mx + c
Where,
m is the slope
c is the y-intercept
Now,
Compare the given equation with the standard representation of the linear equation
Hence,
The values of m and c are: 0 and 8

Question 8.
x + 4y = -10
Answer:
The given equation is:
x + 4y = -10
Rewrite the given equation as:
4y = -10 – x
y = \(\frac{-10 – x}{4}\)
y = \(\frac{-x}{4}\) – \(\frac{10}{4}\)
We know that,
The standard representation of a linear equation is:
y  mx + c
Where,
m is the slope
c is the y-intercept
Now,
Compare the given equation with the standard representation of the linear equation
Hence,
The values of m and ‘c’ are: –\(\frac{1}{4}\) and –\(\frac{10}{4}\)

Graph the linear equation. Identify the x-intercept.

Question 9.
y = 4x – 4
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = 4x – 4
Now,
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
0 = 4x – 4
4x = 4
x = 4 / 4
x = 1
Hence,
The representation of the given equation along with the x-intercept in the coordinate plane is:

Question 10.
3x + y = -3
Answer:
The given equation is:
3x + y = -3
Now,
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
3x + 0 = -3
3x = -3
x = -3 / 3
x = -1
Hence,
The representation of the given equation along with the x-intercept in the coordinate plane is:

Question 11.
x + 2y = 6
Answer:
The given equation is:
x + 2y = 6
Now,
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
x + 0 = 6
x = 6
Hence,
The representation of the given equation along with the x-intercept in the coordinate plane is:

Question 12.
A linear function h models a relationship in which the dependent variable decreases 2 units for every 5 units the independent variable increases. Graph h when h(0) = 4. Identify the slope, y-intercept, and x-intercept of the graph.
Answer:
It is given that a linear function h models a relationship in which the dependent variable decreases 2 units for every 5 units the independent variable increases.
We know that,
The independent variable is: x
the dependent variable is: y
So,
So,
x = -2 and y = +5
So,
We can say that the slope is represented as:
m = \(\frac{-2}{5}\)
It is also given that
h (0) = 2
So,
y = 2 at x = 0
Hence,
The y-intercept is: (0, 2)
Hence,
The representation of the equation in the standard form is:
y = mx + c
y = –\(\frac{2}{5}\)x + 2
Now,
The value of the x-intercept can be obtained by putting y = 0
So,
0 = –\(\frac{2}{5}\)x + 2
–\(\frac{2}{5}\)x = -2
\(\frac{2}{5}\)x = 2
x = \(\frac{5 × 2}{2}\)
x = 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The slope is: –\(\frac{2}{5}\)
The x-intercept is: (5, 0)
The y-intercept is: (0, 2)

Question 13.
WHAT IF? The elevation of the submersible is modeled by h(t) = 500t – 10,000.
(a) Graph the function and identify its domain and range.
Answer:
The given function is:
h(t) = 500t – 10,000
So,
The representation of the given function in the coordinate plane is:

From the above graph,
We can say that the given equation is parallel to the y-axis
Hence,
There are no values for the domain since there are no values of x
The range of the given function is: -20,000 ≤ t ≤ 20,000

(b) Interpret the slope and the intercepts of the graph.
Answer:
The given function is:
h (t) = 500t – 10,000
Compare the given equation with the standard linear equation y = mx + c
So,
m = 500
c = -10,000
Now,
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0 or h (t) = 0
So,
500t – 10,000 = 0
500t = 10,000
t = 10,000 / 500
t = 20 or x = 20
To find the y-intercept, put x = 0 or t = 0
So,
h (t) = 500 (0) – 10,000
h (t) = -10,000
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The slope is: 500
The x-intercept is: 20
The y-intercept is: -10,000

Graphing Linear Equations in Slope-Intercept Form 3.5 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The ________ of a nonvertical line passing through two points is the ratio of the rise to the run.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
What is a constant function? What is the slope of a constant function?
Answer:
A “Constant function” is a function where the output (y) is the same for every input (x) value.
The slope for a constant function will be 0

Question 3.
WRITING
What is the slope-intercept form of a linear equation? Explain why this form is called the slope-intercept form.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 3

Question 4.
WHICH ONE did DOESN’T BELONG? Which equation does not belong with the other three? Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 122.1
Answer:
The given equations are:
a. y = -5x – 1
b. 2x – y = 8
c. y = x + 4
d. y = -3x + 13
Now,
Rewrite all the above equations in the form of
y = mx + c
So,
Now,
a.
The given equation is:
y = -5x – 1
Compare the above equation with
y = mx + c
So,
We will get,
m = -5 and c = -1

b.
The given equation is:
2x – y = 8
y = 2x – 8
Compare the above equation with
y = mx + c
So,
We will get
m = 8 and c = -8

c.
The given equation is:
y = x + 4
Compare the above equation with
y = mx + c
So,
We will get
m = 1 and c = 4

d.
The given equation is:
y = -3x + 13
Compare the above equation with
y = mx + c
So,
We will get
m = -3 and c = 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that equation (b) does not belong with the other three since the slope of equation (b) is even whereas all the other slops are odd

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–8, describe the slope of the line. Then find the slope.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 123
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 124
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 124
From the graph,
We can observe that the slope falls from right to left
So,
The slope is positive
Now,
We have to represent the first pair as (x1, y1) and the second pair as (x2, y2)
Now,
The representation of the values of x and y in the form of ordered pairs to find a slope is:
(4, 3), (1, -1)
We know that,
m = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
m = \(\frac{-1 – 3}{1 – 4}\)
m = \(\frac{-4}{-3}\)
m = \(\frac{4}{3}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the line is: \(\frac{4}{3}\)

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 125
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 7

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 126
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 126
From the graph,
We can observe that the slope falls from left to right
So,
The slope is negative
Now,
We have to represent the first pair as (x1, y1) and the second pair as (x2, y2)
Now,
The representation of the values of x and y in the form of ordered pairs to find a slope is:
(0, 3), (5, -1)
We know that,
m = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
m = \(\frac{-1 – 3}{5 – 0}\)
m = \(\frac{-4}{5}\)
m = –\(\frac{4}{5}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the line is: –\(\frac{4}{5}\)

In Exercises 9–12, the points represented by the table lie on a line. Find the slope of the line.

Question 9.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 127
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 9

Question 10.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 128
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 128
We know that,
To find the slope from a given table, we can take any x and y pair from the table
We have to represent the first pair as (x1, y1) and the second pair as (x2, y2)
Now,
The representation of the values of x and y in the form of ordered pairs to find a slope is:
(-1, -6), (2, -6)
We know that,
m = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
m = \(\frac{-6 + 6}{2 + 1}\)
m = \(\frac{0}{3}\)
m = 0
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the line is: 0

Question 11.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 129
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 11

Question 12.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 130
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 130
We know that,
To find the slope from a given table, we can take any x and y pair from the table
We have to represent the first pair as (x1, y1) and the second pair as (x2, y2)
Now,
The representation of the values of x and y in the form of ordered pairs to find a slope is:
(-4, 2), (-3, -5)
We know that,
m = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
m = \(\frac{-5 – 2}{-3 – [-4]}\)
m = \(\frac{-7}{1}\)
m = -7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the line is: -7

Question 13.
ANALYZING A GRAPH
The graph shows the distance y(in miles) that a bus travels in x hours. Find and interpret the slope of the line.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 131
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 13

Question 14.
ANALYZING A TABLE
The table shows the amount x(in hours) of time you spend at a theme park and the admission fee y (in dollars) to the park. The points represented by the table lie on a line. Find and interpret the slope of the line.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 132
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 132
It is given that the table shows the amount x(in hours) of time you spend at a theme park and the admission fee y (in dollars) to the park and the points represented by the table lie on a line.
Now,
The representations of the x and y values in the form of ordered pairs i.e., (x, y)
So,
Let (6, 54.99) and (7, 54.99) be the 2 ordered pairs
We know that,
m = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
m = \(\frac{54.99 – 54.99}{7 – 6}\)
m = \(\frac{0}{1}\)
m = 0
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the line is: 0

In Exercises 15–22, find the slope and the y-intercept of the graph of the linear equation.

Question 15.
y = -3x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 15

Question 16.
y = 4x – 7
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = 4x – 7
Compare the given equation with the standard form of the linear equation
y = mx + c
By comparing, we will get
m = 4 and c = -7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The slope of the given equation (m) is: 4
The y-intercept of the given equation is: -7

Question 17.
y = 6x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 17

Question 18.
y = -1
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = -1
Rewrite the given equation in the form of
y = mx + c
So,
y = 0x – 1
Compare the given equation with the standard form of the linear equation
y = mx + c
By comparing, we will get
m = 0 and c = -1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The slope of the given equation (m) is: 0
The y-intercept of the given equation is: -1

Question 19.
-2x + y = 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 19

Question 20.
x + y = -6
Answer:
The given equation is:
x + y = -6
Rewrite the given equation in the form of the linear equation
y = mx + c
So,
y = -x – 6
Compare the given equation with the standard form of the linear equation
y = mx + c
By comparing, we will get
m = -1 and c = -6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The slope of the given equation (m) is: -1
The y-intercept of the given equation is: -6

Question 21.
-5x = 8 – y
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 21

Question 22.
0 = 1 – 2y + 14x
Answer:
The given equation is:
0 =1 – 2y + 14x
Rewrite the give equation in the form of
y = mx + c
So,
2y = 14x + 1
Divide by 2 into both sides
y = (14 / 2)x + (1 / 2)
y = 7x + \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Compare the given equation with the standard form of the linear equation
y = mx + c
By comparing, we will get
m = 7 and c = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The slope of the given equation (m) is: 7
The y-intercept of the given equation is:\(\frac{1}{2}\)

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 23 and 24, describe and correct the error in finding the slope and the y-intercept of the graph of the equation.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 133
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 134
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = 3x – 6
Compare the above equation with the standard form of the linear equation
y = mx + c
So,
We will get
m = 3 and c = -6
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The slope of the given equation (m) is: 3
The y-intercept of the given equation is: -6

In Exercises 25–32, graph the linear equation. Identify the x-intercept.

Question 25.
y = -x + 7
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 25

Question 26.
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 3
Answer:
The given linear equation is:
y = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 3
To find the x-intercepy, put y = 0
0 = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 3
–\(\frac{1}{2}\)x = 3
x = 3 (-2)
x = -6
Hence,
The representation of the given linear equation in the coordinate plane is:

Question 27.
y = 2x
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 27

Question 28.
y = -x
Answer:
The given linear equation is:
y = -x
Rewrite the given equation in the form of y = mx + c
So,
y = -x + 0
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
0 = -x + 0
x = 0
Hence,
The representation of the given linear equation along with the x-intercept in the coordinate plane is:

Question 29.
3x + y = -1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 29

Question 30.
x + 4y = 8
Answer:
The given linear equation is:
x + 4y = 8
4y = -x + 8
Divide by 4 into both sides
y = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + (8 / 4)
y = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + 2
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
0 = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)x + 2
\(\frac{1}{4}\)x = 2
x = 2(4)
x = 8
Hence,
The representation of the given linear equation along with the x-intercept in the coordinate plane is:

Question 31.
-y + 5x = 0
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 31

Question 32.
2x – y + 6 = 0
Answer:
The given linear equation is:
2x – y + 6 = 0
So,
y = 2x + 6
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
0 = 2x + 6
-2x = 6
x = -6 / 2
x = -3
Hence,
The representation of the given linear equation along with the x-intercept in the coordinate plane is:

In Exercises 33 and 34, graph the function with the given description. Identify the slope, y-intercept, and x-intercept of the graph.

Question 33.
A linear function f models a relationship in which the dependent variable decreases 4 units for every 2 units the independent variable increases. The value of the function at 0 is -2.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 33

Question 34.
A linear function h models a relationship in which the dependent variable increases 1 unit for every 5 units the independent variable decreases. The value of the function at 0 is 3.
Answer:
It is given that a linear function h models a relationship in which the dependent variable increases 1 unit for every 5 units the independent variable decreases.
We know that,
The independent variable is: x
The dependent variable is: y
So,
Slope (m) = y / x
m = 1 / (-5)
m = –\(\frac{1}{5}\)
It is given that the value of the function at 0 is 3
So,
The value of y at x = 0 is: 3
Hence,
The y-intercept of the given function is: 3
Hence,
The representation of the slope and the y-intercept in the standard form of the linear function s:
y = mx + c
So,
y = –\(\frac{1}{5}\)x + 3
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
0 = –\(\frac{1}{5}\)x + 3
\(\frac{1}{5}\)x = 3
x = 3(5)
x = 15
To find the y-intercept, put x = 0
So,
y = 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The slope of the given function is: –\(\frac{1}{5}\)
The x-intercept is: 15
The y-intercept is: 3
The representation of the given function in the coordinate plane is:

Question 35.
GRAPHING FROM A VERBAL DESCRIPTION
A linear function r models the growth of your right index fingernail. The length of the fingernail increases 0.7 millimeters every week. Graph r when r(0) = 12. Identify the slope and interpret the y-intercept of the graph.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 35

Question 36.
GRAPHING FROM A VERBAL DESCRIPTION
A linear function m models the amount of milk sold by a farm per month. The amount decreases 500 gallons for every $1 increase in price. Graph m when m(0) = 3000. Identify the slope and interpret the x- and y-intercepts of the graph.
Answer:
It is given that the amount of milk decreases 500 gallons for every $1 increase
From the above,
We can say that,
The price is the independent variable
So,
x represents the price
The amount of milk is the dependent variable
So,
y represents the amount of milk
So,
Slope = y / x
Slope = -500 / 1
So,
Slope (m) = -500
It is given that,
m (0) = 3000
We know that,
m (0) is the functional representation of y
So,
y = 3000 when x = 0
Hence,
The y-intercept is: 3000
Now,
The representation of the slope and the y-intercept in the standard form of the linear equation is:
y = ,x + c
y = -500x + 3000
Now,
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
0 = -500x + 3000
500x = 3000
x = 3000 / 500
x = 6
To find the y-intercept, put x = 0
So,
y = -500 (0) + 3000
y = 3000
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The slope of the given equation is: -500
The c-intercept or y-intercept of the given equation is: 3000
The x-intercept of the given equation is: 6

Question 37.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The function shown models the depth d (in inches) of snow on the ground during the first 9 hours of a snowstorm, where t is the time (in hours) after the snowstorm begins.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 135
a. Graph the function and identify its domain and range.
b. Interpret the slope and the d-intercept of the graph.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 37

Question 38.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The function c(x) = 0.5x + 70 represents the cost c (in dollars) of renting a truck from a moving company, where x is the number of miles you drive the truck.
a. Graph the function and identify its domain and range.
Answer:
The given function is:
c (x) = 0.5x + 70
Where,
represents the cost c (in dollars) of renting a truck from a moving company,
x is the number of miles you drive the truck.
Hence,
The representation of the given function in the coordinate plane is:

We know that,
The domain is the set of all the values of x that holds the given equation true
The range is defined as the set of all the values of y that holds the given equation true
Hence,
The domain of the given function is: -100 ≤ x ≤ 60
The range of the given function is: 20 ≤y ≤ 70

b. Interpret the slope and the c-intercept of the graph.
Answer:
The given function is:
c (x) = 0.5x + 70
Compare the above equation with the standard form of the linear function
y = mx + c
SO,
By comparing, we get
m = 0.5 and c = 70
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The slope of the given function is: 0.5
The c-intercept is: 70

Question 39.
COMPARING FUNCTIONS
A linear function models the cost of renting a truck from a moving company. The table shows the cost y (in dollars) when you drive the truck x miles. Graph the function and compare the slope and the y-intercept of the graph with the slope and the c-intercept of the graph in Exercise 38.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 136
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 39

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 40 and 41, describe and correct the error in graphing the function.

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 137
Answer:
The given equation is:
y + 1 = 3x
Rewrite the above equation in the form of
y = mx + c
So,
The given equation can be rewritten as:
y = 3x – 1
Now,
Compare the above equation with the standard form of the linear equation
y = mx + c
So,
By comparison,
We get
m = 3 and c = -1
Hence,
The representation of the given equation in the coordinate plane is:

Question 41.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 138
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 41

Question 42.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
Graph the four equations in the same coordinate plane.
3y = -x – 3
2y – 14 = 4x
4x – 3 – y = 0
x – 12 = -3y
a. What enclosed shape do you think the lines form? Explain.
Answer:
The given equations are:
a. 3y = -x – 3
b. 2y – 14 = 4x
c. 4x – 3 – y = 0
d. x – 12 = -3y
Now,
Rewrite the given equations in the form of
y = mx + c
So,
a.
The given equation is:
3y = -x – 3
Divide by 3 into both sides
y = –\(\frac{x}{3}\) – (3 / 3)
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x – 1

b.
The given equation is:
2y – 14 = 4x
Divide by 2 into both sides
y – (14 / 2) = 2x
y – 7 = 2x
y = 2x + 7

c.
The given equation is:
4x – 3 – y = 0
y = 4x – 3

d.
The given equation is:
x – 12 = -3y
Divide by -3 into both sides
y = –\(\frac{x}[3]\) + (12 / 3)
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 4
Hence,
The representations of the given four equations in the coordinate plane is:

Hence,
By observing the graph,
We can conclude that the enclosed lines in the graph form a rectangle

b. Write a conjecture about the equations of parallel lines.
Answer:
We can determine from their equations whether two lines are parallel by comparing their slopes.
If the slopes are the same and the y-intercepts are different, the lines are parallel.
If the slopes are different, the lines are not parallel.
Unlike parallel lines, perpendicular lines do intersect.

Question 43.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS The graph shows the relationship between the width y and the length x of a rectangle in inches. The perimeter of a second rectangle is 10 inches less than the perimeter of the first rectangle.
a. Graph the relationship between the width and length of the second rectangle.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 139
b. How does the graph in part (a) compare to the graph shown?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 43.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 43.2

Question 44.
MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
The graph shows the relationship between the base length x and the side length (of the two equal sides) y of an isosceles triangle in meters. The perimeter of a second isosceles triangle is 8 meters more than the perimeter of the first triangle.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 140
a. Graph the relationship between the base length and the side length of the second triangle.
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 140
It is given that the graph shows the relationship between the base length x and the side length (of the two equal sides) y of an isosceles triangle in meters. The perimeter of a second isosceles triangle is 8 meters more than the perimeter of the first triangle.
Now,
From the graph,
The equation for the first Isosceles triangle is:
y = 6 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x
Multiply by 2 into both sides
2y = 6 (2) – x
2y = 12 – x
2y + x = 12
The above equation represents the perimeter of the first Isosceles triangle
Where,
x is the base length
y is the side of the equal length like the third side
It is also given that the perimeter of a second isosceles triangle is 8 meters more than the perimeter of the first triangle.
So,
2y + x = 12 + 8
2y + x = 20
The above equation represents the perimeter of the second Isosceles triangle
Hence,
The representation of the perimeter of the second isosceles triangle in the coordinate plane is:

b. How does the graph in part (a) compare to the graph shown?
Answer:
The equation of the perimeter of the first isosceles triangle is:
y = 6 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x
The equation of the perimeter of the second isosceles triangle is:
y = 10 – \(\frac{1}{2}\)x
Hence,
From comparing the above 2 equations with the standard form of the linear equation
y = mx + c
We can observe that the slopes are equal and only the y-intercepts are different
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the graphs of the perimeters of the first isosceles triangle and the second isosceles triangle are parallel

Question 45.
ANALYZING EQUATIONS
Determine which of the equations could be represented by each graph.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 141
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 45

Question 46.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Your friend says that you can write the equation of any line in slope-intercept form. Is your friend correct? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
No, your friend is not correct

Explanation:
We can write the equation in slope-intercept form only when hat equation is in the linear form i.e., only x and y terms.
If there are exponential terms in an equation, then we can not write that equation in slope-intercept form
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that your friend is not correct

Question 47.
WRITING
Write the definition of the slope of a line in two different ways.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 47

Question 48.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
Your family goes on vacation to a beach 300 miles from your house. You reach your destination 6 hours after departing. Draw a graph that describes your trip. Explain what each part of your graph represents.
Answer:

Question 49.
ANALYZING A GRAPH
The graphs of the functions g(x) = 6x + a and h(x) = 2x + b, where a and b are constants, are shown. They intersect at the point (p, q).
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 142
a. Label the graphs of g and h.
b. What do a and b represent?
c. Starting at the point (p, q), trace the graph of g until you get to the point with the x-coordinate p + 2. Mark this point C. Do the same with the graph of h. Mark this point D. How much greater is the y-coordinate of point C than the y-coordinate of point D?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 49.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 49.2

Question 50.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? Your commute to school by walking and by riding a bus. The graph represents your commute.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 143
a. Describe your commute in words.
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 143
From the graph,
We can observe that your commute to school is different at different time intervals
Now,
From 0 to 10 seconds,
The distance you commuted gradually increases
From 10 to 14 seconds,
The distance you commuted is constant
From 14 to 18 seconds,
The distance you commuted abruptly increased

b. Calculate and interpret the slopes of the different parts of the graph.
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 143
From the graph,
We can observe that there are different commutes at different time intervals,
Now,
The x-axis represents the time
The y-axis represents the distance in miles
Now,
From 0 to 10 seconds,
The ordered pairs from the coordinate plane are:
(0, 0), (10, 0.5)
We know that,
The slope when 2 ordered pairs are given is represented as:
m = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
From 0 to 10 seconds,
m = \(\frac{0.5 – 0}{10 – 0}\)
m = \(\frac{0.5}{10}\)
m = \(\frac{5}{100}\)
m = 0.05
From 10 to 14 seconds,
The ordered pairs from the coordinate plane are:
(10, 0.5), (14, 0.5)
We know that,
The slope when 2 ordered pairs are given is represented as:
m = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
From 10 to 14 seconds,
m = \(\frac{0.5 – 0.5}{14 – 10}\)
m = \(\frac{0}{4}\)
m = 0
From 14 to 18 seconds,
The ordered pairs from the coordinate plane are:
(14, 0.5), (18, 2.5)
We know that,
The slope when 2 ordered pairs are given is represented as:
m = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
From 14 to 18 seconds,
m = \(\frac{2.5 – 0.5}{18 – 14}\)
m = \(\frac{2}{4}\)
m = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
m = 0.5
Hence, fromthe above,
We can conclude that
The slope from 0 to 10 seconds is: 0.05
The slope from 10 to 14 seconds is: 0
The slope from 14 to 18 seconds is: 0.5

PROBLEM-SOLVING
In Exercises 51 and 52, find the value of k so that the graph of the equation has the given slope or y-intercept.

Question 51.
y = 4kx – 5; m = \(\frac{1}{2}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 51

Question 52.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 144
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + \(\frac{5}{6}\)k
Compare the above equation with the standard representation of the linear equation.
We know that,
The standard representation of the linear equation is:
y = mx + b
On comparison,
We get,
m = –\(\frac{1}{3}\) and b = \(\frac{5}{6}\)k
It is given that
The value of b is: -10
So,
\(\frac{5}{6}\)k = -10
5k = -10 × 6
k = \(\frac{-10 × 6}{5}\)
k = -12
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of k is: -12

Question 53.
ABSTRACT REASONING
To show that the slope of a line is constant, let (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) be any two points on the line y = mx + b. Use the equation of the line to express y1 in terms of x1 and y2 in terms of x2. Then use the slope formula to show that the slope between the points is m.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 53

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Find the coordinates of the figure after the transformation.

Question 54.
Translate the rectangle with 4 units left.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 145
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 145
From the given graph,
The rectangle is covered up to 1 to 3 units at the x-axis and 0 to -4 units at the y-axis
So,
When we move the rectangle 4 units left, i.e., move the 1 and 3 units left for 4 units and move the 0 and -4 units left for 4 units
So,
The new rectangle in the graph is formed at:
At the x-axis:
1 – 4 = -3
3 – 4 = -1
At the y-axis:
0 – 4 = -4
-4 – 4 = -8
Hence,
The new rectangle is formed at (-1, -3) at the x-axis and at (-4, -8) at the y-axis
Hence,
The representation of the rectangle after the transformation in the coordinate plane is:

Question 55.
Dilate the triangle with respect to the origin using a scale factor of 2.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 146
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 55

Question 56.
Reflect the trapezoid in the y-axis.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 147
Answer:
Determine whether the equation represents a linear or nonlinear function. Explain.

Question 57.
y – 9 = \(\frac{2}{x}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 57

Question 58.
x = 3 + 15y
Answer:
The given function is:
x = 3 + 15y
Rewrite the above given function in the form of
y = mx + c
So,
15y = 3 – x
y = \(\frac{3 – x}{15}\)
y = \(\frac{3}{15}\) – \(\frac{1}{15}\)x
Hence,
The above function is in the form of
y = mx + c
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given function is linear

Question 59.
\(\frac{x}{4}\) + \(\frac{y}{12}\) = 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.5 Question 59

Question 60.
y = 3x4 – 6
Answer:
The given function is:
y = 3x4 – 6
Rewrite the above given function in the form of
y = mx + c
But,
The above function is not in the form of
y = mx + c
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given function is non-linear

Lesson 3.6 Transformations of Graphs of Linear Functions

Essential Question
How does the graph of the linear function f(x) = x compare to the graphs of g(x) = f(x) + c and h(x) = f(cx)? Comparing Graphs of Functions
Answer:
The given linear function is:
f (x) = x
The graph corresponding to the above function will be the vertical line
Now,
The given functions are:
g (x) = f (x) + c and h (x) = f (cx)
Now,
The graph of g (x) will be the vertical line translated i.e., addition or subtraction by c units
The graph of h (x) will be the graph of the function f(x) stretched or compressed by 1/c units

EXPLORATION 1
Comparing Graphs of Functions
Work with a partner.
The graph of f(x) = x is shown. Sketch the graph of each function, along with f, on the same set of coordinate axes. Use a graphing calculator to check your results. What can you conclude?
a. g(x) = x + 4
b. g(x) = x + 2
c. g(x) = x – 2
d. g(x) = x – 4
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 148
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 149
Answer:
The given functions are:
a. g(x) = x + 4
b. g(x) = x + 2
c. g(x) = x – 2
d. g(x) = x – 4
The other given function is:
f (x) = x
Now,
a.
The given function is:
g (x) = x + 4
Hence,
The representations of f(x) and g (x) in the same coordinate plane are:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that g (x) translated 4 units away from f(x) to the left side i.e., towards the positive y-axis

b.
The given function is:
g (x) = x + 2
Hence,
The representations of f(x) and g (x) in the same coordinate plane are:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that g (x) translated 2 units away from f(x) to the left side i.e., towards the positive y-axis

c.
The given function is:
g (x) = x – 2
Hence,
The representations of f(x) and g (x) in the same coordinate plane are:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that g (x) translated 2 units away from f(x) to the right side i.e., towards the negative y-axis

d,
The given function is:
g (x) = x – 4
Hence,
The representations of f(x) and g (x) in the same coordinate plane are:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that g (x) translated 4 units away from f(x) to the right side i.e., towards the negative y-axis

EXPLORATION 2
Comparing Graphs of Functions
Work with a partner.
Sketch the graph of each function, along with f(x) = x, on the same set of coordinate axes. Use a graphing calculator to check your results. What can you conclude?
a. h(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x
b. h(x) = 2x
c. h(x) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x
d. h(x) = -2x
Answer:
The given functions are:
a. h(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x
b. h(x) = 2x
c. h(x) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x
d. h(x) = -2x
The other given function is:
f (x) = x
Now,
a.
The given function is:
h(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x
Hence,
The representations of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane are:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that h (x) and f (x) passes through the origin and h (x) is steeper than f (x)

b.
The given function is:
h(x) = 2x
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h(x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that h(x) and f(x) passes through the origin and f (x) is steeper than h (x)

c.
The given function is:
h(x) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that h (x) and f (x) are on the opposite axes

d.
The given function is:
h(x) = -2x
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that f (x) and h (x) are in the opposite axes

EXPLORATION 3
Matching Functions with Their Graphs
Work with a partner.
Match each function with its graph. Use a graphing calculator to check your results. Then use the results of Explorations 1 and 2 to compare the graph of k to the graph of f(x) = x.
a. k(x) = 2x – 4
b. k(x) = -2x + 2
c. k(x) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 4
d. k(x) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x — 2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 150
Answer:
The given functions are:
a. k(x) = 2x – 4
b. k(x) = -2x + 2
c. k(x) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 4
d. k(x) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x — 2
The other given function is:
f (x) = x
Now,
a.
The given equation is:
k(x) = 2x – 4
Hence,
The representation of k (x) and f (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that graph C) matches k (x)
By comparing f (x) and k (x),
We can say that k (x) translates 2 units from f (x) towards the positive x-axis

b.
The given function is:
k(x) = -2x + 2
Hence,
The representation of k (x) and f (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that graph A) matches k (x)
By comparing f (x) and k (x),
We can say that k (x) and f (x) are on the opposite axes

c.
The given function is:
k(x) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 4
Hence,
The representation of k (x) and f (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that graph D) matches k (x)
By comparing f (x) and k (x),
We can say that k (x) and f (x) are on opposite axes and k (x) only translates through only the positive and negative x-axes

d.
The given function is:
k(x) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x — 2
Hence,
The representation of k (x) and f (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that graph B) matches k (x)
By comparing f (x) and k (x),
We can say that k (x) and f(x) are on the opposite axes and k (x) translates through only the negative x-axis and the negative y-axis

Communicate Your Answer

Question 4.
How does the graph of the linear function f(x) = x compare to the graphs of g(x) = f(x) + c and h(x) = f(cx)?
Answer:
The given linear function is:
f (x) = x
The graph corresponding to the above function will be the vertical line
Now,
The given functions are:
g (x) = f (x) + c and h (x) = f (cx)
Now,
The graph of g (x) will be the vertical line translated i.e., addition or subtraction by c units
The graph of h (x) will be the graph of the function f(x) stretched or compressed by 1/c units

3.6 Lesson

Monitoring Progress
Using f, graph (a) g and (b) h. Describe the transformations from the graph of f to the graphs of g and h.

Question 1.
f(x) = 3x + 1; g(x) = f(x) – 2; h(x) = f(x – 2)
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = 3x + 1; g (x) = f (x) – 2 and h (x) = f (x – 2)
Now,
It is given that,
g (x) = f (x) – 2
So,
g (x) = 3x + 1 – 2
g (x) = 3x – 1
It is given that,
h (x) = f (x – 2)
h (x) = 3 (x – 2) + 1
h (x) = 3 (x) + 3 (2) + 1
h (x) = 3x + 6 + 1
h (x) = 3x + 7
Hence,
The representations of f (x), g (x), and h (x) in a coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
g (x) is translated 2 units away from f (x) toward the positive x-axis and h (x) is translated 5 units away from f (x) toward the positive y-axis

Question 2.
f(x) = -4x – 2; g(x) = -f(x); h(x) = f(-x)
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = -4x – 2; g (x) = -f (x) and h (x) = f (-x)
Now,
It is given that,
g (x) = -f (x)
So,
g (x) = – (-4x – 2)
g (x) = 4x + 2
It is given that,
h (x) = f (-x)
h (x) = -4 (-x) – 2
h (x) = 4x – 2
Hence,
The representations of f (x), g (x), and h (x) in a coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
g (x) is translated 2.5 units away from f (x) toward the positive y-axis and h (x) is translated 1 unit away from f (x) toward the positive x-axis

Using f, graph (a) g and (b) h. Describe the transformations from the graph of f to the graphs of g and h.

Question 3.
f(x) = 4x – 2; g(x) = f (\(\frac{1}{2}\)x ); h(x) = 2f(x)
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = 4x – 2; g (x) = f (\(\frac{1}{2}\)x ) and h (x) = 2f (x)
Now,
It is given that,
g (x) = f (\(\frac{1}{2}\)x )
So,
g (x) = 4 ( f (\(\frac{1}{2}\)x ) – 2
g (x) = 2x – 2
It is given that,
h (x) = 2f (x)
h (x) = 2 (4x – 2)
h (x) = 2 (4x) – 2(2)
h (x) = 8x – 4
Hence,
The representations of f (x), g (x), and h (x) in a coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
g (x) is translated 0.5 units away from f (x) toward the positive x-axis and h (x) is translated 0 units away from f (x) toward the origin

Question 4.
f(x) = -3x + 4; g(x) = f(2x); h(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)f(x)
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = -3x + 4; g (x) = f (2x) and h (x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)f(x)
Now,
It is given that,
g (x) = f (2x)
So,
g (x) = -3 (2x) + 4
g (x) = -6x + 4
It is given that,
h (x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)f(x)
h (x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) (3x + 4)
h (x) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + \(\frac{4}{2}\)
h (x) = \(\frac{3}{2}\)x + 2
Hence,
The representations of f (x), g (x), and h (x) in a coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
g (x) and f (x) are on the same axis and h (x) and f (x) are on the opposite axis

Question 5.
Graph f(x) = x and h(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 2. Describe the transformations from the graph of f to the graph of h.
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = x and h (x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 2
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that h (x) translated 4 units away from f (x) towards the positive x-axis

Transformations of Graphs of Linear Functions 3.6 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
WRITING
Describe the relationship between f(x) = x and all other nonconstant linear functions.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 1

Question 2.
VOCABULARY
Name four types of transformations. Give an example of each and describe how it affects the graph of a function.
Answer:
The four types of transformations that affect the graph of a function are:
a. Translation
Ex:
f (x) = x and g (x) = 2 f(x)
b. Rotation
Ex:
f (x) = 3x + 2 and g (x) = 3x – 2
c. Reflection
Ex:
f (x) =x and g (x) =-f (x)
d. Dilation
Ex:
f (x) = 3x + 6 and g (x) = f (2x)

Question 3.
WRITING
How does the value of a in the equation y = f(ax) affect the graph of y = f(x)? How does the value of a in the equation y = af(x) affect the graph of y = f(x)?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 151
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 3

Question 4.
REASONING
The functions f and g are linear functions. The graph of g is a vertical shrink of the graph of f. What can you say about the x-intercepts of the graphs of f and g? Is this always true? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that the functions f and g are linear functions
We know that,
f can be written as f (x)
g can be written as g (x)
It is also given that the graph of g is a vertical shrink of the graph of f.
So,
Since the graph of g shrinks, then the x-intercept of g will also shrink if we observe the functions of f and g
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the x-intercept of g will shrink and this is always true

In Exercises 5–10, use the graphs of f and g to describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of g.

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 152
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 5

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 153
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 153
From the above graph,
The given functions are:
f (x) = x – 3
g (x) = f (x + 4)
So,
g (x) = (x + 4) – 3
g (x) = x + 1
Hence,
When we observe f (x) and g (x), we can say that
g (x) shrinks by 2 units of f (x)

Question 7.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 3; g(x) = f(x) = -3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 7

Question 8.
f(x) = -3x + 4; g(x) = f(x) + 1
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = -3x + 4
g (x) = f (x) + 1
So,
g (x) = -3x + 4 + 1
g (x) = -3x + 5
Hence,
The representation of f and g in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that g (x) translates 1 unit away from f (x)

Question 9.
f(x) = -x – 2; g(x) = f(x + 5)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 9

Question 10.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 5; g(x) = f(x – 3)
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 5
g (x) = f (x – 3)
So,
g (x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) ( x – 3 ) – 5
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and g (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that g (x) is dilated from f (x)

Question 11.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
You and a friend start biking from the same location. Your distance d (in miles) after t minutes is given by the function d(t) = \(\frac{1}{5}\)t. Your friend starts biking 5 minutes after you. Your friend’s distance f is given by the function f(t) = d(t – 5). Describe the transformation from the graph of d to the graph of f.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 154
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 11

Question 12.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The total cost C (in dollars) to cater an event with p people is given by the function C(p) = 18p + 50. The set-up fee increases by $25. The new total cost T is given by the function T(p) = C(p) + 25. Describe the transformation from the graph of C to the graph of T.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 155
Answer:
It is given that the total cost C (in dollars) to cater an event with p people is given by the function
C(p) = 18p + 50
It is also given that the set-up fee increases by $25.
So,
The new total cost T is given by the function
T(p) = C(p) + 25
So,
T (p) = 18p + 50 + 25
T (p) = 18p + 75
Hence,
The representation of T (p) and C (p) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that T (p) translated 25 units away from C (p)

In Exercises 13–16, use the graphs of f and h to describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of h.

Question 13.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 156
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 13

Question 14.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 157
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 157
From the above graph,
The given functions are:
f (x) = -3x + 1
h (x) = f (-x)
So,
h (x) = -3 (-x) + 1
h (x) = 3x + 1
Hence,
The representations of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that f (x) and h (x) are perpendicular lines

Question 15.
f(x) = -5 – x; h(x) = f(-x)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 15

Question 16.
f(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x – 2; h(x) = -f(x)
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)x – 2
h (x) = – f(x)
So,
h (x) = – (\(\frac{1}{4}\)x – 2)
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that h (x) is a reflection of f (x) on the y-axis

In Exercises 17–22, use the graphs of f and r to describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of r.

Question 17.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 158
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 17

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 159
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 159
From the above graph,
The given functions are:
f (x) = -x
r (x) = f (\(\frac{1}{4}\) x)
So,
r (x) = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)x
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and r (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that r (x) shrinks by \(\frac{1}{4}\) of f (x)

Question 19.
f(x) = -2x – 4; r(x) = f(\(\frac{1}{2}\)x )
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 19

Question 20.
f(x) = 3x + 5; r(x) = f (\(\frac{1}{3}\)x)
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = 3x + 5
r (x) = f (\(\frac{1}{3}\)x)
So,
r (x) = 3 ( \(\frac{1}{3}\) x ) + 5
r (x) = x + 5
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and r (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that r (x) shrinks by 1 unit of f (x)

Question 21.
f(x) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 1; r(x) = 3f(x)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 21

Question 22.
f(x) = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)x – 2; r(x) = 4f(x)
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = –\(\frac{1}{4}\)x – 2
r (x) = 4 f (x)
So,
r (x) = 4 [-\(\frac{1}{4}\)x – 2]
r (x) = -x – 8
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and r (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that r (x) translates 4 units away from  f (x)

In Exercises 23–28, use the graphs of f and h to describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of h.

Question 23.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 160
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 23

Question 24.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 161
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 161
From the above grah,
The given functions are:
f (x) = -2x – 6
h (x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) f(x)
So,
h (x) = –\(\frac{1}{3}\) (2x + 6)
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that h (x) stretches by \(\frac{1}{3}\) of f (x)

Question 25.
f(x) = 3x – 12; h(x) = \(\frac{1}{6}\)f(x)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 25

Question 26.
f(x) = -x + 1; h(x) = f(2x)
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = -x + 1
h (x) = f (2x)
So,
h (x) = -(2x) + 1
h (x) = -2x + 1
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that h (x) stretches by 1 unit from f (x)

Question 27.
f(x) = -2x – 2; h(x) = f(5x)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 27

Question 28.
f(x) = 4x + 8; h(x) = \(\frac{3}{4}\)f(x)
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = 4x + 8
h (x) = \(\frac{3}{4}\) f (x)
So,
h (x) = \(\frac{3}{4}\) (4x + 8)
h (x) = \(\frac{3}{4}\) (4x) + \(\frac{3}{4}\) (8)
h (x) = 3x + 6
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that h (x) shrinks by 2 units from f (x)

In Exercises 29–34, use the graphs of f and g to describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of g.

Question 29.
f(x) = x – 2; g(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)f(x)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 29

Question 30.
f(x) = -4x + 8; g(x) = -f(x)
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = -4x + 8
g (x) = -f (x)
So,
g (x) = -4 (-x) + 8
g (x) = 4x + 8
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and g (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above graph,
We can conclude that g (x) is a reflection of f (x)

Question 31.
f(x) = -2x – 7; g(x) = f(x – 2)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 31

Question 32.
f(x) = 3x + 8; g(x) = f(\(\frac{2}{3}\)x)
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = 3x + 8
g (x) = f (\(\frac{2}{3}\)x)
So,
g (x) = 3 ( \(\frac{2}{3}\) ) x + 8
g (x) = 2x + 8
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and g (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that g (x) shrink by 1 unit of the graph of f (x)

Question 33.
f(x) = x – 6; g(x) = 6f(x)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 33

Question 34.
f(x) = -x; g(x) = f(x) -3
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = -x
g (x) = f (x) – 3
So,
g (x) = -x – 3
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and g (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that g (x) is translated by 3 units away from f (x)

In Exercises 35–38, write a function g in terms of f so that the statement is true.

Question 35.
The graph of g is a horizontal translation 2 units right of the graph of f.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 35

Question 36.
The graph of g is a reflection in the y-axis of the graph of f.
Answer:
We know that,
f can be writen as f (x)
g can be written as g (x)
Now,
The given statement is:
The graph of g is a reflection of f(x) in the y-axis of the graph of f (x)
So,
Reflection in the y-axis means if f (x) is +ve, then the reflection of f (x) will be -ve and vice-versa
Hence,
The representation of the given statement in terms of f(x) is:
g (x) = f (-x)

Question 37.
The graph of g is a vertical stretch by a factor of 4 of the graph of f.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 37

Question 38.
The graph of g is a horizontal shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the graph of f.
Answer:
We know that,
f can be writen as f (x)
g can be written as g (x)
Now,
The given statement is:
The graph of g is a horizontal shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{5}\) of the graph
We know that,
“Shrink” is represented by ‘-‘
“Stretch” is represented by ‘+’
Hence,
The representation of the given statement in terms of f (x) is:
g (x) = – \(\frac{1}{5}\) f (x)

ERROR ANALYSIS In Exercises 39 and 40, describe and correct the error in graphing g.

Question 39.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 162
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 39

Question 40.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 163
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = -x + 3 and g (x) = f (-x)
So,
g (x) = -[-x] + 3
g (x) = x + 3
Hence,
The representations of f (x) and g (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that f (x) and g (x) are perpendicular lines from the graph

In Exercises 41–46, graph f and h. Describe the transformations from the graph of f to the graph of h.

Question 41.
f(x) = x; h(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 41

Question 42.
f(x) = x; h(x) = 4x – 2
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = x and h (x) = 4x – 2
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the transformations are a vertical stretch by a factor of 4 followed by a vertical translation of 2 units down

Question 43.
f(x) = x; h(x) = -3x – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 43

Question 44.
f(x) = x; h(x) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 3
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = x and h (x) = –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 3
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the transformations are a vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{2}\) followed by a vertical translation of 3 units up

Question 45.
f(x) = 2x; h(x) = 6x – 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 45

Question 46.
f(x) = 3x; h(x) = -3x – 7
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = 3x and h (x) = -3x – 7
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the transformations are a vertical shrink by a factor of 3 followed by a vertical translation of 7 units down

Question 47.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The function t(x) = -4x +72 represents the temperature from 5 P.M. to 11 P.M., where x is the number of hours after 5 P.M. The function d(x) = 4x + 72 represents the temperature from 10 A.M. to 4 P.M., where x is the number of hours after 10 A.M. Describe the transformation from the graph of t to the graph of d.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 164
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 47

Question 48.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
A school sells T-shirts to promote school spirit. The school’s profit is given by the function P(x) = 8x – 150, where x is the number of T-shirts sold. During the playoffs, the school increases the price of the T-shirts. The school’s profit during the play-offs is given by the function Q(x) = 16x – 200, where x is the number of T-shirts sold. Describe the transformations from the graph of P to the graph of Q.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 164.1
Answer:
It is given that a school sells T-shirts to promote school spirit. The school’s profit is given by the function
P(x) =8x- 150
where,
x is the number of T-shirts sold
It is also given that during the playoffs, the school increases the price of the T-shirts. The school’s profit during the play-offs is given by the function
Q(x) = 16x – 200
where,
x is the number of T-shirts sold.
Hence,
The representation of P (x) and Q(x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above graph,
We can conclude that
The x-axis shrink by a factor of 2
The y-axis shrink by 50

Question 49.
USING STRUCTURE
The graph of g(x) = a • f(x – b) + c is a transformation of the graph of the linear function f. Select the word or value that makes each statement true.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 165
a. The graph of g is a vertical ______ of the graph of f when a = 4, b = 0, and c = 0.
b. The graph of g is a horizontal translation ______ of the graph of f when a = 1, b = 2, and c = 0.
c. The graph of g is a vertical translation 1 unit up of the graph of f when a = 1, b = 0, and c = ____.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 49

Question 50.
USING STRUCTURE
The graph of h(x) = a • f(bx – c) + d is a transformation of the graph of the linear function f. Select the word or value that makes each statement true.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 166
a. The graph of h is a ______ shrink of the graph of f when a = \(\frac{1}{3}\), b = 1, c = 0, and d = 0.
b. The graph of h is a reflection in the ______ of the graph of f when a = 1, b = -1, c = 0, and d = 0.
c. The graph of h is a horizontal stretch of the graph of f by a factor of 5 when a = 1, b = _____, c = 0, and d = 0.
Answer:
The given original function is:
f (x) = x
The given choice of words to make the given statements true is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 166
The transformation of the function of f (x) is given as:
h (x) = a f (bx – c) + d
Where,
a, b, c, and d are constants
Now,
a.
The given values of constants are:
a = \(\frac{1}{3}\),
b = 1
c = 0
d = 0
So,
h (x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)f (1 (x) – 0) + 0
h (x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) f (x)
So,
h (x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\)x
Hence,
The representations of f (x) and h (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the graph of h is a vertical shrink of the graph of f when a = \(\frac{1}{3}\), b = 1, c = 0, and d = 0.

b.
The given values of constants are:
a = 1
b = -1
c = 0
d = 0
So,
h (x) = 1f (-1 (x) – 0) + 0
h (x) =  f (-x)
So,
h (x) = -x
Hence,
The representations of f (x) and h (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the graph of h is a reflection in the y-axis of the graph of f when a = 1, b = -1, c = 0, and d = 0

c.
The given values of constants are:
a = 1
b = p
c = 0
d = 0
So,
h (x) = 1f (p (x) – 0) + 0
h (x) =  f (px)
So,
h (x) = px
Hence,
The representations of f (x) and h (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the graph of h is a horizontal stretch of the graph of f by a factor of 5 when a = 1, b = \(\frac{1}{5}\), c = 0, and d = 0

Question 51.
ANALYZING GRAPHS
Which of the graphs are related by only a translation? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 167
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 51

Question 52.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
A swimming pool is filled with water by a hose at a rate of 1020 gallons per hour. The amount v (in gallons) of water in the pool after t hours is given by the function v(t) = 1020t. How does the graph of v change in each situation?
a. A larger hose is found. Then the pool is filled at a rate of 1360 gallons per hour.
Answer:
It is given that a swimming pool is filled with water by a hose at a rate of 1020 gallons per hour. The amount v (in gallons) of water in the pool after t hours is given by the function
v(t) = 1020t
Now,
It is also given that a pool is filled at a rate of 1360 gallons per hour
So,
The overall rate change = 1340 / 1020
= 440 / 330
= 4 / 3
So,
The new rate of change is representad by the function
f (t) = (4 / 3) v (t)
Hence,
The representation of the graph of v using the functions v (t) = 1020t and v (t) = 1360t is:

b. Before filling up the pool with a hose, a water truck adds 2000 gallons of water to the pool.
Answer:
We know that,
From part (a),
The function for filling up the pool with a hose is given as:
v (t) = 1020t
It is given that before filling up the pool with a hose, a water truck adds 2000 gallons of water to the pool
So,
v (t) = 1020t + 2000
Hence,
The representations of the functions before filling the hose and  a water truck adds 2000 gallons of water are:

Question 53.
ANALYZING RELATIONSHIPS
You have $50 to spend on fabric for a blanket. The amount m (in dollars) of money you have after buying y yards of fabric is given by the function m(y) = -9.98y + 50. How does the graph of m change in each situation?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 168
a. You receive an additional $10 to spend on the fabric.
b. The fabric goes on sale, and each yard now costs $4.99.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 53

Question 54.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
Write a function g whose graph passes through the point (4, 2) and is a transformation of the graph of f(x) = x.
Answer:
It is given that a function g whose graph passes through the point (4, 2) and is a transformation of the graph of f(x) = x
We know that,
The equation that passes through (h, k) and it is a transformation of another function is:
y = fx – h) + k
So,
From (4, 2)
As the translation between the values of x and y in the given point is 2,
We can make the value of ‘h’ as -2
We can make the value of k as -4
Hence,
The equation that passes through (4, 2) is:
y = (x + 2 ) – 4
y = x – 2
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the function that passes through (4, 2) is:
g (x) = x – 2

In Exercises 55–60, graph f and g. Write g in terms of f. Describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of g.

Question 55.
f(x) = 2x – 5; g(x) = 2x – 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 55

Question 56.
f(x) = 4x + 1; g(x) = -4x – 1
Answer:
The given equations are:
f (x) = 4x + 1
g (x) = -4x – 1
So,
g (x) = – (4x + 1)
g (x) = -f (x)
Hence,
The representations of f (x) and g (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that f (x) and g (x) are on the opposite quadrants

Question 57.
f(x) = 3x + 9; g(x) = 3x + 15
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 57

Question 58.
f(x) = -x – 4 ; g(x) = x – 4
Answer:
The given equations are:
f (x) = -x – 4
g (x) = x – 4
Hence,
The representations of f (x) and g (x) in the coordinate plane are:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that f (x) and g (x) are perpendicular lines since only the slopes vary and the y-intercepts are the same

Question 59.
f(x) = x + 2; g(x) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 59

Question 60.
f(x) = x – 1; g(x) = 3x – 3
Answer:
The given equations are:
f (x) = x – 1
g (x) = 3x – 3
So,
g (x) = 3 (x – 1)
g (x) = 3 f (x)
Hence,
The representations of f (x) and g (x) in the coordinate plane are:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that g (x) translates 3 units away from f (x)

Question 61.
REASONING
The graph of f(x) = x + 5 is a vertical translation 5 units up of the graph of f(x) = x. How can you obtain the graph of f(x) = x + 5 from the graph of f(x) = x using a horizontal translation?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 61

Question 62.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? Match each function with its graph. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 169
a. a(x) = f(-x)
b. g(x) = f(x) – 4
c. h(x) = f(x) + 2
d. k(x) = f(3x)
Answer:

REASONING
In Exercises 63–66, find the value of r.

Question 63.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 170
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 63

Question 64.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 171
Answer:
The given equations are:
f (x) = -3x + 5
g (x) = f (rx)
So,
g (x) = -3 (rx) + 5
Where,
r is the transformational factor
From the graph,
The x-intercept of g(x) is: 5
Now,
To find he x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
0 = -3 (rx) + 5
3 (rx) = 5
3r (5) = 5
3r = 5 / 5
3r = 1
r = \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Hence, from the above,
WE can conclude that the value of r is: \(\frac{1}{3}\)

Question 65.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 172
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 65

Question 66.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 173
Answer:
The given equations are:
f (x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 8
g (x) = f (x) + r
So,
g (x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 8 + r
From the graph,
We can observe that f (x) and g (x) are both the parallel lines
So,
The slopes of f (x) and g (x) are the same and only the y-intercepts differ in f (x) and g (x)
From the graph,
We can observe that the y-intercept of g (x) is: 0
So,
g (x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 8 + 0
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of r is: 0

Question 67.
CRITICAL THINKING
When is the graph of y = f(x) + w the same as the graph of y = f(x + w) for linear functions? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 67

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the formula for the indicated variable.(Section 1.5)

Question 68.
Solve for h.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 174
Answer:
The given formula from the given figure is:
V = πr²h
Divide by πr² into both sides
So,
\(\frac{V}{πr²}\) = h
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the formula for ‘h’ is:
h = \(\frac{V}{πr²}\)

Question 69.
Solve for w.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 175
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 69

Solve the inequality. Graph the solution, if possible. (Section 2.6)

Question 70.
| x – 3 | ≤ 14
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
| x + 3 | ≤ 14
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
x + 3 ≤ 14 and x + 3 ≥ -14
x ≤ 14 – 3 and x ≥ -14 – 3
x ≤ 11 and x ≥ -17
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solutions to the given absolute value inequality are:
x ≤11 and x ≥ -17
The representation of the solutions of the given inequality in the graph is:

Question 71.
| 2x + 4 | > 16
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 71

Question 72.
5 | x + 7 | < 25
Answer:
The given absolute value inequality is:
5 | x + 7 | < 25
So,
| x + 7 | < 25 / 5
| x + 7 | < 5
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
x + 7 < 5 and x + 7 > -5
x < 5 – 7 and x > -5 – 7
x < -2 and x > -12
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solutions of the given absolute value inequality are:
x < -2 and x > -12
The representations of the solutions of the given absolute value inequality in the graph is:

Question 73.
-2 | x + 1 | ≥ 18
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.6 Question 73

Lesson 3.7 Graphing Absolute Value Functions

Essential Question
How do the values of a, h, and k affect the graph of the absolute value function g(x) = a | x – h | + k? The parent absolute value function is f(x) = | x | Parent absolute value function
The graph of f is V-shaped.
Answer:
The given absolute value function is:
g (x) = a | x – h | + k
The parent function for the given absolute value function is:
f (x) = | x |
It is also given that the graph of f is v-shaped
Now,
The given absolute value function has the constants a, x, h, and k
Now,
“x – h” represents the translation of the x-axis where h is the translation value
Ex:
x – h =x – 3
Where,
x is the original function and h is the translation factor of x
Now,
“k” represents the y-intercept of the given absolute value function
The value of k affects the graph of the given absolute value function to translate on the y-axis up and down or shrink and stretch

EXPLORATION 1
Identifying Graphs of Absolute Value Functions
Work with a partner.
Match each absolute value function with its graph. Then use a graphing calculator to verify your answers.
a. g(x) = | x – 2 |
b. g(x) = | x – 2 | + 2
c. g(x) = | x + 2 | + 2
d. g(x) = – | x + 2 | + 2
e. g(x) = 2 | x – 2 |
f. g(x) = – | x + 2 | + 2
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 176
Answer:
The given absolute value functions are:
a. g(x) = | x – 2 |
b. g(x) = | x – 2 | + 2
c. g(x) = | x + 2 | + 2
d. g(x) = – | x + 2 | + 2
e. g(x) = 2 | x – 2 |
f. g(x) = – | x + 2 | + 2
We know that,
| x | =x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
Now,
a.
The given absolute value function is:
g(x) = | x – 2 |
So,
g (x) = x – 2 or g (x) = – (x – 2)
g (x) = x – 2 or g (x) = 2 – x
Hence,
The representation of the given absolute value function in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, fro the above,
We can conclude that graph F) matches the given absolute value function
b.
The given absolute value function is:
g(x) = | x – 2 | + 2
So,
g (x) = x – 2 + 2 or g (x) = – (x – 2) + 2
g (x) = x or g (x) = 2 – x + 2
g (x) = x or g (x) = 4 – x
Hence,
The representation of the given absolute value function in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that graph C) matches the given absolute value function
c.
The given absolute value function is:
g(x) = | x + 2 | + 2
So,
g (x) = x + 2 + 2 or g (x) = – (x + 2 ) + 2
g (x) = x + 4 or  g (x) = -x – 2 + 2
g (x) = x + 4 or g (x) = -x
Hence,
The representation of the given absolute value function in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that graph C) matches the given absolute value function
d.
The given absolute value function is:
g(x) = – | x + 2 | + 2
So,
g (x) = – (x + 2 )  + 2 or g (x) = – [- (x + 2 ) ] + 2
g (x) = -x – 2 + 2 or g (x) = x + 2 + 2
g (x) = x or g (x) =x + 4
Hence,
The representation of the given absolute value function in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that graph B) matches the given absolute value function
e.
The given absolute value function is:
g(x) = 2 | x – 2 |
So,
g (x) = 2 (x – 2) or g (x) = 2 ( – (x – 2) )
g (x) = 2x – 4 or g (x) = 2 (-x + 2 )
g (x)= 2x – 4 or g (x) = -2x + 4
Hence,
The representation of the given absolue value functions in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the graph A) matches the given absolute value function
f.
The given absolute value function is:
g(x) = – | x + 2 | + 2
So,
g (x) = – (x + 2) + 2 or g (x) = – [- (x – 2} ] + 7
g (x) = x + 4 or g (x) = 2 – x + 7
g (x) = x + 4 or g (x) = -x + 9
Hence,
The representation of the given absolute value function in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that graph E) matches the given absolute value function

Communicate Your Answer

Question 2.
How do the values of a, h, and k affect the graph of the absolute value function g(x) = a | x – h | + k?
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 176.1
Answer:
The given absolute value function is:
g (x) = a | x – h | + k
From the above absolute value function,
We can say that
a, h and k are constants
Now,
“a” represents the constant to multiply g (x)
“h” represents the translation factor on the x-axis
“k” represents the y-intercept of the given function
The value of “h” and “k” affect the graph in such a way that the graph can move anywhere in the graph

Question 3.
Write the equation of the absolute value function whose graph is shown. Use a graphing calculator to verify your equation.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 177
Answer:
The given graphing calculator is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 177
From the above graph,
We can observe that the plot is in downwqrd direction i.e., the absolute value fuction is negative and the plot passes through 2 in the x-axis
Hence,
The absolute value function representing the given graph is:
f (x) = -| x + 1 | + 2

3.7 Lesson

Monitoring Progress

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = | x |. Describe the domain and range.

Question 1.
h(x) = | x | – 1
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = | x |
h (x) = | x | – 1
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h (x) in  the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above graph,
h (x) is translated vertically away from f (x) on the y-axis by 1unit
Now,
The domain of the given functions are: -10 ≤ x ≤ 10
The range of the given functions are: -1 ≤ y ≤ 10

Question 2.
n(x) = | x + 4 |
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = | x |
h (x) = | x + 4 |
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above graph,
h (x) is translated from f (x) 4 units away on the x-axis
Now,
The domain of f (x) is: -10 ≤ x ≤ 10
The domain of h (x) is: -10 ≤ x ≤6
The range of f (x) is: 0 ≤ y ≤ 10
The range of h (x) is: 0 ≤y ≤ 6

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = | x |. Describe the domain and range.

Question 3.
t(x) = -3| x |
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = | x |
t (x) = -3 | x |
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and t (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above graph,
t (x) is shrunk by 3units and rotated by 90° on the y-axis
Now,
The domain of f (x) is: -10 ≤ x ≤ 10
The domain of t (x) is: -3 ≤x ≤ 3
The range of f (x) is: 0 ≤ y ≤ 10
The range of t (x) is: -10 ≤ y ≤ 0

Question 4.
v(x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)| x |
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = | x |
v (x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\)| | x |
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and v (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above graph,
t (x) translates \(\frac{1}{4}\)| units of f (x) on the y-axis
Now,
The domain of the given functions are: -10 ≤ x ≤ 10
The range of f (x) is: 0 ≤ y ≤ 10
The range of t (x) is: 0 ≤ y ≤ 2.5

Question 5.
Graph f(x) = | x – 1 | and g(x) = | \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 1 |.
Compare the graph of g to the graph of f.
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = | x – 1 |
g (x) = | \(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 1 |
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and g (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above graph,
g (x) translates 1 unit away from f (x) on the x-axis
Now,
The domain of f (x) is: -8 ≤ x ≤  10
The domain of g (x) is: -10 ≤  x ≤  10
The range of f (x) is: 0 ≤  y ≤ 10
The range of g (x) is: 0 ≤  y ≤  6

Question 6.
Graph f(x) = | x + 2 | + 2 and g(x) = | -4x + 2 | + 2.
Compare the graph of g to the graph of f.
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = | x + 2 | + 2
g (x) = | -4x + 2 | + 2
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and g(x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above graph,
g (x) translates \(\frac{3}{2}\) units away from f (x) on the x-axis
Now,
The domain of f (x) is: -10 ≤ x ≤ 6
The domain of g (x) is:-1.5 ≤ x ≤ 2.5
The range of f (x) is: 0 ≤ y ≤ 10
The range of g (x) is: 2 ≤y ≤ 10

Question 7.
Let g(x) = | –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2 | + 1.
(a) Describe the transformations from the graph of f(x) = | x | to the graph of g.
(b) Graph g.
Answer:
a.
The given functions are:
f (x) = | x |
g (x) = | –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2 | + 1
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and g (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above graph,
We can observe that
g (x) translates 4 units away from f (x) on the positive x-axis
g (x) translates 2 units away from f (x) on the negative x-axis

b.
The function of g (x) is:
| –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x + 2 | + 1
We know that,
g can be written as g (x)
Hence,
The representation of g (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Graphing Absolute Value Functions 3.7 Exercises

Vocabulary and Core Concept Check

Question 1.
COMPLETE THE SENTENCE
The point (1, -4) is the _______ of the graph of f(x) = -3 | x – 1 | – 4.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 1

Question 2.
USING STRUCTURE
How do you know whether the graph of f(x) = a | x – h | + k is a vertical stretch or a vertical shrink of the graph of f(x) = | x | ?
Answer:
The given function is:
f (x) = a | x – h | + k
Where,
a is the vertical stretch or vertical shrink
h is the horizontal translation
k is the vertical shift
Now,
‘a’ will be the vertical stretch if the value of a is an integer
‘a’ will be the vertical shrink if the value of ‘a’ is a fraction
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given function is a vertical stretch

Question 3.
WRITING
Describe three different types of transformations of the graph of an absolute value function.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 3

Question 4.
REASONING
The graph of which function has the same y-intercept as the graph of f(x) = | x – 2 | + 5? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 178
Answer:
The given absolute value functions are:
a. f (x) = | x – 2 | + 5
b. g (x) = | 3x – 2 | + 5
c. h (x) = 3 | x – 2 | + 5
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
Now,
a.
The given absolute value function is:
f (x) = | x – 2 | + 5
So,
f (x) = x – 2 + 5 or f (x) = -(x – 2) + 5
f (x) = x + 3 or f (x) = -x + 2 + 5
f (x) = x + 3 or f (x) = -x + 7

b.
The given absolute value function is:
g (x) = | 3x – 2 | + 5
So,
g (x) = 3x – 2 + 5 or g (x) = – (3x – 2 ) + 5
g (x) = 3x + 3 or g (x) = -3x + 2 + 5
g (x) = 3x + 3 or g (x) = -3x + 7

c.
The given absolute value function is:
h (x) = 3 | x – 2 | + 5
So,
h (x) = 3 (x – 2) + 5 or h (x) = -3 (x – 2) + 5
h (x) = 3x – 6 + 5 or h (x) = -3x + 6 + 5
h (x) = 3x – 1 or h (x) = -3x + 11
Compare the solutions of the given absolute value functions with
f (x) = mx + c
Where,
m is the slope
c is the y-intercept
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that a) and b ) have the same y-intercepts

Monitoring Progress and Modeling with Mathematics

In Exercises 5–12, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = | x |. Describe the domain and range.

Question 5.
d(x) = | x | – 4
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 5

Question 6.
r(x) = | x | + 5
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = | x |
r (x) = | x | + 5
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and r (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that r (x) is 5 units away from f (x)
Now,
The domain of the given absolute value function is: -5 ≤ x ≤ 5
The range of the given absolute value function is: 5 ≤y ≤10

Question 7.
m(x) = | x + 1 |
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 7

Question 8.
v(x) = | x – 3 |
Answer:
The given absolute value functions are:
f (x) = | x |
v (x) = | x – 3 |
Hence,
The representation of f(x) and v (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that v (x) translates 3 units away from f (x)
Now,
The domain of the given absolute value function is: -6 ≤ x ≤ 10
The range of the given absolute value function is: 6 ≤ y ≤ 10

Question 9.
p(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) | x |
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 9

Question 10.
j(x) = 3 | x |
Answer:
The given absolute value functions are:
f (x) = | x |
j (x) = 3 | x |
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and j (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that j (x) vertically stretches 3 units away from f (x)
Now,
The domain of the given absolute value function is: -3.5 ≤ x ≤ 3.5
The range of the given absolute value function is: 0 ≤ y ≤ 10

Question 11.
a(x) = -5 | x |
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 11

Question 12.
q(x) = – \(\frac{3}{2}\) | x |
Answer:
The given absolute value functions are:
f (x) = | x |
q (x) = –\(\frac{3}{2}\) | x |
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and q (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that q (x) shrinks by \(\frac{3}{2}\) units from f (x)
Now,
The domain of the given absolute value function is: -6.5 ≤ x ≤ 6.5
The range of the given absolute value function is: -10 ≤ y ≤ 0

In Exercises 13–16, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = | x − 6 |.

Question 13.
h(x) = | x – 6 | + 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 13

Question 14.
n(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) | x – 6 |
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = | x – 6 |
n (x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) | x – 6 |
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and n (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that n (x) vertically stretches \(\frac{1}{2}\) units of f (x)

Question 15.
k(x) = -3 | x – 6 |
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 15

Question 16.
g(x) = | x – 1 |
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = | x – 6 |
g (x) = | x – 1 |
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and g (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that g (x) translates 4 units away from f (x) on the positive x-axis

In Exercises 17 and 18, graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = | x + 3 | − 2.

Question 17.
y(x) = | x + 4 | – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 17

Question 18.
b(x) = | x + 3 | + 3
Answer:
The given absolute value functions are:
f (x) = | x + 3 | – 2
b (x) = | x + 3 | + 3
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and b (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that f (x) and b (x) are parallel lines since the slopes are constant and there are different values of the y-intercepts

In Exercises 19–22, compare the graphs. Find the value of h, k, or a.

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 179
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 19

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 180
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 180
From the above graph,
The given functions are:
f (x) = | x |
t (x) = | x – h |
Where,
h is the horizontal translation
From the graph,
We can observe that the translation occurs at (1, 0) of f (x)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of ‘h’ is: 1

Question 21.
Big Ideas Math Answer Key Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 181
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 21

Question 22.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 182
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 182
From the given graph,
The given graphs are:
f (x) = | x |
w (x) = a | x |
Where,
‘a’ is the vertical stretch
From the graph,
We can observe that the vertical stretch occurs at (0, 2)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of a is: 2

In Exercises 23–26, write an equation that represents the given transformation(s) of the graph of g(x) = | x |.

Question 23.
vertical translation 7 units down
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 23

Question 24.
horizontal translation 10 units left
Answer:
The given statement is:
Horizontal translation 10 units left
Let the absolute value function be y = | x |
So,
“Horizontal translation” means the moving of value on the x-axis either to the left side or the right side i.e., either on the negative or positive x-axis
So,
The given statement in the absolute value function form is:
y = | x | + 10

Question 25.
vertical shrink by a factor of \(\frac{1}{4}\)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 25

Question 26.
vertical stretch by a factor of 3 and a reflection in the x-axis
Answer:
The given statement is:
Vertical stretch by a factor of 3 and a reflection in the x-axis
We know that,
The representation of the vertical stretch ‘a’ of the function is:
y = a.f (x)
The representation of the reflection of the function is:
y= f (-x)
Now,
Let the absolute value function be
y = x
Hence,
The representation of the given statement in the absolute value function form is:
Vertical stretch:
y = 3x
Reflection:
y = -3x

In Exercises 27–32, graph and compare the two functions.

Question 27.
f(x) = | x – 4 |; g(x) = | 3x – 4 |
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 27

Question 28.
h(x) = | x + 5 |; t(x) = | 2x + 5 |
Answer:
The given functions are:
h (x) = | x + 5 |
t (x) = | 2x + 5 |
Hence,
The representation of h (x) and t (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that t (x) translates 6 units away from h (x) in the negative y-axis

Question 29.
p(x) = | x + 1 | – 2; q(x) = | \(\frac{1}{4}\)x + 1 | – 2
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 29

Question 30.
w(x) = | x – 3 | + 4; y(x) = | 5x – 3 | + 4
Answer:
The given absolute value functions are:
w (x) = | x – 3 | + 4
y (x) = | 5x – 3 | + 4
Hence,
The representation of w (x) and y (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that w (x) is 7 units away from y (x) in the positive y-axis

Question 31.
a(x) = | x + 2 | + 3; b(x) = | -4x + 2 | + 3
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 31

Question 32.
u(x) = | x – 1 | + 2; v(x) = | –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 1 | + 2
Answer:
The given absolute value functions are:
u (x) = | x – 1 | + 2
v (x) = | –\(\frac{1}{2}\)x – 1 | + 2
Hence,
The representation of u (x) and v (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that u (x) is 1 unit away from v (x) in the positive y-axis

In Exercises 33–40, describe the transformations from the graph of f(x) = | x | to the graph of the given function. Then graph the given function.

Question 33.
r(x) = | x + 2 | – 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 33

Question 34.
c(x) = | x + 4 | + 4
Answer:
The given absolute value function is:
c (x) = | x + 4 | + 4
Hence,
The representation of c (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that c (x) translates 4 units away in the positive x-axis and 4 units vertically in the y-axis

Question 35.
d(x) = – | x – 3 | + 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 35

Question 36.
v(x) = -3| x + 1 | + 4
Answer:
The given absolute value function is:
v (x) = -3 | x + 1 | + 4
Hence,
The representation of v (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that v (x) translates 4 units vertically above and 2 units to the right side of the positive x-axis

Question 37.
m(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) | x + 4 | – 1
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 37

Question 38.
s(x) = | 2x – 2 | – 3
Answer:
The given absolute value function is:
s (x) = | 2x – 2 | – 3
Hence,
The representation of s (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that s (x) translates 4 units away to the right side of the positive x-axis

Question 39.
j(x) = | -x + 1 | – 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 39

Question 40.
n(x) = | –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 1 | + 2
Answer:
The given absolute value function is:
n (x) = | –\(\frac{1}{3}\)x + 1 | + 2
Hence,
The representation of n (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that n (x) translates 4 units away from the origin

Question 41.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
The number of pairs of shoes sold s (in thousands) increases and then decreases as described by the function s(t) = -2 | t – 15 | + 50, where t is the time (in weeks).
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 183
a. Graph the function.
b. What is the greatest number of pairs of shoes sold in 1 week?
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 41

Question 42.
MODELING WITH MATHEMATICS
On the pool table shown, you bank the five ball off the side represented by the x-axis. The path of the ball is described by the function p(x) = \(\frac{4}{3}\) | x – \(\frac{5}{4}\) |.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 184
a. At what point does the five-ball bank off the side?
Answer:
It is given that on the pool table shown, you bank the five ball off the side represented by the x-axis. The path of the ball is described by the function
p(x) = \(\frac{4}{3}\) | x – \(\frac{5}{4}\) |
Now,
To find the point where the five-ball bank off the side, draw the plot of the given absolute value function
So,
The representation of the given absolute value function in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
The point where the five-ball offside is: (1, 0)

b. Do you make the shot? Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 184
From the graph,
We can observe that the point is accurately going through the hole i.e., at (5, 5)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that you make the shot

Question 43.
USING TRANSFORMATIONS
The points A (-\(\frac{1}{2}\), 3) , B(1, 0), and C(-4, -2) lie on the graph of the absolute value function f. Find the coordinates of the points corresponding to A, B, and C on the graph of each function.
a. g(x) = f(x) – 5
b. h(x) = f(x – 3)
c. j(x) = -f(x)
d. k(x) = 4f(x)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 43.1
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 43.2
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 43.3

Question 44.
USING STRUCTURE
Explain how the graph of each function compares to the graph of y = | x | for positive and negative values of k, h, and a.
a.y = | x | + k
b. y = | x – h |
c. y = a| x |
d. y = | ax |
Answer:
The given absolute value functions are:
a.y = | x | + k
b. y = | x – h |
c. y = a| x |
d. y = | ax |
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
It is given that
The parent function is:
y = | x |
Now,
a.
The given absolute value function is:
y = | x | + k
Hence,
The given absolute value function translates from the parent function k units away in the positive y-axis vertically
b.
The given absolute value function is:
y = | x – h |
Hence,
The given absolute value function translates from the parent function h units away in the positive x-axis horizontally
c.
The given absolute value function is:
y = a| x |
Hence,
The given absolute value function reflects from the parent function ‘a’ units away
d.
The given absolute value function is:
y = | ax |
Hence,
The given absolute value function dilates from the parent function with the value of ‘a’ units

ERROR ANALYSIS
In Exercises 45 and 46, describe and correct the error in graphing the function.

Question 45.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 185
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 45

Question 46.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 186
Answer:
The given absolute value function is:
y = -3 | x|
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
y = -3 (x) or y = -3 (-x)
So,
y = -3x or y = 3x
Hence,
The representation of the given absolute value function in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given absolute value function in downward direction

MATHEMATICAL CONNECTIONS
In Exercises 47 and 48, write an absolute value function whose graph forms a square with the given graph.

Question 47.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 187
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 47

Question 48.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 188
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 188
From the graph,
The given absolute value function is:
y = | x – 3 | + 1
From the given absolute value function,
We can say that the x-axis translates 3 units away in the positive x-axis and the y-axis is a vertical stretch with the value of k as 1

Question 49.
WRITING
Compare the graphs of p(x) = | x – 6 | and q(x) = | x | – 6.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 49

Question 50.
HOW DO YOU SEE IT? The object of a computer game is to break bricks by deflecting a ball toward them using a paddle. The graph shows the current path of the ball and the location of the last brick.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 189
a. You can move the paddle up, down, left, and right. At what coordinates should you place the paddle to break the last brick? Assume the ball deflects at a right angle.
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 189
It is given that the paddle moves at the right angle using a ball
So,
From the graph,
The coordinates that are at a right angle to break the brick using a paddle is:
(3, 8) and (14, 8)

b. You move the paddle to the coordinates in part (a), and the ball is deflected. How can you write an absolute value function that describes the path of the ball?
Answer:
From part (a),
The coordinates that are used to break the brick using a paddle is:
(3, 8) and (14, 8)
We know that,
For absolute value function,
The parent function will always be:
f (x) = | x |
From part (a),
The y-axis is constant and the x-axis is translating 3 units away and 14 units away
We know that,
The value of the absolute value function with the translation of x-value and  y-value as k-value
So,
f (x) = | x – h | + k
Hence,
The absolute value function that describes the path of the ball is:
f (x) = | x – 3 | + 8
f (x) = | x – 14 | + 8

In Exercises 51–54, graph the function. Then rewrite the absolute value function as two linear functions, one that has the domain x < 0 and one that has the domain x ≥ 0.

Question 51.
y = | x |
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 51

Question 52.
y = | x | – 3
Answer:
The given absolute value function is:
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
y = x – 3 or y = -x – 3
Hence,
The representation of the given absolute value function in the coordinate plane is:

Question 53.
y = – | x | + 9
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 53

Question 54.
y = – 4 | x |
Answer:
The given absolute value function is:
y = -4 | x |
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
y = -4 (x) or y = -4 (-x)
y = -4x or y = 4x
Hence,
The representation of the given absolute value function in the coordinate plane is:

In Exercises 55–58, graph and compare the two functions.

Question 55.
f(x) = | x – 1 | + 2; g(x) = 4 | x – 1 | + 8
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 55

Question 56.
s(x) = | 2x – 5 | – 6; t(x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) | 2x – 5 | – 3
Answer:
The given functions are:
s (x) = | 2x – 5 | – 6
t (x) = \(\frac{1}{2}\) | 2x – 5 | – 3
Hence,
The representation of s (x) and t (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that s (x) translates 60 units away from t (x)

Question 57.
v(x) = -2 | 3x + 1 | + 4; w(x) = 3 | 3x + 1 | – 6
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 57

Question 58.
c(x) = 4 | x + 3 | – 1; d(x) = –\(\frac{4}{3}\) | x + 3 | + \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Answer:
The given functions are:
c (x) = 4 | x + 3 | – 1
d (x) =-\(\frac{4}{3}\) | x + 3 | + \(\frac{1}{3}\)
Hence,
The representation of c (x) and d (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that d(x) and c (x) are opposite to each other

Question 59.
REASONING
Describe the transformations from the graph of g(x) = -2 | x + 1 | + 4 to the graph of h(x) =| x |. Explain your reasoning.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 59

Question 60.
THOUGHT-PROVOKING
Graph an absolute value function f that represents the route a wide receiver runs in a football game. Let the x-axis represent the distance (in yards) across the field horizontally. Let the y-axis represent the distance (in yards) down the field. Be sure to limit the domain so the route is realistic.
Answer:
It is given that
Let the x-axis represent the distance (in yards) across the field horizontally
Let the y-axis represent the distance (in yards) down the field.
Let,
The distance across the field horizontally is: 50 yards
The distance down the field is: 25 yards
Remember we can take any value in the x-axis and the y-axis
So,
(x, y) = (50, 25)
So,
The absolute value function f that represents the route a wide receiver runs in a football game is:
f (x) = | x – 50 | + 25
Hence,
The representation of the above absolute value function in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
The domain of the given absolute value function is: x ≥ 0
The range of the given absolute value function is: y > 0

Question 61.
SOLVING BY GRAPHING
Graph y = 2 | x + 2 | – 6 and y = -2 in the same coordinate plane. Use the graph to solve the equation 2 | x + 2 | – 6 = -2. Check your solutions.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 61

Question 62.
MAKING AN ARGUMENT
Let p be a positive constant. Your friend says that because the graph of y =| x | + p is a positive vertical translation of the graph of y = | x |, the graph of y = | x + p | is a positive horizontal translation of the graph of y = | x |. Is your friend correct? Explain.
Answer:
It is given that your friend says that because the graph of y =| x | + p is a positive vertical translation of the graph of y = | x |, the graph of y = | x + p | is a positive horizontal translation of the graph of y = | x |.
Now,
The graph of
y = | x | + p is a positive vertical translation because the y-intercept in the given equation is positive
Now,
The graph of
y = | x + p | will be a horizontal translation with negative translation value
But, according to your friend,
y = | x + p | is a positive horizontal translation
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that your friend is not correct

Question 63.
ABSTRACT REASONING
Write the vertex of the absolute value function f(x) = | ax – h | + k in terms of a, h, and k.
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 63

Maintaining Mathematical Proficiency

Solve the inequality. (Section 2.4)

Question 64.
8a – 7 ≤ 2(3a – 1)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
8a – 7 ≤ 2 (3a – 1)
So,
8a – 7 ≤ 2 (3a) – 2 (1)
8a – 7 ≤ 6a – 2
8a – 6a ≤ -2 + 7
2a ≤ 5
a ≤ \(\frac{5}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the solution to the given inequality is:
a ≤ \(\frac{5}{2}\)

Question 65.
-3(2p + 4) > -6p – 5
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 65

Question 66.
4(3h + 1.5) ≥ 6(2h – 2)
Answer:
The given inequality is:
4 (3h + 1.5) ≥ 6 (2h – 2)
So,
4 (3h) + 4 (1.5) ≥ 6 (2h) – 6 (2)
12h + 6 ≥ 12h – 12
12h – 12h + 6 ≥ -12
6 ≥ -12
Since the above inequality is true,
The given inequality has infinite solutions

Question 67.
-4(x + 6) < 2(2x – 9)
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 67

Find the slope of the line. (Section 3.5)

Question 68.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 190
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 190
From the above graph,
The points are: (0, 3), (-2, -2)
We know that,
The slope of the give line when (x1, y1), (x2, y2) are given is:
m= \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
(x1, y1) = (0, 3) and (x2, y2) = (-2, -2)
So,
m = \(\frac{-2 – 3}{-2 – 0}\)
m = \(\frac{-5}{-2}\)
m = \(\frac{5}{2}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the given line is: \(\frac{5}{2}\)

Question 69
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 191
Answer:
Big Ideas Math Algebra 1 Answers Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 3.7 Question 69

Question 70.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 192
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 192
From the above graph,
The given points are: (-3, 1), (1, -4)
We know that,
The slope of the give line when (x1, y1), (x2, y2) are given is:
m= \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
So,
(x1, y1) = (-3, 1) and (x2, y2) = (1, -4)
So,
m = \(\frac{-4 – 1}{1 – [-3]}\)
m = \(\frac{-5}{1 + 3}\)
m = \(\frac{-5}{4}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the given line is: –\(\frac{5}{4}\)

Graphing Linear Functions Performance Task: The Cost of a T-Shirt

3.4–3.7 What Did You Learn?

Core Vocabulary
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 193

Core Concepts
Section 3.4
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 194

Section 3.5
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 195

Section 3.6
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 196

Section 3.7
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 197

Mathematical Practices

Question 1.
Explain how you determined what units of measure to use for the horizontal and vertical axes in Exercise 37 on page 142.
Answer:
In Exercise 37 on page 142,
The given function is:
d (t)= (1/2)t + 6
We know that,
The horizontal axis represents the independent variable
The vertical axis represents the dependent variable
So,
The horizontal axis represents the time
The vertical axis represents the depth

Question 2.
Explain your plan for solving Exercise 48 on page 153.
Answer:
In Exercise 48 on page 153,
The profits of a school obtained by a school before playoffs and during the playoffs
So,
First, plot the 2 equations in a coordinate plane and compare the functions in the coordinate plane

Performance Task 

The Cost of a T-Shirt

You receive bids for making T-shirts for your class fundraiser from four companies. To present the pricing information, one company uses a table, one company uses a written description, one company uses an equation, and one company uses a graph. How will you compare the different representations and make the final choice? To explore the answers to this question and more, go to Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 198
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 199

Graphing Linear Functions Chapter Review

3.1 Functions (pp. 103 – 110)

Determine whether the relation is a function. Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 200
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 200
We know that,
Every input has exactly one output.
x represents the input
y represents the output
Hence, from the table,
We can conclude that the given table is a function

Determine whether the relation is a function. Explain. 

Question 1.
(0, 1), (5, 6), (7, 9)
Answer:
The given ordered pairs are:
(0, 1), (5, 6), (7, 9)
We know that,
Every input has exactly one output
x represents the input
y represents the output
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given relation is a function

Question 2.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 201
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 201
We know that,
Every input has exactly one output
x represents the input
y represents the output
Now,
From the graph,
The input ‘2’ has 2 outputs i.e., (2, 0), and (2, 2)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given graph is not a function

Question 3.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 202
Answer:
The given relation is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 202
We know that,
Every input has exactly one output
x represents the input
y represents the output
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given relation is a function

Question 4.
The function y = 10x + 100 represents the amount y (in dollars) of money in your bank account after you babysit for x hours.
a. Identify the independent and dependent variables.
Answer:
The given function is:
y = 10x + 100
Where,
y represents the amount in dollars
x represents the number of hours
Now,
From the given function,
WE can say that
The independent variable of the given function is: x
The dependent variable of the given function is: y

b. You babysit for 4 hours. Find the domain and range of the function.
Answer:
The given function is:
y = 10x + 100
Where,
y represents the amount in dollars
x represents the number of hours
It is given that you babysit for 4 hours
So,
The given value of x is: 4
So,
The maximum value of y is:
y = 10 (4) + 100
y = 40 + 100
y = $140
We know that,
The amount and the time must not be the negative values
Hence,
The domain of the given function is: 0 ≤ x ≤ 4
The range of the give function is: 0 ≤ y ≤ 140

3.2 Linear Functions (pp. 111–120)

Does the table or equation represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 203
Answer:
As x increases by 4, y increases by different amounts. The rate of change is not constant.
So,
The function is nonlinear.

b. y = 3x – 4
Answer:
The equation is in the form y = mx + b.
So,
The equation represents a linear function.

Does the table or graph represent a linear or nonlinear function? Explain. 

Question 5.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 204
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 204
From the given table,
The difference between all the values of x is: 5
The difference between all the values of y is: -3
Since there is a constant difference present between the values of x and the values of y,
The given table is a linear function

Question 6.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 205
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 205
We know that,
The representation of a linear function in the graph is a “Straight line”
But,
We can say that the given graph is not a straight line from the graph
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given graph is a non-linear function

Question 7.
The function y = 60 – 8x represents the amount y (in dollars) of money you have after buying x movie tickets.
(a) Find the domain of the function. Is the domain discrete or continuous? Explain.
Answer:
The given function is:
y = 60 – 8x
Where,
y represents the amount in dollars
x represents the number of movie tickets
We know that,
The domain is the set of all the values of x so that the given function will be satisfied
Since x represents the number of movie tickets, the value of x can’t be negative and the number of tickets will be infinity
Hence,
The domain of the given function is: 0 ≤ x ≤ ∞
Hence, from the above domain,
We can conclude that the domain is continuous

(b) Graph the function using its domain. Evaluate the function when x = -3, 0 and 5.
Answer:
The given function is:
y = 60 – 8x
Now,
The value of the given function when x = -3 is:
y = 60 – 8 (-3)
y = 60 + 24
y = 84
The value of the given function when x = 0 is:
y = 60 – 8 (0)
y = 60
The value of the given function when x = 5 is:
y = 60 – 8(5)
y = 60 – 40
y = 20
Now,
The representation of the given function along with its domain is:

Question 8.
f(x) = x + 8
Answer:
The given equation is:
f (x) = x + 8
We know that,
The standard representation of the function f (x) is: y
The standard representation of the linear equation is:
y = mx + c
Now,
y = x + 8
By comparing the given equation and the standard representation of the linear equation,
We can conclude that the given equation is a linear equation

Find the value of x, so that the function has the given value.

Question 9.
g(x) = 4 – 3x

Question 10.
k(x) = 7x; k(x) = 49
Answer:
The given function is:
k (x) = 7x with k (x) = 49
So,
49 = 7x
x = 49 / 7
x = 7
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of the given function is: 7

Question 11.
r(x) = -5x – 1; r(x) = 19
Answer:
The given function is:
r (x) = 5x – 1 with r (x) = 19
So,
19 = 5x – 1
5x = 19 + 1
5x = 20
x = 20 / 5
x = 4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the value of the given function is: 4

Graph the linear function.

Question 12.
g(x) = -2x – 3
Answer:
The given function is:
g (x) = -2x – 3
Hence,
The representation of g (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Question 13.
h(x) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 4
Answer:
The given function is:
h (x) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 4
Hence,
The representation of h (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Question 14.
8x – 4y = 16
Answer:
The given function is:
8x – 4y = 16
4y = 8x – 16
y = \(\frac{8x  16}{4}\)
y = \(\frac{8x}{4}\) – \(\frac{16}{4}\)
y =2x – 4
Hence,
The representation of the given function in the coordinate plane is:

Question 15.
-12x – 3y = 36
Answer:
The given function is:
-12x – 3y = 36
Hence,
The representation of the given function in the coordinate plane is:

Question 16.
y = -5
Answer:
The given function is:
y = -5
Hence,
The representation of the given function in the coordinate plane is:

Question 17.
x = 6
Answer:
The given function is:
x = 6
Hence,
The representation of the given function in the coordinate plane is:

The points represented by the table lie on a line. Find the slope of the line. 

Question 18.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 206
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 206
We know that,
If the input and output values are given in the form of the table,
We can take any 2 pairs of the input and output values to find the slope
So,
The representation of ordered pairs to find the slope is:
(x1, y1) = (6, 9),
(x2, y2) = (11, 15)
Now,
We know that,
The slope of the line = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{15 – 9}{11 – 6}\)
= \(\frac{6}{5}\)
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the given line is: \(\frac{6}{5}\)

Question 19.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 207
Answer:

The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 207
We know that,
If the input and output values are given in the form of the table,
We can take any 2 pairs of the input and output values to find the slope
So,
The representation of ordered pairs to find the slope is:
(x1, y1) = (3, -5),
(x2, y2) = (3, -2)
Now,
We know that,
The slope of the line = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{-2 – [-5]}{3 – 3}\)
= \(\frac{5 – 2}{0}\)
= Undefined or ∞
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the given line is: Undefined or ∞

Question 20.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 208
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 208
We know that,
If the input and output values are given in the form of the table,
We can take any 2 pairs of the input and output values to find the slope
So,
The representation of ordered pairs to find the slope is:
(x1, y1) = (-4, -1),
(x2, y2) = (-3, -1)
Now,
We know that,
The slope of the line = \(\frac{y2 – y1}{x2 – x1}\)
= \(\frac{-1 – [-1]}{-3 – [-4]}\)
= \(\frac{-1 + 1}{-3 + 4}\)
= 0
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the slope of the given line is: 0

Graph the linear equation. Identify the x-intercept. 

Question 21.
y = 2x + 4
Answer:
The given linear equation is:
y = 2x + 4
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
2x + 4 = 0
2x = -4
x = -4 / 2
x = -2
Hence,
The representation of the given linear equation in the coordinate plane is:

Question 22.
-5x + y = -10
Answer:
The given linear equation is:
-5x + y = -10
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
-5x + 0 = -10
-5x = -10
5x = 10
x = 10 / 5
x = 2
Hence,
The representation of the given linear equation in the coordinate plane is:

Question 23.
x + 3y = 9
Answer:
The given linear equation is:
x + 3y = 9
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
x + 0 = 9
x = 9
Hence,
The representation of the given linear equation in the coordinate plane is:

Question 24.
A linear function h models a relationship in which the dependent variable decreases 2 units for every 3 units the independent variable increases. Graph h when h(0) = 2. Identify the slope, y-intercept, and x-intercept of the graph. Let f(x) = 3x + 4. Graph f and h. Describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of h.
Answer:
It is given that a linear function h models a relationship in which the dependent variable decreases 2 units for every 3 units the independent variable increases.
We know that,
x represents the independent variable
y represents the dependent variable
So,
The given x value is: 3
The given y value is: -2
So,
The rate of change (or) slope (m) = \(\frac{y}{x}\)
= \(\frac{-2}{3}\)
= –\(\frac{2}{3}\)
It is also given that h (0) = 2
That means the y-intercept of h (x) is 2 when x is 0
We know that,
The representation of the standad form of the linear equation is:
y = mx + c
So,
h (x) =-\(\frac{2}{3}\)x + 2
The other given function is:
f (x) = 3x + 4
Hence,
The representation of f (x0 and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that h (x) is 1.5 units away from f (x) on the x-axis

Let f(x) = 3x + 4.Graph f and h. Describe the transformation from the graph of f to the graph of h.

Question 25.
h(x) = f(x + 3)
ANswer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = 3x + 4
h (x) = f (x + 3)
So,
h (x) = 3 (x + 3) + 4
h (x) = 3 (x) + 3 (3) + 4
h (x) = 3x + 9 + 4
h (x) = 3x + 13
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that f (x) and h (x) are parallel lines

Question 26.
h(x) = f(x) + 1
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = 3x + 4
h (x) = f (x) + 1
So,
h (x) = 3x + 4 + 1
h (x) = 3x + 5
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that f (x) and h (x) are the paralel lines

Question 27.
h(x) = f(-x)
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = 3x + 4
h (x) = f (-x)
So,
h (x) = 3 (-x) + 4
h (x) = -3x + 4
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that h (x) and f (x) are inversions of each other

Question 28.
h(x) = -f(x)
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = 3x + 4
h (x) = -f (x)
So,
h (x) = – (3x + 4)
h (x) = -3x – 4
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that h (x) and f (x) are reflections to each other

Question 29.
h(x) = 3f(x)
Answer:
The given function srae:
f (x) = 3x + 4
h (x) = 3 f (x)
So,
h (x) = 3 (3x + 4)
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and  h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that h (x) is a vertical stretch of f (x)

Question 30.
h(x) = f(6x)
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = 3x + 4
h (x) = f (6x)
So,
h (x) = 3 (6x) + 4
h (x) = 18x + 4
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and h (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that h (x) translates 2 units away from f (x) on the x-axis

Question 31.
Graph f(x) = x and g(x) = 5x + 1. Describe the transformations from the graph of f to the graph of g.
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = x
g (x) = 5x + 1
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and g (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that g (x) translates away 8 units away from f (x)  on the x-axis

Graph the function. Compare the graph to the graph of f(x) = | x |. Describe the domain and range.

Question 32.
m(x) = | x | + 6
Answer:
The given absolute value functions are:
f (x) = | x |
m (x) = | x | + 6
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and m (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hene, from the above,
We can conclude that m (x) translates 6 units up from the positive x-axis
Hence,
The domain of f (x) is: -10 ≤ x ≤ 10
The domain of m (x) is: -4 ≤ x ≤ 4
The range of m (x) is: 0 ≤y ≤ 10
The range of f (x) is: 0 ≤ y ≤10
The range of m (x) is: 6 ≤y ≤10

Question 33.
p(x) = | x – 4 |
Answer:
The given absolute value functions are:
f (x) = | x |
p (x) = | x – 4 |
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and p (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hene, from the above,
We can conclude that p (x) translates 1 unit up from the positive x-axis
Hence,
The domain of f (x) is: -10 ≤ x ≤ 10
The domain of p (x) is: -6 ≤ x ≤ 10
The range of f (x) is: 0 ≤ y ≤10
The range of p (x) is: 6 ≤y ≤10

Question 34.
q(x) = 4 | x |
Answer:
The given absolute value functions are:
f (x) = | x |
q (x) = 4 | x |
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and q (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hene, from the above,
We can conclude that q (x) translates 7 units up from the positive x-axis
Hence,
The domain of f (x) is: -10 ≤ x ≤ 10
The domain of q (x) is: -2.5 ≤ x ≤ 2.5
The range of q (x) is: 0 ≤y ≤ 10
The range of f (x) is: 0 ≤ y ≤10

Question 35.
r(x) = –\(-\frac{1}{4}\)| x |
Answer:
The given absolute value functions are:
f (x) = | x |
r (x) = –\(-\frac{1}{4}\) | x |
So,
r (x) = \(\frac{1}{4}\) | x |
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and r (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hene, from the above,
We can conclude that r (x) translates  units up from the positive x-axis
Hence,
The domain of f (x) is: -10 ≤ x ≤ 10
The domain of r (x) is: -10 ≤ x ≤ 10
The range of r (x) is: 0 ≤y ≤ 2
The range of f (x) is: 0 ≤ y ≤10

Question 36.
Graph f(x) = | x – 2 | + 4 and g(x) = | 3x – 2 | + 4. Compare the graph of g to the graph of f.
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = | x – 2 | + 4
g (x) = | 3x – 2 | + 4
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and g (x) in the same coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that g (x) translates 5 units away from f (x) on the x-axis

Question 37.
Let g(x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) | x – 1 | – 2.
(a) Describe the transformations from the graph of f(x) = | x | to the graph of g.
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = | x |
g (x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) | x – 1 | – 2
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and g (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that g (x) translates 2 units away from f (x) on the y-axis
(b) Graph g.
Answer:
It is given that
g (x) = \(\frac{1}{3}\) | x – 1 | – 2
Hence,
The representation of g (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Graphing Linear Functions Chapter Test

Determine whether the relation is a function. If the relation is a function, determine whether the function is linear or nonlinear. Explain. 

Question 1.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 209
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 209
We know that,
Every input has exactly one output
So,
The given table is a function
Now,
The constant between all the values of x is: 1
There is no constant difference between all the values of y
Since there is no constant rate of change,
We can conclude that the obtained function is a non-linear function

Question 2.
y = -2x + 3
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = -2x + 3
We know that,
The standard form of the linear equation is:
y = mx + c
For a relation o be a function, every input has exactly only one output
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given equation is a function and it is a linear function

Question 3.
x = -2
Answer:
The given equation is:
x = -2
We know that,
A relation is said to be a function if every input has exactly one output
So,
For x = -2
The input is: 2
The output is: 0
So,
The given equation is a function
For a given function to be a linear function, it will be in the form
y = mx + c
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given function is a non-linear function

Graph the equation and identify the intercept(s). If the equation is linear, find the slope of the line. 

Question 4.
2x – 3y = 6
Answer:
The given equation is:
2x – 3y = 6
3y = 2x – 6
y = \(\frac{2x – 6}{3}\)
y = \(\frac{2x}{3}\) – \(\frac{6}{3}\)
y = \(\frac{2}{3}\)x – 2
Hence,
The above equation is in the form of
y = mx + c
So,
The given equation is a linear equation
So,
m = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
The y-intercept is: -2
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
\(\frac{2}{3}\)x – 2 = 0
x = 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
Slope (m) = \(\frac{2}{3}\)
The x-intercept is: 3
The y-intercept is: -2

Question 5.
y = 4.5
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = 4.5
The given equation is not in the form of
y = mx + c
Hence,
The given equation is non-linear

Question 6.
y = | x – 1 | – 2
Answer:
The given equation is:
y = | x – 1 | – 2
We know that,
| x | = x for x > 0
| x | = -x for x < 0
So,
y = x – 1 – 2 or y = -(x – 1) – 2
y = x – 3 or y = -x + 1 – 2
y = x – 3 or y = -x – 1
The above 2 equations are in the form of
y = mx + c
Hence,
The slope is: 1 or -1
The y-intercept is: -3 or -1
To find the x-intercept, put y =0
So,
0 = x – 3 or 0 = -x – 1
x = 3 or x = -1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The slope is: 1 or -1
The x-intercept is: 3 or -1
The y-intercept is: -3 or -1

Find the domain and range of the function represented by the graph. Determine whether the domain is discrete or continuous. Explain. 

Question 7.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 210
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 210
From the graph,
We can observe that the graph is not a straight line
So,
We can say that the given graph is a non-linear function
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the domain is continuous by observing the graph

Question 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 211
Answer:
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 211
From the graph,
We can observe that the points form a straight line
So,
We can say that the given graph is a linear function
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the domain is continuous since all the points are connected

Graph f and g. Describe the transformations from the graph of f to the graph of g. 

Question 9.
f(x) = x; g(x) = -x + 3
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = x
g (x) = -x + 3
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and g (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that f (x) and g (x) are perpendicular lines with a slope of -1

Question 10.
f(x) = | x | ; g(x) = | 2x + 4 |
Answer:
The given functions are:
f (x) = | x |
g (x) = | 2x + 4 |
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and g (x) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that g (x) is 2 units away from f (x) on the x-axis

Question 11.
Function A represents the amount of money in a jar based on the number of quarters in the jar. Function B represents your distance from home over time. Compare the domains.
Answer:
It is given that
Function A represents the amount of money in a jar based on the number of quarters in the jar
Function B represents your distance from home over time
We know that,
The distance should be greater than or equal to 0
The amount is greater than or equal to a quarter of the amount of the money
Hence,
The domain of function A is: \(\frac{1}{4}\) ≤ x ≤ ∞
The domain of function B is: 0 ≤ x ≤ ∞

Question 12.
A mountain climber is scaling a 500-foot cliff. The graph shows the elevation of the climber over time.
a. Find and interpret the slope and the y-intercept of the graph.
b. Explain two ways to find f(3). Then find f(3) and interpret its meaning.
c. How long does it take the climber to reach the top of the cliff? Justify your answer.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 212
Answer:
a.
It is given that a mountain-climber is scaling a 500-foot cliff
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 212
From the graph,
The equation that shows the elevation of the climber over tie is:
f (x) = 125x + 50
We know that,
The standard representation of the output for the function output is: y
So,
y = 125x + 50
Compare the above equation with
y = mx + c
So,
m = 125 and the y-intercept is: 50
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that
The slope of the given equation is: 125
The y-intercept of the given equation is: 50

b.
From part (a),
The given equation is:
f (x) = 125x + 50
So,
f (3) = 125 (3) + 50
f (3) = 375 + 50
f (3) = 425
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that for 3 hours, the climber climbs 425 feet

c.
The given graph is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 212
From the given graph,
The top of the hill is the maximum height i.e., the highest value on the y-axis
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that it takes 4 hours to reach the top of the cliff

Question 13.
Without graphing, compare the slopes and the intercepts of the graphs of the functions f(x) = x + 1 and g(x) = f(2x).
Answer:
The given functons are:
f (x) = x + 1
g (x) = f (2x)
So,
g (x) = 2x + 1
Now,
Compare f (x) and g (x) with the standard linear equation
y = mx + c
So,
For f (x),
m = 1 and c = 1
Where,
c is the y-intercept
For g (x),
m = 2 and c = 1
Where,
c is the y-intercept

Question 14.
A rock band releases a new single. Weekly sales s (in thousands of dollars) increase and then decrease as described by the function s(t) = -2 | t – 20 | + 40, where t is the time (in weeks).
a. Identify the independent and dependent variables.
b. Graph s. Describe the transformations from the graph of f(x) = | x | to the graph of s.
Answer:
a.
It is given that a rock band releases a new single and weekly sales s (in thousands of dollars) increase and then decrease as described by the function
s(t) = -2 | t – 20 | + 40
where,
t is the time (in weeks)
Now,
The independent variable of the given function  is: t
The dependent variable of the given function is: s (t)

b.
The given absolute value functions are:
f (x) = | x |
s (t) = -2 | t – 20 | + 40
Hence,
The representation of f (x) and s (t) in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that s (t) translates 5 units away from f (x) on the y-axis

Graphing Linear Functions Cumulative Assessment

Question 1.
You claim you can create a table of values that represents a linear function. Your friend claims he can create a table of values that represents a nonlinear function. Using the given numbers, what values can you use for x (the input) and y (the output) to support your claim? What values can your friend use?
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 213
Answer:
It is given that you claim you can create a table of values that represents a linear function. Your friend claims he can create a table of values that represents a nonlinear function.
Hence,
The values you and your friend use are:

Question 2.
A car rental company charges an initial fee of $42 and a daily fee of $12.
a. Use the numbers and symbols to write a function that represents this situation.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 214
b. The bill is $138. How many days did you rent the car?
Answer:
a.
It is given that a car rental company charges an initial fee of $42 and a daily fee of $12
So,
The function that represents the situation is:
f (x) = (42 + 12) × x
f (x) = 52x
Where,
x is the number of days that you rent the car

b.
It is given that the bill is: $138
So,
138 = 52x
x = 138 ÷ 52
x = 3
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that you can rent the car for 3 days

Question 3.
Fill in values for a and b so that each statement is true for the inequality ax − b> 0.
a. When a = _____ and b = _____, x > \(\frac{b}{a}\).
b. When a = _____ and b = _____, x < \(\frac{b}{a}\).
Answer:
a.
The given inequality is:
ax – b > 0
ax > b
x > b / a
So,
The value of a is less than b and the value of b is greater than a
b.
The value of a is greater than b and the value of b is less than a

Question 4.
Fill in the inequality with <, ≤, >, or ≥ so that the solution of the inequality is represented by the graph.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 215
Answer:
The given number line is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 215
From the given number line,
The given inequality is:
-3 (x + 7) _____ -24
-3 (x) – 3 (7) _____ -24
-3x – 21 _____ -24
-3x ____ -24 + 21
-3x ____-3
3x ____ 3
x ____ 3 / 3
x ____ 1
From the number line
The marked line represented from 1 including 1 and continued till the right end of the number line
Hence,
x ≥ 1
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the symbol used for the given inequality is: ≥

Question 5.
Use the numbers to fill in the coefficients of ax + by = 40 so that when you graph the function, the x-intercept is -10 and the y-intercept is 8.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 216
Answer:
The given function is:
ax + by = 40
It is given that the x-intercept and the y-intercept is: -10 and 8
Now,
To find the x-intercept, put y = 0
So,
ax = 40
a (-10) = 40
a = -40 / 10
a = -4
To find the y-intercept, put x = 0
So,
by = 40
b (8) = 40
b = 40 / 8
b = 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the values of a and b are: -4 and 5

Question 6.
Solve each equation. Then classify each equation based on the solution. Explain your reasoning.
a. 2x – 9 = 5x – 33
Answer:
The given expression is:
2x – 9 = 5x – 33
2x – 5x = -33 + 9
-3x = -24
x = 24 / 3
x = 8
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given expression has 1 solution

b. 5x – 6 = 10x + 10
Answer:
The given expression is:
5x – 6 = 10x + 10
5x – 10x = 10 + 6
-5x = 16
x = -16 / 5
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given expression has only 1 solution

c. 2(8x – 3) = 4(4x + 7)
Answer:
The given expression is:
2 (8x – 3 ) = 4 (4x + 7)
2 (8x) – 2 (3) = 4 (4x) + 4(7)
16x – 6 = 16x + 28
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given expression has no solution

d. -7x + 5 = 2(x – 10.1)
Answer:
The given expression is:
-7x + 5 = 2 (x – 10.1)
-7x + 5 = 2x – 20.2
-7x – 2x = -20.2 – 5
-9x = -25.2
x = 25.9 / 9
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given expression has only 1 solution

e. 6(2x + 4) = 4(4x + 10)
Answer:
The given expression is:
6 (2x + 4) = 4 (4x + 10)
12x + 24 = 16x + 40
12x – 16x = 40 – 24
-4x = 16
x = -16 / 4
x = -4
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given expression has only 1 solution

f. 8(3x + 4) = 2(12x + 16)
Answer:
The given expression is:
8 (3x + 4) = 2 (12x + 16)
24x + 32 = 24x + 32
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the given expression has no solution

Question 7.
The table shows the cost of bologna at a deli. Plot the points represented by the table in a coordinate plane. Decide whether you should connect the points with a line. Explain your reasoning.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 217
Answer:
The given table is:
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 217
Hence,
The representation of the points in the coordinate plane is:

Hence, from the above,
We can say that we can connect the points in the graph

Question 8.
The graph of g is a horizontal translation right, then a vertical stretch, then a vertical translation down of the graph of f(x) = x. Use the numbers and symbols to create g.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 218
Answer:
The given function is:
f (x) = x
We know that,
f (x) can be re-written as f
g (x) can b ere-written as g
Now,
Let the operations performed on f (x) can be expressed in terms of g (x)
So,
Horizontal translation right:
g (x) = f (x) – 3 or g (x) = f (x) – 1 or g (x)  f (x) – (1/2)
Vertical stretch:
g (x) = 3 f (x)
Vertical translation down:
g (x) = f (x – 1)

Question 9.
What is the sum of the integer solutions of the compound inequality 2 | x – 5 | < 16?
A. 72
B. 75
C. 85
D. 88
Answer:
The given compound inequality is:
2 | x – 5 | < 16
So,
2 (x – 5) < 16 an d 2 (x – 5 ) > -16
2x – 10 < 16 and 2x – 10 > -16
2x < 26 and 2x >-6
x < 13 and x > -3
Hence,
The solution of the given compoud inequality is: -3 < x < 13
Now,
The sum of all the integers = -2 – 1 + 0 + 1 + 2 + 3 + 4 + 5+ 6 + 7 + 8 +9 + 10 + 11 + 12
= 75
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the sum of all the integers is: 75

Question 10.
Your bank offers a text alert service that notifies you when your checking account balance drops below a specific amount. You set it up so you are notified when your balance drops below $700. The balance is currently $3000. You only use your account for paying your rent (no other deposits or deductions occur). Your rent each month is $625.
a. Write an inequality that represents the number of months m you can pay your rent without receiving a text alert.
Answer:
It is given that your bank offers a text alert service that notifies you when your checking account balance drops below a specific amount. You set it up so you are notified when your balance drops below $700. The balance is currently $3000. You only use your account for paying your rent (no other deposits or deductions occur). Your rent each month is $625
Let m be the number of months
Hence,
The inequality that represents the number of months you can pay rent without receiving a text is:
3000 – 625x > 700

b. What is the maximum number of months you can pay your rent without receiving a text alert?
Answer:
From part (a),
The inequality that represents the number of months m without receiving a text alert is:
3000 – 625x > 700
3000 – 700 > 625x
2300 > 625x
2300 / 625 > x
3.68 > x
x < 4 months [ Since the number of months will not be in decimals]
Hence, from the above,
We can conclude that the maximum number of months you can pay your rent without receiving a text alert is: 4 months

c. Suppose you start paying rent in June. Select all the months you can pay your rent without making a deposit.
Big Ideas Math Answers Algebra 1 Chapter 3 Graphing Linear Functions 219
Answer:
From part (b),
The maximum number of months is:
x < 4 months
It is given that you start paying rent in June
So,
All the months you can pay your rent without making a deposit is:
June, July, August